© Siemens AG 2018

Process Automation

Field Instruments
for Process
Automation
Catalog Edition
FI 01 2018 www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation
 © Siemens AG 2018

Related catalogs
Catalogs for SIMATIC ST PCS 7 T
Process Automation SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
Vol. 2: Technology components

www.siemens.com/pa-catalogs PDF (E86060-K4678-A141-A4-7600)

Process Automation MP 20 Industrial Communication IK PI

Display Recorders SIMATIC NET
SIREC D

PDF (E86060-K6020-E101-A5-7600) E86060-K6710-A101-B8-7600

Process Automation MP 31 SITOP KT 10.1

SIPART Controllers and Software SITOP
Power supply

PDF/e-book (E86060-K6031-A100-B6-7600) E86060-K2410-A101-B3-7600

Weighing Technology WT 10 SIMATIC Ident ID 10

Products for Weighing Technology Industrial Identification Systems

PDF (E86060-K6410-A101-A5-7600) E86060-K8310-A101-B1-7600

Process Automation AP 01 SITRAIN

Process Analytical Instruments Training for Industry

PDF (E86060-K3501-A101-B4-7600) www.siemens.com/sitrain

Process Automation AP 11 Products for Automation and Drives CA 01

Components for Continuous Emission Monitoring Interactive Catalog
Download

PDF (E86060-K3511-A100-B4-7600) www.siemens.com/ca01download

SIMATIC ST PCS 7 Industry Mall

SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System Information and Ordering Platform
Vol. 1: System components on the Internet:

E86060-K4678-A111-C5-7600 www.siemens.com/industrymall

SIMATIC ST PCS 7 AO Contact

Add-ons for the Your personal contact can be found in our
SIMATIC PCS 7 Contacts Database at:
Process Control System

PDF (E86060-K4678-A121-B3-7600) www.siemens.com/automation-contact

 © Siemens AG 2018

Field Instruments for Process Automation

Process Automation
Pressure Measurement
1

Temperature Measurement
2

Flow Measurement
3

Level Measurement
4
Catalog FI 01 · 2018

Positioners
Supersedes: 5
Catalog FI 01· 2017

Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of

this catalog:
www.siemens.com/industrymall Process Protection
and as PDF at the following address: 6
www.siemens.com/fi01

For comfortable, fast and error free product selection you

will get support in our PIA Life Cycle Portal:
Supplementary Components
www.siemens.com/pia-portal 7
The products contained in this catalog can also be found
in the Interactive Catalog CA 01as download:
www.siemens.com/ca01download
Communication and Software
Please contact your local Siemens branch.
8
© Siemens AG 2018

Services for Process Instrumentation

9

Appendix
10

The products and systems described in

this catalog are manufactured/distributed
under application of a certified quality
management system in accordance with
DIN EN ISO 9001.
 © Siemens AG 2018

+RZWRRSWLPL]HSURFHVVHV
ZLWKRXUDXWRPDWLRQDQG
LQVWUXPHQWDWLRQSRUWIROLR
+LJKTXDOLW\SURFHVVHVDUHFUXFLDOLQWKHSURFHVVLQGXVWU\2QO\WKHQGR\RXJHW
WKHUHTXLUHGUHVXOWV$QGLWLVRQO\WKHQWKDWSODQWVZRUNHIILFLHQWO\DQGWKHUHIRUH
SURGXFWLYHO\
3URFHVVLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQDQGDQDO\WLFVDVZHOODVZHLJKLQJWHFKQRORJ\DOOSOD\D
FUXFLDOUROHKHUH7KH\PHDVXUHDQDO\]HUHJXODWHDQGFRQWUROLQGXVWULDOSURFHVVHV
DQGWKXVFRQWULEXWHWRLQFUHDVLQJWKHHIILFLHQF\RISURFHVVSODQWVDQGLPSURYLQJ
WKHLUSURGXFWTXDOLW\
%HQHILWIURPWKHYHUVDWLOLW\RIRXUKROLVWLFVROXWLRQVIRU\RXUSURFHVVWDVNV²
ZLWKLQWHJUDWHGVROXWLRQVIURPDVLQJOHVRXUFH%HQHILWIURPWKHRSHQQHVVRI
WKHV\VWHPV$QGIURPFRQVWDQWLQQRYDWLRQVDQGFRPSUHKHQVLYHVHUYLFHV

3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ :HLJKLQJ7HFKQRORJ\ 3URFHVV$QDO\WLFV &RPPXQLFDWLRQ

DQG6RIWZDUH

3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ 
3UHVVXUH0HDVXUHPHQW 
7HPSHUDWXUH0HDVXUHPHQW 
)ORZ0HDVXUHPHQW 
/HYHO0HDVXUHPHQW 
3RVLWLRQHUV 
3URFHVV0RQLWRULQJ 
$GGLWLRQDO&RPSRQHQWV 

:HLJKLQJ7HFKQRORJ\VHH&DWDORJ:7
3URFHVV$QDO\WLFVVHH&DWDORJ$3
&RPPXQLFDWLRQDQG6RIWZDUH 
)LHOGEXVHV 

2 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 © Siemens AG 2018

,QWKHDUHDVRISURFHVVLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQDQGSURFHVV
DQDO\WLFVDVZHOODVZHLJKLQJDQGGRVLQJV\VWHPVRXUPDLQ
IRFXVLVRQWKHSURFHVVLQGXVWULHVVXFKDVWKHFKHPLFDO
RLO JDVDQGK\GURFDUERQSURFHVVLQJZDWHUDQGZDVWH
ZDWHUSKDUPDFHXWLFDOPLQLQJDJJUHJDWHVFHPHQWSXOS
DQGSDSHUIRRGDQGEHYHUDJHDQGVKLSEXLOGLQJLQGXVWULHV

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3
 © Siemens AG 2018
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ

+RZWRLQFUHDVHSURFHVVHIILFLHQF\
DQGSURGXFWTXDOLW\

,QILHOGLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQPD[LPXPSUHFLVLRQDQGDEVROXWHO\UHOLDEOH
PHDVXUHPHQWUHVXOWVDUHNH\2QO\WKHQFDQ\RXLQFUHDVHWKHHIILFLHQF\
RI\RXUSURFHVVSODQWVDQGLPSURYHWKHLUSURGXFWTXDOLW\:KHWKHU
\RX·UHGHDOLQJZLWKSUHVVXUHWHPSHUDWXUHIORZRUOHYHOZHRIIHU\RX
DJOREDOO\XQLTXHUDQJHRIWUDQVPLWWHUVIRUILHOGLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQ2XU
FRPSUHKHQVLYHSRUWIROLRDOVRLQFOXGHVZHLJKLQJDQGEDWFKLQJV\VWHPV
SQHXPDWLFYDOYHSRVLWLRQHUVSURFHVVFRQWUROOHUVDQGSURFHVVUHFRUGHUV

4 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
© Siemens AG 2018

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 5
 © Siemens AG 2018
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_3UHVVXUH0HDVXUHPHQW

3UHVVXUHPHDVXUHPHQW
ZLWKRXWLIVDQGEXWV
6,75$163
6,75$163LVDFRPSOHWHUDQJHRIPHDVXUHPHQWLQVWUXPHQWVIRUPHDVXULQJ
UHODWLYHSUHVVXUHGLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUHDQGDEVROXWHSUHVVXUH,QDGGLWLRQ
WRKLJKPHDVXULQJDFFXUDF\DQGUXJJHGQHVVWKHPRGXODUV\VWHPIHDWXUHV
VXSHUERSHUDWLQJFRQYHQLHQFHDQGIXQFWLRQDOLW\DVZHOODVDSHUIHFWVDIHW\
FRQFHSW

6,7
6,75$163²'LJLWDOWUDQVPLWWHUIRUKLJKSUHFLVLRQDSSOLFD
WL
LR
WLRQVZLWKXQSDUDOOHOHGVSHFLILFDWLRQVIRURYHUDOOSHUIRUPDQFH
D QG
DQGORQJWHUPVWDELOLW\

‡‡'HYLDWLRQVIURPWKHFKDUDFWHULVWLFFXUYHRIOHVVWKDQ
'
RRIWKHFDOLEUDWHGPHDVXULQJUDQJHIRUGLIIHUHQWSUHVVXUHDQG
OH
OHYHOUHTXLUHPHQWV
‡‡'HVLJQRIWKHPHDVXULQJFHOOVDOORZVIRUXVHZLWKPHGLD
'
WH
WHPSHUDWXUHVRIXSWRƒ&HYHQZLWKRXWWKHXVHRID
UH
UHPRWHVHDOV\VWHP
‡‡*RRGVWHSUHVSRQVHWLPH7RIRQO\PVHQVXUHVSODQW
*
VVDIHW\LQFULWLFDODSSOLFDWLRQV
‡‡'HYLFHFRQILJXUDWLRQYLDVWDQGDUG+$57ŠSURWRFROFRPSDWLEOH
'
WR
WRROVRUGLUHFWO\RQVLWHZLWKORFDORSHUDWLRQDQG/&'GLVSOD\
‡‡*UDSKLFVHQDEOHGGLVSOD\VKRZVFXUYHDQGWUHQGGLDJUDPV
*
IR
IRUJRDORULHQWHGSURFHVVPRQLWRULQJ

6 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 © Siemens AG 2018

6,75$163
‡ 6XLWDEOHIRULQVWDOODWLRQLQ6,/
PHDVXULQJFLUFXLWVDFFRUGLQJWR
6,75$163 ,(&,(&
‡ 'LJLWDOWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKLQFUHDVHG
‡ 6XLWDEOHIRULQVWDOODWLRQLQ6,/
PHDVXULQJDFFXUDF\
PHDVXULQJFLUFXLWVDFFRUGLQJWR
,(&,(& ‡ %XLOWLQGLDJQRVWLFIXQFWLRQV
IRU+$57Š352),%863$RU
‡ 'LJLWDOWUDQVPLWWHUZLWKEXLOWLQ
)281'$7,21)LHOGEXV
+$57ŠGLDJQRVWLFIXQFWLRQV
FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
‡ &RPSUHKHQVLYHFHUWLILFDWHVDQG
‡ (QKDQFHGPHDVXULQJDFFXUDF\
DSSURYDOVVXFKDV$7(;([L([G
RI
([Q$LF)0&6$
‡ 'HVLJQYDULDQWVIRUUHODWLYHDQG
‡ 9DULDQWVIRUUHODWLYHSUHVVXUHDQG
GLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUHPHDVXUHPHQWV
GLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUHPHDVXUHPHQWV
6,75$163'6,,, ‡ 6,75$163'6,,,FHUWLILFDWLRQHJ
6,75$163
‡ +LJKPHDVXULQJDFFXUDF\
‡ 'HYHORSHGDFFRUGLQJWR
,(&VWDQGDUGVIRU6,/
‡ 1HZODUJHUDQGLPSURYHG+0,
GLVSOD\ZLWK1$0851(VXSSRUW
‡ RSHUDWLRQEXWWRQV
‡ 5HPRWH6DIHW\+DQGOLQJ
‡ ,QGXVWULHV&KHPLFDOV2LO *DV
(QHUJ\0DULQH(QJLQHHULQJ
:DWHU:DVWHZDWHU
‡ 6XLWDEOHIRULQVWDOODWLRQLQ6,/ $7(;([L([G([Q$LF)0&6$
PHDVXULQJFLUFXLWVDFFRUGLQJWR
,(&,(&
‡ 'LJLWDOSUHVVXUHWUDQVPLWWHUZLWK
QXPHURXVGLDJQRVWLFDQGVLPXODWLRQ
IXQFWLRQVIRUPHDVXULQJUHODWLYH
DEVROXWHDQGGLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUHV
DVZHOODVIORZDQGILOOOHYHOVFRP
SUHKHQVLYHLQWHUQDWLRQDOFHUWLILFDWHV
DQGDSSURYDOV
‡ +$57Š352),%863$RU)281'$7,21
)LHOGEXVFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
‡ )RUH[WUHPHFKHPLFDODQGPHFKDQL
FDOORDGVDVZHOODVHOHFWURPDJQHWLF
LQIOXHQFHV
‡ $GGLWLRQDOVDIHW\IHDWXUHVVXFKDV
SODQWDQGVHOIPRQLWRULQJHUURU
GLDJQRVWLFVDQGQRWLILFDWLRQRIWKH
QH[WFDOLEUDWLRQGDWH 6,75$163
‡ 8QLTXHVHOIWHVWIXQFWLRQIRUIDLOVDIH
‡ +LJKPHDVXULQJDFFXUDF\
RSHUDWLRQ
‡ 'HYHORSHGDFFRUGLQJWR
,(&VWDQGDUGVIRU6,/
‡ 1HZODUJHUDQGLPSURYHG+0,
GLVSOD\ZLWK1$0851(VXSSRUW
‡ RSHUDWLRQEXWWRQV
‡ 5HPRWH6DIHW\+DQGOLQJ
‡ 5HDG\IRU'LJLWDOL]DWLRQ
‡ ,QGXVWULHV&KHPLFDOV2LO *DV
(QHUJ\0DULQH(QJLQHHULQJ
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 7
 © Siemens AG 2018
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_3UHVVXUH0HDVXUHPHQW

6,75$16/+/+
‡ 6XLWDEOHIRUDSSOLFDWLRQVUDQJLQJ
IURPGULQNLQJZDWHURUZDVWHZDWHU
6,75$163
‡ 6LQJOHUDQJHWUDQVPLWWHUIRU
UHODWLYHDEVROXWHDQGK\GURVWDWLF
SUHVVXUH 6,75$163
‡ 3UHVVXUHVHQVRUV6WDLQOHVVVWHHO ‡ :LUHOHVV+$57ŠSUHVVXUHWUDQVPLWWHU
VHQVRUV6,75$163DQG6,75$16 IRUSURFHVVPRQLWRULQJRUDVVHW
XSWRFRUURVLYHOLTXLGVWKDQNVWR 3DVZHOODVVHQVRUVZLWK PDQDJHPHQW
VWDLQOHVVVWHHOHQFORVXUH
‡ 5XJJHGVXEPHUVLEOHVHQVRUVIRU
K\GURVWDWLFOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQW
‡ ,QVWDOODWLRQSRVVLEOHLQSLSHVZLWK
µLQQHUGLDPHWHU
8 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
FHUDPLFPHPEUDQH6,75$163
‡ :LUHOHVVGDWDWUDQVPLVVLRQ
‡ &RQYHUVLRQRIPHDVXUHGSUHVVXUH
‡ %DWWHU\RSHUDWHGZLWKH[WUHPHO\ORZ
LQWRHLWKHU²P$RU²9
SRZHUFRQVXPSWLRQ
VLJQDO
‡ 'LUHFWPRXQWLQJSRVVLEOHRQFRQ
WDLQHUVDQGSLSHVLQUHPRWHSDUWVRI
WKHSODQWDVZHOODVRQPRYLQJRU
URWDWLQJGHYLFHVWKDQNVWRFRPSDFW
DQGUXJJHGGHVLJQ
 © Siemens AG 2018

6,75$163FRPSDFW
‡ $QDORJWUDQVPLWWHUIRUDEVROXWH
DQGUHODWLYHSUHVVXUH
‡ +\JLHQLFGHVLJQLQDFFRUGDQFH
ZLWK(+('*)'$DQG*03
UHFRPPHQGDWLRQV
‡ 6WDLQOHVVVWHHOSURFHVVFRQQHFWLRQV
DQGHQFORVXUH
‡ 0HDVXUHPHQWGHYLDWLRQ”

6,75$163
‡ 0RUHWKDQGLIIHUHQWSURFHVV
FRQQHFWLRQYDULDQWVRIIHUWKHKLJKHVW
GHJUHHRIIOH[LELOLW\
‡ 9HUVDWLOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWLRQ
YLD+$57ŠSURWRFRO352),%863$
RU)281'$7,21)LHOGEXV
‡ )XOILOOV(+('*)'$DQG$
UHTXLUHPHQWV
‡ 0D[LPXPPHDVXUHPHQWGHYLDWLRQ
RI
‡ &DQEHFRPELQHGZLWKIOXVK
PRXQWHGDEVROXWHRUUHODWLYH
SUHVVXUHPHDVXULQJFHOOV

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 9
 © Siemens AG 2018
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_7HPSHUDWXUH0HDVXUHPHQW

%HFDXVHHYHU\GHJUHHPDWWHUV
6,75$167
6,75$167SURGXFWVDUHWKHWHPSHUDWXUHPHDVXUHPHQWSURIHVVLRQDOVHYHQLQ
H[WUHPHFRQGLWLRQV:KHWKHUXVHGLQKRWFROGRUKD]DUGRXVHQYLURQPHQWV²
WKHFRPPXQLFDWLYH6,75$167PHHWVDOOH[SHFWDWLRQV$QGZKHWKHU\RX·UH
ORRNLQJIRUVHQVRUVRUWUDQVPLWWHUVIRUKHDGUDLORUILHOGPRXQWLQJ²DOODUH
DYDLODEOHLQGLYLGXDOO\RUDVFRPSOHWHPHDVXULQJSRLQWV2XUFRVWHIIHFWLYH
6,75$167WUDQVPLWWHUVRIIHUKLJKSUHFLVLRQLQHYHU\DSSOLFDWLRQDQGDUHTXLFN
DQGHDV\WRFRQQHFWWRWKHUPRFRXSOHVRUUHVLVWDQFHWKHUPRPHWHUV7KH
6,0$7,&3'0LQWHOOLJHQWVRIWZDUHSDFNDJHSHUPLWVSDUDPHWHUL]DWLRQLQMXVW
PLQXWHVDQGLQSXWHUURUVDUHDYRLGHG

6,75$1676² 7H
6,75$1676²7HPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUVIRUSLSHVDQG
YHVVHOV² IURPVLPSO
YHVVHOV²IURPVLPSOHDSSOLFDWLRQVWRVROXWLRQVIRU
KDUVKHQYYLURQPHQWV
KDUVKHQYLURQPHQWV

‡0RGXOD UV\VWHPZL
‡0RGXODUV\VWHPZLWKWKHUPRZHOOPDGHRIWXEXODURU
EDUVWRF NPDWHULDO
EDUVWRFNPDWHULDOH[WHQVLRQFRQQHFWLRQKHDGDQG
RSWLRQD
DOWUDQVPLWWH
RSWLRQDOWUDQVPLWWHURUGLVSOD\
‡‡9HUVLRQIRULQWULQVLFVDIHW\IODPHSURRIDQGQRQVSDUNLQJ
9HUVLRQIRULQWULQVL
DUH DYDLODEOH
DUHDYDLODEOH

10 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 © Siemens AG 2018

7UDQVPLWWHUVIRUKHDGPRXQWLQJ 7UDQVPLWWHUVIRUUDLOPRXQWLQJ

6,75$167+
‡ 3WVLQJOHLQSXWWUDQVPLWWHU 6,75$1675

‡ 'LDJQRVWLFV/(' ‡ 8QLYHUVDODQG+$57ŠVLQJOHLQSXW
‡ 6XSSRUWVIRXUZLUH3W WUDQVPLWWHU

‡ ²P$ ‡ 'LDJQRVWLFV/('

‡ /RZFRVWDQGFRPSDFW ‡ 6XSSRUWVIRXUZLUH57'7&P9DQG
UHVLVWDQFHV
6,75$167+
‡ 6XSSRUWV&DOOHQGDUYDQ'XVHQ
‡ +$57ŠGXDOLQSXWWUDQVPLWWHU ‡ +$57Š6,/,(&
‡ +RWEDFNXSIXQFWLRQ
‡ 'ULIWGHWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQ
6,75$1675
‡ 'LDJQRVWLFV/('
‡ +$57ŠGXDOLQSXWWUDQVPLWWHU
‡ 6XSSRUWVWZRIRXUZLUH57'7&P9
DQGUHVLVWDQFHV ‡ +RWEDFNXSIXQFWLRQ

‡ 6XSSRUWV&DOOHQGDUYDQ'XVHQ ‡ 'ULIWGHWHFWLRQIXQFWLRQ

‡ +$57Š6,/,(& ‡ 'LDJQRVWLFV/('

‡ ,QWHUIDFHIRUORFDO+0, ‡ 6XSSRUWVWZRIRXUZLUH57'7&P9
DQGUHVLVWDQFHV
6,75$167+ ‡ 6XSSRUWV&DOOHQGDUYDQ'XVHQ
‡ 8QLYHUVDODQG+$57ŠVLQJOHLQSXW 6,75$167+
‡ +$57Š6,/,(&
WUDQVPLWWHU ‡ )LHOGEXVWUDQVPLWWHU
‡ 'LDJQRVWLFV/(' ‡ )RU352),%863$RU)281'$7,21
6,75$167:
‡ 6XSSRUWVIRXUZLUH57'7&P9DQG )LHOGEXV
UHVLVWDQFHV ‡ &RQILJXUDEOHZLWK6,0$7,&3'03$ ‡ 8QLYHUVDOWUDQVPLWWHUIRUIRXUZLUH
‡ 6XSSRUWV&DOOHQGDUYDQ'XVHQ RU$06)) V\VWHP

‡ +$57Š6,/,(& ‡ ([WHQVLYHGLDJQRVWLFVDQGVLPXODWLRQ ‡ &RVWVDYLQJRSHUDWLRQDOIHDWXUHV

‡ ,QWHUIDFHIRUORFDO+0, IXQFWLRQV ‡ 'LDJQRVWLFV/('

‡ 7UDQVPLVVLRQRILPSRUWDQWGHYLFH
DQGSURFHVVGDWDRYHUWKHEXVFDEOH

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 11

3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_7HPSHUDWXUH0HDVXUHPHQW
7UDQVPLWWHUVIRUILHOGLQVWDOODWLRQ
6,75$16 7)
6,75$167)
‡ ,3GHJUHHRISURWHFWLRQ
‡ 8VHGZKHUHWKHUHLVH[FHVVLYHKHDW
RUYLEUDWLRQDWWKHPHDVXULQJSRLQW
‡ +$57Š3$))FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
‡ 2SWLRQDOSURJUDPPDEOHGLJLWDO
GLVSOD\
‡ &DQEHXVHGDVDUHPRWHGLVSOD\
ZLWKRXWWUDQVPLWWHU
12 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
© Siemens AG 2018
6,75$167)
‡ :LUHOHVV+$57ŠWHPSHUDWXUHWUDQV
PLWWHUIRUGLUHFWPRXQWLQJRQ
FRQWDLQHUVDQGSLSHVLQUHPRWHSDUWV
RIWKHSODQWDVZHOODVRQPRYLQJ
RUURWDWLQJGHYLFHVWKDQNVWRWKH
FRPSDFWDQGUXJJHGGHVLJQ
‡ 8VHGIRUSURFHVVPRQLWRULQJRUDVVHW
PDQDJHPHQW
‡ :LUHOHVVWUDQVPLVVLRQRIPHDVXUHG
SURFHVVYDOXHV
‡ %DWWHU\RSHUDWHGZLWKH[WUHPHO\ORZ
SRZHUFRQVXPSWLRQ
6,75$1676WHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUV
6,75$1676
‡ )RUPXOWLSOHDSSOLFDWLRQV
‡ 6XSSOLHGZLWKGLUHFWO\LQVWDOOHGFDEOH
‡ $7(;DQG,(&(;DSSURYDOVFDQEH
RSHUDWHGLQ=RQH
‡ :LGHUDQJHRIRSWLRQVWKDQNVWR
PRGXODUSULQFLSOH
6,75$1676
‡ &ODPSRQWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU
‡ 'HVLJQPHHWV(+('*UHFRPPHQ
GDWLRQVDQGLVWKHUHIRUHVXLWDEOHIRU
XVHLQWKHIRRGDQGEHYHUDJHDQG
SKDUPDFHXWLFDOLQGXVWULHV
‡ 5HSODFHDEOHPHDVXULQJLQVHUWV
 © Siemens AG 2018

6,75$1676FRPSDFWGHVLJQ
‡ )RUPXOWLSOHDSSOLFDWLRQV
‡ &RPSDFWGHVLJQZLWKGLUHFWO\
LQVWDOOHGIL[HGFRQQHFWLRQ
0/HPRHWF
‡ $7(;DQG,(&(;DSSURYDOV
FDQEHRSHUDWHGLQ=RQH
‡ :LGHUDQJHRIRSWLRQVWKDQNV
WRPRGXODUSULQFLSOH

7UDQVPLWWHUVIRUILEHURSWLF
WHPSHUDWXUHPHDVXUHPHQW

6,75$1672
‡ )LEHURSWLFWHPSHUDWXUHWUDQVPLWWHU
‡ 'LDPHWHURIVHQVRUPHDVXULQJSUREH
PP
‡ 8SWRPHDVXULQJSRLQWVSHU
VHQVRUPHDVXULQJSUREH
‡ 6LPSOHDQGORZFRVWLQVWDOODWLRQ
WKDQNVWRUROOHGVHQVRUPHDVXULQJ
SUREH

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 13
 © Siemens AG 2018
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_)ORZ0HDVXUHPHQW

(YHU\WKLQJIORZV
6,75$16)
:KHWKHUPHDVXULQJJDVOLTXLGVRUVWHDP²FKRRVLQJWKHULJKW
IORZPHWHULVGHFLVLYHIRUSURGXFWLYLW\7KLVLVZKHUHWKH6,75$16)
OLQHFRPHVLQ2XUSRUWIROLRFRQWDLQVWKHULJKWIORZPHWHUIRU
HYHU\DSSOLFDWLRQDQGPHGLXPZLWKILYHGLIIHUHQWIORZWHFKQRORJLHV
DYDLODEOHWRVXLWDZLGHUDQJHRIRSHUDWLQJFRQGLWLRQV&RULROLV
HOHFWURPDJQHWLFXOWUDVRQLFYRUWH[DQGGLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUH

6,75$16)&)&
6,7
75$1

‡‡ ,QQRYDWLYHDQGXVHUIULHQGO\WUDQVPLWWHUZLWK
,QQ
DXG
DXGLWWUDLOVWUHQGFXUYHVDQGDGYDQFHGGLDJQRVWLF
IXQ
IXQFWLRQDOLWLHV
‡‡ 6L]H
6L]HVIURP'1WR'1LQVWDQGDUGYHUVLRQ
FRP
FRPSDFWRUUHPRWHPRXQWHG
‡‡ 6 ROL
6ROLGSHUIRUPDQFHZLWKPDVVIORZDFFXUDF\

DQGGHQVLW\DFFXUDF\NJPó
‡‡ 5RE
5REXVWIUDPHFRQVWUXFWLRQLVRODWHVIURPH[WHUQDO
QRL
QRLVHDQGYLEUDWLRQV

14 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 © Siemens AG 2018

6,75$16)&
&RULROLVPDVVIORZPHWHUV
7KH6,75$16)&PXOWLYDULDEOHGHYLFHV
PHDVXUHWKHGLUHFWPDVVIORZUDWH
RIOLTXLGVDQGJDVHVLQDOPRVWDQ\
DSSOLFDWLRQ7KH\GHOLYHUUHOLDEOHDQG
6,75$16)&
UHSHDWDEOHLQIRUPDWLRQRQPDVVIORZ
YROXPHIORZWHPSHUDWXUHGHQVLW\ ‡ &RPSDFWVHQVRUZLWKUXJJHG
DQGFRQFHQWUDWLRQHJ%UL[RU3ODWR
7KH\DUHDYDLODEOHLQVHQVRUWUDQVPLW
WHUDQGIORZPHWHUV\VWHPYHUVLRQV
DQGIXOILOOUHTXLUHPHQWVIRUKLJK
SHUIRUPDQFHLQRLO JDVFKHPLFDO
IRRG EHYHUDJHSKDUPDFHXWLFDO
DQGDXWRPRWLYHDSSOLFDWLRQV
6,75$16)&)&
‡ ,QQRYDWLYHDQGXVHUIULHQGO\WUDQVPLW
WHUZLWKDXGLWWUDLOVGDWDORJJHU
WUHQGFXUYHVGDWDORJJHUDQGDG
VSDFHVDYLQJVHQVRUGHVLJQLQ
VWDLQOHVVVWHHOIRUDOODSSOLFDWLRQV
‡ 2SWLPDOK\JLHQHVDIHW\DQG&,3
FOHDQDELOLW\IRUWKHIRRG EHYHUDJH
LQGXVWU\DVZHOODVSKDUPDFHXWLFDO
DSSOLFDWLRQVWKDQNVWRVLQJOHWXEH
FRQVWUXFWLRQZLWKRXWLQWHUQDOZHOGV
UHGXFWLRQVRUIORZVSOLWWHUV
‡ (DV\LQVWDOODWLRQXVLQJD3OXJ 3OD\
LQWHUIDFH
6,75$16)&
0$66/RZ)ORZ
‡ 6LQJOHWXEHLQVL]HVIURP',WR
6,)/2:)&
‡ 4XLFNLQVWDOODWLRQDQGLQWHJUDWLRQRI
WKHPXOWLSDUDPHWHUWUDQVPLWWHULQWR
WKH6,0$7,&V\VWHP
‡ $PRQJWKHPRVWFRPSDFWVSDFH
VDYLQJDQGYHUVDWLOHWUDQVPLWWHUV
RQWKHPDUNHW
6,75$16)&6
‡ )LWVLQZKHUHVSDFHLVFUXFLDO
SURYLGLQJH[WUDIOH[LELOLW\LQDQ\
YDQFHGGLDJQRVWLFIXQFWLRQDOLWLHV
‡ 6L]HVIURP'1WR'1ZLWK
FRPSDFWDQGUHPRWHPRXQWHGWUDQV
PLWWHU
‡ 7UDQVPLWWHUZLWKXSWR,2DQG
FRPPXQLFDWLRQHJ3URILEXV+DUWDQG
VLQJOH0RGEXV578RXWSXW
‡ 6ROLGSHUIRUPDQFHZLWKPDVVIORZ
DFFXUDF\RUDQGGHQVLW\
GRZQWRNJPó
',ZLWKDZLGHVHOHFWLRQRI
DYDLODEOHFRQQHFWLRQV
‡ :LWKVWDQGVSUHVVXUHUDWHVXSWR
EDU
‡ ,GHDOIRUDEURDGUDQJHRIORZIORZ
DSSOLFDWLRQVZLWKLQWKHDXWRPRWLYH
FKHPLFDODQGIRRG EHYHUDJH
LQGXVWULHV
FRPSUHVVHGQDWXUDOJDV&1*
DSSOLFDWLRQIRUERWKQHZLQVWDOOD
WLRQVDQGUHSODFHPHQWV
‡ $YDLODEOHLQ'1WR'1DQG
HDV\WRLQVWDOOZLWKDZLGHUDQJH
RIGLIIHUHQWFRQQHFWLRQVDYDLODEOH
‡ %URDGDSSOLFDWLRQILWZLWKLQGLVSHQV
HUVFRPSUHVVRUVDQGGLVWULEXWLRQ
‡ (DVLO\DGDSWDEOHDVVHQVRULVDYDLO
DEOHZLWKDZLGHUDQJHRIVWDQGDUG
JDVSURFHVVFRQQHFWRUVWRPHHW
YLUWXDOO\DQ\PDUNHWUHTXLUHPHQW
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 15
 © Siemens AG 2018
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_)ORZ0HDVXUHPHQW

6,75$16)0
HOHFWURPDJQHWLFIORZPHWHUV
7KHWDVNRIDQHOHFWURPDJQHWLFIORZ
PHWHUIURPWKH6,75$16)0SURGXFW
IDPLO\LVWRPHDVXUHIORZYROXPHRI
HOHFWULFDOO\FRQGXFWLQJIOXLGVVXFKDV
ZDWHUFKHPLFDOVIRRGDQGEHYHUDJH
VOXUULHVVOXGJHSDSHUVWRFNDQG
PLQLQJVOXUULHVZLWKPDJQHWLFSDUWLFOHV
7KH6,75$16)0SURGXFWUDQJHLV
GLYLGHGLQWRWKUHHPHWHUW\SHV %DWWHU\RSHUDWHGZDWHUPHWHUV
G
0$*'1WR'1
µWRµ
‡ %DWWHU\SRZHUHGVROXWLRQWKDWPDNHV
LWHDVLHUWKDQHYHUWRLQVWDOODUHOLDEOH
ZDWHUPHWHUYLUWXDOO\DQ\ZKHUH
‡ %DWWHU\OLIHWLPHXSWR\HDUV

‡ ,31(0$3HQFORVXUHDQG
VHQVRUSDLQWLQJDFFRUGLQJWR +LJKSRZHUHG$&PHWHUV
JK SRZHUHG $& PHWHUV
,62FODVV&0FRUURVLYLW\IRU 75$160$*('1WR
EXULDODQGVXEPHUJHGDSSOLFDWLRQV '1¶¶WR¶¶
0RGXODUSXOVHG'&PHWHUV ‡ (DV\LQVWDOODWLRQZLWKRXWVWUDLJKW ‡ 6SHFLDOO\GHVLJQHGIRUKHDY\PLQLQJ
6,75$16)0'1WR'1 LQOHWRXWOHW VOXUULHVZLWKRUZLWKRXWPDJQHWLF
µWRµ ‡ 5LFKDGGRQFRPPXQLFDWLRQPRG SDUWLFOHVDVZHOODVWKHPRVWGLIILFXOW
‡ )XOOWUDQVPLWWHUSURJUDP0$* XOHV0RGEXV578(QFRGHUFDUG DSSOLFDWLRQVLQWKHSXOSDQGSDSHU
0$*0$*,FRPSDFWRU *8076PRGXOH LQGXVWU\
UHPRWHPRXQWHG ‡ /RZFRQGXFWLYHPHGLDV•—6FP
‡ 0XOWLSOH,2DVVWDQGDUGDQGFRPPX
QLFDWLRQPRGXOHV352),%863$'3
'HYLFH1HW)281'$7,21)LHOGEXV
+$57ŠDQG0RGEXV578DUH
DYDLODEOH
‡ 0$*:VHQVRUGHVLJQHGIRU
ZDWHUDQGZDVWHZDWHUDSSOLFDWLRQV
‡ 0$*3GHVLJQHGIRUSURFHVV
LQGXVWU\DQGWKHKDUVKUHTXLUHPHQWV
LQWKHFKHPLFDOLQGXVWU\
‡ 0$*0$*+7VHQVRUIRU
0$*ZLWK*8076PRGXOH —6FPGHSHQGLQJRQPHGLXP
‡ 5LFKGDWDWUDQVPLVVLRQSURWRFROV ‡ 1RPRYDEOHSDUWV
VXSSRUWHGE\*PRGXOH606 ‡ 6WDEOH]HURSRLQWSXOVHGDOWHUQDWLQJ
VHFXUHGHPDLODQGVHFXUHG)73 ILHOG²IRUDFFXUDWHIORZVLJQDODQG
H[FHOOHQWVLJQDOVWUHQJWK
‡ 5HPRWH4XDOLILFDWLRQ&HUWLILFDWH
EXLOWLQWRWKH*PRGXOHHQDEOHV ‡ 6PDUW3/8*FRQFHSW
FRPSUHKHQVLYHGHYLFHGLDJQRVWLFV ‡ &RPSUHKHQVLYHVHOIGLDJQRVWLFV
DQGRIIVLWHDXGLWV
‡ &RQILJXUDEOHDQDORJLQSXWIRUH[WHU
QDOUDWLRPHWULFSUHVVXUHWUDQVPLWWHU
LQSDUDOOHOZLWKIORZPHDVXUHPHQW
JHQHUDOSURFHVVLQGXVWULHV
‡ 0$*+7VHQVRUIRU
JHQHUDOSURFHVVLQGXVWULHV
‡ 0$*)>@VHQVRUIRUIRRG
DQGEHYHUDJHDQGSKDUPDFHXWLFDO
LQGXVWULHV
IRU'FHOOH[WHUQDOEDWWHU\SDFN
16 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
LQVROXWLRQRU²P$DODUP
VLJQDOLQSXWIRUH[WHUQDOWDPSHU
DQGIORRGLQJGHWHFWRU
‡ 0$*FORFNV\QFKURQL]DWLRQ
ZLWK,QWHUQHW173VHUYHUIHDWXULQJ
DGMXVWDEOHWLPH]RQHVHWWLQJHQVXUHV
WKDWPHDVXUHPHQWGDWDLVDOZD\V
DFFXUDWHO\WLPHVWDPSHG
‡ 6LQJOH606V\QFKURQL]HVWKHGDWD
WUDQVPLVVLRQWLPHIRUDOO0$*
GHYLFHVLQILHOG
‡ 5HDOWLPH606QRWLILFDWLRQIRU
0$*DODUPV
 © Siemens AG 2018

6,75$16)6XOWUDVRQLFIORZPHWHUV
2XUXOWUDVRQLFIORZPHWHUVGHOLYHU 6,75$16)86DQG)8(
H[WUHPHO\DFFXUDWHUHVXOWVLQDZLGH ‡ )RUWKHXWLOLW\LQGXVWU\WKHWUDFN
UDQJHRIFRQGXFWLYLWLHVYLVFRVLWLHV IORZPHWHUV6,75$16)86DQG
WHPSHUDWXUHVGHQVLWLHVDQGSUHVVXUHV )8(DUHGHVLJQHGWRPHDVXUH
7KLVPDNHVWKHPWKHRSWLPDOFKRLFH ZDWHUIORZLQGLVWULFWKHDWLQJSODQWV
IRUPHDVXULQJDYDULHW\RISURFHVV ORFDOQHWZRUNVERLOHUVWDWLRQV
LQGXVWU\DSSOLFDWLRQV6,75$16)6 VXEVWDWLRQVDQGRWKHUJHQHUDOZDWHU
XOWUDVRQLFIORZPHWHUVDUHDYDLODEOH DSSOLFDWLRQV
LQLQOLQHDQGFODPSRQYHUVLRQV
‡ $OVRVXLWDEOHIRUFKLOOHUSODQWV
%RWKPHWHUW\SHVFDQEHXVHGZLWK
LQFOXGLQJJO\FROPL[HVZLWKRXW
KRPRJHQHRXVFRQGXFWLYHDQGQRQ
W\SHDSSURYDO
FRQGXFWLYHOLTXLGV
‡ &XVWRG\WUDQVIHUDSSURYDOVIRU
GLVWULFWKHDWLQJFXVWRG\WUDQVIHU
DSSOLFDWLRQV0,'0,6L]HV
UDQJHIURP'1WRµWRµ
6212.,7UHWURILWIORZPHWHUW\SH
‡ %DWWHU\RUPDLQVSRZHUHQDEOHV
‡ 7KH6212.,7V\VWHPLVGHVLJQHG LQVWDOODWLRQZKHUHQHHGHG%DWWHU\
IRULQOLQHUHWURILWWLQJRQDOOH[LVWLQJ OLIHWLPHXSWR\HDUV
SLSHOLQHVXSWR'1µDV
‡ ,GHDOIRUHQHUJ\PHWHULQJWRJHWKHU
DWUDFNRUWUDFNIORZPHWHU
ZLWKWKH6,75$16)8(HQHUJ\
‡ )OH[LEOH6,75$16)86WUDQVPLW FDOFXODWRU
WHUVZLWK+$57ŠRU352),%863$
‡ :LWKKHDWPHWHUW\SHDSSURYDO
,QOLQHXOWUDVRQLFIORZPHWHUV XSWR'1µ
0,'0,
‡ 6XLWDEOHIRULQGXVWULDODSSOLFDWLRQV ‡ 7KHXQLTXHGHVLJQHQDEOHVLQVWDOOD
ZLWKSLSHVL]HVIURP'1WR WLRQRQHPSW\SLSHVRUSLSHVXQGHU
'1µWRµODUJHUVL]HVRQ SUHVVXUHZLWKRXWSURFHVVVKXWGRZQ
UHTXHVW ‡ 5REXVWYHUVLRQFDQEHEXULHGDQG
‡ $YDLODEOHDVSDWKV\VWHPVLQ ZLWKVWDQGVFRQVWDQWIORRGLQJ
FRPELQDWLRQZLWK6,75$16)86 ‡ 2XWVWDQGLQJDFFXUDF\WKHELJJHU
WUDQVPLWWHU WKHSLSHWKHPRUHDFFXUDWHWKH
‡ SDWKDQGSDWKV\VWHPVRQ UHVXOW
VSHFLDOUHTXHVWDOVRDYDLODEOH ‡ SDWKV\VWHPVXSWR'1
LQFRPELQDWLRQZLWKWKH µDUHDOVRDYDLODEOHRQVSHFLDO
6,75$16)86WUDQVPLWWHU UHTXHVW
‡ 2SWLRQEHWZHHQPLOGVWHHODQG
VWDLQOHVVVWHHORQUHTXHVW
‡ 6HQVRUVFDQEHH[FKDQJHGZLWKRXW
LQWHUUXSWLQJRSHUDWLRQ

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 17
 © Siemens AG 2018
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_)ORZ0HDVXUHPHQW

&ODPSRQXOWUDVRQLFIORZPHWHUV
7KHH[WHUQDOO\PRXQWHGVHQVRUVRI
6,75$16)6FODPSRQXOWUDVRQLF
IORZPHWHUVDUHTXLFNO\DQGHDVLO\
LQVWDOOHGRQWKHRXWVLGHRIDSLSH
PDNLQJWKHPWKHSHUIHFWFKRLFHIRU
H[LVWLQJDSSOLFDWLRQVRUZKHUHFRU
URVLYHWR[LFRUKLJKSUHVVXUHIOXLGV
UXOHRXWWKHRSWLRQRIFXWWLQJWKHSLSH
7KHFRVWHIILFLHQWWHFKQRORJ\SURYLGHV
KLJKO\DFFXUDWHPHDVXUHPHQWRI
6,75$16)6
OLTXLGVLQSLSHVUDQJLQJIURP'1
WR'1LQVL]H ‡ &RVWHIILFLHQWV\VWHPRIIHULQJWKH
PRVWFRPPRQO\UHTXLUHGPHDVXUH
PHQWIXQFWLRQV
‡ &RQVLVWHQWO\KLJKDFFXUDF\RIRI
IORZUDWHDQGUHSHDWDELOLW\
6,75$16)6 DFFRUGLQJWR,62
‡ (QKDQFHG]HURVWDELOLW\UHVXOWVLQ
‡ 'LJLWDOO\EDVHGV\VWHPIHDWXULQJ
PLQLPDOQHHGWRVHWD]HURSRLQW
PDUNHWOHDGLQJDFFXUDF\RIWR
RIIORZUDWH ‡ :LGH%HDPŠWUDQVLWWLPHWHFKQRORJ\
DOORZVIRUPHDVXUHPHQWRIYLUWXDOO\
‡ %HVWLQFODVV+]GDWDXSGDWH
DQ\OLTXLGHYHQWKRVHZLWKKLJK
UDWHUHOLDEO\GHWHFWVHYHQWKH
OHYHOVRIDHUDWLRQRUVXVSHQGHG
VPDOOHVWFKDQJHVLQIORZ
VROLGV
‡ :LGH%HDPŠWUDQVLWWLPHWHFKQRORJ\
‡ /DUJHJUDSKLFDOGLVSOD\ZLWKLQWXLWLYH
DOORZVIRUPHDVXUHPHQWRIYLUWXDOO\
QDYLJDWLRQPXOWLSOHVHWXSZL]DUGV
DQ\OLTXLGHYHQWKRVHZLWKKLJK
DQGSDWHQWHGSLSHFRQILJXUDWLRQ
OHYHOVRIDHUDWLRQRUVXVSHQGHGVROLGV
PHQX
‡ /DUJHJUDSKLFDOGLVSOD\ZLWKLQWXLWLYH
‡ 6HQVRU)ODVKŠPLFUR6'FDUGVWRUHV
QDYLJDWLRQPXOWLSOHVHWXSZL]DUGV
DOORSHUDWLRQDOGDWDIRUHDV\GHYLFH
DQGSDWHQWHGSLSHFRQILJXUDWLRQ
WUDQVIHUDQGVHUYLFLQJ
PHQX
‡ 6XLWDEOHIRUPXOWLSOHVHFWRUVUHTXLU
‡ 6HQVRU)ODVKŠPLFUR6'FDUGVWRUHVDOO
LQJEXGJHWFRQVFLRXVOLTXLGIORZ
RSHUDWLRQDOGDWDIRUHDV\GHYLFH
LQVWUXPHQWDWLRQLQFOXGLQJZDWHU
WUDQVIHUDQGVHUYLFLQJ
DQGZDVWHZDWHUSRZHU+9$&DQG
‡ &HUWLILHGIRUXVHLQ)0$7(;DQG FKHPLFDOLQGXVWULHV
,(&([=RQHDUHDV
‡ $SSOLFDWLRQH[DPSOHVLQFOXGHUDZ
DQGSRWDEOHZDWHUHIIOXHQWGLVWULFW
KHDWLQJDQGFRROLQJK\GURHOHFWULFLW\
DQGQXFOHDUIHHGZDWHU

18 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
© Siemens AG 2018

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 19
 © Siemens AG 2018
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_)ORZ0HDVXUHPHQW

6,75$16);YRUWH[IORZPHWHUV
9RUWH[IORZPHWHUVSURYLGHDFFXUDWH
YROXPHWULFDQGPDVVIORZPHDVXUH
PHQWRIVWHDPJDVHVDQGERWKFRQ
GXFWLYHDQGQRQFRQGXFWLYHOLTXLGV
7KHYRUWH[IORZPHWHUIXQFWLRQVDVDQ
´DOOLQRQHµVROXWLRQZLWKLQWHJUDWHG
WHPSHUDWXUHDQGSUHVVXUHFRPSHQVD
WLRQWRJHWKHUZLWKDQRSWLRQDOHQHUJ\
FDOFXODWLRQ,WLVVSHFLDOO\GHVLJQHGIRU
DSSOLFDWLRQVWKDWUHTXLUHUHOLDEOHIORZ
PHDVXULQJLQGHSHQGHQWRISUHVVXUH
WHPSHUDWXUHYLVFRVLW\DQGGHQVLW\7KLV
PDNHVLWZHOOVXLWHGIRUVXFKLQGXVWULHV
DVFKHPLFDO+9$& SRZHUIRRG 
EHYHUDJHRLO JDVDQGSKDUPDFHXWL
FDO6,75$16);YRUWH[IORZPHWHUVDUH
DYDLODEOHDVIODQJHGRUVDQGZLFKYHU
VLRQVLQWKHIROORZLQJFRQILJXUDWLRQV
6,75$16);
‡ 9ROXPHWULFIORZPHWHU0HDVXUHPHQW
RIVWHDPJDVHVDQGERWKFRQGXFWLYH
DQGQRQFRQGXFWLYHOLTXLGV7HP
SHUDWXUHFRPSHQVDWLRQIRUVDWXUDWHG
VWHDPLQFOXGHGLQEDVLFYHUVLRQDV
VWDQGDUG
‡ 0DVVIORZPHWHU:LWKSUHVVXUHDQG
WHPSHUDWXUHFRPSHQVDWLRQIRUPDVV
DQGVWDQGDUGYROXPHIORZPHDVXUH
PHQWRIJDVHVRUVXSHUKHDWHG
VWHDP,QWHJUDWHGWHPSHUDWXUHDQG
SUHVVXUHVHQVRUV
‡ 2SWLRQZLWKSUHVVXUHVHQVRUDQG
LVRODWLRQYDOYHDOORZVWKHSUHVVXUH
VHQVRUWREHVKXWRIIIRUWKHSXUSRVH
RISUHVVXUHRUOHDNWHVWLQJRIWKH
SLSHOLQHRUIRUEHLQJH[FKDQJHG
ZLWKRXWLQWHUUXSWLQJWKHSURFHVV
6,75$16);
‡ ,QWHJUDWHGSUHVVXUHDQGWHPSHUDWXUH
FRPSHQVDWLRQIRUORZHULQVWDOODWLRQ
FRVWVDQGLQFUHDVHGDFFXUDF\
‡ ,QWHJUDWHGUHGXFWLRQRIQRPLQDO
GLDPHWHUUHVXOWVLQDODUJHWXUQGRZQ
UDWLRUHGXFLQJLQVWDOODWLRQFRVWVDQG
SRWHQWLDOIRUOHDNDJH
‡ 3URYLGHVUHGXQGDQWVWRUDJHRIDOO
FDOLEUDWLRQDQGFRQILJXUDWLRQGDWD
ZLWKLQWKHGLVSOD\PHPRU\DQGWKH
HOHFWURQLFVPRGXOH
‡ 'HVLJQHGIURPWKHJURXQGXSWREH
IXOO\FRPSOLDQWZLWKWKH,(&
6,/VDIHW\VWDQGDUG
‡ &RVWHIILFLHQWHQHUJ\FDOFXODWLRQ
LQFOXGLQJQHWKHDWPHDVXUHPHQW

6,75$16);GXDOWUDQVPLWWHU
‡ 'XDOPHDVXUHPHQWIRUWZRIROG
UHOLDELOLW\
‡ 5HGXQGDQWV\VWHPZLWKWZRLQGH
SHQGHQWVHQVRUVDQGWZRFRQYHUWHUV

20 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 © Siemens AG 2018

6,75$16)2²
GLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUHIORZPHWHUV
‡ 8QLYHUVDOIORZPHDVXUHPHQWIRU
OLTXLGVJDVHVDQGYDSRUV
‡ $OZD\VSURYLGHDFFXUDWHUHVXOWVHYHQ
ZLWKODUJHERUHVKLJKWHPSHUDWXUH
DQGH[WUHPHSUHVVXUH

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 21
 © Siemens AG 2018
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_/HYHO0HDVXUHPHQW

$OZD\VRQWKHOHYHO

,QGLVSHQVDEOHLQQXPHURXVDSSOLFDWLRQVLQWKHSURFHVVLQGXVWULHV
:KHWKHUSRLQWOHYHOGHWHFWLRQRUFRQWLQXRXVOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQW
RXUFRPSUHKHQVLYHRIIHULQJKDVWKHULJKWVROXWLRQIRU\RXUDSSOLFDWLRQ

6,75$
6,75$16/5²7KHUREXVWOHYHOWUDQVPLWWHU
$16/5² 7KH
IRU FR
RQWLQXRXVPRQLWR
IRUFRQWLQXRXVPRQLWRULQJRIVROLGVDQGOLTXLGV

‡‡ZLUH*+])0&:IRUUDQJHVXSWR
Z
ZLUH*+])0&:
PIW
PIW
‡‡9HU\QDUURZGHJUHHEHDPDQJOHZLWKµOHQVDQWHQQD
9HUU\QDUURZGHJUHH
‡‡$LPLQJIODQJHVZLWKSXUJHHDV\WRLQVWDOO
$LP
PLQJIODQJHVZLWK
‡3UR
RFHVV,QWHOOLJHQFHL
‡3URFHVV,QWHOOLJHQFHLQWHJUDWHGDQGSOXJ
DQGGSOD\SHUIRUPDQF
DQGSOD\SHUIRUPDQFH

22 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 © Siemens AG 2018

&RQWLQXRXVOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQW 6,75$16/5
&RQWLQXRXVOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQWFRQ ‡ ZLUH*+]SXOVHUDGDUOHYHO
VWDQWO\PRQLWRUVG\QDPLFSURFHVVHV WUDQVPLWWHUWRDUDQJHRIP
7KHPHDVXUHPHQWVDUHWUDQVPLWWHG
‡ )RUOLTXLGVDQGVOXUULHVLQVWRUDJH
DVDQDQDORJVLJQDORUGLJLWDOYDOXH
DQGSURFHVVYHVVHOVZLWKKLJK
:HRIIHUDZLGHUDQJHRIWUDQVPLWWHUV
WHPSHUDWXUHVDQGSUHVVXUHV
EDVHGRQDYDULHW\RIWHFKQRORJLHV
LQFOXGLQJXOWUDVRQLFUDGDUJXLGHG ‡ $OVRIRUFRUURVLYHRUDJJUHVVLYH
ZDYHUDGDUFDSDFLWDQFHJUDYLPHWULF PDWHULDOVDQGK\JLHQLFRUVDQLWDU\
DQGK\GURVWDWLFSURFHVVHV UHTXLUHPHQWVWKDQNVWRWKHQHZ
IODQJHGDQGK\JLHQLFHQFDSVXODWHG
DQWHQQDV
6RQLF,QWHOOLJHQFHDQG
3URFHVV,QWHOOLJHQFH
7KHVLJQDOSURFHVVLQJWHFKQRORJLHV
GLIIHUHQWLDWHEHWZHHQWKHWUXHHFKR
IURPWKHPDWHULDODQGIDOVHHFKRHV
IURPREVWUXFWLRQVRUHOHFWULFDOQRLVH 6,75$16/5
7KHVRSKLVWLFDWHGVRIWZDUHLVVXS ‡ ZLUH*+])0&:UDGDUOHYHO
SRUWHGE\ILHOGGDWDJDLQHGIURP WUDQVPLWWHUWRDUDQJHRIP
PRUHWKDQDPLOOLRQDSSOLFDWLRQV7KLV
‡ )RUEXONVROLGVLQYHVVHOVDQGLGHDO
LQGHSWKNQRZOHGJHDQGH[SHULHQFH
IRUDSSOLFDWLRQVZLWKH[WUHPHGXVW
LVEXLOWLQWRWKHVRIWZDUH·VDGYDQFHG
DQGKLJKWHPSHUDWXUHVWRƒ&
DOJRULWKPVWRSURYLGHLQWHOOLJHQW
DQGZLWKPHGLDZLWKDORZEXON
SURFHVVLQJRIHFKRSURILOHV
GHQVLW\ORZGLHOHFWULFSURSHUWLHV 6,75$16/5
7KHUHVXOWLVDUHSHDWDEOHIDVW
DQGUHOLDEOHPHDVXUHPHQW ‡ ZLUH*+]SXOVHUDGDUOHYHO
WUDQVPLWWHUIRUOLTXLGV
‡ ,GHDOIRUSURFHVVYHVVHOVZLWKWXUEX
5DGDUOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQWZLWK
OHQFHKHDY\GHSRVLWDVZHOODVZLWK
LQWHOOLJHQWVLJQDOSURFHVVLQJ
KLJKWHPSHUDWXUHVDQGSUHVVXUHVWR
‡ 1RQFRQWDFWLQJDQG DUDQJHRIP
ORZPDLQWHQDQFH
‡ 0LFURZDYHVUHTXLUHQRFDUULHU
PHGLXPIRUSUHFLVHPHDVXUHPHQWV
HYHQXQGHUKDUVKSURFHVV
FRQGLWLRQV
‡ +LJKSHUIRUPDQFHDQGHDV\LPSOH
PHQWDWLRQXVLQJMXVWDIHZSDUDPH
WHUHQWULHVRQWKHLQIUDUHGKDQGKHOG
LQWHUIDFHRUYLDFRQILJXUDWLRQWRROV 6,75$16/5
VXFKDV6,0$7,&3'06,75$16'70 ‡ ZLUH*+]SXOVHUDGDUOHYHO
3$&7ZDUHRU$06 WUDQVPLWWHUWRDUDQJHRIPZLWK 6,75$163UREH/5
TXLFNXSGDWHWLPH ‡ ZLUH*+]SXOVHUDGDUOHYHO
‡ )RUVROLGVDQGOLTXLGVLQVWRUDJH WUDQVPLWWHUWRDUDQJHRIP
YHVVHOVZLWKH[WUHPHOHYHOVRIGXVW ‡ )RUWKHVLPSOHPRQLWRULQJRIOLTXLGV
DQGLQJDVKD]DUGRXVDUHDV DQGVOXUULHVLQVWRUDJHYHVVHOVZLWK
QRPLQDOSUHVVXUHDQGWHPSHUDWXUH

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 23
 © Siemens AG 2018
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_/HYHO0HDVXUHPHQW

*XLGHGZDYHUDGDU
7KLVWHFKQRORJ\XVHVWLPHGRPDLQ
UHIOHFWRPHWU\7'5WRPHDVXUHOHYHOV
E\JXLGLQJDQHOHFWURPDJQHWLFSXOVH
GRZQDSUREHVROLGURGFDEOHRU
FRD[LDOSUREHWRZDUGWKHPDWHULDO 8OWUDVRQLFOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQW
:KHQWKHSXOVHUHDFKHVWKHPDWHULDO
:KHWKHUVKRUWRUORQJUDQJH²
VXUIDFHWKHFKDQJHLQGLHOHFWULFYDOXH
RXUPDUNHWOHDGLQJXOWUDVRQLFOHYHO
EHWZHHQWKHDLUDQGWKHPDWHULDO
PHDVXUHPHQWLVDQH[WUHPHO\FRVW
FDXVHVDSRUWLRQRIWKHSXOVHWRUHIOHFW
HIIHFWLYHVROXWLRQ,W·VDOVRVXLWDEOHIRU
EDFNWRZDUGWKHWUDQVPLWWHU*XLGHG
6,75$16/* KDUVKHQYLURQPHQWDOFRQGLWLRQVVXFKDV
ZDYHUDGDULVXQDIIHFWHGE\YDSRU
‡ )RUXVHLQK\JLHQLFDQGFRUURVLYH YLEUDWLRQVRUGXVW7KHQRQFRQWDFWLQJ
GHQVLW\IRDPGLHOHFWULFIOXFWXDWLRQV
DSSOLFDWLRQV WHFKQRORJ\LVXVHGLQQXPHURXVLQGXV
WHPSHUDWXUHRUSUHVVXUHFKDQJHVDQG
WULHVWRPRQLWRUOLTXLGVEXONVROLGV
ZRUNVZHOOIRUVKRUWDQGPHGLXP
DQGVOXUULHV
UDQJHPHDVXUHPHQWVRIPDWHULDOVZLWK 6,75$16/*
ORZGLHOHFWULFFRQVWDQWVVXFKDVOLTXH
‡ +LJKO\IOH[LEOHVROXWLRQIRUOLTXLG
ILHGJDVHV7KHLQWHUIDFHEHWZHHQWZR
OHYHODQGLQWHUIDFHDSSOLFDWLRQV
OLTXLGVHJRLOZDWHUFDQDOVREH
([WUHPHO\YHUVDWLOHIRUPDQ\
PHDVXUHGZLWKERWKOHYHODQGLQWHU
DSSOLFDWLRQV
IDFHUHSRUWHGYLDYDULRXVFRPPXQLFD
WLRQSURWRFROV
6,75$16/*
6,75$16/*VHULHV ‡ ,GHDOIRUPHDVXULQJWKHOHYHOLQ
PHGLXPUDQJHVROLGVDSSOLFDWLRQV
LQFOXGLQJJUDLQVSODVWLFV
DQGFHPHQW

6,75$16/*
‡ 2IIHUVFRQILJXUDWLRQRSWLRQVIRU 6,75$16/87
H[WUHPHFRQGLWLRQVLQFOXGLQJKLJK
‡ &RPSDFWVLQJOHSRLQWXOWUDVRQLF
WHPSHUDWXUHDQGKLJKSUHVVXUH
FRQWUROOHUVIRUFRQWLQXRXVOHYHORU
DSSOLFDWLRQV
YROXPHPHDVXUHPHQWRIOLTXLGV
VOXUULHVDQGEXONVROLGVDQGKLJK
$OOYHUVLRQVLQFOXGH DFFXUDF\PRQLWRULQJRIRSHQ
‡ $XWRPDWLFEXLOGXSDGMXVWPHQW FKDQQHOIORZ
‡ 5HPRWHGLVSOD\DQGHOHFWURQLFV ‡ ,QGXVWU\OHDGLQJPPDFFXUDF\
RSWLRQV VHWXSWLPHRIOHVVWKDQDPLQXWH
‡ PPDFFXUDF\ ‡ ,QWXLWLYHQDYLJDWLRQYLDWKHORFDOXVHU
LQWHUIDFH
‡ %DFNOLJKWZLWKIXOOJUDSKLFGLVSOD\
WRSRUVLGHPRXQWDEOH ‡ &RPSDWLEOHZLWKWKHHQWLUHOLQHRI
6LHPHQV(FKRPD[XOWUDVRQLFVHQVRUV
‡ 6,/DSSURYHG
ZLWKDWRPUDQJH
‡ )LHOGUHSODFHDEOHSUREHV
‡ 4XLFNVHWXSZL]DUGV
‡ 86%VHUYLFHSRUWRSWLRQ

24 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 © Siemens AG 2018

+\GUR5DQJHU
‡ /HYHOFRQWUROOHUIRUXSWRVL[SXPSV
LQFOXGLQJSXPSFRQWUROGLIIHUHQWLDO
FRQWURODQGRSHQFKDQQHOIORZ
PRQLWRULQJ

6,75$163UREH/8
‡ ZLUHORRSSRZHUHGXOWUDVRQLF
WUDQVPLWWHUIRUOHYHOYROXPHIORZ
PRQLWRULQJRIOLTXLGVLQVWRUDJH
YHVVHOVVLPSOHSURFHVVYHVVHOVDQG
RSHQFKDQQHOVXSWRPHWHUV
IWWDOO

6,75$16/86,75$16/8
‡ 6XLWDEOHIRUJHQHUDODSSOLFDWLRQV
ZLWKOLTXLGVVOXUULHVDQGEXONVROLGV
LQRSHQRUFORVHGYHVVHOVXSWRP
IWWDOO
‡ &RPSDFWVKRUWUDQJHXOWUDVRQLF
OHYHOWUDQVPLWWHU
‡ *HQHUDOSXUSRVHRULQWULQVLFDOO\VDIH
WZRZLUHWRP$ORRSSRZHUHG

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 25
 © Siemens AG 2018
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_/HYHO0HDVXUHPHQW

3RLQWOHYHOGHWHFWLRQ
:HRIIHU\RXDFRPSUHKHQVLYHSRUW
IROLRIRUH[WUHPHO\UHOLDEOHDQGSUHFLVH
SRLQWOHYHOGHWHFWLRQ2XUZLGHVHOHF
WLRQLQFOXGHVXOWUDVRQLFURWDWLQJDQG
YLEUDWLQJOHYHOVZLWFKHVDVZHOODV
5)FDSDFLWDQFHVZLWFKHVZLWKLQYHUVH
IUHTXHQF\VKLIWWHFKQRORJ\WKDWDUH
FRVWHIIHFWLYHDQGVXLWDEOHIRUYLUWXDOO\
DOODSSOLFDWLRQVIURPEXONVROLGVWR 6,75$16/36
OLTXLGV ‡ 5RWDU\SDGGOHVZLWFKWKDWGHWHFWV 6,75$16/96DQG/96
VROLGVZLWKGHQVLWLHVDVORZDVJO ‡ 9LEUDWLQJOHYHOVZLWFKHVWKDWGHWHFW
‡ 0RWRUSURWHFWLRQ VROLGVZLWKGHQVLWLHVDVORZDVJO
9LEUDWLQJURWDU\SDGGOH
‡ 6,/FHUWLILFDWLRQIRUEHVWLQFODVV ‡ %HVWLQFODVVVHQVLWLYLW\GHWHFWLRQ
‡ (VSHFLDOO\VXLWDEOHIRUORZEXON
GHQVLW\DSSOLFDWLRQV UHOLDELOLW\DQGSHUIRUPDQFH ‡ 2SWLRQVIRUEXLOGXSPRQLWRULQJ
‡ ,GHDOIRUXVHLQKDUVKDQGDEUDVLYH ‡ 2SWLRQVIRUIDLOVDIHURWDWLRQPRQL
HQYLURQPHQWVWKDQNVWRWKHLU WRULQJDQGDODUPLQJ
UXJJHGGHVLJQ
‡ )RUGHWHFWLQJKLJKORZDQGGH
PDQGOHYHOVLQVROLGVOLTXLGVDQG
VOXUU\DSSOLFDWLRQV
‡ $ZLGHYDULHW\RIFRQILJXUDWLRQ
RSWLRQVPDNHVWKHPVXLWDEOHIRUDQ\
HQYLURQPHQW
‡ 6LPSOHWRXVHZLWKQRFRPSOLFDWHG
VHWXSRUFRQILJXUDWLRQ
‡ 6WDLQOHVVDOXPLQXPDQGSODVWLF 3RLQWHN8/68OWUDVRQLF
HQFORVXUHRSWLRQVDQGKLJKJUDGH ‡ 1RQFRQWDFWLQJXOWUDVRQLFOHYHO
VWHHOSURFHVVFRQQHFWLRQVSURYLGH VZLWFKZLWKWZRVZLWFKSRLQWV
H[FHSWLRQDOUHVLVWDQFHWRPHFKDQLFDO
‡ ,GHDOIRUVWLFN\PDWHULDOVDQGDQ
IRUFHVDORQJVHUYLFHOLIHDQGORZ
6,75$16/9/DQG/9/ HIIHFWLYHVROXWLRQIRUEXONVROLGV
FRVWRIRZQHUVKLS
‡ 9LEUDWLQJOHYHOVZLWFKHVIRUOLTXLG OLTXLGVDQGVOXUULHV
‡ 2SWLRQVIRU6,/
DQGVOXUU\DSSOLFDWLRQVLQFOXGLQJ
KLJKORZDQGGHPDQGOHYHODODUPV
DQGSXPSSURWHFWLRQ
‡ :LGHDSSOLFDWLRQUDQJHLQFOXGLQJ
KLJKWHPSHUDWXUHVDQGSUHVVXUHV
K\JLHQLFYHUVLRQVODUJHYDULHW\RI
HQFORVXUHPDWHULDOV6,/RSWLRQV
DQGUHPRWHWHVWLQJ

26 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 © Siemens AG 2018

5)&DSDFLWDQFH 3RLQWHN&/6
3RLQWHN5)FDSDFLWDQFHSRLQWOHYHO ‡ 6XLWDEOHIRUOHYHOGHWHFWLRQLQ
VZLWFKHVPHDVXUHLQWHUIDFHVVROLGV FRQVWULFWHGVSDFHV
OLTXLGVVOXUULHVDQGIRDP7KHLQYHUVH ‡ 6HQVJXDUGSURWHFWLRQRISUREHIRU
IUHTXHQF\VKLIWWHFKQRORJ\SURYLGHV KDUVKDQGDEUDVLYHHQYLURQPHQWV
DFFXUDWHDQGUHOLDEOHPHDVXUHPHQW DQGFKHPLFDOO\UHVLVWLYHSUREH
UHVXOWVHYHQLQGXVW\WXUEXOHQWDQG W\SHVDYDLODEOH
YDSRURXVHQYLURQPHQWVRULQDSSOLFD ‡ &RPSDFWZLUHRUZLUHVZLWFK
WLRQVZLWKSURGXFWEXLOGXS6PDOO
FKDQJHVLQOHYHOFUHDWHODUJHFKDQJHV
LQIUHTXHQF\&RQVHTXHQWO\3RLQWHN
GHYLFHVKDYHJUHDWHUVHQVLWLYLW\DQG
FRQVLVWHQWO\RXWSHUIRUPFRQYHQWLRQDO
GHYLFHV:LWKWKHLUUXJJHGDOXPLQXPRU
FKHPLFDOO\UHVLVWLYHSODVWLFHQFORVXUHV
DQGZLGHYDULHW\RISURFHVVFRQQHFWLRQV
6LHPHQV3RLQWHNVZLWFKHVDUHFRP
SDWLEOHZLWKPRVWDSSOLFDWLRQV

3RLQWHN&/6DQG&/6
‡ 6XLWDEOHIRUOHYHOGHWHFWLRQLQGH
PDQGLQJFRQGLWLRQVZLWKKLJK
SUHVVXUHVDQGWHPSHUDWXUHV
‡ 6XLWDEOHIRUDJJUHVVLYHDSSOLFDWLRQV
LQFOXGLQJYHU\KLJKWHPSHUDWXUHV
DQGSUHVVXUHV
‡ 6,/RSWLRQV
‡ 6PDUW352),%86YHUVLRQVZLWK
GLJLWDOGLVSOD\
‡ 5HPRWHRSHUDWLRQYLD352),%86
IRUVWDWXVDQGIXQFWLRQWHVWLQJ
‡ 5HPRWHGHWHFWLRQRIEXLOGXSDQG
PRQLWRULQJRIRWKHUSURFHVVFRQGL
WLRQFKDQJHV

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 27
 © Siemens AG 2018
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_/HYHO0HDVXUHPHQW

&RQWLQXRXVFDSDFLWDQFH
2XUXQLTXHLQYHUVHIUHTXHQF\VKLIW
DSSURDFKWRFDSDFLWDQFHWHFKQRORJ\
HQVXUHVDFFXUDWHUHOLDEOHDQGUHSHDW
DEOHPHDVXUHPHQWVHYHQLQGXVW\
WXUEXOHQWDQGYDSRURXVHQYLURQPHQWV
RULQVLWXDWLRQVZLWKSURGXFWEXLOGXS +\GURVWDWLF
%HFDXVHHYHQDVPDOOOHYHOFKDQJH /RZFRVWOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQWIRUGLUHFW
FUHDWHVDODUJHFKDQJHLQIUHTXHQF\ 6,75$16/&
& PRXQWLQJRUPRXQWLQJZLWKUHPRWH
RXULQVWUXPHQWVSURYLGHEHWWHUUHVR VHDOVRQWDQNVDQGYHVVHOV
‡ ,GHDOIRUVWDQGDUGDQGLQGXVWULDO
OXWLRQDQGFRQVLVWHQWO\RXWSHUIRUP
DSSOLFDWLRQVLQWKHFKHPLFDO
FRQYHQWLRQDOGHYLFHV:LWKVSHFLDO
K\GURFDUERQSURFHVVLQJIRRG
IHDWXUHVVXFKDV$FWLYH6KLHOGWHFK
DQGEHYHUDJHPLQLQJDJJUHJDWH
QRORJ\WKH\SURWHFWWKHPHDVXUHPHQW
DQGFHPHQWLQGXVWULHV
IURPWKHHIIHFWVRIPRLVWXUHYDSRUV
IRDPWHPSHUDWXUHDQGSUHVVXUH
YDULDWLRQVDQGEXLOGXS7RJHWKHUZLWK
WKHPRGXODUSUREHRSWLRQVDYDLODEOH
RQYDULRXVPRGHOVWKH\RIIHUSUDFWLFDO
VROXWLRQVWRDZLGHYDULHW\RIFRQWLQ
XRXVOHYHODQGLQWHUIDFHDSSOLFDWLRQV

6,75$16/+DQG6,75$163'6,,,
‡ 6XLWDEOHIRUDZLGHUDQJHRI
DSSOLFDWLRQVLQWKHFKHPLFDODQG
SHWURFKHPLFDOLQGXVWULHV
‡ +LJKO\UHVLVWDQWWRH[WUHPHFKHPLFDO
DQGPHFKDQLFDOORDGVDVZHOODV
HOHFWURPDJQHWLFLQWHUIHUHQFH

28 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 © Siemens AG 2018

*UDYLPHWULFVHHFDWDORJ:7
*UDYLPHWULFOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQWZLWK
6,:$5(;ZHLJKLQJWHFKQRORJ\RIIHUV
KLJKO\SUHFLVHPHDVXUHPHQWZLWKRXW
PDWHULDOFRQWDFWLQGHSHQGHQWRIPH
GLXPWHPSHUDWXUHWDQNVKDSHEXLOWLQ
SDUWVRUPDWHULDOFKDUDFWHULVWLFV

6,:$5(;:3VHHFDWDORJ:7
‡ 7HFKQRORJ\PRGXOHIRUWKH6,0$7,&
(763GLVWULEXWHG,2V\VWHP
‡ )RUOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQWVLQVLORVDQG
EXQNHUVFRQYHQLHQWDQGVHDPOHVV
LQWHJUDWLRQRISODWIRUPVFDOHVGLUHFWO\
LQWRWKHDXWRPDWLRQHQYLURQPHQW

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 29
 © Siemens AG 2018
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_3RVLWLRQHUV

7KHGLDJQRVLV
ILUVWFODVV
7KH\HQVXUHVDIHDQGWURXEOHIUHHSURFHGXUHVLQDZLGHYDULHW\RISURFHVV
LQGXVWULHVDURXQGWKHZRUOGSRVLWLRQHUVSUHFLVHO\FRQWUROWKHHQWLUHUDQJHRI
YDOYHVDQGPDVWHUHYHQVSHFLDOWDVNVZLWKDEVROXWHUHOLDELOLW\$WWKHVDPH
WLPHZHKDYHFRQWLQXHGWRH[SDQGRXUSURYHQUDQJHRISURGXFWVWKURXJKRXW
WKH\HDUV²DOZD\VEDVHGRQ\RXUQHHGV

6,3$5736²
6,3$5736²6WDWHRIWKHDUWSRVLWLRQHUV
²6WDWHRIW
ZLWKLQQRYDWWLYHIHDWXUHV
ZLWKLQQRYDWLYHIHDWXUHVVXFKDVQRQ
FRQWDFWSRVLW
WLRQGHWHFWL
FRQWDFWSRVLWLRQGHWHFWLRQERRVWHURSWLRQV
D QGH[WHQGHGGGLDJQRVWL
DQGH[WHQGHGGLDJQRVWLFV

30 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

6,3$5736
‡ 0RVWZLGHO\XVHGSRVLWLRQHUIRU
OLQHDUDQGSDUWWXUQDFWXDWRUV
‡ *HQHUDWHVGLDJQRVWLFGDWDIRULWVHOI
© Siemens AG 2018
‡ )DLOLQSODFHIXQFWLRQ3UHYHQW
RZHU
YDOYHVIURPFORVLQJGXULQJDSRZHU
DIH
IDLOXUH$OWHUQDWLYHO\WKHIDLOVDIH
IXQFWLRQPDNHVVXUHWKDWWKHYDOYHDOYH
PRYHVWRWKHVDIHW\SRVLWLRQ
‡ +LJKIXQFWLRQDOVDIHW\LQHPHUJHQF\
‡ ,QWHJUDWHGERRVWHURSWLRQIRUTXLFN VLWXDWLRQV7KHIROORZLQJYDOYHDQG
FRQWURORIODUJHGULYHV DFWXDWRUIDLOXUHVFDQEHGHWHFWHG
‡ ([WHQGHGGLDJQRVWLFRSWLRQVVXFK 6OXJJLVKYDOYHPRYHPHQWSQHXPDWLF
LWVHQYLURQPHQWDVZHOODVYDOYHDQG DV9DOYH3HUIRUPDQFH7HVWV937 OHDNDJHHJWHDULQPHPEUDQH
DFWXDWRU GHWHFWWKHPDLQWHQDQFHUHTXLUH SLSHEORFNDJHRUYDOYHSOXJWHDUZLWK
‡ (DV\LQVWDOODWLRQDQGIDVW PHQWVRIWKHYDOYHGXULQJVFKHGXOHG FRQWLQXRXVSURFHVVHV&SURFHVVHV
FRPPLVVLRQLQJ SODQWVWDQGVWLOOV YDOYHVHDWRUYDOYHSOXJZHDUGH
‡ 5HGXFHGPDLQWHQDQFHUHTXLUHGLQ ‡ /RZRSHUDWLQJFRVWVWKDQNVWR SRVLWVRUFDNLQJDWWKHYDOYHVHDWRU
WKHSODQW PLQLPDODLUFRQVXPSWLRQ YDOYHSOXJVWXIILQJER[VWLFWLRQ
‡ 6DIHSURFHVVFRQWURO ´3DUWLDO6WURNH7HVWµ367IRURSHQ
FORVHGYDOYHVHJVDIHW\YDOYHVDQG
‡ 9HUVLRQVZLWKH[WHUQDO
IRUVHUYRVROHQRLGYDOYHV
QRQFRQWDFWLQJWUDYHOVHQVRUV
‡ /VWDLQOHVVVWHHOHQFORVXUHIRU
‡ +LJKIOH[LELOLW\LQWKHUDQJHRIVWURNH
QHDUVKRUHRIIVKRUHDVZHOODVRLO
IURPXSWRPP
DQGJDVDSSOLFDWLRQVLQKD]DUGRXV
‡ &RPPXQLFDWLRQYLD352),%863$ DUHDV
)281'$7,21)LHOGEXVRU+$57Š
‡ ([GH[SORVLRQSURRIYHUVLRQ
‡ 0DNURORQDOXPLQXPRUVWDLQOHVV
VWHHOHQFORVXUH

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 31
 © Siemens AG 2018
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_3URFHVV0RQLWRULQJ

(DUO\GHWHFWLRQ
SURWHFWV\RXUSURFHVV
3URFHVVSURWHFWLRQGHYLFHVFDQEHXVHGDVHDUO\ZDUQLQJV\VWHPVWR
DYRLGFRVWO\LQWHUUXSWLRQVDQGEUHDNGRZQVRIHTXLSPHQW7KH\GHWHFWIORZ
SUREOHPVEORFNDJHVVFUHHQIDXOWVPDFKLQHU\VORZGRZQVRUEXUVWILOWHU
EDJV7KHLUUXJJHGFRQVWUXFWLRQPDNHVWKHPLPSHUYLRXVWRGXVWGLUW
EXLOGXSDQGPRLVWXUH,QVWDOOHGLQDPLOOLRQFRQWURODSSOLFDWLRQVLQLQGXV
WULDOSURFHVVHVDQGLQPHFKDQLFDODQGV\VWHPVHQJLQHHULQJDQGRWKHU
DUHDVWKH6,3$57'5VHULHVLV\RXUVROXWLRQIRUSURFHVVFRQWURO7KH
FRPSDFWFRQWUROOHUVZLWKFRQWLQXRXVRXWSXWVLJQDORUVWHSFRQWDFWRXWSXW
KDYHEHHQVSHFLDOO\GHVLJQHGIRUVSDFHVDYLQJSDQHOPRXQWLQJ

6,75$16$6 ²$FRXVWLF
6,75$16$6²$FRXVWLFVHQVRUXVHGIRUVROLGV
IORZGHWHFWLRQI
IHDWXULQJD
IORZGHWHFWLRQIHDWXULQJDFRPSDFWVWDLQOHVVVWHHO
FRQVWUXFWLRQIRU KDUVKHQYL
FRQVWUXFWLRQIRUKDUVKHQYLURQPHQWVDQGQRQLQYDVLYH
PRXQWLQJ

‡'HWHFWLRQRIKL JKIUHTXHQ
‡'HWHFWLRQRIKLJKIUHTXHQF\DFRXVWLFHPLVVLRQVIURP
IULFWLRQRUWKHL
LPSDFWRIG
IULFWLRQRUWKHLPSDFWRIGXVWSRZGHUVJUDQXOHVDQG
RWKHUVROLGV
‡6LJQDOLQJRIIOR
RZQRIORZ
‡6LJQDOLQJRIIORZQRIORZRUKLJKORZIORZ
‡&RPSDWLEOHZLW WK6,75$16
‡&RPSDWLEOHZLWK6,75$16&8ZKLFKSURFHVVHVVLJQDOV
IURPWKHVHQVR
IURPWKHVHQVRURU
‡3URYLVLRQRIUHO D\DQGDQD
‡3URYLVLRQRIUHOD\DQGDQDORJRXWSXWVIRUFRQQHFWLRQLQWR
DSURFHVVRUGLLUHFWFRQQH
DSURFHVVRUGLUHFWFRQQHFWLRQWRD3/&DQDORJRXWSXW

32 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 © Siemens AG 2018

$FRXVWLFVHQVRUV
1RQLQYDVLYHDFRXVWLFVHQVRUVGHWHFW
LQDXGLEOHKLJKIUHTXHQF\DFRXVWLF
HPLVVLRQVJHQHUDWHGE\IULFWLRQDQG
LPSDFWFDXVHGE\PDWHULDOVLQPRWLRQ
6,75$16 '$
6,75$16'$
‡ $FRXVWLFDQDO\]HUIRUWKHFRQGLWLRQ
PRQLWRULQJRIRVFLOODWLQJGLVSODFH
PHQWSXPSV
‡ 6LPXOWDQHRXVDQGFRQWLQXRXVPRQL
WRULQJRIXSWRIRXULQGHSHQGHQW
GHOLYHU\YDOYHV
‡ (DV\V\VWHPRSHUDWLRQDQGFRQILJX
0RWLRQVHQVRUV
1RQFRQWDFWLQJPRWLRQVHQVRUVGHWHFW
FKDQJHVLQPRWLRQDQGVSHHGRI
FRQYH\LQJUHFLSURFDWLQJDQGURWDWLQJ
PDFKLQHU\
0LOOWURQLFV0)$S
‡ 3ODQWSURWHFWLRQWKURXJKWKHGHWHF
WLRQRIDEVHQFHRIPRWLRQDVZHOODV
3URFHVVFRQWUROOHUVVHHFDWDORJ03
6,3$57'5FRQWUROOHUVDUHRXWVWDQGLQJ
WKDQNVWRWKHLUH[WUHPHUHOLDELOLW\DQG
HDVHRIXVH9DULRXVVRIWZDUHSDFNDJHV
DUHDYDLODEOHWRPDNHWKHLUKDQGOLQJHDV\
DQGLQWXLWLYHDQGWRH[WHQGWKHLUVFRSHRI
DSSOLFDWLRQ7KHVWDQGDUGYHUVLRQDOUHDG\
RIIHUVFRPSUHKHQVLYHFRQWUROOHUKDUG
ZDUHWKDWFDQEHXSJUDGHGTXLFNO\DQG
HDVLO\IRUVSHFLILFDSSOLFDWLRQVE\PHDQV
RIDODUJHQXPEHURIRSWLRQDOLQSXWDQG
RXWSXWPRGXOHV3OXJLQPRGXOHVIRU
FRPPXQLFDWLRQVRYHU5656RU
352),%86'3DUHDOVRDYDLODEOH
UDWLRQHLWKHUORFDOO\E\/&'DQG
NH\ERDUGRUYLD352),%86'33$
XQGHUVSHHGRURYHUVSHHGFRQGLWLRQV
‡ 3UREHVXVDEOHLQKD]DUGRXVKLJK
WHPSHUDWXUHDQGKDUVKFRQGLWLRQV
WKDQNVWRLWVVXSHULRUGHVLJQ
‡ :LWK063RU;33SUREHV
6,75$16:0
‡ )RUGHWHFWLQJWKHDEVHQFHRU
SUHVHQFHRIPRWLRQRIURWDWLQJ
UHFLSURFDWLQJDQGFRQYH\LQJ
HTXLSPHQW
‡ +HDY\GXW\DODUPVZLWFK
3URFHVVUHFRUGHUVVHHFDWDORJ03
6,5(&'GLVSOD\UHFRUGHUV
DUHXVHGIRUFRQWLQXRXVPRQLWRULQJRI
SURFHVVTXDQWLWLHVSODQWPDLQWHQDQFH
SURFHVVRSWLPL]DWLRQRUWURXEOHVKRRWLQJ
:LWKWKHVHZHRIIHU\RXDIXOOOLQHRI
VWDWHRIWKHDUWVROXWLRQVIRUWKHPRVW
GHPDQGLQJUHTXLUHPHQWV
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 33
 © Siemens AG 2018
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_$GGLWLRQDO&RPSRQHQWV

([SDQGDV\RXJR
,QWHJUDWHGFRPPXQLFDWLRQGRZQWRWKHILHOGOHYHOLVEHFRPLQJDQLQFUHDVLQJO\
LPSRUWDQWIDFWRUIRUWKHVXFFHVVRIRXUFXVWRPHUV$YDLODELOLW\RIWKHLQVWUX
PHQWVLQDXWRPDWLRQVROXWLRQVDWDOOWLPHVLVQHFHVVDU\WRJDWKHULQIRUPDWLRQ
DERXWWKHVWDWHRIWKHSODQWIURPWKHH[LVWLQJGDWDDQGWRGHULYHWKHFRUUHFW
PDLQWHQDQFHPHDVXUHVZLWKUHJDUGWRWLPHDQGVFRSH7KLVLVQRWDSUREOHP
ZLWKRXUPRGHUQVROXWLRQV(YHQSURYHQSODQWVWKDWKDYHEHHQUXQQLQJIRU
PDQ\\HDUVFDQEHH[SDQGHGZLWKDVPDOOLQYHVWPHQWLQVXFKDZD\WKDWWKH
PRVWLPSRUWDQWGDWDLVDYDLODEOH²QRWRQO\ORFDOO\EXWZLWKVHFXUHZRUOGZLGH
DFFHVVLIUHTXLUHG

6,0$7,&&578&²7KHFRPSDFWUHPRWH
WHUPLQDOXQLWVPRQLWRUUHPRWHPHDVXULQJSRLQWVHYHQLQ
ORFDWLRQVZ
ORFDWLRQVZKHUHQRSRZHUVXSSO\H[LVWV

‡(DV\FRQ Q
‡(DV\FRQILJXUDWLRQXVLQJDZHEEURZVHULQVWHDGRI
SURJUDPP
SURJUDPPLQJ
‡‡)OH[LEOHSRZHUVXSSO\IURPEDWWHULHVVRODUHQHUJ\RU
)OH[LEOH
9'&
‡(QHUJ\R R
‡(QHUJ\RSWLPL]HGRSHUDWLRQDQGLQWHJUDWHGHQHUJ\
PDQDJH HP
PDQDJHPHQWIRUFRQQHFWHGDQDORJDQGGLJLWDOVHQVRUV
‡‡6HFXUHFRPPXQLFDWLRQ7HOH&RQWURO%DVLFSURWRFRO
6HFXUHFF
6,1$87 6
6,1$8767'13DQG,(&YLDWKHLQWH
JUDWHG8
8
JUDWHG8076PRGHP578&RUYLD/$1SRUW
578 
578&LQDGGLWLRQWRD6&$/$1&(6RU6&$/$1&(0
‡‡([WHQGHGWHPSHUDWXUHUDQJHIURP²WRƒ&DVZHOO
([WHQGHHG
DVRSWLR Q
DVRSWLRQDODGGLWLRQDOHQFORVXUHLQ,3

34 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

5HPRWHGLJLWDOGLVSOD\
7KHXQLYHUVDOUHPRWHGLJLWDOGLVSOD\V
DOORZUHPRWHGLVSOD\RIDQGDFFHVVWR
PHDVXUHPHQWGDWD
6,75$165'DQG5'
‡ 6XLWDEOHIRUOHYHOIORZSUHVVXUH
WHPSHUDWXUHDQGZHLJKLQJDSSOL
FDWLRQV
‡ &DQEHXVHGLQDODUJHYDULHW\RI
HQYLURQPHQWVORZKLJKWHPSHUD
© Siemens AG 2018
6,75$165'
‡ 5HPRWHPRQLWRULQJRILQYHQWRU\
OHYHOVDVZHOODVSURFHVVDQG 6,75$16$:
5$16 $:
HQYLURQPHQWDODSSOLFDWLRQV ‡ &RQQHFWLRQRSWLRQRIXSWRIRXU
+$57ŠGHYLFHVLQPXOWLGURSPRGH
‡ &ROOHFWLRQDQGVDYLQJRIPHDVXUHG
YDOXHVIRUIORZOHYHOSUHVVXUH ‡ 6XSSRUWRI²P$GHYLFHVZLWKRXW
WHPSHUDWXUHDQGZHLJKLQJ +$57Š
‡ ,QWHJUDWHGZHEVHUYHUIRUHDV\ ‡ 3RZHUVXSSO\RIWKHFRQQHFWHGILHOG
FRQILJXUDWLRQZLWKRXWSURJUDPPLQJ GHYLFHYLDDQLQWHJUDWHGEDWWHU\
‡ (PDLODQGWH[WPHVVDJH
QRWLILFDWLRQVIRUDODUPPHVVDJHV
‡ )OH[LEOHGDWDWUDQVPLVVLRQZRUOGZLGH
:LUHOHVV+$57ŠFRPSRQHQWV
:LUHOHVV+$57ŠHQDEOHVWKHLQWHJUD
WLRQRIPHDVXULQJSRLQWVWKDWFRXOG
QRWEHLPSOHPHQWHGEHIRUHGXHWR
WKHRSHUDWLQJHQYLURQPHQWRUIRU
WXUHVKD]DUGRXVDUHDV HFRQRPLFUHDVRQV,QDGGLWLRQWR
‡ 6LPSOHSURJUDPPLQJDQG WKH6,75$167)WUDQVPLWWHUVIRU 6,75$16$:
LQVWDOODWLRQ WHPSHUDWXUHPHDVXUHPHQWDQG
‡ $FFHVVWRDOORQOLQHYDOXHVSURFHVV
6,75$163IRUSUHVVXUHPHDVXUH
YDOXHVGLDJQRVWLFLQIRUPDWLRQDQG
PHQWWKH6,75$16$:DQG
SDUDPHWHUVRIWKHFRQQHFWHGGHYLFHV
6,75$16$::LUHOHVV+$57ŠDGDSW
HUVLQWHJUDWHLQVWUXPHQWVZLWK+$57Š ‡ 6XSSO\YLD²P$ORRSZKHQXVHG
FDSDELOLW\DVZHOODVDQDORJGHYLFHV LQDPDLQWHQDQFHHQYLURQPHQW
WKDWGRQRWVXSSRUW+$57ŠFRPPXQL ‡ 8VHLQKD]DUGRXVDUHDVHYHQZLWK
FDWLRQ$FFHVVWRGLDJQRVWLFGDWDFDQ ([G
EHLPSOHPHQWHGZLWKWKHVHDGDSWHUV ‡ 3RVVLEOHWRFRQQHFWXSWRHLJKW
DWORZFRVWVLQPRVWFDVHVHVSHFLDOO\ +$57ŠGHYLFHVLQPXOWLGURSPRGH
6,75$165'
ZKHQWKHFRQWUROV\VWHPGRHVQRW
‡ ,GHDOIRUIORZUDWHWRWDODQGFRQWURO ‡ 6XSSRUWRI²P$GHYLFHVZLWKRXW
VXSSRUWLQWHJUDWHG+$57ŠFRPPXQL
DSSOLFDWLRQVDVZHOODVIRUXVHZLWK +$57Š
FDWLRQ
PRVWILHOGGHYLFHV
‡ 'DWDORJJHGDQGGLVSOD\HGRQWKH3& ,(3%/LQN31,2
ZLWKWKHIUHH5'VRIWZDUH ‡ &DQFRQVWLWXWHWKHJDWHZD\EHWZHHQ
352),1(7DQG352),%86
5HPRWHGDWDPDQDJHU ‡ )URPWKH,2FRQWUROOHUYLHZSRLQWDOO
5HPRWHGDWDPDQDJHUVIDFLOLWDWH '3VODYHVDUHWUHDWHGOLNH,2GHYLFHV
UHPRWHPRQLWRULQJWKURXJKGDWD ZLWKD352),1(7LQWHUIDFH
ORJJLQJZHEDFFHVVDQGDODUPHYHQW ‡ 8VHDVDGDWDUHFRUGVURXWHUIRUWKH
SURFHVVLQJRIWKHLQWHJUDWHGGHYLFHV SDUDPHWHUDVVLJQPHQWRIILHOG
GHYLFHVYLD6,0$7,&3'03URFHVV
'HYLFH0DQDJHULQDOOSODQWVZLWK
352),%86'3

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 35
 © Siemens AG 2018
&RPPXQLFDWLRQDQG6RIWZDUH

+RZWRLPSOHPHQWPXOWLSOH
VWDQGDUGVZLWKMXVWRQHVROXWLRQ

'HSHQGLQJRQLQGXVWU\DQGUHJLRQPXOWLSOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQSURWRFROV
DUHRIWHQXVHG²HYHQLQWKHPRVWPRGHUQDXWRPDWLRQVROXWLRQV7KH
ODUJHVWYDULHW\FDQEHIRXQGZKHQFRQQHFWLQJWKHILHOGOHYHOWRWKHFRQ
WUROOHYHO,WLVLPSHUDWLYHWRFRQQHFWWKHVHGLIIHUHQWSURWRFROVVHDPOHVVO\
ZLWKRQHDQRWKHUDQGHQVXUHWUDQVSDUHQWWUDQVLWLRQVIRUXVHUV:HSUR
YLGHDODUJHYDULHW\RIKDUGZDUHDQGVRIWZDUHFRPSRQHQWVWRHQVXUH\RX
DOZD\VILQGWKHRSWLPXPVROXWLRQ

36 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
© Siemens AG 2018

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 37
 © Siemens AG 2018
&RPPXQLFDWLRQDQG6RIWZDUH_)LHOGEXVHV

'HYLFHLQWHJUDWLRQIURPWKH
ILHOGWRWKHZRUOG
2XUSURFHVVLQVWUXPHQWVVXSSRUWDOOPDMRULQGXVWU\VWDQGDUGVIRUPRGHUQ
ILHOGEXVFRPPXQLFDWLRQVXFKDV+$57Š352),%86)281'$7,21)LHOGEXVDQG
0RGEXVDQGDUHWKHUHIRUHVXLWDEOHIRUXVHLQDOODXWRPDWLRQVROXWLRQV$GGL
WLRQDOEHQHILWVDUHSURYLGHGE\RXU6,0$7,&3&6SURFHVVFRQWUROV\VWHPDQG
WKH6,75$16/LEUDU\LQFOXGLQJLQFUHDVHGWUDQVSDUHQF\DQGLQWHJUDWLRQRIVSH
FLILFIXQFWLRQVIRURXUGHYLFHVIURPWKH6,75$16DQG6,3$57SURGXFWIDPLOLHV
WKDWDOUHDG\H[LVWLQ\RXUSODQW7KHVHGD\VLWLVDQDEVROXWHPXVWWKDWHDFK
GHYLFHLVDFFHVVLEOHDWDOOWLPHV:KHWKHUWKHGHYLFHLVORFDOWKHFHQWHUSLHFH
RIDSODQWRURQWKHRWKHUVLGHRIWKHJOREH²IOH[LELOLW\VHFXULW\DQGFRQWURO
DWDOOWLPHVDUHQRORQJHUMXVWRSWLRQDOH[WUDV:HFDQSURYLGH\RXZLWKWKH
FRPSRQHQWV\RXQHHGWRDFFRPSOLVKWKLVJRDO

6,0$
6,0$7,&3'03URFHVV'HYLFH0DQDJHU²
(DV\
(DV\GHYLFHLQWHJUDWLRQZLWKVLJQLILFDQWEHQHILWV

‡‡)OH[LEOHWRROIRURSHUDWLRQRIPRUHWKDQGLIIHUHQWILHOG
)OH[
GHY
GHYLFHVDQGRWKHUDXWRPDWLRQFRPSRQHQWVRYHUWKHHQWLUH
OLIH
OLIHF\FOHRI\RXUSODQW
‡‡8QLYHUVDOLPSOHPHQWDWLRQDVDFHQWUDOLQWHJUDWHGWRROLQ
8QL
D0
D0DLQWHQDQFH6WDWLRQRUGLUHFWO\FRQQHFWHGWRDORFDO
ILHOG
ILHOGGHYLFH
‡‡*UDSKLFDOXVHULQWHUIDFHDQGLQWXLWLYH4XLFN6WDUWZL]DUGV
*UD
IRU
IRUFRQILJXUDWLRQSDUDPHWHUL]DWLRQGLDJQRVWLFVDQG
PDL
PDLQWHQDQFH
‡‡6XSSRUWVDOOLPSRUWDQWLQGXVWU\VWDQGDUGVIRUPRGHUQ
6XS
ILHOG
ILHOGEXVFRPPXQLFDWLRQVXFKDV+$57Š352),%86
)28
281'$7,21)LHOGEXVDQG0RGEXV
‡‡&OLHQWVHUYHUDUFKLWHFWXUHHQDEOHVIOH[LEOHXVHZLWK
&OLH
FRQ
FRQVLVWHQWGDWDPDQDJHPHQWWKDWLVDOZD\VXSWRGDWH

38 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 © Siemens AG 2018

,QWHJUDWLRQLQSODQWSODQQLQJ 

3,$ &HQWUDOPDLQWHQDQFHHYHQIRU
&2026 /LIH&\FOH3RUWDO WKLUGSDUW\V\VWHPV
‡ 6HDPOHVVLQWHJUDWLRQRIRXUSURGXFW 6,0$7,&3'0
FRQILJXUDWRULQ\RXUSODQWSODQQLQJ
ZLWK&2026
‡ )DVWDQGHDV\GHVLJQRI6LWUDQVILHOG
GHYLFHVGLUHFWO\IURPWKHSODQQLQJ
HQYLURQPHQW
‡ $XWRPDWLFWUDQVIHURIFRQILJXUHG
GHYLFHGDWD
3URFHVV'HYLFH0DQDJHU
6,0$7,&3'0ZLWKLWVPRUHWKDQ
LQWHJUDWHGILHOGGHYLFHVDOVR
FRPHVLQWRLWVRZQDVDFHQWUDOPDLQ
WHQDQFHVWDWLRQLQFRQWUROVROXWLRQV
IURPRWKHUPDQXIDFWXUHUV
‡ &RQQHFWLRQWRH[LVWLQJ352),%86
6HFXUHZRUOGZLGHDFFHVVLELOLW\RI
GHYLFHVDQGV\VWHPV
*OREDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQUHTXLUHVD
KLJKOHYHORIVHFXULW\.H\DVSHFWVRI
WUDQVPLWWHGGDWDDUHFRQILGHQWLDOLW\
DXWKHQWLFLW\VHQGHUYHULILFDWLRQDQG
DYDLODELOLW\9LUWXDO3ULYDWH1HWZRUNV
‡ 6LPSOLILHGGHYLFHLQWHJUDWLRQVDYHV
YDOXDEOHGHYHORSPHQWWLPH
‡ $YDLODELOLW\TXHU\IRUDOUHDG\LQV
WDOOHGGHYLFHV
6,75$16/LEUDU\
‡ (DV\XVHRIGHYLFHVSHFLILFIXQFWLRQV
DQGGDWDIURPGHYLFHVRIWKH
VHJPHQWVRYHU,(3%/LQN31,2
‡ 'LUHFWFRQQHFWLRQWR+$57ŠGHYLFHV
ZLWKD+$57ŠPRGHP+$57ŠPXOWL
SOH[HURU:LUHOHVV+$57Š6,75$16
$:DGDSWHU
‡ 6XSSRUWVDOOLPSRUWDQWLQGXVWU\
VWDQGDUGVIRUPRGHUQILHOGEXV
FRPPXQLFDWLRQVXFKDV+$57Š
352),%86)281'$7,21)LHOGEXV
931ZLWKWKHKLJKHVWOHYHORIHQFU\S
WLRQDUHRIWHQXVHG:LWK6,1(0$5&LW
LVHDV\WRVHWXSVXFKDJOREDOLQIUD
VWUXFWXUHGXHWRWKHDYDLODELOLW\RIDOO
QHFHVVDU\FRPSRQHQWVIRUZLUHOHVV
DQGZLUHGEDVHGFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
7KLVPHDQV\RXFDQDFFHVV\RXUXQLWV
DQGSODQWVLQVWDOOHGDURXQGWKHZRUOG
LQQRWLPH
6,75$16DQG6,3$57SURGXFWIDPL
OLHVVXFKDVGRVLQJRUWRWDOL]HUVLQ
VROXWLRQVZLWK6,0$7,&3&6
‡ /LEUDU\ZLWKGHYLFHVSHFLILFIXQFWLRQ
EORFNVEORFNV\PEROVDQGIDFHSODWHV
‡ )XOO\FRPSDWLEOHZLWK6,0$7,&3&6
6WDQGDUG$GYDQFHG3URFHVV/LEUDU\
DQG0RGEXV 6,1(0$5&5HPRWH&RQQHFW
‡ &OLHQWVHUYHUDUFKLWHFWXUHHQDEOHV
‡ 0DQDJHPHQWSODWIRUPIRUUHPRWH
IOH[LEOHXVHZLWKFRQVLVWHQWGDWD
QHWZRUNVHQDEOHVHDV\UHPRWH
PDQDJHPHQWWKDWLVDOZD\VXSWR
DFFHVVIRUWHOHVHUYLFHRUUHPRWH
GDWH2QWKHFOLHQWRQO\DQ,QWHUQHW
PDLQWHQDQFH
EURZVHULVUHTXLUHG
‡ (VWDEOLVKPHQWRIHQFU\SWHGFRQQHF
‡ 3'09VXSSRUWV)',SDFNDJHV
WLRQVZLWK2SHQ931ZLWKMXVWRQH
$3/WKURXJKRXWWKHHQWLUHOLIH PRXVHFOLFN
F\FOHIURPHQJLQHHULQJWRUXQQLQJ
‡ 3URWRFROLQGHSHQGHQW,3EDVHG
RIWKHSODQW
FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
‡ 9LUWXDO1HWZRUN&RPSXWLQJ91&
HQDEOHVFXVWRPHUVHUYLFHFRQWURO
DQGSUREOHPDQDO\VLVRQVLWH

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 39

&RPPXQLFDWLRQDQG6RIWZDUH_)LHOGEXVHV
)LHOGEXVHV
,QWURGXFWLRQWRWKHGLJLWDOZRUOG
'LVWULEXWHGDXWRPDWLRQVROXWLRQV
EDVHGRQRSHQILHOGEXVHVDUHVWDQGDUG
WRGD\LQPDQ\VHFWRUVRIWKHSURGXF
WLRQDQGSURFHVVLQGXVWULHV2QO\LQ
FRQMXQFWLRQZLWKILHOGEXVHVFDQWKH
DGYDQWDJHVRIGLJLWDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
© Siemens AG 2018
352),1(7
‡ 352),%86,QWHUQDWLRQDORSHQ
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHWVWDQGDUGIRU
DXWRPDWLRQ
‡ (QDEOHVV\QFKURQL]DWLRQUHDOWLPH
DQGGHWHUPLQLVWLFFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
:LUHOHVV+$57Š
RIWKHIDVWHVWSURFHVVHV
‡ $OORZVIRUVHDPOHVVLQWHJUDWLRQ ‡ :LUHOHVVVWDQGDUGEDVHGRQWKH
RIRWKHUILHOGEXVV\VWHPVOLNH +$57ŠSURWRFROVLQFH+$57Š9
352),%86'3 ‡ 7UDQVPLVVLRQRIXSWRHLJKWSURFHVV
YDOXHVZLWKRXWORVVLQDFFXUDF\
)281'$7,21)LHOGEXV ‡ &RPSOHWHZLUHOHVVDFFHVVWRGLDJ
QRVWLFDQGPDLQWHQDQFHLQIRUPDWLRQ
‡ 2SHQVWDQGDUGRIWKH)LHOG&RPP DVZHOODVSDUDPHWHUVRYHUWKH
EHIXOO\UHDOL]HGLQFOXGLQJEHWWHU
WUDQVPLVVLRQRIPHDVXUHGYDOXHVZKLOH
PDLQWDLQLQJWKHRULJLQDODFFXUDF\
GLDJQRVWLFRSWLRQVDQGUHPRWHSDUD
PHWHUL]DWLRQ)LHOGGHYLFHVDUHRSWL
PDOO\LQWHJUDWHGLQWRWKHHQWLUHSODQW
WKDQNVWRPRGHUQILHOGEXVFRPPXQL
FDWLRQVXFKDV+$57Š352),%86DQG
)281'$7,21)LHOGEXVDVZHOODV
0RGEXV7&3DQG5786LQFHWKH
GHYLFHVDUHLQWHJUDWHGLQWR6,0$7,&
3&6$VVHW0DQDJHPHQWXVHUVKDYH
DFFHVVWRGLDJQRVWLFLQIRUPDWLRQIURP
WKHILHOGGHYLFHVDWDOOWLPHVHQDEOLQJ
WKHPWRRSWLPL]HPDLQWHQDQFHDQG
XQSODQQHGVHUYLFHRIWKHLUSODQWVDQG
SUHYHQWGRZQWLPH
352),%86
‡ ,QGXVWU\VWDQGDUG,(&IRU
QXPHURXVDSSOLFDWLRQVLQWKH
SURGXFWLRQDQGSURFHVVLQGXVWULHV
‡ 352),%86'3DVIDVWV\VWHPEXVIRU
FRQQHFWLRQRIUHPRWH,2VWDWLRQV
VXFKDV(7
‡ 352),%863$IRUXVHLQKD]DUGRXV
DUHDZLWKVLPXOWDQHRXVVXSSO\RI
WKHGHYLFHV
*URXS)&* ZLUHOHVVQHWZRUN
‡ ,QDGGLWLRQWRDFWXDWRUVILHOGGH
YLFHVIRUPHDVXUHPHQWRISUHVVXUH
WHPSHUDWXUHIORZDQGOHYHODUH
DYDLODEOHIRUWKHLQWULQVLFDOO\VDIH
))EXV
+$57Š²
)LHOGFRPPXQLFDWLRQSURWRFRO
‡ ,QGXVWU\VWDQGDUG,(&ZLWK
PRUHWKDQPLOOLRQLQVWDOOHG
GHYLFHV
‡ ([SDQGVWKHDQDORJ²P$
FXUUHQWORRSZLWKLQGXVWU\VWDQGDUG
GLJLWDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
‡ &RPELQDWLRQRISURYHQDQDORJ
WUDQVPLVVLRQRIPHDVXUHGYDOXHV
DQGVLPXOWDQHRXVGLJLWDOFRPPXQL
FDWLRQZLWKELGLUHFWLRQDODF\FOLF
WUDQVPLVVLRQ
‡ 7UDQVPLVVLRQRIGLDJQRVWLFVPDLQWH
QDQFHDQGSURFHVVLQIRUPDWLRQIURP
ILHOGGHYLFHVWRKRVWV\VWHPV
‡ 7KHODWHVWVHFXULW\WHFKQRORJLHVIRU
SURWHFWLRQRIQHWZRUNDQGGDWD
‡ ,GHDOIRUPHDVXUHPHQWVRIPRYLQJ
URWDWLQJRUKDUGWRUHDFKHTXLSPHQW
VXFKDVWDQNVDQGVLORVRUIRUWHP
SRUDU\PHDVXUHPHQWDSSOLFDWLRQV
0RGEXV578
‡ ,QGXVWU\VWDQGDUG,(&
‡ )RUZLGHO\GLVWULEXWHGVHULDO
LQGXVWULDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
‡ 6XSSRUWHGE\6,0$7,&3'0
‡ 'DWDDUHWUDQVPLWWHGF\FOLFDOO\
EHWZHHQWKH0RGEXVPDVWHUDQG
RQHRUPRUH0RGEXVVODYHV
0RGEXV7&3
‡ ,QGXVWU\VWDQGDUG,(&
‡ 0XOWLPDVWHUV\VWHP
‡ +RPRJHQRXVWUDQVLWLRQIURP
0RGEXV7&3WRORZHUOHYHO
0RGEXV578QHWZRUNVSRVVLEOH
0RGEXV578GHYLFHDGGUHVVPXVW
DOZD\VEHVSHFLILHGLQDGGLWLRQWR
WKH,3DGGUHVV
‡ 352),VDIHIRUVHFXUHFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
VDIHW\OHYHOVXSWR6,/SDUDOOHOWR ‡ 0RGEXV578GHYLFHVDUHXVXDOO\
VWDQGDUGFRPPXQLFDWLRQRQRQH LQWHJUDWHGLQWRWKH6,0$7,&3&6
FDEOH YLD0RGEXV7&3DQGDW\SH&0
FRQYHUWHU
‡ &HQWUDODFFHVVLELOLW\RIDOO0RGEXV
578GHYLFHVGRZQVWUHDPIURP
D&0XVLQJ6,0$7,&3'0
DQG6,0$7,&3&6FRQWUROOHUV
VLPXOWDQHRXVO\

40 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 © Siemens AG 2018

6,75$16'70
7ZRWHFKQRORJLHVDUHDYDLODEOHWRGD\
IRUWKHGHVFULSWLRQDQGLQWHJUDWLRQRI
ILHOGGHYLFHVDQGRWKHUDXWRPDWLRQ
FRPSRQHQWVWKH(OHFWURQLF'HYLFH
'HVFULSWLRQ/DQJXDJH(''/DQGWKH
VRFDOOHG)LHOG'HYLFH7RRO)'7$
GHYLFHGHVFULEHGZLWK(''/LVUHSUH
VHQWHGDV(''DVRIWZDUHFRPSRQHQW
GHYHORSHGZLWK)'7LVUHSUHVHQWHGDV
D'HYLFH7\SH0DQDJHU'70$'70
FDQUHSUHVHQWRQHRUPRUHGHYLFHV
Enterprise
3DUDPHWHUL]DWLRQRIWKH)LHOG'HYLFH
Cloud / ERP

7RRO'HYLFH7\SH0DQDJHU)'7'70
WHFKQRORJ\IRU6LHPHQVGHYLFHV ERP IoT Operating System
REVHUYLQJLQWHUQDWLRQDOVWDQGDUGV Plant Lifecycle Management
Plant Management

‡ 6,75$16'70LVDFHUWLILHG'70
Plant Lifecycle Operations
‡ 6XSSRUWVPDQ\GHYLFHVIURPWKH Management System intelligence

6,75$16SURGXFWIDPLO\ Management, Planning and Reporting

‡ 8VHV(''VIRUWKHGHYLFHVDQG
MOM

SURYLGHVDOOUHTXLUHGDVSHFWVRI

Industrial Services
WKHGHYLFHLQWHJUDWLRQYLD MES
WKH)'7LQWHUIDFH Operations, Engineering and Maintenance

‡ &DQEHXVHGLQVRFDOOHG)'7)UDPH
DSSOLFDWLRQVVXFKDV)LHOG&DUHRU
Totally Integrated Automation

3$&7ZDUH
Simulation Energy management Maintenance

Automation
Process Control System
7RWDOO\,QWHJUDWHG$XWRPDWLRQ²7,$
,QOLJKWRIWKHJURZLQJFRPSOH[LW\
RIPDFKLQHVDQGSODQWVDORQJZLWK
ULVLQJHQJLQHHULQJFRVWVHIILFLHQW Controller Remote I/O Industrial Communication Power Supply and Distribution

HQJLQHHULQJLVDNH\IDFWRUIRUVXFFHVV
Field
LQWKHPDQXIDFWXULQJLQGXVWU\7RWDOO\
,QWHJUDWHG$XWRPDWLRQLQGXVWULDO
DXWRPDWLRQIURP6LHPHQVPDNHV
HQJLQHHULQJHIILFLHQW7KHRSHQV\V Process Process Weighing Drive Industrial
instrumentation analytics and dosing Systems Identification
WHPDUFKLWHFWXUHFRYHUVWKHHQWLUH
SURGXFWLRQSURFHVVDQGHQVXUHVWKH
HIILFLHQWLQWHUDFWLRQRIDOODXWRPDWLRQ
FRPSRQHQWV7KLVLVDFKLHYHGZLWK
FRQVLVWHQWGDWDPDQDJHPHQWJOREDO
VWDQGDUGVDQGXQLIRUPKDUGZDUHDQG
VRIWZDUHLQWHUIDFHV7KHVHFRPPRQ
IHDWXUHVPLQLPL]HWKHHQJLQHHULQJ
RYHUKHDGWKXVUHGXFLQJFRVWV
VKRUWHQLQJWKHWLPHWRPDUNHW
DQGLQFUHDVLQJIOH[LELOLW\

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 41
 © Siemens AG 2018

42 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 1
© Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement

1/3 Product overview Transmitters for applications with

advanced requirements (Advanced)
Single-range transmitters for general SITRANS P320/420
applications 1/112 Technical description
1/6 SITRANS P200 for gauge and abs. pressure Technical specifications, ordering data,
1/12 SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure dimensional drawings
1/17 SITRANS P220 for gauge pressure 1/117 - for gauge pressure (pressure series)
Transmitter for hydrostatic level 1/126 - for gauge pressure (differential presssure
1/23 - SITRANS LH100 series)
1/28 - SITRANS LH300
1/136 - for gauge and absolute pressure,
1/34 SITRANS P Compact for gauge and ab-
flush-mounted diaphragm
solute pressure
1/148 - for absolute pressure (pressure series)
Transmitters with WirelessHART 1/156 - for absolute pressure (differential press-
1/43 SITRANS P280 for gauge and abs. pressure sure series)
1/165 - for differential pressure and flow
Transmitters for food, pharma- 1/179 - for level
ceuticals and biotechnology SITRANS P DS III
1/48 SITRANS P300 for gauge and abs. pressure
1/193 Technical description
1/70 SITRANS P300 Accessories/Spare parts
Technical specifications, ordering data,
1/71 SITRANS P300 - Factory-mounting of
dimensional drawings
valve manifolds on transmitters
1/200 - for gauge pressure
Transmitters for the paper industry 1/210 - for gauge and absolute pressure with
SITRANS P300 and DS III for gauge front-flush diaphragm
pressure with PMC connection 1/223 - for absolute pressure (from gauge
1/73 Technical description pressure series)
Technical specifications, ordering data, 1/233 - for absolute pressure
dimensional drawings (from differential pressure series)
1/78 - SITRANS P DS III with PMC connection 1/244 - for differential pressure and flow
1/84 - SITRANS P300 with PMC connection 1/260 - for level
1/274 Accessories/Spare parts
Transmitters for applications with 1/280 Factory-mounting of valve manifolds
basic requirements (Basic) on transmitters
SITRANS P310 SITRANS P410
1/91 Technical description 1/284 Technical description
Technical specifications, ordering data, Technical specifications, ordering data,
dimensional drawings dimensional drawings
1/95 - for gauge pressure 1/290 - for gauge pressure
1/101 - for differential pressure and flow 1/302 - for differential pressure and flow
1/110 Accessories/Spare parts 1/321 Accessories/Spare parts

Transmitters for applications with

highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
1/324 Technical description
Technical specifications, ordering data,
dimensional drawings
1/329 - for differential pressure and flow
1/337 - for level
1/346 Accessories/Spare parts
1/349 Factory-mounting of valve manifolds
on transmitters

Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 1
© Siemens AG 2018

Remote seals for transmitters and Fittings

pressure gauges 1/489 Technical description
SITRANS P320/420 1/490 Selection aid
1/352 Technical description Shut-off valves for gauge and absolute
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design pressure transmitters
1/365 - with flexible capillary 1/492 - Shut-off valves to DIN 16270,
Diaphragm seals of flange design DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
1/371 - with flexible capillary 1/494 - Angle adapter
1/379 - directly fitted on transmitter 1/495 - Shut-off valves/Double shut-off valves
1/386 - fixed connection and with capillary 1/497 - Accessories for shut-off
Diaphragm seal, screwed design valves/double shut-off valves
1/393 - directly mounted or/and with capillary Shut-off valves for differential pressure
1/397 Quick-release diaphragm seals transmitters
1/402 Miniature diaphragm seals 1/498 - 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds DN 5
1/404 Clamp-on seals of flange design 1/501 - Multiway cocks PN 100
1/409 Quick-release inline seals 1/503 - 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5
1/414 Flushing rings for diaphragm seals 1/506 - 3-way valve manifold DN 8
1/416 Measuring setups 1/509 - Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
1/417 - with remote seals 1/511 - Valve manifold combination DN 8
1/419 - without remote seals 1/513 - 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
for installing in protective boxes
SITRANS P DS III
1/517 - 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for
1/422 Technical description
vertical angular diff. pressure lines
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design
1/520 - Low-pressure multiway cock
1/436 - with flexible capillary
1/522 Accessories
Diaphragm seals of flange design
1/442 - with flexible capillary
1/449 - directly fitted on transmitter
1/454 - fixed connection and with capillary
Diaphragm seal, screwed design
1/460 - directly mounted or/and with capillary
1/464 Quick-release diaphragm seals
1/470 Miniature diaphragm seals
1/472 Clamp-on seals of flange design
1/477 Quick-release inline seals
1/481 Flushing rings for diaphragm seals
1/483 Measuring setups
1/484 - with remote seals
1/486 - without remote seals

You can download all instructions,

catalogs and certificates for SITRANS P
free of charge at the following Internet
address: www.siemens.com/sitransp

Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Product overview

■ Overview
1
Application Description Software for
parameteriza-
tion
SITRANS P Single-range transmitters for general applications
Two or three-wire transmitters SITRANS P200 1/6 –
for measuring gauge and • Single-range transmitters for gauge and absolute
absolute pressure pressure
• Ceramic measuring cell
• For general applications
SITRANS P210 1/12 –
• Single-range transmitters for gauge pressure
• Stainless steal measuring cell
• For low-pressure applications
SITRANS P220 1/17 –
• Single-range transmitters for gauge pressure
• Stainless steel measuring cell, fully welded
• For high-pressure applications and refrigeration
technology
Two-wire transmitter for mea- SITRANS LH100 1/23 –
suring hydrostatic levels • For measuring liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels,
dams etc.
• With ceramic diaphragm, Ø 23.4 mm
Two-wire transmitter for mea- SITRANS LH300 1/28 –
suring hydrostatic levels • For measuring liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels,
dams etc.
• With ceramic diaphragm, Ø 30 mm
• Suitable for small measuring ranges
Transmitters for gauge and SITRANS P Compact 1/34 –
absolute pressure for food, • Single-range transmitters in two-wire system
pharmaceuticals and biotech-
nology • Hygiene-based design with various aseptic connec-
tions according to EHEDG, FDA and GMP recom-
mendations.

SITRANS P · Transmitters with WirelessHART communication

Wireless transmitter with Wire-
less HART for measuring
gauge and absolute pressure
SITRANS P280 1/43 SIMATIC PDM
• Wireless communication with WirelessHART
• Battery operation
• Parameterization using 3 buttons and SIMATIC PDM
with HART modem or wireless with WirelessHART

SITRANS P · Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology

Two-wire transmitters for mea-
suring gauge and absolute
pressure
SITRANS P300 1/48 SIMATIC PDM
• Hygiene-based design according to EHEDG, 3A,
FDA and GMP
• Parameterization using 3 buttons and communica-
tion over HART, PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
• Standard process connection G½", ½-NPT and
front-flush process connections available
• Range adjustment 100 : 1

Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on 1/71 –

SITRANS P300 transmitters
• Simplified assembly
• With pressure test
• Stainless steel valve manifolds

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/3

 © Siemens AG 2018
Pressure Measurement
Product overview
1 Application
SITRANS P · Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
Two-wire transmitters for mea-
suring gauge pressure
SITRANS P Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
Two-wire transmitter for mea-
suring:
• Gauge pressure,
• Differential pressure and
• Flow
SITRANS P Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
Two-wire transmitters for mea-
suring:
• Gauge pressure,
• Absolute pressure,
• Differential pressure and
• Flow or
• Level
Two-wire transmitters for
measuring:
• Gauge pressure,
• Absolute pressure,
• Differential pressure and
• Flow or
• Level
Two-wire transmitters for mea-
suring:
• Gauge pressure,
• Differential pressure and
• Flow
1/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
Description Software for
parameteriza-
tion
SITRANS P300 and SITRANS P DS III with 1/73 SIMATIC PDM
PMC connection for the paper industry
• Range adjustment 100 : 1
• Process connections for the paper industry
• Parameterization using 3 buttons and HART,
PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
SITRANS P310 1/91 SIMATIC PDM
• Measuring accuracy up to 0.075 %
• Range adjustment: 100 : 1
• Parameterization using 3 buttons and HART
SITRANS P320/P420 1/112 SIMATIC PDM
• Measuring accuracy:
- SITRANS P320: 0.065 %
- SITRANS P420 0.04 %
• Fast step response time of up to 105 ms
• Developed according to IEC 61508,
SIL2/3 applications
• SIL validation remotely
• Diagnostics according to Namur NE107
• 4-key operation
SITRANS P DS III 1/193 SIMATIC PDM
• Measuring accuracy up to 0.065 %
• Range adjustment: 100 : 1
• Parameterization using:
- 3 buttons and HART for
SITRANS P DS III HART
- 3 buttons and PROFIBUS PA for
SITRANS P DS III PA series
- 3 buttons and FOUNDATION Fieldbus for
SITRANS P DS III FF series
• Available ex stock
Factory mounting of valve manifolds on gauge, 1/280 –
absolute or differential pressure transmitters
SITRANS P DS III
• Simplified assembly
• With pressure test
• Stainless steel valve manifolds
SITRANS P410 1/284 SIMATIC PDM
• Measuring accuracy up to 0.04 %
• Range adjustment 100 : 1
• Parameterization using:
- 3 buttons and HART for SITRANS P410 HART
- 3 buttons and PROFIBUS PA for
SITRANS P410 PA
- 3 buttons and FOUNDATION Fieldbus for SI-
TRANS P410 FF
Factory mounting of valve manifolds on gauge, –
absolute or differential pressure transmitters
SITRANS P410
• Factory valve block mounting for SITRANS P410 is
possible. Depending on the available P410 variants,
please see the configuration options for
SITRANS P DS III (page 1/280).
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Product overview

Application Description Software for

1
parameteriza-
tion
SITRANS P - Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
Two-wire transmitters for SITRANS P500 1/324 SIMATIC PDM
measuring: • Measuring accuracy up to 0.03 %
• Differential pressure • Range adjustment: 200 :1
• Volume flow • High measuring accuracy
• Mass flow • Very fast response time
• Level • Extremely good long-term stability
• Volume • Parameterization using 3 buttons or HART
• Mass

Factory-mounting of manifolds on differential 1/349 –

pressure transmitters SITRANS P500
• Simplified assembly
• With pressure test
• Stainless steel valve manifolds

Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges

Remote seals for measuring
viscous, corrosive or fibrous
media (as well as media at
extreme temperatures)
Fittings
Shutting off the lines for the
medium and differential pres-
sure
Mounting of transmitter on
valve manifold or shut-off fitting
Remote seals for SITRANS P320/420 1/352 –
Remote seals for SITRANS P DSIII 1/422
• Remote seals in sandwich and flange designs
• Quick-release remote seals for the food industry
• Wide range of diaphragm materials and fill fluid
available
Shut-off fittings and valve manifolds available in steel, 1/489 –
brass or stainless steel
Valve manifolds available for the various process
connections of the SITRANS P transmitters

As accessory for fittings are available:

• Oval flange 1/522
• Mounting collars 1/523
• Connection glands 1/524
• Connection parts G½ 1/525
• Water traps 1/526
• Sealing rings to EN 837-1 1/526
• Pressure surge reducers 1/527
• Primary shut-off valves 1/528
• Compensation vessels 1/530
• Connection parts 1/531

■ Supplied product documentation on DVD and safety instructions

The scope of delivery of the Siemens products for process instrumentation includes a multilingual instruction sheet with
safety instructions as well as a uniform mini DVD – Process Instrumentation and Weighing Systems.
This DVD contains the most important manuals and certificates for the Siemens process instrumentation and
weighing technology portfolio. The delivery may also contain product-specific or order-specific printed materials.
For additional information, refer to the Annex on page 10/3.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/5

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P200 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 ■ Overview
■ Design
Device structure without explosion protection
The pressure transmitter consists of a piezoresistive measuring
cell with a diaphragm installed in a stainless steel enclosure. It
can be used with a connector per EN 175301-803-A (IP65), a
M12 device plug (IP67), a cable (IP67) or a Quickon cable quick
screw connection (IP67) connected electrically. The output sig-
nal is between 4 and 20 mA or 0 and 10 V.
Device structure with explosion protection
The pressure transmitter consists of a piezoresistive measuring
cell with a diaphragm installed in a stainless steel enclosure. It
can be used with a connector per EN 175301-803-A (IP65) or a
M12 device plug (IP67) connected electrically. The output signal
is between 4 and 20 mA.

■ Function
The pressure transmitter measures the gauge and absolute
pressure of liquids and gases as well as the level of liquids.
The SITRANS P200 pressure transmitter measures the gauge
and absolute pressure of liquids, gases and vapors. Mode of operation
• Ceramic measuring cell
• Gauge and absolute measuring ranges 1 to 60 bar (15 to
1000 psi) U
• For general applications const.

U
■ Benefits p I I0, UB

• High measuring accuracy

• Rugged stainless steel enclosure
• High overload withstand capability
• For aggressive and non-aggressive media
SITRANS P200 pressure transmitters (7MF1565-...), functional diagram
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapors
The ceramic measuring cell has a thin-film resistance bridge to
• Compact design
which the operating pressure p is transmitted through a ceramic
diaphragm.
■ Application The voltage output from the measuring cell is converted by an
The SITRANS P200 pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute amplifier into an output current of 4 to 20 mA or an output voltage
pressure is used in the following industrial areas: of 0 to 10 V DC.
• Mechanical engineering The output current and voltage are linearly proportional to the in-
• Shipbuilding put pressure.
• Power engineering
• Chemical industry
• Water supply

1/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P200 for gauge and absolute pressure

■ Technical specifications
1
Application Electromagnetic compatibility • acc. IEC 61326-1/-2/-3
Gauge and absolute pressure Liquids, gases and vapors • acc. NAMUR NE21, only for
measurement ATEX versions and with a max.
measuring deviation 1 %
Mode of operation
Design
Measuring principle Piezo-resistive measuring cell
(ceramic diaphragm) Weight Approx. 0.090 kg (0.198 lb)
Measured variable Gauge and absolute pressure Process connections See dimension drawings
Inputs Electrical connections • Connector per
EN 175301-803-A Form A with
Measuring range cable inlet M16x1.5 or ½-14 NPT
• Gauge pressure or Pg 11
- Metric 1 … 60 bar (15 … 870 psi) • M12 device plug
- US measuring range 15 … 1000 psi
• 2 or 3-wire (0.5 mm2) cable
• Absolute pressure (  5.4 mm)
- Metric 0.6 … 16 bar a
- US measuring range (10 … 232 psi apsi a) • Quickon cable quick screw con-
10 … 300 psi a nection

Output Wetted parts materials

Current signal 4 ... 20 mA • Measuring cell AI2O3 - 96 %

• Load (UB - 10 V)/0.02 A • Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
(SST 316 L)
• Auxiliary power UB DC 7 ... 33 V (10 ... 30 V for Ex)
• Gasket • FPM (Standard)
Voltage signal 0 ... 10 V DC
• Neoprene
• Load  10 k
• Perbunan
• Auxiliary power UB 12 ... 33 V DC
• EPDM
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k
Non-wetted parts materials
Ratiometric output 0 ... 90 %
• Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
• Load  10 k (SST 316 L)
• Auxiliary power UB 5 V DC 10 % • Rack Plastic
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k
• Cables PVC
Characteristic curve Linear rising
Certificates and approvals
Measuring accuracy
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
Error in measurement at limit setting • Typical: 0.25 % of measuring equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility span (PED 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
• Maximum: 0.5 % of measuring paragraph 3 (sound engineering
span practice)

Step response time T99 < 5 ms Lloyd‘s Register of Shipping (LR)1) 12/20010

Long-term stability Germanischer Lloyd (GL)1) GL19740 11 HH00

• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 % of measuring span/year American Bureau of Shipping ABS_11_HG 789392_PDA
span (ABS)1)
Influence of ambient temperature Bureau Veritas (BV)1) BV 271007A0 BV
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 %/10 K of measuring span Det Norske Veritas (DNV)1) A 12553
span
Drinking water approval (ACS)1) ACS 15 ACC NY 360
• Influence of power supply 0.005 %/V
EAC1) № TC RU C-DE.ГБ05.В.00732
Conditions of use OC НАНИО «ЦСВЭ»
Process temperature with gasket Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1)
made of:
• for USA and Canada UL 20110217 - E34453
• FPM (Standard) -15 ... +125 °C (+5 ... +257 °F)
• worldwide IEC UL DK 21845
• Neoprene -35 ... +100 °C (-31 ... +212 °F)
Explosion protection
• Perbunan -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• EPDM -40 ... +125 °C (-40 ... +257 °F), Intrinsic safety "i" (only with current Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
usable for drinking water output) Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T125 °C
Da/Db
Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F)
Storage temperature -50 ... +100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F) EC type-examination certificate SEV 10 ATEX 0146
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) • IP 65 with connector per Connection to certified intrinsically- Ui  30 V DC; Ii  100 mA;
EN 175301-803-A safe resistive circuits with maxi- Pi  0.75 W
mum values:
• IP 67 with M12 device plug
• IP 67 with cable Effective internal inductance and Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
• IP 67 with cable quick screw capacity for versions with plugs per
connection EN 175301-803-A and M12
1) For variants with output signal 0 ... 5 V and ratiometric output available
soon.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/7

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P200 for gauge and absolute pressure
1
■ Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code
SITRANS P 200 pressure transmitters for pressure and absolute pressure for general applications 7M F 1 5 6 5 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Characteristic curve deviation typ. 0.25 %
Wetted parts materials: Ceramic and stainless steel + sealing material
Non-wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring range Overload limit Burst pressure
Min. Max.
For gauge pressure
0 ... 1 bar (0 ... 14.5 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 2.5 bar (36.26 psi) > 2.5 bar (> 36.3 psi) 3 BA
0 ... 1.6 bar (0 ... 23.2 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 4 bar (58.02 psi) > 4 bar (> 58.0 psi) 3 BB
0 ... 2.5 bar (0 ... 36.3 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 6.25 bar (90.65 psi) > 6.25 bar (> 90.7 psi) 3 BD
0 ... 4 bar (0 ... 58.0 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 10 bar (145 psi) > 10 bar (> 145 psi) 3BE
0 ... 6 bar (0 ... 87.0 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 15 bar (217 psi) > 15 bar (> 217 psi) 3 BG
0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 25 bar (362 psi) > 25 bar (> 362 psi) 3 CA
0 ... 16 bar (0 ... 232 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 40 bar (580 psi) > 40 bar (> 580 psi) 3 CB
0 ... 25 bar (0 ... 363 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 62.5 bar (906 psi) > 62.5 bar (> 906 psi) 3 CD
0 ... 40 bar (0 ... 580 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 100 bar (1450 psi) > 100 bar (> 1450 psi) 3CE
0 ... 60 bar (0 ... 870 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 150 bar (2175 psi) > 150 bar (> 2175 psi) 3 CG
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to... bar (psi) 9 AA H1Y
For absolute pressure
0 ... 0.6 bar a (0 ... 8.7 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 2.5 bar a (36.26 psi a) > 2.5 bar a (> 36.3 psi a) 5 AG
0 ... 1 bar a (0 ... 14.5 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 2.5 bar a (36.26 psi a) > 2.5 bar a (> 36.3 psi a) 5 BA
0 ... 1.6 bar a (0 ... 23.2 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 4 bar a (58.02 psi a) > 4 bar a (> 58.0 psi a) 5 BB
0 ... 2.5 bar a (0 ... 36.3 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 6.25 bar a (90.65 psi a) > 6.25 bar a (> 90.7 psi a) 5 BD
0 ... 4 bar a (0 ... 58.0 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 10 bar a (145 psi a) > 10 bar a (> 145 psi a) 5BE
0 ... 6 bar a (0 ... 87.0 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 15 bar a (217 psi a) > 15 bar a (> 217 psi a) 5 BG
0 ... 10 bar a (0 ... 145 psi) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 25 bar a (362 psi a) > 25 bar a (> 362 psi a) 5 CA
0 ... 16 bar a (0 ... 232 psi) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 40 bar a (580 psi a) > 40 bar a (> 580 psi a) 5 CB
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... mbar a (psi a) 9 AA H2Y
Measuring ranges for gauge pressure
0 ... 15 psi -14.5 psi 35 psi > 35 psi 4 BB
3 ... 15 psi -14.5 psi 35 psi > 35 psi 4 BC
0 ... 20 psi -14.5 psi 50 psi > 50 psi 4 BD
0 ... 30 psi -14.5 psi 80 psi > 80 psi 4BE
0 ... 60 psi -14.5 psi 140 psi > 140 psi 4BF
0 ... 100 psi -14.5 psi 200 psi > 200 psi 4 BG
0 ... 150 psi -14.5 psi 350 psi > 350 psi 4 CA
0 ... 200 psi -14.5 psi 550 psi > 550 psi 4 CB
0 ... 300 psi -14.5 psi 800 psi > 800 psi 4 CD
0 ... 500 psi -14.5 psi 1400 psi > 1400 psi 4CE
0 ... 750 psi -14.5 psi 2000 psi > 2000 psi 4CF
0 ... 1000 psi -14.5 psi 2000 psi > 2000 psi 4 CG
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi 9 AA H1Y
Measuring ranges for absolute pressure
0 ... 10 psi a 0 psi a 35 psi a > 35 psi a 6 AG
0 ... 15 psi a 0 psi a 35 psi a > 35 psi a 6 BA
0 ... 20 psi a 0 psi a 50 psi a > 50 psi a 6 BB
0 ... 30 psi a 0 psi a 80 psi a > 80 psi a 6 BD
0 ... 60 psi a 0 psi a 140 psi a > 140 psi a 6BE
0 ... 100 psi a 0 psi a 200 psi a > 200 psi a 6 BG
0 ... 150 psi a 0 psi a 350 psi a > 350 psi a 6 CA
0 ... 200 psi a 0 psi a 550 psi a > 550 psi a 6 CB
0 ... 300 psi a 0 psi a 800 psi a > 800 psi a 6 CC
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi a 9 AA H2Y

1/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P200 for gauge and absolute pressure

■ Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code

1
SITRANS P 200 pressure transmitters for pressure and absolute pressure for general applications 7M F 1 5 6 5 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Accuracy typ. 0.25 %
Wetted parts materials: Ceramic and stainless steel + sealing material
Non-wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA; two-wire system; power supply 7 ... 33 V DC (10 ... 30 V DC for ATEX versions) 0
0 ... 10 V; three-wire system; power supply 12 ... 33 V DC 10
0 ... 5 V; 3-wire system; auxiliary power 7 ... 33 V DC 20
Ratiometric 10 ... 90 %; 3-wire system; auxiliary power 5 V DC ± 10 % 30
Explosion protection (only 4 ... 20 mA)
None 0
With explosion protection Ex ia IIC T4 1
Electrical connection
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread M16 (with coupling) 1
M12 device plug per IEC 61076-2-101 2
Connection via fixed mounted cable, 2 m (not for type of protection "Intrinsic safety i") 0 3
Quickon cable quick screw connection PG9 (not for type of protection "Intrinsic safety i") 0 4
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread 1/2"-14 NPT (with coupling) 5
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread PG11 (with cou- 6
pling)
Fixed mounted cable, length 5 m 0 7
Special version 9 N1Y
Process connection
G½" male per EN 837-1 (½" BSP male) (standard for metric pressure ranges mbar, bar) A
G½" male thread and G1/8" female thread B
G¼" male per EN 837-1 (¼" BSP male) C
7/16"-20 UNF male D
¼"-18 NPT male (standard for pressure ranges inH2O and psi) E
¼"-18 NPT female F
½"-14 NPT male G
½"-14 NPT female H
7/16"-20 UNF female J
M20x1.5 male P
G1/4" to DIN 3852 Form E Q
G1/2" to DIN 3852 Form E R
Special version Z P1Y
Sealing material between sensor and enclosure
Viton (FPM, standard) A
Neoprene (CR) B
Perbunan (NBR) C
EPDM D
Special version Z Q1Y
Version
Standard version 1
Further designs
Supplement the Article No. with "-Z" and add Order code.
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point characteristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 C11
Oxygen version, free of oil and degreased, max. operating pressure 60 bar, max. process temperature +85 °C E10
(only in conjunction with the sealing material Viton between sensor and enclosure and not with explosion pro-
tection version)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/9

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P200 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
nˆš’Œ›Gž›G“ˆ›GšŒˆ“•ŽG™•ŽGˆšG–•G—™–ŠŒššGŠ–••ŒŠ›–•Q
36 (1.42)
10.7 (0.42)

51 (2.0)

(0.9)

(0.6)
(1.0)

23
25

16
M12x1/Fixcon M16x1.5
or
1/2-14 NPT M20 x 1.5 G1/2 G1/4
25.5 (1.0)

max. 30 Nm max. 20 Nm
30.2 (1.19)

24 (0.94) nˆš’Œ›Gž›GšŒˆ“•ŽG™•ŽG–•G“ˆ•ŽŒG‰Œ“–žGŒŸˆŽ–•Q

Cable gland

(0.8)
with cable

20
G1/8
G1/2
SITRANS P200, electrical connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
max. 30 Nm

nˆš’Œ›Gž›GšŒˆ“•ŽG›ˆ—ŒG•G›™Œˆ‹•ŽQ
(0.8)
20

1/2-14 NPT
max. 30 Nm
(1.2)

(0.9)
30

23
(0.8)
20

1/2-14 NPT 1/4-18 NPT

1/4-18 NPT
max. 20 Nm

nˆš’Œ›Gž›GšŒˆ“•ŽGŠ–•ŒG•G—™–ŠŒššGŠ–••ŒŠ›–•
(1.0)
25
(0.6)
16

7/16-20 UNF
7/16-20 UNF
max. 20 Nm
QGu–›G•Š“œ‹Œ‹G•G—™–‹œŠ›G—ˆŠ’ˆŽŒ

SITRANS P200, process connections, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P200 for gauge and absolute pressure

■ Schematics
1
Connection: 1 (+), Connection: 1 (+UB),
1+ IO + 2 (-) 1+ + 2 (-),
UO
1 1
2- RL UB
IO Output current 3 3+ RL UB 3 (+UO)
2 2
RL Load UO Output voltage
2- RL Load
UB Power supply
UB Power supply

Connection with current output and connector per EN 175301 Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and plug according to
EN 175301
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ IO + 3 (-) Connection: 1 (+UB),
3 UB IO Output current
1+ UO + 3 (-),
RL
1 3- 4 3 UB 4 (+UO)
RL Load RL
1 4+ UO Output voltage
UB Power supply
RL Load
3- UB Power supply

Connection with current output and M12x1 device plug

Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and M12x1 device plug
Connection: br (brown),
br IO + gn (green) Connection: br (+UB, brown),
UB IO Output current
br UO + gn (+UO, green),
gn
RL UB ws (-, white)
UB Power supply gn
RL UO Output voltage
RL Load
UB Power supply
ws RL Load

Connection with current output and cable

Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and cable
1
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ 1
IO + 2 (-) Connection: 1 (+UB),
UB 1+ + 3 (-),
2- RL IO Output current UO
2+ UB 2 (+UO)
RL Load RL
2 UB Power supply UO Output voltage
2 3 3- RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and Quickon cable quick screw connec-
tion Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and Quickon fast
cable termination

Version with explosion protection: 4 ... 20 mA

The grounding connection is conductively bonded to the trans-
mitter enclosure

Connection: 1 (+), Connection: 1 (+),

1+ 2 (-) 1+ IO + 3 (-),
IO +
1
UB
4 3 UB 4( )
2- RL IO Output current RL
2 1 3- IO Output current
RL Load
RL Load
UB Power supply 4
UB Power supply

Connection with current output and connector per EN 175301 (Ex) Connection with current output and M12x1 device plug (Ex)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/11

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure
1 ■ Overview ■ Design
Device structure without explosion protection
The pressure transmitter consists of a piezoresistive measuring
cell with a diaphragm installed in a stainless steel enclosure. It
can be used with a connector per EN 175301-803-A (IP65), a
M12 device plug (IP67), a cable (IP67) or a Quickon cable quick
screw connection (IP67) connected electrically. The output sig-
nal is between 4 and 20 mA or 0 and 10 V.
Device structure with explosion protection
The pressure transmitter consists of a piezoresistive measuring
cell with a diaphragm installed in a stainless steel enclosure. It
can be used with a connector per EN 175301-803-A (IP65) or a
M12 device plug (IP67) connected electrically. The output signal
is between 4 and 20 mA.

■ Function
The pressure transmitter measures the gauge pressure of liquids
and gases as well as the level of liquids.
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P210 measures the gauge
pressure of liquids, gases and vapors. Mode of operation
• Stainless steal measuring cell
• Measuring ranges 100 to 600 mbar (1.45 to 8.7 psi) relative
• For low-pressure applications U
const.

■ Benefits p
U
I I0, UB
• High measuring accuracy
• Rugged stainless steel enclosure
• High overload withstand capability
• For aggressive and non-aggressive media
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapors SITRANS P210 pressure transmitters (7MF1566-...), functional diagram
• Compact design
The stainless steel measuring cell has a thin-film resistance
bridge to which the operating pressure p is transmitted through
■ Application a stainless steel diaphragm.
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure is The voltage output from the measuring cell is converted by an
used in the following industrial areas: amplifier into an output current of 4 to 20 mA or an output voltage
• Mechanical engineering of 0 to 10 V DC.
• Shipbuilding The output current and voltage are linearly proportional to the in-
• Power engineering put pressure.
• Chemical industry
• Water supply

1/12 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure

■ Technical specifications
1
Application Design
Gauge measurement Liquids, gases and vapors Weight Approx. 0.090 kg (0.198 lb)
Mode of operation Process connections See dimension drawings
Measuring principle Piezoresistive measuring cell Electrical connections • Connector per
(stainless steel diaphragm) EN 175301-803-A Form A with
cable inlet M16x1.5 or ½-14 NPT
Measured variable Gauge pressure or Pg 11
Inputs • M12 device plug
Measuring range • 2 or 3-wire (0.5 mm2) cable
(  5.4 mm)
• Gauge pressure 100 … 600 mbar
(1.5 … 8.7 psi) • Quickon cable quick screw con-
nection
Output
Wetted parts materials
Current signal 4 ... 20 mA
• Measuring cell Stainless steel, mat.-No. 1.4435
• Load (UB - 10 V)/0.02 A
• Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
• Auxiliary power UB DC 7 ... 33 V (10 ... 30 V for Ex) (SST 316 L)
Voltage signal 0 ... 10 V DC • Gasket • FPM (Standard)
• Load  10 k • Neoprene
• Auxiliary power UB 12 ... 33 V DC • Perbunan
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k • EPDM
Ratiometric output 0 ... 90 % Non-wetted parts materials
• Load  10 k • Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
• Auxiliary power UB 5 V DC 10 % (SST 316 L)
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k • Rack Plastic
Characteristic curve Linear rising • cables PVC
Measuring accuracy Certificates and approvals
Error in measurement at limit setting • Typical: 0.25 % of measuring Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility span equipment directive uids of fluid group 1;
• Maximum: 0.5 % of measuring (PED 2014/68/EU) meets requirements as per article
span 4, paragraph 3 (good engineering
practice)
Step response time T99 < 5 ms
Lloyd‘s Register of Shipping (LR)1) 12/20010
Long-term stability
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 % of measuring span/year Germanischer Lloyd (GL)1) GL19740 11 HH00
span American Bureau of Shipping ABS_11_HG 789392_PDA
Influence of ambient temperature (ABS)1)

• Lower range value and measuring • 0.25 %/10 K of measuring span Bureau Veritas (BV)1) BV 271007A0 BV
span • 0.5 %/10K of measuring span Det Norske Veritas (DNV)1) A 12553
for a measuring range
Drinking water approval (ACS)1) ACS 15 ACC NY 360
100 … 400 mbar
• Influence of power supply 0.005 %/V EAC1) № TC RU C-DE.ГБ05.В.00732
OC НАНИО «ЦСВЭ»
Conditions of use
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1)
Process temperature with gasket
made of: • for USA and Canada UL 20110217 - E34453

• FPM (Standard) -15 ... +125 °C (+5 ... +257 °F)
• Neoprene -35 ... +100 °C (-31 ... +212 °F)
• Perbunan -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• EPDM -40 ... +125 °C (-40 ... +257 °F),
usable for drinking water
Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F)
Storage temperature -50 ... +100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F)
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) • IP 65 with connector per
EN 175301-803-A
• IP 67 with M12 device plug
• IP 67 with cable
• IP 67 with cable quick screw
connection
Electromagnetic compatibility • acc. IEC 61326-1/-2/-3
• acc. NAMUR NE21, only for
ATEX versions and with a max.
measuring deviation 1 %
Mounting position upright
• worldwide IEC UL DK 21845
Explosion protection
Intrinsic safety "i" Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
(only with current output) Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T125 °C
Da/Db
EC type-examination certificate SEV 10 ATEX 0146
Connection to certified intrinsically- Ui  30 V DC; Ii  100 mA;
safe resistive circuits with maxi- Pi  0.75 W
mum values:
Effective internal inductance and Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
capacity for versions with plugs per
EN 175301-803-A and M12
1) For variants with output signal 0 ... 5 V and ratiometric output available
soon.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/13

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure
1
■ Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code
SITRANS P 210 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure for low pressure applications 7M F 1 5 6 6 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Accuracy typ. 0.25 %
Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel + sealing material
Non-wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring range Overload limit Burst pressure
min. max.
For gauge pressure
0...100 mbar (1.45 psi) -400 mbar (-5.8 psi) 400 mbar (5.8 psi) 1 bar (14.5 psi) 3 AA
0...160 mbar (2.32 psi) -400 mbar (-5.8 psi) 400 mbar (5.8 psi) 1 bar (14.5 psi) 3 AB
0...250 mbar (3.63 psi) -800 mbar (-11.6 psi) 1000 mbar (14.5 psi) 2 bar (29.0 psi) 3 AC
0...400 mbar (5.8 psi) -800 mbar (-11.6 psi) 1000 mbar (14.5 psi) 2 bar (29.0 psi) 3 AD
0...600 mbar (8.7 psi) -1000 mbar (-14.5 psi) 2000 mbar (29.0 psi) 3 bar (43.5 psi) 3 AG
Other version, add Order code and plain text: 9 AA H1Y
Measuring range: ... up to ... mbar (psi)
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA; two-wire system; power supply 7 ... 33 V DC (10 ... 30 V DC for ATEX versions) 0
0 ... 10 V; three-wire system; power supply 12 ... 33 V DC 10
0 ... 5 V; 3-wire system; auxiliary power 7 ... 33 V DC 20
Ratiometric 10 ... 90 %; 3-wire system; auxiliary power 5 V DC ± 10 % 30
Explosion protection (only 4 ... 20 mA)
None 0
With explosion protection Ex ia IIC T4 1
Electrical connection
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread M16 (with coupling) 1
M12 device plug per IEC 61076-2-101 2
Connection via fixed mounted cable, 2 m (not for type of protection "Intrinsic safety i") 0 3
Quickon cable quick screw connection PG9 (not for type of protection "Intrinsic safety i") 0 4
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread 1/2"-14 NPT (with coupling) 5
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread PG11 (with coupling) 6
Fixed mounted cable, length 5 m 0 7
Special version 9 N1Y
Process connection
G½" male per EN 837-1 (½" BSP male) (standard for metric pressure ranges mbar, bar) A
G½" male thread and G1/8" female thread B
G¼" male per EN 837-1 (¼" BSP male) C
7/16"-20 UNF male D
¼"-18 NPT male (standard for pressure ranges inH2O and psi) E
¼"-18 NPT female F
½"-14 NPT male G
½"-14 NPT female H
7/16"-20 UNF female J
M20x1.5 male P
G1/4" to DIN 3852 Form E Q
G1/2" to DIN 3852 Form E R
Special version Z P1Y
Sealing material between sensor and enclosure
Viton (FPM, standard) A
Neoprene (CR) B
Perbunan (NBR) C
EPDM D
Special version Z Q1Y
Version
Standard version 1
Further designs
Supplement the Article No. with "-Z" and add Order code.
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point characteristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 C11

1/14 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure

■ Dimensional drawings
1
nˆš’Œ›Gž›G“ˆ›GšŒˆ“•ŽG™•ŽGˆšG–•G—™–ŠŒššGŠ–••ŒŠ›–•Q
36 (1.42)
10.7 (0.42)

51 (2.0)

(0.9)

(0.6)
(1.0)

23
25

16
M12x1/Fixcon M16x1.5
or
1/2-14 NPT M20 x 1.5 G1/2 G1/4
25.5 (1.0)

max. 30 Nm max. 20 Nm
30.2 (1.19)

24 (0.94) nˆš’Œ›Gž›GšŒˆ“•ŽG™•ŽG–•G“ˆ•ŽŒG‰Œ“–žGŒŸˆŽ–•Q

Cable gland

(0.8)
with cable

20
G1/8
G1/2
SITRANS P210, electrical connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
max. 30 Nm

nˆš’Œ›Gž›GšŒˆ“•ŽG›ˆ—ŒG•G›™Œˆ‹•ŽQ
(0.8)
20

1/2-14 NPT
max. 30 Nm
(1.2)

(0.9)
30

23
(0.8)
20

1/2-14 NPT 1/4-18 NPT

1/4-18 NPT
max. 20 Nm

nˆš’Œ›Gž›GšŒˆ“•ŽGŠ–•ŒG•G—™–ŠŒššGŠ–••ŒŠ›–•
(1.0)
25
(0.6)
16

7/16-20 UNF
7/16-20 UNF
max. 20 Nm
QGu–›G•Š“œ‹Œ‹G•G—™–‹œŠ›G—ˆŠ’ˆŽŒ

SITRANS P210, process connections, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/15

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure
1 ■ Schematics
Connection: 1 (+), Connection: 1 (+UB),
1+ IO + 2 (-) 1+ + 2 (-),
UO
1 1
2- RL UB
IO Output current 3 3+ RL UB 3 (+UO)
2 2
RL Load UO Output voltage
2- RL Load
UB Power supply
UB Power supply

Connection with current output and connector per EN 175301 Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and plug according to
EN 175301
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ IO + 3 (-) Connection: 1 (+UB),
3 UB IO Output current
1+ UO + 3 (-),
RL
1 3- 4 3 UB 4 (+UO)
RL Load RL
1 4+ UO Output voltage
UB Power supply
RL Load
3- UB Power supply

Connection with current output and M12x1 device plug

Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and M12x1 device plug
Connection: br (brown),
br IO + gn (green) Connection: br (+UB, brown),
UB IO Output current
br UO + gn (+UO, green),
gn
RL UB ws (-, white)
UB Power supply gn
RL UO Output voltage
RL Load
UB Power supply
ws RL Load

Connection with current output and cable

Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and cable
1
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ 1
IO + 2 (-) Connection: 1 (+UB),
UB 1+ + 3 (-),
2- RL IO Output current UO
2+ UB 2 (+UO)
RL Load RL
2 UB Power supply UO Output voltage
2 3 3- RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and Quickon cable quick screw connec-
tion Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and Quickon
fast cable termination

Version with explosion protection: 4 ... 20 mA

The grounding connection is conductively bonded to the trans-
mitter enclosure

Connection: 1 (+), Connection: 1 (+),

1+ 2 (-) 1+ IO + 3 (-),
IO +
1
UB
4 3 UB 4( )
2- RL IO Output current RL
2 1 3- IO Output current
RL Load
RL Load
UB Power supply 4
UB Power supply

Connection with current output and connector per EN 175301 (Ex) Connection with current output and M12x1 device plug (Ex)

1/16 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P220 for gauge pressure

■ Overview ■ Design
1
Device structure without explosion protection
The pressure transmitter consists of a piezoresistive measuring
cell with a diaphragm installed in a stainless steel enclosure. It
can be used with a connector per EN 175301-803-A (IP65), a
M12 device plug (IP67), a cable (IP67) or a Quickon cable quick
screw connection (IP67) connected electrically. The output sig-
nal is between 4 and 20 mA or 0 and 10 V.
Device structure with explosion protection
The pressure transmitter consists of a piezoresistive measuring
cell with a diaphragm installed in a stainless steel enclosure. It
can be used with a connector per EN 175301-803-A (IP65) or a
M12 device plug (IP67) connected electrically. The output signal
is between 4 and 20 mA.

■ Function
The pressure transmitter measures the gauge pressure of liquids
and gases as well as the level of liquids.
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P220 measures the gauge
pressure of liquids, gases and vapors. Mode of operation
• Stainless steel measuring cell, fully welded
• Measuring ranges 2.5 to 1000 bar (36.3 to 14500 psi) relative
• For high-pressure applications and refrigeration technology U
division const.

U
■ Benefits p I I0, UB

• High measuring accuracy

• Rugged stainless steel enclosure
• High overload withstand capability
• For aggressive and non-aggressive media
SITRANS P220 pressure transmitters (7MF1567-...), functional diagram
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapors
The stainless steel measuring cell has a thick-film resistance
• Compact design
bridge to which the operating pressure p is transmitted through
• Gasket-less a stainless steel diaphragm.
The voltage output from the measuring cell is converted by an
■ Application amplifier into an output current of 4 to 20 mA or an output voltage
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P220 for gauge pressure is of 0 to 10 V DC.
used in the following industrial areas: The output current and voltage are linearly proportional to the in-
• Mechanical engineering put pressure.
• Shipbuilding
• Power engineering
• Chemical industry
• Water supply

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/17

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P220 for gauge pressure
1 ■ Technical specifications
Application Design
Gauge pressure measurement Liquids, gases and vapors Weight Approx. 0.090 kg (0.198 lb)
Mode of operation Process connections See dimension drawings
Electrical connections • Connector per
Measuring principle Piezoresistive measuring cell EN 175301-803-A Form A with
(stainless steel diaphragm) cable inlet M16x1.5 or ½-14 NPT
Measured variable Gauge pressure or Pg 11
Inputs • M12 device plug
• 2 or 3-wire (0.5 mm2)
Measuring range cable (  5.4 mm)
• Gauge pressure • Quickon cable quick screw con-
- Metric 2.5 … 1000 bar nection
(36 … 14500 psi) Wetted parts materials
- US measuring range 30… 14500 psi • Measuring cell Stainless steel, mat.-No. 1.4016
Output • Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
Current signal 4 ... 20 mA (SST 316 L)
Non-wetted parts materials
• Load (UB - 10 V)/0.02 A
• Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
• Auxiliary power UB DC 7 ... 33 V (10 ... 30 V for Ex) (SST 316 L)
Voltage signal 0 ... 10 V DC • Rack Plastic
• Load  10 k • cables PVC
• Auxiliary power UB 12 ... 33 V DC Certificates and approvals
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
Ratiometric output 0 ... 90 % (PED 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
• Load  10 k paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
• Auxiliary power UB 5 V DC 10 % Lloyd‘s Register of Shipping (LR)1) 12/20010
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k Germanischer Lloyd (GL)1) GL19740 11 HH00
Characteristic curve Linear rising American Bureau of Shipping ABS_11_HG 789392_PDA
Measuring accuracy (ABS)1)
Bureau Veritas (BV)1) BV 271007A0 BV
Error in measurement at limit setting • Typical: 0.25 % of measuring
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility span Det Norske Veritas (DNV)1) A 12553
• Maximum: 0.5 % of measuring Drinking water approval (ACS)1) ACS 15 ACC NY 360
span EAC1) № TC RU C-DE.ГБ05.В.00732
Step response time T99 < 5 ms OC НАНИО «ЦСВЭ»
CRN2) 0F18659.5C
Long-term stability
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1)
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 % of measuring span/year
span • for USA and Canada UL 20110217 - E34453
Influence of ambient temperature • worldwide IEC UL DK 21845
Explosion protection
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 %/10 K of measuring span
span Intrinsic safety "i" Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
(only with current output) Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC
• Influence of power supply 0.005 %/V T125 °C Da/Db
Conditions of use EC type-examination certificate SEV 10 ATEX 0146
• Process temperature -40 ... +120 °C (-40 ... +248 °F) Connection to certified intrinsically- Ui  30 V DC; Ii  100 mA;
safe resistive circuits with maxi- Pi  0.75 W
• Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F) mum values:
• Storage temperature -50 ... +100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F) Effective internal inductance and Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
• Degree of protection (to EN 60529) • IP 65 with connector per capacity for versions with plugs per
EN 175301-803-A EN 175301-803-A and M12
• IP 67 with M12 device plug CSA2) 70006348
• IP 67 with cable Class I, Division I,
Groups A, B, C and D;
• IP 67 with cable quick screw
connection Class II, Division 1,
Groups E, F and G,
Electromagnetic compatibility • acc. IEC 61326-1/-2/-3 Class III
• acc. NAMUR NE21, only for Class I, Division 2,
ATEX versions and with a max. Groups A, B, C and D;
measuring deviation 1 % Class II, Division 2,
Groups F and G,
Class III
A/Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
A/Ex ia IIIC T125°C Da/Db
1) For variants with output signal 0 ... 5 V and ratiometric output available soon.
2) See ordering data for available versions.

1/18 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P220 for gauge pressure
1
■ Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code
SITRANS P 220 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, high-pressure and refrigeration 7M F 1 5 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 A 07 7 7 7
applications, fully-welded version
Accuracy typ. 0.25 %
Wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Non-wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring range Overload limit Burst pressure
Mini- Max.
mum
For gauge pressure
0 ... 2.5 bar (0 ... 36.3 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 6.25 bar (90.7 psi) 25 bar (363 psi) 3 BD
0 ... 4 bar (0 ... 58 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 10 bar (145 psi) 40 bar (870 psi) 3BE
0 ... 6 bar (0 ... 87 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 15 bar (217 psi) 60 bar (522 psi) 3 BG
0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 25 bar (362 psi) 60 bar (870 psi) 3 CA
0 ... 16 bar (0 ... 232 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 40 bar (580 psi) 96 bar (1392 psi) 3 CB
0 ... 25 bar (0 ... 363 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 62.5 bar (906 psi) 150 bar (2176 psi) 3 CD
0 ... 40 bar (0 ... 580 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 100 bar (1450 psi) 240 bar (3481 psi) 3CE
0 ... 60 bar (0 ... 870 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 150 bar (2175 psi) 360 bar (5221 psi) 3 CG
0 ... 100 bar (0 ... 1450 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 250 bar (3625 psi) 600 bar (8702 psi) 3 DA
0 ... 160 bar (0 ... 2320 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 400 bar (5801 psi) 960 bar (13924 psi) 3 DB
0 ... 250 bar (0 ... 3625 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 625 bar (9064 psi) 1500 bar (21756 psi) 3 DD
0 ... 400 bar (0 ... 5801 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 1000 bar (14503 psi) 2400 bar (34809 psi) 3DE
0 ... 600 bar (0 ... 8702 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 1500 bar (21755 psi) 3600 bar (52200 psi) 3 DG
0 ... 1000 bar (0 ... 14500 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 1500 bar (21755 psi) 5000 bar (72520 psi) 3 EA
Other version, add Order code and plain text: 9 AA H1Y
Measuring range: ... up to... bar (psi)
Measuring ranges for gauge pressure
0 ... 30 psi -14.5 psi 75 psi 360 psi  4BE
0 ... 60 psi -14.5 psi 150 psi 580 psi  4BF
0 ... 100 psi -14.5 psi 250 psi 580 psi  4 BG
0 ... 150 psi -14.5 psi 375 psi 870 psi  4 CA
0 ... 200 psi -14.5 psi 500 psi 1390 psi  4 CB
0 ... 300 psi -14.5 psi 750 psi 2170 psi  4 CD
0 ... 500 psi -14.5 psi 1250 psi 3480 psi  4CE
0 ... 750 psi -14.5 psi 1875 psi 5220 psi  4CF
0 ... 1000 psi -14.5 psi 2500 psi 5220 psi  4 CG
0 ... 1500 psi -14.5 psi 3750 psi 8700 psi  4 DA
0 ... 2000 psi -14.5 psi 5000 psi 13920 psi  4 DB
0 ... 3000 psi -14.5 psi 7500 psi 21750 psi  4 DD
0 ... 5000 psi -14.5 psi 12500 psi 34800 psi  4DE
0 ... 6000 psi -14.5 psi 15000 psi 34800 psi  4DF
0 ... 8700 psi -14.5 psi 21755 psi 52200 psi  4 DG
0 ... 14500 psi -14.5 psi 21755 psi 72520 psi 4 EA
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi 9 AA H1Y
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA; two-wire system; power supply 7 ... 33 V DC (10 ... 30 V DC for ATEX versions) 0
0 ... 10 V; three-wire system; power supply 12 ... 33 V DC 10
0 ... 5 V; 3-wire system; auxiliary power 7 ... 33 V DC 20
Ratiometric 10 ... 90 %; 3-wire system; auxiliary power 5 V DC ± 10 % 30
Explosion protection (only 4 ... 20 mA)
None 0
With explosion protection Ex ia IIC T4 1
Electrical connection
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread M16 (with coupling)  1
M12 device plug per IEC 61076-2-101 2
Connection via fixed mounted cable, 2 m (not for type of protection "Intrinsic safety i") 0 3
Quickon cable quick screw connection PG9 (not for type of protection "Intrinsic safety i") 0 4
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread 1/2"-14 NPT (with coupling)  5
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread PG11 (with coupling)  6
Fixed mounted cable, length 5 m 0 7
Special version 9 N1Y
 Order code E21 required for complete configuration with CRN and cCSAus Ex approval.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/19

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P220 for gauge pressure
1 ■ Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code
SITRANS P 220 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, high-pressure and refrigeration 7M F 1 5 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 A 7 7 7 7
applications, fully-welded version
Accuracy typ. 0.25 %
Wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Non-wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Process connection
G½" male per EN 837-1 (½" BSP male) (standard for metric pressure ranges mbar, bar) A
G½" male thread and G1/8" female thread B
G¼" male per EN 837-1 (¼" BSP male) C
7/16"-20 UNF male D
¼"-18 NPT male (standard for pressure ranges inH2O and psi)  E
¼"-18 NPT female (Only for measuring ranges  60 bar (870 psi)) F
½"-14 NPT male G
½"-14 NPT female (Only for measuring ranges  60 bar (870 psi)) H
7/16"-20 UNF female J
M20x1.5 male P
G1/4" to DIN 3852 Form E Q
G1/2" to DIN 3852 Form E R
Special version Z P1Y
Version
Standard version  1
Further designs
Supplement the Article No. with "-Z" and add Order code.
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point characteristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 C11
(not possible for measuring ranges > 0 ... 600 bar/0 ... 8 702 psi)
Oxygen version, free of oil and degreased (not in conjunction with explosion protection version) E10
With CRN and cCSAus Ex approval (only for measuring ranges 0 ... 30 psi bis 0 ... 8 700 psi) E21
 Order code E21 required for complete configuration with CRN andcCSAus Ex approval..

1/20 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P220 for gauge pressure

■ Dimensional drawings
1
nˆš’Œ›Gž›G“ˆ›GšŒˆ“•ŽG™•ŽGˆšG–•G—™–ŠŒššGŠ–••ŒŠ›–•Q
36 (1.42)
10.7 (0.42)

51 (2.0)

(0.9)

(0.6)
(1.0)

23
25

16
M12x1/Fixcon M16x1.5
or
1/2-14 NPT M20 x 1.5 G1/2 G1/4
25.5 (1.0)

max. 30 Nm max. 20 Nm
36 (1.42)

24 (0.94) nˆš’Œ›Gž›GšŒˆ“•ŽG™•ŽG–•G“ˆ•ŽŒG‰Œ“–žGŒŸˆŽ–•Q

Cable gland

(0.8)
Quickon with or without cable

20
G1/8
G1/2
SITRANS P220, electrical connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
max. 30 Nm

nˆš’Œ›Gž›GšŒˆ“•ŽG›ˆ—ŒG•G›™Œˆ‹•ŽQ
(0.8)
20

1/2-14 NPT
max. 30 Nm
(1.2)

(0.9)
30

23
(0.8)
20

1/2-14 NPT 1/4-18 NPT

1/4-18 NPT
max. 20 Nm

nˆš’Œ›Gž›GšŒˆ“•ŽGŠ–•ŒG•G—™–ŠŒššGŠ–••ŒŠ›–•
(1.0)
25
(0.6)
16

7/16-20 UNF
7/16-20 UNF
max. 20 Nm
QGu–›G•Š“œ‹Œ‹G•G—™–‹œŠ›G—ˆŠ’ˆŽŒ

SITRANS P220, process connections, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/21

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P220 for gauge pressure
1 ■ Schematics
Connection: 1 (+), Connection: 1 (+UB),
1+ IO + 2 (-) 1+ + 2 (-),
UO
1 1
2- RL UB
IO Output current 3 3+ RL UB 3 (+UO)
2 2
RL Load UO Output voltage
2- RL Load
UB Power supply
UB Power supply

Connection with current output and connector per EN 175301 Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and plug according to
EN 175301
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ IO + 3 (-) Connection: 1 (+UB),
3 UB IO Output current
1+ UO + 3 (-),
RL
1 3- 4 3 UB 4 (+UO)
RL Load RL
1 4+ UO Output voltage
UB Power supply
RL Load
3- UB Power supply

Connection with current output and M12x1 device plug

Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and M12x1 device plug
Connection: br (brown),
br IO + gn (green) Connection: br (+UB, brown),
UB IO Output current
br UO + gn (+UO, green),
gn
RL UB ws (-, white)
UB Power supply gn
RL UO Output voltage
RL Load
UB Power supply
ws RL Load

Connection with current output and cable

Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and cable
1
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ 1
IO + 2 (-) Connection: 1 (+UB),
UB 1+ + 3 (-),
2- RL IO Output current UO
2+ UB 2 (+UO)
RL Load RL
2 UB Power supply UO Output voltage
2 3 3- RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and cable quick screw connection Quick-
on Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and Quickon
fast cable termination

Version with explosion protection: 4 ... 20 mA

The grounding connection is conductively bonded to the trans-
mitter enclosure

Connection: 1 (+), Connection: 1 (+),

1+ 2 (-) 1+ IO + 3 (-),
IO +
1
UB
4 3 UB 4( )
2- RL IO Output current RL
2 1 3- IO Output current
RL Load
RL Load
UB Power supply 4
UB Power supply

Connection with current output and connector per EN 175301 (Ex) Connection with current output and M12x1 device plug (Ex)

1/22 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS LH100 Transmitter for hydrostatic level

■ Overview ■ Function
1
1

U
const.

5
U
EM 2
p I

The pressure transmitter SITRANS LH100 is a submersible sen-

sor for hydrostatic level measurement. 3
4
The pressure transmitter measures the liquid levels in tanks,
containers, channels and dams. The SITRANS LH100 pressure
transmitters are available for various measuring ranges and with 1 Sensor 4 Protective conductor connection/
explosion protection as an option. 2 Connection for auxiliary Equipotential bonding
power supply 5 Diaphragm
A junction box and a cable hanger are available as accessories 3 Vent pipe with humidity filter
for simple installation.

■ Benefits SITRANS LH100 pressure transmitter, mode of operation and connection

diagram
• Compact design On one side of the sensor (1), the diaphragm (5) is exposed to
• Simple installation the hydrostatic pressure which is proportional to the submersion
• Small error in measurement (0.3 %) depth. This pressure is compared with atmospheric pressure.
Pressure compensation is carried out using the vent pipe (3) in
• Degree of protection IP68 the connecting cable. The vent pipe is equipped with a humidity
filter which prevents the build-up of condenstation in the vent
■ Application pipe.
SITRANS LH100 pressure transmitters are used in the following The hydrostatic pressure of the liquid column acts on the dia-
branches, for example: phragm of the sensor and transmits the pressure to the Wheat-
• Shipbuilding stone resistance bridge in the sensor.
• Water/waste water supply The output voltage of the sensor is applied to the electronic cir-
cuit where it is converted into an output current of 4 to 20 mA.
• For use in unpressurized/open vessels and wells
The protective conductor connection/equipotential bonding (4)
■ Design is connected to the enclosure.

The pressure transmitter has a built-in ceramic sensor which is

equipped with a Wheatstone resistance bridge.
■ Integration
It is generally recommended that the connecting cable of the
These pressure transmitters are equipped with an electronic cir-
SITRANS LH100 transmitter is connected to the junction box,
cuit fitted together with the sensor in a stainless steel housing. In
which can be ordered separately, and secured with the cable
addition, the connecting cable contains a vent pipe which is
hanger, also available separately. The junction box has to be in-
equipped with a humidity filter to prevent the build-up of conden-
stalled near the measuring point.
sation.
If the medium is anything other than water, it is also necessary to
The diaphragm is protected against external influences by a
check compatibility with the specified materials of the transmit-
protective cap.
ter.
The sensor, the electronics and the connecting cable are
housed in an enclosure with small dimensions.
Venting pipe
The pressure transmitter is temperature-compensated for a wide
temperature range.

To measured- To trans-
value mitter
processing 7MF1572

Junction box 7MF1572-8AA, open, schematic diagram

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/23

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS LH100 Transmitter for hydrostatic level
1 ■ Technical specifications
Pressure transmitter SITRANS LH100 (submersible sensor)
Mode of operation
Measuring principle piezo-resistive
Input
Measured variable Hydrostatic level
Measuring range Max. permissible operating pressure
• 0 ... 3 mH2O (0 ... 9 ftH2O) • 1.5 bar (21.8 psi) (corresponds to
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 4 mH2O (0 ... 12 ftH2O) • 1.5 bar (21.8 psi) (corresponds to
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 5 mH2O (0 ... 15 ftH2O) • 1.5 bar (21.8 psi) (corresponds to
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 6 mH2O (0 ... 18 ftH2O) • 1.5 bar (21.8 psi) (corresponds to
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 10 mH2O (0 ... 30 ftH2O) • 3.0 bar (43.5 psi) (corresponds to
30 mH2O (90 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 20 mH2O (0 ... 60 ftH2O) • 5.0 bar (72.5 psi) (corresponds to
50 mH2O (150 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 0.3 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.4 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.5 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.6 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 1 bar • 3.0 bar
• 0 ... 2 bar • 5.0 bar
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
Measuring accuracy According to IEC 60770-1
Measuring point setup, generally with junction box 7MF1572-8AA and
7MF1572-8AB cable hanger Error in measurement at limit setting 0.3% of full-scale value (typical)
including hysteresis and reproducibil-
ity
Measuring range
• 0 ... 3 mH2O 0.5 % of full-scale value (typical)
(0 ... 9 ftH2O bzw. 0 ... 0.3 bar) 1.0% of full-scale value (maximum)
• For all other measuring ranges 0.3 % of full-scale value (typical)
0.6% of full-scale value (maximum)
Influence of ambient temperature
Measuring range Zero and span
• 3 mH2O (9 ftH2O or 0.3 bar) 0.5 %/10 K of full-scale value
• 4 ... 6 mH2O 0.45 %/10 K of full-scale value
(12 ... 18 ftH2O or 0.4…0.6 bar)
•  6 mH2O 0.3 %/10 K of full-scale value
(  18 ftH2O or  0.6 bar)
Long-term stability
Measuring range Zero and span
• 3 mH2O (9 ftH2O or 0.3 bar) 0.4 % of full-scale value/year
• 4 ... 6 mH2O 0.25% of full-scale value/year
(12 ... 18 ftH2O or 0.4…0.6 bar)
•  6 mH2O 0.2 % of full-scale value/year
(  18 ftH2O or  0.6 bar)
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
• Process temperature -10 ... +80 °C (14 ... 176 °F)
• Storage temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
Degree of protection according to IP68
IEC 60529

1/24 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS LH100 Transmitter for hydrostatic level
Design Junction box
1
Weight Application for connecting the transmitter cable
• Pressure transmitter  0.2 kg (  0.44 lb) Design
• Cable; maximum cable length 100 m 0.025 kg/m ( 0.015 lb/ft)
(330 ft) Weight 0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
Electrical connection Cable with 3 conductors, vent pipe Electrical connection 2 x 3-way (28 to 18 AWG)
and integrated humidity filter Cable entry 2 x Pg 9
Material Enclosure material polycarbonate
• Seal diaphragm Al2O3 ceramic, 96%
• Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L Vent pipe for atmospheric pressure
• Gasket FPM (standard) Rated conditions
EPDM (optional) Degree of protection according to IP65
• Connecting cable PE-HD (standard) IEC 60529
PE-LD (in the case of versions with Cable hanger
EPDM seal, suitable for drinking
water) Application for mounting the transmitter
Auxiliary power Design
Terminal voltage on pressure transmit- 10 ... 33 V DC Weight 0.16 kg (0.35 lb)
ter UB 10 ... 30 V DC for transmitter with Material Galvanized steel, polyamide
intrinsic safety explosion protection
Certificates and approvals
Drinking water approval (ACS) Applied for
Drinking water approval (WRAS) 1403525
EAC № TC RU C-DE.ГБ05.В.00732
OC НАНИО «ЦСВЭ»
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 2014-11-17 - E344532
The transmitter is not subject to the
pressure equipment directive (PED
2014/68/EU)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" IECEx SEV 14.0003
SEV 14 ATEX 0109
- Marking II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/25

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS LH100 Transmitter for hydrostatic level
1 Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code
Pressure transmitter 7 MF 1 5 7 2 - 77A77 777 Pressure transmitter 7 MF 1 5 7 2 - 77A77 777
SITRANS LH100 (submersible sensor) SITRANS LH100 (submersible sensor)
For measurement of the hydrostatic For measurement of the hydrostatic
level through submersion, level through submersion,
two-wire system, 4…20 mA, enclosure two-wire system, 4…20 mA, enclosure
material mat. no. 1.4404 (316L), mea- material mat. no. 1.4404 (316L), mea-
suring cell Al2O3 ceramic, suring cell Al2O3 ceramic,
with permanently mounted PE cable with permanently mounted PE cable
Click on the Article No. for the online Sealing material between sensor and
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle enclosure
Portal. • FPM (Standard) 1
Measuring range Cable length • EPDM (for drinking water applica- 2
0 ... 3 mH2O1) 10 m 1C tions)
0 ... 4 mH2O 10 m 1D Explosion protection
0 ... 5 mH2O 10 m 1E • without 0
0 ... 6 mH2O 10 m 1F • With ATEX II1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga and 1
0 ... 10 mH2O 20 m 1H IECEx Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
0 ... 20 mH2O 30 m 1K Additional versions Order code
0 ... 9 ftH2O1) 33 ft 2C Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point C11
0 ... 12 ftH2O 33 ft 2D characteristic curve test) according to
0 ... 15 ftH2O 33 ft 2E IEC 60770-2, add "-Z" to article no. and
0 ... 18 ftH2O 33 ft 2F add order code.
0 ... 30 ftH2O 66 ft 2H Indication of measuring range (only at Y01
0 ... 60 ftH2O 98 ft 2K special cable lengths) in
"... to ... mH2O" or "... to ... ftH2O"
0 ... 0.3 bar1) 10 m 3C or "... to ... bar"
0 ... 0.4 bar 10 m 3D
Accessories/spare parts Article No.
0 ... 0.5 bar 10 m 3E
0 ... 0.6 bar 10 m 3F Junction box 7MF1572-8AA
0 ... 1 bar 20 m 3H for connecting the transmitter cable
0 ... 2 bar 30 m 3K Cable hanger 7MF1572-8AB
Special versions: for securing the pressure transmitter
Measuring ranges for special versions
between Protective caps as spare parts 7MF1572-8AD
0 ... 3 mH2O and 0 ... 30 mH2O or (10-pack)
0 ... 9 ftH2O and 0 ... 100 ftH2O or Humidity filters as spare parts 7MF1572-8AE
0 ... 0.3 bar and 0 ... 3 bar possible. (10-pack)
Special cable lenght/Special measur- 9A H. . 1) Approvals pending.
ing range +
Please add „-Z" to Article No. and Y01
specify Order code and plain text.
Note: Indication of measuring range
Y01 is always necessary.
For evaluation of the maximum possible
cable length following data have to be
regarded:
Transmitter:
Ci = 0 µF, Li = 0 µH
Cable:
Ck = 0.19 nF per meter cable
Lk = 1.5 µH per meter cable
The maximum permitted data of the
transmitter’s power supply have to be
considered!
3 m (10 ft) H1A
5 m (16 ft) H1B
7 m (23 ft) H1C
10 m (33 ft) H1D
15 m (49 ft) H1E
20 m (66 ft) H1F
25 m (82 ft) H1G
30 m (98 ft) H1H
40 m (131 ft) H1J
50 m (164 ft) H1K
60 m (198 ft)1) H1L
70 m (231 ft)1) H1M
80 m (264 ft)1) H1N
90 m (297 ft)1) H1P
100 m (330 ft)1) H1Q

1/26 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS LH100 Transmitter for hydrostatic level

■ Dimensional drawings ■ More information

1
Establishing the measuring range for water as
~116.3 (4.58)
Ø23.4
1 2 3 process medium
(0.92)

6 5 4

1 Cable, sheat Ø 4.8 (0.19) (black, PE)

2 - (green)
3 + (brown)
4 Protective conductor connection/Equipotential bonding (white)
5 Vent pipe with humidity filter Ø 1 (0.04) (inner diameter)
6 Protective cap with 4 x Ø 2.5 (0.10) holes (black, PPE) H r

SITRANS LH100 pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)

52 (2.05) 37 (1.46)
17
3 (0.07)
(1.2)

1
30

Calculation of the measuring range:

p=xgxH
2
86 (3.39)
86 (3.39)

with:
 = density of medium
g = local acceleration due to gravity
H = maximum level
Example:
(1.2)
30

Medium: Water,  = 1 000 kg/m3

17 Acceleration due to gravity: 9.81 m/s2
64 (2.52) (0.07) Start-of-scale: 0 m
Maximum level: 6.0 m
1
Cable length: 10 m
Fastening hole
2 Vent valve Calculation:
3 Cable gland Pg 9, cable diameter 4 ... 8 mm (0.16 ... 0.31) p = 1 000 kg/m3 x 9.81 m/s2 x 6.0 m
p = 58 860 N/m2
Junction box, dimensions in mm (inch) p = 589 mbar
Transmitter to be ordered:
19 7MF1572-1FA10
(0.75) Plus, if required, junction box 7MF1572-8AA and cable hanger
7MF1572-8AB
190 (7.5)

48 (1.9)

Cable hanger, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/27

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS LH300 Transmitter for hydrostatic level
1 ■ Overview ■ Function
1

U
const.

5
U
EM 2
p I

3
4

1 Sensor 4 Protective conductor connection/

2 Connection for auxiliary Equipotential bonding
power supply 5 Diaphragm
3 Vent pipe with humidity filter

The pressure transmitter SITRANS LH300 is a submersible sen-
sor for hydrostatic level measurement with cap made of PPE
(left), stainless steel (mid) and ETFE (right).
The pressure transmitter measures the liquid levels in tanks,
containers, channels and dams. The SITRANS LH300 pressure
transmitters are available for various measuring ranges and with
explosion protection as an option.
A junction box and a cable hanger are available as accessories
for simple installation.
■ Benefits
• Compact design
• Simple installation
• Small error in measurement (0.15 % typical)
• Degree of protection IP68
SITRANS LH300 pressure transmitter, mode of operation and connection
diagram
On one side of the sensor (1), the diaphragm (5) is exposed to
the hydrostatic pressure which is proportional to the submersion
depth. This pressure is compared with atmospheric pressure.
Pressure compensation is carried out using the vent pipe (3) in
the connecting cable. The vent pipe is equipped with a humidity
filter which prevents the build-up of condensation in the vent
pipe.
The hydrostatic pressure of the liquid column acts on the dia-
phragm of the sensor and transmits the pressure to the Wheat-
stone resistance bridge in the sensor.
The output voltage of the sensor is applied to the electronic cir-
cuit where it is converted into an output current of 4 to 20 mA.
The protective conductor connection/equipotential bonding (4)
is connected to the enclosure.

■ Application ■ Integration
SITRANS LH300 pressure transmitters are used in the following It is generally recommended that the connecting cable of the
branches, for example: SITRANS LH300 transmitter is connected to the junction box,
• Shipbuilding which can be ordered separately, and secured with the cable
hanger, also available separately. The junction box has to be in-
• Water/waste water supply stalled near the measuring point, but outside the media.
• Drinking water facilities
If the medium is anything other than water, it is also necessary to
• For use in unpressurized/open vessels and wells check compatibility with the specified materials of the transmit-
• Desalination plants ter, cable and gasket.

■ Design Venting pipe

The pressure transmitter has a built-in ceramic sensor which is

equipped with a Wheatstone resistance bridge.
These pressure transmitters are equipped with an electronic cir-
cuit fitted together with the sensor in a stainless steel housing. In
addition, the connecting cable contains a vent pipe which is
equipped with a humidity filter to prevent the build-up of conden-
sation.
The diaphragm is protected against external influences by a To measured- To trans-
protective cap. value mitter
processing 7MF1575
The sensor, the electronics and the connecting cable are
housed in an enclosure with small dimensions.
Junction box 7MF1575-8AA, open, schematic diagram
The pressure transmitter is temperature-compensated for a wide
temperature range.

1/28 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS LH300 Transmitter for hydrostatic level

■ Technical specifications
1
Pressure transmitter SITRANS LH300 (submersible sensor)
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Piezo-resistive
Input
Measured variable Hydrostatic level
Measuring range Max. permissible operating pressure
• 0 ... 1 mH2O (0 ... 3 ftH2O) • 1.5 bar (21.8 psi) (corresponds to
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 2 mH2O (0 ... 6 ftH2O) • 1.5 bar (21.8 psi) (corresponds to
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 3 mH2O (0 ... 9 ftH2O) • 1.5 bar (21.8 psi) (corresponds to
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 4 mH2O (0 ... 12 ftH2O) • 2 bar (29 psi) (corresponds to
20 mH2O (60 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 5 mH2O (0 ... 15 ftH2O) • 2 bar (29 psi) (corresponds to
20 mH2O (60 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 6 mH2O (0 ... 18 ftH2O) • 2 bar (29 psi) (corresponds to
20 mH2O (60 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 10 mH2O (0 ... 30 ftH2O) • 5 bar (72.5 psi) (corresponds to
50 mH2O (150 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 20 mH2O (0 ... 60 ftH2O) • 10 bar (145 psi) (corresponds to
100 mH2O (300 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 40 mH2O (0 ... 120 ftH2O) • 20 bar (290 psi) (corresponds to
200 mH2O (600 ftH2O))
Special measuring ranges
• Up to 100 mH2O (300 ftH2O) • 20 bar (290 psi) (corresponds to
200 mH2O (600 ftH2O))
• Up to 160 mH2O (480 ftH2O) • 24 bar (348 psi) (corresponds to
Measuring point setup, generally with junction box 7MF1575-8AA and 240 mH2O (720 ftH2O))
7MF1575-8AB cable hanger Measuring range
• 0 ... 0.1 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.2 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.3 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.4 bar • 2 bar
• 0 ... 0.5 bar • 2 bar
• 0 ... 0.6 bar • 2 bar
• 0 ... 1 bar • 5 bar
• 0 ... 2 bar • 10 bar
• 0 ... 4 bar • 20 bar
Special measuring range
• Up to 10 bar • 20 bar
• Up to 16 bar • 24 bar
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
Measuring accuracy According to IEC 60770-1
Error in measurement at limit setting  0.15 % of full-scale value (typical)
including hysteresis and reproducibility
 0.3 % of full-scale value (maximum)
Influence of ambient temperature  0.05 %/10 K of full-scale value
(zero and span)
Long-term stability  0.15 % of full-scale value/year
(zero and span)
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
• Process temperature -10 ... +80 °C (14 ... 176 °F)
• Storage temperature -20 ... +80 °C (-4 ... +176 °F)
Degree of protection according to IP68
IEC 60529

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/29

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS LH300 Transmitter for hydrostatic level
1 Design Junction box
Weight Application For connecting the transmitter cable
• Pressure transmitter  0.4 kg (  0.88 lb) Design
• Cable 0.08 kg/m ( 0.059 lb/ft)
Weight 0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
Maximal freely suspended length 300 m (990 ft)
Electrical connection 2 x 3-way (28 to 18 AWG)
Electrical connection Cable with 2 conductors, vent pipe
and integrated humidity filters Cable entry 2 x PG 13.5
Material Enclosure material Polycarbonate
• Seal diaphragm Al2O3 ceramic, 99.6 % Vent pipe for atmospheric pressure
• Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
and 1.4539/904L (sea water applica- Rated conditions
tions) respectively Degree of protection according to IP65
• Gasket FPM (standard) IEC 60529
EPDM (optional) Cable hanger
• Connecting cable PE (standard/drinking water applica-
tions) Application For mounting the transmitter
FEP (for aggressive media) Design
• Cap Stainless steel, PPE or ETFE Weight 0.16 kg (0.35 lb)
Auxiliary power Material Galvanized steel, polyamide
Terminal voltage on pressure trans- 10 ... 33 V DC for transmitter without Terminal area For cable with a diameter of
mitter UB explosion protection 5.5 ... 9.5 mm
10 ... 30 V DC for transmitter with
intrinsic safety explosion protection
Certificates and approvals
Drinking water approval (ACS) 17 ACC NY 055
Drinking water approval (WRAS) Pending
Drinking water approval (DVGW/ Pending
KTW W270)
EAC TC N RU Д-DE.ГА02.B.05092
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) ML File No. E344532, issued
2017-08-17
Shipbuilding approval (LR) Pending
Shipbuilding approval (DNV/GL) Pending
Shipbuilding approval (BV) Pending
Shipbuilding approval (ABS) Pending
Pressure equipment directive The transmitter is not subject to the
pressure equipment directive
(PED 2014/68/EU)
Explosion protection
• ATEX SEV 16 ATEX 0121
• IEC Ex IEC Ex SEV 16.0003
• EAC Ex TC RU C-DE.AA87.B.00324
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Marking II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga

1/30 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS LH300 Transmitter for hydrostatic level
Selection and ordering data Article Order Selection and ordering data Article Order
1
No. code No. code
Pressure transmitter 7MF 1 5 7 5 - Pressure transmitter 7MF 1 5 7 5 -
SITRANS LH300 (submersible sensor) SITRANS LH300 (submersible sensor)
77777 777 77777 777
For hydrostatic level measurement,
submersible transmitter, two-wire connection, PE cable for general purpose and drinking
4 … 20 mA, body material see Order option, water applications
measuring cell Al2O3 ceramics Special cable length 9X H. .
(99.6 % purity), with fixed mounted cable, Please add „-Z" to Article No. and specify +
material of protective cap at PE cable: Order code and plain text: Y01
PPE (colour black) Y01: Cable length ..........
material of protective cap at FEP cable:
PPE (colour white) 3 m (10 ft) H1A
Note: junction box and cable hanger have to 5 m (16 ft) H1B
be ordered separately. 7 m (23 ft) H1C
Click on the Article No. for the online con- 10 m (33 ft) H1D
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. 15 m (50ft) H1E
Measuring range Cable length 20 m (65 ft) H1F
(PE cable) 25 m (80 ft) H1G
0 ... 1 mH2O 5m 1A 30 m (100 ft) H1H
0 ... 2 mH2O 5m 1B 40 m (130 ft) H1J
0 ... 3 mH2O 10 m 1C 50 m (160 ft) H1K
0 ... 4 mH2O 10 m 1D 60 m (200 ft) H1L
0 ... 5 mH2O 10 m 1E 70 m (230 ft) H1M
0 ... 6 mH2O 10 m 1F 80 m (265 ft) H1N
0 ... 10 mH2O 20 m 1H 90 m (295 ft) H1P
0 ... 20 mH2O 30 m 1K 100 m (330 ft) H1Q
0 ... 40 mH2O 50 m 1L 125 m (410 ft) H1R
0 ... 3 ftH2O 5 m ( 15 ft) 2A 150 m (495 ft) H1S
0 ... 6 ftH2O 5 m (15 ft) 2B 175 m (575 ft) H1T
0 ... 9 ftH2O 10 m (30 ft) 2C 200 m (650 ft) H1U
0 ... 12 ftH2O 10 m (30 ft) 2D 225 m (740 ft) H1V
0 ... 15 ftH2O 10 m (30 ft) 2E 250 m (820 ft) H 1W
0 ... 18 ftH2O 10 m (30 ft) 2F 275 m (900 ft) H1X
0 ... 30 ftH2O 20 m (60 ft) 2H 300 m (990 ft) H2A
0 ... 60 ftH2O 30 m (90 ft) 2K 350 m (1150 ft) H2B
0 ... 120 ftH2O 50 m (150 ft) 2L 400 m (1320 ft) H2C
0 ... 0.1 bar 5m 3A 450 m (1480 ft) H2D
0 ... 0.2 bar 5m 3B 500 m (1650 ft) H2E
0 ... 0.3 bar 10 m 3C 550 m (1815 ft) H2F
0 ... 0.4 bar 10 m 3D 600 m (1980 ft) H2G
0 ... 0.5 bar 10 m 3E 650 m (2145 ft) H2H
0 ... 0.6 bar 10 m 3F 700 m (2310 ft) H2J
0 ... 1 bar 20 m 3H 750 m (2475 ft) H2K
0 ... 2 bar 30 m 3K 800 m (2640 ft) H2L
0 ... 4 bar 50 m 3L 850 m (2800 ft) H2M
Special versions: 900 m (2970 ft) H2N
Measuring ranges for special versions 950 m (3135 ft) H2P
between 1000 m (3300 ft) H2Q
0 ... 1 mH2O and 0 ... 160 mH2O or Other special cable length 9X H1Y
0 ... 3 ftH2O and 0 ... 530 ftH2O or Please add „-Z" to Article No. and specify +
0 ... 0.1 bar and 0 ... 16 bar possible. Order codes and plain text: Y01
H1Y: Cable length ..........
Y01: Measuring range ..........

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/31

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS LH300 Transmitter for hydrostatic level
1 Selection and ordering data Article Order Selection and ordering data Article Order
No. code No. code
Pressure transmitter 7MF 1 5 7 5 - Pressure transmitter 7MF 1 5 7 5 -
SITRANS LH300 (submersible sensor) SITRANS LH300 (submersible sensor)
77777 777 77777 777
FEP cable for aggressive media Material of Material of
housing protective cap
Special cable length 9X H. .
Please add „-Z" to Article No. and specify + Stainless steel 316L Protective capability A
Order code and plain text: Y01 (1.4404) made of PPE (recom-
Y01: Cable length .......... mended for PE cable)
Stainless steel 316L Protective cap made B
3 m (10 ft) H5A (1.4404) of ETFE (standard with
5 m (16 ft) H5B FEP cable)
7 m (23 ft) H5C Stainless steel 316L Stainless steel 316L C
10 m (33 ft) H5D (1.4404) (1.4404)
15 m (50ft) H5E Stainless steel 904L Protective cap PPE D
(1.4539) for sea water
20 m (65 ft) H5F applications
25 m (80 ft) H5G Stainless steel 904L Protective cap ETFE E
30 m (100 ft) H5H (1.4539) for sea water
40 m (130 ft) H5J applications
50 m (160 ft) H5K Stainless steel 904L Stainless steel 904L F
(1.4539) for seawater (1.4539) for seawater
60 m (200 ft) H5L applications applications
70 m (230 ft) H5M
Sealing material between sensor and
80 m (265 ft) H5N housing
90 m (295 ft) H5P FPM (Standard) 1
100 m (330 ft) H5Q EPDM (for drinking water) 2
125 m (410 ft) H5R Explosion protection
150 m (495 ft) H5S without 0
175 m (575 ft) H5T With ATEX II1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, 1
200 m (650 ft) H5U IECEx Ex ia IIC T4 Ga and EAC Ex (only pos-
225 m (740 ft) H5V sible for cable length 300 m (990 ft)
250 m (820 ft) H 5W Additional versions Order code
275 m (900 ft) H5X Quality Inspection Certificate (factory calibra- C11
300 m (990 ft) H6A tion) to IEC 60770-2 (6 points upward)
350 m (1150 ft) H6B
Accessories/spare parts Article No.
400 m (1320 ft) H6C
Junction box 7MF1575-8AA
450 m (1480 ft) H6D
500 m (1650 ft) H6E Cable hanger 7MF1575-8AB
550 m (1815 ft) H6F Protective caps, PPE, as spare part 7MF1575-8AD
600 m (1980 ft) H6G (10-pack)
650 m (2145 ft) H6H Protective caps, ETFE, as spare part 7MF1575-8AE
700 m (2310 ft) H6J (10-pack)
750 m (2475 ft) H6K Humidity filters as spare part 7MF1575-8AF
800 m (2640 ft) H6L (10-pack)
850 m (2800 ft) H6M Protective cap, stainless steel 316L 7MF1575-8AG
900 m (2970 ft) H6N (1.4404) for waste water applications
950 m (3135 ft) H6P Protective cap, stainless steel 904L 7MF1575-8AH
1000 m (3300 ft) H6Q (1.4539) for sea water applications
Other special cable length 9X H5Y
Please add „-Z" to Article No. and specify +
Order codes and plain text: Y01
H1Y: Cable length ..........
Y01: Measuring range ..........

1/32 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS LH300 Transmitter for hydrostatic level

■ Dimensional drawings
1
19
(0.75)
Sensor with protective cap (PPE, ETFE)
1 2 3
~161 (6.34)
Ø30 (1.18)

190 (7.5)
Ø26.5
(1.04)
6
10.5 (0.41) 5 4

Sensor with protective cap (stainless steel)

1 2 3
~169 (6.65)
Ø30 (1.18)

Ø26.5
(1.04)

7 48 (1.9)
18.2 (0.72) 5 4

Cable hanger, dimensions in mm (inch)

1 Cable, sheat Ø 8.3 (0.33)
2 - (blue) ■ More information
3 + (brown)
Determination of the measuring range for medium water
4 Protective conductor connection/Equipotential bonding (black)
5 Vent pipe with humidity filter Ø 1 (0.04) (inner diameter)
6 Protective cap (PPE or PTFE) with 4 x Ø 2.5 (0.10) holes
7 Protective cap (stainless steel) with 4 x Ø 5 (0.20) holes

SITRANS LH300 pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)

52 (2.05) 37 (1.46)
17
3 (0.07)
(1.2)

1
30

H r

2
98 (3.86)
86 (3.39)

Calculation of the measuring range:

p=xgxH
(1.2)
30

with:
17  = density of medium
64 (2.52) (0.07)
g = local acceleration due to gravity
H = maximum level
1 Fastening hole
Example:
2 Vent valve
3 Cable gland Pg 13.5, cable diameter 6 ... 12 (0.23 ... 0.47)
Medium: Water,  = 1 000 kg/m3
Acceleration due to gravity: 9.81 m/s2
Start-of-scale: 0 m
Junction box, dimensions in mm (inch) Maximum level: 6.0 m
Cable length: 10 m
Calculation:
p = 1 000 kg/m3 x 9.81 m/s2 x 6.0 m
p = 58 860 N/m2
p = 589 mbar
Transmitter to be ordered:
7MF1575-1FA10
Plus, if required, junction box 7MF1575-8AA and cable hanger
7MF1575-8AB

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/33

 © Siemens AG 2018
Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P Compact for gauge and absolute pressure
1 ■ Overview
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is designed for
the special requirements of the food, pharmaceutical and bio-
technology industries.
The use of high-grade materials guarantees compliance with hy-
giene regulations.
Particular value has been placed on a high surface quality. The
system can be electropolished in addition.
A further important feature is the hygiene-based design of the
process connection by means of various aseptic connections.
The completely welded stainless steel housing can be designed
up to degree of protection IP67.
Using appropriate thermal decouplers, the SITRANS P Compact
pressure transmitter can be used for process temperatures up to
200 °C (392 °F).
■ Benefits
• Measuring ranges from 0 to 160 mbar (0 to 2.32 psi) to 0 to
40 bar (0 to 580 psi)
• Linearity error including hysteresis < +0.2 % of full-scale value
• Piezo-resistive measurement system, vacuum-proof and over-
load-proof
• Hygiene-based design according to EHEDG, FDA and GMP
recommendations
• Material and surface quality according to hygiene require-
ments
• Wetted parts made of stainless steel; completely welded
• Signal output 4 to 20 mA (0 to 20 mA as option)
• Stainless steel housing with degree of protection IP65 (IP67 as
option)
• Process temperature up to 200 °C (392 °F)
• Explosion protection II 2G Ex [ib] IIC T6 to ATEX
• Easy and safe to clean
1/34 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
■ Application
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is designed for
the special requirements of the food, pharmaceutical and bio-
technology industries.
The use of high-grade materials guarantees compliance with hy-
giene regulations.
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is available in
many versions. Exact adaptation of the pressure transmitter to
conditions at the place of use is thus possible
■ Design
The electronics is potted to protect it against moisture, corrosive
atmospheres and vibration.
Notes on operating the pressure transmitter
Compensation of internal atmospheric pressure
Compensation of the internal atmospheric pressure of the
SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitters is performed as fol-
lows:
• in the plug versions by means of the screwed gland (IP65)
• in the field housings by means of an integral sintered filter
(IP65) or a vented cable (IP67)
• in versions with cable outlet by means of a vented cable (IP67)
In the absolute pressure range there is no need for compensa-
tion with respect to atmospheric pressure.
Note: These degrees of protection are only achieved under the
following conditions:
• if the pressure transmitter is installed correctly
• if the screwed glands are securely tightened
• if the cable diameters agree with the nominal diameters of the
gaskets in the housing
Note: The integral EMC measures are only effective if the earth
connection is made correctly.
CE marking
The CE marking of the pressure transmitter certifies compliance
with the guidelines of the European Council (9/336/EC), the EMC
law (13.11.1992), as well as the applicable generic standards.
Interference-free operation in systems and plants is achieved
only if the specifications for shielding, earthing, cable routing
and electrical isolation are observed during installation and as-
sembly.
Hazardous areas
Note: Electrical equipment in hazardous areas must only be in-
stalled and operated by trained personnel.
Modifications to units and connections result in cancellation of
the explosion protection and guarantee.
With intrinsically-safe circuits, make sure that equipotential
bonding exists throughout the complete cabling inside and out-
side of the hazardous area. The limits specified in the ATEX ap-
proval must be observed.
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P Compact for gauge and absolute pressure

■ Function Rated conditions

1
Installation conditions
The process pressure acts on a piezo-resistive semiconductor
measuring bridge through a remote seal and a transmission liq- • Mounting position Any, vertical as standard
uid. The pressure transmitter converts the pressure values into a Ambient conditions
load-independent current. • Ambient temperature -10 ... +70 °C (14 ... 158 °F)
A compensation network makes the output signal largely inde- • Storage temperature -10 ... +90 °C (14 ... 194 °F)
pendent of the ambient temperature. As a result of a specially
• Process temperature Max. 200 °C (392 °F), depending
adapted remote seal connection with minimized volume, the in- on design
fluence of the process temperature on the output signal is
greatly reduced compared to a conventional screw connection. Vacuum-resistant 0 mbar (0 psi) absolute at max.
50 °C. Higher process tempera-
The pressure transmitters can be powered with a non-regulated tures on request.
DC voltage of 10 to 30 V. Output signals common to measuring • Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65, optional IP67
technology are available.
• Electromagnetic Compatibility

■ Technical specifications - Emitted interference To EN 50081 Part 1, issue 1993

(residential and industrial areas).
Pressure transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology The unit has no own emissions.
Mode of operation - Noise immunity to EN 50082 Part 2, issue March
1995 (industrial areas)
Measuring principle piezo-resistive
Design
Input
Weight (without remote seal)
Measured variable gauge or absolute pressure
• Field enclosure  460 G ( 1.01 (lb)
Measuring range 0 ... 160 mbar (0 ... 2.32 psi) • Enclosure with plug  200 g ( 0.44 lb)
...
0 ... 40 bar (0 ... 580 psi) Enclosure
Output • Designs • Field housing IP65 or IP67, with
screwed gland
Output signal
• Angled plug DIN 43650, IP65
• 2-wire system 4 ... 20 mA
• Cable connection, IP67
• Three-wire system 0 ... 20 mA • M12 device plug, IP65
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1 • Material Stainless steel, mat.
Error in measurement at limit setting  0.2 % of full-scale value no. 1.4404/316L/1.4305
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility Material of union nut Polyamide (with electrical con-
Adjustment accuracy   0.2 % of full-scale value nection using plug or cable)
Electronics unit potted with silicone
Step response time < 20 ms
Internal ventilation for measuring
Influence of ambient temperature ranges < 16 bar (< 232 psi),
On the enclosure through housing thread or con-
nection cable depending on
• Zero point < 0.2 %/10 K of full-scale value design
• Measuring span < 0.2 %/10 K of full-scale value Process connection
On the process connection (remote Zero error (depends on design) • Versions See ordering data
seals) • Material of coupling Stainless steel, mat.
• Flange remote seal no. 1.4404/316L
- DN 25 / 1" 4.8 mbar/10 K (0.069 psi/10 K) Power supply
- DN 32 / 1¼" 2.3 mbar/10 K (0.033 psi/10 K) Terminal voltage on transmitter 10 ... 30 V DC

- DN 40 / 1½" 1.6 mbar/10 K (0.023 psi/10 K) Rated voltage 24 V DC

- DN 50 / 2" 0.6 mbar/10 K (0.009 psi/10 K) Certificates and approvals

Classification according to pressure
• Clamp-on seal
equipment directive
- DN 25 / 1" 9.5 mbar/10 K (0.14 psi/10 K) (PED 2014/68/EU)
- DN 32 / 1¼" 4.1 mbar/10 K (0.06 psi/10 K) • For 7MF8010-1... For gases of fluid group 1 and
(with diaphragm seal) liquids of fluid group 1; complies
- DN 40 / 1½" 3.9 mbar/10 K (0.05 psi/10 K) with requirements of article 4,
- DN 50 / 2" 3.9 mbar/10 K (0.05 psi/10 K) paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
The zero error specified for the process connection should be consid-
ered as a guideline for a standard design. We will produce a detailed • For 7MF8010-2... For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
system calculation on request. Systems with reduced remote seal errors (with clamp-on seal) uids of fluid group 1; complies
are available on request. with the requirements of article 4,
paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
assigned to category III, confor-
mity evaluation module H by the
TÜV Nord
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" TÜV 03 ATEX 2099 X
- Marking Ex II 2G Ex ib IIC T6

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/35

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P Compact for gauge and absolute pressure
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
mitters for pressure and absolute mitters for pressure and absolute
pressure with diaphragm flush at front pressure with diaphragm flush at front
2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777 2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777
Process temperature up to 140 °C (284 °F) Process temperature up to 140 °C (284 °F)
Accuracy: 0.2 % of full-scale value Accuracy: 0.2 % of full-scale value
Output 4 ... 20 mA Output 4 ... 20 mA
Click on the Article No. for the online Diaphragm seal
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle with aseptic connection
Portal. Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1,
Diaphragm seal form A, with slotted union nut
with quick-release clamp • 1 inch PM
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with • 1½ inch PN
slotted union nut • 2 inch PP
• DN 25 AD • 2½ inch PQ
• DN 32 AE Aseptic screwed gland to
• DN 40 AF DIN 11864-1, form A
• DN 50 AG with threaded socket
• DN 65 AH • 1 inch QM
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with • 1½ inch QN
threaded socket • 2 inch QP
• DN 25 BD • 2½ inch QQ
• DN 32 BE Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• DN 40 BF with slotted union nut1)
• DN 50 BG • DN 25 RD
• DN 65 BH • DN 32 RE
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 • DN 40 RF
• DN 25 CD • DN 50 RG
• DN 40 CF Aseptic screwed NEUMO
with threaded socket1)
• DN 50 CG
• DN 25 SD
Clamp connection to ISO 2852
• DN 32 SE
• 1 inch DM
• DN 40 SF
• 1½ inch DN
• DN 50 SG
• 2 inch DP
Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 2½ inch DQ with clamp connection, form R1)
IDF standard with slotted union nut • DN 25 TD
• 1 inch EM • DN 32 TE
• 1½ inch EN • DN 40 TF
• 2 inch EP • DN 50 TG
IDF standard with threaded socket Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 1 inch FM with clamp connection, form V1)
• 1½ inch FN • DN 25 UD
• 2 inch FP • DN 32 UE
SMS standard with slotted union nut • DN 40 UF
• 1 inch GM • DN 50 UG
• 1½ inch GN Male thread DIN 3852 Form A
• 2 inch GP • G½", min. meas. span 1.6 bar (23.2 psi) XA
SMS standard with threaded socket • G¾", min. meas. span 1 bar (14.5 psi) XB
• 1 inch HM • G1", min. meas. span 0.4 bar (5.8 psi) XC
• 1½ inch HN • G1½", min. meas. span 0.25 bar XD
• 2 inch HP (3.63 psi)
DRD flange, without welding-type flange • G2", min. meas. span 0.16 bar XE
• DN 50, PN 40 JH (2.32 psi)
Varivent connection (Tuchenhagen) Special version ZA J1Y
• D = 50, for Varivent housing DN 25 and KF (add Order code and plain text)
1 inch Filling liquid
• D = 68, for Varivent housing KL Food oil, FDA-listed 3
DN 40 ... DN 125 and 1½ ... 6 inch Special version 9 L1Y
Special version ZA J1Y (add Order code and plain text)
(add Order code and plain text)
Output signal
Filling liquid 4 ... 20 mA 1
Food oil, FDA-listed 3
Special version 9 L1Y Special version 9 M1 Y
(add Order code and plain text) (add Order code and plain text)
1) Please specify as well:
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1 Connections for pipes: R01, R02 or R03, see table "Further designs" on
next page
Special version 9 M1 Y
(add Order code and plain text)

1/36 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P Compact for gauge and absolute pressure

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
1
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
mitters for pressure and absolute mitters for pressure and absolute
pressure with diaphragm flush at front pressure with diaphragm flush at front
2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777 2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777
Process temperature up to 140 °C (284 °F) Process temperature up to 140 °C (284 °F)
Accuracy: 0.2 % of full-scale value Accuracy: 0.2 % of full-scale value
Output 4 ... 20 mA Output 4 ... 20 mA
Housing design (stainless steel mat. Measured range Overload
No. 1.4404/316L) / electr. connection pressure
Housing with angled plug to DIN 43650, 1 (continued)
IP65
-1 ... +9 bar 30 bar GA
Housing with M12 device plug, IP65, 2 (-14.5 ... +130.5 psi) (435 psi)
union nut made of polyamide -1 ... +15 bar 50 bar GB
Housing with M12 device plug, IP65, 3 (-14.5 ... +217.6 psi) (725 psi)
union nut made of stainless steel 0 ... 1 bar a 10 bar a HA
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 4 (0 ... 14.5 psi a) (145 psi a)
cable gland, IP65 0 ... 1.6 bar a 10 bar a HB
(0 ... 23.2 psi a) (145 psi a)
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 5 0 ... 2.5 bar a 16 bar a HC
cable gland, IP67 (0 ... 36.3 psi a) (232 psi a)
Internal ventilation for measuring ranges
< 16 bar (< 232 psi) 0 ... 4 bar a 16 bar a HD
(0 ... 58 psi a) (232 psi a)
Measured range Overload pressure 0 ... 6 bar a 30 bar a HE
0 ... 160 mbar 2 bar BB (0 ... 87 psi a) (435 psi a)
(0 ... 2.32 psi) (29 psi)
0 ... 10 bar a 30 bar a JA
0 ... 250 mbar 2 bar BC (0 ... 145 psi a) (435 psi a)
(0 ... 3.63 psi) (29 psi)
0 ... 400 mbar 6 bar BD Special version ZA P1Y
(0 ... 5.8 psi) (87 psi) (add Order code and plain text)
0 ... 600 mbar 6 bar BE Explosion protection
(0 ... 8.7 psi) (87 psi) without 1
0 ... 1 bar 10 bar CA with, to ATEX 100a, II 2 G, Ex ib IIC T6 2
(0 ... 14.5 psi) (145 psi)
Further designs Order code
0 ... 1.6 bar 10 bar CB
(0 ... 23.2 psi) (145 psi) Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
0 ... 2.5 bar 16 bar CC Order code
(0 ... 36.3 psi) (232 psi) Hygiene version P01
0 ... 4 bar 16 bar CD Roughness of process connection:
(0 ... 58 psi) (232 psi) Foil Ra < 0.8 µm (3.15·10-8 inch);
0 ... 6 bar 30 bar CE Welded seams Ra < 1.5 µm
(0 ... 87 psi) (435 psi) (5.9·10-8 inch)
0 ... 10 bar 30 bar DA Integral cooling element K01
(0 ... 145 psi) (435 psi) Process temperature max. 200 °C
0 ... 16 bar 50 bar DB (392 °F) instead of 140 °C (284 °F)
(0 ... 232 psi) (725 psi)
0 ... 25 bar 50 bar DC Connections for pipe
(0 ... 363 psi) (725 psi) Pipes to DIN 11850 R01
0 ... 40 bar 70 bar DD ISO pipes to DIN 2463 R02
(0 ... 580 psi) (1015 psi) Pipes to O. D. Tubing "BS 4825 Part 1" R03
-160 ... 0 mbar 2 bar EB Certificates
(-2.32 ... 0 psi) (29 psi) Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point C11
-250 ... 0 bar 2 bar EC characteristic curve test) according to
(-3.73 ... 0 psi) (29 psi) IEC 60770-2
-400 ... 0 bar 6 bar ED Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 C12
(-5.8 ... 0 psi) (87 psi)
Use of FDA-listed remote seal filling C17
-600 ... 0 bar 6 bar EE liquids certified by test report to
(-8.7 ... 0 psi) (87 psi) EN 10204-2.2
-1 ... 0 bar 10 bar FA
(-14.5 ... 0 psi) (145 psi) Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
certified by test report to EN 10204-3.1
-1 ... 0.6 bar 10 bar FB
(-14.5 ... 8.7 psi) (145 psi) Certification to EHEDG for clamp-on C19
-1 ... 1.5 bar 16 bar FC seals with aseptic screwed gland
(-14.5 ... 21.8 psi) (232 psi) to DIN 11864
-1 ... 3 bar 16 bar FD
(-14.5 ... 43.5 psi) (232 psi)
-1 ... 5 bar 30 bar FE
(-14.5 ... 72.5 psi) (435 psi)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/37

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P Compact for gauge and absolute pressure
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
mitters for pressure and absolute mitters for pressure and absolute
pressure with clamp-on remote seal pressure with clamp-on remote seal
2-wire system 2 7777 - 7777 777 2-wire system 2 7777 - 7777 777
Process temperature up to 140 °C (284 °F) Process temperature up to 140 °C (284 °F)
Accuracy: 0.2 % of full-scale value Accuracy: 0.2 % of full-scale value
Output 4 ... 20 mA Output 4 ... 20 mA
Click on the Article No. for the online Clamp-on seal
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle with aseptic connection
Portal. Aseptic screwed gland to
Clamp-on remote seal (screwed gland DIN 11864-1, form A
at both ends) with threaded socket
with quick-release clamps • 1 inch QM
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with • 1½ inch QN
threaded socket • 2 inch QP
• DN 25 AD Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• DN 32 AE with threaded socket1)
• DN 40 AF • DN 25 SD
• DN 50 AG • DN 32 SE
• DN 65 AH • DN 40 SF
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 • DN 50 SG
• DN 25 CD • DN 65 SH
• DN 32 CE Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• DN 40 CF with clamp connection, form R1)
• DN 50 CG • DN 25 TD
• DN 65 CH • DN 32 TE
Clamp connection to ISO 28521) • DN 40 TF
• 1 inch DM • DN 50 TG
• 1½ inch DN Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO
with threaded socket W 501 1)
• 2 inch DP
• 1 inch VM
• 2½ inch DQ
• 1½ inch VN
Special version ZA J1Y
(add Order code and plain text) • 2 inch VP
Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO
Filling liquid with clamp connection W 601 1)
Food oil, FDA-listed 3 • 1 inch WM
Special version 9 L1Y • 1½ inch WN
(add Order code and plain text)
• 2 inch WP
Output signal Special version ZA J1Y
4 ... 20 mA 1 (add Order code and plain text)
Special version 9 M1 Y Filling liquid
(add Order code and plain text) Food oil, FDA-listed 3
1)
Medicinal white oil 2
Please note the internal diameter of the pipe. Please specify pipe classes
(see "Further designs") Special version 9 L1Y
(add Order code and plain text)
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1
Special version 9 M1 Y
(add Order code and plain text)
1) Please specify as well:
Connections for pipes: R01, R02 or R03, see table "Further designs" on next
page

1/38 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P Compact for gauge and absolute pressure

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
1
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
mitters for pressure and absolute mitters for pressure and absolute
pressure with clamp-on remote seal pressure with clamp-on remote seal
2-wire system 2 7777 - 7777 777 2-wire system 2 7777 - 7777 777
Process temperature up to 140 °C (284 °F) Process temperature up to 140 °C (284 °F)
Accuracy: 0.2 % of full-scale value Accuracy: 0.2 % of full-scale value
Output 4 ... 20 mA Output 4 ... 20 mA
Housing design (stainless steel mat. Measured range Overload pressure
No. 1.4404/316L) / electr. connection (continued)
Housing with angled plug to DIN 43650, 1
IP65, union nut made of polyamide -1 ... 9 bar 30 bar GA
(-14.5 ... 130.5 psi) (435 psi)
Housing with M12 device plug, IP65, 2
union nut made of polyamide -1 ... 15 bar 50 bar GB
(-14.5 ... 217.6 psi) (725 psi)
Housing with M12 device plug, IP65, 3
union nut made of stainless steel 0 ... 1 bar a 10 bar a HA
(0 ... 14.5 psi a) (145 psi a)
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 4
cable gland, IP65 0 ... 1.6 bar a 10 bar a HB
(0 ... 23.2 psi a) (145 psi a)
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 5 0 ... 2.5 bar a 16 bar a HC
cable gland, IP67 (0 ... 36.3 psi a) (232 psi a)
Internal ventilation for measuring ranges 0 ... 4 bar a 16 bar a HD
< 16 bar (< 232 psi) (0 ... 58 psi a) (232 psi a)
Measured range Overload pressure 0 ... 6 bar a 30 bar a HE
0 ... 160 mbar 2 bar BB (0 ... 87 psi a) (435 psi a)
(0 ... 2.32 psi) (29 psi) 0 ... 10 bar a 30 bar a JA
0 ... 250 mbar 2 bar BC (0 ... 145 psi a) (435 psi a)
(0 ... 3.63 psi) (29 psi)
0 ... 400 mbar 6 bar BD Special version ZA P1Y
(0 ... 5.8 psi) (87 psi) (add Order code and plain text)
0 ... 600 mbar 6 bar BE Explosion protection
(0 ... 8.7 psi) (87 psi) without 1
0 ... 1 bar 10 bar CA with, to ATEX 100a, II 2 G, Ex ib IIC T6 2
(0 ... 14.5 psi) (145 psi) Further designs Order code
0 ... 1.6 bar 10 bar CB
(0 ... 23.2 psi) (145 psi) Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code
0 ... 2.5 bar 16 bar CC
(0 ... 36.3 psi) (232 psi) Hygiene version P01
0 ... 4 bar 16 bar CD Roughness of process connection:
(0 ... 58 psi) (232 psi) Foil Ra < 0.8 µm (3.15·10-8 inch);
0 ... 6 bar 30 bar CE Welded seams Ra < 1.5 µm
(0 ... 87 psi) (435 psi) (5.9·10-8 inch)
0 ... 10 bar 30 bar DA Integral cooling element K01
(0 ... 145 psi) (435 psi) Process temperature max. 200 °C
0 ... 16 bar 50 bar DB (392 °F) instead of 140 °C (284 °F)
(0 ... 232 psi) (725 psi) Connections for pipe
0 ... 25 bar 50 bar DC Pipes to DIN 11850 R01
(0 ... 363 psi) (725 psi)
ISO pipes to ISO 2463 R02
0 ... 40 bar 70 bar DD
(0 ... 580 psi) (1015 psi) Pipes to O. D. Tubing "BS 4825 Part 1" R03

-160 ... 0 mbar 2 bar EB Certificates

(-2.32 ... 0 psi) (29 psi) Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point C11
-250 ... 0 bar 2 bar EC characteristic curve test) according to
(-3.73 ... 0 psi) (29 psi) IEC 60770-2
-400 ... 0 bar 6 bar ED Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 C12
(-5.8 ... 0 psi) (87 psi) Use of FDA-listed remote seal filling C17
-600 ... 0 bar 6 bar EE liquids certified by test report
(-8.7 ... 0 psi) (87 psi) to EN 10204-2.2
-1 ... 0 bar 10 bar FA Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
(-14.5 ... 0 psi) (145 psi) certified by test report
-1 ... 0.6 bar 10 bar FB to EN 10204-3.1
(-14.5 ... 8.7 psi) (145 psi)
Certification to EHEDG for clamp-on C19
-1 ... 1.5 bar 16 bar FC seals with aseptic screwed gland
(-14.5 ... 21.8 psi) (232 psi) to DIN 11864
-1 ... 3 bar 16 bar FD
(-14.5 ... 43.5 psi) (232 psi)
-1 ... 5 bar 30 bar FE
(-14.5 ... 72.5 psi) (435 psi)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/39

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P Compact for gauge and absolute pressure
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
Housing

Fieldhousing Angled plug to Cable connection Round plug with

stainless steel DIN 43 650 Degree of protection IP67 screw connection M12
Degree of protection IP65 Degree of protection IP65 (cable ventilation) Degree of protection IP65
IP67 as alternative

»8 (0.3)
39 (1.53) For cable diam.
ø 50 For cable diam.
(diam. 1.97) 4.5 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39) 4 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39)
» 50 (1.97)

38.5 (1.52)

(0.9)
22.5
9 (0.35)

» 132 (5.2)
124.5 (4.9)

107.5 (4.23)

30 (1.18)
94 (3.7)
74.5 (2.93)

74.5 (2.93)

74.5 (2.93)
74.5 (2.93)

Thermal decoupler
for process temperature
up to 200 °C (392 °F)

27 (1.06) 27 (1.06) 27 (1.06) 27 (1.06)

SITRANS P Compact, dimensions in mm (inch)

Process connections
Diaphragm seal with quick-release clamp
IDF standard with slotted union nut
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut DN PN H G inch
mm (inch) (IDF thread)
H

DN PN H G
mm (inch) 1" 40 21 (0.83) 1"
H

25 40 24 (0.95) Rd. 52 x 1/6" 1½" 40 13.5 (0.53) 1½"

G
G
32 40 24 (0.95) Rd. 58 x 1/6" 2" 25 15 (0.59) 2"
40 40 24 (0.95) Rd. 65 x 1/6"
50 25 25.1 (0.99) Rd. 78 x 1/6" IDF standard with threaded socket
65 25 28.6 (1.13) Rd. 95 x 1/6" DN PN H G inch
mm (inch) (IDF thread)
H

Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with threaded socket 1" 40 21 (0.83) 1"

DN PN H G G 1½" 40 13.5 (0.53) 1½"

mm (inch) 2" 25 15 (0.59) 2"
H

25 40 - Rd. 52 x 1/6"
G SMS standard with slotted union nut
32 40 20 (0.79) Rd. 58 x 1/6"
DN PN H G
40 40 20 (0.79) Rd. 65 x 1/6"
mm (inch)
H

50 25 20 (0.79) Rd. 78 x 1/6"

1" 40 16 (0.63) Rd 40 x 1.6"
65 25 22 (0.87) Rd. 95 x 1/6" G 1½" 40 16 (0.63) Rd 60 x 1.6"

Clamp connection to DIN 32676 2" 25 16 (0.63) Rd 70 x 1.6"

DN PN H D
SMS standard with threaded socket
mm (inch) mm (inch)
H

DN PN H G
25 16 14 (0.55) 50.5 (2)
mm (inch)
D
H

40 16 14 (0.55) 50.5 (2)

1" 40 16 (0.63) Rd 40 x 1.6"
50 16 14 (0.55) 64 (2.52) G 1½" 40 20 (0.79) Rd 60 x 1.6"

Clamp connection to ISO 2852 2" 25 20 (0.79) Rd 70 x 1.6"

DN PN H D
DRD flange, without welding-type flange
mm (inch) mm (inch)
H

DN PN H D
1" 16 14 (0.55) 50.5 (2)
mm (inch) mm (inch)
D
1½" 16 12 (0.47) 50.5 (2)
H

50 40 16.7 (0.66) 65.5 (2.58)

2" 16 14 (0.55) 64 (2.52) D
2½" 16 14 (0.55) 77.5 (3.05)

1/40 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P Compact for gauge and absolute pressure

Varivent connection Male thread DIN 3852, form A

1
DN PN H D G d dM h1 h2 SW
H mm (inch) mm (inch) SW mm mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
25 25 19 (0.75) 50 (1.97)

h1
D G½A 26 17.5 27 14 27

h2
40 ... 25/10 19 (0.75) 68 (2.68) (1.02) (0.69) (1.06) (0.55) (1.06)
125 dM
G¾A 32 22.6 31 16 32
Diaphragm seal with aseptic connection G (1.26) (0.89) (1.22) (0.63) (1.26)
Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1, form A, with slotted union d G1A 39 27 33 18 51
nut (1.54) (1.06) (1.30) (0.71) (2.01)
DN PN H G G1½A 55 40 40 22 55
mm (inch) (2.17) (1.57) (1.57) (0.87) (2.17)
H

1" 40 20 (0.79) Rd 52 x 1/6" G2A 68 51 42 24 70

G (2.68) (2.00) (1.65) (0.94) (2.76)
1½" 40 20 (0.79) Rd 58 x 1/6"
2" 25 20 (0.79) Rd 65 x 1/6" Clamp-on remote seal (screwed gland at both ends) with quick-
release clamps
2½" 25 20 (0.79) Rd 78 x 1/6"
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with threaded socket
Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1, form A, with threaded DN PN L G
socket mm (inch)

G
DN PN H G 25 40 110 (4.33) Rd 52 x 1/6"
mm (inch) L
32 40 110 (4.33) Rd 58 x 1/6"
H

1" 40 15 (0.59) Rd 52 x 1/6"

G 40 40 110 (4.33) Rd 65 x 1/6"
1½" 40 15 (0.59) Rd 58 x 1/6"
50 25 110 (4.33) Rd 78 x 1/6"
2" 25 15 (0.59) Rd 65 x 1/6"
65 25 110 (4.33) Rd 95 x 1/6"
2½" 25 15 (0.59) Rd 78 x 1/6"
Clamp connection to DIN 32676
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with slotted union nut
DN PN L D
DN PN H G mm (inch) mm (inch)
G

mm (inch)
25 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
H

25 16 15 (0.59) M 42 x 2 L
32 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
G 32 16 15 (0.59) M 52 x 2
40 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
40 16 15 (0.59) M 56 x 2
50 16 110 (4.33) 64 (2.52)
50 16 15 (0.59) M 68 x 2
65 10 110 (4.33) 91 (3.58)
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with threaded socket
Clamp connection to ISO 2852
DN PN H G
mm (inch) DN PN L D
mm (inch) mm (inch)
H

25 16 20 (0.79) M 42 x 2
G 1" 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
32 16 20 (0.79) M 52 x 2 L
1½" 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
40 16 20 (0.79) M 56 x 2
2" 16 110 (4.33) 64 (2.52)
50 16 20 (0.79) M 68 x 2
2½" 16 110 (4.33) 91 (3.58)
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with clamp connection, Clamp-on seal with aseptic connection
form R
Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1, form A, with threaded
DN PN H D socket
mm (inch) mm (inch)
DN PN L G
H

25 40 20 (0.79) 50.5 (2) mm (inch)

D
G

32 40 20 (0.79) 50.5 (2) 1" 40 110 (4.33) Rd 52 x 1/6"

40 40 20 (0.79) 64 (2.52) L
1½" 40 110 (4.33) Rd 65 x 1/6"
50 25 20 (0.79) 77.4 (3.05) 2" 25 110 (4.33) Rd 78 x 1/6"

Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with clamp connection, Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with threaded socket
form V
DN PN L G
DN PN H D mm (inch)
mm (inch) mm (inch)
G

25 16 110 (4.33) M 42 x 2
H

25 40 15 (0.59) 50.5 (2) L

D 32 16 110 (4.33) M 52 x 2
32 40 15 (0.59) 50.5 (2)
40 16 110 (4.33) M 56 x 2
40 40 15 (0.59) 64 (2.52)
50 16 110 (4.33) M 68 x 2
50 25 15 (0.59) 77.4 (3.05)
65 16 110 (4.33) M 90 x 3

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/41

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P Compact for gauge and absolute pressure
1 Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with clamp connection,
form R
DN PN L D
mm (inch) mm (inch)
G

25 16 110 (4.33) 50.4 (2)

L
32 16 110 (4.33) 50.4 (2)
40 16 110 (4.33) 64 (2.52)
50 16 110 (4.33) 77.4 (3.05)

Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO with threaded socket W 501

DN PN L G
mm (inch)
G

1" 25 110 (4.33) Rd 44 x 1/6"

L
1½" 25 110 (4.33) Rd 58 x 1/6"
2" 20 110 (4.33) Rd 78 x 1/6"

Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO with threaded socket W 601

DN PN L D
mm (inch) mm (inch)
G

1" 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)

L
1½" 16 110 (4.33) 64 (2.52)
2" 16 110 (4.33) 77.5 (3.05)

■ Schematics
Field housing Angled plug Cable connection Round plug
0V
4 black
0V
Two-wire brown
system yellow
24 V green
24 V 1 brown 2 white

SITRANS P Compact, connection diagram

1/42 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters with WirelessHART
SITRANS P280 for gauge and absolute pressure

■ Overview ■ Application
1
The SITRANS P280 is a WirelessHART field device for measuring
absolute and gauge pressure.
The measuring ranges for absolute and gauge pressure mea-
surements are 0 to 1.6, 10, 50, 200 and 320 bar (0 to 23, 145,
725, 2900 and 4641 psi).
The sensor is integrated into the transmitter housing.
On the wireless communication side, the transmitter supports
the WirelessHART standard. A HART modem can be connected
to the transmitter particularly for initial comissioning, alternatively
the device can be commissioned comfortably by means of the
local pushbuttons w/o any additional handset devices.
It can be used in all industries and applications in non-explosive
areas.

■ Design
The SITRANS P280 has a robust aluminum enclosure and is suit-
able for outside use. It conforms with the IP65 safety class.
The operating temperature range is -40 to +80 °C (-40 to
+176 °F). Power supply is provided through an integrated bat-
tery, which is available as an accessory. The device is only ap-
proved for operation with this battery.

SITRANS P280 for flexible and cost-effective applications in The aerial features a rotatable joint which can be used for direc-
pressure monitoring tional alignment. Wireless signals can thus be optimally received
and transmitted.
• Supports the WirelessHART standard (HART V 7.1)
A special highlight is the option for direct operation on the de-
• Very high security level for wireless data transmission vice. The operating strategy used in this case seamlessly inte-
• Built-in local user interface (LUI) with 3-button operation grates into the strategy of all new Siemens field devices.
• Optimum display and readability using graphical display Using the device’s control buttons, it is easy to turn the HART
(104 x 80 pixels) with integrated backlight modem interface of the device on and off. The device can be put
• Stand-by (deep sleep phase) can be activated and deacti- to passive status and reactivated at any time. This helps to ex-
vated device with push of a button tend the service life of the battery.
• Battery power supply The SITRANS P280 transmitter features a ceramic measuring
• Battery service live up to 5 years cell for gauge and absolute pressure measurements.
• Extend battery service life with HART modem interface which
can be shut off ■ Function
• Optimized power consumption through new design, and in- The SITRANS P280 can join to a WirelessHART network. It can
crease in battery service life. be parameterized and operated through this network.
• Simple configuration thanks to SIMATIC PDM Measured process values are transported via the network to a
• Device meets IP65 degree of protection WirelessHART gateway.
• Can be used for absolute and gauge pressure measurements Field device data received by the WirelessHART-Gateway is
transmitted to the connected systems, for example the process
■ Benefits control system SIMATIC PCS 7. An introduction to the mode of
operation of WirelessHART can be found in Catalog FI 01, sec-
The SITRANS P280 is a pressure transmitter that features Wire- tion 8 or at http://www.siemens.com/wirelesshart.
less HART as the standard communication interface.
Also available is a wired interface to connect a HART modem:
• Flexible pressure measurements
• Save costs on writing for difficult installation conditions. Wire-
less technology offers cost advantages in cases where exten-
sive wiring cost would normally apply.
• It enables additional hitherto unfeasible measuring points,
particularly for monitoring purposes.
• Easy installation on moveable equipment
• Enables cost-effective temporary measurements, for example
for process optimizations.
• Optimum solution in addition to wired communication and new
possibilities for system solutions in process automation

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/43

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters with WirelessHART
SITRANS P280 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 ■ Integration ■ Technical specifications
Connecting to SIMATIC PCS 7 SITRANS P280 WirelessHART pressure transmitter

The integration of field devices in SIMATIC PCS 7 and other pro- Mode of operation
cess control systems can now be done seamlessly and cost-ef- Measuring principle piezo-resistive
fectively with wireless technology, especially in situations where
Measured variable Gauge and absolute pressure
high wiring costs may be expected. Of particular interest are
measuring points which are to be added and for which no MSR Gauge pressure input
wiring is available. Measuring range Overload limit/Bursting pressure
Siemens WirelessHART devices are designed for optimum com- 0 ... 1.6 bar (0 ... 23 psi) 4 bar (58 psi)
patibility with products in the SCALANC W range. 0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi) 20 bar (290 psi)
0 ... 50 bar (0 ... 725 psi) 100 bar (1450 psi)
Where larger distances between the WirelessHART-Gateway 0 ... 200 bar (0 ... 2900 psi) 400 bar (5801 psi)
and control systems need to be overcome, this connection can 0 ... 320 bar (0 ... 4641 psi) 640 bar (9282 psi)
also be implemented on a wireless and cost-effective basis us- Units mbar, bar, m4H2O, i4H2O, atm,
ing the products of the SCALANCE W family. Torr, gcm², kgcm², Pa, kPa, MPa,
psi, mmHG, mmH2O, ftH2O,
inHG, inH2O
ES OS MS Absolute pressure input
Measuring range Overload limit/Bursting pressure
0 ... 1.6 bar a (0 ... 23 psi a) 4 bar a (58 psi a)
0 ... 10 bar a (0 ... 145 psi a) 20 bar a (290 psi a)
Industrial Ethernet 0 ... 50 bar a (0 ... 725 psi a) 100 bar a (1450 psi a)
SIMATIC 0 ... 200 bar a (0 ... 2900 psi a) 400 bar a (5801 psi a)
system 0 ... 320 bar a (0 ... 4641 psi a) 640 bar a (9282 psi a)
SITRANS Units mbar, bar, m4H2O, i4H2O, atm,
AW200 Torr, gcm², kgcm², Pa, kPa, MPa,
psi, mmHG, mmH2O, ftH2O,
inHG, inH2O
Output
SIMATIC ET 200 Output signal 2.4 GHz Wireless signal with
with HART support TSMP (Time Synchronized Mesh
Protocol)
Measuring accuracy as per IEC 60770-1
Wireless
HART Wireless Error in measurement at limit setting typ. 0.17 % of sensor’s span
HART- incl. hysteresis and reproducibility max. 0.25 % of sensor’s span
Gateway
Long-term stability max.  0.25 % of sensor/year
span
Influence of ambient temperature typ. 0.07 %/10K, max. 0.2 %/10 K
of sensor’s span
DP/PA Rated conditions
LINK Ambient conditions
PROFIBUS

• Ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)

SITRANS SITRANS (in ambient temperatures below
P280 TF280 -20 °C (-4 °F) and above +70 °C
(158 °F), readability of the display
PROFIBUS PA is limited.)
• Storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Integration of a meshed network in SIMATIC PCS7
• Relative humidity < 95 %
■ Configuration Climatic class 4K4H in accordance with
EN 60721-3-4 (stationary use at
Configuration of the SITRANS P280 may be carried out as fol- locations not protected against
lows: weather)
• Initial comissioning for the SITRANS P280 with SIMATIC PDM Degree of protection IP65/NEMA 4
is generally carried out via a HART modem or the integrated Allowable media temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
local user interface, since the network ID and join key must be
set up on the device before it can be accepted and integrated
into the WirelessHART network.
• Once it is integrated into the network, the device can be con-
veniently operated with the WirelessHART network, the onsite
HART modem or via the local user interface.
• Siemens WirelessHART devices operate with optimum coexis-
tence to SCALANCE W family products.

1/44 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters with WirelessHART
SITRANS P280 for gauge and absolute pressure
Design Selection and Ordering data Article No.
1
Enclosure material low-copper die-cast aluminum, SITRANS P280 WirelessHART 7 MP 1 1 2 0 -
AC-AlSi12(Fe) pressure transmitter
77777 777 0
Shock resistance in accordance with (Required battery not included with delivery, see
DIN EN 60068-2-29 / 03.95 accessories)

Resistance to vibration in accordance with Click on the Article No. for the online configu-
DIN EN 60068-2-6/ 12.07 ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.

Weight Measuring cell filling

Dry measuring cell 0
• without battery 1.5 kg (3.31 lb)
Measuring span
• With battery 1.6 kg (3.53 lb)
Gauge pressure
Dimensions (W x H x D) See Dimensional drawing 0 ... 1.6 bar (0 ... 23 psi) D
Process connection • G½B male thread as per 0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi) E
EN 837-1 0 ... 50 bar (0 ... 725 psi) F
• ½-14 NPT 0 ... 200 bar (0 ... 2900 psi) G
Sensor break Is recognized 0 ... 320 bar (0 ... 4641 psi) H
Displays and controls Absolute pressure
0 ... 1.6 bar a (0 ... 3 psi a) M
Display (with illumination)
0 ... 10 bar a (0 ... 145 psi a) N
• Size of display 104 x 80 pixels 0 ... 50 bar a (0 ... 725 psi a) P
• Number of digits adjustable 0 ... 200 bar a (0 ... 2900 psi a) Q
0 ... 320 bar a (0 ... 4641 psi a) R
• Number of spaces after comma adjustable
Wetted parts
Setting options • on site with 3 buttons
• with SIMATIC PDM or HART- Ceramic K
Communicator Display
Power supply Display, visible 1
Battery 3.6 V DC Enclosure
Communication Die-cast aluminum 1
Radio WirelessHART V7.1 conforming Process connection
Transmission frequency band 2.4 GHz (ISM-Band) G½ as per EN 837-1 0
Transmission range under reference Up to 250 m (line of sight) in out- ½-14 NPT 1
conditions side areas Explosion protection
Up to 50 m (greatly dependent on A
obstacles) in inside areas Without

Communication interfaces • HART communication with Antenna

HART modem Variable, attached to device A
• WirelessHART Further designs Order code
Certificates and approvals Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
Wireless communication approvals R&TTE, FCC code(s) and plain text.
General Product Safety CSAUS/C, CE, UL Stainless steel tag plate (measuring point Y15
description)
Classification according to pressure Gases: Fluid group 1 max. 16 digits entered in plain text
equipment directive Liquids: Fluid group 1; Y15: ....................
(PED 2014/68/EU)
meets requirements as per Sec- Measuring point message Y16
tion 3, Subsection 3 (sound engi- max. 27 characters entered in plain text: Y16:
neering practice) ....................
Accessories Article No.
Lithium battery for SITRANS TF280/P280 7MP1990-0AA00
Mounting bracket, steel 7MF4997-1AC
Mounting bracket, stainless steel 7MF4997-1AJ
Cover, die-cast aluminum, without window 7MF4997-1BB
Cover, die-cast aluminum, with window 7MF4997-1BE
HART modem with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
SIMATIC PDM see Sec. 8

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/45

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters with WirelessHART
SITRANS P280 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 ■ Dimensional drawings

Antenna
°
90

270 (10.6)

Ø 80 (3.15)
130 (5.12)

Ø 80 (3.15)
G½B
SW27
52 (2.05)

154 (6.06)
Pressure balance element
M12 x 1.5

238 (9.4) for absolute pressure

246 (9.7) for gauge pressure

SITRANS P280 WirelessHART pressure transmitter, process connection G½", dimensions in mm (inch)
The dimensional drawing of the mounting bracket see on page 1/279.

1/46 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters with WirelessHART
SITRANS P280 for gauge and absolute pressure
1

Antenna
°
90

264 (10.4

Ø 80 (3.15)
130 (5.12)

½ - 14 NPT
Ø 80 (3.15) SW27
154 (6.06)
52 (2.05)

Pressure balance element

M12 x 1.5

238 (9.4) for absolute pressure

246 (9.7) for gauge pressure

SITRANS P280 WirelessHART pressure transmitter, process connection ½ - 14 NPT, dimensions in mm (inch)
The dimensional drawing of the mounting bracket see on page 1/279.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/47

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 ■ Overview

The SITRANS P300 is a digital pressure transmitter for relative
and absolute pressure. The conventional thread versions are
available as process connections, as are flush-mounted ver-
sions. A large number of the flush-mounted versions are suitable
for food and pharmaceutical applications, and satisfy the
EHEDG and 3A hygiene requirements.
The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4 to
20 mA or a PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION signal, which is lin-
early proportional to the input pressure. Communication is via
HART protocol or PROFIBUS PA interface. Convenient buttons
for easy local operation of the basic settings of the pressure
transmitter.
The SITRANS P300 has a single-chamber stainless steel casing.
The pressure transmitter is approved with "intrinsically safe" type
of protection. It can be used in zone 1 or zone 0.
It can be used for the following measurement types:
• Gauge pressure
• Absolute pressure
With appropriate parameter settings, it can also be used for the
following additional measurement types:
• Level
• Volume
• Mass
The "intrinsically-safe" Ex version of the transmitter can be in-
stalled in hazardous areas (zone 1). The transmitters are pro-
vided with an EC type examination certificate and comply with
the respective harmonized European standards of ATEX.
Gauge pressure

■ Benefits This variant measures aggressive, non-aggressive and hazard-

ous gases, vapors and liquids.
• High quality and service life
The smallest span is 0.01 bar (0.15 psi), the largest is 400 bar
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical (5802 psi).
loads
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions Level
• Minimum conformity error With appropriate parameter settings, the gauge pressure variant
measures the level of aggressive, non-aggressive and hazard-
• Small long-term drift
ous liquids.
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (such as stainless
steel, Hastelloy) For measuring the level in an open container you require one de-
vice; for measuring the level in a closed container, you require
• Measuring range 0.008 bar to 400 bar (0.1 psi to 5802 psi) two devices and a process control system.
• High measuring accuracy
Absolute pressure
• Parameterization over control keys and HART or
PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus This variant measures the absolute pressure of aggressive, non-
aggressive and hazardous gases, vapors and liquids.
■ Application The smallest span is 0.008 bar a (0.12 psi a), the largest is
30 bar a (435 psi a).
The pressure transmitter is available in versions for gauge pres-
sure and for absolute pressure. The output signal is always a
load-independent direct current from 4 to 20 mA or a
PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbussignal, which is linearly
proportional to the input pressure. The pressure transmitter mea-
sures aggressive, non-aggressive and hazardous gases, as well
as vapors and liquids.

1/48 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure

■ Design ■ Function
1
The device comprises: Operation of electronics with HART communication
• Electronics
• Housing 9
8
• Measuring cell 0.0.0.0.0
M
00

10
1
2 3 4 5
μC IA, UH
5
7
HART interface

4
EEPROM
6
Electronics

1 6

EEPROM
Sensor

1 Digital display 2 pe Measuring cell

2 Process connection
3 Cable gland
4 Rating plate 1 Measuring cell sensor
5 Screw-on lid 2 Instrument amplifier
3 Analog-to-digital converter
4 Microcontroller
5 Digital-to-analog converter
Perspective view of SITRANS P300 6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and
electronics
The housing has a screw-on lid (5) and, depending on the ver- 7 HART interface
sion, is with or without an inspection window. The electrical ter- 8 Three input keys (local operation)
minal housing, the buttons for operation of the device are lo- 9 Digital display
cated under this lid and, depending on the version, the display. 10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
The connections for the auxiliary power UH and the shield are in IA Output current
the terminal housing. The cable gland is mounted on the side of UH Power supply
the housing. The measuring cell with the process connection (2) Pe Input variable
is located on the bottom of the housing. The measuring cell with
the process connection may differ from the one shown in the di-
agram, depending on the device version. Function diagram of electronics

Example of attached measuring points sign The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the
sensor (1). This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier (2)
and digitalized in an analog-to-digital converter (3). The digital
Y01 or Y02 signal is analyzed in a microcontroller (4) and corrected accord-
= max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar
Y15 = max. 16 char.
ing to linearity and thermal characteristics. In a digital-to-analog
Measuring point number (TAG No.) converter (5) it is then converted into the output current of 4 to
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234 20 mA. A diode circuit provides reverse polarity protection. You
Y16 = max. 27 char. Measuring point text can make an uninterrupted current measurement with a low-ohm
ammeter at the connection (10). The data specific to the measur-
ing cell, the electronic data and parameter settings are stored in
two non-volatile memories (6). The first memory is linked to the
measuring cell, the second to the electronics.
The buttons (8) can be used to call up individual functions, so-
called modes. If you have a device with a display (9), you can
use this to track mode settings and other messages. The basic
mode settings can be changed with a computer via the HART
modem (7).

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/49

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication communication

9 9
8 8
0.0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0.0
M 00 M
00

2 3 4 5 7 2 3 4 5 7
PA FF
μC μC
interface interface

Foundation Fieldbus
Power supply Power supply

PROFIBUS-PA
10 10

PROFIBUS DP
Power Power
EEPROM supply EEPROM supply
6 unit 6 unit
Coup- Coup-
ler ler

Electronics Electronics
11
Bus-
1 6 12 Master 1 6

EEPROM
EEPROM

Sensor Sensor

pe
pe
Measuring cell Measuring cell

1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation) 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link 5 Electrical isolation
6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master 6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable
each in the measuring cell each in the measuring cell
and electronics pe Input variable and electronics
7 PROFIBUS-PA interface 7 FF interface

Function diagram of electronics Function diagram of electronics

The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the
sensor (1). This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier (2)
and digitalized in an analog-to-digital converter (3). The digital
signal is analyzed in a microcontroller (4) and corrected accord-
ing to linearity and thermal characteristics. It is then made avail-
able at the PROFIBUS PA over an electrically isolated
PROFIBUS PA interface (7). The data specific to the measuring
cell, the electronic data and parameter settings are stored in two
non-volatile memories (6). The first memory is linked to the mea-
suring cell, the second to the electronics.
The buttons (8) can be used to call up individual functions, so-
called modes. If you have a device with a display (9), you can
use this to track mode settings and other messages. The basic
mode settings (12) can be changed with a computer over the
bus master.
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of electronics") amplified by the measuring
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin-
earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7).
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
each other.
Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION Field-
bus. Parameterization data and error messages are transferred
by acyclic data transmission. Special software such as National
Instruments Configurator is required for this.
Mode of operation of the measuring cells
The process connections available include the following:
• G½
• ½-14 NPT
• Flush-mounted diaphragm:
- Flanges to EN
- Flanges to ASME
- NuG and pharmaceutical connections

1/50 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
Measuring cell for gauge pressure Measuring cell for gauge pressure, front-flush diaphragm 1
1
1

6
5

5
2 2
4

1 Reference pressure
3 2 Measuring cell
3 Process connection
4 Seal diaphragm 1 Reference pressure
5 Filling liquid 2 Measuring cell
6 Relative pressure sensor 3 Seal diaphragm
pe pe Pressure as input 4 Filling liquid
variable 5 Relative pressure sensor 3
pe Pressure as input variable
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram
pe
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the gauge pressure sen-
sor (6) via the seal diaphragm (4) and the filling liquid (5), dis-
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, front-flush diaphragm, function
placing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement changes diagram
the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the measuring
diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the gauge pressure sen-
causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input pres- sor (6) via the seal diaphragm (4) and the filling liquid (5), dis-
sure. placing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement changes
the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the measuring
Transmitters with spans  63 bar (  926.1 psi) measure the input diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance
pressure compared to atmospheric, transmitters with spans of causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input pres-
 160 bar ( 2352 psi) compared to a vacuum. sure.
Measuring cell for absolute pressure Transmitters with spans  63 bar ( 926.1 psi) measure the input
pressure compared to atmospheric, transmitters with spans of
 160 bar ( 2352 psi) compared to a vacuum.
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, front-flush diaphragm
1
5

3 4

1 Measuring cell
2 2 Process connection
3 Seal diaphragm 3
4 Filling liquid
5 Absolute pressure sensor
pe Pressure as input
pe variable
1 Measuring cell
2 Seal diaphragm
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, function diagram 3 Filling liquid
4 Absolute pressure sensor
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the absolute pressure
pe Pressure as input variable 2
sensor (5) via the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4),
displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement
changes the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the pe
measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the re-
sistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, front-flush diaphragm, function
pressure. diagram

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/51

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the absolute pressure Adjustable parameters on SITRANS P300 with HART
sensor (5) via the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4), communication
displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement
Parameters Input keys HART
changes the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the communication
measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the re-
sistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input Start of scale x x
pressure. Full-scale value x x
Parameterization Electrical damping x x
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa- Start-of-scale value without applica- x x
rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning tion of a pressure ("Blind setting")
the parameters. Full-scale value without application x x
of a pressure ("Blind setting")
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation)
Zero adjustment x x
With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa-
rameters without any additional equipment. current transmitter x x
Fault current x x
Parameterization using HART communication
Disabling of buttons, write protection x x1)
Parameterization using HART communication is performed with
a HART communicator or a PC. Type of dimension and actual x x
dimension
Input of characteristic x
+ Freely-programmable LCD x
Diagnostic functions x
SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 Ω Power supply 1) Cancel apart from write protection
transmitter
Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P300 with HART
HART communication
communicator
• Zero correction display
• Event counter
• Limit transmitter
Communication between a HART communicator and a pressure
transmitter • Saturation alarm
When parameterizing with the HART communicator, the connec- • Slave pointer
tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable. • Simulation functions
• Maintenance timer
+ Available physical units of display for SITRANS P300 with HART
communication
-
Table style: Technical specifications 2
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply
transmitter Physical variable Physical dimensions
PC or Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
HART laptop made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 °C),
modem mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg

USB/RS 232 Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in

Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon,
lmp. gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel
HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure liquid
transmitter Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
a HART modem.
Miscellaneous %, mA
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur-
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.

1/52 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface Physical dimensions available for the display 1
Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is Physical variable Physical dimensions
particularly user-friendly. The PROFIBUS connects the Pressure (setting can also MPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
SITRANS P300 PA to a process control system, e.g. be made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
SIMATIC PSC 7. Communication is possible even in a potentially inH2O, inH20 (4 °C), ftH2O (20 °C), mmHg,
explosive environment. inHg
For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft- Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in, yd
ware, e.g. SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager). Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus volume flow m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/ d,
the P300 is connected to a process control system. Communica- Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gallon/s,
tion is possible even in a potentially explosive environment. US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gallon/d,
bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you Mass flow g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,
need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator. kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
lb/d, STon/s, STon/min, STon/h, STon/d,
Adjustable parameters for SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA
LTon/s, LTon/min, LTon/h, LTon/d
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Total mass flow t, kg, g, lb, oz, LTon, STon
Adjustable parameters Input PROFIBUS PA and
keys FOUNDATION Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Fieldbus interface
Miscellaneous %
Electrical damping x x
Hygiene version
Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x
tion) In the case of the SITRANS P300 with 7MF812.-... front-flush di-
Buttons and/or function disabling x x
aphragm, selected connections comply with the requirements of
the EHEDG or 3A. You will find further details in the order form.
Source of measured-value display x x Please note in particular that the seal materials used must com-
Physical dimension of display x x ply with the requirements of 3A. Similarly, the filling liquids used
must be FDA-compliant.
Position of decimal point x x
Bus address x x
Adjustment of characteristic x x
Input of characteristic x
Freely-programmable LCD x
Diagnostic functions x

Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA and

FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Event counter
• Slave pointer
• Maintenance timer
• Simulation functions
• Display of zero correction
• Limit transmitter
• Saturation alarm

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/53

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 ■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
Gauge pressure input
Measured variable
Span (fully adjustable) or measuring range, max. operating HART PROFIBUS PA/
pressure (in accordance with 2014/68/EU Pressure Equip- FOUNDATION
ment Directive) and max. test pressure (pursuant to DIN Fieldbus
16086)
Span Nominal measur- Max. operating Max. perm.
(for oxygen measurement, max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi ing range pressure MAWP test pressure
and 60 °C (140 °F) ambient temperature/process tempera- (PS)
ture)
8.3 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar 4 bar 6 bar
0.83 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.12 ... 3.6 psi 3.6 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7 MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
1.6 ... 160 bar 160 bar 167 bar 250 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 16 MPa 16.7 MPa 2.5 MPa
23 ... 2321 psi 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
4 ... 400 bar 400 bar 400 bar 600 bar
0.4 ... 40 kPa 40 kPa 40 MPa 60 MPa
58 ... 5802 psi 5802 psi 5802 psi 8700 psi
Lower measuring limit
(for 250mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi measuring cells, the lower mea-
suring limit is 750 mbar a/75 kPa a/10.8 psi a. The measuring
cell is vacuum-resistant up to 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a.)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. span
(for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi
and 60 ° (140 °F) ambient temperature/process temperature)
Absolute pressure input
Measured variable Absolute pressure
Span (fully adjustable) or measuring range, max. operating HART PROFIBUS PA/
pressure (in accordance with 2014/68/EU Pressure Equip- FOUNDATION
ment Directive) and max. test pressure (pursuant to DIN Fieldbus
16086)
Span Nominal measur- Max. operating Max. perm.
ing range pressure MAWP test pressure
(PS)
8.34 ... 250 mbar a 250 mbar a 1.5 bar a 6 bar a
0.83 ... 25 kPa a 25 kPa a 150 kPa a 600 kPa a
3.35 ... 100 inH2O a 100 inH2O a 21.8 psi a 87 psi a
0.13 ... 3.63 psi a
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a 1300 mbar a 2.6 bar a 10 bar a
4.33 ... 130 kPa a 130 kPa a 260 kPa a 1 MPa a
17.42 ... 522.4 inH2O a 525 inH2O 37.7 psi a 145 psi a
0.63 ... 18.86 psi a
0.17 ... 5 bar a 5000 mbar a 10 bar a 30 bar a
17 ... 500 kPa a 500 kPa a 1 MPa a 3 MPa a
2.43 ... 72,5 psi a 72.5 psi a 145 psi a 435 psi a
1 ... 30 bar a 30 bar a 45 bar a 100 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 3 MPa a 4.5 MPa a 10 MPa a
14.6 ... 435 psi a 435 psi a 653 psi a 1450 psi a

1/54 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
1
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 0 mbar a/0 kPa a /0 psi a
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid
- for process temperature -20 °C <  +60 °C 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
(-4 °F <  +140 °F)
- for process temperature 30 mbar a + 20 mbar a . (- 60 °C)/°C
60 °C <  +100 °C (max. 85 °C for measuring cell 30 bar) 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a . (- 60 °C)/°C
(140 °F <  +212 °F (max. 185 °F for meas. cell 435 psi)) 0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a . (- 140 °F)/°F
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. span
(for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi und 60 °C (140 °F)
ambient temperature/process temperature)
Start of scale value Between the measuring limits (fully adjustable)
Input of gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Gauge pressure, front-flush
Span (continuously adjustable) or measuring range, HART PROFIBUS PA/
max. operating pressure and max. test pressure FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
Span Nominal measur- Max. operating Max. perm.
ing range pressure MAWP test pressure
(PS)
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7 MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
• Measuring cell with Neobee 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
Input of absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Absolute pressure, front-flush
Span (continuously adjustable) or measuring range, HART PROFIBUS PA/
max. operating pressure and max. test pressure FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
Span Nominal measur- Max. operating Max. perm.
ing range pressure MAWP test pressure
(PS)
43 ... 1300 mbar a 1300 mbar a 2.6 bar a 10 bar a
4.3 ... 130 kPa a 130 kPa a 260 kPa a 1 MPa a
17 ... 525 inH2O a 525 inH2O a 37.7 psi a 145 psi a
160 ... 5000 mbar a 5000 mbar a 10 bar a 30 bar a
16 ... 500 kPa a 500 kPa a 1 MPa a 3 MPa a
2.32 ... 72.5 psi a 72.5 psi a 145 psi a 435 psi a
1 ... 30 bar a 30 bar a 45 bar a 100 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 3 MPa a 4.5 MPa a 10 MPa a
14.5 ... 435 psi a 435 psi a 653 psi a 1450 psi a
Depending on the process connection, the span may differ from these values
Lower measuring limit 0 mbar a/0 kPa a/0 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. span
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus signal
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal.
Each connection against the other with max. supply voltage.
Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s) Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/55

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
Measuring accuracy for gauge pressure According to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
• Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Measuring cell with silicone oil
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nominal pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl. hysteresis and
reproducibility
• Linear characteristic
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r  1.25 :  0.075 %
1.25 < r  30 :  (0.008  r + 0.065) %
- 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi r5:  0.075 %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
- 400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi r3:  0.075 %
3 < r  10 :  (0.0029  r + 0.071) %
10 < r  100 :  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
Influence of ambient temperature
(in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.16  r + 0.1) %
• 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.07  r + 0.08) %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
Long-term stability (temperature change ±30 °C (±54 °F))
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.25  r) % per year
• 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
• 16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi  (0.125  r) % in 5 years
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
Effect of mounting position  0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° inclination
(zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of the rated measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1/56 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
1
Measuring accuracy for absolute pressure According to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
• Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Measuring cell with silicone oil
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nominal pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl. hysteresis and
reproducibility
• Linear characteristic
- r  10  0.1 %
- 10 < r  30  0.2 %
Influence of ambient temperature
(in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a  (0.15  r + 0.1) %
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
Long-term stability (temperature change ±30 °C (±54 °F))  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle)  0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° inclination
(zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of the rated measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Measuring accuracy for gauge and absolute pressure, According to IEC 60770-1
with front-flush diaphragm
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
• Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Measuring cell with silicone oil
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nom. pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl. hysteresis and
reproducibility
• Linear characteristic Gauge pressure, with front-flush Absolute pressure, with front-flush
diaphragm diaphragm
- r5  0.075 % -

- 5 < r  100  (0.005  r + 0.05) % -

- r  10 -  0.2 %
- 10 < r  30 -  0.4 %
Influence of ambient temperature  (0.08  r + 0.16) %  (0.16  r + 0.24) %
(as percentage per 28 °C (50 °F))
Effect of process temperature
(in pressure per temperature change)
• Temperature difference between process temperature and 3 mbar/0.3 kPa/0.04 psi per 10 K
ambient temperature
Long-term stability (temperature change ±30 °C (±54 °F)) (0.25 . r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle) 0.4 mbar/0.04 kPa/0.006 per 10° inclination
(zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of the rated measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/57

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
Rated conditions
Installation conditions
Ambient temperature Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil (FDA-compliant, with flush- -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F)
mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with inert liquid -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
(for Neobee: -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
(for temperature oil: -10 ... + 85 °C (14 ... +165 °F))
Climatic class
Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
Degree of protection
• according to EN 60529 IP65, IP68
• according to NEMA 250 IP65, IP68, Type 4X, enclosure cleaning, resistant to lyes, steam to 150 °C (302 °F)
Electromagnetic Compatibility
• Emitted interference and interference immunity Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Medium conditions
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil (FDA-compliant, with flush- -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil "Measuring cell with Neobee -10 ... +150 °C (-14 ... +302 °F)
oil (FDA-compliant, with flush-mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil, with temperature decoupler -40 ... +200 °C (-40 ... +392 °F)
(only for gauge pressure version with flush-mounted dia-
phragm)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil, with temperature decoupler -10 ... +200 °C (14 ... +392 °F)
(only for gauge pressure
version with flush-mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with inert liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with high-temperature oil (only for gauge pres- -10 ... +250 °C (14 ... 482 °F)
sure version with flush-mounted diaphragm)
Design (standard version)
Weight (without options) Approx. 800 g (1.8 lb)
Enclosure material Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301/304
Material of parts in contact with the medium
• Connection shank Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
• Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
• Measuring cell filling • Silicone oil
• Inert filling liquid
Process connection • G½B to EN 837-1
• Female thread ½-14 NPT
• Oval flange PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) with fastening thread:
-7/16 -20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
- M10 as per DIN 19213

1/58 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
1
Design (version with front-flush diaphragm)
Weight (without options) approx. 1 ... 13 kg (2.2 ... 29 lb)
Enclosure material Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301/304
Material of parts in contact with the medium
• Process connection Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Measuring cell filling • Silicone oil
• Inert filling liquid
• FDA compliant fill fluid (Neobee oil)
Process connection • Flanges as per EN and ASME
• F&B and pharmaceutical flanges
Surface quality touched-by-media Ra-values  0.8 µm (32 µ-inch)/welds Ra)  1.6 µm (64 µ-inch)
(Process connections acc. to 3A; Ra-values  0.8 µm (32 µ-inch)/welds Ra  0.8 µm
(32 µ-inch)
Power supply UH HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 42 V DC
for intrinsically safe operation:
10.5 ... 30 V DC
Power supply - Supplied though bus
Separate power supply - Not necessary
Bus voltage
• Without Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Max. basic current - 12.5 mA
• Start-up current  basic current - Yes
• Max. fault current in the event of a fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/59

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
Certificates and approvals HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of
Article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Water, waste water Pending
Explosion protection
Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 05 ATEX 2048
• Marking II1/2 G Ex ia llC/llB T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
• Permissible ambient temperature
- Temperature class T4 -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Temperature class T5 -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
- Temperature class T6 -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
• Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
peak values: peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, FISCO supply unit:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 250 mA, Pi = 1.2 W
• Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 1.1 nF
• Effective internal inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li  7 H
Explosion protection to FM for USA and Canada (cFMUS)
• Identification (DIP) or (IS); (NI) Certificate of Compliance 3025099
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4 ... T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Identification (DIP) or (IS) Certificate of Compliance 3025099C
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC 4 ... T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Dust explosion protection for zone 20/21/22 PTB 05 ATEX 2048
• Marking II 1 D Ex ia lllC T120 °C Da
II 1/2 D Ex ia lllC T120 °C Da/Db
II 2 D Ex ib lllC T120 °C Db
• Permissible ambient temperature
- Temperature class T4 -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
(in the case of mineral glass windows only -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
- Temperature class T5 -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
(in the case of mineral glass windows only-20 ... +70 °C (-4 ... +158 °F))
- Temperature class T6 -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
(in the case of mineral glass windows only -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F))
• Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
peak values: peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW Ui = 24 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 mW
• Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 5 nF
• Effective internal inductance: Li = 0.4 H Li = 10 H
Type of protection Ex nA/nL/ic (Zone 2) PTB 05 ATEX 2048
• Marking II 2/3 G Ex ic llC/llB T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
II 2/3 G Ex nA llC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
• Permissible ambient temperature
- Temperature class T4 -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
(in the case of mineral glass windows only -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
- Temperature class T5 -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
(in the case of mineral glass windows only -20 ... +70 °C (-4 ... +158 °F))
- Temperature class T6 -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
(in the case of mineral glass windows only -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F))
• Ex nA/nL connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
peak values: Um = 45 V peak values: Um = 32 V
• Ex ic connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
peak values: Ui = 45 V peak values:Ui = 32 V
• Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 5 nF
• Effective internal inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li = 20 H

1/60 Siemens FI 01 · 2018


HART Communication
HART communication
Protocol
Software for computer
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte
• Input byte
• Internal preprocessing
Device profile
Function blocks
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif-
ic process variables
- Electrical damping adjustable
- Simulation function
- Failure function
- Limit monitoring
• Register (totalizer)
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Physical block
Transducer blocks
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
- Simulation function for mea-
sured pressure value and sen-
sor temperature
© Siemens AG 2018
Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1
communication
230 ... 1100 
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
HART Version 5.x 1 function block PID
SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling
4 ic process variables characteristic
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 ... 100 s
Configuration tool or - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
local operation within the device with a bridge)
(standard setting Address 126)
- Failure mode parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
5 (one measured value) or
10 (two measured values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
ing limit and one alarm limit
0.1 or 2 (totalizer mode and respectively
reset function for dosing)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- • PID Standard FOUNDATION Field-
cess Control Devices Version bus function block
3.0, class B
• Physical block 1 resource block
2
Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
Yes, linearly rising or falling
characteristic • Pressure transducer block
0 … 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
Input /Output
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
value) pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
perature and electronics tem-
Yes, one upper and lower warn-
perature
ing limit and one alarm limit
respectively
Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
parameterizable (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with
incorrect value)
One upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
1
2
Yes
Yes
Max. 30 nodes
Constant value or over parame-
terizable ramp function
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/61
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for rela- SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for rela-
tive and absolute pressure, single-chamber mea- tive and absolute pressure, single-chamber mea-
suring housing, rating plate inscription in English suring housing, rating plate inscription in English
4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 0 2 3 - 4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 0 2 3 -
PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 0 2 4 - PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 0 2 4 -
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 0 2 5 - FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 0 2 5 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configura- 77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Display
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning • Without display, with keys, closed lid 1
Silicone oil normal 1 • With display and keys, closed lid11) 2
Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3 • With display and keys, lid with polycarbonate disc 4
DIN 25410
• (setting on HART devices: mA,
Measuring span (min. ... max.) with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
8.3 ... 250 mbar (0.12 ... 3.63 psi) A equipment: pressure units)11)
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.145 ... 14.5 psi) B • With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 5
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
0.16 ...16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D polycarbonate disc11)
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E • With display and keys, lid with glass pane (setting 6
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2320 psi) F on HART devices: mA, with
4 ... 400 bar (58 ... 5802 psi) G PROFIBUS and FOUNDATION Fieldbus equip-
ment: pressure units)11)
8.34 ... 250 mbar a (0.13 ... 3.63 psi a) Q • With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 7
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a (0.63 ... 18.86 psi a) S tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
0.17 ... 5 bar a (2.43 ... 72.5 psi a) T glass pane11)
1 ... 30 bar a (14.6 ... 435 psi a) U Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Wetted parts materials A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell
1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Stainless steel Stainless steel A ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
Hastelloy Stainless steel B is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Hastelloy Hastelloy C phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certi-
fied here.
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y 2)
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" If the acceptance test certificate 3.1 is ordered for the transmitter with
(recommended version)1) 2) 3) 4) 5) mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
respective remote seals.
Process connection 3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 7MF802.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connec-
tion (Oval flange has no female thread) 6) is silicone oil.
5)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 Remote seal for direct mounting only available in combination with pro-
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 cess connection ½-14 NPT.
6) M10 fastening thread: Max. span 160 bar (2320 psi)
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 7/16-20 UNF and M12 fastening thread: Max. span 400 bar (5802 psi)
7) Only available together with electrical connection option A
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5
8) Only available together with electrical connection options B, C or G.
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6
9) Only together with HART electronics.
Non-wetted parts materials
10) Without cable gland.
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4
polished 11) Display cannot be turned.
Version
• Standard versions 1
Explosion protection
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
• Zone 20/21/227) C
• Ex nA/nL (Zone 2)8) E
• with FM "intrinsic safety" (cFMUS) M
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (polyamide)9) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal) B
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (stainless steel) C
• M12 device plug (stainless steel), G
without cable socket)
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT metal thread 10) H
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT stainless steel thread J

1/62 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
1
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for relative SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for relative
and absolute pressure with front-flush mem- and absolute pressure with front-flush mem-
brane, single-chamber measuring housing, rating brane, single-chamber measuring housing, rating
plate inscription in English plate inscription in English
4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 - 4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 -
PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 - PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 -
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 1 2 5 - FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 1 2 5 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configura- 77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Display
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning • Without display, with keys, closed lid 1
Silicone oil normal 1 2
• With display and keys, closed lid7)
Inert liquid 3
• With display and keys, lid with polycarbonate disc 4
FDA compliant fill fluid
• Neobee oil normal 4 (setting on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
Measuring span (min. ... max.) units)7)
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B • With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 5
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D polycarbonate disc7)
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E • With display and keys, lid with glass pane (setting 6
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a1) (0.63 ... 18.86 psi a)1) S on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
0.17 ... 5 bar a1) (2.43 ... 72.5 psi a)1) T
units)7)
1 ... 30 bar a1) (14.6 ... 435 psi a)1) U
• With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 7
Wetted parts materials tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell glass pane7)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components"
Hastelloy2) Stainless steel B
A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
Process connection
1) Not with temperature decoupler P00, not for process connections R01,
• Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or Q.. 7
R02, R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with sili-
(see "Further designs")
cone oil.
Non-wetted parts materials 2) Only available for flanges with options M.., N.. and Q..
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4 3) Only together with electrical connection option A.
polished 4) Only available together with electrical connection options B, C or G.
Version 5) Only together with HART electronics.
• Standard versions 1 6) Without cable gland.
Explosion protection 7) Display cannot be turned.
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
• Zone 20/21/223) C
• Ex nA/nL (Zone 2)4) E
• with FM "intrinsic safety" (cFMUS) M
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (polyamide)5) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal) B
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (stainless steel) C
• M12 device plug (stainless steel), G
without cable socket)
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT metal thread 6) H
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT stainless steel thread 6) J

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/63

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and Add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code. specify Order code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting A02    Sanitary process connection according
bracket (2 shackles, 4 nuts, 4 U-plates, DIN 11851 (Dairy connection with slotted
1 angle) made of: union nut)
made completely of stainless steel, for wall or • DN 50, PN 25 N04   
pipe mounting • DN 80, PN 25 N06   
Cable socket for M12 device plugs Tri-Clamp connection according
• Stainless steel A51    DIN 32676/ISO 2852
Rating plate inscription 3A compliant6)
(instead of English) • DN 50/2", PN 16 N14   
• German B10    • DN 65/2.5", PN 10 N15   
• French B12    Varivent connection
• Spanish B13    3A and EHEDG compliant6)
• Italian B14    • Type N = 68 for Varivent housing N28   
DN 40 ... 125 and 1½" ... 6", PN 40
English rating plate B21   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi Temperature decoupler up to 200 °C7) P00   
for front-flush diaphragm version
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point char- C11   
acteristic curve test) according to Bio-Control sanitary process connection
IEC 60770-21) • DN 50, PN 16 Q53   
Inspection certificate2) C12    • DN 65, PN 16 Q54   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Sanitary process connection to DRD
Factory certificate C14    • DN 50, PN 40 M32   
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 SMS socket with union nut
Degree of protection IP65/IP68 D12    • 2" M67   
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT) • 2½" M68   
Degree of protection IP6k9k D46    • 3" M69   
(only for M20x1.5) SMS threaded socket
CRN approval Canada E22    • 2" M73   
(Canadian Registration Number) • 2½" M74   
Export approval Korea E11    • 3" M75   

Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80    IDF socket with union nut ISO 2853
(Russia) • 2" M82   
• 2½" M83   
Ex Approval Ex ia/ib NEPSI E55   
• 3" M84   
Only for SITRANS P300 with front-flush
diaphragm (7MF81..-...) IDF threaded socket ISO 2853
• 2" M92   
Flange to EN 1092-1, Form B1
• 2½" M93   
• DN 25, PN 403) M11   
• 3" M94   
• DN 40, PN 40 M13   
• DN 40, PN 100 M23    Sanitary process connection to NEUMO
Bio-Connect screw connection
• DN 50, PN 16 M04   
3A and EHEDG compliant6)
• DN 50, PN 40 M14   
• DN 50, PN 16 Q05   
• DN 80, PN 16 M06   
• DN 65, PN 16 Q06   
• DN 80, PN 40 M16   
• DN 80, PN 16 Q07   
Flanges to ASME B16.5 • DN 100, PN 16 Q08   
• 1", class 1504) M40    • DN 2", PN 16 Q13   
• 1½", class 150 M41    • DN 2½", PN 16 Q14   
• 2", class 150 M42    • DN 3", PN 16 Q15   
• 3", class 150 M43    • DN 4", PN 16 Q16   
• 4", class 150 M44   
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO
• 1", class 3004) M45    Bio-Connect flange connection
• 1½", class 300 M46    3A and EHEDG compliant6)
• 2", class 300 M47    • DN 50, PN 16 Q23   
• 3", class 300 M48    • DN 65, PN 16 Q24   
• 4", class 300 M49    • DN 80, PN 16 Q25   
Threaded connector to DIN 3852-2, form A, • DN 100, PN 16 Q26   
thread to ISO 228 • DN 2", PN 16 Q31   
• G ¾"-A, front-flush4) R01    • DN 2½", PN 16 Q32   
• G 1"-A, front-flush4) R02    • DN 3", PN 16 Q33   
• G 2"-A, front-flush R04    • DN 4", PN 16 Q34   
Tank connection5)
Sealing is included in delivery
• TG 52/50, PN 40 R10   
• TG 52/150, PN 40 R11   

1/64 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs HART PA FF Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
specify Order code. Order code(s) and plain text.
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Measuring range to be set Y01  8)
Bio-Connect clamp connection Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
3A and EHEDG compliant6) Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• DN 50, PN 16 Q39   
Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
• DN 65, PN 10 Q40    device variable (measuring point descrip-
• DN 80, PN10 Q41    tion)
• DN 100, PN 10 Q42    Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• DN 2½", PN 16 Q48    Y15: ...........................................
• DN 3", PN 10 Q49    Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
• DN 4", PN 10 Q50    able)
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Bio-Connect S flange connection Y16: ...........................................
• DN 2", PN 16 Q72    Entry of HART TAG Y17 
Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Form A Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
3A compliant6) Y17: ...........................................
• DN 50, PN 25 N33    Setting of the display in pressure units Y21   
• DN 65, PN 25 N34    Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
• DN 80, PN 25 N35    Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
• DN 100, PN 25 N36    Note: The following pressure units can be
selected:
Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2
Form A bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
3A compliant6)
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
• DN 50, PN 16 N43    *) ref. temperature 20 °C
• DN 65, PN 16 N44   
Setting of the display in non- Y22 + 
• DN 80, PN 16 N45    pressure units9) Y01
• DN 100, PN 16 N46    Specify in plain text:
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2 Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
Form A (specification of measuring range in
3A compliant6) pressure units "Y01" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
• DN 50, PN 16 N43 +   
P11 Preset bus address Y25  
• DN 65, PN 16 N44 +    (possible between 1 ... 126)
P11 Specify in plain text:
• DN 80, PN 16 N45 +    Y25: .....................
P11 Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories.
• DN 100, PN 16 N46 +   
P11 Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22 and Y25 can be factory preset
Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3  = available
FormA Ordering example
3A compliant6) Item line: 7MF8023-1DB24-1AB7-Z
• DN 50, PN 25 N53    B line: A02 + Y01 + Y21
• DN 65, PN 25 N54    C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
• DN 80, PN 16 N55    C line: Y21: bar (psi)
• DN 100, PN 16 N56   
1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
here.
2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1 is ordered for the transmitter with
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
respective remote seals.
3) Special seal in Viton included in the scope of delivery
(FKM; temperature range -20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °F))
4) Cannot be combined with Order code P00. Can only be ordered with sili-
cone oil measuring cell filling.
5) The weldable socket can be ordered under accessories.
6) 3A compliance ensured only when 3A compliant sealing rings are used.
7) Conformity according to 3A and EHEDG. The maximum permissible tem-
peratures of the medium depend on the respective cell fillings (see
medium conditions).
8) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
9) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/65

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
ø 91 (3.58)
approx. 66 (2.6)

approx. 28 (1.1)

approx. 78 (3.07)
H1 = approx. 120 (4.72)
H2 = approx. 80 (3.15)

SITRANS P300, with oval flange, dimensions in mm (inch)

Ø approx. 66 (2.6)

approx.

(1.1)
28

approx. 69 (2.72)
approx. 125 (4.92)

approx. 118 (4.65)

90 (3.54)

82
°
approx. 41 (1.61)

approx. 105 (4.13)

Ø 50...60 (1.97...2.36)
approx. 131 (5.16)
72 (2.83)
90 (3.54)

SITRANS P300, process connection M20 x 1.5, with mounted mounting bracket, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/66 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
1
Ø 91 (3.58)
66 (2.6)

26 (1.02)

69 (2.72)
H1 = approx. 120 (4.72)

4)
26,5 (1.0
Temperature decoupler

50 (1.97)
H2 = approx. 49 (1.93)

°
82

SITRANS P300, front-flush, dimensions in mm (inch)

The diagram shows a SITRANS P300 with an example of a
flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P300 up to a defined cross-section
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section
Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/67

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 Flanges as per EN and ASME
Sanitary process screw connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect
Flange to EN Order DN PN D H2
EN 1092-1 code
Order DN PN D H2 Q05 50 16 82 mm (3.2") Approx.

H2
code Q06 65 16 105 mm (4.1") 52 mm (2")
Q07 80 16 115 mm (4.5")
H2

M11 25 40 115 mm (4.5") Approx.

52 mm (2") Q08 100 16 145 mm (5.7")
D
M13 40 40 150 mm (5.9")
D Q13 2" 16 82 mm (3.2")
M23 40 100 170 mm (6.7")
Q14 2½" 16 105 mm (4.1")
M04 50 16 165 mm (6.5")
Q15 3" 16 105 mm (4.1")
M14 50 40 165 mm (6.5")
Q16 4" 16 145 mm (5.7")
M06 80 16 200 mm (7.9")
M16 80 40 200 mm (7.9") Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect flange
Flanges to ASME connection

ASME B16.5 Order DN PN D H2

code
Order DN PN D H2

H2
code Q23 50 16 110 mm (4.3") Approx.
Q24 65 16 140 mm (5.5") 52 mm (2")
H2

M40 1" 150 110 mm (4.3") Approx. D Q25 80 16 150 mm (5.9")

M41 1½" 150 130 mm (5.1") 52 mm (2") Q26 100 16 175 mm (6.9")
D
M42 2" 150 150 mm (5.9") Q31 2" 16 100 mm (3.9")
M43 3" 150 190 mm (7.5") Q32 2½" 16 110 mm (4.3")
M44 4" 150 230 mm (9.1") Q33 3" 16 140 mm (5.5")
M46 1½" 300 155 mm (6.1") Q34 4" 16 175 mm (6.9")
M47 2" 300 165 mm (6.5")
M48 3" 300 210 mm (8.1") Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp
M49 4" 300 255 mm (10.0") connection
NuG and pharmaceutical connections Order DN PN D H2
code
Connections to DIN
Q39 50 16 77.4 mm (3.0") Approx.
H2

DIN 11851 (milk pipe union with slotted union nut) Q40 65 10 90.9 mm (3.6") 52 mm (2")
Order DN PN D H2 Q41 80 10 106 mm (4.2")
code Q42 100 10 119 mm (4.7")
D
N04 50 25 92 mm (3.6") Approx. Q48 2½" 16 90.9 mm (3.6")
H2

N06 80 25 127 mm (5.0") 52 mm (2") Q49 3" 10 106 mm (4.2")

Q50 4" 10 119 mm (4.7")
D

Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect S flange

Tri-Clamp nach DIN 32676 connection
Order DN PN D H2 Order DN PN D H2
code code
H2

N14 50 16 64 mm (2.5") Approx. Q72 2" 16 125 mm (4.9") Approx.

H2

N15 65 10 91 mm (3.6") 52 mm (2") 52 mm (2")

D

D
Threaded connection G¾", G1" and G2" acc. to DIN 3852
Other connections Order DN PN D H2
code
Varivent connection
R01 ¾" 60 37 mm (1.5") Approx.
H2

Order DN PN D H2
45 mm
code
(1.8")
N28 40 ... 125 40 84 mm Approx. D R02 1" 60 48 mm (1.9") Approx.
H2

(3.3") 52 mm (2") 47 mm
(1.9")
D
R04 2" 60 78 mm (3.1") Approx.
52 mm (2")
Sanitary process connection to DRD
Order DN PN D H2
code
H2

M32 50 40 105 mm (4.1") Approx.

52 mm (2")
D

1/68 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure

Tank connection TG 52/50 and TG52/150 Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Form A
1
Order DN PN D H2 Order DN PN D H2
code code
R10 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx. N33 50 25 78 x 1/6" Approx.
H2

63 mm N34 65 25 95 x 1/6" 52 mm (2")

H2
(2.5") N35 80 25 110 x ¼"
R11 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx. N36 100 25 130 x ¼"
D 170 mm
(6.7") D

SMS socket with union nut

Order DN PN D H2 Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Form A
code Order DN PN D H2
code
H2

M67 2" 25 84 mm (3.3") Approx.

52 mm (2")

H2
M68 2½" 25 100 mm (3.9") N43 50 16 94 Approx.
M69 3" 25 114 mm (4.5") N44 65 16 113 52 mm (2")
D N45 80 16 133
D
N46 100 16 159
SMS threaded socket
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2 Form A
Order DN PN D H2
code Order DN PN D H2
code
M73 2" 25 70 x 1/6 mm Approx.
H2

52 mm (2")
H2 N43 + 50 16 94 Approx.
M74 2½" 25 85 x 1/6 mm P11 52 mm (2")
M75 3" 25 98 x 1/6 mm
D
N44 + 65 16 113
D P11
N45 + 80 16 133
IDF socket with union nut P11
Order DN PN D H2 N46 + 100 16 159
code P11
H2

M82 2" 25 77 mm (3") Approx.

52 mm (2") Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3 Form A
M83 2½" 25 91 mm (3.6")
M84 3" 25 106 mm (4.2") Order DN PN D H2
code
D N53 50 25 77.5 Approx.
H2

N54 65 25 91 52 mm (2")
IDF threaded socket N55 80 16 106
N56 100 16 130
Order DN PN D H2
D
code
M92 2" 25 64 mm (2.5") Approx.
H2

M93 2½" 25 77.5 mm (3.1") 52 mm (2")

M94 3" 25 91 mm (3.6")
D

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/69

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 Accessories/Spare parts
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Spare parts / Accessories Documentation
Mounting bracket and fastening parts kit The entire documentation is available for
made of stainless steel 7MF8997-1AA download free-of-charge in various languages
at: http://www.siemens.com/
Lid without window processinstrumentation/documentation
gasket not included 7MF8997-1BA
Compact operating instructions
Lid with glass window • English, German, Spanish, French, Italian, A5E03434657
gasket not included 7MF8997-1BD Dutch
NBR enclosure sealing 7MF8997-1BG Certificates (order only via SAP)
instead of Internet download
Measuring point label
unlabeled 7MF8997-1CA • hard copy (to order) A5E03252406
Cable gland • on DVD (to order) A5E03252407
• metal 7MF8997-1EA HART modem
• plastic (blue) 7MF8997-1EB
with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
Weldable sockets for PMC connection
Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 7MF4997-2HA
• PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" 7MF4997-2HB
Gaskets for PMC connection
(packing unit = 5 units)
• PTFE seal for PMC Style Standard: 7MF4997-2HC
Thread 1½"
• Gasket made of Viton for PMC Style Minibolt: 7MF4997-2HD
front-flush 1"
Weldable socket for TG 52/50 and
TG 52/150 connection
• TG 52/50 connection 7MF4997-2HE
• TG5 2/150 connection 7MF4997-2HF
Seals for TG 52/50 and TG 52/150 made of 7MF4997-2HG
silicone
Seals for flange connection with front-flush
diaphragm
Material FKM (Viton); temperature range:
-20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °F), 10 units
• DN 25, PN 40 (M11) 7MF4997-2HH
• 1", class 150 (M40) 7MF4997-2HK

1/70 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 - Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters

■ Overview ■ Selection and Ordering data

1
The SITRANS P300 transmitter for gauge and absolute pressure 7MF9011-4FA valve manifold on gauge and absolute
can be delivered factory-fitted with the following valve manifolds: pressure transmitters
• 7MF9011-4EA and 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds for gauge Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
pressure and absolute pressure transmitters and add Order codes code
SITRANS P300 T03
■ Design 7MF802.-...1.-...
With process connection
The 7MF9011-4EA valve manifolds are sealed with gaskets female thread ½-14 NPT
made of PTFE between transmitter and the valve manifold as in-sealed with PTFE sealing tape
standard. Soft iron, stainless steel and copper gaskets are also Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
available for sealing purposes if preferred. by test report to EN 10204-2.2
The 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds are sealed with PTFE sealing Further designs:
tape between the transmitter and the valve manifold. Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02
Once installed, the complete unit is checked under pressure for mounting clips made of stainless steel
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied
leaks (compressed air 6 bar (87 psi))and is certified leak-proof
with the transmitter)
with a test report to EN 10204 - 2.2.
Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12
All valve manifolds should preferably be secured with the re- EN 10204- 3.1 for transmitters and
spective mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on mounted valve manifold
the valve manifold and not on the unit itself.
7MF9011-4EA valve manifold on gauge and absolute
If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Fac- pressure transmitters
tory mounting of valve manifolds", you will receive a mounting Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
bracket for the valve manifold instead of a bracket for mounting and add Order codes code
the transmitter.
SITRANS P300 T02
If you order an acceptance test certificate 3.1 to EN 10204 when 7MF802.-...0.-...
choosing the option "Factory mounting of valve manifolds", a with process connection
separate certificate is provided for the transmitters and the valve collar G½ A to EN 837-1
manifolds respectively. with gasket made of PTFE between valve
manifold and transmitter
Alternative sealing material:
• Soft iron A70
• Stainless steel, Mat. No. 14571 A71
• copper A72
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
by test report to EN 10204-2.2
Further designs:
Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02
mounting clips made of stainless steel
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied
with the transmitter)
Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12
EN 10204- 3.1 for transmitters and
mounted valve manifold

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/71

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
SITRANS P300 - Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
Valve manifolds mounted on SITRANS P300

270 (10.6)

270 (10.6)
195 (7.7)
160 (6.3)

7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and abso- 7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and abso-
lute pressure transmitters lute pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)

270 (10.6)

270 (10.6)
180 (7.1)
160 (6.3)

7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute 7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute
pressure transmitters pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/72 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P DS III and P300 with PMC connection - Technical description
■ Overview
The SITRANS P300 and DS III pressure transmitters have been
fitted with special process connections for the paper industry.
With the two process connection threads 1½" and 1" flush at the
front, the SITRANS P300 and DS III transmitters can be used for
all processes in the paper industry.
SITRANS P300 and SITRANS PDS III series pressure transmit-
ters are digital pressure transmitters featuring extensive user-
friendliness and high accuracy. The parameterization is per-
formed using control keys via HART, PROFIBUS-PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be
precisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very
simple in spite of the numerous setting options.
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo-
sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmo-
spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corre-
sponding harmonized European standards (ATEX).
Various versions of the pressure transmitters are available for
measuring:
• Gauge pressure
• Level
• Mass level
• Volume level
Pressure Measurement
■ Benefits
1
• High quality and service life
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads, e.g. abrasion.
• For aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
• Minimum conformity error
• Small long-term drift
• Wetted parts made of Hastelloy
• Infinitely adjustable span from 0.03 bar to 16 bar
(0.43 psi to 232 psi) for DS III with HART interface
• Nominal measuring range from 1 bar to 16 bar
(14.5 psi to 232 psi) for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
• Infinitely adjustable span from 0.03 bar to 16 bar
(0.43 psi to 232 psi) for SITRANS P300 with HART interface
• Nominal measuring range from 1 bar to 16 bar
(14.5 psi to 232 psi) for SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA in-
terface
• High measuring accuracy
• Parameterization over control keys and HART Communica-
tion, or over PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus inter-
face (DS III only).
■ Application
The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in in-
dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz
makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
"Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive at-
mospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
with the corresponding harmonized European standards
(ATEX).
Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
egory "ia" and "ib".
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 control
keys or programmed externally over HART or over
PROFIBUS-PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (only DS III).
SITRANS P, DS III series
Measured variable: Gauge pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
Span (infinitely adjustable)
For DS III with HART: 0.03 ... 16 bar (0.433 ... 232 psi)
Nominal measuring range
For DS III with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
1 ... 16 bar (14.5 ... 232 psi)
SITRANS P300
Span (infinitely adjustable)
For DS III with HART: 0.03 ... 16 bar (0.433 ... 232 psi)
Nominal measuring range
For DS III with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
1 ... 16 bar (14.5 ... 232 psi)
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/73
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P DS III and P300 with PMC connection - Technical description
1 ■ Design Example for an attached measuring point label

SITRANS P DS III Y01 or Y02

= max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar
Y15 = max. 16 char.
1 Measuring point number (TAG No.)
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234
Y16 = max. 27 char. Measuring point text

2
SITRANS P300

8
The device comprises:
• Electronics
• Housing
• Measuring cell

3 1
7

5
6
4

1 Plastic cover as access to

the input keys 4
2 Screw cover with viewing pane
3 Digital display
4 Locking screw 5
5 Process connection
6 Screw cover with viewing pane
7 Rating plate
8 Inlet with cable gland
3

1 Digital display 2
Device front view, SITRANS P DS III 2 Process connection
3 Cable gland
The transmitter consists of various components depending on
4 Rating plate
the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor- 5 Screw-on lid
mation. The components described below are the same for all
transmitters.
The rating plate (7, Figure "Device front view) with the Article No.
is located on the side of the housing. The specified number to- Perspective view of the SITRANS P300
gether with the ordering information provide details on the op-
The housing has a screw-on lid (5) and, depending on the ver-
tional design details and on the possible measuring range
sion, is with or without an inspection window. The electrical ter-
(physical properties of built-in sensor element).
minal housing, the buttons for operation of the device are lo-
The approval label is located on the opposite side. cated under this lid and, depending on the version, the display.
The connections for the auxiliary power UH and the shield are in
The housing is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel pre- the terminal housing. The cable gland is on the side of the hous-
cision casting. A round cover is screwed on at the front and rear ing. The measuring cell with the process connection (2) is lo-
of the housing. The front cover (2) can be fitted with a viewing cated on the bottom of the housing. The measuring cell with the
pane so that the measured values can be read directly on the process connection may differ from the one shown in the dia-
display. The inlet (8) for the electrical connection is located either gram, depending on the device version.
on the left or right side. The unused opening on the opposite side
is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth connection is
located on the rear of the housing.
The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
housing contains the measuring cell with process connection
(5). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (4). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
cell and the electronics can be replaced separately from each
other. The set parameter data are retained.
At the top of the housing is a plastic cover (1), which hides the
input keys.

1/74 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P DS III and P300 with PMC connection - Technical description

■ Function
1
Operation of electronics with HART communication Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA
communication
9
8
0.0.0.0.0 9
M 8
00 0.0.0.0.0
M 00
10
2 3 4 5
μC IA, UH 2 3 4 5 7
PA
μC
7 interface
Power supply

PROFIBUS-PA
HART interface 10

PROFIBUS DP
Power
EEPROM supply
EEPROM
6 6 unit
Coup-
Electronics ler

1 6 Electronics
11
Bus-
EEPROM

1 6 12 Master

EEPROM
Sensor
Sensor

pe Measuring cell
pe
Measuring cell
1 Measuring cell sensor
2 Instrument amplifier
3 Analog-to-digital converter 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
4 Microcontroller 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
5 Digital-to-analog converter 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
electronics 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
7 HART interface 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
8 Three input keys (local operation) each in the measuring cell
9 Digital display and electronics pe Input variable
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
IA Output current
UH Power supply
Function diagram of electronics
Pe Input variable
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring
Function diagram of electronics amplifier(2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin-
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated PA interface (7).
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
The digital information is evaluated in a microcontroller, its linear- The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
ity and temperature response corrected, and converted in a dig- the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
ital-to-analog converter (5) into an output current of 4 to 20 mA. (6). The first memory is linked with the measuring cell, the sec-
ond with the electronics. This modular design means that the
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity. electronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and from one another.
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
each other.
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure ferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Param-
transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can eterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
sages and the operating modes on the display (9). quired for this.
The HART modem (7) permits parameterization using a protocol
according to the HART specification.
The pressure transmitters with spans  63 bar (914 psi) measure
the input pressure compared to atmosphere, the transmitters
with spans 160 bar (2320 psi) measure compared to vacuum.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/75

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P DS III and P300 with PMC connection - Technical description
1 Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Mode of operation of the measuring cell
communication Measuring cell for gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm

9
8
0.0.0.0.0
M
00
5
2 3 4 5 7 4
FF
μC 1 1 Measuring cell
interface

Foundation Fieldbus
Power supply 2 Process connection
10 3 Seal diaphragm
Power 4 Filling liquid
EEPROM supply 5 Silicon pressure sensor
6 unit pe Pressure as input variable
Coup-
ler 2
Electronics 3
pe

1 6
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for paper
EEPROM

industry, function diagram

Sensor The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush dia-
pe phragm for paper industry, function diagram) to the measuring
Measuring cell cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted further
through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to the sil-
icon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is then
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fit-
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation) ted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the abso-
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply lute pressure.
5 Electrical isolation
6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable Parameterization
each in the measuring cell Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa-
and electronics rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning
7 FF interface the parameters.
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation)
Function diagram of electronics With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa-
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure rameters without any additional equipment.
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring Parameterization using HART
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). Parameterization using HART is performed with a HART Com-
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin- municator or a PC.
earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7). +
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 Ω Power supply
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
transmitter
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from HART
each other. communicator
Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure transmitter
messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec-
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans- tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable.
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus. Parameterization data and error mes-
sages are transferred by acyclic data transmission. Special soft- +
ware such as National Instruments Configurator is required for -
this.
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply
transmitter
PC or
HART laptop
modem

USB/RS 232

HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure

transmitter

1/76 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P DS III and P300 with PMC connection - Technical description
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface 1
a HART modem.
Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the particularly user-friendly. The PROFIBUS connects the DS III PA
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur- to a process control system, e.g. SIMATIC PSC 7. Communica-
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method. tion is possible even in a potentially explosive environment.
Adjustable parameter DS III with HART and P300 with HART For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft-
ware, e.g. SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager).
Parameters Input keys HART
communication Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
Start of scale x x Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
Full-scale value x x particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
the DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus is connected to a process
Electrical damping x x
control system. Communication is possible even in a potentially
Start-of-scale value without applica- x x explosive environment.
tion of a pressure ("Blind setting")
For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you
Full-scale value without application x x need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
of a pressure ("Blind setting")
Zero adjustment x x Adjustable parameters for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, and P300 with PROFIBUS PA and
current transmitter x x
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Fault current x x
Adjustable parameters Input keys PROFIBUS PA
Disabling of buttons, write protection x x1) and FOUNDA-
Type of dimension and actual dimen- x x TION Fieldbus
sion interface

Characteristic (linear) x x Electrical damping x x

Input of characteristic x Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x

tion)
Freely-programmable LCD x
Buttons and/or function disabling x x
Diagnostic functions x
Source of measured-value display x x
1) Cancel apart from write protection Physical dimension of display x x
Diagnostic functions for DS III with HART and P300 with HART Position of decimal point x x
• Zero correction display Bus address x x
• Event counter Adjustment of characteristic x x
• Limit transmitter
Input of characteristic x
• Saturation alarm
Freely-programmable LCD x
• Slave pointer
Diagnostic functions x
• Simulation functions
• Maintenance timer Diagnostic functions for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, and P300 with PROFIBUS PA and
Available physical units of display for DS III with HART and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
P300 with HART
• Event counter
Physical variable Physical dimensions • Slave pointer
Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, • Maintenance timer
made in the factory) psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O
(4 °C), mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), • Simulation functions
inHg, mmHg • Display of zero correction
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in • Limit transmitter
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, • Saturation alarm
lmp. gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel
liquid Physical dimensions available for the display
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz Physical variable Physical dimensions
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R Pressure (setting can also be MPa, hPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr,
made in the factory) atm, psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O,
Miscellaneous %, mA
mmH2O (4 °C), inH2O, inH20 (
4 °C), ftH2O, mmHg, inHg
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in, yd
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon,
lmp. gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel
liquid
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Miscellaneous %

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/77

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P DS III with PMC connection
1 ■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
Input
Measured variable Gauge pressure
Span (fully adjustable) or measuring range, HART PROFIBUS PA/
max. operating pressure and max. test pressure FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
Span Nominal measuring Max. operating pres- Max. perm.
range sure MAWP (PS) test pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
Lower measuring limit 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
(For PMC-Style Minibolt no span < 500 mbar adjustable)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or -
optionally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , -
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART-Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal. Each connection against the
other with max. supply voltage.
Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s) Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
(All error data refer always refer to the set span) • Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nom. pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl.
hysteresis and reproducibility
• Linear characteristic
- r5  0.075 %
- 5 < r  100  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
Influence of ambient temperature (in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
Long-term stability (temperature change ±30 °C (±54 °F))  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position  0.1 mbar/0.01 kPa/0.00145 psi per 10° inclination
(zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1/78 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P DS III with PMC connection
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
1
HART PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
Rated conditions
Degree of protection
• according to EN 60529 IP66 (optional IP66/IP68)
• according to NEMA 250 Type 4X
Temperature of medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
• Electromagnetic Compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immunity Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight (without options)  1.5 kg ( 3.3 lb)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials
• Gasket (standard) PTFE flat gasket
• O-ring (minibolt) FPM (Viton) or optionally: FFPM or NBR
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid
Process connection (standard) Flush-mounted, 1½", PMC Standard design
Process connection (minibolt) Flush-mounted, 1", minibolt design
Power supply UH
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Power supply - Supplied through bus
Separate 24 V power supply - Not necessary
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Start-up current  basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of
article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/79


Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P DS III with PMC connection
1 .
HART communication
HART communication
Protocol
Software for computer
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte
• Input byte
Internal preprocessing
Device profile
Function blocks
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif-
ic process variables
- Electrical damping, adjustable
- Simulation function
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Register (totalizer)
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Physical block
Transducer blocks
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea-
sured pressure value and sen-
sor temperature
1/80 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
© Siemens AG 2018
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
230 ... 1100 
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
HART Version 5.x 1 function block PID
SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling
4 ic process variables characteristic
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 ... 100 s
Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
tion (standard setting within the device with a bridge)
address 126)
- Failure mode parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
5 (one measured value) or value)
10 (two measured values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
0, 1, or 2 (register operating ing limit and one alarm limit
mode and reset function for respectively
metering) - Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- • PID Standard FOUNDATION Field-
cess Control Devices Version bus function block
3.0, class B • Physical block 1 resource block
2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
Yes, linearly rising or falling
characteristic • Pressure transducer block
0 ... 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
Input /Output
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
value) pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
perature and electronics tem-
Yes, one upper and lower warn- perature
ing limit and one alarm limit
respectively
Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
parameterizable (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with
incorrect value)
One upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
1
2
Yes
Yes
Max. 30 nodes
Yes
Parameterizable
Constant value or over parame-
terizable ramp function
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P DS III with PMC connection

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
1
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gauge 7MF 4 1 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitter for gauge
pressure, with PMC connection pressure, with PMC connection
77777 - 7777
series DS III with HART DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 1 3 4 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 1 3 5 -
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell- ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
cleaning
Silicone oil normal 1 Measuring cell filling Meas. cell cleaning
Inert liquid grease-free to 3 Silicone oil normal 1
cleanliness level 2 Inert liquid grease-free to 3
cleanliness level 2
Measuring span (min. ... max.)
Nominal measuring range
0.01 ... 1 bar1) (0.15 ... 14.5 psi)1) B
1 bar1) (14.5 psi)1) B
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C
4 bar (58 psi) C
0.1.6 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D
16 bar (232 psi) D
Wetted parts materials
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Connection shank
Seal diaphragm Connection shank
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Process connection Process connection2)
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 2 • PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 2
• PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" (not with mini- 3 • PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" (minimum 3
mum span: 500 mbar (7.25 psi) - version "B") span: 500 mbar (7.25 psi), not available with
Non-wetted parts materials 1-bar-measuring cell (Option B))
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0 Non-wetted parts materials
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3 • Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
Version • Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 Version
setting for pressure unit: bar • Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
• International version, English plate inscription, 2 setting for pressure unit: bar
setting for pressure unit: bar • International version, English plate inscription, 2
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3 setting for pressure unit: bar
setting for pressure unit: Pascal • Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
All versions include DVD with compact operating setting for pressure unit: Pascal
instructions in various EU languages. All versions include DVD with compact operating
Explosion protection instructions in various EU languages.
• None A Explosion protection
• With ATEX, Type of protection: • None A
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B • With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)" 2) D - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- „Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"3) E - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)" 3) D
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)4) F - „Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"4) E
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection: • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)5) F
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)"3)4) NC
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)"3)5) NC
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Female thread M20 x 1.5 B Electrical connection / cable entry
• Female thread ½-14 NPT C • Female thread M20 x 1.5 B
• M12 device plugs (stainless steel)5) 6) F • Female thread ½-14 NPT C
• M12 device plugs (stainless steel)6) 7) F
Display
• Without display 0 Display
• Without visible display (display concealed, 1 • Without display 0
setting: mA) • Without visible display (display concealed, 1
• With visible display (setting: mA) 6 setting: bar)
• With customer-specific display (setting as spec- 7 • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
ified, Order code "Y21" required) • With customer-specific display (setting as spec- 7
ified, Order code "Y21" required)
Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Included in delivery of the device:
Included in delivery of the device: • Quick-start guide
• Quick-start guide • Sealing ring
• Sealing ring
1) Only with "PMC Style Standard"process connection
1) Only with "PMC Style Standard" process connection 2) Sealing is included in delivery.
2) Without cable gland, with blanking plug 3) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
3) Configurations with M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic. 4) Configurations with M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
4) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to 5) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
NEC 500/505. NEC 500/505
5) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F. 6) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
6) M12 delivered without cable socket 7) M12 delivered without cable socket

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/81

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P DS III with PMC connection
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
code. Order code(s) and plain text.
Device plugs Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
• Angled A32  Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
• Han 8D (metal, gray) A33  Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
M12 cable sockets (metal (CuZn)) A50    Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
device variable (measuring point descrip-
Rating plate inscription tion)
(instead of German) Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• English B11    Y15: ...........................................
• French B12    Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
• Spanish B13    able)
• Italian B14    Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    Y16: ...........................................

English rating plate B21    Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 

Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point char- C11    Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21   
acteristic curve test) according to units
IEC 60770-2 Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
Inspection certificate C12    Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Note:
The following pressure units can be selected:
Factory certificate C14    bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
"Functional safety (SIL2)" certificate acc. C20  *) ref. temperature 20 °C
to IEC 61508
Setting of pressure indication in non- Y22 + 
"Functional safety (SIL2/3)" certificate acc. C23  pressure units2) Y01
to IEC 61508 Specify in plain text:
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99    Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05    units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 char-
output signal to 22.0 mA acters)
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    Preset bus address Y25  
(only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT) possible between 1 and 126
Export approval Korea E11    Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y25: ...........
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E551)   
NEPSI (China) Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)  = available
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E561)    ordering example
to NEPSI (China)
Item line: 7MF4133-1DB20-1AB7-Z
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
B line: C11 + Y01 + Y21
Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E571)    C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..) C line: Y21: bar (psi)
Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E581)    1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
to NEPSI (China)
calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..) 2) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.
Mounting
• Weldable sockets for standard 1½" P01   
threaded connection
• Weldable socket for minibolt connection 1" P02   
(incl. screw 5/16-18 UNC-2B and washer)
1) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device
is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.

1/82 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P DS III with PMC connection

■ Dimensional drawings
1
15 143 (5.6) 4

(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)

24
1

50 (1.97)
5

H1 = approx. 130 (5.12)

Ø80 (3.15)

3 6
2

min. 90 (3.54) 2)

Space for rotation

of housing
7

H2
1 Electronic side, digital display 4 Protective cover over keys
(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 5 Blanking plug
2 Terminal side1) 6 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3 Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 7 Process connection: PMC standard
M12 device plug

1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator

SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, with PMC connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P DS III with an example of a
PMC Style standard
flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.
DN PN D H2
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P DS III up to a defined cross-sec-
tion 40.9 mm (1.6") approx.
36.8 mm
H2

H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section (1.4")

Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges.
D
Ø 33,4 (1.31)
M44 x 1,25
Ø 26,7 (1.05)
Ø 8 (0.3)
(0.82)
20,9

PMC Style minibolt

25,4 (1)
17,8 (0.7)

DN PN D H2
Ø 36,6 (1.44)
Ø 58,9 (2.32) 26.3 mm (1.0") approx.
33.1 mm
1) (1.3")
H2

1) O-ring surface
(bore hole Ø 8 mm (0.3“) without burr)

PMC Style Standard (left) and PMC Style Minibolt (right) weldable
sockets, dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel, Mat. No. 1.4404/316L

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/83

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P300 with PMC connection
1 ■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P300 for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
Input
Measured variable Gauge pressure (front-flush)
Span (fully adjustable) or measuring range, HART PROFIBUS PA/
max. operating pressure and max. test pressure FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
Span Nominal measuring Max. operating pres- Max. perm.
range sure MAWP (PS) test pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
Lower measuring limit 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
(For PMC-Style Minibolt no span < 500 mbar adjustable)
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. span
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or -
optionally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , -
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART Communica-
tor)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal. Each connection against the
other with max. supply voltage.
Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s) Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
• Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Measuring cell with silicone oil
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nom. pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl. hysteresis and repro-
ducibility
Linear characteristic
- r5  0.075 %
- 5 < r  100  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
Influence of ambient temperature  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
(in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))
Long-term stability (temperature change ±30 °C (±54 °F))  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position  0.1 mbar/0.01 kPa/0.00145 psi per 10° inclination
(zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1/84 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P300 with PMC connection
SITRANS P300 for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
1
Rated conditions
Installation conditions
Ambient temperature Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
Climatic class
Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
Degree of protection
• according to EN 60529 IP65, IP68
• according to NEMA 250 Type 4X, enclosure cleaning, resistant to lyes, steam to 150 °C (302 °F)
Electromagnetic Compatibility
• Emitted interference and interference immunity Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Medium conditions
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
Design
Weight (without options) Approx. 1 kg (2.2 lb)
Enclosure material Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301/304
Material of parts in contact with the medium
• Seal diaphragm Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
• Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
Surface quality touched-by-media Ra-values  0.8 µm (32 µ inch)/welds Ra  1.6 µm (64 µ inch)
Power supply UH HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 42 V DC
for intrinsically safe operation:
10.5 ... 30 V DC
Power supply Supplied through bus
Separate power supply - Not necessary
Bus voltage
• Without Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Max. basic current - 12.5 mA
• Start-up current  basic current - Yes
• Max. fault current in the event of a fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/85

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P300 with PMC connection
1 SITRANS P300 for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
Certificates and approvals HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of
Article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Explosion protection
Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 05 ATEX 2048
Marking II 1/2 G Ex ia llC/llB T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
Permissible ambient temperature
• Temperature class T4 -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Temperature class T5 -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
• Temperature class T6 -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
peak values: peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, FISCO supply unit:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA,
Pi = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 250 mA, Pi = 1.2 W
Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 1.1 nF
Effective internal inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li  7 H
Explosion protection to FM for USA and Canada (cFMUS)
• Identification (DIP) or (IS); (NI) Certificate of Compliance 3025099
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4 ... T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Identification (DIP) or (IS) Certificate of Compliance 3025099C
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC 4 ... T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

1/86 Siemens FI 01 · 2018


HART communication
HART
Protocol
Software for computer
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte
• Input byte
Device profile
Function blocks
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif-
ic process variables
- Electrical damping
- Simulation function
- Limit monitoring
• Register (totalizer)
- Limit monitoring
• Physical block
Transducer blocks
• Pressure transducer block
- Monitoring of sensor limits
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
- Characteristic curve
- Simulation function
• Transducer block "Electronic
temperature"
Simulation function
© Siemens AG 2018
Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P300 with PMC connection
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1
communication
230 ... 1100 
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
HART Version 5.x 1 function block PID
SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
- Adaptation to customer- Yes, linearly rising or falling
4 specific process variables characteristic
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 ... 100 s
Configuration tool - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
Local operation within the device with a bridge)
(standard setting Address 126) - Failure mode parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
One measured value: 5 bytes
- Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
Two measured values: 10 bytes ing limit and one alarm limit
Register operating mode: respectively
1 bytes - Square-rooted characteristic Yes
Reset function due to metering. for flow measurement
1 bytes
• PID Standard FOUNDATION Field-
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- bus function block
cess Control Devices
• Physical block 1 resource block
Version 3.0, class B
Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
2
calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
Linearly rising or falling charac- • Pressure transducer block
teristic
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
0 ... 100 s adjustable two pressures
Input /Output - Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
One upper and lower warning - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
limit and one alarm limit respec- pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
tively perature and electronics tem-
perature
Can be reset and preset
Optional direction of counting
Simulation function of the regis-
ter output
One upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
1
2
Yes
Max. 31 nodes
Linear
Available
Available
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/87
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P300 with PMC connection
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters with PMC SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters with PMC
connection, single-chamber measuring housing, connection, single-chamber measuring housing,
rating plate inscription in English rating plate inscription in English
with 4 ... 20 mA / HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 - with 4 ... 20 mA / HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 -
with PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 - with PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 -
with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 1 2 5 - with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 1 2 5 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configura- 77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Display
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning • Without display, with keys, closed lid 1
Silicone oil normal 1 • With display and keys, closed lid 7) 2
Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3
DIN 25410 • With display and keys, lid with polycarbonate disc 4
(setting on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA
Measuring span and FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
1 bar1) (14.5 psi) B units)7)
4 bar (58 psi) C • With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 5
16 bar (232 psi) D tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
polycarbonate disc 7)
Wetted parts materials
• With display and keys, lid with glass pane (setting 6
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA and
Hastelloy Stainless steel B FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
unit)7)
Process connection • With display (setting acc. to specifications, Order 7
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 2 code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with glass pan-
• PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" (minimum span: 3 el7)
500 mbar (7.25 psi), not available with
1-bar-measuring cell (Option B)) Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".

Non-wetted parts materials Included in delivery of the device:

• Quick-start guide
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4 • Sealing ring
polished
1) Only with "Standard" process connection"
Version
2) Not in conjunction with electrical connection option A.
• Standard versions 1 3) Only available together with electrical connection options B, C or G.
Explosion protection 4) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
• None A NEC 500/505.
5) Only together with HART electronics.
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
6) Without cable gland.
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B 7) Display cannot be turned.
• Zone 20/21/222) C
• Ex nA/nL (Zone 2)3) E
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe (is)" (planned)4) M
Electrical connection/cable entry
• Screwed gland M20 x .5 (polyamide)5) A
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 (metal) B
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 (stainless steel) C
• M12 device plug (stainless steel), G
without cable socket)
• ½-14 NPT metal thread6) H
• ½-14 NPT stainless steel thread6) J

1/88 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P300 with PMC connection
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs HART PA FF Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
specify Order code. Order code(s) and plain text.
Cable socket for M12 device plugs Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
• Stainless steel A51    Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Rating plate inscription
(instead of English) Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
• German B10    device variable (measuring point descrip-
tion)
• French B12   
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• Spanish B13    Y15: ...........................................
• Italian B14   
Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
English rating plate B21    able)
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16: ......
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point char- C11    Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
acteristic curve test) according to Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .........
IEC 60770-2
Setting of pressure indication in Y21   
Inspection certificate C12    pressure units
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Factory certificate C14    Note: The following pressure units can
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 be selected:
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05    bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
output signal to 22.0 mA mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
Degree of protection IP65/IP68 D12    *) ref. temperature 20 °C
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
Setting of pressure indication in non-pres- Y22 + 
Mounting sure units2) Y01
• Weldable sockets for standard 1½" P01    Specify in plain text:
threaded connection Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
• Weldable socket for minibolt connection 1" P02    (specification of measuring range in pressure
(incl. screw 5/16-18 UNC-2B and washer) units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 char-
acters)
Preset bus address Y25  
possible between 1 and 126
Specify in plain text: Y25: .....................
Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
 = available
1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
2) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/89

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P300 with PMC connection
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
Ø 91 (3.58)
66 (2.6)

26 (1.02)

69 (2.72)
H1 = approx. 120 (4.72)

4)
26,5 (1.0
H 2 = approx. 36,8 (1.4)

°
82

SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, with PMC connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P300 with an example of a
PMC Style Standard
flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.
DN PN D H2
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P300 up to a defined cross-section
40.4 mm (1.6") Approx.
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section 36.8 mm
H2

(1.4’’)
Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges.

Ø 33,4 (1.31) D
M44 x 1,25
Ø 26,7 (1.05)
Ø 8 (0.3)
(0.82)
20,9

25,4 (1)
17,8 (0.7)

PMC Style Mini bolt

Ø 36,6 (1.44) DN PN D H2
Ø 58,9 (2.32)
26.3 mm (1.0") Approx.
1) 33.1 mm
(1.3’’)
H2

1) O-ring surface
(bore hole Ø 8 mm (0.3“) without burr)

PMC Style Standard (left) and PMC Style Minibolt (right) weldable sock-
ets, dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404 / 316L

1/90 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
■ Overview
SITRANS P310 pressure transmitters are digital pressure trans-
mitters with a high level of operating convenience. With a mea-
surement accuracy of 0.075 %, they complement the
SITRANS P DS III and round off the portfolio. The parameteriza-
tion is performed using input buttons or the HART interface.
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be
precisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very
simple in spite of the numerous setting options.
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo-
sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmo-
spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corre-
sponding harmonized European standards (ATEX).
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
SITRANS P310 pressure transmitters are available in various ver-
sions for measuring:
• Gauge pressure
• Differential pressure
• Volume flow
• Mass flow
■ Benefits
• High quality and service life
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads
• For aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
• Good long-term stability
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (stainless steel,
Hastelloy)
• Infinitely adjustable spans from 0.01 bar to 700 bar (0.15 psi
to 10153 psi)
• Measuring accuracy 0.075 %
• Parameterization over input buttons and HART interface
Pressure Measurement
SITRANS P310
Technical description
■ Application
1
SITRANS P310 pressure transmitters are particularly suited for
use in the industrial areas of Energy, Oil & Gas as well as
Water/Wastewater. Electromagnetic compatibility in the range
10 kHz to 1 GHz makes them suitable for locations with high
electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
"Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive at-
mospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
with the corresponding harmonized European standards
(ATEX).
Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
egory "ia" and "ib".
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 input
buttons or programmed externally over HART interface.
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
Measured variable: Gauge pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
Span (infinitely adjustable):
0.01 bar to 700 bar (0.15 psi to 10153 psi)
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow
Measured variables:
• Differential pressure
• Small positive or negative pressure
• Flow q ~ p (together with a primary differential pressure
device (see Chapter "Flow Meters")
Span (infinitely adjustable):
1 mbar ... 30 bar (0.0145 ... 435 psi)
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/91
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
Technical description
1 ■ Design ■ Function
Operation of electronics with HART communication

1
9
8
0.0.0.0.0
M
00
2
10
2 3 4 5
μC IA, UH
8
7

1 Plastic cover as access to HART interface

the input keys
2 Screw cover with EEPROM
viewing pane 3 6
3 Digital display Electronics
4 Locking screw 7
5 Process connection 1 6
6 Screw cover with

EEPROM
viewing pane 6
7 Rating plate Sensor
8 Inlet with cable gland 4
5
pe Measuring cell

Front view 1 Measuring cell sensor

The transmitter consists of various components depending on
the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor-
mation. The components described below are the same for all
transmitters.
The rating plate (7, Figure "Front view") with the Article No. is located
on the side of the housing. The specified number together with the
ordering information provide details on the optional design details
and on the possible measuring range (physical properties of built-in
sensor element).
The approval label is located on the opposite side.
The housing is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel pre-
cision casting. A round cover (6) is screwed on at the front and
rear of the housing. The front cover can be fitted with a viewing
pane so that the measured values can be read directly on the
display. The inlet (8) for the electrical connection is located either
on the left or right side. The unused opening on the opposite side
is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth connection is
located on the rear of the housing.
The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
housing contains the measuring cell with process connection
(5). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (4). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
cell and the electronics can be replaced separately from each
other. The set parameter data are retained.
At the top of the housing is a plastic cover (1), which hides the
input keys.
Example for an attached measuring point label
Y01 or Y02
= max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar
Y15 = max. 16 char.
Measuring point number (TAG No.)
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234
Y16 = max. 27 char. Measuring point text
2 Instrument amplifier
3 Analog-to-digital converter
4 Microcontroller
5 Digital-to-analog converter
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and
electronics
7 HART interface
8 Three input keys (local operation)
9 Digital display
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
IA Output current
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable
Function diagram of electronics
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea-
suring amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital con-
verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in a microcontrol-
ler, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and
converted in a digital-to-analog converter (5) into an output cur-
rent of 4 to 20 mA.
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity.
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
each other.
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can
also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes-
sages and the operating modes on the display (9).
The HART modem (7) permits parameterization using a protocol
according to the HART specification.
The pressure transmitters with spans  63 bar measure the input
pressure compared to atmosphere, transmitters with spans
 160 bar compared to vacuum.

1/92 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
Technical description
Mode of operation of the measuring cells Parameterization using HART 1
Measuring cell for gauge pressure Parameterization using HART is performed with a HART Com-
municator or a PC.

5 SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 Ω Power supply

4 transmitter
3
1 1 Measuring cell HART
2 Process connection communicator
3 Seal diaphragm
4 Filling liquid
5 Silicon pressure sensor Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure transmitter
pe Pressure as input variable
When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec-
2
tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable.
pe

+
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram
-
The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram) to SITRANS P 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply
the measuring cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted transmitter
further through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to PC or
HART laptop
the silicon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is
modem
then flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resis-
tors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in re-
USB/RS 232
sistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the ab-
solute pressure.
Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure
transmitter

2 3 4 When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through

a HART modem.
1 Seal diaphragm
2 O-ring The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
3 Overload diaphragm HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur-
4 Silicon pressure sensor rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.
1 1
- +
5 Process flange Adjustable parameters, DS III with HART
5
6 Body of measuring cell
Parameters Input keys HART
7 Filling liquid
(DS III HART) communication
7 6
Start of scale x x
Full-scale value x x
Electrical damping x x
Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
Start-of-scale value without applica- x x
The differential pressure is transmitted through the seal dia- tion of a pressure ("Blind setting")
phragms (1, Figure "Measuring cell for differential pressure and Full-scale value without application x x
flow, function diagram") and the filling liquid (7) to the silicon of a pressure ("Blind setting")
pressure sensor (4). Zero adjustment x x
current transmitter x x
The measuring diaphragm is flexed by the applied differential
pressure. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors Fault current x x
fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis- Disabling of buttons, write protec- x x1)
tion
tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the
differential pressure. Type of dimension and actual x x
dimension
An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from Characteristic (linear / square- x2) x2)
overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di- rooted)
aphragm (3) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body Input of characteristic x
of the measuring cell (6), thus protecting the silicon pressure Freely-programmable LCD x
sensor from overloads. Diagnostic functions x
Parameterization SITRANS P310 1) Cancel apart from write protection
2) Only differential pressure
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa-
rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning
the parameters.
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation)
With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa-
rameters without any additional equipment.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/93

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
Technical description
1 Available physical units of display for SITRANS P310 with HART
Physical variable Physical dimensions
Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 °C),
mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
volume flow m3/d, m3/h, m3/s, l/min, l/s, ft3/d, ft3/min,
ft3/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/s
Mass flow t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min, kg/s,
g/d, g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/h, lb/min, lb/s,
LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d, STon/h, STon/min
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Miscellaneous %, mA

1/94 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
for gauge pressure

■ Technical specifications
1
SITRANS P310 for gauge pressure
Input
Measured variable Gauge pressure
Span (fully adjustable), max. operating pressure (in accor- Span Max. operating pres- Max. perm.
dance with 2014/68/EU Pressure Equipment Directive) and sure MAWP (PS) test pressure
max. test pressure (pursuant to DIN 16086)
0.01 ... 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6.7MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
1.6 ... 1 bar 167 bar 250 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 16.7 MPa 25 MPa
23 ... 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
4 ... 400 bar 400 bar 600 bar
0.4 ... 40 MPa 40 MPa 60 MPa
58 ... 5802 psi 5802 psi 8700 psi
7 ... 700 bar 800 bar 800 bar
0.7 ... 70 MPa 80 MPa 80 MPa
102 ... 10153 psi 11603 psi 11603 psi
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. span
Start of scale value Between the measuring limits continuously adjustable
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in ,
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART Communicator)
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal. Each connection against the
other with max. supply voltage.
Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s) Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/95

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
for gauge pressure
1 SITRANS P310 for gauge pressure
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
• Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span
Error in measurement at limit setting incl. hysteresis and
reproducibility
• Linear characteristic
- 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi r5:  0.075 %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.005  r + 0.07) %
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
- 400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi r3:  0.075 %
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi 3 < r  100 :  (0.005  r + 0.07) %
Influence of ambient temperature (in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))
• at -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... 185 °F)  (0.15  r + 0.25) %
Long-term stability (temperature change  30 °C ( 54 °F))  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position  0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° inclination
(zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Rated conditions
Degree of protection
• according to EN 60529 IP66 (optional IP66/IP68)
• according to NEMA 250 Type 4X
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protection -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
• Electromagnetic Compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immunity Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight (without options) Die-cast aluminum:  2.0 kg ( 4.4 lb)
Stainless steel precision casting:  4.6 kg ( 10.1 lb)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials
• Connection shank Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
Process connection Connection shank G½B to DIN EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or
male thread M20 x 1.5
Material of mounting bracket
• Steel Sheet-steel, Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated
• Stainless steel 304 Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301 (SS 304)
• Stainless steel 316L Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404 (SS 316L)
Power supply UH
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode

1/96 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
for gauge pressure
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure
1
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of
article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ta/tb IIIC T120 °C Da/Db
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db
- Connection To circuits with values:
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 2/3 G Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ic IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
- Connection (Ex nA) Um = 45 V
- Connections (Ex ic) To circuits with values:
Ui = 45 V
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
• Explosion protection acc. to FM (pending) Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA (pending) Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART Version 5.x
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/97

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
for gauge pressure
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, 7MF 2 0 3 3 - Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, 7MF 2 0 3 3 -
SITRANS P310 with HART SITRANS P310 with HART
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Display
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • without display 0
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • without visible display 1
cleaning (display concealed, setting: mA)
Silicone oil normal 1 • with visible display (setting: mA) 6
Measuring span (min. ... max.) • with customer-specific display (setting as 7
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required)
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2320 psi) F 1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
4.0 ... 400 bar (58.0 ... 5802 psi) G ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
7.0 ... 700 bar (102.0 ...10153 psi) J is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
Wetted parts materials here.
Seal diaphragm Process connection 2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
Stainless steel Stainless steel A respective remote seals.
Hastelloy Stainless steel B 3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1 must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" 7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
(recommended version) 1) 2) 3) 4) 4) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y)
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 is silicone oil.
with process connector "G½B connection 5) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Han 7D device plug".
shank" 1) 2) 3) 4)
6) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
Process connection 7) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 8) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 9) Only in connection with IP66.
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5 10) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
Non-wetted parts materials NEC 500/505.
11) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting5) 3
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
setting for pressure unit: bar
• International version, English plate inscription, 2
setting for pressure unit: bar
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
setting for pressure unit: Pascal
All versions include DVD with compact operat-
ing instructions in various EU languages.
Explosion protection
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"6) D
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"7) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure R
and dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"8) 9) (pending)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is) (pending)10) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D8)9)10) (pending)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
(is + xp)"6)10) (pending)
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20 x1 .5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D device plug (plastic housing) incl. D
mating connector11)

1/98 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
for gauge pressure
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting bracket Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protection) J01
(1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U-washer or
1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U-washer) made of: Marine approvals
• Steel A01 • Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL) S10
• Stainless steel 304 A02 • Lloyds Register (LR) S11
• Stainless steel 316L A03
Device plugs1) • French marine classification society S12
Bureau Veritas (BV)
• Han 7D (metal) A30
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31 • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14
• Angled A32 • Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16
• Han 8D (metal) A33
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17
Rating plate inscription
(instead of German) 1) Han device plug IP65
• French B12 2) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
• Spanish B13 ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
English rating plate B21 is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi here.
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point character- C11 3) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
istic curve test) according to IEC 60770-22) mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
respective remote seals.
Inspection certificate3) C12 4) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.
Factory certificate C14
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15 Selection and Ordering data Order code
PMI test of parts in contact with medium Additional data
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
Functional safety (SIL2) (pending) C20 code(s) and plain text.
Devices suitable for use according to IEC 61508
and IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration Measuring range to be set Y01
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23 Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
Devices suitable for use according to IEC 61508 Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
and IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration Stainless steel tag plate and entry in device vari- Y15
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99 able (measuring point description)
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 Y15: ...........................................
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
Measuring point text (entry in device variable) Y16
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT) Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
Cable gland and sealing plug made of metal D32
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17
TAG plate empty (no inscription) D61
Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Export approval Korea E11 Y17: ...........................................
CRN approval Canada E22 Setting of pressure indication in pressure units Y21
(Canadian Registration Number) Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar): Y21:
Dual seal E24 mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E554) The following pressure units can be selected:
(China)
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*), mmHG,
(only for transmitter 7MF2033-.....-.B..) inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, kg/cm2, Torr, ATM
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to NEPSI E564) or %
(China) *) ref. temperature 20 °C
(only for transmitter 7MF2033-.....-.D..) Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + Y01
Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E574) non-pressure units1)
(only for transmitter 7MF2033.-.....-.E..) Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex (Russia) E80 (specification of measuring range in pressure units
(only for transmitter 7MF2...-.....-.B..) "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 characters)
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex (Russia) E81 Ordering example
(only for transmitter 7MF2...-.....-.D..) Item line: 7MF2033-1EA00-1AA7-Z
B line: A01 + Y01 + Y21
Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according to EAC E82
Ex (Russia) C line: Y01: 10 ... 20 bar (145 ... 290 psi)
(only for transmitter 7MF2...-.....-.E..) C line: Y21: bar (psi)
1) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/99

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
for gauge pressure
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
15 143 (5.6) 54 (2.13) 5

(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 27 approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)

24
1 (1.1)

50 (1.97)
2 6
Ø80 (3.15)

117 (4.61)
3 4 3 7

176 (6.93)
237 (9.33)
9

68 (2.68)
8

120 (4.72)
72 (2.8)

Space for rotation

of housing
min. 90 (3.54) 4) Ø50 ... 60 105 (4.13)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)

1 Electronic side, digital display 5 Protective cover over keys

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 6 Blanking plug
2 Terminal side1)
7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3 Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 8 Process connection: Connection shank G½B
Han 7D/8D device plug2) 3)
9 Mounting bracket (option)
4 Harting adapter

1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
4)
Minimum distance for rotating

SITRANS P310 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/100 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
for differential pressure and flow

■ Technical specifications
1
SITRANS P310 for differential pressure and flow
Input
Measured variable Differential pressure and flow
Span (fully adjustable), max. operating pressure (in accor- Span Max. operating pressure MAWP (PS)
dance with 2014/68/EU Pressure Equipment Directive)
1 ... 60 mbar 160 bar
0.1 ... 6 kPa 16 MPa
0.4 ... 24 inH2O 2320 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar
0.2 ... 25 kPa
1 ... 100 inH2O
6 ... 600 mbar
0.6 ...60 kPa
2.4 ... 240 inH2O
16 ... 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar
5 ...500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100 % of max. measuring rage (-33 % for 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi cell) or
30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. span
Start of scale value Between the measuring limits continuously adjustable
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in ,
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART Communicator)
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal. Each connection against the
other with max. supply voltage.

Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s) Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/101

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
for differential pressure and flow
1 SITRANS P310 for differential pressure and flow
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
(All error data refer always refer to the set span) • Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nom. pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl.
hysteresis and reproducibility
• Linear characteristic
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r5:  0.075 %
5 < r  60:  (0.005  r + 0.07) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r5:  0,075 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100:  (0,005  r + 0.07) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.2 psi
5000 mbar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3000 kPa/435 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic (flow > 50 %)
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r5:  0.075 %
5 < r  60:  (0.005  r + 0.07) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r5:  0,075 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100:  (0.005  r + 0.07) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.2 psi
5000 mbar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3000 kPa/435 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic
(flow > 25 ... 50 %)
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r5:  0.15 %
5 < r  60:  (0.01  r + 0.14) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r5:  0.15 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100:  (0.01  r + 0.14) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.2 psi
5000 mbar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3000 kPa/435 psi
Influence of ambient temperature
(in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))
• at -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)  (0.15  r + 0.25) %
Influence of static pressure
• on the zero point
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi  (0.15  r) % per 70 bar
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi (zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi  (0.2  r) % per 70 bar
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi (zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
• on the span  0.14 % per 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
Long-term stability  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
(temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F)) static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle)  0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0001015 psi per 10° inclination
(zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)

1/102 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
for differential pressure and flow
SITRANS P310 for differential pressure and flow
1
Rated conditions
Degree of protection
• according to EN 60529 IP66 (optional IP66/IP68)
• according to NEMA 250 Type 4X
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F);
-20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F) with 30 bar measuring cell
• In conjunction with dust explosion protection -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
• Electromagnetic Compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
immunity
Design
Weight (without options) Die-cast aluminum:  4.5 kg ( 9.9 lb)
Stainless steel precision casting:  7.1 kg ( 15.6 lb)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
• O-Ring FPM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
Process connection Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to
DIN 19213 or 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Material of mounting bracket
• Steel Sheet-steel, Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated
• Stainless steel 304 Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301 (SS 304)
• Stainless steel 316L Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404 (SS 316L)
Power supply UH
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/103

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
for differential pressure and flow
1 SITRANS P310 for differential pressure and flow
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of
article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ta/tb IIIC T120 °C Da/Db
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 2/3 G Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ic IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
- Connection (Ex nA) Um = 45 V
- Connection (Ex ic) To circuits with values:
Ui = 45 V
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
• Explosion protection acc. to FM (pending) Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA (pending) Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART Version 5.x
Software for PC SIMATIC PDM

1/104 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
for differential pressure and flow
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
1
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure trans- 7MF 2 4 3 3 - SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure trans- 7MF 2 4 3 3 -
mitters for differential pressure and flow, mitters for differential pressure and flow,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi)
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Electrical connection/cable entry
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell clean- • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
ing • Han 7D device plug (plastic housing) incl. D
Silicone oil normal 1 mating connector12)13)
Measuring span (min. ... max.) Display
• Without display 0
PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
• Without visible display 1
1 ... 60 mbar (0.4015 ... 24.09 inH2O) C (display concealed, setting: mA)
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) E • with customer-specific display 7
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) F (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) G required)
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Wetted parts materials Included in delivery of the device:
(stainless steel process flanges) • Quick-start guide
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Hastelloy Stainless steel B ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
Version for diaphragm seal1) 2) 3) 4) Y is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
Process connection here.
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection 2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
• Sealing screw opposite process connection mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 respective remote seals.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
(only for replacement requirement) 7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• Vent on side of process flange5)
is silicone oil.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6
5) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4
6) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Han 7D device plug".
(only for replacement requirement)
7) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
Non-wetted parts materials
8) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
process flange screws Electronics housing
9) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2 10) Only in connection with IP66.
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 11)
casting6) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
NEC 500/505.
Version 12) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.

• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 13) Permissible only for crimp-contact of conductor cross-section 1 mm2
setting for pressure unit: bar
• International version, English plate inscription, 2
setting for pressure unit: bar
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
setting for pressure unit: Pascal
All versions include DVD with compact operat-
ing instructions in various EU languages.
Explosion protection
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"7) D
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
(Ex ia + Ex d)"8)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"9) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure R
and dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"8)10) (pending)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is) (pending)11) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX)+ S
Zone 1D/2D8)10)11) (pending)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
(is + xp)"7)11) (pending)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/105

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
for differential pressure and flow
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting bracket Export approval Korea E11
(1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U-washer or
1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U-washer) made of: Dual seal E24
• Steel A01 Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E554)
• Stainless steel 304 A02 (China)
• Stainless steel 316L A03 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
O-rings for process flanges Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to NEPSI E564)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) (China)
• PTFE (Teflon) A20 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E574)
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), A22 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
for measured medium temperatures
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex (Russia) E80
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)
(only for transmitter 7MF2...-.....-.B..)
• NBR (Buna N) A23
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex (Russia) E81
Device plugs1)
(only for transmitter 7MF2...-.....-.D..)
• Han 7D (metal) A30
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31 Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according to EAC E82
• Angled A32 Ex (Russia)
• Han 8D (metal) A33 (only for transmitter 7MF2...-.....-.E..)

Sealing screws (2 units) A40 Vent on side for gas measurements H02
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges Stainless steel process flanges for vertical differ- H03
ential pressure lines
Rating plate inscription
(instead of German) Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protection) J01
• French B12 Marine approvals
• Spanish B13
• Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL) S10
English rating plate B21
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11
Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi
• French marine classification society S12
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point character- C11 Bureau Veritas (BV)
istic curve test) according to IEC 60770-22)
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14
Inspection certificate3) to EN 10204-3.1 C12
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16
Factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2 C14
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15
PMI test of parts in contact with medium 1) Han device plug IP65
Functional safety (SIL2) (pending) C20 2) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Devices suitable for use according to IEC 61508 ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
and IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23 here.
Devices suitable for use according to IEC 61508 3)
and IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99 respective remote seals.
4) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastel-
loy and stainless steel)
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12
(only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
Cable gland and sealing plug made of metal D32
Supplied with oval flange set D37
(2 items), PTFE packings and screws in thread of
process flanges
TAG plate empty (no inscription) D61

1/106 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
for differential pressure and flow

Selection and Ordering data Order code

1
Additional data
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code(s) and plain text.
Measuring range to be set
Specify in plain text:
• in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01
(max. 5 characters):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02
(max. 5 characters):
Y02: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Stainless steel tag plate and entry in device vari- Y15
able (measuring point description)
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
Measuring point text (entry in device variable) Y16
Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16: .......
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17
Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .........
Setting of pressure indication in pressure units Y21
Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
The following pressure units can be selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*), mmHG, inHG,
psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in Y22 +
non-pressure units1) Y01 or Y02
Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure units
"Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21 and Y22 can be factory preset.
1) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/107

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
for differential pressure and flow
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
15 143 (5.6)
(0.6) 69 (2.7) 5

(0.94)
53 (2.1) 29 84 (3.31)

24
(1.14)
1

50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)

128 (5.04)
3

166 (6.54)
7
2

8
min. 90 (3.54) 4)

262 (10.3)
12 9
Space for rotation
of housing
134 (5.28)

10

96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)

3 4

72 (2.83) 68 (2.7)
105 (4.1) 120 (4.7)

1 Electronic side, digital display 6 Blanking plug

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
2 Terminal side1) "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
3 Electrical connection: 8 Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 9 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02)
Han 7D/8D device plug2) 3)
10 Mounting bracket (option)
4 Harting adapter
11 Sealing screw with valve (option)
5 Protective cover over keys
12 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)

1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
4)
92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator

SITRANS P310 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/108 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
for differential pressure and flow
1
15 143 (5.6) 5

(0.94)
(0.6) 53 (2.1) approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)

24
1

50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)

128 (5.04)
3 4 3 7

approx. 217 (8.54) 7)

2

min. 90 (3.54) 4) 8

Space for rotation

of housing

approx. 85 (3.35) 6)
8

60 (2.36) 5) approx. 87 (3.43)

65 (2.56)

1 Electronic side, digital display 5 Protective cover over keys

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 6 Blanking plug
2 Terminal side1) 7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3 Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 8 Sealing screw with valve (option)
Han 7D/8D device plug2) 3)
9 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
4 Harting adapter

1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
4)
92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
5)
74 mm (2.9 inch) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)
6)
91 mm (3.6 inch) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)
7)
219 mm (8.62 inch) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)

SITRANS P310 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines, optional "H03" ,
dimensional drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)

SITRANS P310 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow,

with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/109

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
Accessories/Spare Parts
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Spare parts/Accessories Documentation
Mounting bracket and fastening parts The entire documentation is available for A5E35603949
for pressure transmitters download free-of-charge in various languages
at: http://www.siemens.com/
SITRANS P310 (7MF2033-.....-..C.) processinstrumentation/documentation
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AB
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AH Certificates (order only via SAP)
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AP instead of Internet download
• hard copy (to order) A5E03252406
Mounting bracket and fastening parts
• on DVD (to order) A5E03252407
for pressure transmitters
SITRANS P310 HART modem
(7MF2033-.....-..A., -..B., ..D. and ..F.) with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AC
Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AJ
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AQ
Mounting and fastening brackets
For differential pressure transmitters with
flange thread M10
SITRANS P310 (7MF2433-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AD
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AK
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AR
Mounting and fastening brackets
For differential pressure transmitters with
flange thread 7/16 -20 UNF
SITRANS P310(7MF2533-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AF
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AM
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AT
Cover
Made of die-cast aluminum, including gasket.
Compatible for Ex and non-Ex transmitters
• without window 7MF4997-1BB
• with window 7MF4997-1BE
Cover
Made of stainless steel, including gasket.
Compatible for Ex and non-Ex transmitters
• without window 7MF4997-1BC
• with window 7MF4997-1BF
Digital indicator 7MF4997-1BR
Including mounting material
Measuring point label
• without inscription (5 units) 7MF4997-1CA
• Printed (1 unit) 7MF4997-1CB-Z
Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15, Y16 and Y..: ......................
Y99 (see "Pressure transmitters")
Mounting screws
For measuring point label, grounding and con- 7MF4997-1CD
nection terminals or for display
(50 units)
Sealing screws
(1 set = 2 units) for process flange
• made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
• made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CH
Sealing screws with vent valve
Complete (1 set = 2 units)
• made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CP
• made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CQ
O-rings for process flanges made of:
• FPM (Viton) 7MF4997-2DA
• PTFE (Teflon) 7MF4997-2DB
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) 7MF4997-2DC
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) 7MF4997-2DD
• NBR (Buna N) 7MF4997-2DE
Sealing ring for process connection see "Fittings"

1/110 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310
Accessories/Spare Parts

■ Dimensional drawings
1
60
30
12,5
25 25

Ø9
30

R30
60

3
12,5

134
105
21

Ø11

120
115

72
R30
3

52,5
16,5

72

Mounting bracket for SITRANS P310 gauge and absolute pressure-transmitters, dimensions in mm
mounting bracket material: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)

38 27
20,65
20,65
27

R30
41,3
54

R6,5 3

Ø20 41,3
54
134
105
21

Ø11
120
115

72

R30
3
52,5
16,5

72

Mounting bracket for SITRANS P310 differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm

mounting bracket material: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/111

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
1 ■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Diagnostic functions in accordance with NAMUR
recommendation NE107
• SIL devices developed according to IEC 61508
• SIL validation on the device or remotely with SIMATIC PDM
• Reduction of internal inductance for Ex applications to LI = 0
• Step response time for pressure type T63 = 105 ms and for
differential pressure type 135 ms.
• Minimal conformity error
• Very low temperature influence
• Very good long-term stability
• High quality and service life
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads
• For corrosive and non-corrosive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnostics and simulation functions
• Separate replacement of measuring cell and electronics
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitters are digital pressure without recalibration
transmitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and high accu-
racy. The parameter assignment is performed using input but- • Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (e.g., stainless
tons or the HART interface. steel, alloy, gold, Monel, tantalum)
• Infinitely adjustable spans from 0.01 bar to 700 bar (0.15 psi
The comprehensive functionality makes for precise adjustment to 10153 psi)
of the pressure transmitter to the requirements of the plant. Op-
eration is very user-friendly in spite of the numerous setting op- • Convenient parameterization over 4 input buttons and HART
tions. interface
Due to their advanced diagnostic functionalities according to
NAMUR NE107, the SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitters ■ Application
are very suitable for use in chemical plants. Thanks to the ad- SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitters can be used in in-
vanced diagnostic functions and the process value storage, the dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
SITRANS P420 is "Ready for Digitalization".
The pressure transmitters can be used in zone 1 or zone 0 with
The "Remote Safety Handling" function saves customers signifi- the corresponding Ex approval.
cant amounts of time and money, because the SIL function can
be switched on and validated remotely via SIMATIC PDM. This The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
eliminates travel times and on-site operation via the local display mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
or keyboard. highly viscous substances.
Parameter assignment using the HART protocol is very easy and The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 4 input
quick thanks to the innovative EDD with integrated Quick Start buttons or programmed externally over HART interface.
wizard. Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
The transmitters can be equipped with various types of remote Measured variable:
seals for special applications such as the measurement of highly
viscous substances. • Gauge pressure of corrosive and non-corrosive gases, vapors
and liquids.
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitters are available in vari-
ous versions for measuring: Span (infinitely adjustable)
• Gauge pressure • For SITRANS P320/P420 with HART: 0.01 bar to 700 bar
(0.15 psi to 10153 psi)
• Absolute pressure
• Differential pressure There are two series:
• Level • Gauge pressure series
• Volume flow • Differential pressure series
• Mass flow Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure
Measured variable:
• Absolute pressure of corrosive and non-corrosive gases,
vapors and liquids.
Span (infinitely adjustable)
• For SITRANS P320/P420 with HART: 8.3 mbar a to 100 bar a
(0.12 to 1450 psi a)
There are two series:
• Gauge pressure series
• Differential pressure series

1/112 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow Pressure transmitters for level 1
Measured variables: Measured variable:
• Differential pressure • Level of corrosive and non-corrosive liquids in open and
• Small positive or negative overpressure closed vessels.
• Flow q ~ p (together with a primary differential pressure Span (infinitely adjustable)
transducer (see section "Flow meters")) • For SITRANS P320/P420 with HART: 25 mbar to 5 bar
Span (infinitely adjustable) (0.363 to 72.5 psi)
• For SITRANS P320/P420 with HART: 1 mbar to 30 bar Type of the mounting flange:
(0.0145 to 435 psi) • EN 1092-1 flanges
• ASME B16.5 flanges
• J.I.S. flanges
• Diverse range of sealing surface forms available

■ Design
Depending on the customer-specific order, the device comprises different parts.

9
1

11
8 2 15
10

3 14
7

13

4 12

1 Cover over buttons and nameplate with general information 9 Screw for the cover over the buttons

2 Cover (front), optionally with inspection window 10 Cover (rear) for electrical terminal compartment
3 Display (optional) 11 Electrical terminal compartment
4 Safety catch (front) 12 Safety catch (back)
5 Retaining screw for rotation of the enclosure 13 Ground terminal
6 Process connection 14 Nameplate with information on the remote seal

7 Nameplate with approval information 15 Blanking plug

8 Cable inlet, optionally with cable gland

Device front view

• The electronics enclosure is made of die cast aluminum or
precision cast stainless steel.
• The housing has a removable circular cover at the front and
the back.
• Depending on the device version, the front cover (2) may be
designed as an inspection window.
• The cable inlet (8) to the electrical terminal compartment is at
the side; either the left or right-hand one can be used. The
unused opening is closed with a blanking plug (15).
• The ground terminal (13) is located on the side.
• The electrical terminal compartment (11) for the auxiliary
power and shield is accessible when you remove the back
cover (10).
• The measuring cell with process connection (6) is located in
the bottom part of the enclosure.
The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (5).
• Thanks to the modular design of the pressure transmitter, the
measuring cell and application electronics or terminal
compartment can be replaced if required.
• The cover over buttons (1), under which there are 4 buttons, is
located on the upper face of the enclosure. The nameplate
with general information is located on the cover over the
buttons.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/113

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
1 Nameplates
Nameplate
The nameplate with the article no. and other important informa-
tion, such as design details and technical data, is located on the
cover over the buttons.

2
7
3
8
4

1 Article No. 6 Degree of protection

2 Serial number 7 Conformity with country-specific directives

3 Materials, connection, diaphragm, O-ring, oil 8 QR code to mobile website with

device-specific information
4 Minimum/maximum measuring span

5 Nominal pressure

Nameplate with approval information

The nameplate with approval information is located on the front
of the enclosure.

II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga

1 2 3 4 5

1 Characteristics of the hazardous area

2 Type of protection

3 Group (gas, dust)

4 Maximum surface temperature (temperature class)

5 Device protection level

1/114 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
Measuring point label 1
The measuring point label is located under the front cover.

Y01 (max. 5 characters) max. 10 characters

Y15 (max. 32 characters)

Y16 (max. 32 characters)

Nameplate with information on the remote seals

The nameplate with information on the remote seals is located on
the back of the enclosure.

5 6
7

1
2

9 8 10 11
4

1 Diaphragm remote seals in sandwich type 7 Nominal diameter/pressure: 100 mm TUBE LENGTH 2", CLASS 600

2 Article No. 8 Fill fluid: Food grade oil (FDA grade)

3 Order options 9 Wetted parts: Diaphragm duplex, 1.4462

4 Serial number 10 QR code to mobile website with device-specific information

5 Operating temperature 11 Assembly and manufacturing location

6 Negative pressure service: No, oxygen ≤ 60 °C; ≤ 50 bar

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/115

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
1 ■ Function
Adjustable parameters and diagnostics
SITRANS P320/P420 with HART communication
Parameters Input buttons SITRANS P320 SITRANS P420
Application, measure- x x x
ment type
Adjusting start of x x x
scale value/full scale
value
Setting start of scale x x x
value/full scale value
Electrical damping x x x
Zero adjustment x x x
Fault current x x x
Saturation limits x x x
Scaling of the display x x x
Characteristic selec- x x x
tion
Temperature unit x x x
Key lock x x x
Change user pin x x x
Functional safety x x x
Loop test x x x
Start view x x x
Pressure reference x x x
Reset x x x
Diagnostics and
trend log
Min/Max pointer x x
Limit monitoring 2
Event counter (over- 2
flow/underflow)
Trend log 2, max.
1 500 values

Available physical units of display for SITRANS P320/P420

Physical variable Physical dimensions
Pressure (setting can also be made in Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, psi,
the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, kgf/cm2, inH2O,
inH2O (4 °C), ftH2O, mmH2O,
mmH2O (4 °C), mH2O (4 °C), mmHg,
inHg, atm, torr
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in
Volumes (fill level) m³, l, hl, in³, ft³, yd³, gal, gal (UK), bu,
bbl, bbl (US), SCF, Nm³, NI
Volume (flow) m³/sec, m³/h, m³/d, l/sec, l/min, l/h,
MI/d, ft³/sec, ft³/h, ft³/d, SCF/min,
SCF/h, NI/h, Nm³/hgal/sec, gal/min,
gal/h, gal/d, Mgal/d, gal (UK))/sec,
gal (UK)/min, gal (UK)/h, gal (UK)/d,
bbl/sec, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d,
Mass (flow) Kg/sec, kg/min, kg/h, kg/d, g/sec,
g/min, g/h, t/min, t/h, t/d, lb/sec,
lb/min, lb/h, lb/d, ton/min, ton/h,
ton/d, ton (UK)/h, ton (UK)/d
Temperature °C, °F
Miscellaneous %, mA, free text max. 12 characters

For more device information and technical specifications, refer

to the individual device versions.

1/116 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (pressure series)

■ Technical specifications
1
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (pressure series)
Input
Measured variable Gauge pressure
Span (infinitely adjustable) or measuring range, max. Span Max. permissible operating pres- Maximum permissible test pres-
permissible operating pressure (in accordance with sure MAWP (PS) sure
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU) and max.
test pressure (pursuant to DIN 16086) 8.3 ... 250 mbar 4 bar 6 bar
(for oxygen measurement, max. 100 bar/ 0.83 ... 25 kPa 0.4 MPa 0.6 MPa
10 MPa/1450 psi and 60 °C (140 °F) ambient tem- 0.12 … 3.6 psi 58 psi 87 psi
perature/process temperature)
0.01 ... 1 bar 6 bar 9 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 0.6 MPa 0.9 MPa
0.15 … 14.5 psi 87 psi 130 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 20 bar 30 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 2 MPa 3 MPa
0.58 … 58 psi 290 psi 435 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 45 bar 70 bar
0.016 ... 1.6 MPa 4.5 MPa 7 MPa
2.3 … 232 psi 652 psi 1015 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 80 bar 120 bar
0.063 ... 6.3 MPa 8 MPa 12 MPa
9.1 … 914 psi 1160 psi 1740 psi
1.6 ... 160 bar 240 bar 380 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 24 MPa 38 MPa
23 … 2321 psi 3480 psi 5511 psi
4 ... 400 bar 400 bar 600 bar
0.4 ... 40 MPa 40 MPa 60 MPa
58 … 5802 psi 5802 psi 8702 psi
7 ... 700 bar 800 bar 800 bar
0.7 ... 70 MPa 80 MPa 80 MPa
102 … 10153 psi 11603 psi 11603 psi
Measuring limits
• Low measuring limit For 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi measuring cells, the lower measuring limit is 750 mbar a/75 kPa a/10.8 psi
a. The measuring cell is vacuum-resistant up to 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a.
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
- Measuring cell with inert oil 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
• Upper measuring limit 100% of the max. measuring span (for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/ 1450 psi and 60 °C
(140 °F) ambient temperature/process temperature)
• Start of scale Between the measuring limits (infinitely adjustable)
Output HART
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
• Low saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.8 mA
• High saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 22.8 mA, factory-set to 20.5 mA or optionally 22.0 mA
• Ripple (without HART communication) Ipp  0.5% of max. output current
Adjustable damping 0 … 100 s, continuously adjustable over remote operation
0 … 100 s, in increments of 0.1 s, adjustable over display
• Current transmitter 3.55 … 22.8 mA
• Failure signal 3.55 … 22.8 mA
Load Resistor R []
• Without HART communication R = (UH - 10.5 V)/22.8 mA,
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART communication R = 230 … 1100  (HART communicator (handheld))
R = 230 … 500  (SIMATIC PDM)
Characteristic curve • Linearly increasing or linearly decreasing
• Linear increase or decrease or according to the square root (only for differential pressure and flow)
Physical bus -
Polarity-independent -

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/117

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (pressure series)
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (pressure series)
Measuring accuracy
Reference conditions • According to EN 60770-1
• Rising characteristic curve
• Start of scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Seal diaphragm stainless steel
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Conformity error at limit point setting, including hys-
teresis and repeatability
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal measuring range
• Linear characteristic
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r  1.25:  0.075% (SITRANS P320)
 0.065% (SITRANS P420)
1.25 < r  30:  (0.008 · r + 0.055)%
- 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi r  5:  0.065% (SITRANS P320)
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi  0.04% (SITRANS P420)
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi 5 < r  100:  (0.004 · r + 0.045)%
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
- 400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi r  3:  0.075% (SITRANS P320)
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi 3 < r  100:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)% (SITRANS P420)
r  5:  0.075% (SITRANS P420)
5 < r  100:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)% (SITRANS P420)
Influence of ambient temperature
in % per 28 °C (50 °F)
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.16 · r + 0.1)%
• 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.05 · r + 0.1)%
• 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi  (0.025 · r + 0.125)%
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
• 700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi  (0.08 · r + 0.16)%
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F)
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.25 · r)% per year
• 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
In 10 years  (0.35 · r)%
• 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi In 5 years  (0.125 · r)%
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi In 10 years  (0.15 · r)%
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
• 700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
In 10 years  (0.35 · r)%
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) Approx. 0.105 s
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change  0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° incline
of angle) (zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power (in % per voltage change) 0.005% per 1 V

1/118 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (pressure series)
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (pressure series)
1
Rated conditions
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert oil
- 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
- 160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi
• Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 ... +100 °C (14 ... +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature/enclosure Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with inert oil for gauge pressure -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
measuring cells:
1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
- Measuring cell with inert oil -20 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 ... +85°C (14 ... +185°F)
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) (with FDA-compliant oil: -20 ... + 85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
• Climatic class in accordance with IEC 60721-3-4 4K4H
• Degree of protection
- According to IEC 60529 IP66, IP68
- According to NEMA 250 Type 4X
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immunity According to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight Approx. 2.3 kg (5.07 lb) with aluminum enclosure
Approx. 4.2 kg (9.25 lb) for stainless steel enclosure
Material
• Wetted parts materials
- Process connection Stainless steel, material no. 1.4404/316L or Alloy C22, material no. 2.4602
- Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
- Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, material no. 1.4404/316L or Alloy C276, material no. 2.4819
• Non-wetted parts materials
- Electronics housing • Low-copper die-cast aluminum GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. no. 1.4409/ CF-3M
• Standard: Powder coating with polyurethane
Option: 2 coats: Coat 1: epoxy-based; coat 2: Polyurethane
• Stainless steel type plate (1.4404/316L)
- Mounting bracket Electrogalvanized steel or stainless steel
Process connection • Connection shank G1/2A according to DIN EN 837-1
• Female thread ½-14 NPT
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT
• Oval flange (PN 160 (MWP 2320 psi g)) with fastening screw thread:
• Oval flange (PN 420 (MWP 2320 psi g)) with fastening screw thread:
- 7/16-20 UNF according to EN 61518
- M10 according to DIN 19213
• Oval flange (PN 420 (MWP 2320 psi g)) with fastening screw thread:
- 7/16-20 UNF according to EN 61518
- M12 according to DIN 19213
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT
Electrical connection Cable entry via the following screwed glands:
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Han 7D/Han 8D device plug1)
• M12 device plug
Displays and controls
Keys 4 keys for operation directly on the device
Display • With or without integrated display (optional)
• Cover with inspection window (optional)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/119

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (pressure series)
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (pressure series)
Auxiliary power UH
Terminal voltage on pressure transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically safe mode
Ripple USS  0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Noise Ueff  1.2 mV (0.5 … 10 kHz)
Auxiliary power –
Separate supply voltage –
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to pressure equipment For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of article 4,
directive (PED 2014/68/EU) paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Drinking water
• WRAS (England) Available soon
• ACS (France) Available soon
• DVGW (Germany) Available soon
• NSF (USA) Available soon
CRN (Canada) Available soon
Explosion protection acc. to NEPSI (China) Available soon
Explosion protection acc. to INMETRO (Brazil) Available soon
BAM (Germany), oxygen expenditures Available soon
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Marking II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically safe circuits with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
• Flameproof enclosure "d"
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/db IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
• Dust explosion protection for Zone 20, 21, 22
- Marking Ex II 1D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db
Ex II 3D Ex tc IIIC T120 °C Dc
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
• Dust explosion protection for Zone 20, 21, 22
- Marking Ex II 1D Ex ia IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex ib IIIC T120 °C Db
Ex II 3D Ex ic IIIC T120 °C Dc
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF

1/120 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (pressure series)
• Type of protection for Zone 2
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature "ec"
- Permissible ambient temperature "ic"
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- "ec" connection
- "ic" connection
• Explosion protection acc. to FM
- Marking (XP/DIP) or IS; NI; S
• Explosion protection according to CSA
- Marking (XP/DIP) or (IS)
1) Han 8D is identical to Han 8U.
Pressure Measurement
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (pressure series)
1
Ex II 3G Ex ec IIC T4/T6 Gc
Ex II 3G Ex ic IIC T4/T6 Gc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +40 °C (-40 ... +104 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Effective internal inductance/capacitance:
Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
Available soon
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Available soon
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART 7
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/121

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (pressure series)
1 ■ Selection and ordering data
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for gauge pressure (pressure series)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 0 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 0 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Click on the Article no. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Measuring cell filling
Silicone oil 1
Inert liquid 3
Neobee oil 4
Maximum measuring span
250 mbar (3.6 psi) F
1000 mbar (14.5 psi) J
4000 mbar (58 psi) N
16 bar (232 psi) Q
63 bar (914 psi) T
160 bar (2321 psi) V
400 bar (5802 psi) W
700 bar (10153 psi) X
Process connection
Male thread M20 x 1.5 B
Male thread G½ (DIN EN 837-1) D
Female thread ½-14 NPT E
Male thread ½-14 NPT F
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) G
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (DIN 19213) H
Oval flange, mounting thread: M12 (DIN 19213) J
Version for diaphragm seal pressure U
Wetted parts materials: Process connection, seal diaphragm
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, stainless steel 316L/1.4404 0
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, alloy C276/2.4819 1
Alloy C22/2.4602, alloy C276/2.4819 2
Non-wetted parts materials
Die-cast aluminum 1
Stainless steel precision casting CF3M/1.4409 similar to 316L 2
Enclosure
Dual chamber device 5
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
Flameproof enclosure C
Flameproof enclosure, intrinsic safety D
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 L
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 20/21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 M
Combination of options B, C and L (zone model) S
Combination of options B, C and M (zone model, Class Division) T
Electrical connections/cable entries
Thread for cable gland
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M
Local operation/display
Without display (cover closed) 0
With display (cover closed) 1
With display (cover with glass pane) 2

1/122 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (pressure series)

■ Selection and ordering data

1
Options Order code Options Order code
Add "-Z" to article no. and specify order code. Device options
Cable glands included PDF file with device settings D10
Plastic A00 Double layer coating (epoxy resin and polyurethane) D20
120 m of enclosure and cover
Metal A01
FVMQ enclosure sealing D21
Stainless steel A02
IP66/IP68 degree of protection (not for M12 and Han D30
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404 A03 device plugs)
CMP, for XP devices A10 TAG label empty D40
CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11 Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG D41
cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm label
CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12 Stainless steel Ex plate 1.4404/316L D42
7 ... 12 mm, cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm
Increase of pressure stage from PN 420 to PN 500 D50
Han device plug mounted left
Overvoltage protection up to 6 kV (external) D71
Han 7D device plug (plastic, straight) A30
Adhesive labels on transport packaging (supplied by D90
Han 7D device plug (plastic, angled) A31 customer)
Han 7D device plug (metal, straight) A32 General approval without Ex approval
Han 7D device plug (metal, angled) A33 Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, CSA, KCC E00
Han 8D device plug (plastic, straight) A34 Worldwide (CE, RCM, EAC, FM, CSA, KCC) E01
Han 8D device plug (plastic, angled) A35 CSA E06
Han 8D device plug (metal, straight) A36 EAC E07
Han 8D device plug (metal, angled) A37 FM E08
Cable socket included KCC E09
Plastic, for Han 7D/8D device plugs A40 UL E10
Metal, for Han 7D/8D device plugs A41 Explosion protection approvals

M12 device plug mounted left ATEX (Europe) E20

Stainless steel, without cable socket A62 CSA (USA and Canada) E21

Stainless steel, with cable socket A63 FM (USA and Canada) E22

Cable entry/connector mounting IECEx (Worldwide) E23

2x sealing plugs M20 x 1.5, IP66/68 installed on both A90 EACEx (GOST-R, -K, -B) E24
sides INMETRO (Brazil) E25
2x sealing plugs ½-14 NPT, IP66/68 installed on both A91 KCs (Korea) E26
sides
NEPSI (China) E27
Cable gland/connector mounted left A97
PESO (India) E28
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99
TIIS Hazardous (Japan) E29
Nameplate labeling
UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
German (bar) B11
ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) E47
French (bar) B12
CSA (Canada) and FM (USA) E48
Spanish (bar) B13 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) + CSA (Canada) E49
Italian (bar) B14 and FM (USA)
Chinese (bar) B15 Marine approvals
Russian (bar) B16 DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50

English (psi) B20 LR (Lloyds Register) E51

Chinese (Pa) B35 BV (Bureau Veritas) E52

Certificates ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53

Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
(IEC 60770-2) RINA (Registro Italiano Navale) E57
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - Material of C12 CCS (China Classification Society) E58
pressurized and wetted parts
Country-specific approvals
Test report - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) C13
CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60
Test report (EN 10204-2.2) - Wetted parts C14
Special approvals
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15
pressurized and wetted parts Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80
(1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F))
Certificates for functional safety
Dual seal E81
Functional safety (IEC 61508) - SIL2/3 C20
WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83
only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM
NSF61 (drinking water) E84
ACS (drinking water) E85

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/123

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (pressure series)
1 Options Order code
■ Selection and ordering data
Mounting bracket
Customer-specific device settings Order code
Steel, galvanized H01
Add "-Z" to article no., specify order code and plain text
Stainless steel 1.4301/304 H02
or drop-down list selection.
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L H03
Measuring span Y01
Flange connections with flange EN 1092-1 Start of scale value (max. 5 characters),
full scale value (max. 5 characters),
With flange adapter G½ Form B1 unit [mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...],
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J80 example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J81 Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
• DN 80 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J82 numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
With siphon G½ Form B1
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J83 Drop-down list: Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, psi,
g/cm2, kg/cm2, kgf/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4°C), ftH2O,
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J84 mmH2O, mmH2O (4°C), mH2O (4°C), mmHg, inHg, atm,
• DN 80 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J85 torr
• DN 25 PN 100, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J86
TAG Y15
Process flanges, gaskets (instead of standard gas- (on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
kets FKM (FPM)) max. 32 characters)
Seal (EN 837-1) material Fe (soft iron) K60 Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters

Seal (EN 837-1) material 1.4571 K61 Measuring point description Y16
(on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
Seal (EN 837-1) material Cu K62 max. 32 characters)
Process connection Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
Process connection male thread G½, bore hole 11 mm K80 TAG short Y17
(device parameters, max. 8 characters)
Shut-off valves, pneumatic blocks
Input field: Free text, max. 8 characters
With mounted pneumatic block 7MF9011-4EA, T02
process connection at transmitter G½ shank, PTFE seal- Local display Y21
ing ring and pressure test certified in test report [Pressure, Percent], reference [None, Absolute, Rela-
(EN 10204-2.2) tive], example: Pressure gauge
Drop-down list: Percent, pressure unit, pressure unit
With mounted pneumatic block 7MF9011-4FA, process T03 abs., pressure unit gauge
connection at transmitter female thread ½-14 NPT, seal-
ing tape. With PTFE sealing ring and pressure test certi- Local display Y22
fied in test report (EN 10204-2.2) Scaling with standard units
[m3/s, l/s, m, inch, ...], example 1 ... 5 m
With mounted pneumatic block 7MF9411-5AA, process T05
connection at transmitter oval flange with PTFE gasket, Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
steel mounting screws, pressure test certified in test numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
report (EN 10204-2.2) matically converted to dot).
With mounted pneumatic block 7MF9411-5AA, process T06 Drop-down list: m, cm, mm, in, ft, m3, l, hl, in3, ft3, yd3,
connection at transmitter oval flange with PTFE gasket, gal, gal (UK), bu, bbl, bbl (US), SCF, Nm3, Nl.
stainless steel mounting screws, pressure test certified Local display Y23
in test report (EN 10204-2.2) Scaling with user-specific units (max. 12 characters),
example 1 ... 5 m
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Input field 3: Free text, max. 8 characters
Saturation limits instead of 3.8 ... 20.5 mA, Y30
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list 1: 3.9, 4
Drop-down list 2: 20.8, 22
Fault current instead of 3.6 mA [22.5 mA, 22.8 mA] Y31
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
Damping in seconds instead of 2 s (0.0 ... 100.0 s) Y32
Input field: max. 4 characters and numbers only; deci-
mal places as dot (comma is automatically converted to
dot); min. value = 0; max. value = 100.
ID number of special version Y99
Input field: max. 4 characters and only natural numbers
from 0 … 9999

1/124 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (pressure series)

■ Dimensional drawings
1
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)

3 4

146 (5.75) 51 (2.01)

27 (1.06)
5
2.6 74 (2.9) 61 (2.4) 24 (0.94) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
1 (0.1)

52 (2.05)
6
Ø 81 (3.19)

117 (4.61)
158 (6.22)

3
7

183 (7.2)
237 (9.33)
9

SW 36
68 (2.68)
approx. 32

120 (4.72)
(1.26)

72 (2.8)

Space for
rotation of housing

min. 92 (3.62) Ø 50 ... 60 105 (4.13)

(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)

1 Electronic side, display 5 Cover over buttons and nameplate

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) with general information
6 Blanking plug
2 Terminal side
7 Screw cover - safety bracket
3 Electrical connection:
(only for type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure")
screw gland M20 x 1,53) or screw gland ½-14 NPT or
Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug or M12 device plug2) 3 8 Process connection: connection shank G½B or oval flange
4 Harting adapter 9 Mounting bracket (option)

1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inch) for the thread length when removing the covers
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + XP]"

SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for gauge pressure (pressure series), dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/125

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
1 ■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
Input
Measured variable Gauge pressure
Span (infinitely adjustable) and maximum operating Span Max. permissible operating pres- Maximum permissible test pres-
pressure (pursuant to Pressure Equipment Directive sure MAWP (PS) sure
2014/68/EU)
1 ... 20 mbar 160 bar 160 bar
0.1 ... 2 kPa 16 MPa 16 MPa
0.4019 … 8.037 inH2O 2320 psi 2320 psi
1 ... 60 mbar 160 bar 160 bar
0.1 ... 6 kPa 16 MPa 16 MPa
0.4019 … 24.11 inH2O 2320 psi 2320 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 160 bar 160 bar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 16 MPa 16 MPa
1.005 … 100.5 inH2O 2320 psi 2320 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 160 bar 160 bar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 16 MPa 16 MPa
2.41 … 241.1 inH2O 2320 psi 2320 psi
16 ... 1600 mbar 160 bar 160 bar
1.6 ... 160 kPa 16 MPa 16 MPa
6.43 … 643 inH2O 2320 psi 2320 psi
50 ... 5000 mbar 160 bar 160 bar
5 ... 500 kPa 16 MPa 16 MPa
20.09 … 2009 inH2O 2320 psi 2320 psi
0.3 ... 30 bar 160 bar 160 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 16 MPa 16 MPa
4.35 … 435 psi 2320 psi 2320 psi
Measuring limits
• Low measuring limit
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
- Measuring cell with inert oil 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
• Upper measuring limit 100% of the max. measuring span (for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/ 1450 psi and 60 °C
(140 °F) ambient temperature/process temperature)
• Start of scale Between the measuring limits (infinitely adjustable)
Output HART
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
• Low saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.8 mA
• High saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 22.8 mA, factory-set to 20.5 mA or optionally 22.0 mA
• Ripple (without HART communication) Ipp  0.5% of max. output current
Adjustable damping 0 … 100 s, continuously adjustable over remote operation
0 … 100 s, in increments of 0.1 s, adjustable over display
• Current transmitter 3.55 … 22.8 mA
• Failure signal 3.55 … 22.8 mA
Load Resistor R []
• Without HART communication R = (UH - 10.5 V)/22.8 mA,
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART communication R = 230 … 1100  (HART communicator (handheld))
R = 230 … 500  (SIMATIC PDM)
Characteristic curve • Linearly increasing or linearly decreasing
• Linear increase or decrease or according to the square root (only for differential pressure and flow)
Physical bus -
Polarity-independent -

1/126 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
1
Measuring accuracy
Reference conditions • According to EN 60770-1
• Rising characteristic curve
• Start of scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Seal diaphragm stainless steel
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Conformity error at limit point setting, including hys-
teresis and repeatability
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal measuring range
• Linear characteristic
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O r  5:  0.075%
5 < r  20:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O r  5:  0.075%
5 < r  60:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r  5:  0.065% (SITRANS P320)
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O  0.04% (SITRANS P420)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O 5 < r  100:  (0.005 · r + 0.045) % (SITRANS P320)
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O  (0.004 · r + 0.045) % (SITRANS P420)
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
Influence of ambient temperature
as % per 28 °C (50 °F))
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O  (0.15 · r + 0.1)%
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O  (0.075 · r + 0.1)%
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.025 · r + 0.125)% (SITRANS P320)
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.025 · r + 0.625)% (SITRANS P420)
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O  (0.0125 · r + 0.625)% (SITRANS P420)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F))
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O  (0.2 · r)% per year
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi In 5 years  (0.125 · r)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O In 10 years  (0.15 · r)%
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
• 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
In 10 years  (0.35 · r)%
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) Approx. 0.1 s
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change  0.07 mbar/0.007 kPa/0.01015266 psi per 10° incline
of angle) (zero-point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power (in % per voltage change) 0.005% per 1 V
Rated conditions
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
- Measuring cell 30 bar (435 psi), PN 420 -20 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert oil -20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
- Measuring cell 30 bar (435 psi), PN 420 -20 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
• Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 … +100 °C (14 … +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protection -40 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature/enclosure Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling, -20 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
measuring cell 30 bar (435 psi), PN 420
- Measuring cell with inert oil -20 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 … +85 °C (14 … +185 °F)
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F); with FDA-compliant oil: -20 ... + 85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class in accordance with IEC 60721-3-4 4K4H
• Degree of protection
- According to IEC 60529 IP66, IP68
- According to NEMA 250 Type 4X
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immunity According to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/127

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
Design
Weight Approx. 3.9 kg (8.5 lb) with aluminum enclosure
Approx. 5.8 kg (12.7 lb) with stainless steel enclosure
Material
• Wetted parts materials
- Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L, Alloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Monel, mat. no. 2.4360, tantalum or
gold
- Process flanges and sealing plugs Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408 to PN 160, mat. no. 1.4571/316Ti for PN 420, Alloy C22, 2.4602 or Monel,
mat. no. 2.4360
- O-ring FPM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR
• Non-wetted parts materials
- Electronics housing • Low-copper die-cast aluminum GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. no. 1.4409/ CF-3M
• Standard: Powder coating with polyurethane
Option: 2 coats: Coat 1: epoxy-based; coat 2: Polyurethane
• Stainless steel type plate (1.4404/316L)
- Pressure flange screws Stainless steel ISO 3506-1 A4-70
- Mounting bracket Steel, electrogalvanized steel, or stainless steel
Process connection ½-18 NPT female thread and flat connection with 7/16-20 UNF fastening screw thread in accordance
with EN 61518 or M10 fastening screw thread in accordance with DIN 19213 (M12 for PN 420 (MWP
6092 psi))
Electrical connection Screw terminals
Cable entry via the following screwed glands:
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Han 7D/Han 8D device plug1)
• M12 device plug
Displays and controls
Keys 4 keys for operation directly on the device
Display • With or without integrated display (optional)
• Cover with inspection window (optional)
Auxiliary power UH
Terminal voltage on pressure transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically safe mode
Ripple USS  0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Noise Ueff  1.2 mV (0.5 … 10 kHz)
Auxiliary power –
Separate supply voltage –
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to pressure equipment For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of article 4,
directive (PED 2014/68/EU) paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Drinking water
• WRAS (England) Available soon
• ACS (France) Available soon
• DVGW (Germany) Available soon
• NSF (USA) Available soon
CRN (Canada) Available soon
Explosion protection acc. to NEPSI (China) Available soon
Explosion protection acc. to INMETRO (Brazil) Available soon
BAM (Germany), oxygen expenditures Available soon
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Marking II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
• Flameproof enclosure "d"
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/db IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA

1/128 Siemens FI 01 · 2018


Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
• Dust explosion protection for Zone 20, 21, 22
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Max. surface temperature
- Connection
• Dust explosion protection for Zone 20, 21, 22
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance
• Type of protection for Zone 2
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature "ec"
- Permissible ambient temperature "ic"
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- "ec" connection
- "ic" connection
• Explosion protection acc. to FM
- Marking (XP/DIP) or IS; NI; S
• Explosion protection according to CSA
- Marking (XP/DIP) or (IS)
1) Han 8D is identical to Han 8U.
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART 7
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
© Siemens AG 2018
Pressure Measurement
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
1
Ex II 1D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db
Ex II 3D Ex tc IIIC T120 °C Dc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
120 °C (248 °F)
To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ex II 1D Ex ia IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex ib IIIC T120 °C Db
Ex II 3D Ex ic IIIC T120 °C Dc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
Ex II 3G Ex ec IIC T4/T6 Gc
Ex II 3G Ex ic IIC T4/T6 Gc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +40 °C (-40 ... +104 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Effective internal inductance/capacitance:
Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
Available soon
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Available soon
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/129
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
1 ■ Selection and ordering data
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 1 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 1 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Click on the Article no. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Measuring cell filling
Silicone oil 1
Inert liquid 3
Neobee oil 4
Maximum measuring span
20 mbar (8.037 inH2O) B
60 mbar (24.11 inH2O) D
250 mbar (1005 inH2O) G
600 mbar (241.1 inH2O) H
1 600 mbar (643 inH2O) M
5000 mbar (2009 inH2O) P
30 bar (435 psi) R
Process connection
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) L
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (PN 160), (DIN 19213) M
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) with lateral ventilation N
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (PN 160) (DIN 19213) with lateral ventilation P
Wetted parts materials: Process connection, seal diaphragm
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, stainless steel 316L/1.4404 0
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, alloy C276/2.4819 1
Alloy C22/2.4602, alloy C276/2.4819 2
Tantalum/tantalum (not in combination with maximum measuring span 20 mbar (0.29 psi) and 60 mbar (0.87 psi)) 4
Monel 00/2.4360, Monel 400/2.4360 (not in combination with maximum measuring span 20 mbar (0.29 psi) and 60 mbar 6
(0.87 psi))
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, gold-plated (not in combination with maximum measuring span 20 mbar (0.29 psi) and 8
60 mbar (0.87 psi))
Non-wetted parts materials
Die-cast aluminum 1
Stainless steel precision casting CF3M/1.4409 similar to 316L 2
Enclosure
Dual chamber device 5
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
Flameproof enclosure C
Flameproof enclosure, intrinsic safety D
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 L
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 20/21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 M
Combination of options B, C and L (zone model) S
Combination of options B, C and M (zone model, Class Division) T
Electrical connections/cable entries
Thread for cable gland
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M

1/130 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
Article No.
1
Pressure transmitters for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 1 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 1 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Local operation/display
Without display (cover closed) 0
With display (cover closed) 1
With display (cover with glass pane) 2

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/131

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
1 ■ Selection and ordering data
Options Order code Options Order code
Add "-Z" to article no. and specify order code. Device options
Cable glands included PDF file with device settings D10
Plastic A00 Double layer coating (epoxy resin and polyurethane) D20
120 m of enclosure and cover
Metal A01
FVMQ enclosure sealing D21
Stainless steel A02
IP66/IP68 degree of protection (not for M12 and Han D30
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404 A03 device plugs)
CMP, for XP devices A10 TAG label empty D40
CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11 Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG D41
cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm label
CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12 Stainless steel Ex plate 1.4404/316L D42
7 ... 12 mm, cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm
Increase of pressure stage from PN 420 to PN 500 D50
Han device plug mounted left
Overvoltage protection up to 6 kV (external) D71
Han 7D device plug (plastic, straight) A30
Adhesive labels on transport packaging (supplied by D90
Han 7D device plug (plastic, angled) A31 customer)
Han 7D device plug (metal, straight) A32 General approval without Ex approval
Han 7D device plug (metal, angled) A33 Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, CSA, KCC E00
Han 8D device plug (plastic, straight) A34 Worldwide (CE, RCM, EAC, FM, CSA, KCC) E01
Han 8D device plug (plastic, angled) A35 CSA E06
Han 8D device plug (metal, straight) A36 EAC E07
Han 8D device plug (metal, angled) A37 FM E08
Cable socket included KCC E09
Plastic, for Han 7D/8D device plugs A40 UL E10
Metal, for Han 7D/8D device plugs A41 Explosion protection approvals
M12 device plug mounted left ATEX (Europe) E20
Stainless steel, without cable socket A62 CSA (USA and Canada) E21
Stainless steel, with cable socket A63 FM (USA and Canada) E22
Cable entry/connector mounting IECEx (Worldwide) E23
2x sealing plugs M20 x 1.5, IP66/68 installed on both A90 EACEx (GOST-R, -K, -B) E24
sides
INMETRO (Brazil) E25
2x sealing plugs ½-14 NPT, IP66/68 installed on both A91
sides KCs (Korea) E26
Cable gland/connector mounted left A97 NEPSI (China) E27
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99 PESO (India) E28
Nameplate labeling TIIS Hazardous (Japan) E29
German (bar) B11 UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
French (bar) B12 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) E47
Spanish (bar) B13 CSA (Canada) and FM (USA) E48
Italian (bar) B14 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) + CSA (Canada) E49
and FM (USA)
Chinese (bar) B15
Marine approvals
Russian (bar) B16
DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50
English (psi) B20
LR (Lloyds Register) E51
Chinese (Pa) B35
BV (Bureau Veritas) E52
Certificates
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11
(IEC 60770-2) KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - Material of C12 RINA (Registro Italiano Navale) E57
pressurized and wetted parts
CCS (China Classification Society) E58
Test report - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) C13
Country-specific approvals
Test report (EN 10204-2.2) - Wetted parts C14
CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15
pressurized and wetted parts
Certificates for functional safety
Functional safety (IEC 61508) - SIL2/3 C20

1/132 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
Options Order code Options Order code
1
Special approvals Process flange options
Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80 Process flanges for vertical differential pressure lines K81
(1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F)) (half process flange)
Dual seal E81 Process flanges (+) - side front K82
WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83 Process flange screws, process flange nuts, K83
only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM material Monel 400/2.4360
NSF61 (drinking water) E84 Valve ¼-18 NPT, material same as process flanges K84
ACS (drinking water) E85 Valve mounted on the side, measured medium: Gas K85
Mounting bracket Oval flange enclosed, gasket PTFE + mounting screws K86
Steel, galvanized H01 Pneumatic blocks
Stainless steel 1.4301/304 H02 With mounted pneumatic block (3-way) 7MF9411-5BA, U01
PTFE sealing rings, chrome-plated steel screws and
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L H03 pressure test certified in test report (EN 10204-2.2)
Process flanges; screw plug with vent valve With mounted pneumatic block (3-way) 7MF9411-5BA, U02
Welded in on right J08 PTFE sealing rings, stainless steel screws and pressure
test certified in test report (EN 10204-2.2)
Welded in on left J09
With mounted pneumatic block (5-way) 7MF9411-5CA, U03
Glued in on right J10 PTFE sealing rings, chrome-plated steel screws and
pressure test certified in test report (EN 10204-2.2)
Glued in on left J11
With mounted pneumatic block (5-way) 7MF9411-5CA, U04
Flange connections with flange EN 1092-1
PTFE sealing rings, stainless steel screws and pressure
Form B1 test certified in test report (EN 10204-2.2)
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J70
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J71
• DN 80 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J72
• DN 15 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J78
Form C
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J73
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J74
• DN 80 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J75
Flange connection options
Flange connection and temperature extension J76
Flange connection with epoxy resin coating J77
Process flanges; special materials
Reserved for 7MF7: without process flanges, without K00
screws, without gaskets
Process flange material alloy C4/2.4610 K01
Process flange material Monel 400/2.4360 K02
Process connection material PVDF, on the side ½- K05
14 NPT
Process flanges/process connection material PVDF, K06
flange on the side EN 1092-1 Form B1 DN 25 PN 40,
MAWP 4 bar
Process flanges/process connection material PVDF, K07
flange on the side EN 1092-1 Form B1 DN 40 PN 40,
MAWP 4 bar
Process flanges; process connection option
Process flange with process connection G½ welded on K20
Process connection (oval flange) NAM (ASTAVA) K21
Process flanges chambered with gaskets
1x chambered, graphite K40
1x chambered, PTFE K41
2x chambered, PTFE K42
Process flanges, gaskets (instead of standard gas-
kets FKM (FPM))
O-ring, process flanges, PTFE K50
O-ring, process flanges, FEP (with silicone core, K51
approved for food)
O-ring, process flanges, FFKM (FFPM) K52
O-ring, process flanges, NBR K53
O-ring, process flanges, EPDM K54

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/133

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
1 ■ Selection and ordering data
Customer-specific device settings Order code
Add "-Z" to article no., specify order code and plain text
or drop-down list selection.
Measuring span Y01
Start of scale value (max. 5 characters),
full scale value (max. 5 characters),
unit [mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...],
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Drop-down list: Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, psi,
g/cm2, kg/cm2, kgf/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4°C), ftH2O,
mmH2O, mmH2O (4°C), mH2O (4°C), mmHg, inHg, atm,
torr
TAG Y15
(on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
max. 32 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
Measuring point description Y16
(on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
max. 32 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
TAG short Y17
(device parameters, max. 8 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 8 characters
Local display Y21
[Pressure, Percent], reference [None, Absolute, Rela-
tive], example: Pressure gauge
Drop-down list: Percent, pressure unit, pressure unit
abs., pressure unit gauge
Local display Y22
Scaling with standard units
[m3/s, l/s, m, inch, ...], example 1 ... 5 m
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Drop-down list: m, cm, mm, in, ft, m3, l, hl, in3, ft3, yd3,
gal, gal (UK), bu, bbl, bbl (US), SCF, Nm3, Nl.
Local display Y23
Scaling with user-specific units (max. 12 characters),
example 1 ... 5 m
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Input field 3: Free text, max. 8 characters
Saturation limits instead of 3.8 ... 20.5 mA, Y30
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list 1: 3.9, 4
Drop-down list 2: 20.8, 22
Fault current instead of 3.6 mA [22.5 mA, 22.8 mA] Y31
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
Damping in seconds instead of 2 s (0.0 ... 100.0 s) Y32
Input field: max. 4 characters and numbers only; deci-
mal places as dot (comma is automatically converted to
dot); min. value = 0; max. value = 100.
ID number of special version Y99
Input field: max. 4 characters and only natural numbers
from 0 … 9999

1/134 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)

■ Dimensional drawings
1
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)

3 4

2.6 146 (5.75) 5

(0.1) 72 (2.83) 27 (1.06)
61 (2.4) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
1
52 (2.05)

6
Ø 81 (3.19)

139 (5.47)

172 (6.77)
3
2 7
8

273 (10.75)
12 min. 92 (3.6)
Space for rotation of
housing
134 (5.28)

101 (3.98)
11 10
54 (2.13)
1.97 ... 2.36
Ø 50 ... 60

68 (2.7)
72 (2.83) 120 (4.7)
105 (4.1)

1 Electronic side, display 6 Blanking plug

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) Screw cover - safety bracket
7
2 Terminal side (only for type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure")
3 Electrical connection: 8 Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard)
screw gland M20 x 1,53) or screw gland ½-14 NPT or 9 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix K85)
Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug or M12 device plug2) 3
10 Mounting bracket (option)
4 Harting adapter
11 Sealing screw with valve (option)
5 Cover over buttons and nameplate with general information
12 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)

1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inch) for the thread length when removing the covers
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + XP]"

SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for relative pressure (differential pressure series), dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/135

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge and absolute pressure, flush-mounted diaphragm
1 ■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge and absolute pressure, with flush-mounted diaphragm
Input of gauge pressure, with flush-mounted dia-
phragm
Measured variable Gauge pressure
Span (infinitely adjustable) or measuring range, max. Span Max. permissible operating pres- Maximum permissible test pres-
operating pressure and max. test pressure sure MAWP (PS) sure
0.01 ... 1 bar Refer to the information on the nameplate of the pressure transmitter
1 ... 100 kPa and the data on the mounting flange1)
0.15 … 14.5 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar
4 ... 400 kPa
0.58 … 58 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar
0.016 ... 1.6 MPa
2.3 … 232 psi
0.6 ... 63 bar
0.063 ... 6.3 MPa
9.1 … 914 psi
Measuring limits
• Low measuring limit
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
- Measuring cell with inert oil 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
• Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
Input of absolute pressure, with flush-mounted
diaphragm
Measured variable Absolute pressure
Span (infinitely adjustable) or measuring range, max. Span Max. permissible operating pres- Maximum permissible test pres-
operating pressure and max. test pressure sure MAWP (PS) sure
43 … 1300 mbar a Refer to the information on the nameplate of the pressure transmitter
4.3 ... 130 kPa a and the data on the mounting flange1)
17 … 525 inH2O a
166 … 5000 mbar a
16.6 ... 500 kPa a
2.41 … 72.5 psi a
1 … 30 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a
14.5 … 435 psi a
Depending on the process connection, the span may differ from these values.
Measuring limits
• Low measuring limit
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 bar a/0 kPa a/0 psi a
• Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
Start of scale Between the measuring limits (infinitely adjustable)
Output HART
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
• Low saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.8 mA
• High saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 22.8 mA, factory-set to 20.5 mA or optionally 22.0 mA
• Ripple (without HART communication) Ipp  0.5% of max. output current
Adjustable damping 0 … 100 s, continuously adjustable over remote operation
0 … 100 s, in increments of 0.1 s, adjustable over display
• Current transmitter 3.55 … 22.8 mA
• Failure signal 3.55 … 22.8 mA
Load Resistor R []
• Without HART communication R = (UH - 10.5 V)/22.8 mA,
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART communication R = 230 … 1100  (HART communicator (handheld))
R = 230 … 500  (SIMATIC PDM)
Characteristic curve • Linearly increasing or linearly decreasing
• Linear increase or decrease or according to the square root (only for differential pressure and flow)
Physical bus -
Polarity-independent -

1/136 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge and absolute pressure, flush-mounted diaphragm
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge and absolute pressure, with flush-mounted diaphragm
1
Gauge pressure measuring accuracy, with flush-
mounted diaphragm
Reference conditions • According to EN 60770-1
• Rising characteristic curve
• Start of scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Seal diaphragm stainless steel
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Conformity error at limit point setting, including hys-
teresis and repeatability
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = maximum measuring span/set measuring span or nominal measuring range
• Linear characteristic
- 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi r  5:  0.075%
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi 5 < r  100:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
Influence of ambient temperature
in % per 28 °C (50 °F)
• 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.08 · r + 0.16)%
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F)
• 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
• 16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi In 5 years  (0.125 · r)%
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) Approx. 0.1 s
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change 0.4 mbar/0.04 kPa/0.006 per 10° incline
of angle) (zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power (in % per voltage change) 0.005% per 1 V
Absolute pressure measuring accuracy with flush
diaphragm
Reference conditions • According to EN 60770-1
• Rising characteristic curve
• Start of scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Seal diaphragm stainless steel
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Conformity error at limit point setting, including hys-
teresis and repeatability
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = maximum measuring span/set measuring span or nominal measuring range
• Linear characteristic
- All measuring cells r  10:  0.2%
10 < r  30:  0.4%
Influence of ambient temperature
in % per 28 °C (50 °F)
• All measuring cells  (0.16 · r + 0.24)%
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F)
• All measuring cells In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) Approx. 0.2 s
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change 0.4 mbar/0.04 kPa/0.006 per 10° incline
of angle) (zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power (in % per voltage change) 0.005% per 1 V

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/137

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge and absolute pressure, flush-mounted diaphragm
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge and absolute pressure, with flush-mounted diaphragm
Rated conditions
Temperature of medium2)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 … +150 °C (-40 … +302 °F)
-40 … +200 °C (-40 … +392 °F) with cooling extension
• Measuring cell with inert oil -20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 … +150 °C (14 … +302 °F)
-10 … +200 °C (14 … +392 °F) with cooling extension
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature/enclosure Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with inert oil (different pressure 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
classes) 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 ps
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 ps
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 ... +85°C (14 ... +185°F)
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) (with FDA-compliant oil: -20 ... + 85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
• Climatic class in accordance with IEC 60721-3-4 4K4H
• Degree of protection
- According to IEC 60529 IP66, IP68
- According to NEMA 250 Type 4X
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immunity According to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight (pressure transmitter without mounting
flange)
Material
• Wetted parts materials
- Process connection Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
- Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, material no. 1.4404/316L or Alloy C276, material no. 2.4819
• Non-wetted parts materials
- Electronics housing • Low-copper die-cast aluminum GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. no. 1.4409/ CF-3M
• Standard: Powder coating with polyurethane
Option: 2 coats: Coat 1: epoxy-based; coat 2: Polyurethane
• Stainless steel type plate (1.4404/316L)
- Mounting bracket Steel, electrogalvanized steel, or stainless steel
Process connection • Flanges according to EN and ASME
• F&B and pharmaceutical flanges
• BioConnect/BioControl
• PMC style
Electrical connection Cable entry via the following screwed glands:
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Han 7D/Han 8D device plug3)
• M12 device plug
Displays and controls
Keys 4 keys for operation directly on the device
Display • With or without integrated display (optional)
• Cover with inspection window (optional)
Auxiliary power UH
Terminal voltage on pressure transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically safe mode
Ripple Uss  0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Noise Ueff  1.2 mV (0.5 … 10 kHz)
Auxiliary power –
Separate supply voltage –

1/138 Siemens FI 01 · 2018


Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge and absolute pressure, with flush-mounted diaphragm
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to pressure equipment
directive (PED 2014/68/EU)
Drinking water
• WRAS (England)
• ACS (France)
• DVGW (Germany)
• NSF (USA)
CRN (Canada)
Explosion protection acc. to NEPSI (China)
Explosion protection acc. to INMETRO (Brazil)
BAM (Germany), oxygen expenditures
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance
• Flameproof enclosure "d"
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Connection
• Dust explosion protection for Zone 20, 21, 22
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Max. surface temperature
- Connection
• Dust explosion protection for Zone 20, 21, 22
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance
• Type of protection for Zone 2
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature "ec"
- Permissible ambient temperature "ic"
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- "ec" connection
- "ic" connection
© Siemens AG 2018
Pressure Measurement
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge and absolute pressure, flush-mounted diaphragm
1
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of article 4,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
To certified intrinsically safe circuits with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/db IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ex II 1D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db
Ex II 3D Ex tc IIIC T120 °C Dc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
120 °C (248 °F)
To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ex II 1D Ex ia IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex ib IIIC T120 °C Db
Ex II 3D Ex ic IIIC T120 °C Dc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
Ex II 3G Ex ec IIC T4/T6 Gc
Ex II 3G Ex ic IIC T4/T6 Gc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +40 °C (-40 ... +104 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Effective internal inductance/capacitance:
Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/139
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge and absolute pressure, flush-mounted diaphragm
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge and absolute pressure, with flush-mounted diaphragm
• Explosion protection acc. to FM Available soon
- Marking (XP/DIP) or IS; NI; S CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection according to CSA Available soon
- Marking (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
1) The MAWP value of the pressure transmitter can be lower than the PN value of the mounting flange and vice versa.
To determine the maximum permissible operating pressure and the maximum permissible test pressure, use the lowest value as reference.
2) Observe the temperature limits in the process connection standards (e.g. DIN 32676 and DIN 11851) for the maximum process temperature for flush-
mounted process connections.
3) Han 8D is identical to Han 8U.

HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART 7
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM

1/140 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge and absolute pressure, flush-mounted diaphragm

■ Selection and ordering data

1
Article No.
Pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute pressure, with flush-mounted diaphragm
SITRANS P320 for gauge pressure 7 MF 0 3 0 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure 7 MF 0 4 0 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P320 for absolute pressure 7 MF 0 3 2 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure 7 MF 0 4 2 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Click on the Article no. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Measuring cell filling
Silicone oil 1
Inert liquid 3
Neobee oil 4
Maximum measuring span
1000 mbar (14.5 psi) 0 J
4000 mbar (58 psi) 0 N
16 bar (232 psi) 0 Q
63 bar (914 psi) 0 T
1 300 mbar a (18.9 psi a) 2 L
5000 mbar a (72.5 psi a) 2 P
30 bar a (435 psi a) 2 R
Process connection
Flush-mounted diaphragm K
Wetted parts materials: Process connection, seal diaphragm
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, stainless steel 316L/1.4404 0
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, alloy C276/2.4819 1
Alloy C22/2.4602, alloy C276/2.4819 2
Non-wetted parts materials
Die-cast aluminum 1
Stainless steel precision casting CF3M/1.4409 similar to 316L 2
Enclosure
Dual chamber device 5
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
Flameproof enclosure C
Flameproof enclosure, intrinsic safety D
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 L
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 20/21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 M
Combination of options B, C and L (zone model) S
Combination of options B, C and M (zone model, Class Division) T
Electrical connections/cable entries
Thread for cable gland
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M
Local operation/display
Without display (cover closed) 0
With display (cover closed) 1
With display (cover with glass pane) 2

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/141

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge and absolute pressure, flush-mounted diaphragm
1 ■ Selection and ordering data
Options Order code Options Order code
Add "-Z" to article no. and specify order code. Device options
Cable glands included PDF file with device settings D10
Plastic A00 Double layer coating (epoxy resin and polyurethane) D20
120 m of enclosure and cover
Metal A01
FVMQ enclosure sealing D21
Stainless steel A02
IP66/IP68 degree of protection (not for M12 and Han D30
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404 A03 device plugs)
CMP, for XP devices A10 TAG label empty D40
CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11 Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG D41
cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm label
CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12 Stainless steel Ex plate 1.4404/316L D42
7 ... 12 mm, cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm
Increase of pressure stage from PN 420 to PN 500 D50
Han device plug mounted left
Overvoltage protection up to 6 kV (external) D71
Han 7D device plug (plastic, straight) A30
Adhesive labels on transport packaging (supplied by D90
Han 7D device plug (plastic, angled) A31 customer)
Han 7D device plug (metal, straight) A32 General approval without Ex approval
Han 7D device plug (metal, angled) A33 Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, CSA, KCC E00
Han 8D device plug (plastic, straight) A34 Worldwide (CE, RCM, EAC, FM, CSA, KCC) E01
Han 8D device plug (plastic, angled) A35 CSA E06
Han 8D device plug (metal, straight) A36 EAC E07
Han 8D device plug (metal, angled) A37 FM E08
Cable socket included KCC E09
Plastic, for Han 7D/8D device plugs A40 UL E10
Metal, for Han 7D/8D device plugs A41 Explosion protection approvals
M12 device plug mounted left ATEX (Europe) E20
Stainless steel, without cable socket A62 CSA (USA and Canada) E21
Stainless steel, with cable socket A63 FM (USA and Canada) E22
Cable entry/connector mounting IECEx (Worldwide) E23
2x sealing plugs M20 x 1.5, IP66/68 installed on both A90 EACEx (GOST-R, -K, -B) E24
sides
INMETRO (Brazil) E25
2x sealing plugs ½-14 NPT, IP66/68 installed on both A91
sides KCs (Korea) E26

Cable gland/connector mounted left A97 NEPSI (China) E27

PESO (India) E28
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99
TIIS Hazardous (Japan) E29
Nameplate labeling
UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
German (bar) B11
ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) E47
French (bar) B12
CSA (Canada) and FM (USA) E48
Spanish (bar) B13
ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) + CSA (Canada) E49
Italian (bar) B14 and FM (USA)
Chinese (bar) B15 Marine approvals
Russian (bar) B16 DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50
English (psi) B20 LR (Lloyds Register) E51
Chinese (Pa) B35 BV (Bureau Veritas) E52
Certificates ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
(IEC 60770-2)
RINA (Registro Italiano Navale) E57
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - Material of C12
pressurized and wetted parts CCS (China Classification Society) E58
Test report - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) C13 Country-specific approvals
Test report (EN 10204-2.2) - Wetted parts C14 CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60

Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15 Special approvals

pressurized and wetted parts Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80
Certificates for functional safety (1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F))

Functional safety (IEC 61508) - SIL2/3 C20 Dual seal E81

WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83
only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM
NSF61 (drinking water) E84

1/142 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge and absolute pressure, flush-mounted diaphragm
Options Order code Options Order code
1
ACS (drinking water) E85 Sanitary connections manufacturer-specific
3A (hygiene) E86 Varivent type N for pipes DN 40 ... DN 125 PN 40 P06
EHEDG (hygiene) E87 NEUMO BioConnect flange
Process flanges, gaskets (instead of standard gas- • DN 50 PN 16 P14
kets FKM (FPM)) • DN 65 PN 16 P15
• DN 80 PN 16 P16
Seal (EN 837-1) material Fe (soft iron) K60
• DN100 PN 16 P17
Seal (EN 837-1) material 1.4571 K61 • 2" PN 16 P23
Seal (EN 837-1) material Cu K62 • 2 ½" PN 16 P24
• 3" PN 16 P25
Process connection
• 4" PN 16 P26
Process connection male thread G½, bore hole 11 mm K80
NEUMO BioConnect clamp
Flanges according to DIN EN 1092-1 Form B1 and • DN 50 PN 16 P34
ASME standard B16.5
• DN 65 PN 10 P35
EN 1092-1 Form B1 • DN 80 PN 10 P36
• DN 50 PN 16 M03 • DN 100 PN 10 P37
• DN 80 PN 16 M05 • 2 ½" PN 16 P43
• DN 25 PN 40 M10 • 3" PN 10 P44
• DN 40 PN 40 M12 • 4" PN 10 P45
• DN 50 PN 40 M13
NEUMO BioControl flange
• DN 80 PN 40 M15
• DN 50 PN 16 P51
• DN 40 PN 100 M22
• DN 65 PN 16 P52
ASME B16.5 • DN 80 PN 16 P53
• 1" Class 150 RF M30
Sanitary connections special design
• 1 ½" Class 150 RF M31
• 2" Class 150 RF M32 Tank connection
• 3" Class 150 RF M33 • TG 52/50 PN 40 with seal Q00
• 4" Class 150 RF M34 • TG 52/150 PN 40 with seal Q01
• 1" Class 300 RF M35 DRD flange D = 65 mm DN 50 PN 40 Q15
• 1 ½" Class 300 RF M36 SMS socket
• 2" Class 300 RF M37 • with union nut 2" PN 25 Q22
• 3" Class 300 RF M38 • with union nut 2 ½" PN 25 Q23
• 4" Class 300 RF M39
• with union nut 3" PN 25 Q24
Sanitary connections in accordance with the stan- • with thread 2" PN 25 Q28
dard • with thread 2 ½" PN 25 Q29
Sanitary flange DIN 11851 • with thread 3" PN 25 Q30
• with slotted union nut DN 50 PN 25 N03 IDF socket
• with slotted union nut DN 80 PN 25 N05 • with union nut ISO 2853 2" PN 25 Q42
Tri-Clamp • with union nut ISO 2853 2 ½" PN 25 Q43
• DIN 32676 DN 50 PN 16 N14 • with union nut ISO 2853 3" PN 25 Q44
• DIN 32676 DN 65 PN 10 N15 • with thread ISO 2853 2" PN 25 Q48
• ISO 2852 2" PN 40 N22 • with thread ISO 2853 2 ½" PN 25 Q49
• ISO 2852 3" PN 40 N23 • with thread ISO 2853 3" PN 25 Q50
Aseptic threaded socket Weldable sockets for tank connection
• DIN 11864-1 Form A DN 50 PN 25 N33 Weldable piece for TG52/50 Q90
• DIN 11864-1 Form A DN 65 PN 25 N34
Weldable piece for TG52/150 Q91
• DIN 11864-1 Form A DN 80 PN 25 N35
• DIN 11864-1 Form A DN100 PN 25 N36 Connections for the paper industry
Aseptic flange with notch Process connection PMC Style Standard R00
• DIN 11864-2 Form A DN 50 PN 16 N43 Process connection PMC Style Minibolt R01
• DIN 11864-2 Form A DN 65 PN 16 N44
Weldable sockets for PMC Style Standard R02
• DIN 11864-2 Form A DN 80 PN 16 N45
• DIN 11864-2 Form A DN100 PN 16 N46 Weldable sockets for PMC Style Minibolt R03
Aseptic clamp with groove Threaded connection
• DIN 11864-3 Form A DN 50 PN 25 N53 Male thread G¾-A DIN 3852 R11
• DIN 11864-3 Form A DN 65 PN 25 N54
Male thread G1-A DIN 3852 R12
• DIN 11864-3 Form A DN 80 PN 16 N55
• DIN 11864-3 Form A DN100 PN 16 N56 Male thread G2-A DIN 3852 R14
Special options front-flush
Temperature decoupler (media temperature up to R85
200 °C)
Mating connector including seal R90

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/143

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge and absolute pressure, flush-mounted diaphragm
1 ■ Selection and ordering data
Customer-specific device settings Order code
Add "-Z" to article no., specify order code and plain text
or drop-down list selection.
Measuring span Y01
Start of scale value (max. 5 characters),
full scale value (max. 5 characters),
unit [mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...],
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Drop-down list: Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, psi,
g/cm2, kg/cm2, kgf/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4°C), ftH2O,
mmH2O, mmH2O (4°C), mH2O (4°C), mmHg, inHg, atm,
torr
TAG Y15
(on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
max. 32 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
Measuring point description Y16
(on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
max. 32 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
TAG short Y17
(device parameters, max. 8 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 8 characters
Local display Y21
[Pressure, Percent], reference [None, Absolute, Rela-
tive], example: Pressure gauge
Drop-down list: Percent, pressure unit, pressure unit
abs., pressure unit gauge
Local display Y22
Scaling with standard units
[m3/s, l/s, m, inch, ...], example 1 ... 5 m
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Drop-down list: m, cm, mm, in, ft, m3, l, hl, in3, ft3, yd3,
gal, gal (UK), bu, bbl, bbl (US), SCF, Nm3, Nl.
Local display Y23
Scaling with user-specific units (max. 12 characters),
example 1 ... 5 m
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Input field 3: Free text, max. 8 characters
Saturation limits instead of 3.8 ... 20.5 mA, Y30
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list 1: 3.9, 4
Drop-down list 2: 20.8, 22
Fault current instead of 3.6 mA [22.5 mA, 22.8 mA] Y31
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
Damping in seconds instead of 2 s (0.0 ... 100.0 s) Y32
Input field: max. 4 characters and numbers only; deci-
mal places as dot (comma is automatically converted to
dot); min. value = 0; max. value = 100.
ID number of special version Y99
Input field: max. 4 characters and only natural numbers
from 0 … 9999

1/144 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge and absolute pressure, flush-mounted diaphragm

■ Dimensional drawings
1
2.6 146 (5.74)

52 (2.04) (1.06)
4
(0.1)

27
74 (2.9) 61 (2.4) 27 84 (3.31)
(1.06)
1
5

H1 = approx. 138 (5.43)

3
6

2
50 (1.97)

H 2 = approx.
Space for rotation

55 (2.17)
7

of housing

min. 92 (3.6)

1 Electronic side, display 4 Cover over buttons and nameplate with general information
(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 5 Blanking plug
2 Terminal side 6 Screw cover - safety bracket
3 Electrical connection: (only for type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure")
screw gland M20 x 1,53) or screw gland ½-14 NPT or 7 Process connection
Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug or M12 device plug2) 3

1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inch) for the thread length when removing the covers
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + XP]"

SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter, with flush-mounted diaphragm, dimensions in mm (inch)

This figure consists of a SITRANS P320/P420 with an example flange.
In this figure, the height is divided into H1 and H2.
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P320P420 up to a defined cross-section
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section
Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/145

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge and absolute pressure, flush-mounted diaphragm
1 Flanges according to EN and ASME Other connections
Flange according to EN Varivent connection

EN 1092-1 Order DN PN D H2
code
Order DN PN D H2
code P06 40 ... 125 40 84 mm (3.3") Approx.

H2
52 mm (2")
H2

M03 50 16 165 mm (6.5") Approx.

52 mm (2")
M05 80 16 200 mm (7.9") D
D
M10 25 40 115 mm (4.5")
M12 40 40 150 mm (5.9") Bio-control connection
M13 50 40 165 mm (6.5") Order DN PN D H2
M15 80 40 200 mm (7.9") code

M22 40 100 170 mm (6.7") P51 50 16 90 mm (3.5") Approx.

H2
52 mm (2")
P52 65 16 120 mm (4.7")
Flanges according to ASME
P53 80 16 150 mm (5.9")
ASME B16.5 D

Order DN Clas D H2
code s Sanitary process connection according to DRD
H2

M30 1" 150 110 mm (4.3") Approx. Order DN PN D H2

D 52 mm (2") code
M31 1½" 150 130 mm (5.1")
M32 2" 150 150 mm (5.9") H2 Q15 65 40 105 mm (4.1") Approx.
52 mm (2")
M33 3" 150 190 mm (7.5")
M34 4" 150 230 mm (9.1") D

M35 1" 300 125 mm (4.9")

M36 1½" 300 155 mm (6.1") Sanitary process connection according to NEUMO BioConnect flange
connection
M37 2" 300 165 mm (6.5")
Order DN PN D H2
M38 3" 300 210 mm (8.1") code
M39 4" 300 255 mm (10.0") P14 50 16 110 mm (4.3") Approx.
H2

52 mm (2")
NuG and pharmaceutical connections P15 65 16 140 mm (5.5")
D P16 80 16 150 mm (5.9")
Connections to DIN
P17 100 16 175 mm (6.9")
DIN 11851 (milk pipe union with slotted union nut)
P23 2" 16 100 mm (3.9")
Order DN PN D H2
P24 2½" 16 110 mm (4.3")
code
P25 3" 16 140 mm (5.5")
N03 50 25 92 mm (3.6") Approx.
H2

52 mm (2") P26 4" 16 175 mm (6.9")

N05 80 25 127 mm (5.0")
Sanitary process connection according to NEUMO BioConnect clamp
D connection
Order DN PN D H2
TriClamp according to DIN 32676 code

Order DN PN D H2 P34 50 16 77.4 mm (3.0") Approx.

code 52 mm (2")
H2

P35 65 10 90.9 mm (3.6")

N14 50 16 64 mm (2.5") Approx. P36 80 10 106 mm (4.2")
H2

52 mm (2")
N15 65 10 91 mm (3.6") P37 100 10 119 mm (4.7")
D
N22 2" 16 64 mm (2.5") Approx. P43 2½" 16 77.4 mm (3.0")
D
52 mm (2")
N23 3" 10 91 mm (3.6") P44 3" 10 90.9 mm (3.6")
P45 4" 10 119 mm (4.7")

1/146 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge and absolute pressure, flush-mounted diaphragm
Threaded connection G¾", G1" and G2" acc. to DIN 3852 Aseptic threaded socket according to DIN 11864-1 Form A
1
Order DN PN D H2 Order DN PN D H2
code code
R11 ¾" 63 37 mm (1.5") Approx. N33 50 25 78 x 1/6" Approx.
H2

45 mm (1.8") 52 mm (2.1")

H2
N34 65 25 95 x 1/6"
R12 1" 63 48 mm (1.9") Approx.
D 47 mm (1.9") N35 80 25 110 x ¼"

R14 2" 63 78 mm (3.1") Approx. N36 100 25 130 x ¼"

52 mm (2") D

Tank connection TG 52/50 and TG52/150

Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Form A
Order DN PN D H2
code Order DN PN D H2
code
Q00 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx.

H2
63 mm (2.5") N43 50 16 94 (3.7'') Approx.
H2

52 mm (2.1")
Q01 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx. N44 65 16 113 (4.4'')
170 mm N45 80 16 133 (5.2'')
D
(6.7")
D N46 100 16 159 (6.3'')

SMS socket with union nut Aseptic clamp with groove according to DIN 11864-3 Form A

Order DN PN D H2 Order DN PN D H2
code code
N53 50 25 77.5 (3.1'') Approx.
H2

Q22 2" 25 84 mm (3.3") Approx.

52 mm (2.1")
H2
52 mm (2.1") N54 65 25 91 (3.6'')
Q23 2½" 25 100 mm (3.9")
Q24 3" 25 114 mm (4.5") N55 80 16 106 (4.2'')
D N56 100 16 130 (5.1'')
D

SMS threaded socket

Process connection PMC Style Standard
Order DN PN D H2
code Order DN PN D H2
code
Q28 2" 25 70 x 1/6 mm Approx.
H2

52 mm (2.1") R00 - - 40.9 mm (1.6") Approx.

Q29 2½" 25 85 x 1/6 mm
H2

36.8 mm
Q30 3" 25 98 x 1/6 mm (1.4")
D

D
IDF socket with union nut
Order DN PN D H2 Process connection PMC Style Minibolt
code
Order DN PN D H2
Q28 2" 25 77 mm (3") Approx.
H2

code
52 mm (2.1")
Q29 2½" 25 91 mm (3.6") R01 - - 26.3 mm (1.0") Approx.
Q30 3" 25 106 mm (4.2") 33.1 mm
H2

(1.3")
D

D
IDF threaded socket
Order DN PN D H2
code
Q48 2" 25 64 mm (2.5") Approx.
H2

52 mm (2.1")
Q49 2½" 25 77.5 mm (3.1")
Q50 3" 25 91 mm (3.6")
D

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/147

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (pressure series)
1 ■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (pressure series)
Input
Measured variable Absolute pressure
Span (infinitely adjustable) or measuring range, max. Span Max. permissible operating pres- Maximum permissible test pres-
permissible operating pressure (in accordance with sure MAWP (PS) sure
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU) and max.
test pressure (pursuant to DIN 16086) 8.3 … 250 mbar a 4 bar a 6 bar a
0.83 ... 25 kPa a 0.4 MPa a 0.6 MPa a
3.3 … 100.5 inH2O a 58 psi a 87 psi a
43 … 1300 mbar a 6.6 bar a 10 bar a
4.3 ... 130 kPa a 0.66 MPa a 1 MPa a
17.3 … 522 inH2O a 95 psi a 145 psi a
166 … 5000 mbar a 20 bar a 30 bar a
16.6 ... 500 kPa a 2 MPa a 3 MPa a
2.41 … 72.5 psi a 290 psi a 435 psi a
1 … 30 bar a 65 bar a 100 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 6.5 MPa a 10 MPa a
14.5 … 435 psi a 942 psi a 1450 psi a
5.3 … 160 bar a 240 bar 380 bar a
0.53 ... 16 MPa a 24 MPa 38 MPa a
77 … 2321 psi a 3480 psi 5511 psi a
13.3 … 400 bar a 400 bar a 600 bar a
1.3 ... 40 MPa a 40 MPa a 60 MPa a
192 … 5802 psi a 5802 psi a 8702 psi a
23.3 … 700 bar a 800 bar a 800 bar a
2.3 ... 70 MPa a 80 MPa a 80 MPa a
337 … 10153 psi a 11603 psi a 11603 psi a
Measuring limits
• Low measuring limit
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/kPa a/psi a
- Measuring cell with inert oil For process temperature -20-°C < ϑ  +60 °C (-4 °F < ϑ  +140 °F) 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
For process temperature 60 °C < ϑ  +100 °C (max. 85 °C for mea- 30 mbar a + 20 mbar a · (ϑ -
suring cell 30 bar) (140 °F < ϑ  +212 °F (max. 185 °F for measuring 60 °C)/°C
cell 435 psi)) 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a · (ϑ - 60 °C)/°C
0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a · (ϑ -
140 °F)/°F
• Upper measuring limit 100% of the max. measuring span (for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/ 1450 psi and 60 °C
(140 °F) ambient temperature/process temperature)
• Start of scale Between the measuring limits (infinitely adjustable)
Output HART
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
• Low saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.8 mA
• High saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 22.8 mA, factory-set to 20.5 mA or optionally 22.0 mA
• Ripple (without HART communication) Ipp  0.5% of max. output current
Adjustable damping 0 … 100 s, continuously adjustable over remote operation
0 … 100 s, in increments of 0.1 s, adjustable over display
• Current transmitter 3.55 … 22.8 mA
• Failure signal 3.55 … 22.8 mA
Load Resistor R []
• Without HART communication R = (UH - 10.5 V)/22.8 mA,
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART communication R = 230 … 1100  (HART communicator (handheld))
R = 230 … 500  (SIMATIC PDM)
Characteristic curve • Linearly increasing or linearly decreasing
• Linear increase or decrease or according to the square root (only for differential pressure and flow)
Physical bus -
Polarity-independent -

1/148 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (pressure series)
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (pressure series)
1
Measuring accuracy
Reference conditions • According to EN 60770-1
• Rising characteristic curve
• Start of scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Seal diaphragm stainless steel
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Conformity error at limit point setting, including hys-
teresis and repeatability
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = maximum measuring span/set measuring span or nominal measuring range
• Linear characteristic (all measuring cells)
- r  10  0.1%
- 10 < r  30  0.2%
Influence of ambient temperature
(in % per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a  (0.15 · r + 0.1)%
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a  (0.08 · r + 0.16)%
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
100 bar a/10 MPa a/1450 psi a
160 bar a/16 MPa a/2321 psi a
400 bar a/40 MPa a/5802 psi a
700 bar a/70 MPa a/10153 psi a
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) Approx. 0.2 s
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change  0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° incline
of angle) (zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power (in % per voltage change) 0.005% per 1 V
Rated conditions
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert oil
- 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
- 160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
700 bar/70 MPa/10153 psi
• Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 ... +100 °C (14 ... +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature/enclosure Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with inert oil for gauge pressure -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
measuring cells:
1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
- Measuring cell with inert oil -20 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 ... +85°C (14 ... +185°F)
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) (with FDA-compliant oil: -20 ... + 85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
• Climatic class in accordance with IEC 60721-3-4 4K4H
• Degree of protection
- According to IEC 60529 IP66, IP68
- According to NEMA 250 Type 4X
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immunity According to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/149

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (pressure series)
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (pressure series)
Design
Weight Approx. 2.3 kg (5.07 lb) with aluminum enclosure
Approx. 4.2 kg (9.25 lb) for stainless steel enclosure
Material
• Wetted parts materials
- Process connection Stainless steel, material no. 1.4404/316L or Alloy C22, material no. 2.4602
- Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
- Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, material no. 1.4404/316L or Alloy C276, material no. 2.4819
• Non-wetted parts materials
- Electronics housing • Low-copper die-cast aluminum GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. no. 1.4409/ CF-3M
• Standard: Powder coating with polyurethane
Option: 2 coats: Coat 1: epoxy-based; coat 2: Polyurethane
• Stainless steel type plate (1.4404/316L)
- Mounting bracket Electrogalvanized steel or stainless steel
Process connection • Connection shank G1/2A according to DIN EN 837-1
• Female thread ½-14 NPT
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT
• Oval flange (PN 160 (MWP 2320 psi g)) with fastening screw thread:
• Oval flange (PN 420 (MWP 2320 psi g)) with fastening screw thread:
- 7/16-20 UNF according to EN 61518
- M10 according to DIN 19213
• Oval flange (PN 420 (MWP 2320 psi g)) with fastening screw thread:
- 7/16-20 UNF according to EN 61518
- M12 according to DIN 19213
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT
Electrical connection Cable entry via the following screwed glands:
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Han 7D/Han 8D device plug1)
• M12 device plug
Displays and controls
Keys 4 keys for operation directly on the device
Display • With or without integrated display (optional)
• Cover with inspection window (optional)
Auxiliary power UH
Terminal voltage on pressure transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically safe mode
Ripple USS  0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Noise Ueff  1.2 mV (0.5 … 10 kHz)
Auxiliary power –
Separate supply voltage –
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to pressure equipment For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of article 4,
directive (PED 2014/68/EU) paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Drinking water
• WRAS (England) Available soon
• ACS (France) Available soon
• DVGW (Germany) Available soon
• NSF (USA) Available soon
CRN (Canada) Available soon
Explosion protection acc. to NEPSI (China) Available soon
Explosion protection acc. to INMETRO (Brazil) Available soon
BAM (Germany), oxygen expenditures Available soon

1/150 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (pressure series)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance
• Flameproof enclosure "d"
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Connection
• Dust explosion protection for Zone 20, 21, 22
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Max. surface temperature
- Connection
• Dust explosion protection for Zone 20, 21, 22
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance
• Type of protection for Zone 2
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature "ec"
- Permissible ambient temperature "ic"
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- "ec" connection
- "ic" connection
• Explosion protection acc. to FM
- Marking (XP/DIP) or IS; NI; S
• Explosion protection according to CSA
- Marking (XP/DIP) or (IS)
1) Han 8D is identical to Han 8U.
Pressure Measurement
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (pressure series)
1
II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
To certified intrinsically safe circuits with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/db IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ex II 1D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db
Ex II 3D Ex tc IIIC T120 °C Dc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
120 °C (248 °F)
To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ex II 1D Ex ia IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex ib IIIC T120 °C Db
Ex II 3D Ex ic IIIC T120 °C Dc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
Ex II 3G Ex ec IIC T4/T6 Gc
Ex II 3G Ex ic IIC T4/T6 Gc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +40 °C (-40 ... +104 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Effective internal inductance/capacitance:
Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
Available soon
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Available soon
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART 7
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/151

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (pressure series)
1 ■ Selection and ordering data
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure (pressure series)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 2 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 2 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Click on the Article no. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Measuring cell filling
Silicone oil 1
Inert liquid 3
Neobee oil 4
Maximum measuring span
250 mbar a (100.5 inH2O a) F
1 300 mbar a (522 inH2O a) L
5000 mbar a (72.5 psi a) P
30 bar a (435 psi a) R
160 bar a (2 321 psi a) V
400 bar a (5 802 psi a) W
700 bar a (10153 psi a) X
Process connection
Male thread M20 x 1.5 B
Male thread G½ (DIN EN 837-1) D
Female thread ½-14 NPT E
Male thread ½-14 NPT F
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) G
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (DIN 19213) H
Oval flange, mounting thread: M12 (DIN 19213) J
Version for diaphragm seal pressure U
Wetted parts materials: Process connection, seal diaphragm
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, stainless steel 316L/1.4404 0
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, alloy C276/2.4819 1
Alloy C22/2.4602, alloy C276/2.4819 2
Non-wetted parts materials
Die-cast aluminum 1
Stainless steel precision casting CF3M/1.4409 similar to 316L 2
Enclosure
Dual chamber device 5
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
Flameproof enclosure C
Flameproof enclosure, intrinsic safety D
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 L
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 20/21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 M
Combination of options B, C and L (zone model) S
Combination of options B, C and M (zone model, Class Division) T
Electrical connections/cable entries
Thread for cable gland
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M
Local operation/display
Without display (cover closed) 0
With display (cover closed) 1
With display (cover with glass pane) 2

1/152 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (pressure series)

■ Selection and ordering data

1
Options Order code Options Order code
Add "-Z" to article no. and specify order code. Device options
Cable glands included PDF file with device settings D10
Plastic A00 Double layer coating (epoxy resin and polyurethane) D20
120 m of enclosure and cover
Metal A01
FVMQ enclosure sealing D21
Stainless steel A02
IP66/IP68 degree of protection (not for M12 and Han D30
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404 A03 device plugs)
CMP, for XP devices A10 TAG label empty D40
CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11 Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG D41
cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm label
CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12 Stainless steel Ex plate 1.4404/316L D42
7 ... 12 mm, cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm
Increase of pressure stage from PN 420 to PN 500 D50
Han device plug mounted left
Overvoltage protection up to 6 kV (external) D71
Han 7D device plug (plastic, straight) A30
Adhesive labels on transport packaging (supplied by D90
Han 7D device plug (plastic, angled) A31 customer)
Han 7D device plug (metal, straight) A32 General approval without Ex approval
Han 7D device plug (metal, angled) A33 Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, CSA, KCC E00
Han 8D device plug (plastic, straight) A34 Worldwide (CE, RCM, EAC, FM, CSA, KCC) E01
Han 8D device plug (plastic, angled) A35 CSA E06
Han 8D device plug (metal, straight) A36 EAC E07
Han 8D device plug (metal, angled) A37 FM E08
Cable socket included KCC E09
Plastic, for Han 7D/8D device plugs A40 UL E10
Metal, for Han 7D/8D device plugs A41 Explosion protection approvals
M12 device plug mounted left ATEX (Europe) E20
Stainless steel, without cable socket A62 CSA (USA and Canada) E21
Stainless steel, with cable socket A63 FM (USA and Canada) E22
Cable entry/connector mounting IECEx (Worldwide) E23
2x sealing plugs M20 x 1.5, IP66/68 installed on both A90 EACEx (GOST-R, -K, -B) E24
sides
INMETRO (Brazil) E25
2x sealing plugs ½-14 NPT, IP66/68 installed on both A91
sides KCs (Korea) E26
Cable gland/connector mounted left A97 NEPSI (China) E27
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99 PESO (India) E28
Nameplate labeling TIIS Hazardous (Japan) E29
German (bar) B11 UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
French (bar) B12 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) E47
Spanish (bar) B13 CSA (Canada) and FM (USA) E48
Italian (bar) B14 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) + CSA (Canada) E49
and FM (USA)
Chinese (bar) B15
Marine approvals
Russian (bar) B16
DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50
English (psi) B20
LR (Lloyds Register) E51
Chinese (Pa) B35
BV (Bureau Veritas) E52
Certificates
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11
(IEC 60770-2) KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - Material of C12 RINA (Registro Italiano Navale) E57
pressurized and wetted parts
CCS (China Classification Society) E58
Test report - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) C13
Country-specific approvals
Test report (EN 10204-2.2) - Wetted parts C14
CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15
pressurized and wetted parts
Certificates for functional safety
Functional safety (IEC 61508) - SIL2/3 C20

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/153

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (pressure series)
1 Options Order code
■ Selection and ordering data
Special approvals
Customer-specific device settings Order code
Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80
(1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F)) Add "-Z" to article no., specify order code and plain text
or drop-down list selection.
Dual seal E81
Measuring span Y01
WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83
Start of scale value (max. 5 characters),
only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM
full scale value (max. 5 characters),
NSF61 (drinking water) E84 unit [mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...],
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
ACS (drinking water) E85
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
Mounting bracket numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Steel, galvanized H01
Drop-down list: Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, psi,
Stainless steel 1.4301/304 H02 g/cm2, kg/cm2, kgf/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4°C), ftH2O,
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L H03 mmH2O, mmH2O (4°C), mH2O (4°C), mmHg, inHg, atm,
torr
Flange connections with flange EN 1092-1
TAG Y15
With flange adapter G½ Form B1 (on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J80 max. 32 characters)
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J81 Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
• DN 80 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J82 Measuring point description Y16
With siphon G½ Form B1 (on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
max. 32 characters)
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J83
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J84 Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
• DN 80 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J85 TAG short Y17
• DN 25 PN 100, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J86 (device parameters, max. 8 characters)
Process flanges, gaskets (instead of standard gas- Input field: Free text, max. 8 characters
kets FKM (FPM)) Local display Y21
Seal (EN 837-1) material Fe (soft iron) K60 [Pressure, Percent], reference [None, Absolute, Rela-
tive], example: Pressure gauge
Seal (EN 837-1) material 1.4571 K61 Drop-down list: Percent, pressure unit, pressure unit
Seal (EN 837-1) material Cu K62 abs., pressure unit gauge
Process connection Local display Y22
Scaling with standard units
Process connection male thread G½, bore hole 11 mm K80 [m3/s, l/s, m, inch, ...], example 1 ... 5 m
Shut-off valves, pneumatic blocks Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
With mounted pneumatic block 7MF9011-4EA, T02 matically converted to dot).
process connection at transmitter G½ shank, PTFE seal-
ing ring and pressure test certified in test report Drop-down list: m, cm, mm, in, ft, m3, l, hl, in3, ft3, yd3,
(EN 10204-2.2) gal, gal (UK), bu, bbl, bbl (US), SCF, Nm3, Nl.

With mounted pneumatic block 7MF9011-4FA, process T03 Local display Y23
connection at transmitter female thread ½-14 NPT, seal- Scaling with user-specific units (max. 12 characters),
ing tape. With PTFE sealing ring and pressure test certi- example 1 ... 5 m
fied in test report (EN 10204-2.2) Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
With mounted pneumatic block 7MF9411-5AA, process T05
matically converted to dot).
connection at transmitter oval flange with PTFE gasket,
steel mounting screws, pressure test certified in test Input field 3: Free text, max. 8 characters
report (EN 10204-2.2)
Saturation limits instead of 3.8 ... 20.5 mA, Y30
With mounted pneumatic block 7MF9411-5AA, process T06 example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
connection at transmitter oval flange with PTFE gasket, Drop-down list 1: 3.9, 4
stainless steel mounting screws, pressure test certified
in test report (EN 10204-2.2) Drop-down list 2: 20.8, 22
Fault current instead of 3.6 mA [22.5 mA, 22.8 mA] Y31
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
Damping in seconds instead of 2 s (0.0 ... 100.0 s) Y32
Input field: max. 4 characters and numbers only; deci-
mal places as dot (comma is automatically converted to
dot); min. value = 0; max. value = 100.
ID number of special version Y99
Input field: max. 4 characters and only natural numbers
from 0 … 9999

1/154 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (pressure series)

■ Dimensional drawings
1
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)

3 4

146 (5.75) 51 (2.01)

27 (1.06)
5
2.6 74 (2.9) 61 (2.4) 24 (0.94) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
1 (0.1)

52 (2.05)
6
Ø 81 (3.19)

117 (4.61)
158 (6.22)

3
7

183 (7.2)
237 (9.33)
9

SW 36
68 (2.68)
approx. 32

120 (4.72)
(1.26)

72 (2.8)

Space for
rotation of housing

min. 92 (3.62) Ø 50 ... 60 105 (4.13)

(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)

1 Electronic side, display 5 Cover over buttons and nameplate

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) with general information
6 Blanking plug
2 Terminal side
7 Screw cover - safety bracket
3 Electrical connection:
(only for type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure")
screw gland M20 x 1,53) or screw gland ½-14 NPT or
Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug or M12 device plug2) 3 8 Process connection: connection shank G½B or oval flange
4 Harting adapter 9 Mounting bracket (option)

1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inch) for the thread length when removing the covers
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + XP]"

SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for absolute pressure (pressure series), dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/155

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
1 ■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
Input
Measured variable Absolute pressure
Span (infinitely adjustable) and maximum operating Span Max. permissible operating pres- Maximum permissible test pres-
pressure (pursuant to Pressure Equipment Directive sure MAWP (PS) sure
2014/68/EU)
8.3 … 250 mbar a 32 bar a 48 bar a
0.83 ... 25 kPa a 3.2 MPa a 4.8 MPa a
3.3 … 100.5 inH2O a 464 psi a 696 psi a
43 … 1300 mbar a 32 bar a 48 bar a
4.3 ... 130 kPa a 3.2 MPa a 4.8 MPa a
17.3 … 522 inH2O a 464 psi a 696 psi a
166 … 5000 mbar a 32 bar a 240 bar a
16.6 ... 500 kPa a 3.2 MPa a 24 MPa a
2.41 … 72.5 psi a 464 psi a 3480 psi a
1 … 30 bar a 160 bar a 240 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 16 MPa a 24 MPa a
14.5 … 435 psi a 2320 psi a 3480 psi a
5 … 100 bar a 160 bar a 240 bar a
0.5 ... 10 MPa a 16 MPa a 24 MPa a
76.9 … 1450 psi a 2320 psi a 3480 psi a
Measuring limits
• Low measuring limit
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/kPa a/psi a
- Measuring cell with inert liquid For process temperature -20-°C < ϑ  +60 °C (-4 °F < ϑ  +140 °F) 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
For process temperature 60 °C < ϑ  +100 °C (max. 85 °C for mea- 30 mbar a + 20 mbar a · (ϑ -
suring cell 30 bar) (140 °F < ϑ  +212 °F (max. 185 °F for measuring 60 °C)/°C
cell 435 psi)) 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a · (ϑ - 60 °C)/°C
0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a · (ϑ -
140 °F)/°F
• Upper measuring limit 100% of the max. measuring span (for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/ 1450 psi and 60 °C
(140 °F) ambient temperature/process temperature)
• Start of scale Between the measuring limits (infinitely adjustable)
Output HART
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
• Low saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.8 mA
• High saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 22.8 mA, factory-set to 20.5 mA or optionally 22.0 mA
• Ripple (without HART communication) Ipp  0.5% of max. output current
Adjustable damping 0 … 100 s, continuously adjustable over remote operation
0 … 100 s, in increments of 0.1 s, adjustable over display
• Current transmitter 3.55 … 22.8 mA
• Failure signal 3.55 … 22.8 mA
Load Resistor R []
• Without HART communication R = (UH - 10.5 V)/22.8 mA,
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART communication R = 230 … 1100  (HART communicator (handheld))
R = 230 … 500  (SIMATIC PDM)
Characteristic curve • Linearly increasing or linearly decreasing
• Linear increase or decrease or according to the square root (only for differential pressure and flow)
Physical bus -
Polarity-independent -
Measuring accuracy
Reference conditions • According to EN 60770-1
• Rising characteristic curve
• Start of scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Seal diaphragm stainless steel
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)

1/156 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
1
Conformity error at limit point setting, including hys-
teresis and repeatability
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = maximum measuring span/set measuring span or nominal measuring range
• Linear characteristic (all measuring cells)
- r  10  0.1%
- 10 < r  30  0.2%
Influence of ambient temperature
(in % per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a  (0.15 · r + 0.1)%
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a  (0.08 · r + 0.16)%
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
100 bar a/10 MPa a/1450 psi a
160 bar a/16 MPa a/2321 psi a
400 bar a/40 MPa a/5802 psi a
700 bar a/70 MPa a/10152 psi a
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) Approx. 0.2 s
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change  0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.001015 psi per 10° incline
of angle) (zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power (in % per voltage change) 0.005% per 1 V
Rated conditions
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
- Measuring cell 30 bar (435 psi), PN 420 -20 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert oil -20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
- Measuring cell 30 bar (435 psi), PN 420 -20 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
• Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 … +100 °C (14 … +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protection -40 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature/enclosure Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling, -20 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
measuring cell 30 bar (435 psi), PN 420
- Measuring cell with inert oil -20 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 … +85 °C (14 … +185 °F)
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F); with FDA-compliant oil: -20 ... + 85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
• Climatic class in accordance with IEC 60721-3-4 4K4H
• Degree of protection
- According to IEC 60529 IP66, IP68
- According to NEMA 250 Type 4X
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immunity According to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight Approx. 3.9 kg (8.5 lb) with aluminum enclosure
Approx. 5.8 kg (12.7 lb) with stainless steel enclosure
Material
• Wetted parts materials
- Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L, Alloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Monel, mat. no. 2.4360, tantalum or
gold
- Process flanges and sealing plugs Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408 to PN 160, mat. no. 1.4571/316Ti for PN 420, Alloy C22, 2.4602 or Monel,
mat. no. 2.4360
- O-ring FPM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR
• Non-wetted parts materials
- Electronics housing • Low-copper die-cast aluminum GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. no. 1.4409/ CF-3M
• Standard: Powder coating with polyurethane
Option: 2 coats: Coat 1: epoxy-based; coat 2: Polyurethane
• Stainless steel type plate (1.4404/316L)
- Pressure flange screws Stainless steel ISO 3506-1 A4-70
- Mounting bracket Steel, electrogalvanized steel, or stainless steel
Process connection ½-18 NPT female thread and flat connection with 7/16-20 UNF fastening screw thread in accordance with
EN 61518 or M10 fastening screw thread in accordance with DIN 19213 (M12 for PN 420 (MWP
6092 psi))
Electrical connection Screw terminals
Cable entry via the following screwed glands:
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Han 7D/Han 8D device plug1)
• M12 device plug

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/157

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
Displays and controls
Keys 4 keys for operation directly on the device
Display • With or without integrated display (optional)
• Cover with inspection window (optional)
Auxiliary power UH
Terminal voltage on pressure transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically safe mode
Ripple USS  0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Noise Ueff  1.2 mV (0.5 … 10 kHz)
Auxiliary power –
Separate supply voltage –
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to pressure equipment For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of article 4,
directive (PED 2014/68/EU) paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Drinking water
• WRAS (England) Available soon
• ACS (France) Available soon
• DVGW (Germany) Available soon
• NSF (USA) Available soon
CRN (Canada) Available soon
Explosion protection acc. to NEPSI (China) Available soon
Explosion protection acc. to INMETRO (Brazil) Available soon
BAM (Germany), oxygen expenditures Available soon
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Marking II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically safe circuits with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
• Flameproof enclosure "d"
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/db IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
• Dust explosion protection for Zone 20, 21, 22
- Marking Ex II 1D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db
Ex II 3D Ex tc IIIC T120 °C Dc
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
• Dust explosion protection for Zone 20, 21, 22
- Marking Ex II 1D Ex ia IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex ib IIIC T120 °C Db
Ex II 3D Ex ic IIIC T120 °C Dc
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF

1/158 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
• Type of protection for Zone 2
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature "ec"
- Permissible ambient temperature "ic"
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- "ec" connection
- "ic" connection
• Explosion protection acc. to FM
- Marking (XP/DIP) or IS; NI; S
• Explosion protection according to CSA
- Marking (XP/DIP) or (IS)
1) Han 8D is identical to Han 8U.
Pressure Measurement
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
1
Ex II 3G Ex ec IIC T4/T6 Gc
Ex II 3G Ex ic IIC T4/T6 Gc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +40 °C (-40 ... +104 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Effective internal inductance/capacitance:
Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
Available soon
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Available soon
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART 7
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/159

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
1 ■ Selection and ordering data
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 3 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 3 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Click on the Article no. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Measuring cell filling
Silicone oil 1
Inert liquid 3
Neobee oil 4
Maximum measuring span
250 mbar a (100.5 inH2O a) G
1 300 mbar a (522 inH2O a) L
5000 mbar a (72.5 psi a) P
30 bar a (435 psi a) R
100 bar a (1450 psi a) U
Process connection
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) Q
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (DIN 19213) R
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) with lateral ventilation S
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (DIN 19213) with lateral ventilation T
Version for diaphragm seal with mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) V
Version for diaphragm seal with mounting thread M10 (DIN 19213) W
Wetted parts materials: Process connection, seal diaphragm
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, stainless steel 316L/1.4404 0
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, alloy C276/2.4819 1
Alloy C22/2.4602, alloy C276/2.4819 2
Tantalum/tantalum 4
Monel 00/2.4360, Monel 400/2.4360 6
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, gold-plated 8
Non-wetted parts materials
Die-cast aluminum 1
Stainless steel precision casting CF3M/1.4409 similar to 316L 2
Enclosure
Dual chamber device 5
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
Flameproof enclosure C
Flameproof enclosure, intrinsic safety D
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 L
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 20/21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 M
Combination of options B, C and L (zone model) S
Combination of options B, C and M (zone model, Class Division) T
Electrical connections/cable entries
Thread for cable gland
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M
Local operation/display
Without display (cover closed) 0
With display (cover closed) 1
With display (cover with glass pane) 2

1/160 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)

■ Selection and ordering data

1
Options Order code Options Order code
Add "-Z" to article no. and specify order code. Device options
Cable glands included PDF file with device settings D10
Plastic A00 Double layer coating (epoxy resin and polyurethane) D20
120 m of enclosure and cover
Metal A01
FVMQ enclosure sealing D21
Stainless steel A02
IP66/IP68 degree of protection (not for M12 and Han D30
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404 A03 device plugs)
CMP, for XP devices A10 TAG label empty D40
CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11 Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG D41
cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm label
CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12 Stainless steel Ex plate 1.4404/316L D42
7 ... 12 mm, cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm
Increase of pressure stage from PN 420 to PN 500 D50
Han device plug mounted left
Overvoltage protection up to 6 kV (external) D71
Han 7D device plug (plastic, straight) A30
Adhesive labels on transport packaging (supplied by D90
Han 7D device plug (plastic, angled) A31 customer)
Han 7D device plug (metal, straight) A32 General approval without Ex approval
Han 7D device plug (metal, angled) A33 Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, CSA, KCC E00
Han 8D device plug (plastic, straight) A34 Worldwide (CE, RCM, EAC, FM, CSA, KCC) E01
Han 8D device plug (plastic, angled) A35 CSA E06
Han 8D device plug (metal, straight) A36 EAC E07
Han 8D device plug (metal, angled) A37 FM E08
Cable socket included KCC E09
Plastic, for Han 7D/8D device plugs A40 UL E10
Metal, for Han 7D/8D device plugs A41 Explosion protection approvals
M12 device plug mounted left ATEX (Europe) E20
Stainless steel, without cable socket A62 CSA (USA and Canada) E21
Stainless steel, with cable socket A63 FM (USA and Canada) E22
Cable entry/connector mounting IECEx (Worldwide) E23
2x sealing plugs M20 x 1.5, IP66/68 installed on both A90 EACEx (GOST-R, -K, -B) E24
sides
INMETRO (Brazil) E25
2x sealing plugs ½-14 NPT, IP66/68 installed on both A91
sides KCs (Korea) E26
Cable gland/connector mounted left A97 NEPSI (China) E27
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99 PESO (India) E28
Nameplate labeling TIIS Hazardous (Japan) E29
German (bar) B11 UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
French (bar) B12 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) E47
Spanish (bar) B13 CSA (Canada) and FM (USA) E48
Italian (bar) B14 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) + CSA (Canada) E49
and FM (USA)
Chinese (bar) B15
Marine approvals
Russian (bar) B16
DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50
English (psi) B20
LR (Lloyds Register) E51
Chinese (Pa) B35
BV (Bureau Veritas) E52
Certificates
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11
(IEC 60770-2) KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - Material of C12 RINA (Registro Italiano Navale) E57
pressurized and wetted parts
CCS (China Classification Society) E58
Test report - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) C13
Country-specific approvals
Test report (EN 10204-2.2) - Wetted parts C14
CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15
pressurized and wetted parts
Certificates for functional safety
Functional safety (IEC 61508) - SIL2/3 C20

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/161

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
1 Options Order code Options Order code
Special approvals Process flange options
Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80 Process flanges for vertical differential pressure lines K81
(1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F)) (half process flange)
Dual seal E81 Process flanges (+) - side front K82
WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83 Process flange screws, process flange nuts, K83
only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM material Monel 400/2.4360
NSF61 (drinking water) E84 Valve ¼-18 NPT, material same as process flanges K84
ACS (drinking water) E85 Valve mounted on the side, measured medium: Gas K85
Mounting bracket Oval flange enclosed, gasket PTFE + mounting screws K86
Steel, galvanized H01 Pneumatic blocks
Stainless steel 1.4301/304 H02 With mounted pneumatic block (3-way) 7MF9411-5BA, U01
PTFE sealing rings, chrome-plated steel screws and
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L H03 pressure test certified in test report (EN 10204-2.2)
Process flanges; screw plug with vent valve With mounted pneumatic block (3-way) 7MF9411-5BA, U02
Welded in on right J08 PTFE sealing rings, stainless steel screws and pressure
test certified in test report (EN 10204-2.2)
Welded in on left J09
With mounted pneumatic block (5-way) 7MF9411-5CA, U03
Glued in on right J10 PTFE sealing rings, chrome-plated steel screws and
pressure test certified in test report (EN 10204-2.2)
Glued in on left J11
With mounted pneumatic block (5-way) 7MF9411-5CA, U04
Flange connections with flange EN 1092-1
PTFE sealing rings, stainless steel screws and pressure
Form B1 test certified in test report (EN 10204-2.2)
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J70
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J71
• DN 80 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J72
• DN 15 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J78
Form C
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J73
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J74
• DN 80 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J75
Flange connection options
Flange connection and temperature extension J76
Flange connection with epoxy resin coating J77
Process flanges; special materials
Reserved for 7MF7: without process flanges, without K00
screws, without gaskets
Process flange material alloy C4/2.4610 K01
Process flange material Monel 400/2.4360 K02
Process connection material PVDF, on the side ½- K05
14 NPT
Process flanges/process connection material PVDF, K06
flange on the side EN 1092-1 Form B1 DN 25 PN 40,
MAWP 4 bar
Process flanges/process connection material PVDF, K07
flange on the side EN 1092-1 Form B1 DN 40 PN 40,
MAWP 4 bar
Process flanges; process connection option
Process flange with process connection G½ welded on K20
Process connection (oval flange) NAM (ASTAVA) K21
Process flanges chambered with gaskets
1x chambered, graphite K40
1x chambered, PTFE K41
2x chambered, PTFE K42
Process flanges, gaskets (instead of standard gas-
kets FKM (FPM))
O-ring, process flanges, PTFE K50
O-ring, process flanges, FEP (with silicone core, K51
approved for food)
O-ring, process flanges, FFKM (FFPM) K52
O-ring, process flanges, NBR K53
O-ring, process flanges, EPDM K54

1/162 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)

■ Selection and ordering data

1
Customer-specific device settings Order code
Add "-Z" to article no., specify order code and plain text
or drop-down list selection.
Measuring span Y01
Start of scale value (max. 5 characters),
full scale value (max. 5 characters),
unit [mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...],
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Drop-down list: Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, psi,
g/cm2, kg/cm2, kgf/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4°C), ftH2O,
mmH2O, mmH2O (4°C), mH2O (4°C), mmHg, inHg, atm,
torr
TAG Y15
(on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
max. 32 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
Measuring point description Y16
(on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
max. 32 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
TAG short Y17
(device parameters, max. 8 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 8 characters
Local display Y21
[Pressure, Percent], reference [None, Absolute, Rela-
tive], example: Pressure gauge
Drop-down list: Percent, pressure unit, pressure unit
abs., pressure unit gauge
Local display Y22
Scaling with standard units
[m3/s, l/s, m, inch, ...], example 1 ... 5 m
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Drop-down list: m, cm, mm, in, ft, m3, l, hl, in3, ft3, yd3,
gal, gal (UK), bu, bbl, bbl (US), SCF, Nm3, Nl.
Local display Y23
Scaling with user-specific units (max. 12 characters),
example 1 ... 5 m
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Input field 3: Free text, max. 8 characters
Saturation limits instead of 3.8 ... 20.5 mA, Y30
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list 1: 3.9, 4
Drop-down list 2: 20.8, 22
Fault current instead of 3.6 mA [22.5 mA, 22.8 mA] Y31
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
Damping in seconds instead of 2 s (0.0 ... 100.0 s) Y32
Input field: max. 4 characters and numbers only; deci-
mal places as dot (comma is automatically converted to
dot); min. value = 0; max. value = 100.
ID number of special version Y99
Input field: max. 4 characters and only natural numbers
from 0 … 9999

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/163

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)

3 4

2.6 146 (5.75) 5

(0.1) 72 (2.83) 27 (1.06)
61 (2.4) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
1
52 (2.05)

6
Ø 81 (3.19)

139 (5.47)

172 (6.77)
3
2 7
8

273 (10.75)
12 min. 92 (3.6)
Space for rotation of
housing
134 (5.28)

101 (3.98)
11 10
54 (2.13)
1.97 ... 2.36
Ø 50 ... 60

68 (2.7)
72 (2.83) 120 (4.7)
105 (4.1)

1 Electronic side, display 6 Blanking plug

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) Screw cover - safety bracket
7
2 Terminal side (only for type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure")
3 Electrical connection: 8 Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard)
screw gland M20 x 1,53) or screw gland ½-14 NPT or 9 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix K85)
Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug or M12 device plug2) 3
10 Mounting bracket (option)
4 Harting adapter
11 Sealing screw with valve (option)
5 Cover over buttons and nameplate with general information
12 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)

1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inch) for the thread length when removing the covers
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + XP]"

SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for absolute pressure (differential pressure series), dimensions in mm (inch)

1/164 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for differential pressure and flow

■ Technical specifications
1
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for differential pressure and flow
Input
Measured variable Differential pressure and flow
Span (infinitely adjustable) and maximum operating Span Max. permissible operating pres- Maximum permissible test pres-
pressure (pursuant to Pressure Equipment Directive sure MAWP (PS) sure
2014/68/EU)
1 ... 20 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.1 ... 2 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
0.4019 … 8.037 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
1 ... 60 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.1 ... 6 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
0.4019 … 24.11 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
1.005 … 100.5 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
2.41 … 241.1 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
16 ... 1600 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
1.6 ... 160 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
6.43 … 643 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
50 ... 5000 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
5 ... 500 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
20.09 … 2009 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
0.3 ... 30 bar 160 bar 240 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
4.35 … 435 psi 2320 psi 3480 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 420 bar 630 bar
0.25 ... 25 kPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
1.005 … 100.5 inH2O 6092 psi 9137 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 420 bar 630 bar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
2.41 … 241.1 inH2O 6092 psi 9137 psi
16 ... 1600 mbar 420 bar 630 bar
1.6 ... 160 kPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
6.43 … 643 inH2O 6092 psi 9137 psi
50 ... 5000 mbar 420 bar 630 bar
5 ... 500 kPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
20.09 … 2009 inH2O 6092 psi 9137 psi
0.3 ... 30 bar 420 bar 630 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
4.35 … 435 psi 6092 psi 9137 psi
Measuring limits
• Low measuring limit
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100% of maximum measuring range or 30 mbar a /3 kPa a /0.44 psi a
- Measuring cell with inert liquid

For process temperature -20 °C < ϑ  +60 °C (-4 °F < ϑ  +140 °F) -100% of maximum measuring
range or
30 mbar a /3 kPa a /0.44 psi a
For process temperature 60 °C < ϑ  +100 °C (max. 85 °C for mea- -100% of maximum measuring
suring cell 30 bar with PN 420) (140 °F < ϑ  +212 °F (max. 185 °F for range or
measuring cell 435 psi)) 30 mbar a /3 kPa a /0.44 psi a
30 mbar a + 20 mbar a · (ϑ -
60 °C)/°C 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a · (ϑ -
60 °C)/°C0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a
· (ϑ - 140 °F)/°F
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil For process temperature -10 °C < ϑ  +100 °C (-14 °F < ϑ  +212 °F) -100% of maximum measuring
range or
100 mbar a /10 kPa a /14.5 psi a
• Upper measuring limit 100% of the max. measuring span (for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/ 1450 psi and 60 °C
(140 °F) ambient temperature/process temperature)
• Start of scale Between the measuring limits (infinitely adjustable)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/165

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for differential pressure and flow
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for differential pressure and flow
Output HART
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
• Low saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.8 mA
• High saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 22.8 mA, factory-set to 20.5 mA or optionally 22.0 mA
• Ripple (without HART communication) Ipp  0.5% of max. output current
Adjustable damping 0 … 100 s, continuously adjustable over remote operation
0 … 100 s, in increments of 0.1 s, adjustable over display
• Current transmitter 3.55 … 22.8 mA
• Failure signal 3.55 … 22.8 mA
Load Resistor R []
• Without HART communication R = (UH - 10.5 V)/22.8 mA,
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART communication R = 230 … 1100  (HART communicator (handheld))
R = 230 … 500  (SIMATIC PDM)
Characteristic curve • Linearly increasing or linearly decreasing
• Linear increase or decrease or according to the square root (only for differential pressure and flow)
Physical bus -
Polarity-independent -
Measuring accuracy
Reference conditions • According to EN 60770-1
• Rising characteristic curve
• Start of scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Seal diaphragm stainless steel
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Conformity error at limit point setting, including hys-
teresis and repeatability
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = maximum measuring span/set measuring span or nominal measuring range
• Linear characteristic
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r  5:  0.075%
5 < r  20:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r  5:  0.075%
5 < r  60:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r  5:  0.065% (SITRANS P320)
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100:  (0.004 · r + 0.045)% (SITRANS P320)
1600 mbar/160 MPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi (PN 160) r  5:  0.04% (SITRANS P420)
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100:  (0.004 · r + 0.045)% (SITRANS P420)
1600 mbar/160 MPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi (PN 420) r  5:  0.065% (SITRANS P420)
• Square-rooted characteristic (flow > 50%)
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r  5:  0.075%
5 < r  20:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r  5:  0.075%
5 < r  60:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r  5:  0.065% (SITRANS P320)
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi  0.04% (SITRANS P420)
1600 mbar/160 MPa/23.21 psi 5 < r  100:  (0.004 · r + 0.045)%
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic (flow 25 ... 50%)
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r  5:  0.15%
5 < r  20:  (0.01 · r + 0.1)%
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r  5:  0.15%
5 < r  60:  (0.01 · r + 0.1)%
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r  5:  0.13% (SITRANS P320)
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi  0.008% (SITRANS P420)
1600 mbar/160 MPa/23.21 psi 5 < r  100:  (0.008 · r + 0.09)%
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi

1/166 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for differential pressure and flow
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for differential pressure and flow
1
Influence of ambient temperature (in % per 28 °C
(50 °F))
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  (0.15 · r + 0.1)%
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi  (0.075 · r + 0.1)%
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi  (0.025 · r + 0.125)% (SITRANS P320)
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
1600 mbar/160 MPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi  (0.025 · r + 0.0625)% (SITRANS P420)
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 ps
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi  (0.0125 · r + 0.0625)% (SITRANS P420)
1600 mbar/160 MPa/23.21 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
Effect of static pressure
• on the start of scale Zero-point correction is possible with position error compensation
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  (0.15 · r)% per 70 bar
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi  (0.1 · r)% per 70 bar
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
1600 mbar/160 MPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi  (0.1 · r)% per 70 bar (SITRANS P320)
 (0.15 · r)% per 70 bar (SITRANS P420)
• on the span
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  0.2% per 70 bar
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi  0.1% per 70 bar
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
1600 mbar/160 MPa/23.21 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi  0.15% per 70 bar (SITRANS P320)
 0.1% per 70 bar (SITRANS P420)
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) Static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
• 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  (0.2 · r)% per year
• 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi In 5 years  (0.125 · r)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi In 10 years  (0.15 · r)%
1600 mbar/160 MPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
• 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
In 10 years  (0.35 · r)%
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping)
• 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi Approx. 0.295 s
• 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi Approx. 0.245 s
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi Approx. 0.195 s
• 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi Approx. 0.145 s
1600 mbar/160 MPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change  0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.028 inH2O per 10° incline (zero point correction is possible with position error
of angle) compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power (in % per voltage change) 0.005% per 1 V

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/167

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for differential pressure and flow
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for differential pressure and flow
Rated conditions
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
- Measuring cell 30 bar (435 psi), PN 420 -20 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert oil -20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
- Measuring cell 30 bar (435 psi), PN 420 -20 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
• Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 … +100 °C (14 … +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protection -40 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature/enclosure Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling, -20 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
measuring cell 30 bar (435 psi), PN 420
- Measuring cell with inert oil -20 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 … +85 °C (14 … +185 °F)
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) (with FDA-compliant oil: -20 ... + 85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
• Climatic class in accordance with IEC 60721-3-4 4K4H
• Degree of protection
- According to IEC 60529 IP66, IP68
- According to NEMA 250 Type 4X
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immunity According to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight Approx. 3.9 kg (8.5 lb) with aluminum enclosure
Approx. 5.8 kg (12.7 lb) with stainless steel enclosure
Material
• Wetted parts materials
- Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L, Alloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Monel, mat. no. 2.4360, tantalum or
gold
- Process flanges and sealing plugs Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408 to PN 160, mat. no. 1.4571/316Ti for PN 420, Alloy C22, 2.4602 or Monel,
mat. no. 2.4360
- O-ring FPM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR
• Non-wetted parts materials
- Electronics housing • Low-copper die-cast aluminum GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. no. 1.4409/ CF-3M
• Standard: Powder coating with polyurethane
Option: 2 coats: Coat 1: epoxy-based; coat 2: Polyurethane
• Stainless steel type plate (1.4404/316L)
- Pressure flange screws Stainless steel ISO 3506-1 A4-70
- Mounting bracket Steel, electrogalvanized steel, or stainless steel
Process connection ½-18 NPT female thread and flat connection with 7/16-20 UNF fastening screw thread in accordance with
EN 61518 or M10 fastening screw thread in accordance with DIN 19213 (M12 for PN 420 (MWP
6092 psi))
Electrical connection Screw terminals
Cable entry via the following screwed glands:
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Han 7D/Han 8D device plug1)
• M12 device plug
Displays and controls
Keys 4 keys for operation directly on the device
Display • With or without integrated display (optional)
• Cover with inspection window (optional)
Auxiliary power UH
Terminal voltage on pressure transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically safe mode
Ripple USS  0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Noise Ueff  1.2 mV (0.5 … 10 kHz)
Auxiliary power –
Separate supply voltage –

1/168 Siemens FI 01 · 2018


Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for differential pressure and flow
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to pressure equipment
directive (PED 2014/68/EU)
Drinking water
• WRAS (England)
• ACS (France)
• DVGW (Germany)
• NSF (USA)
CRN (Canada)
Explosion protection acc. to NEPSI (China)
Explosion protection acc. to INMETRO (Brazil)
BAM (Germany), oxygen expenditures
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance
• Flameproof enclosure "d"
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Connection
• Dust explosion protection for Zone 20, 21, 22
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Max. surface temperature
- Connection
• Dust explosion protection for Zone 20, 21, 22
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance
• Type of protection for Zone 2
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature "ec"
- Permissible ambient temperature "ic"
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- "ec" connection
- "ic" connection
© Siemens AG 2018
Pressure Measurement
SITRANS P320/P420
for differential pressure and flow
1
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of article 4,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
For flow only
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; fulfills the basic safety requirements as per article
3, paragraph 1 (appendix 1); classified as category III, module H conformity evaluation by TÜV Nord
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
To certified intrinsically safe circuits with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/db IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ex II 1D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db
Ex II 3D Ex tc IIIC T120 °C Dc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
120 °C (248 °F)
To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ex II 1D Ex ia IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex ib IIIC T120 °C Db
Ex II 3D Ex ic IIIC T120 °C Dc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
Ex II 3G Ex ec IIC T4/T6 Gc
Ex II 3G Ex ic IIC T4/T6 Gc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +40 °C (-40 ... +104 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Effective internal inductance/capacitance:
Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/169
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for differential pressure and flow
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for differential pressure and flow
• Explosion protection acc. to FM Available soon
- Marking (XP/DIP) or IS; NI; S CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection according to CSA Available soon
- Marking (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART 7
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM

1/170 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for differential pressure and flow

■ Selection and ordering data

1
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 4 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 4 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Click on the Article no. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Measuring cell filling
Silicone oil 1
Inert liquid 3
Neobee oil 4
Maximum measuring span
20 mbar (8.037 inH2O) B
60 mbar (24.11 inH2O) D
250 mbar (100.5 inH2O) G
600 mbar (241.1 inH2O) H
1 600 mbar (643 inH2O) M
5000 mbar (2009 inH2O) P
30 bar (435 psi) R
Process connection
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) L
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (PN 160) (DIN 19213) M
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) with lateral ventilation N
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (PN 160) (DIN 19213) with lateral ventilation P
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) Q
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (DIN 19213); only for 100 bar (1450 psi) R
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) with lateral ventilation S
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (DIN 19213) with lateral ventilation T
Wetted parts materials: Process connection, seal diaphragm
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, stainless steel 316L/1.4404 0
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, alloy C276/2.4819 1
Alloy C22/2.4602, alloy C276/2.4819 2
Tantalum/tantalum (not in combination with maximum measuring span 20 mbar (0.29 psi) and 60 mbar (0.87 psi)) 4
Monel 00/2.4360, Monel 400/2.4360 (not in combination with maximum measuring span 20 mbar (0.29 psi) and 60 mbar 6
(0.87 psi))
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, gold-plated (not in combination with maximum measuring span 20 mbar (0.29 psi) and 8
60 mbar (0.87 psi))
Non-wetted parts materials
Die-cast aluminum 1
Stainless steel precision casting CF3M/1.4409 similar to 316L 2
Enclosure
Dual chamber device 5
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
Flameproof enclosure C
Flameproof enclosure, intrinsic safety D
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 L
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 20/21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 M
Combination of options B, C and L (zone model) S
Combination of options B, C and M (zone model, Class Division) T
Electrical connections/cable entries
Thread for cable gland
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/171

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for differential pressure and flow
1 Article No.
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 4 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 4 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Local operation/display
Without display (cover closed) 0
With display (cover closed) 1
With display (cover with glass pane) 2

1/172 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for differential pressure and flow
Article No.
1
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 5 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 5 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Click on the Article no. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Measuring cell filling
Silicone oil 1
Inert liquid 3
Neobee oil 4
Maximum measuring span
250 mbar (100.5 inH2O) G
600 mbar (241.1 inH2O) H
1 600 mbar (643 inH2O) M
5000 mbar (2009 inH2O) P
30 bar (435 psi) R
Process connection
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) L
Oval flange, mounting thread: M12 (PN 420) (DIN 19213) M
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) with lateral ventilation N
Oval flange, mounting thread: M12 (PN 420) (DIN 19213) with lateral ventilation P
Version for diaphragm seal with mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) V
Version for diaphragm seal with mounting thread M10 (DIN 19213) W
Version for diaphragm seal (level and capillary) with mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) X
Wetted parts materials: Process connection, seal diaphragm
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, stainless steel 316L/1.4404 0
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, alloy C276/2.4819 1
Alloy C22/2.4602, alloy C276/2.4819 2
Tantalum/tantalum 4
Monel 00/2.4360, Monel 400/2.4360 6
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, gold-plated 8
Non-wetted parts materials
Die-cast aluminum 1
Stainless steel precision casting CF3M/1.4409 similar to 316L 2
Enclosure
Dual chamber device 5
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
Flameproof enclosure C
Flameproof enclosure, intrinsic safety D
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 L
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 20/21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 M
Combination of options B, C and L (zone model) S
Combination of options B, C and M (zone model, Class Division) T
Electrical connections/cable entries
Thread for cable gland
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M
Local operation/display
Without display (cover closed) 0
With display (cover closed) 1
With display (cover with glass pane) 2

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/173

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for differential pressure and flow
1 ■ Selection and ordering data
Options Order code Options Order code
Add "-Z" to article no. and specify order code. Device options
Cable glands included PDF file with device settings D10
Plastic A00 Double layer coating (epoxy resin and polyurethane) D20
120 m of enclosure and cover
Metal A01
FVMQ enclosure sealing D21
Stainless steel A02
IP66/IP68 degree of protection (not for M12 and Han D30
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404 A03 device plugs)
CMP, for XP devices A10 TAG label empty D40
CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11 Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG D41
cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm label
CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12 Stainless steel Ex plate 1.4404/316L D42
7 ... 12 mm, cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm
Increase of pressure stage from PN 420 to PN 500 D50
Han device plug mounted left
Overvoltage protection up to 6 kV (external) D71
Han 7D device plug (plastic, straight) A30
Adhesive labels on transport packaging (supplied by D90
Han 7D device plug (plastic, angled) A31 customer)
Han 7D device plug (metal, straight) A32 General approval without Ex approval
Han 7D device plug (metal, angled) A33 Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, CSA, KCC E00
Han 8D device plug (plastic, straight) A34 Worldwide (CE, RCM, EAC, FM, CSA, KCC) E01
Han 8D device plug (plastic, angled) A35 CSA E06
Han 8D device plug (metal, straight) A36 EAC E07
Han 8D device plug (metal, angled) A37 FM E08
Cable socket included KCC E09
Plastic, for Han 7D/8D device plugs A40 UL E10
Metal, for Han 7D/8D device plugs A41 Explosion protection approvals
M12 device plug mounted left ATEX (Europe) E20
Stainless steel, without cable socket A62 CSA (USA and Canada) E21
Stainless steel, with cable socket A63 FM (USA and Canada) E22
Cable entry/connector mounting IECEx (Worldwide) E23
2x sealing plugs M20 x 1.5, IP66/68 installed on both A90 EACEx (GOST-R, -K, -B) E24
sides
INMETRO (Brazil) E25
2x sealing plugs ½-14 NPT, IP66/68 installed on both A91
sides KCs (Korea) E26
Cable gland/connector mounted left A97 NEPSI (China) E27
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99 PESO (India) E28
Nameplate labeling TIIS Hazardous (Japan) E29
German (bar) B11 UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
French (bar) B12 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) E47
Spanish (bar) B13 CSA (Canada) and FM (USA) E48
Italian (bar) B14 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) + CSA (Canada) E49
and FM (USA)
Chinese (bar) B15
Marine approvals
Russian (bar) B16
DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50
English (psi) B20
LR (Lloyds Register) E51
Chinese (Pa) B35
BV (Bureau Veritas) E52
Certificates
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11
(IEC 60770-2) KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - Material of C12 RINA (Registro Italiano Navale) E57
pressurized and wetted parts
CCS (China Classification Society) E58
Test report - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) C13
Country-specific approvals
Test report (EN 10204-2.2) - Wetted parts C14
CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15
pressurized and wetted parts
Certificates for functional safety
Functional safety (IEC 61508) - SIL2/3 C20

1/174 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for differential pressure and flow
Options Order code Options Order code
1
Special approvals Process flange options
Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80 Process flanges for vertical differential pressure lines K81
(1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F)) (half process flange)
Dual seal E81 Process flanges (+) - side front K82
WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83 Process flange screws, process flange nuts, K83
only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM material Monel 400/2.4360
NSF61 (drinking water) E84 Valve ¼-18 NPT, material same as process flanges K84
ACS (drinking water) E85 Valve mounted on the side, measured medium: Gas K85
Mounting bracket Oval flange enclosed, gasket PTFE + mounting screws K86
Steel, galvanized H01 Pneumatic blocks
Stainless steel 1.4301/304 H02 With mounted pneumatic block (3-way) 7MF9411-5BA, U01
PTFE sealing rings, chrome-plated steel screws and
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L H03 pressure test certified in test report (EN 10204-2.2)
Process flanges; screw plug with vent valve With mounted pneumatic block (3-way) 7MF9411-5BA, U02
Welded in on right J08 PTFE sealing rings, stainless steel screws and pressure
test certified in test report (EN 10204-2.2)
Welded in on left J09
With mounted pneumatic block (5-way) 7MF9411-5CA, U03
Glued in on right J10 PTFE sealing rings, chrome-plated steel screws and
pressure test certified in test report (EN 10204-2.2)
Glued in on left J11
With mounted pneumatic block (5-way) 7MF9411-5CA, U04
Flange connections with flange EN 1092-1
PTFE sealing rings, stainless steel screws and pressure
Form B1 test certified in test report (EN 10204-2.2)
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J70
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J71
• DN 80 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J72
• DN 15 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J78
Form C
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J73
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J74
• DN 80 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J75
Flange connection options
Flange connection and temperature extension J76
Flange connection with epoxy resin coating J77
Process flanges; special materials
Reserved for 7MF7: without process flanges, without K00
screws, without gaskets
Process flange material alloy C4/2.4610 K01
Process flange material Monel 400/2.4360 K02
Process connection material PVDF, on the side ½- K05
14 NPT
Process flanges/process connection material PVDF, K06
flange on the side EN 1092-1 Form B1 DN 25 PN 40,
MAWP 4 bar
Process flanges/process connection material PVDF, K07
flange on the side EN 1092-1 Form B1 DN 40 PN 40,
MAWP 4 bar
Process flanges; process connection option
Process flange with process connection G½ welded on K20
Process connection (oval flange) NAM (ASTAVA) K21
Process flanges chambered with gaskets
1x chambered, graphite K40
1x chambered, PTFE K41
2x chambered, PTFE K42
Process flanges, gaskets (instead of standard gas-
kets FKM (FPM))
O-ring, process flanges, PTFE K50
O-ring, process flanges, FEP (with silicone core, K51
approved for food)
O-ring, process flanges, FFKM (FFPM) K52
O-ring, process flanges, NBR K53
O-ring, process flanges, EPDM K54

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/175

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for differential pressure and flow
1 ■ Selection and ordering data
Customer-specific device settings Order code
Add "-Z" to article no., specify order code and plain text
or drop-down list selection.
Measuring span Y01
Start of scale value (max. 5 characters),
full scale value (max. 5 characters),
unit [mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...],
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Drop-down list: Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, psi,
g/cm2, kg/cm2, kgf/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4°C), ftH2O,
mmH2O, mmH2O (4°C), mH2O (4°C), mmHg, inHg, atm,
torr
Square-rooted characteristic [VSLN2, MSLN2], Y02
example: VSLN2
Drop-down list: VSLN2, MSLN2
TAG Y15
(on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
max. 32 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
Measuring point description Y16
(on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
max. 32 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
TAG short Y17
(device parameters, max. 8 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 8 characters
Local display Y21
[Pressure, Percent], reference [None, Absolute, Rela-
tive], example: Pressure gauge
Drop-down list: Percent, pressure unit, pressure unit
abs., pressure unit gauge
Local display Y22
Scaling with standard units
[m3/s, l/s, m, inch, ...], example 1 ... . 5 m³/s
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Drop-down list: m, cm, mm, in, ft, m3, l, hl, in3, ft3, yd3,
gal, gal (UK), bu, bbl, bbl (US), SCF, Nm3, Nl, m3/sec,
m3/h, m3/d, l/sec, l/min, l/h, Ml/d, ft3/sec, ft3/h, ft3/d,
SCF/min, SCF/h, Nl/h, Nm3/h, gal/sec, gal/min, gal/h,
gal/d, Mgal/d, gal (UK)/sec, gal (UK)/min, gal (UK)/h,
gal (UK)/d, bbl/sec, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d, kg/sec,
kg/min, kg/h, kg/d, g/sec, g/min, g/h, t/min, t/h, t/d,
lb/sec, lb/min, lb/h, lb/d, ton/min, ton/h, ton/d, ton
(UK)/h, ton (UK)/d.
Local display Y23
Scaling with user-specific units (max. 12 characters),
example 1 ... 5 m
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Input field 3: Free text, max. 8 characters
Saturation limits instead of 3.8 ... 20.5 mA, Y30
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list 1: 3.9, 4
Drop-down list 2: 20.8, 22
Fault current instead of 3.6 mA [22.5 mA, 22.8 mA] Y31
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
Damping in seconds instead of 2 s (0.0 ... 100.0 s) Y32
Input field: max. 4 characters and numbers only; deci-
mal places as dot (comma is automatically converted to
dot); min. value = 0; max. value = 100.
ID number of special version Y99
Input field: max. 4 characters and only natural numbers
from 0 … 9999

1/176 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for differential pressure and flow

■ Dimensional drawings
1
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)

3 4

2.6 146 (5.75) 5

(0.1) 72 (2.83) 27 (1.06)
61 (2.4) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
1
52 (2.05)

6
Ø 81 (3.19)

139 (5.47)

172 (6.77)
3
2 7
8

273 (10.75)
12 min. 92 (3.6)
Space for rotation of
housing
134 (5.28)

101 (3.98)
11 10
54 (2.13)
1.97 ... 2.36
Ø 50 ... 60

68 (2.7)
72 (2.83) 120 (4.7)
105 (4.1)

1 Electronic side, display 6 Blanking plug

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) Screw cover - safety bracket
7
2 Terminal side (only for type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure")
3 Electrical connection: 8 Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard)
screw gland M20 x 1,53) or screw gland ½-14 NPT or 9 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix K85)
Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug or M12 device plug2) 3
10 Mounting bracket (option)
4 Harting adapter
11 Sealing screw with valve (option)
5 Cover over buttons and nameplate with general information
12 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)

1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inch) for the thread length when removing the covers
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + XP]"

SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/177

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for differential pressure and flow
1
146 (5.75) 5


2.6


(0.1) 61 (2.4) approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31) 6
1

52(2.05)
Ø 81 (3.19)

135 (5.31)
3 4 3

approx. 224 (8.82) 6)

2

min. 92 (3.6) 7
8
Space for rotation
of housing

approx. 85 (3.35) 5)
8

60 (2.36) 4) approx. 85 (3.35)

2.6
65 (2.56) (0.1)

1 Electronic side, display 5 Cover over buttons and nameplate

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) with general information
6 Blanking plug
2 Terminal side
7 Screw cover - safety bracket
3 Electrical connection:
(only for type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure")
screw gland M20 x 1,53) or screw gland ½-14 NPT or
Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug or M12 device plug2) 3 8 Sealing screw with valve (option)
4 Harting adapter 9 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)

1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inch) for the thread length when removing the covers
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + XP]"
4)
74 mm (2.9 inch) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)
5)
91 mm (3.6 inch) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)
6)
226 mm (8.9 inch) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)

SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines (option "K81"),
dimensions in mm (inch)

1/178 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for level

■ Technical specifications
1
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for level
Input
Measured variable Level
Span (infinitely adjustable) and maximum operating Span Max. permissible operating pres- Maximum permissible test pres-
pressure (pursuant to Pressure Equipment Directive sure MAWP (PS) sure
2014/68/EU)
25 ... 250 mbar See "Mounting flange"
2.5 ... 25 kPa
10 … 100.5 inH2O
25 ... 600 mbar
2.5 ... 60 kPa
10 … 241 inH2O
53 ... 1600 mbar
5.3 ... 160 kPa
21 … 643 inH2O
166 ... 5000 mbar
16.6 ... 500 kPa
2.41 … 72.5 psi
Measuring limits
• Low measuring limit
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100% of max. measuring range or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a depending on the mounting flange
- Measuring cell with inert oil -100% of max. measuring range or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a depending on the mounting flange
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -100% of max. measuring range or 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
• Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
• Start of scale Between the measuring limits (infinitely adjustable)
Output HART
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
• Low saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.8 mA
• High saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 22.8 mA, factory-set to 20.5 mA or optionally 22.0 mA
• Ripple (without HART communication) Ipp  0.5% of max. output current
Adjustable damping 0 … 100 s, continuously adjustable over remote operation
0 … 100 s, in increments of 0.1 s, adjustable over display
• Current transmitter 3.55 … 22.8 mA
• Failure signal 3.55 … 22.8 mA
Load Resistor R []
• Without HART communication R = (UH - 10.5 V)/22.8 mA,
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART communication R = 230 … 1100  (HART communicator (handheld))
R = 230 … 500  (SIMATIC PDM)
Characteristic curve • Linearly increasing or linearly decreasing
• Linear increase or decrease or according to the square root (only for differential pressure and flow)
Physical bus -
Polarity-independent -
Measuring accuracy
Reference conditions • According to EN 60770-1
• Rising characteristic curve
• Start of scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Seal diaphragm stainless steel
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Conformity error at limit point setting, including hys-
teresis and repeatability
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = maximum measuring span/set measuring span or nominal measuring range
• Linear characteristic
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r  5:  0.065% (SITRANS P320)
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi  0.004% (SITRANS P420)
- 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi 5 < r  10:  (0.004 · r + 0.045)%

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/179

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for level
Influence of ambient temperature1)
in % per 28 °C (50 °F)
• SITRANS P320  (0.025 · r + 0.125)%
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
- 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
• SITRANS P420  (0.025 · r + 0.625)%
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi  (0.125 · r + 0.625)%
- 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Effect of static pressure
• on the start of scale
- 50 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi  (0.1 · r)% per nominal pressure
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
- 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi  (0.15 · r)% per nominal pressure
• on the span  (0.1 · r)% per nominal pressure
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F)
• all measuring cells In 5 years  (0.25 · r)% static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) Approx. 0.2 s
Influence of mounting position Depends on the fill fluid in the mounting flange
Effect of auxiliary power (in % per voltage change) 0.005% per 1 V
Rated conditions
Temperature of medium
Measuring cell with silicone oil filling • High-pressure side: See "Mounting flange"
• Low-pressure side: -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature/enclosure Always consider the assignment of max. permissible operating temperature to max. permissible operat-
ing pressure of the respective flange connection.
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class in accordance with IEC 60721-3-4 4K4H
• Degree of protection
- According to IEC 60529 IP66, IP68
- According to NEMA 250 Type 4X
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immunity According to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Vibration resistance
• Reference conditions Specifications apply to devices without mounting bracket
• General operating conditions
- Oscillations (sine) IEC 60068-2-6 10 ... 58 Hz, 0.3 mm (0.01 inch)
58 ... 500 Hz, 20 m/s² (65.62 ft/s²)
1 octave/min
5 cycles/axis
- Continuous shocks (half-sine) IEC 60068-2-27 250 m/s² (820 ft/s²)
6 ms
2000 shocks/axis
- Noise (digitally controlled) IEC 60068-2-64 10 ... 200 Hz; 1 (m/s²)²/Hz (3.28 (ft/s²)²/Hz)
200 ... 500 Hz; 0.3 (m/s²)²/Hz (0.98 (ft/s²)²/Hz)
4 hours/axle
• Rated conditions for marine applications
- IEC 60068-2-6 2 ... 25 Hz, 1.6 mm (0.06 inch)
- DNVGL-CG-0339, clause 6 25 ... 100 Hz, 40 m/s² (131.23 ft/s²)
- Lloyd’s Register Test Specification Number 1, sec-
tion 12. 1 octave/min
- Bureau Veritas Pt C, Ch 3, Sec 6, Table 1, No 7

1/180 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for level
1
Design
Weight
• According to EN (pressure transmitter with mount-
ing flange, without tube)
• According to ASME (pressure transmitter with
mounting flange, without tube)
Material
• Wetted parts materials
- High-pressure side Seal diaphragm of mounting Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L, Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360,
flange Alloy B2, mat. no. 2.4617, Alloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Alloy C22,
mat. no. 2.4602, tantalum, PTFE, PFA, ECTFE
Sealing surface Smooth according to EN 1092-1, form B1 or ASME B16.5
RF 125 … 250 AA for stainless steel 316L, EN 2092-1 form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF for the remaining materials
- Sealing material in the process flanges For standard applications Viton
For underpressure applications Copper
on the mounting flange
- Low-pressure side Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Process flange locking screws Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408
Screw plug Stainless steel ISO 3506-1 A4-70
O-ring FPM (Viton)
• Non-wetted parts materials
- Electronics housing • Low-copper die-cast aluminum GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. no. 1.4409/ CF-3M
• Standard: Powder coating with polyurethane
Option: 2 coats: Coat 1: epoxy-based; coat 2: Polyurethane
• Stainless steel type plate (1.4404/316L)
Pressure flange screws Stainless steel ISO 3506-1 A4-70
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
• Mounting flange fill fluid Silicone oil or other material
Process connection
• High-pressure side Flange according to EN and ASME
• Low-pressure side ¼-18 NPT female thread and flat connection with M10 fastening screw thread in accordance with
DIN 19213 (M12 for PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi)) or 7/16-20 UNF in accordance with EN 61518
Electrical connection Screw terminals
Cable entry via the following screwed glands:
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Han 7D/Han 8D device plug2)
• M12 device plug
Displays and controls
Keys 4 keys for operation directly on the device
Display • With or without integrated display (optional)
• Cover with inspection window (optional)
Auxiliary power UH
Terminal voltage on pressure transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically safe mode
Ripple USS  0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Noise Ueff  1.2 mV (0.5 … 10 kHz)
Auxiliary power –
Separate supply voltage –

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/181


Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for level
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to pressure equipment
directive (PED 2014/68/EU)
Drinking water
• WRAS (England)
• ACS (France)
• DVGW (Germany)
• NSF (USA)
CRN (Canada)
Explosion protection acc. to NEPSI (China)
Explosion protection acc. to INMETRO (Brazil)
BAM (Germany), oxygen expenditures
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance
• Flameproof enclosure "d"
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Connection
• Dust explosion protection for Zone 20, 21, 22
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Max. surface temperature
- Connection
• Dust explosion protection for Zone 20, 21, 22
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- Connection
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance
• Type of protection for Zone 2
- Marking
- Permissible ambient temperature "ec"
- Permissible ambient temperature "ic"
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium
- "ec" connection
- "ic" connection
1/182 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
© Siemens AG 2018
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of article 4,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
Available soon
II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
To certified intrinsically safe circuits with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/db IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ex II 1D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db
Ex II 3D Ex tc IIIC T120 °C Dc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
120 °C (248 °F)
To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ex II 1D Ex ia IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex ib IIIC T120 °C Db
Ex II 3D Ex ic IIIC T120 °C Dc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
Ex II 3G Ex ec IIC T4/T6 Gc
Ex II 3G Ex ic IIC T4/T6 Gc
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +40 °C (-40 ... +104 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T6
-40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T6
To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Effective internal inductance/capacitance:
Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for level
1
• Explosion protection acc. to FM Available soon
- Marking (XP/DIP) or IS; NI; S CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection according to CSA Available soon
- Marking (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
1) Specification only applies to the basic unit. The remote seal error must be considered additively.
2) Han 8D is identical to Han 8U.

HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART 7
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM

Mounting flange
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• Acc. to EN 1092-1
- DN 80 PN 40
- DN100 PN 16, PN 40
• According to ASME B16.5
- 3 inch Class 150, class 300
- 4 inch Class 150, class 300

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/183

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1 ■ Selection and ordering data
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for level
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Click on the Article no. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Measuring cell filling
Silicone oil 1
Inert liquid 3
Neobee oil 4
Maximum measuring span
250 mbar (100.5 inH2O) G
600 mbar (241 inH2O) H
1 600 mbar (643 inH2O) M
5000 mbar (72.5 psi) P
Process connection
Version for diaphragm seal with mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) V
Wetted parts materials: Process connection, seal diaphragm
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, stainless steel 316L/1.4404 0
Non-wetted parts materials
Die-cast aluminum 1
Stainless steel precision casting CF3M/1.4409 similar to 316L 2
Enclosure
Dual chamber device 5
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
Flameproof enclosure C
Flameproof enclosure, intrinsic safety D
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 L
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 20/21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 M
Combination of options B, C and L (zone model) S
Combination of options B, C and M (zone model, Class Division) T
Electrical connections/cable entries
Thread for cable gland
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M
Local operation/display
Without display (cover closed) 0
With display (cover closed) 1
With display (cover with glass pane) 2

1/184 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for level

■ Selection and ordering data

1
Options Order code Options Order code
Add "-Z" to article no. and specify order code. Device options
Cable glands included PDF file with device settings D10
Plastic A00 Double layer coating (epoxy resin and polyurethane) D20
120 m of enclosure and cover
Metal A01
FVMQ enclosure sealing D21
Stainless steel A02
IP66/IP68 degree of protection (not for M12 and Han D30
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404 A03 device plugs)
CMP, for XP devices A10 TAG label empty D40
CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11 Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG D41
cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm label
CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12 Stainless steel Ex plate 1.4404/316L D42
7 ... 12 mm, cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm
Increase of pressure stage from PN 420 to PN 500 D50
Han device plug mounted left
Overvoltage protection up to 6 kV (external) D71
Han 7D device plug (plastic, straight) A30
Adhesive labels on transport packaging (supplied by D90
Han 7D device plug (plastic, angled) A31 customer)
Han 7D device plug (metal, straight) A32 General approval without Ex approval
Han 7D device plug (metal, angled) A33 Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, CSA, KCC E00
Han 8D device plug (plastic, straight) A34 Worldwide (CE, RCM, EAC, FM, CSA, KCC) E01
Han 8D device plug (plastic, angled) A35 CSA E06
Han 8D device plug (metal, straight) A36 EAC E07
Han 8D device plug (metal, angled) A37 FM E08
Cable socket included KCC E09
Plastic, for Han 7D/8D device plugs A40 UL E10
Metal, for Han 7D/8D device plugs A41 Explosion protection approvals
M12 device plug mounted left ATEX (Europe) E20
Stainless steel, without cable socket A62 CSA (USA and Canada) E21
Stainless steel, with cable socket A63 FM (USA and Canada) E22
Cable entry/connector mounting IECEx (Worldwide) E23
2x sealing plugs M20 x 1.5, IP66/68 installed on both A90 EACEx (GOST-R, -K, -B) E24
sides
INMETRO (Brazil) E25
2x sealing plugs ½-14 NPT, IP66/68 installed on both A91
sides KCs (Korea) E26
Cable gland/connector mounted left A97 NEPSI (China) E27
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99 PESO (India) E28
Nameplate labeling TIIS Hazardous (Japan) E29
German (bar) B11 UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
French (bar) B12 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) E47
Spanish (bar) B13 CSA (Canada) and FM (USA) E48
Italian (bar) B14 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) + CSA (Canada) E49
and FM (USA)
Chinese (bar) B15
Marine approvals
Russian (bar) B16
DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50
English (psi) B20
LR (Lloyds Register) E51
Chinese (Pa) B35
BV (Bureau Veritas) E52
Certificates
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11
(IEC 60770-2) KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - Material of C12 RINA (Registro Italiano Navale) E57
pressurized and wetted parts
CCS (China Classification Society) E58
Test report - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) C13
Country-specific approvals
Test report (EN 10204-2.2) - Wetted parts C14
CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15
pressurized and wetted parts
Certificates for functional safety
Functional safety (IEC 61508) - SIL2/3 C20

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/185

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1 Options Order code
■ Selection and ordering data
Special approvals
Customer-specific device settings Order code
Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80
(1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F)) Add "-Z" to article no., specify order code and plain text
or drop-down list selection.
Dual seal E81
Measuring span Y01
WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83
Start of scale value (max. 5 characters),
only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM
full scale value (max. 5 characters),
NSF61 (drinking water) E84 unit [mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...],
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
ACS (drinking water) E85
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Drop-down list: Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, psi,
g/cm2, kg/cm2, kgf/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4°C), ftH2O,
mmH2O, mmH2O (4°C), mH2O (4°C), mmHg, inHg, atm,
torr
TAG Y15
(on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
max. 32 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
Measuring point description Y16
(on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
max. 32 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
TAG short Y17
(device parameters, max. 8 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 8 characters
Local display Y21
[Pressure, Percent], reference [None, Absolute, Rela-
tive], example: Pressure gauge
Drop-down list: Percent, pressure unit, pressure unit
abs., pressure unit gauge
Local display Y22
Scaling with standard units
[m3/s, l/s, m, inch, ...], example 1 ... 5 m
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Drop-down list: m, cm, mm, in, ft, m3, l, hl, in3, ft3, yd3,
gal, gal (UK), bu, bbl, bbl (US), SCF, Nm3, Nl.
Local display Y23
Scaling with user-specific units (max. 12 characters),
example 1 ... 5 m
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
Input field 3: Free text, max. 8 characters
Saturation limits instead of 3.8 ... 20.5 mA, Y30
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list 1: 3.9, 4
Drop-down list 2: 20.8, 22
Fault current instead of 3.6 mA [22.5 mA, 22.8 mA] Y31
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
Damping in seconds instead of 2 s (0.0 ... 100.0 s) Y32
Input field: max. 4 characters and numbers only; deci-
mal places as dot (comma is automatically converted to
dot); min. value = 0; max. value = 100.
ID number of special version Y99
Input field: max. 4 characters and only natural numbers
from 0 … 9999

1/186 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
1
code code
Diaphragm seal 7MF 0 8 1 4 - Diaphragm seal 7MF 0 8 1 4 -
Flange type design, direct connected to a 777 0 3 - 0 777 777 Flange type design, direct connected to a 777 0 3 - 0 777 777
SITRANS P transmitter for level SITRANS P transmitter for level
7MF03../7MF04.. (order separately) 7MF03../7MF04.. (order separately)
Scope of delivery: 1 off Scope of delivery: 1 off
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Filling liquid
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Silicone oil M5 A
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 Silicone oil M50 B
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure High-temperature oil C
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 0 DD Halocarbon oil D
PN 63/100 0DF Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
PN 160 0 DG Other version, add Order code and plain Z P1Y
text:
DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 0 ED Filling liquid: ...
PN 63/100 0EE
Wetted parts materials
PN 160 0EF
Stainless steel 316L
DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 0 GD
• Without coating A
PN 100 0GF
• With PFA coating D
DN 100 PN 10/16 0 HB • With PTFE coating E0
PN 25/40 0 HD • With ECTFFE coating F
DN 125 PN 16 0 JB Monel 400, 2.4360 G
PN 40 0 JD Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
Tantalum K
Connecting standard ASME B16.5
Titanium, 3.7035 L0
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
Nickel 201 M0
1½ inch class 150 1 LA
Diaphragm Duplex, 1.4462 Q
class 300 1 LB
Diaphragm plus flange Duplex, 1.4462 R
class 400/600 1 LD
Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S0
class 900/1500 1LF
Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U0
2 inch class 150 1 MA Hastelloy C22, 2.4602 V0
class 300 1 MB Z 8 Q1Y
Other version
class 400/600 1 MD
Add Order code and plain text
class 900/1500 1MF
Extension length
3 inch class 150 1 PA
• without 0
class 300 1 PB
• 50 mm (2") 1
class 600 1 PD
• 100 mm (4") 2
class 1500 1PF
• 150 mm (6") 3
4 inch class 150 1 QA • 200 mm (8") 4
class 300 1 QB • 250 mm (10") 5
class 400 1 QD Z 8 Q1Y
Other version
class 1500 1QF Add Order code and plain text
5 inch class 150 1 RA
class 300 1 RB
class 400 1 RC
Connecting standard J.I.S.
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
DN 50 10K 2ES
20k 2ET
50K 2 EU
DN 80 10K 2GS
20k 2GT
50K 2 GU
DN 100 10K 2HS
20k 2HT
50K 2 HU
Other version 9 AA H1Y
Add Order code and plain text

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/187

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
code code
Diaphragm seal 7MF 0 8 1 4 - Diaphragm seal 7MF 0 8 1 4 -
Flange type design, direct connected to a 777 0 3 - 0 777 777 Flange type design, direct connected to a 777 0 3 - 0 777 777
SITRANS P transmitter for level SITRANS P transmitter for level
7MF03../7MF04.. (order separately) 7MF03../7MF04.. (order separately)
Scope of delivery: 1 off Scope of delivery: 1 off
Customer-specific extension length • Wetted parts Tantalum
Wetted parts stainless steel without coating Range Standard length
Range Standard length 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") K1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") A1
(0.79 ... 1.97") 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") K2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") A2
(2.01 ... 3.94") 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") K3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") A3
(3.98 ... 5.91") 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") K4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") A4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") A5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
Wetted parts stainless steel with ECTFE
coating
Range Standard length
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") F1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") F2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") F3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") F4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") F5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
Wetted parts stainless steel with PFA coating
Range Standard length
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") D1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") D2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") D3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") D4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") D5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
• Wetted parts Monel 400
Range Standard length
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") G1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") G2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") G3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") G4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
• Wetted parts Hastelloy C276
Range Standard length
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") J1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") J2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") J3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") J4
(5.94 ... 7.87")

1/188 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Factory certificates Sealing surface
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11 Operating Temperature; Lower range value ... °C (°F), Y10
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 upper range value ... °C (°F)
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12 Static pressure: ... bar (psi) Y11
body and wetted parts Customer specific extension length (enter required Y44
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13 length in plain text)
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy
and stainless steel)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15
pressure containing and wetted parts
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17
Functional safety (SIL2/3) Devices suitable for use C20
according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
(Includes SIL conformity declaration)
Accessories
Spark arrestor (for differential pressure and level D62
transmitter)
Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67
Negative pressure services
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D83
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 acc. to D88
EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stainless steel
1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
General product approvals without explosion proof
approvals
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80
including certificate EN10204-2.2
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar)
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (not for O2-appl. E87
including certificate EN10204-2.2
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil)
Sealing surface
Sealing surface smooth, form B2/EN1092-1 resp. M50
RFSF/ANSI B16.5 (wetted parts 316L only)
Sealing surface groove to EN1092-1, form D M54
(instead of sealing surface B1, wetted parts 316L only)
Sealing surface RJF (groove) to ASME B16.5 M64
(instead of sealing surface RF 125...250AA, wetted
parts 316L only)
Sealing surface with tongue to EN1092-1, form C
(wetted parts 316L only)
• DN 40 M71
• DN 50 M72
• DN 80 M73
• DN 100 M74
• DN 125 M75
Sealing surface with spigot to EN1092-1, form E
(wetted parts 316L only)
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81
Sealing surface with recess to EN1092-1, form F
(wetted parts 316L only)
• DN 50 M84
• DN 80 M85
• DN 100 M86
• DN 125 M87

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/189

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
2
27 84 (3.31)
29 146 (5.75)
(1.06)
(1.14) 74 (2.31) 61 (2.4)
3
5
6
4

Ø 81 (3.19)
172 (6.77)
1

135 (5.31)

Ø d5
Ø d4

ØD
Øk
rotation of housing

min. 92 (3.62)
7
54 (2.13) 108 (4.25)
Space for

n x d2

approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)

b f

1 8

1 Electrical connection:
screw gland M20 x 1,53) or screw gland ½-14 NPT or
Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug or M12 device plug2) 3
2 Cover over buttons and nameplate with general information
3 Blanking plug
4 Screw cover - safety bracket
(only for type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure")
5 Terminal side
6 Electronic side, display
(longer overall length for cover with window)1)
7 Sealing screw
8 Harting adapter
9 Process connection of low pressure side ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)

1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inch) for the thread length
when removing the covers
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + XP]"

SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for level, including mounting flange, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/190 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
Connection to EN 1092-1 1
Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM dM f k n L
diameter pressure with without
tube tube
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 40 PN 10/16/ 16 150 18 88 38 30 42 2 110 4 0, 50, 100,
25/40 150 or 200
PN 63/100 24 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
PN 160 26 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 18 165 18 102 48.3 40 51 2 125 4
25/40
PN 63/100 26 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
PN 160 28 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 22 200 18 138 76 65 85 2 160 8
25/40
PN 100 30 230 26 138 76 65 85 2 180 8
DN 100 PN 10/16 18 220 18 158 94 85 85 2 180 8
PN 25/40 22 235 22 162 94 85 85 2 190 8
DN 125 PN 16 20 250 18 188 127 85 116 2 210 8
PN 40 24 270 26 188 127 85 116 2 220 8

Connection according to ASME B16.5

Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM dM f k n L
diameter pressure with without
tube tube
lb/sq.in. inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1½ inch 150 0.63 (15.9) 4.92 (125) 0.63 (15.9) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 3.87 (98.4) 4 0, 2, 3.94,
5.94 or
300 0.75 (19.1) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 4.5 (114.3) 4 7.87
400/600 0.88 (22.3) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.5 (114.3) 4 (0, 50,
100, 150 or
900/1500 1.25 (31.8) 7.09 (180) 1.13 (28.6) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.87 (123.8) 4 200)
2 inch 150 0.69 (17.5) 5.91 (150) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 4.75 (120.7) 4
300 0.81 (20.7) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 5 (127) 8
400/600 1.00 (25.4) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 5 (127) 8
900/1500 1.5 (38.1) 8.46 (215) 1.00 (25.4) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 6.5 (165.1) 8
3 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 7.48 (190) 0.75 (19.1) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6 (152.4) 4
300 1.06 (27) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6.63 (168.3) 8
600 1.23 (31.8) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 6.63 (168.3) 8
1500 1.88 (47.7) 10.43 (265) 1.25 (31.8) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 8 (203.2) 8
4 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 9.06 (230) 0.75 (19.1) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.5 (190.5) 8
300 1.19 (30.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.87 (200) 8
400 1.38 (35) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 7.87 (200) 8
1500 2.13 (54) 12.20 (310) 1.37 (34.9) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 9.5 (241.3) 8
5 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 8.5 (215.9) 8
300 1.31 (33.4) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 9.25 (235) 8
400 1.50 (38.1) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.28 (7) 9.25 (235) 8

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/191

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1 Process connection according to J.I.S
Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM dM f k n L
diameter pressure with without
tube tube
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
DN 50 10K 14 (0.55) 155 (6.10) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 4 0, 50, 100,
150 or 200
20K 16 (0.63) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 8
(0, 2, 3.94,
40K 26 (1.02) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 105 (4.13) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 130 (5.12) 8 5.94 or
DN 80 10K 16 (0.63) 185 (7.28) 19 (0.75) 126 (4.96) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 150 (5.91) 8 7.87)

20K 20 (0.79) 200 (7.87) 23 (0.91) 132 (5.20) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 160 (6.30) 8
40K 32 (1.26) 210 (8.27) 23 (0.91) 140 (5.51) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 170 (6.30) 8
DN 100 10K 16 (0.63) 210 (8.27) 19 (0.75) 151 (5.94) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 175 (6.89) 8
20K 22 (0.87) 225 (8.86) 23 (0.91) 160 (6.30) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 185 (7.28) 8
40K 36 (1.42) 250 (9.84) 25 (0.98) 165 (6.50) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 205 (8.07) 8

d: Internal diameter of seal according to DIN 2690

dM: Effective diaphragm diameter

1/192 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
■ Overview
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters are digital pressure
transmitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and high accu-
racy. The parameterization is performed using control keys or via
HART, PROFIBUS-PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be
precisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very
simple in spite of the numerous setting options.
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo-
sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmo-
spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corre-
■ Application
sponding harmonized European standards (ATEX).
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
Various versions of the DS III pressure transmitters are available
for measuring:
• Gauge pressure
• Absolute pressure
• Differential pressure
• Level
• Volume level
• Mass level
• Volume flow
• Mass flow
■ Benefits
• High quality and service life
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads
• For aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
• Separate replacement of measuring cell and electronics with-
out recalibration
• Minimum conformity error
• Good long-term stability
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (e.g. stainless
steel, Hastelloy, gold, Monel, tantalum)
Pressure Measurement
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
1
• Infinitely adjustable span from 0.01 bar to 700 bar
(0.15 psi to 10153 psi) for DS III with HART interface
• Nominal measuring range from 1 bar to 700 bar
(14.5 psi to 10153 psi) for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
• High measuring accuracy
• Parameterization over control keys and HART or PROFIBUS
PA, or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in in-
dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz
makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
"Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive at-
mospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
with the corresponding harmonized European standards
(ATEX).
Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
egory "ia" and "ib".
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
The pressure transmitter can be programmed locally using the 3
control buttons or externally via HART or PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/193
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
1 Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
■ Design
Measured variable: Gauge pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
Span (infinitely adjustable) 1
for DS III with HART: 0.01 bar to 700 bar (0.15 psi to 10153 psi)
Nominal measuring range
for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus: 2
1 bar to 700 bar (14.5 psi to 10153 psi)
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure
Measured variable: Absolute pressure of aggressive and non- 8
aggressive gases, vapors and liquids.
Span (infinitely adjustable) 1 Plastic cover as access to
for DS III with HART: 8.3 mbar a ... 100 bar a (0.12 ... 1450 psi a) the input keys
2 Screw cover with
Nominal measuring range
viewing pane 3
for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus: 3 Digital display
250 mbar a ... 100 bar a (3.6 ... 1450 psi a) 4 Locking screw 7
There are two series: 5 Process connection
6 Screw cover with
• Gauge pressure series viewing pane 6
• Differential pressure series 7 Rating plate
8 Inlet with cable gland 4
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow 5
Measured variables:
• Differential pressure
Front view
• Small positive or negative pressure
• Flow q ~ p (together with a primary differential pressure de- The transmitter consists of various components depending on
vice (see Chapter "Flow Meters")) the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor-
mation. The components described below are the same for all
Span (infinitely adjustable) transmitters.
for DS III with HART: 1 mbar ... 30 bar (0.0145 ... 435 psi)
The rating plate (7, Figure "Front view") with the Article No. is located
Nominal measuring range on the side of the housing. The specified number together with the
for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus: ordering information provide details on the optional design details
20 mbar ... 30 bar (0.29 ... 435 psi) and on the possible measuring range (physical properties of built-in
sensor element).
Pressure transmitters for level
The approval label is located on the opposite side.
Measured variable: Level of aggressive and non-aggressive liq-
uids in open and closed vessels. The housing is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel pre-
cision casting. A round cover (6) is screwed on at the front and
Span (infinitely adjustable)
rear of the housing. The front cover can be fitted with a viewing
for DS III with HART: 25 mbar ... 5 bar (0.363 ... 72.5 psi)
pane so that the measured values can be read directly on the
Nominal measuring range display. The inlet (8) for the electrical connection is located either
for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus: on the left or right side. The unused opening on the opposite side
250 mbar ... 5 bar (3.63 ... 72.5 psi) is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth connection is
located on the rear of the housing.
Nominal diameter of the mounting flange
• DN 80 or DN 100 The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
• 3 inch or 4 inch housing contains the measuring cell with process connection
In the case of level measurements in open containers, the low- (5). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
pressure connection of the measuring cell remains open (mea- screw (4). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
surement "compared to atmospheric"). cell and the electronics can be replaced separately from each
other. The set parameter data are retained.
In the case of measurements in closed containers, the lower-
pressure connection has to be connected to the container in or- At the top of the housing is a plastic cover (1), which hides the
der to compensate the static pressure. input keys.
The wetted parts are made from a variety of materials, depend- Example for an attached measuring point label
ing on the degree of corrosion resistance required.
Y01 or Y02
= max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar
Y15 = max. 16 char.
Measuring point number (TAG No.)
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234
Y16 = max. 27 char. Measuring point text

1/194 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description

■ Function
1
Operation of electronics with HART communication Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA communication

9 9
8 8
0.0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0.0
M M
00 00
10
2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 7
μC IA, UH PA
μC
interface
Power supply

PROFIBUS-PA
7
10
HART interface

PROFIBUS DP
Power
EEPROM supply
6 unit
EEPROM Coup-
6
ler
Electronics Electronics
11
1 6 Bus-
1 6 12 Master
EEPROM

EEPROM
Sensor Sensor

pe Measuring cell pe
Measuring cell

1 Measuring cell sensor

2 Instrument amplifier 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
3 Analog-to-digital converter 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
4 Microcontroller 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
5 Digital-to-analog converter 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
electronics 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
7 HART interface each in the measuring cell
8 Three input keys (local operation) and electronics pe Input variable
9 Digital display 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
IA Output current
Function diagram of electronics
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea-
suring amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital con-
Function diagram of electronics verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in the microcon-
troller, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure provided on the PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea- PA interface (7).
suring amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital con-
verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in a microcontrol- The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
ler, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
converted in a digital-to-analog converter (5) into an output cur- (6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
rent of 4 to 20 mA. to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity. each other.
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
each other. The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Para-
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure meterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- quired for this.
sages and the operating modes on the display (9).
The HART modem (7) permits parameterization using a protocol
according to the HART specification.
The pressure transmitters with spans  63 bar measure the input
pressure compared to atmosphere, transmitters with spans
 160 bar compared to vacuum.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/195

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
1 Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus com- Mode of operation of the measuring cells
munication
Measuring cell for gauge pressure

9
8
0.0.0.0.0
M
00

5
2 3 4 5 7 4
FF
μC interface 3

Foundation Fieldbus
1 1 Measuring cell
Power supply
2 Process connection
10
3 Seal diaphragm
Power
supply 4 Filling liquid
EEPROM
6 unit 5 Silicon pressure sensor
Coup-
pe Pressure as input variable
ler
2
Electronics
pe
1 6
EEPROM

Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram

Sensor
pe
Measuring cell
1 Measuring cell sensor
2 Instrument amplifier
3 Analog-to-digital converter
4 Microcontroller
5 Electrical isolation
6 One non-volatile memory
each in the measuring cell
and electronics
7 FF interface
The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram) to
the measuring cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted
further through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to
the silicon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is
then flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resis-
8 Three input keys
(local operation)
tors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in re-
9 Digital display
sistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the ab-
10 Power supply solute pressure.
Measuring cell for gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm
pe Input variable

Function diagram of electronics

5
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure 4
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). 1 1 Measuring cell
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin- 2 Process connection
earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the 3 Seal diaphragm
FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated 4 Filling liquid
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7). 5 Silicon pressure sensor
pe Pressure as input variable
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
2
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other 3
pe
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for paper
each other. industry, function diagram
Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres- The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but- Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush dia-
tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error phragm for paper industry, function diagram") to the measuring
messages and the operating modes on the display (9). cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted further
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans- through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to the sil-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION icon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is then
Fieldbus. Parameterization data and error messages are trans- flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fit-
ferred by acyclic data transmission. Special software such as ted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
National Instruments Configurator is required for this. tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the abso-
lute pressure.

1/196 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from gauge pressure series Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow 1
2 3 4
1 Seal diaphragm
5 2 O-ring
4 3 Overload diaphragm
1 4 Silicon pressure sensor
3 1 - +
1 Measuring cell 5 Process flange
1 5
2 Process connection 6 Body of measuring cell
3 Seal diaphragm 7 Filling liquid
4 Filling liquid 7 6
5 Silicon absolute pressure
sensor
pe Absolute pressure as input Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
2 variable
pe The differential pressure is transmitted through the seal dia-
phragms (1, Figure "Measuring cell for differential pressure and
flow, function diagram") and the filling liquid (7) to the silicon
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from the pressure series, function pressure sensor (4).
diagram
The absolute pressure pe is transmitted through the seal dia- The measuring diaphragm is flexed by the applied differential
phragm (3, Figure "Measuring cell for absolute pressure from pressure. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors
pressure series, gauge pressure, function diagram ") and the fill- fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
ing liquid (4) to the silicon absolute pressure sensor (5) whose tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the
measuring diaphragm is then flexed. This changes the resis- differential pressure.
tance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
bridge circuit. This change in resistance results in a bridge out- overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
put voltage proportional to the absolute pressure. aphragm (3) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential pressure of the measuring cell (6), thus protecting the silicon pressure
series sensor from overloads.
Measuring cell for level

2 3 4 1 Reference vacuum
2 Overload diaphragm 3 4 5 6 7
3 Silicon pressure sensor
4 O-ring 2
5 5 Process flange 8
1 pe 6 Seal diaphragm +
6 7 Body of measuring cell -
8 Filling liquid
pe Absolute pressure as 1 10
8 7 input variable 9

1 Flange with tube 6 Silicon pressure sensor

Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential pressure series, 2 Seal diaphragm on mounting 7 O-ring
function diagram flange 8 Process flange
3 Seal diaphragm 9 Filling liquid
The input pressure pe is transmitted through the seal diaphragm
4 Body of measuring cell 10 Capillary with filling liquid
(6, Figure "Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential
5 Overload diaphragm of mounting flange
pressure series, function diagram") and the filling liquid (8) to the
silicon pressure sensor (3).
The difference in pressure between the input pressure pe and Measuring cell for level, function diagram
the reference vacuum (1) on the low-pressure side of the mea- The input pressure (hydrostatic pressure) acts hydraulically on
suring cell flexes the measuring diaphragm. This changes the the measuring cell through the seal diaphragm on the mounting
resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a flange (2, Figure "Measuring cell for level, function diagram").
bridge circuit. This change in resistance results in a bridge out- This differential pressure is subsequently transmitted further
put voltage proportional to the absolute pressure. through the measuring cell (3) and the filling liquid (9) to the sil-
An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from icon pressure sensor (6) whose measuring diaphragm is then
overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di- flexed.
aphragm (2) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in
of the measuring cell (7), thus protecting the silicon pressure the diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
sensor from overloads.
This change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage pro-
portional to the differential pressure.
An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
aphragm (5) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
of the measuring cell (4), thus protecting the silicon pressure
sensor from overloads.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/197

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
1 Parameterization DS III Diagnostic functions for DS III with HART
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa- • Zero correction display
rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning • Event counter
the parameters. • Limit transmitter
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation) • Saturation alarm
With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa- • Slave pointer
rameters without any additional equipment. • Simulation functions
Parameterization using HART • Maintenance timer
Parameterization using HART is performed with a HART Com- Available physical units of display for DS III with HART
municator or a PC.
Table style: Technical specifications 2
Physical variable Physical dimensions
+
Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 °C),
SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 Ω Power supply mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg
transmitter Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in

HART Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
communicator gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
volume flow m3/d, m3/h, m3/s, l/min, l/s, ft3/d, ft3/min,
Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure transmitter ft3/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/s
When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec- Mass flow t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min, kg/s,
tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable. g/d, g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/h, lb/min, lb/s,
LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d, STon/h, STon/min
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
+
-
Miscellaneous %, mA

SITRANS P 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
transmitter Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
PC or particularly user-friendly. Through the PROFIBUS the DS III with
HART laptop
PROFIBUS PA is connected to a process control system, e. g.
modem
SIMATIC PSC 7. Communication is possible even in a potentially
explosive environment.
USB/RS 232
For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft-
ware, e.g. SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager).
HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure
transmitter
Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface

When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
a HART modem. particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
the DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus is connected to a process
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the control system. Communication is possible even in a potentially
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur- explosive environment.
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.
For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you
Adjustable parameters, DS III with HART need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
Parameters Input keys HART Adjustable parameters for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
(DS III HART) communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Start of scale x x
Full-scale value x x
Parameters Input PROFIBUS PA and
Electrical damping x x keys FOUNDATION Field-
Start-of-scale value without applica- x x bus interface
tion of a pressure ("Blind setting")
Full-scale value without application x x Electrical damping x x
of a pressure ("Blind setting") Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x
Zero adjustment x x tion)
current transmitter x x Buttons and/or function disabling x x
Fault current x x
Source of measured-value display x x
Disabling of buttons, write protec- x x1)
tion Physical dimension of display x x
Type of dimension and actual x x Position of decimal point x x
dimension
Characteristic (linear / square- x2) x2) Bus address x x
rooted) Adjustment of characteristic x x
Input of characteristic x
Freely-programmable LCD x Input of characteristic x
Diagnostic functions x Freely-programmable LCD x
1) Cancel apart from write protection Diagnostics functions x
2) Only differential pressure

1/198 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
Diagnostic functions for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and 1
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Event counter
• Slave pointer
• Maintenance timer
• Simulation functions
• Display of zero correction
• Limit transmitter
• Saturation alarm
Physical dimensions available for the display
Physical variable Physical dimensions
Pressure (setting can also be MPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
inH2O, inH20 (4 °C), ftH2O (20 °C),
mmHg, inHg
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in, yd
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
volume flow m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/
d, Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gal-
lon/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gal-
lon/d, bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Mass flow g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,
kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
lb/d, STon/s, STon/min, STon/h, STon/d,
LTon/s, LTon/min, LTon/h, LTon/d
Total mass flow t, kg, g, lb, oz, LTon, STon
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Miscellaneous %

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/199

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1 ■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure
Input
Measured variable Gauge pressure
Span (fully adjustable) or measuring range, max. operating HART PROFIBUS PA/
pressure (in accordance with 2014/68/EU Pressure Equipment FOUNDATION
Directive) and max. test pressure (pursuant to DIN 16086) Fieldbus
(for oxygen measurement, max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi and Span Nominal measuring Max. operating pres- Max. perm.
60 °C (140 °F) ambient temperature/process temperature) range sure MAWP (PS) test pressure
8.3 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar 4 bar 6 bar
0.83 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.12 ... 3.6 psi 3.6 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7 MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
1.6 ... 160 bar 160 bar 167 bar 250 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 16 MPa 16.7 MPa 25 MPa
23 ... 2321 psi 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
4 ... 400 bar 400 bar 400 bar 600 bar
0.4 ... 40 MPa 40 MPa 40 MPa 60 MPa
58 ... 5802 psi 5802 psi 5802 psi 8702 psi
7 ... 700 bar 700 bar 800 bar 800 bar
0.7 ... 70 MPa 70 MPa 80 MPa 80 MPa
102 ... 10153 psi 10153 psi 11603 psi 11603 psi
Lower measuring limit
(for 250mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi measuring cells, the lower mea-
suring limit is 750 mbar a/75 kPa a/10.8 psi a. The measuring
cell is vacuum-resistant upt to 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a.)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span (max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi for oxygen measurement)
ambient temperature/process temperature 60 °C (140 °F)
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or -
optionally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , -
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) bzw. -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART-Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal.
Each connection against the other with max. supply voltage.
Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s) Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

1/200 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure
1
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
• Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nom. pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl. hysteresis and
reproducibility
• Linear characteristic
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r  1.25 :  0.065 %
1.25 < r  30 :  (0.008  r + 0.055) %
- 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi r5:  0.065 %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
- 400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi r3:  0.075 %
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi 3 < r  10 :  (0.0029  r + 0.071) %
10 < r  100 :  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
Influence of ambient temperature
(in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.16  r + 0.1) %
• 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.05  r + 0.1) %
• 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi  (0.025  r + 0.125) %
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
• 700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
Long-term stability (temperature change  30 °C ( 54 °F))
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.25  r) % per year
• 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
• 16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi  (0.125  r) % in 5 years
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
• 700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position  0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° inclination
(zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/201

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1 SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure
Rated conditions
Degree of protection
• according to EN 60529 IP66 (optional IP66/IP68)
• according to NEMA 250 Type 4X
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid
- 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
- 160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi
• Measuring cell with Neobee fill fluid (FDA-compliant) -10 ... +100 °C (+14 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protection -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature (silicone oil and inert oil)
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Ambient temperature (Neobee fill fluid)
- Transmitter -10 ... +85 °C (+14 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %/Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
• Electromagnetic Compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immunity Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight (without options) Die-cast aluminum:  2.0 kg ( 4.4 lb)
Stainless steel precision casting:  4.6 kg ( 10.1 lb)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting,
mat. no. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials
• Connection shank Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
• Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (maximum value with oxygen measurement pressure
100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 °C (140 °F))
Process connection Connection shank G½B to DIN EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange
(PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF
to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Material of mounting bracket
• Steel Sheet-steel, Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated
• Stainless steel 304 Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301 (SS 304)
• Stainless steel 316L Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404 (SS 316L)
Power supply UH HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Power supply - Supplied through bus
Separate 24 V power supply - Not necessary
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Start-up current  basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes

1/202 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of
article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 174 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values:
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta IIIC T120°C Da
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ta/tb IIIC T120°C Da/Db
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120°C Db
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values:
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W UH = 9 ... 32 V DC; Pmax = 1 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 2/3 G Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ic IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
- Connection (Ex nA) Um = 45 V Um = 32 V
- Connections (Ex ic) To circuits with values: FISCO supply unit ic:
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion protection acc. to FM Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/203


Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1 HART communication
HART
Protocol
Software for computer
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte
• Input byte
Internal preprocessing
Device profile
Function blocks
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif-
ic process variables
- Electrical damping, adjustable
- Simulation function
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Register (totalizer)
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Physical block
Transducer blocks
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea-
sured pressure value and sen-
sor temperature
1/204 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
© Siemens AG 2018
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
230 ... 1100 
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
HART Version 5.x 1 function block PID
SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling
4 ic process variables characteristic
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 ... 100 s
Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
tion (standard setting address within the device with a bridge)
126)
- Failure mode parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
5 (one measured value) or value)
10 (two measured values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
0, 1, or 2 (register operating ing limit and one alarm limit
mode and reset function for respectively
metering) - Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- • PID Standard FOUNDATION
cess Control Devices Version Fieldbus function block
3.0, class B • Physical block 1 resource block
2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
Yes, linearly rising or falling
characteristic • Pressure transducer block
0 ... 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
Input /Output
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
value) pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
perature and electronics tem-
Yes, one upper and lower warn- perature
ing limit and one alarm limit
respectively
Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
parameterizable (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with
incorrect value)
One upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
1
2
Yes
Yes
Max. 30 nodes
Yes
Parameterizable
Constant value or over parame-
terizable ramp function
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
1
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, 7MF 4 0 3 3 - Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, 7MF 4 0 3 3 -
SITRANS P DS III with HART SITRANS P DS III with HART
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Explosion protection
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • None A
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell clean- • With ATEX, Type of protection:
ing - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
Silicone oil normal 1 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"8) D
Inert liquid 1) grease-free to 3 - "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
cleanliness level 2 (Ex ia + Ex d)"9)
FDA compliant fill fluid2) - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"10) E
• Neobee oil normal 4 - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure R
and dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
Measuring span (min. ... max.) Zone 1D/2D)"8)11)
8.3 ... 250 mbar (0.12 ... 3.6 psi) A • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)12) F
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2320 psi) F (is + xp)"7)12)
4.0 ... 400 bar (58.0 ... 5802 psi) G Electrical connection / cable entry
7.0 ... 700 bar (102.0 ...10153 psi) J • Screwed gland M20 x1 .5 B
Wetted parts materials • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Seal diaphragm Process connection • Han 7D device plug (plastic housing) incl. D
mating connector13)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
• M12 device plugs (stainless steel)13)14) F
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C Display
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1 • Without display 0
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" • Without visible display 1
(recommended version) 3) 4) 5) 6) (display concealed, setting: mA)
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
with process connector "G½B connection
shank"" 3) 4) 5) 6) • with customer-specific display (setting as 7
specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required)
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
• Stainless steel oval flange with process con-
1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
nection (Oval flange has no female thread)
2) Available for measuring ranges 1 ... 63 bar.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
3) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5 here.
4) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
Non-wetted parts materials respective remote seals.
5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting7) 3 must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
Version 6) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y)

• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 is silicone oil.

setting for pressure unit: bar
• International version, English plate inscription,
setting for pressure unit: bar
• Chinese version, English plate inscription,
setting for pressure unit: Pascal
All versions include DVD with compact operat-
ing instructions in various EU languages.
7) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Han 7D device plug".
8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
2
9) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
10) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
3 11) Only in connection with IP66.
12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
NEC 500/505.
13) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
14) M12 delivered without cable socket

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/205

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 0 3 4 - SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 0 3 4 -
SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 0 3 5 - SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 0 3 5 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Explosion protection
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell clean- A
ing • None
Silicone oil normal 1 • With ATEX, Type of protection:
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
cleanliness level 2 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"8) D
FDA compliant fill fluid2) - "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
• Neobee oil normal 4 (Ex ia + Ex d)"9)
Nominal measuring range - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"10) E
250 mbar (3.6 psi) A - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
1 bar (14.5 psi) B Zone 1D/2D)"9) 11)
4 bar (58 psi) C • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)12) F
16 bar (232 psi) D
63 bar (914 psi) E • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
160 bar (2320 psi) F
400 bar (5802 psi) G • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
700 bar (10153 psi) J - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
(is + xp)"7)12)
Wetted parts materials
Electrical connection/cable entry
Seal diaphragm Process connection
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Stainless steel Stainless steel A • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • M12 device plugs (stainless steel)13)14) F
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Display
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" • Without display 0
(recommended version) 3) 4) 5) 6) • Without visible display (display concealed, 1
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 setting: bar)
with process connector • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
"G½B connection shank"" 3) 4) 5) 6) • with customer-specific display (setting as spec- 7
Process connection ified, Order code "Y21" required)
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connec- 2) Available for measuring ranges 1 ... 63 bar.
tion (Oval flange has no female thread) 7) 3) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 here.
4) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6 respective remote seals.
5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
Non-wetted parts materials
must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0 7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3 6) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y)

Version is silicone oil.

• Standard version, German label inscription,
setting of pressure unit: bar
• International version, English label inscription,
setting of pressure unit: psi
• Chinese version, English label inscription,
setting of pressure unit: kPa
All versions include DVD with compact operating
instructions in various EU languages.
7) M10 fastening thread: Max. span 160 bar (2320 psi)
1 7/16-20 UNF and M12 fastening thread: Max. span 400 bar (5802 psi)
8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
2 9) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
10) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
3 11) Only in connection with IP66.
12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
NEC 500/505.
13) M12 delivered without cable socket.
14) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.

1/206 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting CRN approval Canada E226)   
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U- (Canadian Registration Number)
washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U-
washer) made of: Dual seal E24   
• Steel A01    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) E257)   
• Stainless steel 304 A02    to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Stainless steel 316L A03    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Device plugs1)
"Flameproof" explosion protection E267)   
• Han 7D (metal) A30  according to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Angled A32 
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia E287)  
• Han 8D (metal) A33  + Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
Cable sockets for M12 device plugs A50    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
(metal (CuZn))
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E457)   
Rating plate inscription
(instead of German) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• English B11    Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E467)   
• French B12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Spanish B13    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E57)   
• Italian B14    NEPSI (China)
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
English rating plate B21    Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E567)   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi to NEPSI (China)
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point C11    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
characteristic curve test) according to Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E577)   
IEC 60770-22) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
Inspection certificate3) C12   
Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and E587)   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 „Zone 2" to NEPSI (China)
Factory certificate C14    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E707)   
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
PMI test of parts in contact with medium (only for transmitter
Functional safety (SIL2) C20  7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Devices suitable for use according to Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL (Russia)
conformity declaration (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C214)  Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol (Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Devices suitable for use according to Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL to EAC Ex (Russia)
conformity declaration (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99    Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
mark
according to EAC Ex (Russia)
Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
the output signal to 22.0 mA
Two coats of lacquer on casing and G10   
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07    cover (PU on epoxy)
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning pro- J01   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    tection)
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
Process connection Astava J06   
Supplied with oval flange D37   
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in
thread of oval flange
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
device (848699 + 810634) included
Use in or on zone 1D/2D5) E01   
(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)" and IP66)
Oxygen application E10   
(In the case of oxygen measurement and
inert liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C
(140 °F))
Export approval Korea E11   

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/207

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
code. Order code(s) and plain text.
Marine approvals Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
• Det Norske Veritas S10    Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL) Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11    Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y152)   
device variable (measuring point
• French marine classification society S12    description)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14    Y15: ...........................................
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16    Measuring point text (entry in device Y16   
variable)
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
1) Han device plug IP65 Y16: ...........................................
2) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia- Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified Y17: ...........................................
here. Setting of pressure indication in pres- Y21   
3) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with sure units
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
respective remote seals.
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
4) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1 Note:
configuration software in combination with S7-400H The following pressure units can be
5) Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro- selected:
tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D. bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
6) Cannot be ordered with remote seal. mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
7) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked. *) ref. temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 
non-pressure units3) Y01
Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pres-
sure units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5
characters)
Preset bus address Y25  
possible between 1 and 126
Specify in plain text:
Y25: .....................
Damping adjustment in seconds Y30   
(0 ... 100 s)
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset
 = available
Ordering example
Item line: 7MF4033-1EA00-1AA7-Z
B line: A01 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 10 ... 20 bar (145 ... 290 psi)
C line: Y21: bar (psi)

1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are

calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
2) If you do not wish to have any text engraved for Y15, then do not make any
further text entries as "Y15:".
3) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.

1/208 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure

■ Dimensional drawings
1
15 143 (5.6) 54 (2.13) 5

(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 27 approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)

24
1 (1.1)

50 (1.97)
2 6
Ø80 (3.15)

117 (4.61)
3 4 3 7

176 (6.93)
237 (9.33)
9
171 (6.7)

SW 36

68 (2.68)
8

120 (4.72)
approx. 40

72 (2.8)
(1.6)

Space for rotation

of housing
min. 90 (3.54) 4) Ø50 ... 60 105 (4.13)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)

1 Electronic side, digital display 5 Protective cover over keys

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 6 Blanking plug
2 Terminal side1) 7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3 Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 8 Process connection: Connection shank G½B or Oval flange
Han 7D/8D device plug2) 3)
9 Mounting bracket (option)
4 Harting adapter

1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
4)
Minimum distance for rotating

SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/209

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
1 ■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P DS III series for gauge and absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Input of gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Gauge pressure, front-flush
Span (continuously adjustable) or measuring range, HART PROFIBUS PA/
max. operating pressure and max. test pressure FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
Span Nominal measur- Max. operating Max. perm.
ing range pressure MAWP test pressure
(PS)
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
• Measuring cell with Neobee 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. span
Input of absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Absolute pressure, front-flush
Span (continuously adjustable) or measuring range, max. HART PROFIBUS PA/
operating pressure and max. test pressure FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
Span Nominal measur- Max. operating Max. perm.
ing range pressure MAWP test pressure
(PS)
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a 1300 mbar a 2.6 bar a 10 bar a
4.33 ... 130 kPa a 130 kPa a 260 kPa a 1 MPa a
17 ... 525 inH2O a 525 inH2O a 37.7 psi a 145 psi a
160 ... 5000 mbar a 5000 mbar a 10 bar a 30 bar a
16 ... 500 kPa a 500 kPa a 1 MPa a 3 MPa a
2.32 ... 72.5 psi a 72.5 psi a 145 psi a 435 psi a
1 ... 30 bar a 30 bar a 45 bar a 100 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 3 MPa a 4.5 MPa a 10 MPa a
14.6 ... 435 psi a 435 psi a 653 psi a 1450 psi a
Depending on the process connection, the span may differ from these values
Lower measuring limit 0 mbar a/0 kPa a/0 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. span
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDA-
TION Fieldbus signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or option- -
ally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , -
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal. Each connection against the
other with max. supply voltage.
Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s) Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

1/210 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
SITRANS P DS III series for gauge and absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
1
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
(All error data refer always refer to the set span) • Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nom. pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl.
hysteresis and reproducibility
• Linear characteristic Gauge pressure, front-flush Absolute pressure, front-flush
- r5  0.075 % -

- 5 < r  100  (0.005  r + 0.05) % -

- r  10 -  0.2 %
- 10 < r  30 -  0.4 %
Influence of ambient temperature (in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))  (0.08  r + 0.16) %  (0.16  r + 0.24) %
Effect of ambient temperature
(in pressure per temperature change)
• Temperature difference between medium 3 mbar/0.3 kPa/0.04 psi per 10 K
temperature and ambient temperature
Long-term stability (temperature change  30 °C ( 54 °F))  (0.25 . r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle) 0.4 mbar/0.04 kPa/0.006 per 10° inclination
(zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Rated conditions
Installation conditions
Ambient temperature Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil (with front-flush diaphragm) -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert liquid -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
(in the case of Neobee: -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185/°F))
(for high temperature oil: -10 ... + 85 °C (14 ... 185 °F))
Climatic class
• Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
Degree of protection
• according to EN 60529 IP66 (optional IP66/IP68)
• according to NEMA 250 Type 4X
Electromagnetic Compatibility
• Emitted interference and interference immunity Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Medium conditions The max. medium temperature of the front-flush process connections is to be taken
into account in accordance with the relevant connection standards (e. g. DIN 32676,
DIN 11851 etc.).
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil (with front-flush diaphragm) -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil (with front-flush diaphragm) -10 ... +150 °C (14 ... 302 °F)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil, with temperature decoupler -40 ... +200 °C (-40 ... +392 °F)
(only for gauge pressure version with front-flush diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil, with temp. decoupler (only -10 ... +200 °C (14 ... 392 °F)
for gauge pressure version with flush-mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with high-temperature oil (only for gauge -10 ... +250 °C (14 ... 482 °F)
pressure version with front-flush diaphragm)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/211

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
1 SITRANS P DS III series for gauge and absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Design
Weight (without options)  1.5 kg ( 3.3 lb)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid
Process connection • Flanges as per EN and ASME
• F&B and pharmaceutical flanges
Surface quality touched-by-media Ra-values  0.8 µm (32 µ-inch)/welds Ra)  1.6 µm (64 µ-inch)
(Process connections acc. to 3A; Ra-values  0.8 µm (32 µ-inch)/welds Ra)  0.8 µm
(32 µ-inch)
Power supply UH HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Power supply - Supplied through bus
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Start-up current  basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes

1/212 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
SITRANS P DS III series for gauge and absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
1
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of
article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V
DC DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta IIIC T120°C Da
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ta/tb IIIC T120°C Da/Db
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120°C Db
- Marking Ex II 2 D IP65 T 120 °C
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V
DC; Pmax = 1.2 W DC;
Pmax = 1 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 2/3 G Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ic IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
- Connection (Ex nA) Um = 45 V Um = 32 V
- Connections (Ex ic) To circuits with values: FISCO supply unit ic:
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion protection acc. to FM Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV
2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

Hygiene version
In the case of SITRANS P DSIII with 7MF413x front-flush diaphragm, selected connections comply with the requirements of EHEDG.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/213


Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
1 HART communication
HART
Protocol
Software for computer
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte
• Input byte
Internal preprocessing
Device profile
Function blocks
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif-
ic process variables
- Electrical damping, adjustable
- Simulation function
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Register (totalizer)
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Physical block
Transducer blocks
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea-
sured pressure value and sen-
sor temperature
1/214 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
© Siemens AG 2018
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
230 ... 1100 
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
HART Version 5.x 1 function block PID
SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling
4 ic process variables characteristic
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 ... 100 s
Configuration tool or local - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
operation (standard setting within the device with a bridge)
address 126)
- Failure mode parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
5 (one measured value) or value)
10 (two measured values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
0, 1, or 2 (register operating ing limit and one alarm limit
mode and reset function for respectively
metering) - Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- • PID Standard FOUNDATION
cess Control Devices Version Fieldbus function block
3.0, class B • Physical block 1 resource block
2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
Yes, linearly rising or falling
characteristic • Pressure transducer block
0 ... 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
Input /Output
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
value) pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
perature and electronics tem-
Yes, one upper and lower warn- perature
ing limit and one alarm limit
respectively
Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
parameterizable (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with
incorrect value)
One upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
1
2
Yes
Yes
Max. 30 nodes
Yes
Parameterizable
Constant value or over parame-
terizable ramp function
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
1
Pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute 7MF 4 1 3 3 - Pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute 7MF 4 1 3 3 -
pressure, front-flush diaphragm, pressure, front-flush diaphragm,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
SITRANS P DS III HART SITRANS P DS III HART
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Display
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Without display 0
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning • Without visible display 1
Silicone oil normal 1 (display concealed, setting: mA)
Inert liquid 3 • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
FDA compliant fill fluid • With customer-specific display 7
• Neobee oil normal 4 (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
Measuring span (min. ... max.) required)
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D
1) Not with temperature decoupler P00, not for process connections R02,
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E
R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with silicone oil.
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a1) (0.63 ... 18.86 psi a)1) S 2) Only available for flanges with options M.., N.. and Q..
0.17 ... 5 bar a1) (2.43 ... 72.5 psi a)1) T 3) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
1 ... 30 bar a1) (4.35 ... 435 psi a)1) U 4) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
5) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
Wetted parts materials NEC 500/505.
Seal diaphragm Connection shank 6) Only in connection with IP66.
7) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
8) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
Hastelloy2) Stainless steel B 9) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
Process connection 10) M12 delivered without cable socket
• Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or Q.. 7
Non-wetted parts materials
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
setting for pressure unit: bar
• International version, English plate inscription, 2
setting for pressure unit: bar
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
setting for pressure unit: Pascal
All versions include DVD with compact operating
instructions in various EU languages.
Explosion protection
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)" 3) D
- „Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"4) E
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)5) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D5)6)7)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)"3)5) NC
Electrical connection/cable entry
• Inner thread M20 x 1.5 B
• Female thread ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D device plug (plastic housing) incl. D
mating connector8)
• M12 device plugs (stainless steel)9) 10) F

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/215

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Pressure transmitter P for gauge and absolute Pressure transmitter P for gauge and absolute
pressure, front-flush diaphragm: pressure, front-flush diaphragm:
SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 1 3 4 - SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 1 3 4 -
SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 1 3 5 - SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 1 3 5 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Display
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell clean- • Without display 0
ing • Without visible display 1
Silicone oil normal 1 (display concealed, setting: bar)
Inert liquid 3 • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
FDA compliant fill fluid • With customer-specific display (setting 7
• Neobee oil normal 4 as specified, Order code "Y21" required)
Nominal measuring range A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
1 bar (14.5 psi) B 1) Not with temperature decoupler P00, not for process connections R01,
4 bar (58 psi) C R02, R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with sili-
16 bar (232 psi) D cone oil.
63 bar (914 psi) E 2) Only available for flanges with options M.., N.. and Q.
3)
1300 mbar a1) (18.86 psi a)1) S Without cable gland, with blanking plug
4) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
5 bar a1) (72.5 psi a)1) T
5) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
30 bar a1) (435 psi a)1) U
NEC 500/505.
Wetted parts materials 6) Only in connection with IP66.
7) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
Seal diaphragm Connection shank
8) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 9) M12 delivered without cable socket
Hastelloy2) Stainless steel B
Process connection
• Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or 7
Q..
Non-wetted parts materials
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
setting for pressure unit: bar
• International version, English plate inscription, 2
setting for pressure unit: bar
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
setting for pressure unit: Pascal
All versions include DVD with compact operating
instructions in various EU languages.
Explosion protection
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"3) D
- „Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"4) E
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)5) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D5)6)7)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)"3)5) NC
(available soon)
Electrical connection/cable entry
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• M12 device plugs (stainless steel)8) 9) F

1/216 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Device plugs1) Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E554)   
• Han 7D (metal) A30  (China)
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Angled A32  Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E564)   
• Han 8D (metal) A33  NEPSI (China)
Cable sockets for M12 device plugs A50    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
(metal (CuZn)) Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E574)   
Rating plate inscription (instead of German) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• English B11    Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E584)   
• French B12    to NEPSI (China)
• Spanish B13    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
• Italian B14    "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E704)   
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
English rating plate B21    (only for transmitter
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)

Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point char- C11    Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
acteristic curve test) according to (Russia)
IEC 60770-2 Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Inspection certificate C12    (Russia)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according to E82   
EAC Ex (Russia)
Factory certificate C14   
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
according to EAC Ex (Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2) C20 
Devices suitable for use according to Two coats of lacquer on casing and cover G10   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL con- (PU on epoxy)
formity declaration Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01   
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C212)  tion)
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol
Flanges to EN 1092-1, Form B1
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  • DN 25, PN 405) M11   
Devices suitable for use according to
• DN 40, PN 40 M13   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL con-
formity declaration • DN 40, PN 100 M23   
• DN 50, PN 16 M04   
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99   
• DN 50, PN 40 M14   
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05  • DN 80, PN 16 M06   
output signal to 22.0 mA • DN 80, PN 40 M16   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12   
Flanges to ASME B16.5
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
• Stainless steel flange 1" class 1505) M40   
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59    • Stainless steel flange 1½" class 150 M41   
device (848699 + 810634) included • Stainless steel flange 2" class 150 M42   
Oxygen application E10    • Stainless steel flange 3" class 150 M43   
(In the case of oxygen measurement and inert • Stainless steel flange 4" class 150 M44   
liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C (140 °F)) • Stainless steel flange 1½" class 300 M46   
Export approval Korea E11    • Stainless steel flange 2" class 300 M47   
• Stainless steel flange 3" class 300 M48   
CRN approval Canada E223)   
(Canadian Registration Number) • Stainless steel flange 4" class 300 M49   

Dual seal E24    Threaded connector to DIN 3852-2,

form A, thread to ISO 228
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E254)    • G ¾"-A, front-flush6) R01   
INMETRO (Brazil)
• G 1"-A, front-flush6) R02   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• G 2"-A, front-flush R04   
"Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E264)   
Tank connection7)
ing to INMETRO (Brazil)
Sealing is included in delivery
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• TG 52/50, PN 40 R10   
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia + E284)   • TG 52/150, PN 40 R11   
Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E454)   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E464)   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/217

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Sanitary process connection according Sanitary process connection to
DIN 11851 (Dairy connection with slotted NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp connection
union nut) EHEDG compliant
• DN 50, PN 25 N04    • DN 50, PN 16 Q39   
• DN 80, PN 25 N06    • DN 65, PN 10 Q40   
Tri-Clamp connection according • DN 80, PN 10 Q41   
DIN 32676/ISO 2852 • DN 100, PN 10 Q42   
• DN 50/2", PN 16 N14    • DN 2½", PN 16 Q48   
• DN 65/2.5", PN 10 N15    • DN 3", PN 10 Q49   
• DN 4", PN 10 Q50   
Varivent connection
EHEDG compliant Bio-Control sanitary process connection
• Type N = 68 for Varivent housing N28    • DN 50, PN 16 Q53   
DN 40 ... 125 and 1½" ... 6", PN 40 • DN 65, PN 16 Q54   
Temperature decoupler up to 200 °C8) P00    Sanitary process connection to
for version with front-flush diaphragm NEUMO Bio-Connect S flange connection
Sanitary process connection to DRD • DN 2", PN 16 Q72   
• DN 50, PN 40 M32    Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1
SMS socket with union nut Form A
• 2" M67    • DN 50, PN 25 N33   
• 2½" M68    • DN 65, PN 25 N34   
• 3" M69    • DN 80, PN 25 N35   
• DN 100, PN 25 N36   
SMS threaded socket
• 2" M73    Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2
Form A
• 2½" M74   
• DN 50, PN 16 N43   
• 3" M75   
• DN 65, PN 16 N44   
IDF socket with union nut ISO 2853 • DN 80, PN 16 N45   
• 2" M82    • DN 100, PN 16 N46   
• 2½" M83   
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2
• 3" M84    Form A
IDF threaded socket ISO 2853 • DN 50, PN 16 N43 +   
• 2" M92    P11
• 2½" M93    • DN 65, PN 16 N44 +   
• 3" M94    P11
Sanitary process connection to • DN 80, PN 16 N45 +   
NEUMO Bio-Connect screw connection P11
EHEDG compliant • DN 100, PN 16 N46 +   
• DN 50, PN 16 Q05    P11
• DN 65, PN 16 Q06    Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3
• DN 80, PN 16 Q07    Form A
• DN 100, PN 16 Q08    • DN 50, PN 25 N53   
• DN 2", PN 16 Q13    • DN 65, PN 25 N54   
• DN 2½", PN 16 Q14    • DN 80, PN 16 N55   
• DN 3", PN 16 Q15    • DN 100, PN 16 N56   
• DN 4", PN 16 Q16    1) Han device plug IP65
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO 2) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1
Bio-Connect flange connection configuration software in combination with S7-400H.
EHEDG compliant 3) Cannot be ordered with remote seal.
• DN 50, PN 16 Q23    4) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device
• DN 65, PN 16 Q24    is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.
5) Special seal in Viton included in the scope of delivery.
• DN 80, PN 16 Q25   
FKM; temperature range -20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °C)
• DN 100, PN 16 Q26    6) Cannot be combined with Order code P00. Can only be ordered with sili-
• DN 2", PN 16 Q31    cone oil measuring cell filling.
• DN 2½", PN 16 Q32    7) The weldable socket can be ordered under accessories.
• DN 3", PN 16 Q33    8) 3A and EHEDG compliant. The maximum permissible temperatures of the
• DN 4", PN 16 Q34    medium depend on the respective cell fillings (see medium conditions).

1/218 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm

Selection and Ordering data Order code

1
Additional data HART PA FF
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
device variable (measuring point descrip-
tion)
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
able)
Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21   
units
Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
The following pressure units can be selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C

Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 

non-pressure units2) Y01
Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure
units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5
characters)
Preset bus address Y25  
possible between 1 and 126
Specify in plain text:
Y25: .....................
Damping adjustment in seconds Y30   
(0 ... 100 s)
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset
 = available
ordering example
Item line: 7MF4133-1DB20-1AB7-Z
B line: A22 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
C line: Y21: bar (psi)
1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
2) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/219

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
15 143 (5.6) 15 4

(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) (0.6) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)

24
1

50 (1.97)
5

H1 = approx. 130 (5.12)

Ø80 (3.15)

3 6

Space for rotation

2
50 (1.97)

of housing

H 2 = approx.
55 (2.17)
7

Temperature decoupler min. 90 (3.54) 2)

1
Electronic side, digital display 4 Protective cover over keys
(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 5 Blanking plug
2
Terminal side1) 6 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3
Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 7 Process connection: see flange tables
M12 device plug

1)
2) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator

SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III series for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P DS III with an example of a flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P300 up to a defined cross-section
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section
Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges.

1/220 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Flanges as per EN and ASME
Sanitary process screw connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect
1
Flange to EN Order DN PN D H2
EN 1092-1 code
Order DN PN D H2 Q05 50 16 82 mm (3.2") Approx.

H2
code Q06 65 16 105 mm (4.1") 52 mm (2")
Q07 80 16 115 mm (4.5")
H2

M11 25 40 115 mm (4.5") Approx.

52 mm (2") Q08 100 16 145 mm (5.7")
D
M13 40 40 150 mm (5.9")
D Q13 2" 16 82 mm (3.2")
M23 40 100 170 mm (6.7")
Q14 2½" 16 105 mm (4.1")
M04 50 16 165 mm (6.5")
Q15 3" 16 105 mm (4.1")
M14 50 40 165 mm (6.5")
Q16 4" 16 145 mm (5.7")
M06 80 16 200 mm (7.9")
M16 80 40 200 mm (7.9") Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect flange
Flanges to ASME connection

ASME B16.5 Order DN PN D H2

code
Order DN PN D H2

H2
code Q23 50 16 110 mm (4.3") Approx.
Q24 65 16 140 mm (5.5") 52 mm (2")
H2

M40 1" 150 110 mm (4.3") Approx. D Q25 80 16 150 mm (5.9")

M41 1½" 150 130 mm (5.1") 52 mm (2") Q26 100 16 175 mm (6.9")
D
M42 2" 150 150 mm (5.9") Q31 2" 16 100 mm (3.9")
M43 3" 150 190 mm (7.5") Q32 2½" 16 110 mm (4.3")
M44 4" 150 230 mm (9.1") Q33 3" 16 140 mm (5.5")
M46 1½" 300 155 mm (6.1") Q34 4" 16 175 mm (6.9")
M47 2" 300 165 mm (6.5")
M48 3" 300 210 mm (8.1") Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp
M49 4" 300 255 mm (10.0") connection
NuG and pharmaceutical connections Order DN PN D H2
code
Connections to DIN
Q39 50 16 77.4 mm (3.0") Approx.
H2

DIN 11851 (milk pipe union with slotted union nut) Q40 65 10 90.9 mm (3.6") 52 mm (2")
Order DN PN D H2 Q41 80 10 106 mm (4.2")
code Q42 100 10 119 mm (4.7")
D
N04 50 25 92 mm (3.6") Approx. Q48 2½" 16 90.9 mm (3.6")
H2

2
N06 80 25 127 mm (5.0") 52 mm (2") Q49 3" 10 106 mm (4.2")
Q50 4" 10 119 mm (4.7")
D

Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect S flange

Tri-Clamp nach DIN 32676 connection
Order DN PN D H2 Order DN PN D H2
code code
H2

N14 50 16 64 mm (2.5") Approx. Q72 2" 16 125 mm (4.9") Approx.

H2

N15 65 10 91 mm (3.6") 52 mm (2") 52 mm (2")

D

D
Threaded connection G¾", G1" and G2" acc. to DIN 3852
Other connections Order DN PN D H2
code
Varivent connection
R01 ¾" 60 37 mm (1.5") Approx.
H2

Order DN PN D H2
45 mm
code
(1.8")
N28 40 ... 125 40 84 mm Approx. D R02 1" 60 48 mm (1.9") Approx.
H2

(3.3") 52 mm (2") 47 mm
(1.9")
D
R04 2" 60 78 mm (3.1") Approx.
52 mm (2")
Sanitary process connection to DRD
Order DN PN D H2
code
H2

M32 50 40 105 mm (4.1") Approx.

52 mm (2")
D

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/221

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
1 Tank connection TG 52/50 and TG52/150 Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Form A
Order DN PN D H2 Order DN PN D H2
code code
R10 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx. N33 50 25 78 x 1/6" Approx.
H2

63 mm N34 65 25 95 x 1/6" 52 mm (2")

H2
(2.5") N35 80 25 110 x ¼"
R11 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx. N36 100 25 130 x ¼"
D 170 mm
(6.7") D

SMS socket with union nut

Order DN PN D H2 Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Form A
code Order DN PN D H2
code
H2

M67 2" 25 84 mm (3.3") Approx.

52 mm (2")

H2
M68 2½" 25 100 mm (3.9") N43 50 16 94 Approx.
M69 3" 25 114 mm (4.5") N44 65 16 113 52 mm (2")
D N45 80 16 133
D
N46 100 16 159
SMS threaded socket
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2 Form A
Order DN PN D H2
code Order DN PN D H2
code
M73 2" 25 70 x 1/6 mm Approx.
H2

52 mm (2")
H2 N43 + 50 16 94 Approx.
M74 2½" 25 85 x 1/6 mm P11 52 mm (2")
M75 3" 25 98 x 1/6 mm
D
N44 + 65 16 113
D P11
N45 + 80 16 133
IDF socket with union nut P11
Order DN PN D H2 N46 + 100 16 159
code P11
H2

M82 2" 25 77 mm (3") Approx.

52 mm (2") Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3 Form A
M83 2½" 25 91 mm (3.6")
M84 3" 25 106 mm (4.2") Order DN PN D H2
code
D N53 50 25 77.5 Approx.
H2

N54 65 25 91 52 mm (2")
IDF threaded socket N55 80 16 106
N56 100 16 130
Order DN PN D H2
D
code
M92 2" 25 64 mm (2.5") Approx.
H2

M93 2½" 25 77.5 mm (3.1") 52 mm (2")

M94 3" 25 91 mm (3.6")
D

1/222 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from gauge pressure series)

■ Technical specifications
1
SITRANS P DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
Input
Measured variable Absolute pressure
Span (fully adjustable) or measuring range, max. operating HART PROFIBUS PA/
pressure (in accordance with 2014/68/EU Pressure Equip- FOUNDATION
ment Directive) and max. test pressure (pursuant to DIN Fieldbus
16086)
Span Nominal measur- Max. operating Max. perm.
ing range pressure MAWP test pressure
(PS)
8.34 ... 250 mbar a 250 mbar a 1.5 bar a 6 bar a
0.83 ... 25 kPa a 25 kPa a 150 kPa a 600 kPa a
3.35 ... 100 inH2O a 100 inH2O a 21.8 psi a 87 psi a
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a 1300 mbar a 2.6 bar a 10 bar a
4.33 ... 130 kPa a 130 kPa a 260 kPa a 1 MPa a
17.42 ... 522.4 inH2O a 525 inH2O a 37.7 psi a 145 psi a
170 ... 5000 mbar a 5000 mbar a 10 bar a 30 bar a
17 ... 500 kPa a 500 kPa a 1 MPa a 3 MPa a
2.43 ... 72.5 psi a 72.5 psi a 145 psi a 435 psi a
1 ... 30 bar a 30 bar a 45 bar a 100 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 3 MPa a 4.5 MPa a 10 MPa a
14.6 ... 435 psi a 435 psi a 653 psi a 1450 psi a
5,34 ... 160 bar a 160 bar a 167 bar a 250 bar a
0.53 ... 16 MPa a 16 MPa a 16,7 MPa a 25 MPa a
77.4 ... 2321 psi a 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
13.34 ... 400 bar a 400 bar a 400 bar a 600 bar a
1.3 ... 40 MPa a 40 MPa a 40 MPa a 60 MPa a
193.4 ... 5802 psi a 5802 psi a 5802 psi a 8702 psi a
23.34 ... 700 bar a 700 bar a 800 bar a 800 bar a
2.33 ... 70 MPa a 70 MPa a 80 MPa a 80 MPa a
338.43 ... 10153 psi a 10153 psi a 11603 psi a 11603 psi a
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/0 kPa a/0 psi a
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid
- for process temperature -20 °C <  +60 °C 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
(-4 °F <  +140 °F)
- for process temperature 30 mbar a + 20 mbar a . (- 60 °C)/°C
60 °C <  +100 °C (max. 85 °C for measuring cell 30 bar) 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a . (- 60 °C)/°C
(140 °F <  +212 °F (max. 185 °F for measuring cell 0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a . (- 140 °F)/°F
435 psi))
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. span
(for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi and 60 °C (140 °F)
ambient temperature/process temperature)
Start of scale value Between the measuring limits (fully adjustable)
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or option- -
ally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , -
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal.
Each connection against the other with max. supply voltage.

Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s) Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/223

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from gauge pressure series)
1 SITRANS P DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
(All error data refer always refer to the set span) • Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nom. pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl.
hysteresis and reproducibility
• Linear characteristic
- r  10  0.1 %
- 10 < r  30  0.2 %
Influence of ambient temperature
(in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a  (0.15  r + 0.1) %
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
100 bar a/10 MPa a/1450 psi a
160 bar a/16 MPa a/2321 psi a
400 bar a/40 MPa a/5802 psi a
700 bar a/50 MPa a/10152 psi a
Long-term stability (temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F))  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle)  0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° inclination
(zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Rated conditions
Degree of protection
• according to EN 60529 IP66 (optional IP66/IP68)
• according to NEMA 250 Type 4X
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
-20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F) with 30 bar a measuring cell
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protection -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
• Electromagnetic Compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immunity Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21

1/224 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from gauge pressure series)
SITRANS P DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
1
Design
Weight (without options)  1.5 kg ( 3.3 lb)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials
• Connection shank Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
• Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid
(maximum value with oxygen measurement pressure 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 °C
(140 °F))
Process connection Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange
(PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi a)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF
to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Material of mounting bracket
• Steel Sheet-steel, Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated
• Stainless steel 304 Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301 (SS 304)
• Stainless steel 316L Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404 (SS 316L)
Power supply UH HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Power supply Supplied through bus
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Start-up current  basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/225

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from gauge pressure series)
1 SITRANS P DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
Certificates and approvals HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of
article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V
DC DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta IIIC T120°C Da
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ta/tb IIIC T120°C Da/Db
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120°C Db
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V
DC; Pmax = 1.2 W DC;
Pmax = 1 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 2/3 G Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ic IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
- Connection (Ex nA) Um = 45 V Um = 32 V
- Connection (Ex ic) To circuits with values: FISCO supply unit ic:
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion protection acc. to FM Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV
2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

1/226 Siemens FI 01 · 2018


HART communication
HART
Protocol
Software for computer
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte
• Input byte
Internal preprocessing
Device profile
Function blocks
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif-
ic process variables
- Electrical damping, adjustable
- Simulation function
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Register (totalizer)
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Physical block
Transducer blocks
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea-
sured pressure value and sen-
sor temperature
© Siemens AG 2018
Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from gauge pressure series)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1
communication
230 ... 1100 
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
HART Version 5.x 1 function block PID
SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling
4 ic process variables characteristic
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 ... 100 s
Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
tion (standard setting address within the device with a bridge)
126)
- Failure mode parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
5 (one measured value) or value)
10 (two measured values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
0, 1, or 2 (register operating ing limit and one alarm limit
mode and reset function for respectively
metering) - Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- • PID Standard FOUNDATION
cess Control Devices Version Fieldbus function block
3.0, class B • Physical block 1 resource block
2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
Yes, linearly rising or falling
characteristic • Pressure transducer block
0 to 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
Input /Output
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
value) pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
perature and electronics tem-
Yes, one upper and lower warn- perature
ing limit and one alarm limit
respectively
Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
parameterizable (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with
incorrect value)
One upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
1
2
Yes
Yes
Max. 30 nodes
Yes
Parameterizable
Constant value or over parame-
terizable ramp function
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/227
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from gauge pressure series)
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 7MF 4 2 3 3 - Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 7MF 4 2 3 3 -
from gauge pressure series from gauge pressure series
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
SITRANS P DS III with HART SITRANS P DS III with HART
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Electrical connection/cable entry
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
cleaning • Han 7D device plug (plastic housing) incl. D
Silicone oil normal 1 mating connector14)
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 • M12 device plugs (stainless steel) 15) 16) F
cleanliness level 2 Display
Measuring span (min. ... max.) • Without display 0
8.34 ... 250 mbar a (0.13 ... 3.63 psi a) D • Without visible display (display concealed, 1
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a (0.63 ... 18.86 psi a) F setting: mA)
0.17 ... 5 bar a (2.43 ... 72.5 psi a) G • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
1 ... 30 bar a (14.6 ... 435 psi a) H • with customer-specific display (setting as 7
5.34 ... 160 bar a 2) (77.4 ... 2 321 psi a) L specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required)
13.34 ... 400 bar a 2) (193.4 ... 5 802 psi a) M Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
23.34 ... 700 bar a 2) (338.43 ... 10 153 psi a) N A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
Wetted parts materials 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
Seal diaphragm Process connection 2) Available soon
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 3) Version 7MF4233-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (80 inH O a).
2
4) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1 phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" here.If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
(recommended version) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 respective remote seals.
with process connector "G½B connection 5) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
shank" 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
respective remote seals.
Process connection 6) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 7MF423.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
7) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• Stainless steel oval flange with process con-
nection (Oval flange has no female thread) is silicone oil.
8) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Han 7D device plug".
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 9) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 10) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 11) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 12) Only in connection with IP66.
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5 13) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6 NEC 500/505.
14) Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B or E.
Non-wetted parts materials 15) Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B, E or F.
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0 16) M12 delivered without cable socket
• Housing stainless steel precision casting8) 3
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
setting for pressure unit: bar
• International version, English plate inscription, 2
setting for pressure unit: bar
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
setting for pressure unit: Pascal
All versions include DVD with compact operat-
ing instructions in various EU languages.
Explosion protection
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"9) D
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
(Ex ia + Ex d)"10)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"11) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure R
and dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"10)12)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)13) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D10)12)13)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
(is + xp)"9)13)

1/228 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from gauge pressure series)
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
1
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure
from gauge pressure series from gauge pressure series
SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 2 3 4 - SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 2 3 4 -
SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 2 3 5 - SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 2 3 5 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Explosion protection
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • None A
cleaning • With ATEX, Type of protection:
Silicone oil normal 1 - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"8) D
cleanliness level 2
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
Nominal measuring range (Ex ia + Ex d)"9)
250 mbar a (3.63 psi a) D - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 10) E
1300 mbar a (18.86 psi a) F - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
5 bar a (72.5 psi a) G dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
30 bar a (435 psi a) H Zone 1D/2D)"9) 11)
160 bar a 2) (2 321 psi a) L • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)12) F
400 bar a 2) (5 802 psi a) M • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
700 bar a 2) (10 153 psi a) N
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
Wetted parts materials - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
Seal diaphragm Process connection (is + xp)"8)12)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Electrical connection/cable entry
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1 • M12 device plugs (stainless steel)13) 14) F
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT"
(recommended version) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Display
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 • Without display 0
with process connector • Without visible display 1
"G½B connection shank"" 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) (display concealed, setting: bar)
• With visible display (setting: bar) 6
Process connection
• with customer-specific display 7
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 required)
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connec-
tion (Oval flange has no female thread) A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 2) Available soon
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 3) Version 7MF4233-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psi a).
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 4) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5 ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6 is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
Non-wetted parts materials here.
5) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3 respective remote seals.
6) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
7MF423.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
setting for pressure unit: bar 7) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• International version, English plate inscription, 2 is silicone oil.
setting for pressure unit: bar 8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3 9) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
setting for pressure unit: Pascal 10) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
All versions include DVD with compact operating 11) Only in connection with IP66.
instructions in various EU languages. 12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
NEC 500/505.
13) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
14) M12 delivered without cable socket.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/229

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from gauge pressure series)
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
code. CRN approval Canada E226)   
Pressure transmitter with mounting (Canadian Registration Number)
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U- Dual seal E24   
washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U-
washer) made of: Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) E257)   
to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Steel A01    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Stainless steel 304 A02   
"Flameproof" explosion protection E267)   
• Stainless steel 316L A03   
according to INMETRO (Brazil)
Device plugs1) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Han 7D (metal) A30 
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E287)  
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  (Ex ia + Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Angled A32  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
• Han 8D (metal) A33  Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E457)   
Cable sockets for M12 device plugs A50    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
(metal (CuZn)) Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E467)   
Rating plate inscription (instead of Ger- (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
man)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E557)   
• English B11    NEPSI (China)
• French B12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Spanish B13    Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E567)   
• Italian B14    to NEPSI (China)
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
English rating plate B21    Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI E577)   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point C11   
characteristic curve test) according to Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone E587)   
IEC 60770-22) 2" to NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Inspection certificate3) C12   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E707)   
explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
Factory certificate C14    (only for transmitter
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium (Russia)
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Functional safety (SIL2) C20  (Russia)
Devices suitable for use according to IEC
61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor- Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
mity declaration to EAC Ex (Russia)
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C214)  Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol according to EAC Ex (Russia)
Two coats of lacquer on casing and G10   
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  cover (PU on epoxy)
Devices suitable for use according to IEC
61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor- Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protect.) J01   
mity declaration Oval flange NAM (ASTAVA) J06   
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99    Marine approvals
mark • Det Norske Veritas S10   
Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05  Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
the output signal to 22.0 mA • Lloyds Register (LR) S11   
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07    • French marine classification society S12   
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) Bureau Veritas (BV)
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12   
(only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT) • Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
Supplied with oval flange D37   
1) Han device plug IP65
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in
thread of oval flange 2) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered
for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom-
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59    mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals.
device (848699 + 810634) included The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
3)
Use in or on zone 1D/2D5) E01    If the acceptance test certificate 3.1 is ordered for the transmitter with
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
(only together with type of protection
respective remote seals.
"Intrinsic safety" (transmitter 4)
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia) and IP65) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1
configuration software in combination with S7-400H.
Oxygen application E10    5) Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro-
(In the case of oxygen measurement and tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D.
6) Cannot be ordered with remote seal.
inert liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C
(140 °F)) 7) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device
is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.
Export approval Korea E11   

1/230 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from gauge pressure series)

Selection and Ordering data Order code

1
Additional data HART PA FF
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar a, bar a, kPaabs,
MPaabs, psi a2)
Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
device variable (measuring point
description)
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
Measuring point text (entry in device Y16   
variable)
Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pres- Y21   
sure units
Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
The following pressure units can be
selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 
non-pressure units3) Y01
Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pres-
sure units "Y01" is essential, unit with max.
5 characters)
Preset bus address Y25  
possible between 1 and 126
Specify in plain text:
Y25: .....................
Damping adjustment in seconds Y30   
(0 ... 100 s)
Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories.
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset
 = available
1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
2) Only absolute pressure units selectable. Negative pressure values not per-
mitted.
3) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/231

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from gauge pressure series)
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
15 143 (5.6) 54 (2.13) 5

(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 27 approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)

24
1 (1.1)

50 (1.97)
2 6
Ø80 (3.15)

117 (4.61)
3 4 3 7

176 (6.93)
237 (9.33)
9
171 (6.7)

SW 36

68 (2.68)
8

120 (4.72)
approx. 40

72 (2.8)
(1.6)

Space for rotation

of housing
min. 90 (3.54) 4) Ø50 ... 60 105 (4.13)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)

1 Electronic side, digital display 5 Protective cover over keys

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 6 Blanking plug
2 Terminal side1) 7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3 Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 8 Process connection: Connection shank G½B or Oval flange
Han 7D/8D device plug2) 3)
9 Mounting bracket (option)
4 Harting adapter

1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
4)
Minimum distance for rotating

SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for absolute pressure, from the pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/232 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)

■ Technical specifications
1
SITRANS P, DS III for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series)
Input
Measured variable Absolute pressure
Span (fully adjustable) or measuring range, max. operating HART PROFIBUS PA/
pressure (in accordance with 2014/68/EU Pressure Equip- FOUNDATION
ment Directive) and max. test pressure (pursuant to DIN Fieldbus
16086)
Span Nominal measur- Max. operating pressure MAWP (PS)
ing range
8.34 ... 250 mbar a 250 mbar a 32 bar a
0.834 ... 25 kPa a 25 kPa a 3.2 MPa a
3 ... 100 inH2O a 100 inH2O a 464 psi a
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a 1300 mbar a 32 bar a
4.33 ... 130 kPa a 130 kPa a 3.2 MPa a
17 ... 525 inH2O a 525 inH2O a 464 psi a
170 ... 5000 mbar a 5000 mbar a 32 bar a
17 ... 500 kPa a 500 kPa a 3.2 MPa a
2.43 ... 72.5 psi a 72.5 psi a 464 psi a
1 ... 30 bar a 30 bar a 160 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 3 MPa a 16 MPa a
14.6 ... 435 psi a 435 psi a 2320 psi a
5.3 ... 100 bar a 100 bar a 160 bar a
0.5 ... 10 MPa a 10 MPa a 16 MPa a
76.9 ... 1450 psi a 1450 psi a 2320 psi a
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/0 kPa a/0 psi a
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid
- for process temperature -20 °C <  +60 °C 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
(-4 °F <  +140 °F)
- for process temperature 30 mbar a + 20 mbar a . (- 60 °C)/°C
60 °C <  +100 °C (max. 85 °C for measuring cell 30 bar) 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a . (- 60 °C)/°C
(140 °F <  +212 °F (max. 185 °F for measuring cell 0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a . (- 140 °F)/°F
435 psi))
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. span
(for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi and 60 °C (140 °F)
ambient temperature/process temperature)
Start of scale value Between the measuring limits (fully adjustable)
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or option- -
ally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , -
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART Communicator)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal.
Each connection against the other with max. supply voltage.

Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s) Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/233

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
1 SITRANS P, DS III for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series)
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
(All error data refer always refer to the set span) • Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nom. pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl.
hysteresis and reproducibility
• Linear characteristic
- r  10  0.1 %
- 10 < r  30  0.2 %
Influence of ambient temperature
(in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a  (0.15  r + 0.1) %
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
100 bar a/10 MPa a/1450 psi a
Long-term stability  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
(temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F))
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle)  0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.001015 psi per 10° inclination
(zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Rated conditions
Degree of protection
• according to EN 60529 IP66 (optional IP66/IP68)
• according to NEMA 250 Type 4X
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protection -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
• Electromagnetic Compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immunity Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21

1/234 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
SITRANS P, DS III for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series)
1
Design
Weight (without options)  4.5 kg ( 9.9 (lb)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Monel, mat.
no. 2.4360, tantalum or gold
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602 or Monel, mat. no.
2.4360
• O-Ring FPM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid
(maximum value with oxigen measurement pressure 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 °C
(140 °F))
Process connection ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 or
7/ -20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
16
Material of mounting bracket
• Steel Sheet-steel, Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated
• Stainless steel 304 Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301 (SS 304)
• Stainless steel 316L Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404 (SS 316L)
Power supply UH HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Power supply Supplied through bus

Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No

Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Start-up current  basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/235

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
1 SITRANS P, DS III for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series)
Certificates and approvals HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Field-
bus
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of
article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V
H = 10.5 ... 45 V DC DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta IIIC T120°C Da
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ta/tb IIIC T120°C Da/Db
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120°C Db
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values:
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W UH = 9 ... 32 V DC; Pmax = 1 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 2/3 G Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ic IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
- Connection (Ex nA) Um = 45 V Um = 32 V
- Connection (Ex ic) To circuits with values: FISCO supply unit ic:
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion protection acc. to FM Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV
2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

1/236 Siemens FI 01 · 2018


HART communication
HART
Protocol
Software for computer
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte
• Input byte
Internal preprocessing
Device profile
Function blocks
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif-
ic process variables
- Electrical damping, adjustable
- Simulation function
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Register (totalizer)
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Physical block
Transducer blocks
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea-
sured pressure value and sen-
sor temperature
© Siemens AG 2018
Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1
communication
230 ... 1100 
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
HART Version 5.x 1 function block PID
SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling
4 ic process variables characteristic
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 to 100 s
Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
tion (standard setting within the device with a bridge)
address 126)
- Failure mode parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
5 (one measured value) or value)
10 (two measured values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
0, 1, or 2 (register operating ing limit and one alarm limit
mode and reset function for respectively
metering) - Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- • PID Standard FOUNDATION Field-
cess Control Devices Version bus function block
3.0, class B • Physical block 1 resource block
2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
Yes, linearly rising or falling
characteristic • Pressure transducer block
0 ... 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
Input /Output
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
value) pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
perature and electronics tem-
Yes, one upper and lower warn- perature
ing limit and one alarm limit
respectively
Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
parameterizable (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with
incorrect value)
One upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
1
2
Yes
Yes
Max. 30 nodes
Yes
Parameterizable
Constant value or over parame-
terizable ramp function
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/237
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 7MF 4 3 3 3 - Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 7MF 4 3 3 3 -
from differential pressure series, from differential pressure series,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
SITRANS P DS III with HART SITRANS P DS III with HART
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Electrical connection/cable entry
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
cleaning • Han 7D device plug (plastic housing) incl. D
Silicone oil normal 1 mating connector14)
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 • M12 device plugs (stainless steel) 15) 16) F
cleanliness level 2
Display
Measuring span (min. ... max.) • Without display 0
8.34 ... 250 mbar a (0.13 ... 3.63 psi a) D • Without visible display 1
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a (0.63 ... 18.86 psi a) F (display concealed, setting: mA)
0.17 ... 5 bar a (2.43 ... 72.5 psi a) G • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
1 ... 30 bar a (14.6 ... 435 psi a) H • with customer-specific display 7
5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a) KE (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
required)
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Included in delivery of the device:
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Quick-start guide
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Tantalum Tantalum E 1) For oxygen applications, add Order code E10.
Monel Monel H 2) Version 7MF4333-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psi a).
3) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Gold Gold L
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
Version for diaphragm seal2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Y is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Process connection phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection here.
4) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 respective remote seals.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
(only for replacement requirement) 7MF433.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
6) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• Vent on side of process flange 7)
is silicone oil.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 7) Not for span "5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a)". Position of the top vent
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 8) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Han 7D device plug".
(only for replacement requirement) 9) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
Non-wetted parts materials 10) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
11) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
process flange screws Electronics housing
12) Only in connection with IP66.
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2 13) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 NEC 500/505.
casting8) 14) Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B or E.
15) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
Version
16) M12 delivered without cable socket.
• Standard version, German plate inscription,  1
setting for pressure unit: bar
• International version, English plate inscription, } 2
setting for pressure unit: bar 
• Chinese version, English plate inscription,  3
setting for pressure unit: Pascal
All versions include DVD with compact operating
instructions in various EU languages.
Explosion protection
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"9) D
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
(Ex ia + Ex d)" 10)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"11) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"10)12)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)13) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D10)12)13)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
(is + xp)" 9)13)

1/238 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
1
Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure
from differential pressure series from differential pressure series
SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 3 3 4 - SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 3 3 4 -
SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 3 3 5 - SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 3 3 5 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Electrical connection/cable entry
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
cleaning
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Silicone oil normal 1
• M12 device plugs (stainless steel)13)14) F
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3
cleanliness level 2 Display
Nominal measuring range • Without display 0
250 mbar a (3.63 psi a) D • Without visible display 1
1300 mbar a (18.86 psi a) F (display concealed, setting: bar)
5 bar a (72.5 psi a) G • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
30 bar a (435 psi a) H • With customer-specific display (setting as 7
100 bar a (1450 psi a) KE specified, Order code "Y21" required)
Wetted parts materials Included in delivery of the device:
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell • Quick-start guide
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
Hastelloy Hastelloy C 2) Version 7MF4334-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (80 inH2O a).
Tantalum Tantalum E 3) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Monel Monel H ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Gold Gold L phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
Version as diaphragm seal 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Y here.
4) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
respective remote seals.
• Sealing screw opposite process connection 5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 7MF433.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 6) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
(only for replacement requirement) is silicone oil.
7) Not for nominal measuring range 100 bar a (1450 psi a). Position of the top
• Vent on side of process flange 7)
vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 9) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 10) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
(only for replacement requirement) 11) Only in connection with IP66.
Non-wetted parts materials 12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
process flange screws Electronics housing NEC 500/505.
13) 11Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2 14) M12 delivered without cable socket
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
setting for pressure unit: bar
• International version, English plate inscription, 2
setting for pressure unit: bar
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
setting for pressure unit: Pascal
All versions include DVD with compact operating
instructions in various EU languages.
Explosion protection
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"8) D
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
(Ex ia + Ex d)" 9)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"10) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"9) 11)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)12) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)" 8)12) NC

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/239

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05 
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, output signal to 22.0 mA
2 x U-washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut,
2 x U-washer) made of:
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07   
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• Steel A01    (only together with seal diaphragm made of
• Stainless steel 304 A02    Hastelloy and stainless steel)
• Stainless steel 316L A03   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12   
O-rings for process flanges (only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Supplied with oval flange D37   
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    (1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21    of process flange
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), A22    D59   
for measured medium temperatures Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)) device (848699 + 810634) included
• NBR (Buna N) A23   
Device plugs1)
• Han 7D (metal) A30 
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31 
• Angled A32 
• Han 8D (metal) A33 
Sealing screw A40   
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges
Cable sockets for M12 device plugs A50   
(metal (CuZn))
Rating plate inscription
(instead of German)
• English B11   
• French B12   
• Spanish B13   
• Italian B14   
• Cyrillic (russian) B16   
English rating plate B21   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point char- C11   
acteristic curve test) according to
IEC 60770-22)
Inspection certificate3) C12   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
Factory certificate C14   
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium
Functional safety (SIL2) C20 
Devices suitable for use according to IEC
61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor-
mity declaration
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C214) 
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23 
Devices suitable for use according to IEC
61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor-
mity declaration
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99   

1/240 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Use in or on zone 1D/2D5) E01    Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01   
(only together with type of protection tion)
"Intrinsic safety" (transmitter Chambered graphite gasket for process J02   
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)" and IP66) flange
Oxygen application E10    Chambered PTFE graphite gasket J03   
(In the case of oxygen measurement and inert
liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C (140 °F)) EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05   
approval (WRC/WRAS)
Export approval Korea E11   
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08   
CRN approval Canada E226)    flange welded-in (orientation: on right
(Canadian Registration Number) when viewing the display)9)
Dual seal E24    Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09   
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E257)    flange welded-in (orientation: on left when
INMETRO (Brazil) viewing the display)9)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) Process flange
"Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E267)    • Hastelloy K01   
ing to INMETRO (Brazil) • Monel K02   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..) • Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04   
max. PN 10 (MAWP 145 psi),
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia + E287)   max. temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F)
Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil) For ½-14 NPT inner process connection on
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..) the side in the middle of the process flange,
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E457)    vent valve not possible
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) Marine approvals
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E467)    • Det Norske Veritas S10   
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11   
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E557)    • French marine classification society S12   
to NEPSI (China) Bureau Veritas (BV)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14   
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E567)    • Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
NEPSI (China) • Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..) 1) Han device plug IP65
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E577)    2) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..) ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E587)    phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
to NEPSI (China) here.
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..) 3) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
"Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E707)    mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea) respective remote seals.
4) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1
(only for transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11) configuration software in combination with S7-400H
5) Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro-
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D.
(Russia)
6) Cannot be ordered with remote seal.
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81    7) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device
(Russia) is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.
Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according to E82    8) Not suitable for connection of remote seals.
EAC Ex (Russia) 9) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is
Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83    required instead of a blanking plug.
according to EAC Ex (Russia)
Two coats of lacquer on casing and cover G10   
(PU on epoxy)
Interchanging of process connection side H01   
Vent on side for gas measurements H02   
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03   
differential pressure lines
(not together with K01, K02 and K04)8)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/241

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code
Additional data HART PA FF
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar a, bar a, kPaabs,
MPaabs, psi a2)
Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
device variable (measuring point descrip-
tion)
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
able)
Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21   
units
Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
The following pressure units can be selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 
non-pressure units3) Y01
Specify in plain text:
3
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m /h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure
units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 char-
acters)
Preset bus address Y25  
possible between 1 and 126
Specify in plain text:
Y25: .....................
Damping adjustment in seconds Y30   
(0 ... 100 s)
Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories.
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset
 = available
1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
2) Only absolute pressure units selectable. Negative pressure values not per-
mitted.
3) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.

1/242 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)

■ Dimensional drawings
1
15 143 (5.6)
(0.6) 69 (2.7) 5

(0.94)
53 (2.1) 29 84 (3.31)

24
(1.14)
1

50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)

128 (5.04)
3

166 (6.54)
7
2

8
min. 90 (3.54) 4)

262 (10.3)
12 9
Space for rotation
of housing
134 (5.28)

10

96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)

3 4

72 (2.83) 68 (2.7)
105 (4.1) 120 (4.7)

1 Electronic side, digital display 6 Blanking plug

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
2 Terminal side1) "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
3 Electrical connection: 8 Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 9 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02)
Han 7D/8D device plug2) 3)
10 Mounting bracket (option)
4 Harting adapter
11 Sealing screw with valve (option)
5 Protective cover over keys
12 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)

1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
4)
92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator

SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for absolute pressure, from the differential pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/243

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for differential pressure and flow
1 ■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P, DS III for differential pressure and flow
Input
Measured variable Differential pressure and flow
Span (fully adjustable) or measuring range, max. operating HART PROFIBUS PA/
pressure (in accordance with 2014/68/EU Pressure Equipment FOUNDATION
Directive) and max. test pressure (pursuant to DIN 16086) Fieldbus
Span Nominal measuring Max. operating pressure MAWP (PS)
range
1 ... 20 mbar 20 mbar 32 bar
0.1 ... 2 kPa 2 kPa 3.2 MPa
0.4 ... 8 inH2O 8 inH2O 464 psi
1 ... 60 mbar 60 mbar 160 bar
0.1 ... 6 kPa 6 kPa 16 MPa
0.4 ... 24 inH2O 24.1 inH2O 2320 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa
1 ... 100 inH2O 100 inH2O
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
0.6 ...60 kPa 60 kPa
2.4 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
5 ...500 kPa 500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi 435 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar 420 bar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa 42 MPa
1 ... 100 inH2O 100 inH2O 6091 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar (500 bar/50 MPa/7250 psi
0.6 ...60 kPa 60 kPa can be ordered optionally with Order
2.4 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O Code D56)
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
5 ...500 kPa 500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi 435 psi
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100 % of max. span (-33 % with measuring cell 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi)
or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid
- for process temperature -20 °C <  +60 °C -100 % of max. span (-33 % with measuring cell 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi)
(-4 °F <  +140 °F) or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
- for process temperature 30 mbar a + 20 mbar a . (- 60 °C)/°C
60 °C <  +100 °C (max. 85 °C for measuring cell 30 bar) 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a . (- 60 °C)/°C
(140 °F <  +212 °F (max. 185 °F for measuring cell 0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a . (- 140 °F)/°F
435 psi))
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. span
(for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi and 60 °C (140 °F)
ambient temperature/process temperature)
Start of scale value Between the measuring limits (fully adjustable)

1/244 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for differential pressure and flow
SITRANS P, DS III for differential pressure and flow
1
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or -
optionally set to 22.0 mA (with order
code D05)
Load
• Without HART RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , -
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART Communica-
tor)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal. Each connection against the
other with max. supply voltage.

Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s) Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
(All error data refer always refer to the set span) • Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nom. pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl.
hysteresis and reproducibility
• Linear characteristic
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r5:  0.075 %
5 < r  10 :  (0.0029  r + 0.071) %
10 < r  20 :  (0.0045  r + 0.071) %
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r5:  0.075 %
5 < r  60 :  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.065 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic (flow > 50 %)
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r5:  0.075 %
5 < r  10 :  (0.0029  r + 0.071) %
10 < r  20 :  (0.0045  r + 0.071) %
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r5:  0.075 %
5 < r  60 :  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.065 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic
(flow > 25 ... 50 %)
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r5:  0.15 %
5 < r  10 :  (0.0058  r + 0.142) %
10 < r  20 :  (0.009  r + 0.142) %
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r5:  0.015 %
5 < r  60 :  (0.01  r + 0.1) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.13 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.008  r + 0.09) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/245

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for differential pressure and flow
1 SITRANS P, DS III for differential pressure and flow
Measuring accuracy (continued) Acc. IEC 60770-1
Influence of ambient temperature
(in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  (0.15  r + 0.1) %
• 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi  (0.075  r + 0.1) %
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi  (0.025  r + 0.125) %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
Influence of static pressure
• on the zero point
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  (0.15  r) % per 32 bar
(zero-point correction is possible with position error adjustment)
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi  (0.1  r) % per 70 bar
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi (zero-point correction is possible with position error adjustment)
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi  (0.2  r) % per 70 bar
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi (zero-point correction is possible with position error adjustment)
• on the span
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  0.2 % per 32 bar
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi  0.14 % per 70 bar
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
Long-term stability Static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/ 1015 psi
(temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F))
• 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  (0.2  r) % per year
• 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi  (0.125  r) % in 5 years
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle)  0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.028 inH2O per 10° inclination
(zero-point correction is possible with position error adjustment)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1/246 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for differential pressure and flow
SITRANS P, DS III for differential pressure and flow
1
Rated conditions
Degree of protection
• according to EN 60529 IP66 (optional IP66/IP68)
• according to NEMA 250 Type 4X
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
with 30 bar measuring cell
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with Neobee fill fluid (FDA-compliant) -10 ... +100 °C (+14 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protection -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature (silicone oil and inert oil)
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
-20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F) with 30 bar measuring cell
- Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Ambient temperature (Neobee fill fluid)
- Transmitter -10 ... +85 °C (+14 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
• Electromagnetic Compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immunity Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight (without options) Die-cast aluminum:  4.5 kg ( 9.9 lb)
Stainless steel precision casting:  7.1 kg ( 15.6 lb)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Monel,
mat. no. 2.4360, tantalum or gold
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602 or Monel,
mat. no. 2.4360
• O-Ring FPM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (maximum value with oxygen measurement pressure
100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 °C (140 °F))
Process connection Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to
DIN 19213 or 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Material of mounting bracket
• Steel Sheet-steel, Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated
• Stainless steel 304 Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301 (SS 304)
• Stainless steel 316L Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404 (SS 316L)
Power supply UH HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Power supply - Supplied through bus

Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No

Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Start-up current  basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/247

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for differential pressure and flow
1 SITRANS P, DS III for differential pressure and flow
Certificates and approvals HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU • PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) for gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid
group 1; complies with requirements of article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
• PN 420 (MAWP 6092) for gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1;
complies with basic safety requirements of Article 4, paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
assigned to category III, conformity evaluation module H by the TÜV Nord.
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW; Linear barrier:
Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values:
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta IIIC T120°C Da
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ta/tb IIIC T120°C Da/Db
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120°C Db
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V
DC; Pmax = 1.2 W DC;
Pmax = 1 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 2/3 G Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ic IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
- Connection (Ex nA) Um = 45 V Um = 32 V
- Connection (Ex ic) To circuits with values: FISCO supply unit ic:
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion protection acc. to FM Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

1/248 Siemens FI 01 · 2018


HART communication
HART
Protocol
Software for PC
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte
• Input byte
Internal preprocessing
Device profile
Function blocks
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif-
ic process variables
- Electrical damping, adjustable
- Simulation function
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Register (totalizer)
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Physical block
Transducer blocks
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea-
sured pressure value and sen-
sor temperature
© Siemens AG 2018
Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for differential pressure and flow
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1
communication
230 ... 1100 
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
HART Version 5.x 1 function block PID
SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
- Adaptation to customer- Yes, linearly rising or falling
4 specific process variables characteristic
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 ... 100 s
Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
tion (standard setting within the device with a bridge)
address 126)
- Failure mode parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
5 (one measured value) or value)
10 (two measured values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
0, 1, or 2 (register operating ing limit and one alarm limit
mode and reset function for respectively
metering) - Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- • PID Standard FOUNDATION Field-
cess Control Devices Version bus function block
3.0, class B • Physical block 1 resource block
2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
Yes, linearly rising or falling
characteristic • Pressure transducer block
0 ... 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
Input /Output
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
value) pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
perature and electronics tem-
Yes, one upper and lower warn- perature
ing limit and one alarm limit
respectively
Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
parameterizable (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with
incorrect value)
One upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
1
2
Yes
Yes
Max. 30 nodes
Yes
Parameterizable
Constant value or over parame-
terizable ramp function
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/249
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for differential pressure and flow
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure trans- 7MF 4 4 3 3 - SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure trans- 7MF 4 4 3 3 -
mitters for differential pressure and flow, mitters for differential pressure and flow,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi)
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Explosion protection
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • None A
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • With ATEX, Type of protection:
cleaning - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
Silicone oil normal 1 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"10) D
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 - "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
cleanliness level 2 (Ex ia + Ex d)"11)
FDA compliant fill fluid 2) - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"12) E
• Neobee oil normal 4 - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure R
and dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Measuring span (min. ... max.) Zone 1D/2D)"11)13)
PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi) • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)14) F
1 ... 20 mbar3) (0.4 ... 8 inH2O) B • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) Zone 1D/2D11)13)14)
1 ... 60 mbar (0.4 ... 24 inH2O) C • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E (is + xp)"10)14)
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F Electrical connection/cable entry
50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Wetted parts materials • Han 7D device plug (plastic housing) incl. D
mating connector15)16)
(stainless steel process flanges)
• M12 device plugs (stainless steel)17)18) F
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Display
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
• Without display 0
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
• Without visible display 1
Hastelloy Hastelloy C (display concealed, setting: mA)
Tantalum4) Tantalum E • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
Monel4) Monel H • with customer-specific display 7
Gold4) Gold L (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
Version for diaphragm seal5) 6) 7) 8) Y required)
Process connection Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection Included in delivery of the device:
• Sealing screw opposite process connection • Quick-start guide
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
(only for replacement requirement) 2) Available for measuring ranges 250 mbar ... 5 bar.
3)
• Vent on side of process flange 3) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 4) Not in conjunction with max. span 20 and 60 mbar (8.03 and 24.09 inH2O))
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 5) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
(only for replacement requirement) ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Non-wetted parts materials phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
process flange screws Electronics housing here.
6) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 respective remote seals.
casting9) 7) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
Version must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
setting for pressure unit: bar 8) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• International version, English plate inscription, 2 is silicone oil.
setting for pressure unit: bar 9) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Han 7D device plug".
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3 10) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
setting for pressure unit: Pascal 11) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
All versions include DVD with compact operat- 12) Configurations
ing instructions in various EU languages. with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
13) Only in connection with IP66.
14) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
NEC 500/505.
15) Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B or E.
16) Permissible only for crimp-contact of conductor cross-section 1 mm2
17) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
18) M12 delivered without cable socket.

1/250 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for differential pressure and flow
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
1
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure Pressure transmitters for differential pressure
and flow PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) and flow PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi)
SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 4 3 4 - SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 4 3 4 -
SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 4 3 5 - SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 4 3 5 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Explosion protection
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • None A
cleaning • With ATEX, Type of protection:
Silicone oil normal 1 - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"9) D
cleanliness level 2
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
FDA compliant fill fluid 2) (Ex ia + Ex d)"10)
• Neobee oil normal 4 - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 11) E
Nominal measuring range - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi) dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
20 mbar 3) (8.03 inH2O) B Zone 1D/2D)"10)12)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)13) F
PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX)+ S
60 mbar (24 inH2O) C Zone 1D/2D10)12)13)
250 mbar (100 inH2O) D • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
600 mbar (240 inH2O) E - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
1600 mbar (642 inH2O) F (is + xp)"9)13)
5 bar (2000 inH2O) G Electrical connection/cable entry
30 bar (435 psi) H • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Wetted parts materials • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
(stainless steel process flanges) • M12 device plugs (stainless steel)14) 15) F
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell Display
Stainless steel Stainless steel A • Without display 0
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Without visible display 1
Hastelloy Hastelloy C (display concealed, setting: bar)
Tantalum 4) Tantalum E • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
Monel4) Monel H • With customer-specific display 7
Gold 4) Gold L (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required)
Version as diaphragm seal 5) 6) 7) 8) Y Included in delivery of the device:
• Quick-start guide
Process connection • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
2) Available for measuring ranges 250 mbar ... 5 bar.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
3) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
4) Not in conjunction with max. span 20 and 60 mbar (8.03 and 24.09 inH O))
(only for replacement requirement) 5) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
2
• Venting on side of process flanges3) ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 here.
6) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
(only for replacement requirement)
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
Non-wetted parts materials respective remote seals.
process flange screws Electronics housing 7) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2 7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 8) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
casting is silicone oil.
9) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
Version 10) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
• Standard versions 1 11) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2 12) Only in connection with IP66.
documentation in 5 languages on DVD 13) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
(no Order code selectable) NEC 500/505.
14) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
Version
15) M12 delivered without cable socket
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
setting for pressure unit: bar
• International version, English plate inscription, 2
setting for pressure unit: bar
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
setting for pressure unit: Pascal
All versions include DVD with compact operating
instructions in various EU languages.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/251

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for differential pressure and flow
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05 
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, the output signal to 22.0 mA
2 x U-washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut,
2 x U-washer) made of:
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07   
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• Steel A01    (only together with seal diaphragm made of
• Stainless steel 304 A02    Hastelloy and stainless steel)
• Stainless steel 316L A03   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12   
O-rings for process flanges (only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Process flange screws made of Monel D34   
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    (max. nominal pressure PN20)
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21   
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), A22    Supplied with oval flange set D37   
for measured medium temperatures (2 items), PTFE packings and screws in
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F) thread of process flanges
• NBR (Buna N) A23    Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
Device plugs1) device (848699 + 810634) included
• Han 7D (metal) A30  Use in or on zone 1D/2D5) E01   
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  (only together with type of protection
• Angled A32  "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
• Han 8D (metal) A33  7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)

Sealing screws (2 units) A40    Overfilling safety device for flammable E08 
and non-flammable liquids
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process
flanges (max. PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi), basic device
with type of protection "Intrinsic safety
Cable sockets for M12 device plugs A50    (Ex ia)", to WHG and VbF, not together with
(metal (CuZn)) measuring cell filling "inert liquid")
Rating plate inscription Oxygen application E10   
(instead of German) (In the case of oxygen measurement and
• English B11    inert liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C
• French B12    (140 °F))
• Spanish B13    Export approval Korea E11   
• Italian B14    CRN approval Canada E226)   
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    (Canadian Registration Number)
English rating plate B21    Dual seal E24   
Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) E257)   
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point C11    to INMETRO (Brazil)
characteristic curve test) according to (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
IEC 60770-22)
"Flameproof" explosion protection E267)   
Inspection certificate3) to EN 10204-3.1 C12    according to INMETRO (Brazil)
Factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2 C14    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia E287)  
PMI test of parts in contact with medium + Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
Functional safety (SIL2) C20 
Devices suitable for use according to Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E457)   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
conformity declaration
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E467)   
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C214) 
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E557)   
Devices suitable for use according to NEPSI (China)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
conformity declaration
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E567)   
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99    to NEPSI (China)
mark (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI E577)   
(China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone E587)   
2" to NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
"Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E707)   
explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
(only for transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)

1/252 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for differential pressure and flow
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs HART PA FF Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
code. Order code(s) and plain text.
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80    Measuring range to be set
(Russia) Specify in plain text:
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81    • in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01  1)
(Russia) (max. 5 characters):
Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82    Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
to EAC Ex (Russia) • in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02 
(max. 5 characters):
Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83    Y02: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
according to EAC Ex (Russia)
Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
Two coats of lacquer on casing and G10    device variable (measuring point
cover (PU on epoxy) description)
Interchanging of process connection side H01    Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Vent on side for gas measurements H02    Y15: ...........................................
Stainless steel process flanges for H03    Measuring point text (entry in device Y16   
vertical differential pressure lines variable)
(not together with K01, K02 and K048) Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16:
.......
Transient protector 6 kV J01   
(lightning protection) Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Chambered graphite gasket for J02    Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .......
process flange Setting of pressure indicator in Y21   
Chambered PTFE graphite gasket J03    pressure units
EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05    Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
approval (WRC/WRAS) Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note: The following pressure units can be
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08    selected:
flange welded-in (orientation: on right
when viewing the display9) bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09    kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
flange welded-in (orientation: on left *) ref. temperature 20 °C
when viewing the display)9)
Setting of pressure indicator in non- Y223) 
Process flange pressure units2) +
• Hastelloy K01    Specify in plain text: Y01 or
• Monel K02    Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ... Y02
• Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04    (specification of measuring range in pres-
sure units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit
max. PN 10 (MAWP 145 psi),
with max. 5 characters)
max. temperature of medium 90 °C
(194 °F), for ½-14 NPT inner process con- Preset bus address Y25  
nection on the side in the middle of the possible between 1 and 126
process flange, vent valve not possible
Specify in plain text: Y25: .....................
Marine approvals
Damping adjustment in seconds Y30   
• Det Norske Veritas S10    (0 ... 100 s)
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11    Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories.
• French marine classification society S12    Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset
Bureau Veritas (BV)
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14     = available
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16    1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17    calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
2) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.
Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories. 3) Not in conjunction with over-filling safety device for flammable and non-
 = available flammable liquids (Order code "E08")
1) Han device plug IP65
2) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered
for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom-
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals.
The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
3) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
respective remote seals.
4) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1
configuration software in combination with S7-400H
5) Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro-
tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D.
6) Cannot be ordered with remote seal.
7) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device
is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.
8) Not suitable for connection of remote seal.
9) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is
required instead of a blanking plug.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/253

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for differential pressure and flow
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure trans- 7MF 4 5 3 3 - SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure trans- 7MF 4 5 3 3 -
mitters for differential pressure and flow, mitters for differential pressure and flow,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi) PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Electrical connection/cable entry
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
cleaning • Han 7D device plug (plastic housing) incl. mat- D
Silicone oil normal 1 ing connector13)14)
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 • M12 device plugs (stainless steel)15) 16) F
cleanliness level 2
Display
Measuring span (min. ... max.) • Without display 0
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100 inH2O) D • Without visible display 1
6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E (display concealed, setting: mA)
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G • with customer-specific display 7
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
required)
Wetted parts materials
(stainless steel process flanges) Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell Scope of delivery: Pressure transmitter as ordered (Instruction Manual is
Stainless steel Stainless steel A extra ordering item)
Hastelloy Stainless steel B 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
Gold2) Gold L 2) Not in conjunction with max. span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)
Version for diaphragm seal 3) 4) 5) 6) Y 3) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
Process connection is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
• Sealing screw opposite process connection here.
4) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 3
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
respective remote seals.
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 1 5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
(only for replacement requirement) must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
• Venting on side of process flanges, location of 7MF453.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1....-.B
vent valve at top of process flanges (see dimen- 6) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
sional drawing) is silicone oil.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 7 7) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Han 7D device plug".
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
9) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 5
(only for replacement requirement) 10) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
11) Only in connection with IP66.
Non-wetted parts materials 12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
process flange screws Electronics housing NEC 500/505.
13) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2
14) Permissible only for crimp-contact of conductor cross-section 1 mm2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 15) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
casting7) 16) M12 delivered without cable socket.
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
setting for pressure unit: bar)
• International version, English plate inscription, 2
setting for pressure unit: bar
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
setting for pressure unit: Pascal
All versions include DVD with compact operating
instructions in various EU languages.
Explosion protection
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"8) D
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
(Ex ia + Ex d)"9)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"10) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"9)11)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)12) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)" 8)12), max PN 360

1/254 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for differential pressure and flow
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
1
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure Pressure transmitters for differential pressure
and flow, PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi) and flow, PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 5 3 4 - SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 5 3 4 -
SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 5 3 5 - SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 5 3 5 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Explosion protection
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • None A
cleaning • With ATEX, Type of protection:
Silicone oil normal 1 - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"7) D
cleanliness level 2
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
Nominal measuring range (Ex ia + Ex d)"8)
250 mbar (100 inH2O) D - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 9) E
600 mbar (240 inH2O) E - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
1600 mbar (642 inH2O) F dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
5 bar (2000 inH2O) G Zone 1D/2D)"8) 10)
30 bar (435 psi) H • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)11) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX)+ S
Wetted parts materials Zone 1D/2D9)10)11)
(stainless steel process flanges) • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell - "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
Stainless steel Stainless steel A (is + xp)"7)11), max PN 360
Hastelloy Stainless steel B Electrical connection/cable entry
Gold 2) Gold L • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Version for diaphragm seal 3) 4) 5) 6) Y • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Process connection • M12 device plugs (stainless steel) 12) 13) F
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection Display
• Sealing screw opposite process connection • Without (display hidden) 0
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 3 • Without visible display 1
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 (display concealed, setting: bar)
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 1 • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
(only for replacement requirement) • With customer-specific display (setting as 7
• Venting on side of process flanges, location of specified, Order code "Y21" required)
vent valve at top of process flanges (see dimen-
sional drawing). Included in delivery of the device:
• Quick-start guide
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 7 • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 5 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
(only for replacement requirement) 2) Not in conjunction with max. span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)
3) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Non-wetted parts materials
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
Process flange screws Electronics housing is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2 phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
here.
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 4) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
casting mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
Version respective remote seals.
5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
setting for pressure unit: bar must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
7MF453.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1....-.B
• International version, English plate inscription, 2 6) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
setting for pressure unit: bar is silicone oil.
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3 7) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
setting for pressure unit: Pascal 8) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
All versions include DVD with compact operating 9) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
instructions in various EU languages. 10) Only in connection with IP66.
11) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
NEC 500/505.
12) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
13) M12 delivered without cable socket

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/255

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for differential pressure and flow
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05 
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. output signal to 22.0\ mA
Pressure transmitter with mounting bracket Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07   
(1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U-washer or 1 x (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U-washer) made of: (only together with seal diaphragm made of
• Steel A01    Hastelloy and stainless steel)
• Stainless steel 304 A02    Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12   
• Stainless steel 316L A03    (only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)

O-rings for process flanges Nom. press. rating PN 500 (MAWP 7250 psi) D56 
(Only for measuring cell 600 mbar ... 30 bar
(instead of FPM (Viton)) (240 inH2O ... 435 psi), SIL- and Ex-options not
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    possible))3)
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21    Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), A22    device (848699 + 810634) included
for measured medium temperatures
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F) Use in or on zone 1D/2D4) E01   
• NBR (Buna N) A23    (only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
Device plugs1) 7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
• Han 7D (metal) A30  Export approval Korea E11   
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31 
CRN approval Canada E225)   
• Angled A32  (Canadian Registration Number)
• Han 8D (metal) A33 
Dual seal E24   
Sealing screws (2 units) A40   
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E256)   
INMETRO (Brazil)
Cable sockets for M12 device plugs A50    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
(metal (CuZn))
"Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E266)   
Rating plate inscription (instead of German) ing to INMETRO (Brazil)
• English B11    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• French B12   
• Spanish B13    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia + Ex E286)  
d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Italian B14   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
• Cyrillic (russian) B16   
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E456)   
English rating plate B21   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E466)   
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11   
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E556)   
Inspection certificate C12    to NEPSI (China)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Factory certificate C14    Ex prot. "Explosion-proof" to NEPSI (China) E566)   
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E576)   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
Functional safety (SIL2) C20 
Devices suitable for use according to Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" to E586)   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor- NEPSI (China)
mity declaration (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C212)  "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E706)   
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  (only for transmitter
Devices suitable for use according to 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor- Ex-protection Ex ia acc. to EAC Ex (Russia) E80   
mity declaration
Ex-protection Ex d acc. to EAC Ex (Russia) E81   
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99   
Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according to E82   
EAC Ex (Russia)
Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
according to EAC Ex (Russia)

1/256 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for differential pressure and flow
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs HART PA FF Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Two coats of lacquer on casing and cover G10    Order code(s) and plain text.
(PU on epoxy) Measuring range to be set
Interchanging of process connection side H01    Specify in plain text:
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03    • in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01  1)
differential pressure lines (max. 5 characters):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protection) J01    • in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02 
Chambered graphite gasket for process flange J02    (max. 5 characters):
Y02: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05   
approval (WRC/WRAS) Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
device variable (measuring point descrip-
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08    tion)
flange welded-in (orientation: on right when
viewing the display)7) Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09   
flange welded-in (orientation: on left when Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
viewing the display)7) able)
Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16: .......
Marine approvals
• Det Norske Veritas S10    Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL) Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .........
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11    Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21   
• French marine classification society S12    units
Bureau Veritas (BV) Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14    Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16    Note:
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17    The following pressure units can be selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
1) Han device plug IP65 mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
2) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1 con- kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
figuration software in combination with S7-400H *) ref. temperature 20 °C
3) Tested according to IEC 61010. Only for measuring materials of the group Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 
of fluids 2 in accordance with PED permissible. Not for use with dangerous non-pressure units2) Y01 or
media suitable. Y02
4) Specify in plain text:
Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro- Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D.
5) (specification of measuring range in pressure
Cannot be ordered with remote seal. units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
6) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device max. 5 characters)
is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.
7) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is Preset bus address Y25  
required instead of a blanking plug. possible between 1 and 126
Specify in plain text: Y25: .....................
Damping adjustment in seconds Y30   
(0 ... 100 s)
Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories.
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset.
 = available
1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
2) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/257

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for differential pressure and flow
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
15 143 (5.6)
(0.6) 69 (2.7) 5

(0.94)
53 (2.1) 29 84 (3.31)

24
(1.14)
1

50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)

128 (5.04)
3

166 (6.54)
7
2

8
min. 90 (3.54) 4)

262 (10.3)
12 9
Space for rotation
of housing
134 (5.28)

10

96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)

3 4

72 (2.83) 68 (2.7)
105 (4.1) 120 (4.7)

1 Electronic side, digital display 6 Blanking plug

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
2 Terminal side1) "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
3 Electrical connection: 8 Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 9 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02)
Han 7D/8D device plug2) 3)
10 Mounting bracket (option)
4 Harting adapter
11 Sealing screw with valve (option)
5 Protective cover over keys
12 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)

1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
4)
92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator

SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/258 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for differential pressure and flow
1
15 143 (5.6) 5

(0.94)
(0.6) 53 (2.1) approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)

24
1

50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)

128 (5.04)
3 4 3 7

approx. 217 (8.54) 7)

2

min. 90 (3.54) 4) 8

Space for rotation

of housing

approx. 85 (3.35) 6)
8

60 (2.36) 5) approx. 87 (3.43)

65 (2.56)

1 Electronic side, digital display 5 Protective cover over keys

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 6 Blanking plug
2 Terminal side1) 7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3 Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 8 Sealing screw with valve (option)
Han 7D/8D device plug2) 3)
9 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
4 Harting adapter

1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
4)
92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
5)
74 mm (2.9 inch) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)
6)
91 mm (3.6 inch) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)
7)
219 mm (8.62 inch) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)

SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines, optional "H03" ,
dimensional drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)

SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow,

with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/259

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1 ■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P DS III for level
Input
Measured variable Level
Span (fully adjustable) or measuring range, max. operating HART PROFIBUS PA/
pressure (in accordance with 2014/68/EU Pressure Equipment FOUNDATION
Directive) and max. test pressure (pursuant to DIN 16086) Fieldbus
Span Nominal measuring Max. operating pressure MAWP (PS)
range
25 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar See "Mounting flange"
2.5 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa
10 ... 100 inH2O 100 inH2O
25 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
2.5 ...60 kPa 60 kPa
10 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O
53 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
5.3 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
21 ... 640 inH2O 642 inH2O
160 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
16 ...500 kPa 500 kPa
2.32 ... 72.5 psi 72.5 psi
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100 % of max. span or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
depending on mounting flange
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -100 % of max. span or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
depending on mounting flange
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. span
Start of scale value Between the measuring limits (fully adjustable)
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -

• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or -

optionally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , -
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART Communica-
tor)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal.
Each connection against the other with max. supply voltage.

Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s) Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

1/260 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for level
SITRANS P DS III for level
1
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
• Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nom. pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl.
hysteresis and reproducibility
• Linear characteristic
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r5:  0.125 %
5 < r  10 :  (0.007  r + 0.09) %
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi r5:  0.125 %
5 < r  25 :  (0.007  r + 0.09) %
- 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi r5:  0.125 %
5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi 5 < r  30 :  (0.007  r + 0.09) %
Influence of ambient temperature
(in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.4  r + 0.16) %
• 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi  (0.24  r + 0.16) %
• 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi  (0.2  r + 0.16) %
5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
Influence of static pressure
• on the zero point
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.3  r) % per nominal pressure
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi  (0.15  r) % per nominal pressure
- 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi  (0.1  r) % per nominal pressure
5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
• on the span  (0.1  r) % per nominal pressure
Long-term stability  (0.25  r)% in 5 years
(temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F)) static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
Effect of mounting position Depending on filling liquid of mounting flange
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Rated conditions
Degree of protection
• according to EN 60529 IP66 (optional IP66/IP68)
• according to NEMA 250 Type 4X
Temperature of medium Note: Always take into account assignment of max. permissible operating tempera-
ture to max. permissible operating pressure of the respective flange connection!
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +1001) °C (-40 ... +2121) °F)
- High-pressure side pabs  1 bar: -40 ... +175 °C (-40 ... +347 °F)
pabs < 1 bar: -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
- Low-pressure side -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F) in conjunction with dust explosion protection
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- -Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %, condensation permissible, suitable for use in the trop-
ics
• Electromagnetic Compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immunity Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/261

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1 SITRANS P DS III for level
Design
Weight (without options)
• To EN (pressure transmitter with mounting flange,  11 ... 13 kg ( 24.2 ... 28.7 (lb)
without tube)
• To ASME (pressure transmitter with mounting flange,  11 ... 18 kg ( 24.2 ... 39.7 lb)
without tube)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting,
mat. no. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials
High-pressure side
• Seal diaphragm of mounting flange • Stainless steel, W.-Nr. 1.4404/316L
- coated with PFA
- coated with PTFE
- coated with ECTFE
- gold plated
• Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360
• Hastelloy C276, mat. no 2.4619
• Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
• Hastelloy C22, mat. no. 2.4602
• Tantalum
• Titanium, mat. no. 3.7035
• Nickel 201
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
Process connection
• High-pressure side Flange to EN and ASME
• Low-pressure side Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to
DIN 19213 or 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Power supply UH HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Power supply Supplied through bus

Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No

Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Start-up current  basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes

1/262 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for level
SITRANS P DS III for level
1
Certificates and approvals HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of
article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values:
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta IIIC T120°C Da
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ta/tb IIIC T120°C Da/Db
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120°C Db
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W DC; Pmax = 1 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 2/3 G Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ic IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
- Connection (Ex nA) Um = 45 V Um = 32 V
- Connection (Ex ic) To circuits with values: FISCO supply unit ic:
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion protection acc. to FM Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
1) This value may be increased if the process connection is sufficiently insulated.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/263


Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1 HART communication
HART
Protocol
Software for computer
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte
• Input byte
Internal preprocessing
Device profile
Function blocks
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif-
ic process variables
- Electrical damping, adjustable
- Simulation function
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Register (totalizer)
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Physical block
Transducer blocks
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea-
sured pressure value and sen-
sor temperature
1/264 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
© Siemens AG 2018
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
230 ... 1100 
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
HART Version 5.x 1 function block PID
SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling
4 ic process variables characteristic
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 ... 100 s
Configuration tool or local - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
operation (standard setting within the device with a bridge)
address 126)
- Failure mode parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
5 (one measured value) or value)
10 (two measured values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
0, 1, or 2 (register operating ing limit and one alarm limit
mode and reset function for respectively
metering) - Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- • PID Standard FOUNDATION Field-
cess Control Devices Version bus function block
3.0, class B • Physical block 1 resource block
2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
Yes, linearly rising or falling
characteristic • Pressure transducer block
0 ... 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
Input/Output
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
value) pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
perature and electronics tem-
Yes, one upper and lower warn- perature
ing limit and one alarm limit
respectively Mounting flange
Can be reset, preset, optional Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
direction of counting, simulation • Acc. to EN 1092-1
function of register output
- DN 80 PN 40
parameterizable (summation
with last good value, continuous - DN100 PN16, PN40
summation, summation with
incorrect value) • To ASME B16.5
One upper and lower warning - 3 inch class 150, class 300
limit and one alarm limit respec- - 4 inch class 150, class 300
tively
1
2
Yes
Yes
Max. 30 nodes
Yes
Parameterizable
Constant value or over parame-
terizable ramp function
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for level
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ordering information
1
Pressure transmitter for level, 7MF 4 6 3 3 - 1st order item: Pressure transmitter 7MF4633-...
SITRANS P DS III with HART 2nd order item: Mounting flange 7MF4912-3...
77 Y77 - 7777
ordering example
Click on the Article No. for the online configu-
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Item line 1: 7MF4633-1EY20-1AA1-Z
B line: Y01
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell C line: Y01: 80 to 143 mbar (1.16 to 2.1 psi)
cleaning Item line 2: 7MF4912-3GE01
Silicone oil normal 1 Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Measuring span (min. ... max.) Included in delivery of the device:
25 ... 250 mbar (10 ... 100 inH2O) D • Quick-start guide
25 ... 600 mbar (10 ... 240 inH2O) E • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
53 ... 1600 mbar (21 ... 642 inH2O) F 1) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Han 7D device plug".
0.16 ... 5 bar (64.3 ... 2000 inH2O) G 2) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
Process connection of low-pressure side 3) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
4) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
5) Only in connection with IP66.
• Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
6) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
NEC 500/505.
• Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 7)
(only for replacement requirement) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
8) M12 delivered without cable socket
Non-wetted parts materials 9) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting1)
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
setting for pressure unit: bar)
• International version, English plate inscription, 2
setting for pressure unit: bar
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
setting for pressure unit: Pascal
All versions include DVD with compact operating
instructions in various EU languages.
Explosion protection
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"2) D
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
(Ex ia + Ex d)"3)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 4) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"3)5)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)6) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D3)5)6)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)"1)6) NC
Electrical connection/cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D device plug (plastic housing) incl. D
mating connector7)
• M12 device plugs (stainless steel) 8) 9) F
Display
• Without display 0
• Without visible display 1
(display concealed, setting: mA)
• With visible display (setting mA) 6
• With customer-specific display (setting as 7
specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/265

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ordering information
Pressure transmitters for level 1st order item: Pressure transmitter 7MF4634-...
2nd order item: Mounting flange 7MF4912-...
SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 6 3 4 -
ordering example
SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 6 3 5 -
Item line 1: 7MF4634-1EY20-1AA1
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 1 7 Y77 - 7777 Item line 2: 7MF4912-3GE01
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Included in delivery of the device:
Nominal measuring range • Quick-start guide
250 mbar (100 inH2O) D • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
600 mbar (240 inH2O) E 1) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
1600 mbar (642 inH2O) F 2) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
5 bar (2000 inH2O) G 3) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
4) Only in connection with IP66.
Process connection of low-pressure side
5) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
NEC 500/505.
• Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 6) M12 delivered without cable socket
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 7) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
• Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
(only for replacement requirement)
Non-wetted parts materials
process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
setting for pressure unit: bar)
• International version, English plate inscription, 2
setting for pressure unit: bar
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
setting for pressure unit: Pascal
All versions include DVD with compact operating
instructions in various EU languages.
Explosion protection
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"1) D
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
(Ex ia + Ex d)"2)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 3) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"2)4)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)5) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D2)4)5)
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)"1)5) NC
Electrical connection/cable entry
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• M12 device plugs (stainless steel)6) 7) F
Display
• Without display 0
• Without visible display 1
(display concealed, setting: bar)
• With visible display (setting: bar) 6
• With customer-specific display (setting as 7
specified, Order code "Y21" required)

1/266 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for level
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
O-rings for process flanges on Use on zone 1D / 2D3) E01   
low-pressure side (only together with type of protection
(instead of FPM (Viton)) "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21    Overfilling safety device for flammable and E08 
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), A22    non-flammable liquids
for measured medium temperatures (max. PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi), basic device
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F) with type of protection "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)",
• NBR (Buna N) A23    to WHG and VbF, not together with measuring
cell filling "inert liquid")
Device plugs1)
• Han 7D (metal) A30  Export approval Korea E11   
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  Dual seal E24   
• Angled A32 
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E254)   
• Han 8D (metal) A33  INMETRO (Brazil)
Sealing screw (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges A40    "Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E264)   
Cable sockets for M12 device plugs A50    ing to INMETRO (Brazil)
(metal (CuZn)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Rating plate inscription Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia + E284)  
(instead of German) Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
• English B11    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
• French B12    Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E454)   
• Spanish B13    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Italian B14   
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E464)   
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
English rating plate B21    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E554)   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi to NEPSI (China)
Quality Inspection Certificate C11    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
(5-point characteristic curve test) Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E564)   
according to IEC 60770-2
NEPSI (China)
Inspection certificate C12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E574)   
Factory certificate C14    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E584)   
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    to NEPSI (China)
PMI test of parts in contact with medium (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Functional safety (SIL2) C20  "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E704)   
Devices suitable for use according to IEC explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor- (only for transmitter
mity declaration 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C212)  Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol (Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Devices suitable for use according to IEC
(Russia)
61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor-
mity declaration Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according to E82   
EAC Ex (Russia)
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99   
Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05  according to EAC Ex (Russia)
output signal to 22.0 mA
Two coats of lacquer on casing and cover G10   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    (PU on epoxy)
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
Replacement of process connection side H01   
Supplied with oval flange D37   
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread
of process flange
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
device (848699 + 810634) included

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/267

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01   
tion) Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08    Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
flange welded-in (orientation: on right Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
when viewing the display)5) Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09    device variable (measuring point descrip-
flange welded-in (orientation: on left when tion)
viewing the display) 5) Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
1) Han device plug IP65
2) Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1 con-
able)
figuration software in combination with S7-400H
3) Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro- Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D. Y16: ...........................................
4) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.
5) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
required instead of a blanking plug.
Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21   
units
Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
The following pressure units can be selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C

Setting of pressure indicator in Y223) 

non-pressure units2) + Y01
Specify in plain text:
3
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m /h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure
units "Y01" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
Preset bus address Y25  
possible between 1 and 126
Specify in plain text:
Y25: ...........................................
Damping adjustment in seconds Y30   
(0 ... 100 s)
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset
 = available
1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
2) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.
3) Not in conjunction with over-filling safety device for flammable and non-
flammable liquids (Order code "E08")

1/268 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for level
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
1
code code
Mounting flange 7MF 4 9 1 2 Mounting flange 7MF 4 9 1 2
Directly mounted on the SITRANS P pressure 3 7777 777 Directly mounted on the SITRANS P pressure 3 7777 777
transmitter (converter part) for level, for DS III transmitter (converter part) for level, for DS III
series series
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Customer-specific tubus length
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Specify customer-specific length with Y44, see
Connection to EN 1092-1 Order Code
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel without foil
DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J 0A Range Standard length
PN 63/100/160 Z J 0B 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") A1
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J 0C 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") A2
PN 63/100 Z J 0D 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") A3
PN 160 Z J 0E 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") A4
DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 A 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") A5
PN 100 B
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated
DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 D with ECTFE
DN 100 PN 10/16 G Range Standard length
PN 25/40 H 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") F1
Connection to ASME B16.5 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") F2
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") F3
1 inch class 150 Z J 6A 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") F4
class 300 Z J 6B 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") F5
class 400/600 Z J 6C • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated with
class 900/1500 Z J 6D PFA
1½ inch class 150 Z J 6E Range Standard length
class 300 Z J 6F 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") D1
class 400/600 Z J 6G 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") D2
class 900/1500 Z J 6H 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") D3
2 inch class 150 L 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") D4
class 300 M 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") D5
class 400/600 N
• Wetted parts materials: Monel 400
class 900/1500 P
Range Standard length
3 inch class 150 Q
class 300 R 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") G1
4 inch class 150 T 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") G2
class 300 U 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") G3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") G4
Flange acc. to JIS
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure • Wetted parts materials: Hastelloy C276
JIS DN 50 10 K 316L Z J 7A Range Standard length
20 K 316L Z J 7B 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") J 1
JIS DN 80 10 K 316L Z J 7C 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") J 2
20 K 316L Z J 7D 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") J 3
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Z J1Y 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") J 4
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal press.: ...
• Wetted parts materials: Tantalum
Wetted parts materials Range Standard length
• Stainless steel 316L A
- Coated with PFA D 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") K1
- Coated with PTFE E0 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") K2
- Coated with ECTFE1) F 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") K3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") K4
• Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360 G
• Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819 J Filling liquid
• Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602 U • Silicone oil M5 1
• Hastelloy C22, mat. no. 2.4602 V0 • Silicone oil M50 2
• Tantalum K • High-temperature oil 3
• Titanium, mat. no. 3.7035 (max. 150 °C (302 °F)) L0 • Halocarbon oil (for O2-measurement)2) 4
• Nickel 201 (max. 260 °C (500 °F)) M0 • Food oil (FDA-listed) 7
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 Q Other version, add 9 M1 Y
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462, incl. main body R Order code and plain text:
• Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S0 filling liquid: ...
thickness approx. 25 m 1) For vacuum on request
Tube length 2) Oil and grease-free cleaning according to DIN 25410, level 2,
• without tube 0 and packaging included in scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs"
Other version: add Order code and plain text: Z8 K1Y C10 and E10.
material of parts in contact with medium: ........,
tubus length: ........

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/269

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Customer-specific tubus length Y44    One sided-mounting, sealing surface below H20
Select range, Sealing surface smooth, form B2 or RFSF J11   
enter desired length in plain text (Stainless steel diaphragm)
(No entry = standard length)
previously DIN 2501, form E
Spark arrester A01   
Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14   
For mounting on zone 0 (incl. documentation)
instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted
Remote seal nameplate B20    parts made of stainless steel 316L)
attached out of stainless steel, contains Arti- Sealing surface with spring according to
cle No. and order number of the remote seal EN 1092-1, form F, (previously DIN 2512,
supplier form F) in stainless steel 316L
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10    DN 25 J30   
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- DN 40 J31   
sion, not for oxygen application, only in con- DN 50 J32   
junction with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by DN 80 J33   
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
DN 100 J34   
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point char- C11    DN 125 J35   
acteristic curve test) according to
IEC 60770-2 Sealing surface with male face according
to EN 1092-1, form E (previously DIN 2512,
Inspection certificate C12    form V13) in stainless steel 316L
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 DN 25 J40   
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17    DN 40 J41   
Only in conjunction with filling liquid "Food oil" DN 50 J42   
(FDA listed)" DN 80 J43   
"Functional safety (SIL2)" certificate C20   DN 100 J44   
to IEC 61508 DN 125 J45   
(only for conjunction with the Order code "C20" Sealing surface with female face according
in the case of SITRANS P DS III transmitter) to EN 1092-1, form F (previously DIN 2512,
"Functional safety (SIL2/3)" certificate C23   form R13) in stainless steel 316L
to IEC 61508 DN 25 J50   
(only for conjunction with the Order code "C23" DN 40 J51   
in the case of SITRANS P DS III transmitter) DN 50 J52   
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07    DN 80 J53   
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 acc. to DN 100 J54   
EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain- DN 125 J55   
less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
Sealing surface B1 or J12   
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08    ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 acc. to instead of sealing surface B2 or RFSF
EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain- (only for wetted parts made of Hastelloy C276
less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) (2.4819), tantalum and Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
and for nominal sizes 2", 3", DN 50 and DN 80)
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10   
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- Sealing surface RJF (groove, previously J24   
sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill RTJ) ASME B16.5
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C instead of sealing surface ASME B16.5 RF
(140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only 125 ... 250 AA (only for wetted parts made of
in connection with halocarbon oil, certified by stainless steel 316L)
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Elongated pipe, 150 mm instead of 100 mm, R15   
Epoxy painting E15    max. medium temperature 250 °C, observe
Not possible with negative pressure service the maximum permissible media temperature
Color: transparent, coverage: front and rear of of the filling liquid.
the remote seal, capillary(ies) or connecting Elongated pipe, 200 mm instead of 100 mm, R20   
tube, process connection of the transmitter. max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe
With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only the maximum permissible media temperature
possible with process connection G½B of the filling liquid.
according to EN 837-1.
Negative pressure service
for use in the low-pressure measuring range for V04   
transmitter for level
Note: suffix "Y01" required with pressure trans-
mitter
Extended negative pressure service
for use in the low-pressure measuring range for V54   
transmitter for level
Note: suffix "Y01" required with pressure trans-
mitter
 = available

1/270 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for level

■ Dimensional drawings
1
29 (1.14) 177 (6.97) 143 (5.6) 15
84 (3.31) 53 (2.1) 74 (2.9) (0.6)
2

3 5 6

1 4

166 (6.54)
min. 90
100 (3.93) 5)
(3.54) 4)

Ød 5
Ød4

ØD
9 Øk
54 (2.1) 108 (4.25)

17 (0.67) Space for rotation

approx. 96 (3.78) of housing
7
n x d2

b f
L

1 8

1 Electrical connection:
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
Han 7D/8D device plug2) 3)
2 Protective cover over keys
3 Blanking plug
4 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
5 Terminal side1)
6 Electronic side, digital display
(longer overall length for cover with window)1)
7 Sealing screw with valve (option)
8 Harting adapter
9 Process connection of low pressure side ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)

1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
4)
92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
5)
150 (5.9) with Order Code R15, 200 (7.87) with Order Code R20

SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for level, including mounting flange, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/271

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1
29 (1.14) 4) 15 143 (5.6)
84 (3.31) (0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1)
2

3 6 5

166 (6.54)
4
111 (4.37) 7)

9
100 (3.94) 6)

67 (2.64) 5)

54 (2.1)
n x d2 7
b
L
f

17 (0.67) approx. 96 (3.78)

Ød 5
Ød4
Øk
ØD

8 1
1 Electrical connection:
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
Han 7D/8D device plug2) 3)
2 Protective cover over keys
3 Blanking plug
4 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
5 Terminal side1)
6 Electronic side, digital display
(longer overall length for cover with window)1)
7 Sealing screw with valve (option)
8 Harting adapter
9 Process connection of low pressure side ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)

1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
4)
For Pg 13,5 with adapter approx. 45 mm (1.77 inch)
5)
117 (4.61) with Order Code R15, 167 (6.57) with Order Code R20
6)
150 (5.19) with Order Code R15, 200 (7.87) with Order Code R20
7)
161 (6.34) with Order Code R15, 211 (8.31) with Order Code R20

SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for level, including mounting flange, one sided-mounting, sealing surface below (order code H20),
dimensions in mm (inch)

1/272 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
for level
Connection to EN 1092-1 1
Nominal Nominal b D d d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
diameter pressure
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 20 165 90 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4 0, 50, 100,
25/40 150 or 200
PN 100 28 195 90 26 102 48.3 451) 2 145 8
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 24 200 90 18 138 76 722) 2 160 8
25/40
PN 100 32 230 90 26 138 76 722) 2 180 8
DN 100 PN 10/16 20 220 115 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
PN 25/40 24 235 115 22 162 94 89 2 190 8

Connection to ASME B16.5

Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
diameter pressure
lb./sq.in inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm)
2 inch 150 0.77 (19.5) 5.91 (150) 0.79 (20) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.771) (45) 0.08 (2) 4.74 (120.5) 4 0, 2, 3.94,
5.94 or 7.87
300 0.89 (22.7) 6.5 (165) 0.79 (20) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.771) (45) 0.08 (2) 5 (127) 8 (0, 50, 100,
400/600 1.28 (32.4) 6.5 (165) 0.79 (20) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.771) (45) 0.28 (7) 5 (127) 8 150 or 200)
900/1500 1.78 (45.1) 8.46 (215) 1.02 (26) 5 (127) 1.9 (48.3) 1.771) (45) 0.28 (7) 6.5 (165) 8
3 inch 150 0.96 (24.3) 7.48 (190) 0.79 (20) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.832) (72) 0.08 (2) 6 (152.5) 4
300 1.14 (29) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.832) (72) 0.08 (2) 6.63 (168.5) 8
600 1.53 (38.8) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.832) (72) 0.28 (7) 6.63 (168.5) 8
4 inch 150 0.96 (24.3) 9.06 (230) 0.79 (20) 6.22 (158) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.08 (2) 7.5 (190.5) 8
300 1.27 (32.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22) 6.22 (158) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.08 (2) 7.87 (200) 8
400 1.65 (42) 10.04 (255) 1.02 (26) 6.22 (158) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.28 (7) 7.87 (200) 8

d: Internal diameter of gasket to DIN 2690

dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L=0.
2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L=0.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/273

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
Accessories/Spare Parts
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Replacement measuring cell for pressure 7MF 4 9 9 0 - Replacement measuring cell for absolute 7MF 4 9 9 2 -
for SITRANS P DS III pressure for SITRANS P DS III (from the
7777 0 - 0 DB 0 7777 0 - 0 DB 0
pressure series)
Click on the Article No. for the online configura- Click on the Article No. for the online configura-
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Normal 1 Silicone oil Normal 1
Inert liquid grease-free to 3 Inert liquid grease-free to 3
cleanliness level 2 cleanliness level 2
Measured span (min. ... max.) Measured span (min. ... max.)
8.3 ... 250 mbar (0.12 ... 3.6 psi) A 8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) D
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B 43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.86 psi a) F
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.6 ... 58 psi) C 0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) G
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D 1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E Wetted parts materials
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2 320 psi) F Seal diaphragm Process connection
4.0 ... 400 bar (58.0 ... 5 802 psi) G
7.0 ... 700 bar (102.0 ... 10 153 psi) J Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Wetted parts materials Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Seal diaphragm Process connection
Process connection
Stainless steel Stainless steel A • Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
Hastelloy Hastelloy C • Oval flange made of stainless steel,
Process connection max. span 160 bar (2320 psi)
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Oval flange made of stainless steel, - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
max. span 160 bar (2320 psi) Further designs Order code
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code.
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
Inspection certificate C12
Further designs Order code
to EN 10204-3.1
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code.
Inspection certificate C12
to EN 10204-3.1

1/274 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
Accessories/Spare Parts

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
1
Replacement measuring cell for absolute pres- 7MF 4 9 9 3 - Replacement measuring cell for differential 7MF 4 9 9 4 -
sure (from the differential pressure series) for pressure and PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) for
77777 - 0 DC 0 77777 - 0 DC 0
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus series PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus series
Click on the Article No. for the online configura- Click on the Article No. for the online configura-
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Normal 1 Silicone oil Normal 1
Inert liquid grease-free to 3 Inert liquid grease-free to 3
cleanliness level 2 cleanliness level 2
Measured span (min. ... max.)
Measured span (min. ... max.)
PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi)
8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) D
1 ... 20 mbar1) (0.4 ... 8 inH2O) B
43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.86 psi a) F
PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) G
1 ... 60 mbar (0.4 ... 24 inH2O) C
1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1 ... 100 inH2O) D
5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a) KE
6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E
Wetted parts materials 16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell 50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Hastelloy Stainless steel B Wetted parts materials
Hastelloy Hastelloy C (stainless steel process flanges)
Tantalum Tantalum E Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Monel Monel H
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Gold Gold L Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Process connection Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Tantalum2) Tantalum E
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
Monel2) Monel H
• Sealing screw opposite process connection Gold2) Gold L
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 Process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
• Vent on side of process flange1) - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 • Vent on side of process flange
Non-wetted parts materials - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6
• Stainless steel process flange screws 2 IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Further designs Order code Non-wetted parts materials
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Stainless steel process flange screws 2
Order code.
Further designs Order code
O-rings for process flanges Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
(instead of FPM (Viton)) O-rings for process flanges
• PTFE (Teflon) A20 (instead of FPM (Viton))
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 • PTFE (Teflon) A20
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), for measured me- A22 • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21
dium temperatures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F) • FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), for measured me- A22
• NBR (Buna N) A23 dium temperatures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)
Inspection certificate C12 • NBR (Buna N) A23
to EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate C12
to EN 10204-3.1
Process connection G½B D16
Remote seal flanges D20
Remote seal flanges D20 (not together with K01, K02 and K04)
(not together with K01, K02 and K04) Vent on side for gas measurements H02
Vent on side for gas measurements H02 Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03
differential pressure lines
Process flanges
(not together with K01, K02 and K04)
• without K00
Process flanges
• with process flange made of
• without K00
- Hastelloy K01
• with process flange made of
- Monel K02
- Hastelloy K01
- Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04
max. PN 10 (MAWP 145 psi) - Monel K02
max.temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F) - Stainless steel with PVDF insert, max. PN 10 K04
For ½-14 NPT inner process connection on the (MAWP 145 psi), max. temperature of medium
side in the middle of the process flange, vent 90 °C (194 °F). For ½-14 NPT inner process con-
valve not possible nection on the side in the middle of the process
flange, vent valve not possible
1) Not for span 5.3 ... 100 bar (76.9 ... 1450 psi)
1) Not suitable for connection of remote seal
2) Only together with max. spans 250, 1600, 5000 and 30000 mbar
(100 inH2O, 642 inH2O, 2000 inH2O and 435 psi).

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/275

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
Accessories/Spare Parts
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Replacement measuring cell for differential 7MF 4 9 9 5 -
pressure and PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi) for
77777 - 0 DC 0
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus series
Click on the Article No. for the online configura-
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Normal 1
Measured span (min. ... max.)
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1 ... 100 inH2O) D
6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F
50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Wetted parts materials
(stainless steel process flanges)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Gold1) Gold L
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange
connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 1
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 3
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Vent on side of process flange
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 5
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 7
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Non-wetted parts materials
• Stainless steel process flange screws 2
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code.
O-rings for process flanges
(instead of FPM (Viton))
• PTFE (Teflon) A20
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), for measured me- A22
dium temperatures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)
• NBR (Buna N) A23
Inspection certificate C12
to EN 10204-3.1
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03
differential pressure lines
without process flanges K00
1) Not together with max. span 600 mbar (240 inH2O)

1/276 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
Accessories/Spare Parts
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
1
Spare parts/Accessories Digital indicator 7MF4997-1BR
Including mounting material for SITRANS P
Mounting bracket and fastening parts DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
for pressure transmitters DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with Measuring point label
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus (7MF403.-.....-..C.) • without inscription (5 units) 7MF4997-1CA
For absolute pressure transmitters • Printed (1 unit) 7MF4997-1CB-Z
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15, Y16 and Y..: ......................
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Y99 (see "Pressure transmitters")
Fieldbus (7MF423.-.....-..C.) Mounting screws
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AB
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AH For measuring point label, grounding and con- 7MF4997-1CD
nection terminals or for display
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AP (50 units)
Mounting bracket and fastening parts Sealing screws
for pressure transmitters (1 set = 2 units) for process flange
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus (7MF403-.....-..A., -..B., ..D. and ..F.) • made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CH
For absolute pressure transmitters Sealing screws with vent valve
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with Complete (1 set = 2 units)
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CP
Fieldbus 7MF423-.....-..A., -..B., ..D. and ..F.)
• made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CQ
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AC
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AJ Application electronics
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AQ • for SITRANS P DS III with HART 7MF4997-1DK
• for SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA 7MF4997-1DL
Mounting and fastening brackets
• for SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION 7MF4997-1DM
For differential pressure transmitters with Fieldbus
flange thread M10
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with Connection board
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION • for SITRANS P DS III 7MF4997-1DN
Fieldbus (7MF433.-... and 7MF443.-...) • for SITRANS P DS III PROFIBUS PA and 7MF4997-1DP
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AD FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AK
O-rings for process flanges made of:
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AR
• FPM (Viton) 7MF4997-2DA
Mounting and fastening brackets • PTFE (Teflon) 7MF4997-2DB
For differential pressure transmitters with • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) 7MF4997-2DC
flange thread M12 • FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) 7MF4997-2DD
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION • NBR (Buna N) 7MF4997-2DE
Fieldbus (7MF453.-...) Sealing ring for process connection see "Fittings"
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AE
Weldable sockets for PMC connection
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AL
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 7MF4997-2HA
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AS
• PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" 7MF4997-2HB
Mounting and fastening brackets
Gaskets for PMC connection
For differential and absolute pressure transmit- (packing unit = 5 units)
ters with flange thread 7/16 -20 UNF
• PTFE seal for PMC Style Standard: 7MF4997-2HC
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
Thread 1½"
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus • Gasket made of Viton for PMC Style Minibolt: 7MF4997-2HD
(7MF433.-..., 7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-...) front-flush 1"
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AF Weldable socket for TG52/50 and TG52/150
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AM connection
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AT • TG52/50 connection 7MF4997-2HE
• TG52/150 connection 7MF4997-2HF
Cover
Seals for TG 52/50 and TG 52/150 made of 7MF4997-2HG
Made of die-cast aluminum, including gasket,
silicone (FDA compliant)
for SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Seals for flange connection with front-flush
Fieldbus. diaphragm
Compatible for Ex and non-Ex transmitters M;aterial FKM (Viton); temperature range:
• without window 7MF4997-1BB -20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °F), 10 units
• with window 7MF4997-1BE • DN 25, PN 40 (M11) 7MF4997-2HH
• 1", class 150 (M40) 7MF4997-2HK
Cover
Made of stainless steel, including gasket,
for SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus.
Compatible for Ex and non-Ex transmitters
• without window 7MF4997-1BC
• with window 7MF4997-1BF

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/277

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
Accessories/Spare Parts
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Documentation
The entire documentation is available for
download free-of-charge in various languages
at: http://www.siemens.com/
processinstrumentation/documentation
Compact operating instructions
SITRANS P DS III/P410
• English, German, Spanish, French, Italian, A5E03434626
Dutch
Certificates (order only via SAP)
instead of Internet download
• hard copy (to order) A5E03252406
• on DVD (to order) A5E03252407
HART modem
with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".

1/278 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
Accessories/Spare Parts

■ Dimensional drawings
1
60
30
12,5
25 25

Ø9
30

R30
60

3
12,5

134
105
21

Ø11

120
115

72
R30
3

52,5
16,5

72

Mounting bracket for SITRANS P DS III, SITRANS P410 and SITRANS P280 gauge and absolute pressure-transmitters, dimensions in mm
mounting bracket material: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)

38 27
20,65
20,65
27

R30
41,3
54

R6,5 3

Ø20 41,3
54
134
105
21

Ø11
120
115

72

R30
3
52,5
16,5

72

Mounting bracket for SITRANS P DS III and SITRANS P410 differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm
mounting bracket material: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/279

 © Siemens AG 2018
Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
1 ■ Overview
SITRANS P transmitters
• DS III for relative and absolute pressure (both designs) and
• DS III for differential pressure
can be delivered factory-fitted with the following valve manifolds:
• 7MF9011-4EA and 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds for gauge
pressure and absolute pressure transmitters
• 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA valve manifolds for abso-
lute pressure and differential pressure transmitters
■ Design
The 7MF9011-4EA valve manifolds are sealed with gaskets
made of PTFE between transmitter and the valve manifold as
standard. Soft iron, stainless steel and copper gaskets are also
available for sealing purposes if preferred.
■ Selection and Ordering data
7MF9411-5AA
valve manifold for relative and absolute pressure transmitters
Add „-Z" to the Article No. of the transmit- Order
ter and add order codes. code
SITRANS P DSIII T05
7MF403.-...2.-..., 7MF423.-...2.-... ,
7MF403.-...3.-..., 7MF423.-...3.-... ,
7MF403.-...4.-..., 7MF423.-...4.-...
With process connection oval flange with
PTFE gasket and steel mounting screws.
Delivery including high-presure test certi-
fied by factory certificate according to
EN 10204-2.2
Additional versions:
Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02
mounting clips made of stainless steel
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied
with the transmitter)
Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12
EN 10204- 3.1 for transmitters and
mounted valve manifold
With manufacturer declaration according D07
to NACE, MR-0175
1/280 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
The 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds are sealed with PTFE sealing
tape between the transmitter and the valve manifold.
The 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA valve manifolds are
sealed with PTFE sealing rings between the transmitter and the
valve manifold.
Once installed, the complete unit is checked under pressure for
leaks (compressed air 6 bar (87 psi)) and is certified leak-proof
with a test report to EN 10204 - 2.2.
All valve manifolds should preferably be secured with the re-
spective mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on
the valve manifold and not on the unit itself.
If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Fac-
tory mounting of valve manifolds", you will receive a mounting
bracket for the valve manifold instead of a bracket for mounting
the transmitter.
If you order an acceptance test certificate 3.1 to EN 10204 when
choosing the option "Factory mounting of valve manifolds", a
separate certificate is provided for the transmitters and the valve
manifolds respectively.
7MF9411-5AA
valve manifold for relative and absolute pressure transmitters
Add „-Z" to the Article No. of the transmit- Order
ter and add order codes. code
SITRANS P DSIII T06
7MF403.-...2.-..., 7MF423.-...2.-... ,
7MF403.-...3.-..., 7MF423.-...3.-... ,
7MF403.-...4.-..., 7MF423.-...4.-...
With process connection oval flange with
PTFE gasket and stainless steel mounting
screws.
Delivery including high-presure test certi-
fied by factory certificate according to
EN 10204-2.2
Additional versions:
Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02
mounting clips made of stainless steel
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied
with the transmitter)
Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12
EN 10204- 3.1 for transmitters and
mounted valve manifold
With manufacturer declaration according D07
to NACE, MR-0175
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
7MF9011-4FA 7MF9411-5BA
1
valve manifold on relative and absolute pressure transmitters valve manifold on absolute and differential pressure transmitters
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
and add Order codes code and add Order codes code
SITRANS P DSIII T03 SITRANS P DSIII
7MF403.-...1.-..., 7MF423.-...1.-... 7MF433.-…, 7MF443.-… and
With process connection 7MF453.-… 1)
female thread ½-14 NPT mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and
in-sealed with PTFE sealing tape screws made of
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified • chromized steel U01
by test report to EN 10204-2.2 • made of stainless steel U02
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
Further designs:
by test report to EN 10204-2.2
Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02
mounting clips made of stainless steel Further designs:
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied Delivery includes mounting bracket and
with the transmitter) mounting clips made of
Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12 • Steel A01
EN 10204- 3.1 for transmitters and • Stainless steel A02
mounted valve manifold (instead of the mounting bracket supplied
With manufacturer declaration according D07 with the transmitter)
to NACE, MR-0175 Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12
7MF9011-4EA EN 10204-3.1 for transmitters and
mounted valve manifold
valve manifold on relative and absolute pressure transmitters
With manufacturer declaration according D07
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order to NACE, MR-0175
and add Order codes code
7MF9411-5CA
SITRANS P DSIII T02 valve manifold on differential pressure transmitters
7MF403.-...0.-..., 7MF423.-...0.-...
with process connection Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
collar G1/2 A to EN 837-1 and add Order codes code
with gasket made of PTFE between valve SITRANS P DSIII
manifold and transmitter 7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-…1 1)
Alternative sealing material: mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and
• Soft iron A70 screws made of
• Stainless steel, Mat. No. 14571 A71 • chromized steel U03
• copper A72 • Stainless steel U04
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified by test report to EN 10204-2.2
by test report to EN 10204-2.2
Further designs:
Further designs:
Delivery includes mounting bracket and
Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02 mounting clips made of
mounting clips made of stainless steel
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied • Steel A01
with the transmitter) • Stainless steel A02
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied
Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12 with the transmitter)
EN 10204- 3.1 for transmitters and
mounted valve manifold Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12
EN 10204-3.1 for transmitters and
With manufacturer declaration according D07 mounted valve manifold
to NACE, MR-0175
With manufacturer declaration according D07
to NACE, MR-0175
1) For 7MF453.-... transmitters, you require a 7/10-20 UNF connection thread
in the process flange

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/281

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
Valve manifolds mounted on SITRANS P DS III

7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and abso- 7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute
lute pressure transmitters pressure transmitters

118 (4.65) 118 (4.65)

84 (3.31) 158 (6.2) 84 (3.31) 158 (6.2)

approx. 293 (11.54)

approx. 285 (11.2)

149 (5.87) 176 (6.93)

approx. 150 (5.91) 190 (7.5)
192 (7.56)

7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and abso- 7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute
lute pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch) pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/282 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III
Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
1

7MF9411-5BA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure trans- 7MF9411-5CA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure trans-
mitter mitter
192 (7.56)

244 (9.61)

215 (8.46)

7MF9411-5BA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
190 (7.48)

245 (9.65)

256 (10.08)

7MF9411-5CA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/283

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
Technical description
1 ■ Overview
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters are digital pressure trans-
mitters with a high level of operating convenience. Technically,
they are based on the SITRANS P DS III but offer an increased
measuring accuracy of 0.04%. This means the SITRANS P 410
is perfectly suited for measuring tasks with increased accuracy
requirements. The parameterization is performed using input
buttons or via HART or via PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Field-
bus interface.
The comprehensive functionality makes for precise adjustment
of the pressure transmitter to the requirements of the plant. Op-
eration is very simple, despite the variety of setting options.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
"Explosion-proof" may be installed in hazardous areas (zone 1)
or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with an EC type ex-
amination certificate and comply with the respective harmonized
European standards (ATEX).
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters are available in various ver-
sions for measuring:
• Gauge pressure
• Differential pressure
• Volume flow
• Mass flow
■ Application
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters can be used in industrial
areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads. Electro-
magnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz makes the
P410 suitable for locations with high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Flameproof enclo-
sure" may be installed in hazardous areas (zone 1) or in zone 0.
The pressure transmitters are provided with an EC type exam-
ination certificate and comply with the corresponding harmo-
nized European standards (ATEX).
Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
egory "ia" and "ib".
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 input
buttons or programmed externally over HART or over PROFIBUS
PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
Measured variable: Gauge pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
Span (infinitely adjustable)
for P410 with HART: 0.01 bar to 160 bar (0.15 psi to 2321 psi)
Nominal measuring range
for P410 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
1 bar to 160 bar (14.5 psi to 2321 psi)
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow
Measured variables:
• Differential pressure
• Small positive or negative pressure
• Flow q ~ p (together with a primary differential pressure de-
vice (see Chapter "Flow Meters"))
Span (infinitely adjustable)
for P410 with HART: 1 mbar ... 30 bar (0.0145 ... 435 psi)
Nominal measuring range
for P410 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
20 mbar ... 30 bar (0.29 ... 435 psi)

■ Benefits
• High quality and service life
• For aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnostics and simulation functions
• Minimal conformity error
• Good long-term stability
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (e.g., stainless
steel, Hastelloy)
• Infinitely adjustable spans from 0.01 bar to 160 bar (0.15 psi
to 2321 psi) for P410 with HART interface
• Nominal measuring ranges from 1 bar to 160 bar (14.5 psi to
2321 psi) for P410 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus interface
• High measuring accuracy
• Parameterization over input buttons and HART, PROFIBUS PA
or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.

1/284 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
Technical description

■ Design
1

1 Plastic cover as access to

the input keys
2 Screw cover with
viewing pane 3
3 Digital display
4 Locking screw 7
5 Process connection
6 Screw cover with
viewing pane 6
7 Rating plate
8 Inlet with cable gland 4
5

Front view
The transmitter consists of various components depending on
the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor-
mation. The components described below are the same for all
transmitters.
The rating plate (7, Figure "Front view") with the Article No. is located
on the side of the housing. The specified number together with the
ordering information provide details on the optional design details
and on the possible measuring range (physical properties of built-in
sensor element).
The approval label is located on the opposite side.
The housing is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel pre-
cision casting. A round cover (6) is screwed on at the front and
rear of the housing. The front cover can be fitted with a viewing
pane so that the measured values can be read directly on the
display. The inlet (8) for the electrical connection is located either
on the left or right side. The unused opening on the opposite side
is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth connection is
located on the rear of the housing.
The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
housing contains the measuring cell with process connection
(5). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (4). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
cell and the electronics can be replaced separately from each
other. The set parameter data are retained.
At the top of the housing is a plastic cover (1), which hides the
input keys.
Example for an attached measuring point label

Y01 or Y02
= max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar
Y15 = max. 16 char.
Measuring point number (TAG No.)
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234
Y16 = max. 27 char. Measuring point text

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/285

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
Technical description
1 ■ Function
Operation of electronics with HART communication Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA communication

9 9
8 8
0.0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0.0
M M
00 00
10
2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 7
μC IA, UH PA
μC
interface
Power supply

PROFIBUS-PA
7
10
HART interface

PROFIBUS DP
Power
EEPROM supply
6 unit
EEPROM Coup-
6
ler
Electronics Electronics
11
1 6 Bus-
1 6 12 Master
EEPROM

EEPROM
Sensor Sensor

pe Measuring cell pe
Measuring cell

1 Measuring cell sensor

2 Instrument amplifier 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
3 Analog-to-digital converter 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
4 Microcontroller 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
5 Digital-to-analog converter 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
electronics 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
7 HART interface each in the measuring cell
8 Three input keys (local operation) and electronics pe Input variable
9 Digital display 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
IA Output current
Function diagram of electronics
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea-
suring amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital con-
Function diagram of electronics verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in the microcon-
troller, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure provided on the PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea- PA interface (7).
suring amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital con-
verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in a microcontrol- The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
ler, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
converted in a digital-to-analog converter (5) into an output cur- (6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
rent of 4 to 20 mA. to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity. each other.
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
each other. The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Param-
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure eterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- quired for this.
sages and the operating modes on the display (9).
The HART modem (7) permits parameterization using a protocol
according to the HART specification.
The pressure transmitters with spans  63 bar measure the input
pressure compared to atmosphere, transmitters with spans
 160 bar compared to vacuum.

1/286 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
Technical description
Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Mode of operation of the measuring cells 1
communication
Measuring cell for gauge pressure

9
8
0.0.0.0.0
M
00

5
2 3 4 5 7 4
FF
μC interface 3

Foundation Fieldbus
1 1 Measuring cell
Power supply
2 Process connection
10
3 Seal diaphragm
Power
supply 4 Filling liquid
EEPROM
6 unit 5 Silicon pressure sensor
Coup-
pe Pressure as input variable
ler
2
Electronics
pe
1 6
EEPROM

Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram

Sensor
The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram) to
pe the measuring cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted
Measuring cell further through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to
the silicon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is
then flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resis-
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
tors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in re-
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
sistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply differential pressure.
5 Electrical isolation Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow
6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable
each in the measuring cell
and electronics 2 3 4
7 FF interface
1 Seal diaphragm
2 O-ring
Function diagram of electronics
3 Overload diaphragm
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure 1 4 Silicon pressure sensor
1 - +
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring 5 Process flange
5
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). 6 Body of measuring cell
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin- 7 Filling liquid
earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
7 6
FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7).
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other The differential pressure is transmitted through the seal dia-
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- phragms (1, Figure "Measuring cell for differential pressure and
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from flow, function diagram") and the filling liquid (7) to the silicon
each other. pressure sensor (4).

Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION
Fieldbus. Parameterization data and error messages are trans-
ferred by acyclic data transmission. Special software such as
National Instruments Configurator is required for this.
The measuring diaphragm is flexed by the applied differential
pressure. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors
fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the
differential pressure.
An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
aphragm (3) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
of the measuring cell (6), thus protecting the silicon pressure
sensor from overloads.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/287

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
Technical description
1 Parameterization SITRANS P410 Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P410 with HART
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa- • Zero correction display
rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning • Event counter
the parameters. • Limit transmitter
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation) • Saturation alarm
With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa- • Slave pointer
rameters without any additional equipment. • Simulation functions
Parameterization using HART • Maintenance timer
Parameterization using HART is performed with a HART Com- Available physical units of display for SITRANS P410 with HART
municator or a PC.
Physical variable Physical dimensions
Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
+ made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 °C),
mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg

230 ... 1100 Ω

Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in
SITRANS P Power supply
transmitter Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
HART
communicator
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
volume flow m3/d, m3/h, m3/s, l/min, l/s, ft3/d, ft3/min,
ft3/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/s
Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure transmitter Mass flow t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min, kg/s,
g/d, g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/h, lb/min, lb/s,
When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec- LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d, STon/h, STon/min
tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable.
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Miscellaneous %, mA
+
- Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
transmitter particularly user-friendly. Through the PROFIBUS the DS III with
PC or PROFIBUS PA is connected to a process control system, e. g.
HART laptop SIMATIC PSC 7. Communication is possible even in a potentially
modem explosive environment.
For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft-
USB/RS 232
ware, e.g. SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager).
Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure
transmitter
Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through the DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus is connected to a process
a HART modem. control system. Communication is possible even in a potentially
explosive environment.
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur- For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method. need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
Adjustable parameters, SITRANS P410 with HART Adjustable parameters for SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA
Parameters Input keys HART
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
(DS III HART) communication
Start of scale x x Parameters Input PROFIBUS PA and
Full-scale value x x keys FOUNDATION Field-
Electrical damping x x bus interface
Start-of-scale value without applica- x x Electrical damping x x
tion of a pressure ("Blind setting")
Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x
Full-scale value without application x x tion)
of a pressure ("Blind setting")
Zero adjustment x x Buttons and/or function disabling x x
current transmitter x x Source of measured-value display x x
Fault current x x
Physical dimension of display x x
Disabling of buttons, write protec- x x1)
tion Position of decimal point x x
Type of dimension and actual x x Bus address x x
dimension
Characteristic (linear / square- x2) x2) Adjustment of characteristic x x
rooted) Input of characteristic x
Input of characteristic x
Freely-programmable LCD x
Freely-programmable LCD x
Diagnostic functions x Diagnostics functions x
1) Cancel apart from write protection
2) Only differential pressure

1/288 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
Technical description
Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA and 1
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Event counter
• Slave pointer
• Maintenance timer
• Simulation functions
• Display of zero correction
• Limit transmitter
• Saturation alarm
Physical dimensions available for the display
Physical variable Physical dimensions
Pressure (setting can also be MPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
inH2O, inH20 (4 °C), ftH2O (20 °C),
mmHg, inHg
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in, yd
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
volume flow m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/
d, Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gal-
lon/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gal-
lon/d, bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Mass flow g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,
kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
lb/d, STon/s, STon/min, STon/h, STon/d,
LTon/s, LTon/min, LTon/h, LTon/d
Total mass flow t, kg, g, lb, oz, LTon, STon
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Miscellaneous %

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/289

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1 ■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P410 for gauge pressure
Input
Measured variable Gauge pressure
Span (fully adjustable) or measuring range, max. operating HART PROFIBUS PA/
pressure (in accordance with 2014/68/EU Pressure Equipment FOUNDATION
Directive) and max. test pressure (pursuant to DIN 16086) Fieldbus
Span Nominal measuring Max. operating pres- Max. perm.
range sure MAWP (PS) test pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
1.6 ... 160 bar 160 bar 167 bar 250 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 16 MPa 16.7 MPa 2.5 MPa
23 ... 2321 psi 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. span
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or -
optionally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , -
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART Communica-
tor)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal. Each connection against the
other with max. supply voltage.
Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s) Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

1/290 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
SITRANS P410 for gauge pressure
1
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
• Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nom. pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl. hysteresis and
reproducibility
• Linear characteristic
- 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi r5:  0.04 %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
Influence of ambient temperature
(in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi  (0.05  r + 0.1) %
• 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi  (0.025  r + 0.125) %
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
Long-term stability (temperature change  30 °C ( 54 °F))
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
• 16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi  (0.125  r) % in 5 years
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
Effect of mounting position  0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° inclination
(zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/291

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1 SITRANS P410 for gauge pressure
Rated conditions
Degree of protection
• according to EN 60529 IP66 (optional IP66/IP68)
• according to NEMA 250 Type 4X
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protection -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
• Electromagnetic Compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
immunity
Design
Weight (without options) Die-cast aluminum:  2.0 kg ( 4.4 lb)
Stainless steel precision casting:  4.6 kg ( 10.1 lb)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials
• Connection shank Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
• Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid
(maximum value with oxygen measurement pressure 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 °C
(140 °F))
Process connection Connection shank G½B to DIN EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange
(PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF
to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Material of mounting bracket
• Steel Sheet-steel, Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated
• Stainless steel 304 Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301 (SS 304)
• Stainless steel 316L Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404 (SS 316L)
Power supply UH HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Power supply Supplied through bus
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Start-up current  basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes

1/292 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
SITRANS P410 for gauge pressure
1
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of
article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 174 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta IIIC T120°C Da
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ta/tb IIIC T120°C Da/Db
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120°C Db
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values:
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W UH = 9 ... 32 V DC; Pmax = 1 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 2/3 G Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ic IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
- Connection (Ex nA) Um = 45 V Um = 32 V
- Connections (Ex ic) To circuits with values: FISCO supply unit ic:
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion protection acc. to FM (pending) Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA (pending) Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/293


Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1 HART communication
HART
Protocol
Software for computer
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte
• Input byte
Internal preprocessing
Device profile
Function blocks
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif-
ic process variables
- Electrical damping, adjustable
- Simulation function
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Register (totalizer)
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Physical block
Transducer blocks
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea-
sured pressure value and sen-
sor temperature
1/294 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
© Siemens AG 2018
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
230 ... 1100 
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
HART Version 5.x 1 function block PID
SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling
4 ic process variables characteristic
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 ... 100 s
Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
tion (standard setting address within the device with a bridge)
126)
- Failure mode parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
5 (one measured value) or value)
10 (two measured values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
0, 1, or 2 (register operating ing limit and one alarm limit
mode and reset function for respectively
metering) - Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- • PID Standard FOUNDATION
cess Control Devices Version Fieldbus function block
3.0, class B • Physical block 1 resource block
2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
Yes, linearly rising or falling
characteristic • Pressure transducer block
0 ... 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
Input /Output
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
value) pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
perature and electronics tem-
Yes, one upper and lower warn- perature
ing limit and one alarm limit
respectively
Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
parameterizable (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with
incorrect value)
One upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
1
2
Yes
Yes
Max. 30 nodes
Yes
Parameterizable
Constant value or over parame-
terizable ramp function
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
1
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, SITRANS P410 with HART 7MF4033- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil normal 1
Measuring span (min. ... max.)
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2320 psi) F
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Process connection
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" Y1
(recommended version) 1) 2) 3) 4)
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with process connector "G½B connection shank" 1) 2) 3) 4) Y0
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connection (Oval flange has no female thread)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6
Non-wetted parts materials
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting5) 3
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 1
• International version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 2
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: Pascal 3
All versions include DVD with compact operating instructions in various EU languages.
Explosion protection
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"6) D
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" (Ex ia + Ex d)"7) P
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"8) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and dust explosion protection R
(Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"7)9)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is) (pending)10) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + Zone 1D/2D7)9)10) S
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)"6)10) NC
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20 x1 .5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D device plug (plastic housing) incl. mating connector11) D
• M12 device plugs (stainless steel)11)12) F

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/295

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, SITRANS P410 with HART 7MF4033- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Display
• Without display 0
• Without visible display 1
(display concealed, setting: mA)
• With visible display (setting: mA) 6

• with customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required) 7

Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".

A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom-
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
remote seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y) is silicone oil.
5) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Han 7D device plug".
6) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
7) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
8) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
9) Only in connection with IP66.
10) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to NEC 500/505.
11) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
12) M12 delivered without cable socket

1/296 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
1
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF4034- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
SITRANS P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF4035- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil normal 1
Nominal measuring range
1 bar (14.5 psi) B
4 bar (58 psi) C
16 bar (232 psi) D
63 bar (914 psi) E
160 bar (2320 psi) F
Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Process connection
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" Y1
(recommended version) 1) 2) 3) 4)
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with process connector "G½B connection shank" 1) 2) 3) 4) Y0
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connection (Oval flange has no female thread) 5)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6
Non-wetted parts materials
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• Standard version, German label inscription, setting of pressure unit: bar 1
• International version, English label inscription, setting of pressure unit: psi 2
• Chinese version, English label inscription, setting of pressure unit: kPa 3
All versions include DVD with compact operating instructions in various EU languages.
Explosion protection
• None A

• With ATEX, Type of protection:

- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"6) D
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" (Ex ia + Ex d)"7) P
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"8) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and dust explosion protection R
(Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"7) 9)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)10) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + Zone 1D/2D7)9)10) S
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)"6)10) NC
Electrical connection/cable entry
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• M12 device plugs (stainless steel)11) 12) F

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/297

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF4034- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
SITRANS P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF4035- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Display
• Without display 0
• Without visible display (display concealed, 1
setting: bar)
• With visible display (setting: bar) 6
• with customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required) 7
A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom-
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
remote seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y) is silicone oil.
5) M10 fastening thread: Max. span 160 bar (2320 psi)
7/16-20 UNF and M12 fastening thread: Max. span 400 bar (5802 psi)
6) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
7) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
8) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
9) Only in connection with IP66.
10) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to NEC 500/505.
11) M12 delivered without cable socket.
12) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.

1/298 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Use in or on zone 1D/2D4) E01   
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, (only together with type of protection
2 x U-washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
2 x U-washer) made of: 7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)" and IP66)
• Steel A01   
CRN approval Canada E225)   
• Stainless steel 304 A02    (Canadian Registration Number)
• Stainless steel 316L A03   
Device plugs1) Dual seal E24   
• Han 7D (metal) A30  Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E556)   
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  NEPSI (China)
• Angled A32  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Han 8D (metal) A33  Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E566)   
Cable sockets for M12 device plugs A50    to NEPSI (China)
(metal (CuZn)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Rating plate inscription Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E576)   
(instead of German) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• English B11   
• French B12    Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and E586)   
„Zone 2" to NEPSI (China)
• Spanish B13   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
• Italian B14   
"Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E706)   
English rating plate B21   
explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi (pending)
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point C11    (only for transmitter
characteristic curve test) according to 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
IEC 60770-22)
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
Inspection certificate3) C12    (Russia)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Factory certificate C14    (Russia)
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    to EAC Ex (Russia)
PMI test of parts in contact with medium Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
Functional safety (SIL2) (pending) C20  according to EAC Ex (Russia)
Devices suitable for use according to Two coats of lacquer on casing and G10   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL cover (PU on epoxy)
conformity declaration
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning pro- J01   
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23 
tection)
Devices suitable for use according to
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL Oval flange NAM (ASTAVA) J06   
conformity declaration
Marine approvals
Increased measuring accuracy C41    • Det Norske Veritas S10   
(mandatory specification for Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
SITRANS P410)
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11   
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99    • French marine classification society S12   
mark Bureau Veritas (BV)
Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05  • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14   
the output signal to 22.0 mA • Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07    • Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
Factor valve block mounting for SITRANS P410 is possible. Depending
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    on the available P410 variants, please see the configuration options for
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT) SITRANS P DS III (page 1/280).
Supplied with oval flange D37    1) Han device plug IP65
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in 2) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
thread of oval flange ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59    is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
device (848699 + 810634) included phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
here.
TAG plate empty (no inscription) D61    3) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
respective remote seals.
4) Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro-
tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D.
5) Cannot be ordered with remote seal.
6) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device
is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/299

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code
Additional data HART PA FF
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
device variable (measuring point
description)
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
Measuring point text (entry in device Y16   
variable)
Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pres- Y21   
sure units
Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
The following pressure units can be
selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 
non-pressure units2) Y01
Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pres-
sure units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5
characters)
 = available
Ordering example
Item line: 7MF4033-1EA00-1AA7-Z C41
B line: A01 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 10 ... 20 bar (145 ... 290 psi)
C line: Y21: bar (psi)

1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are

calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
2) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.

1/300 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure

■ Dimensional drawings
1
15 143 (5.6) 54 (2.13) 5

(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 27 approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)

24
1 (1.1)

50 (1.97)
2 6
Ø80 (3.15)

117 (4.61)
3 4 3 7

176 (6.93)
237 (9.33)
9

68 (2.68)
8

120 (4.72)
72 (2.8)

Space for rotation

of housing
min. 90 (3.54) 4) Ø50 ... 60 105 (4.13)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)

1 Electronic side, digital display 5 Protective cover over keys

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 6 Blanking plug
2 Terminal side1)
7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3 Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 8 Process connection: Connection shank G½B
Han 7D/8D device plug2) 3)
9 Mounting bracket (option)
4 Harting adapter

1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
4)
Minimum distance for rotating

SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/301

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
1 ■ Technical specifications
SITRANS P410 for differential pressure and flow
Input
Measured variable Differential pressure and flow
Span (fully adjustable) or measuring range, max. operating HART PROFIBUS PA/
pressure (in accordance with 2014/68/EU Pressure Equipment FOUNDATION
Directive) Fieldbus
Span Nominal measuring Max. operating pressure MAWP (PS)
range
2.5 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar 160 bar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa 16 MPa
1 ... 100 inH2O 100 inH2O 2320 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 60 kPa
2.4 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
5 ... 500 kPa 500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi 435 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar 420 bar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 60 kPa 42 MPa
2.4 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O 6091 psi
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
5 ... 500 kPa 500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi 435 psi
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100 % of max. span (-33 % with measuring cell 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi)
or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. span
Start of scale value Between the measuring limits (fully adjustable)
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or -
optionally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , -
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART Communica-
tor)
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal.
Each connection against the other with max. supply voltage.
Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s) Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)

1/302 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
SITRANS P410 for differential pressure and flow
1
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
• Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nom. pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl.
hysteresis and reproducibility
• Linear characteristic
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.04 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic (flow > 50 %)
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.04 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic
(flow > 25 ... 50 %)
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.08 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.008  r + 0.09) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
Influence of ambient temperature
(in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi  (0.025  r + 0.125) %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
Influence of static pressure
• on the zero point (PKN)
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi  (0.1  r) % per 70 bar
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi (zero-point correction is possible with position error adjustment)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi  (0.2  r) % per 70 bar
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi (zero-point correction is possible with position error adjustment)
• on the span (PKS)
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi  0.14 % per 70 bar
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
Long-term stability Static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
(temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F))
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi  (0.125  r) % in 5 years
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
• 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle)  0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.028 inH2O per 10° inclination
(zero-point correction is possible with position error adjustment)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/303

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
1 SITRANS P410 for differential pressure and flow
Rated conditions
Degree of protection
• according to EN 60529 IP66 (optional IP66/IP68)
• according to NEMA 250 Type 4X
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
-20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F) with 30 bar measuring cell
• In conjunction with dust explosion protection -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
• Electromagnetic Compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
immunity
Design
Weight (without options) Die-cast aluminum:  4.5 kg ( 9.9 lb)
Stainless steel precision casting:  7.1 kg ( 15.6 lb)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
• O-Ring FPM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid
(maximum value with oxygen measurement pressure 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 °C
(140 °F))
Process connection Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to
DIN 19213 or 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Material of mounting bracket
• Steel Sheet-steel, Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated
• Stainless steel 304 Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301 (SS 304)
• Stainless steel 316L Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404 (SS 316L)
Power supply UH HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Power supply Supplied through bus
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Start-up current  basic current - Yes
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes

1/304 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
SITRANS P410 for differential pressure and flow
1
Certificates and approvals HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of
article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Explosion protection
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW; Linear barrier:
Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta IIIC T120°C Da
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ta/tb IIIC T120°C Da/Db
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120°C Db
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V
DC; Pmax = 1.2 W DC;
Pmax = 1 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 2/3 G Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ic IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
- Connection (Ex nA) Um = 45 V Um = 32 V
- Connection (Ex ic) To circuits with values: FISCO supply unit ic:
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion protection acc. to FM (pending) Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA (pending) Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/305


Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
1 HART communication
HART
Protocol
Software for PC
PROFIBUS PA communication
Simultaneous communication with
master class 2 (max.)
The address can be set using
Cyclic data usage
• Output byte
• Input byte
Internal preprocessing
Device profile
Function blocks
• Analog input
- Adaptation to customer-specif-
ic process variables
- Electrical damping, adjustable
- Simulation function
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Register (totalizer)
- Failure mode
- Limit monitoring
• Physical block
Transducer blocks
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying
two pressures
- Monitoring of sensor limits
- Specification of a container
characteristic with
- Square-rooted characteristic
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
- Simulation function for mea-
sured pressure value and sen-
sor temperature
1/306 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
© Siemens AG 2018
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
230 ... 1100 
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
HART Version 5.x 1 function block PID
SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
- Adaptation to customer- Yes, linearly rising or falling
4 specific process variables characteristic
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 ... 100 s
Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
tion (standard setting within the device with a bridge)
address 126)
- Failure mode parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect
5 (one measured value) or value)
10 (two measured values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
0, 1, or 2 (register operating ing limit and one alarm limit
mode and reset function for respectively
metering) - Square-rooted characteristic Yes
for flow measurement
PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- • PID Standard FOUNDATION Field-
cess Control Devices Version bus function block
3.0, class B • Physical block 1 resource block
2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
Yes, linearly rising or falling
characteristic • Pressure transducer block
0 ... 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
Input /Output
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
value) pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
perature and electronics tem-
Yes, one upper and lower warn- perature
ing limit and one alarm limit
respectively
Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
parameterizable (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with
incorrect value)
One upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
1
2
Yes
Yes
Max. 30 nodes
Yes
Parameterizable
Constant value or over parame-
terizable ramp function
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Code
1
SITRANS P410 with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7MF4433- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil normal 1
Measuring span (min. ... max.)
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) E
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) F
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) G
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Wetted parts materials
(stainless steel process flanges)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Version for diaphragm seal1) 2) 3) 4) Y
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 (only for replacement requirement) 0
• Vent on side of process flange5)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 6
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 (only for replacement requirement) 4
Non-wetted parts materials
process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision casting6) 3
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 1
• International version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 2
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: Pascal 3
All versions include DVD with compact operating instructions in various EU languages.
Explosion protection
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"7) D
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" (Ex ia + Ex d)"8) P
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"9) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and dust explosion protection R
(Ex ia+ Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"8)10)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is) (pending)11) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + Zone 1D/2D8)10)11) S
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)"7)11) NC

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/307

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Code
SITRANS P410 with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7MF4433- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
Electrical connection/cable entry
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D device plug (plastic housing) incl. mating connector12)13) D
• M12 device plugs (stainless steel)14)15) F
Display
• Without display 0
• Without visible display (display concealed, setting: mA) 1
• With visible display (setting: mA) 6
• with customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required) 7
Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Included in delivery of the device:
• Quick-start guide
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom-
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
remote seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y) is silicone oil.
5) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
6) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Han 7D device plug".
7) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
8) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
9) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
10) Only in connection with IP66.
11) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to NEC 500/505.
12) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
13) Permissible only for crimp-contact of conductor cross-section 1 mm2
14) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
15) M12 delivered without cable socket.

1/308 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
1
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF4434- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
SITRANS P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF4435- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
cleaning
Silicone oil normal 1
Nominal measuring range
250 mbar (100.4 inH2O) D
600 mbar (240.9 inH2O) E
1600 mbar (642.4 inH2O) F
5 bar (2008 inH2O) G
30 bar (435 psi) H
Wetted parts materials
(stainless steel process flanges)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Version as diaphragm seal 1) 2) 3) 4) Y
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 (only for replacement requirement) 0
• Venting on side of process flanges 5)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 6
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 (only for replacement requirement) 4
Non-wetted parts materials
process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 1
• International version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 2
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: Pascal 3
All versions include DVD with compact operating instructions in various EU languages.
Explosion protection
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"6) D
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" (Ex ia + Ex d)"7) P
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 8) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and dust explosion protection R
(Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"7) 9)(not for DS III FF)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is) (pending)10) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + Zone 1D/2D7)9)10) S
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)"8)10) NC
Electrical connection/cable entry
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• M12 device plugs (stainless steel)11) 12) F

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/309

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF4434- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
SITRANS P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF4435- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Display
• Without display 0
• Without visible display (display concealed, setting: bar) 1
• With visible display (setting: bar) 6
• With customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required) 7
Included in delivery of the device:
• Quick-start guide
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom-
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
remote seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y) is silicone oil.
5) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
6) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
7) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
8) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
9) Only in connection with IP66.
10) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to NEC 500/505.
11) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
12) M12 delivered without cable socket

1/310 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05 
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, the output signal to 22.0 mA
2 x U-washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut,
2 x U-washer) made of:
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07   
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• Steel A01    (only together with seal diaphragm made of
• Stainless steel 304 A02    Hastelloy and stainless steel)
• Stainless steel 316L A03   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12   
O-rings for process flanges (only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Supplied with oval flange set D37   
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    (2 items), PTFE packings and screws in
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21    thread of process flanges
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), A22   
for measured medium temperatures Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F) device (848699 + 810634) included
• NBR (Buna N) A23    TAG plate empty (no inscription) D61   
Device plugs1) Use in or on zone 1D/2D4) E01   
• Han 7D (metal) A30  (only together with type of protection
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
• Angled A32  7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
• Han 8D (metal) A33  Dual seal E24   
Sealing screws (2 units) A40    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E555)   
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process NEPSI (China)
flanges (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Cable sockets for M12 device plugs A50    Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E565)   
(metal (CuZn)) to NEPSI (China)
Rating plate inscription (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
(instead of German) Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI E575)   
• English B11    (China)
• French B12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• Spanish B13    Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone E585)   
• Italian B14    2" to NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
English rating plate B21   
Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E705)   
explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point C11    (pending)
characteristic curve test) according to
(only for transmitter
IEC 60770-22)
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Inspection certificate3) to EN 10204-3.1 C12   
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
Factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2 C14    (Russia)
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium (Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2) (pending) C20  Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
Devices suitable for use according to to EAC Ex (Russia)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL
conformity declaration Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
according to EAC Ex (Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23 
Devices suitable for use according to Two coats of lacquer on casing and G10   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL cover (PU on epoxy)
conformity declaration Interchanging of process connection H01   
Increased measuring accuracy C41    side
(mandatory specification for
Vent on side for gas measurements H02   
SITRANS P410)
Stainless steel process flanges for verti- H03   
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99   
mark cal differential pressure lines
(not together with K01, K02 and K04)6)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/311

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
code. Order code(s) and plain text.
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning pro- J01    Measuring range to be set
tection) Specify in plain text:
Chambered graphite gasket for process J02    • in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01  1)
flange (max. 5 characters):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Chambered PTFE graphite gasket J03    • in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02 
EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05    (max. 5 characters):
approval (WRC/WRAS) Y02: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08    Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
flange welded-in (orientation: on right device variable (measuring point
when viewing the display)7) description)
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09   
Y15: ...........................................
flange welded-in (orientation: on left
when viewing the display)7) Measuring point text (entry in device Y16   
Marine approvals variable)
• Det Norske Veritas S10    Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16:
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL) .......
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11    Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
• French marine classification society S12    Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .......
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Setting of pressure indicator in Y21   
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14    pressure units
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16    Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17    Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Factor valve block mounting for SITRANS P410 is possible. Depending Note: The following pressure units can be
on the available P410 variants, please see the configuration options for selected:
SITRANS P DS III (page 1/280). bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
 = available mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
1) Han device plug IP65 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
2) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered Setting of pressure indicator in non- Y223) 
for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom- pressure units2) +
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. Y01 or
The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here. Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ... Y02
3) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with (specification of measuring range in pres-
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the sure units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit
respective remote seals. with max. 5 characters)
4) Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro-
tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D Preset bus address Y25  
5) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device possible between 1 and 126
is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked. Specify in plain text: Y25: .....................
6) Not suitable for connection of remote seal.
7) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is Damping adjustment in seconds Y30   
required instead of a blanking plug. (0 ... 100 s)
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset
 = available
1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
2) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.
3) Not in conjunction with over-filling safety device for flammable and non-
flammable liquids (Order code "E08")

1/312 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
1
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7MF4533- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil normal 1

Measuring span (min. ... max.)

6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F
50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Wetted parts materials
(stainless steel process flanges)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Version for diaphragm seal 1) 2) 3) 4) Y
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 3
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 (only for replacement requirement) 1
• Venting on side of process flanges, location of vent valve at top of process flanges
(see dimensional drawing)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 7
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 (only for replacement requirement) 5
Non-wetted parts materials
process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision casting5) 3
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 1
• International version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 2
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: Pascal 3
All versions include DVD with compact operating instructions in various EU languages.
Explosion protection
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"6) D
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" (Ex ia + Ex d)"7) P
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"8) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and dust explosion protection R
(Ex ia+ Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"7)9)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is) (pending)10) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + Zone 1D/2D7)9)10) S
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof (is + xp)" 6)10), max PN 360 NC
Electrical connection/cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D device plug (plastic housing) incl. mating connector11) 12) D
• M12 device plugs (stainless steel)13)14) F

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/313

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7MF4533- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
Display
• Without display 0
• Without visible display (display concealed, setting: mA) 1
• With visible display (setting: mA) 6
• with customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required) 7
Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Scope of delivery: Pressure transmitter as ordered (Instruction Manual is extra ordering item)
1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom-
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
remote seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
7MF453.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1....-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y) is silicone oil.
5) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Han 7D device plug".
6) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
7) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
8) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
9) Only in connection with IP66.
10) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to NEC 500/505.
11) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
12) Permissible only for crimp-contact of conductor cross-section 1 mm2
13) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
14) M12 delivered without cable socket.

1/314 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Code
1
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF4534- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
SITRANS P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF4535- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil normal 1

Nominal measuring range

600 mbar (240 inH2O) E
1600 mbar (642 inH2O) F
5 bar (2000 inH2O) G
30 bar (435 psi) H
Wetted parts materials
(stainless steel process flanges)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Version for diaphragm seal 1) 2) 3) 4) Y
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 3
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 (only for replacement requirement) 1
• Venting on side of process flanges, location of vent valve at top of process flanges
(see dimensional drawing).
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 7
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 (only for replacement requirement) 5
Non-wetted parts materials
Process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 1
• International version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 2
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: Pascal 3
All versions include DVD with compact operating instructions in various EU languages.
Explosion protection
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"5) D
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" (Ex ia + Ex d)"6) P
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 7) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and dust explosion protection R
(Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"6)8)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is) (pending)9) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + Zone 1D/2D6)7)9) S
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof (is + xp)"6)9), max PN 360 NC
Electrical connection/cable entry
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
• M12 device plugs (stainless steel) 10) 11) F

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/315

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Code
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF4534- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
SITRANS P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF4535- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Display
• Without (display hidden) 0
• Without visible display (display concealed, setting: bar) 1
• With visible display (setting: bar) 6
• With customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required) 7
Included in delivery of the device:
• Quick-start guide
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom-
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
remote seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included wiht the tranmitter order number, for example
7MF453.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1....-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y) is silicone oil.
5) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
6) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
7) Configurations with Han and M12 device plugs are only available in Ex ic.
8) Only in connection with IP66.
9) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to NEC 500/505.
10) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
11) M12 delivered without cable socket

1/316 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Use in or on zone 1D/2D2) E01   
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U- (only together with type of protection
washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U- "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
washer) made of: 7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
• Steel A01    Dual seal E24   
• Stainless steel 304 A02   
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E553)   
• Stainless steel 316L A03   
to NEPSI (China)
O-rings for process flanges (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Ex prot. "Explosion-proof" to NEPSI (China) E563)   
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21   
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E573)   
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), A22   
for measured medium temperatures (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F) Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E583)   
• NBR (Buna N) A23    to NEPSI (China)
Device plugs1) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
• Han 7D (metal) A30  "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E703)   
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
• Angled A32  (pending)
• Han 8D (metal) A33  (only for transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Sealing screws (2 units) A40    Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges (Russia)
Cable sockets for M12 device plugs A50    Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
(metal (CuZn)) (Russia)
Rating plate inscription (instead of German) Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
• English B11    to EAC Ex (Russia)
• French B12    Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
• Spanish B13    according to EAC Ex (Russia)
• Italian B14    Two coats of lacquer on casing and cover G10   
(PU on epoxy)
English rating plate B21   
Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi Interchanging of process connection side H01   
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point char- C11    Vent on side for gas measurements H02   
acteristic curve test) according to Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03   
IEC 60770-2 differential pressure lines
Inspection certificate C12    Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 tion)
Factory certificate C14    Chambered graphite gasket for process J02   
flange
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Chambered PTFE graphite gasket J03   
Functional safety (SIL2) (pending) C20 
Devices suitable for use according to EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL con- approval (WRC/WRAS)
formity declaration Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08   
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  flange welded-in (orientation: on right
Devices suitable for use according to when viewing the display)4)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL con- Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09   
formity declaration flange welded-in (orientation: on left when
Increased measuring accuracy C41    viewing the display)4)
(mandatory specification for SITRANS P410) Marine approvals
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99    • Det Norske Veritas S10   
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05 
output signal to 22.0 mA • Lloyds Register (LR) S11   
• French marine classification society S12   
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07    Bureau Veritas (BV)
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14   
(only together with seal diaphragm made of
Hastelloy and stainless steel) • Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12   
(only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT) Factor valve block mounting for SITRANS P410 is possible. Depending
on the available P410 variants, please see the configuration options for
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59    SITRANS P DS III (page 1/280).
device (848699 + 810634) included
1) Han device plug IP65
TAG plate empty (no inscription) D61    2) Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro-
tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D.
3) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device
is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.
4) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is
required instead of a blanking plug.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/317

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code
Additional data HART PA FF
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Measuring range to be set
Specify in plain text:
• in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01  1)
(max. 5 characters):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02 
(max. 5 characters):
Y02: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
device variable (measuring point descrip-
tion)
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
able)
Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16: .......
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .........
Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21   
units
Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
The following pressure units can be selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 
non-pressure units2) Y01 or
Specify in plain text: Y02
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure
units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
Preset bus address Y25  
possible between 1 and 126
Specify in plain text: Y25: .....................
Damping adjustment in seconds Y30   
(0 ... 100 s)
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset.
 = available
1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
2) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.

1/318 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow

■ Dimensional drawings
1
15 143 (5.6)
(0.6) 69 (2.7) 5

(0.94)
53 (2.1) 29 84 (3.31)

24
(1.14)
1

50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)

128 (5.04)
3

166 (6.54)
7
2

8
min. 90 (3.54) 4)

262 (10.3)
12 9
Space for rotation
of housing
134 (5.28)

10

96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)

3 4

72 (2.83) 68 (2.7)
105 (4.1) 120 (4.7)

1 Electronic side, digital display 6 Blanking plug

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
2 Terminal side1) "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
3 Electrical connection: 8 Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 9 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02)
Han 7D/8D device plug2) 3)
10 Mounting bracket (option)
4 Harting adapter
11 Sealing screw with valve (option)
5 Protective cover over keys
12 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)

1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
4)
92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator

SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/319

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
for differential pressure and flow
1
15 143 (5.6) 5

(0.94)
(0.6) 53 (2.1) approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)

24
1

50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)

128 (5.04)
3 4 3 7

approx. 217 (8.54) 7)

2

min. 90 (3.54) 4) 8

Space for rotation

of housing

approx. 85 (3.35) 6)
8

60 (2.36) 5) approx. 87 (3.43)

65 (2.56)

1 Electronic side, digital display 5 Protective cover over keys

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 6 Blanking plug
2 Terminal side1) 7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3 Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 8 Sealing screw with valve (option)
Han 7D/8D device plug2) 3)
9 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
4 Harting adapter

1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
4)
92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
5)
74 mm (2.9 inch) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)
6)
91 mm (3.6 inch) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)
7)
219 mm (8.62 inch) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)

SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines, optional "H03" ,
dimensional drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)

SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow,

with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines

1/320 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
Accessories/Spare parts
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
1
Accessories/Spare parts Mounting screws
Mounting bracket and fastening parts For measuring point label, grounding and con- 7MF4997-1CD
for pressure transmitters nection terminals or for display (50 units)
SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with Sealing screws
PROFIBUS PA and P410 with FOUNDATION (1 set = 2 units) for process flange
Fieldbus (7MF403.-.....-..C.) • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AB • made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CH
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AH
Sealing screws with vent valve
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AP Complete (1 set = 2 units)
Mounting bracket and fastening parts • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CP
for pressure transmitters • made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CQ
SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with
PROFIBUS PA and P10with FOUNDATION Connection board
Fieldbus (7MF403-.....-..A., -..B., ..D. and ..F.) • for SITRANS P410 7MF4997-1DN
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AC • for SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA and 7MF4997-1DP
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AJ P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AQ O-rings for process flanges made of:
Mounting and fastening brackets • FPM (Viton) 7MF4997-2DA
For differential pressure transmitters with • PTFE (Teflon) 7MF4997-2DB
flange thread M10 • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) 7MF4997-2DC
SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with • FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) 7MF4997-2DD
PROFIBUS PA and P410 with FOUNDATION • NBR (Buna N) 7MF4997-2DE
Fieldbus (7MF443.-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AD Sealing ring for process connection see "Fittings"
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AK
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AR
Mounting and fastening brackets
For differential pressure transmitters with
flange thread M12
SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with
PROFIBUS PA and P410 with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus (7MF453.-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AE
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AL
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AS
Mounting and fastening brackets
For differential pressure transmitters with
flange thread 7/16 -20 UNF
SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with
PROFIBUS PA and P410 with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus (7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AF
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AM
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AT
Cover
Made of die-cast aluminum, including gasket,
for SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with
PROFIBUS PA and P410 with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus.
Compatible for Ex and non-Ex transmitters
• without window 7MF4997-1BB
• with window 7MF4997-1BE
Cover
Made of stainless steel, including gasket,
or SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with
PROFIBUS PA and P410 with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus.
Compatible for Ex and non-Ex transmitters
• without window 7MF4997-1BC
• with window 7MF4997-1BF
Digital indicator 7MF4997-1BR
Including mounting material, for SITRANS
P410 with HART, P410 with PROFIBUS PA and
P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Measuring point label
• without inscription (5 units) 7MF4997-1CA
• Printed (1 unit) 7MF4997-1CB-Z
Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15, Y16 and Y..: ......................
Y99 (see "Pressure transmitters")

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/321

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
Accessories/Spare parts
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Documentation
The entire documentation is available for
download free-of-charge in various languages
at: http://www.siemens.com/
processinstrumentation/documentation
Compact operating instructions
SITRANS P DS III/P410
• English, German, Spanish, French, Italian, A5E03434626
Dutch
Certificates (order only via SAP)
instead of Internet download
• hard copy (to order) A5E03252406
• on DVD (to order) A5E03252407
HART modem
with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".

1/322 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P410
Accessories/Spare parts

■ Dimensional drawings
1
60
30
12,5
25 25

Ø9
30

R30
60

3
12,5

134
105
21

Ø11

120
115

72
R30
3

52,5
16,5

72

Mounting bracket for SITRANS P410 gauge pressure-transmitters, dimensions in mm

mounting bracket material: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)

38 27
20,65
20,65
27

R30
41,3
54

R6,5 3

Ø20 41,3
54
134
105
21

Ø11
120
115

72

R30
3
52,5
16,5

72

Mounting bracket for SITRANS P410 differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm

mounting bracket material: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/323

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
Technical description
1 ■ Overview

SITRANS P500 pressure transmitters are digital pressure trans-
mitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and which fulfil the
most stringent demands of accuracy, long-term stability, speed
and lots more.
Extensive functionality allows you to set the pressure transmitter
specifically to your own requirements. Despite their many set-
tings options, local set-up is easy. A multi-lingual menu with clear
text instructions guides you through the process. There are also
help texts available.
The innovative EDD with integrated QuickStart assistance is also
quick and easy to configure by computer using the HART proto-
col.
Extensive diagnostic functions, e.g. min/max pointer for pres-
sure and temperature, or limit value indicator, make sure you al-
ways have the process under control. You can also display ad-
ditional process values such as temperature or static pressure.
The simultaneous display of mass, resulting from a volume, is
also easy.
The SITRANS P500 pressure transmitters can be configured to
measure:
• Differential pressure
• Level
• Volume
• Mass
• Volume flow
• Mass flow
■ Benefits
• High measuring accuracy
• Very fast response time
• Extremely good long-term stability
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads
• For aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions which can be
used both on site as well as via HART.
• Optional separate replacement of measuring cell and elec-
tronics without recalibration.
• Extremely low conformity error values
• Infinitely adjustable spans of 1 mbar to 32 bar (0.0145 to
465 psi; 0.4 to 12860 inH2O)
• Extremely good total performance and conformity error
values with no loss of performance up to a turndown of 10
guaranteed.
• Additional integrated sensor for static pressure
• Parameterization via on-site control keys or HART
• Short process flanges nable space-saving installation.
■ Application
The SITRANS P500 pressure transmitters can be used in indus-
trial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads. Electro-
magnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz makes them
suitable for locations with high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with ratings "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo-
sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmo-
spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitter comes
with a CE-declaration of conformity and fulfils the corresponding
unified European directives (ATEX).
Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
egory "ia" and "ib".
With newly designed measuring cell, it is possible to work with
process temperatures of -40 to 125 °C (-40 to +257 °F)) without
having to use a remote seal.
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous fluids.
The pressure transmitter can be fully parameterized locally via
the three operating keys and externally via HART.

1/324 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
Technical description
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow • Nominal diameter of the mounting flange 1
• Measured variables: - DN 50 / PN 40
- Differential pressure - DN 80 / PN 40
- Small positive or negative pressure - DN 100/ PN 16, PN 40
- Flow q ~ p (together with a primary element - 2 inch/class 150, class 300
(see Chapter "Flow Meters")) - 3 inch/class 150, class 300
- 4 inch/ class 150, class 300
• Span (freely adjustable) - customized special version
for SITRANS P500: 1 mbar to 32 bar (0.0145 to 465 psi; 0.4 to
12860 inH2O) In the case of level measurements in open vessels, the low-pres-
sure connection of the measuring cell remains open (measure-
Pressure transmitters for level ment "compared to atmospheric").
• Measured variable: Level of aggressive and non-aggressive In the case of measurements in closed vessels, the lower-pres-
liquids in open and closed vessels. sure connection has to be connected to the vessel in order to
• Span (freely adjustable) compensate the static pressure.
for SITRANS P500: 1.25 to 6250 mbar (0.5 to 2509 inH2O)
The wetted parts are made from a variety of materials, depend-
ing on the degree of corrosion resistance required.

■ Design
10

1
8
14
7 2
11
3

13

4
6
12

1 Cover for the pushbuttons 9 Blanking plug

2 Cover, optionally with window 10 Terminal compartment
3 Display (optional) 11 Cover for terminal compartment
4 TAG plate 12 PE/ground terminal
5 Process flange with process connection 13 Nameplate
6 Lock screws (on two sides) for the measuring cell 14 Cable inlet, optionally with cable gland or plug-in connection
7 Approval plate
8 Safety catch

View of transmitter
• The electronics housing is made of coated die-cast aluminum.
• The casing has round screwed covers front and back.
• Depending on the design the front cover is fitted with an in-
spection window. You can read off the measured value directly
from the optional display through the window.
• The inlet to the terminal compartment is located either on the
left or right side. The unused opening in each case is sealed
by a blanking plug.
• The PE/ground terminal is on the back of the housing.
• Access to the terminal compartment for auxiliary power and
shielding by unscrewing the cover.
• Beneath the electronic housing is the measuring cell with its
process flanges at which the process connections are avail-
able. The modular design of the pressure transmitter lets you
replace the measuring cell, electronics and connection board
as required.
• On the top of the housing you can see the screwed cover of
the three local pushbuttons of the transmitter.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/325

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
Technical description
1 ■ Function
Operation of electronics with HART communication Mode of operation of the measuring cells
Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow

SIEMENS

EEPROM

   
Ia 9 1
A μC μC D
D A UH R T 2
8
 3
HART modem
EEPROM

EEPROM

Sensor

Sensor Electronics
7 6 5 4


Measuring cell electronics Application electronics 1 Input pressure P-

2 Process flange with process connection
1 Sensor of the measuring cell 3 O-Ring
2 Measuring amplifier 4 Measuring cell body
3 Analog-to-digital converter 5 Silicon pressure sensor
4 Microcontroller 6 Overload diaphragm
5 Digital-to-analog converter 7 Filling liquid
6 One EEPROM each in the measuring cell and in the electronics 8 Seal diaphragm
7 HART modem 9 Input pressure P+
8 Keys (local operation)
9 Digital display
IA Output current Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
UH Auxiliary power • The differential pressure is transmitted via the seal diaphragm
and the filling liquid to the silicon pressure sensor.
Function diagram of electronics
• If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload diaphragm
• The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the flexes until the seal diaphragm touches the body of the mea-
sensor. suring cell. This protects the sensor module from overload.
• This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier and digi- • The differential pressure causes the measuring diaphragm of
talized in an analog-to-digital converter. the silicon pressure sensor to flex.
• The digital signal is analyzed in a microcontroller and cor- • The displacement changes the resistance value of the 4 piezo
rected according to linearity and thermal characteristics. resistors in the measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
• In a digital-to-analog converter it is then converted into the • The change in the resistance causes a bridge output voltage
output current of 4 to 20 mA. When connected to supply lines, proportional to the input pressure.
a diode circuit provides reverse polarity protection.
• The measuring cell-specific data, the electronic data and the
parameterization data is held in two EEPROMs. One EEPROM
is incorporated into the measuring cell electronics, the other is
incorporated into the application electronics.
Operation
• The three local pushbuttons enable you both to navigate and
carry out configuration and to visually track messages and
process values, provided a display is available.
• If you have a device without a display, you can carry out zero
adjustment using the three local pushbuttons. It is possible to
retrofit a display at any time.
• You can also carry out settings by computer via a HART mo-
dem.

1/326 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
Technical description
Measuring cell for level Configuration using HART 1
Parameterization using HART is carried out using a HART Com-
1 2 3 4 municator or a PC in conjunction with a HART modem.

SITRANS P500 230 ... 1100 Ω Power supply

transmitter

HART
communicator

5
Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure trans-
mitter
9 When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec-
8 7
6 tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable.

+
1 Process flange with process connection -
2 O-Ring
3 Measuring cell body SITRANS P500 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply
4 Silicon pressure sensor transmitter
5 Overload diaphragm PC or
6 Filling liquid of the measuring cell HART laptop
7 Capillary tube with filling liquid of the mounting flange modem
8 Flange with optional tube
9 Seal diaphragm for mounting flange USB/RS 232

Measuring cell for level, function diagram
• The input pressure (hydrostatic pressure) acts hydraulically
on the measuring cell via the seal diaphragm on the mounting
flange.
• The differential pressure applied to the measuring cell is trans-
mitted via the seal diaphragm and the filling liquid to the sili-
con pressure sensor.
• If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload diaphragm
flexes until the seal diaphragm touches the body of the mea-
suring cell. This protects the sensor module from overload.
• The differential pressure causes the measuring diaphragm of
the silicon pressure sensor to flex.
• The displacement changes the resistance value of the 4 piezo
resistors in the measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
• The change in the resistance causes a differential pressure
proportional to the input pressure.
Configuration of SITRANS P500 HART
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for con-
figuring the pressure transmitter and for setting or reading the
parameters.
Configuration using the pushbuttons (local operation)
You can configure the transmitter in situ using the three keys pro-
vided a display is available. If you have no display, you can only
carry out zero adjustment.
It is possible to retrofit a display. See accessories.
HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure
transmitter
For configuring via PC a HART modem is used which connects
the transmitter to the PC.
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
HART 6.0 protocols are superimposed on the output current us-
ing the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.
The necessary device files are available for download on the In-
ternet.
SITRANS P500 configuration options
The transmission offers you full configuring options both via
HART as well as in situ provided the optional display is available.
For simple parameterizing we also offer the easy to understand
QuickStart function with guided commissioning.
SITRANS P500 diagnostic functions
• Maintenance timer
• Min/Max pointer (both resetable and non-resetable)
- Pressure (incl. time and temperature stamp)
- Static pressure (incl. time and temperature stamp)
- Sensor temperature (incl. time stamp)
- Electronic temperature (incl. time stamp)
• Limit monitor block
• Diagnostic warning
• Diagnostic alarm
• Simulation functions
• Display of trends and histograms
• Operating hours meter

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/327

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
Technical description
1 Physical dimensions available for the SITRANS P500 HART
display
Physical variable Physical dimensions
Pressure (setting can also be made Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm,
in the factory) psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O
(4 °C), inH2O (4 °C), inH2O
(20 °C), mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg, hPA
Level m, cm, mm, ft, in
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, gallon,
lmp. gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel
liquid, I; Norm (standard) I; Norm
(standard) m3, Norm (standard)
feet3
Mass g, kg, t (metric), lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Volume flow m3/d, m3/h, m3/s, l/min, l/s, ft3/d,
ft3/min, ft3/s, US gallon/min,
gallon/s, l/h, milL/d, gallon/d, gal-
lon/h, milgallon/d, lmp.gallon/s,
Imp.gallon/m, Imp.gallon/h,
lmp.gallon/d, Norm (standard)
m3/h, Norm (standard) l/h, Norm
(standard) ft3/h, Norm (standard)
ft3/m, barrel liquid/s, barrel liq-
uid/m, barrel liquid/h
Mass flow t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min,
kg/s, g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/min,
lb/s, LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d,
STon/h, STon/min
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Miscellaneous %, mA

1/328 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for differential pressure and flow

■ Technical specifications
Input
Measured variable
Span (infinitely adjustable)
Lower range limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -100 % of max. span and/or
filling
Upper range limit
Start of scale
Output
Output current signal
1
Measuring accuracy
Differential pressure and flow Reference conditions (in accor- • Rising characteristic curve
dance with IEC 60770-1) • Start of scale 0 bar
Span (min. ... max.) Maximum
operating All error information always • Stainless steel seal diaphragm
pressure refers to the set span.
(static • Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
pressure) • Room temperature (25 °C (77 °F))
1.00 ... 50 mbar Error in measurement at limit
(0.4 ... 20 inH2O) setting incl. hysteresis and
reproducibility
1.25 ... 250 mbar
(0.5 ... 100 inH2O) r: Span ratio
160 bar (r: Span ratio (r = max. span /
6.25 ... 1250 mbar (2320 psi) set span))
(2.5 ... 502 inH2O)
Linear characteristic r  10 r  10
31.25 ... 6250 mbar
(12.54 ... 2509 inH2O) • 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.06 % (0.006 . r) %
0.16 ... 32 bar • 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.03 % (0.003 . r) %
(2.33 ... 465 psi) 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
Square-rooted characteristic
30 mbar a (0.44 psi a)
• Flow > 50 % r  10 r  10
100 % of max. span
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.06 % (0.006. r) %
Between measuring limits (freely
adjustable) - 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.03 % (0.003 . r) %
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
4 ... 20 mA 32 bar (465 psi)

• Lower current limit 3.55 mA, factory setting 3.8 mA • Flow 25 % … 50 % r  10 r  10

(freely adjustable)
• Upper current limit
(freely adjustable)
• Ripple (without HART
communication)
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.12 % (0.012 . r) %
23 mA, factory setting 20.5 mA - 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.06 % (0.006 . r) %
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
Ipp  0.4 % of max. output current 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)

• adjustable damping 0... 100 s in steps of 0.1 s, Influence of ambient tempera-

factory-seting: 2 s ture per 28 °C (50 °F)

• current transmitter 3.55 ... 23 mA • 50 mbar (20 inH2O) (0.04 . r + 0.05) %

• Failure signal
Load
• Without HART communication RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in ,
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication
- HART Communicator
- HART modem
Characteristic curve
adjustable within limits::
• Bottom: 3.55 … 3.7 mA
(default value: 3.6 mA)
• Top: 21.0 … 23 mA
(default value: 22.8 mA)
RB = 230 ... 1100 
RB = 230 ... 500 
Linearly rising, linearly falling, square
rooted characteristic rising, bidirec-
tional square rooted characteristic
and user-specific
• 250 mbar (100 inH2O)
• 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
Influence of static pressure
• At the start of scale value
(PKN)
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O)
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O)
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
• On the span (PKS)
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O)
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O)
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
- 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
- 32 bar (465 psi)
(0.025 . r + 0.014) %
(0.006 . r + 0.03) %
(0.1 . r) % per 70 bar (1015 psi) cor-
rection via zero point correction
(0.035 . r) % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
correction via zero point correction
(0.007 . r) % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
correction via zero point correction
 0.13 % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
 0.03 % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
 0.09 % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
 0.05 % per 70 bar (1015 psi)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/329

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for differential pressure and flow
1 Total Performance1) Design
• Linear characteristic r5 5 < r  10 Weight (without options) Approx. 3.3 kg (7.3 lb)
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.27 % 0.46 % Material of parts in contact with
the medium
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.14 % 0.27 %
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L,
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) 0.09 % 0.14 % Hastelloy C276, Monel 400
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi) • Process connection and seal- PN 160: stainless steel, mat.-No.
ing screw 1.4404/316L
Square rooted characteristic
• Sealing material in the pro-
• Flow > 50 % r5 5 < r  10 cess connections
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.27 % 0.46 % - O-Ring • Standard:
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.14 % 0.27 % Viton (FKM (FPM))
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) 0.09 % 0.14 % • Optional:
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) NBR
32 bar (465 psi) PTFE (virginal)
PTFE (glass fiber-reinforced)
• Flow 25 % … 50 % r5 5 < r  10 FFPM (Kalrez)2)
Graphite
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.54 % 0.92 %
Material of parts not in contact
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.28 % 0.54 % with media
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) 0.18 % 0.28 % Die-cast aluminum housing • Low copper die-cast aluminum
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) AC-AlSi12 (Fe) or AC-AlSi 10 Mg (Fe)
32 bar (465 psi) to DIN EN 1706
Step response time T63 without • Lacquer on polyurethane base, op-
electrical damping tional epoxy-based primer
• 50 mbar (20 inH2O)  140 ms, contains a dead time of • Stainless steel name plates
 45 ms (mat. no. 1.4404/316L)

• 250 mbar (100 inH2O)
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
Long-term stability
Influence of power supply
Rated conditions
Mounting position
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
(Note: Observe the tempera-
ture class in areas subject to
explosion hazard.)
- Total device
- Readable display
- Storage temperature
Climatic class
• Condensation
Degree of protection
(to IEC 60529)
Electromagnetic Compatibility
• Emitted interference and inter- Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
ference immunity
Permissible pressures
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +125 °C (-40 ... +257 °F)
filling
 88 ms, contains a dead time of Stainless steel precision Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
 45 ms cast housing
Process connection screws Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Mounting bracket Steel or stainless steel
 (0.05 . r) % per 5 years mat. no. 1.4301
 (0.08 . r) % per 10 years
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
 0.005 %/1 V
Process connection ¼-18 NPT female thread and flange
connection with M10 to DIN 19213 or
7/16-20 UNF mounting thread to
Any IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Electrical connection • Screw terminals
• Cable entry via the following
screwed glands:
- M20 x 1.5
- ½-14 NPT
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) - Han 7D/Han 8D device plug
-20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F) - M12 plug device
-50 ... +90 °C (-58 ... +194 °F) Displays and controls
Pushbuttons 3 for local programming directly on
transmitter
Relative humidity 0 … 100 %
(condensation permissible) Display • With or without integrated display
IP66/IP 68 and NEMA 4X (with corre- • Cover with or without window
sponding cable gland) Auxiliary power supply
Terminal voltage on transmitter • DC 10.6 ... 44 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation
DC 10.6 ... 30 V
According to 2014/68/EU pressure
equipment directive

1/330 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for differential pressure and flow
Certificates and approvals Explosion protection for USA
1
Classification according to PED (to FM)
2014/68/EU Certificate of Compliance No. 3033013
• PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids • Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) XP CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCDEFG T4 / T6
of fluid group 1; complies with DIP CL II, III, DIV1, GP EFG T4/T6
requirements of article 4, paragraph 3 IS CL I, II, III, DIV1, GP ABCDEFG T4
(sound engineering practice)
CL I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4
Explosion protection CL I, Zone 1, AEx ib IIC T4
Explosion protection for Europe - Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C
(to ATEX) perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C
(-40 ... +140 °F)
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4
- Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) - Entity parameters According to "control drawing":
perature A5E02189134N
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits Um = 30 V, Im = 100 mA,
with peak values: Pi = 750 mW, Li = 400µH , Ci = 6 nF
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW; • Marking (NI/NO) NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6
Ri = 300  NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6
- Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH S CL II, III, GPFG T4/T6
tance: NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6, NIFW
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6, NIFW
NI CLII, III, DIV 2, GP FG T4/T6, NIFW
• Explosion-proof "d" BVS 09 ATEX E 027
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex db ia IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C
perature temperature class T4; (-40 ... +140 °F)
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
temperature class T6 - (NI/S) parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N
- Connection To circuits with values: Um = 45 V, Li = 400 µH, Ci = 6 nF,
Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
Explosion protection for
• Dust explosion protection for BVS 09 ATEX E 027 Canada (to CCSAUS )
zone 20
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta ia IIIC T120°C Da Certificate of Compliance No. 2280963
- Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) • Marking (XP/DIP) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 /T6;
perature CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG T4/T6
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F) - Permissible ambient tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits perature Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, - Entity parameters According to "control drawing":
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  A5E02189134N
Um = 45 V
- Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH
tance: • Marking (ia/ib) CL I, Ex ia/Ex ib IIC, T4
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF CL II, III, Ex ia/Ex ib, GP EFG, T4
CL I, AEx ia/AEx ib IIC, T4
• Dust explosion protection for BVS 09 ATEX E 027 CL II, III, AEx ia/ AEx ib, GP EFG, T4
zone 21/22
- Marking - Permissible ambient tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C
Ex II 2D Ex tb ia IIIC T120°C Db perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Connection To circuits with values:
Um = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W - Entity parameters Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW,
Ri = 300  , Li = 400 µH, Ci = 6 nF
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X
• Marking (NI/n) CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6
- Marking Ex II 3 G Ex nA II T4/T6 CL II, III, DIV 2, GP FG T4/T6
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/nL IIC T4/T6 Ex nA IIC T4/T6
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/ic IIC T4/T6 AEx nA IIC T4/T6
- "nA" connection Um = 45 V DC Ex nL IIC T4/T6
- "nL, ic" connection Ui = 45 V AEx nL IIC T4/T6
- Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH - Permissible ambient tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
tance: perature Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF
- NI/nA parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N
Um = 45 V
- nL parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N
Ui = 45 V, Ii = 100 mA, Li = 400 µH,
Ci = 6 nF

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/331

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for differential pressure and flow
1 Explosion protection for China
(acc. to NEPSI)
• Intrinsic safety "i" GYJ111111X
- Marking Ex ia/ib IIB/IIC T4
- Perm. ambient temperature 40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
with maximum values:
Ui = 30 V Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW
- Effective internal inductance Li = 400 mH
- Effective inner capacitance Ci = 6 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" GYJ111112
- Marking Ex dia IIC T4/T6
- Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
perature temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
temperature class T6
- Connection To circuits with values:
Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
• Dust explosion protection for GYJ111112
zone 21/22
- Marking DIP A21 TA,T120 °C IP68 D21
- Connection To circuits with values:
Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) GYJ111111X
- Marking Ex nL IIB/IIC T4/T6
Ex nA II T4/T6
- Connection Ui = 45 V DC
- Effective internal inductance Li = 400 mH
- Effective inner capacitance Ci = 6 nF
1) The total performance includes the errors caused by temperature effects,
static pressure effects and conformity error, including hysteresis and
repeatability.
2) Not in combination wiht span "G".

HART communication
Load with connection of
• HART communicator RB = 230 ... 1100 
• HART modem RB = 230 ... 500 
Cable 2 wire shielded:  3.0 km
(1.86 miles),
multiwire shielded:  1.5 km
(0.93 miles)
Protocol HART Version 6.0
PC/laptop requirements IBM compatible, RAM > 32 MByte,
hard disk > 70 MByte, depending
on modem type: RS 232-interface
or USB connection,
VGA graphics
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM 6.0

1/332 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for differential pressure and flow

Selection and Ordering data Article No.

1
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7 MF 5 4 77 - 7777 0
SITRANS P500 HART, PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Enclosure Thread for cable gland1)
Die-cast aluminum, dual compartment M20x1.5 0

Die-cast aluminum, dual compartment ½-14 NPT 1

Stainless steel precision casting, two-chamber housing M20x1.5 2

Stainless steel precision casting, two-chamber housing ½-14 NPT 3

Output
4 ... 20 mA, HART 3
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil normal 1

Measuring span
1.00 ... 50 mbar (0.4 ... 20 inH2O) C

1.25 ... 250 mbar (0.5 ... 100.4 inH2O) D

6.25 ... 1250 mbar (2.5 ... 502 inH2O) E

31.25 ... 6250 mbar (12.54 ... 2509 inH2O) F

0.16 ... 32 bar (2.33 ... 465 psi) G

Wetted parts materials

Seal diaphragm Process flange
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L Stainless steel 1.4404/316L A
Hastelloy C2762) Stainless steel 1.4404/316L B
Monel 4002) Stainless steel 1.4404/316L C
Hastelloy Hastelloy R
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16 - 20 UNF according to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 0
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 1
• Vent on side of process flange3)
- Mounting thread 7/16 - 20 UNF according to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 4
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 5
1) Cable glands must be ordered separately from "Further designs" (add "-Z" to Article No. and specify order code).
2) Not together with Measuring span "C".
2) Not in conjunction with remote seals (option V00).

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/333

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for differential pressure and flow
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Attachments Degree of protection approvals: Ex ia/ib (intrinsic safety)
Mounting bracket made of steel A01 Ex ia/ib protection (ATEX) (T4) E00
Ex IS protection (FM) (T4) E01
Mounting bracket made of stainless steel 304 A02
Ex IS protection (CCSAUS) (T4) E02
Mounting bracket made of stainless steel 316L A03 Ex ia/ib protection (NEPSI) (T4) E06
Display Degree of protection approvals: Ex d (flameproof)
(Standard: no display, cover closed)
Ex d explosion-proof (ATEX)(T4/T6) E20
With display and blanking cover A10
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (FM)(T4/T6) E21
With display and glass cover A11 Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (CCSAUS)(T4/T6) E22
Special casing / cover version Ex d explosion-proof (NEPSI)(T4/T6) E26
Two coats of lacquer on casing, cover (PU on epoxy) A20 Degree of protection approvals: n/NI
Electrical connection and cable entry Zone 2 (nA, nL, ic) (ATEX) (T4/T6) E40
(Standard: no cable gland, only dust protection Div2 NI, Div2 NI-field wiring (FM) (T4/T6) E41
caps)
Zone 2 (nA, nL), Div2 NI (CCSAUS) (T4/T6) E42
Cable gland made of plastic (IP66/68)4) A50 Zone 2 (nA, nL) (NEPSI) (T4/T6) E46
Cable glands made of metal (IP66/68) A51 Degree of protection approvals: Dust Zone 20/21/22
Cable glands made of stainless steel (IP66/68) A52 Use in Zone 21/22 (Ex tD) (ATEX) Ex tb E60
M12 device plug without cable socket (IP66/67)4) A60 Use in Zone 20/21/22 (Ex iaD) (ATEX) Ex ta E61
M12 device plug complete with cable socket (IP66/67)4) A61 Use in Zone 21/22 (Ex DIP) (NEPSI) E66
Han 7D device plug, plastic, straight A71 Degree of protection approvals: Combinations
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) IS protection and XP and DIP (FM) E71
Han 7D device plug, plastic, angled A72 IS protection and XP and DIP (CCSAUS) E72
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) IS protection and XP and DIP (FM/CCSAUS) E73
Han 7D device plug, metal enclosure, straight A73 Supplementary approvals/degree of protection
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex (Russia) E80
Han 7D device plug, metal enclosure, angled A74 Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex (Russia) E81
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) Dual Seal approval5) E85
Han 8D device plug, plastic, straight A75 Export approval Korea E86
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7) Special process connection versions (diff. pressure)
Han 8D device plug, plastic, angled A76 Side vents for gas measurements9) L32
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7)
Swap process connection: high-pressure side at front L33
Han 8D device plug, metal enclosure, straight A77
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7) Mosquito protection
4 pcs. for ¼-18 NPT thread L36
Han 8D device plug, metal enclosure, angled A78
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7) Process flanges, O-rings, special material
Standard: Viton (FKM (FPM)
PG 13.5 adapters4) A82
Process conn. sealing rings made of PTFE (Teflon), virginal L60
Language for labels, quick-start guide, menu language
Process connection sealing rings made of PTFE (Teflon), L61
default 9)
glass fiber-reinforced
(instead of English as standard)
Process connection sealing rings made of FFPM (Kalrez)10) L62
German B10
Process connection sealing rings made of NBR L63
French B12
Process connection sealing rings made of graphite L64
Spanish B13
Italian B14 Drain/Vent valve (1 set = 2 units)
Chinese B15 2 ventilation valves ¼- 18 NPT, in material of process flanges) L80
Russian B16 Remote seals
Transmitters with connection of remote seal6) V00
Japanese B17 (For premounted valve manifolds see page 1/349)
English with units psi/inH2O/°F B21 1) Enclosed in print or as DVD: see page 1/347.
Special version: Supplementary menu languages 2) When also ordering the quality inspection certificate (factory calibration)
(Standard: English, German, French, Spanish, Italian) according to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
Asia language package B80 Order this certificate only together with the remote seals. The measuring
(in addition: Chinese, Japanese, Russian) accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
3) When also ordering the acceptance test certificate according to EN 10204-
Certificates 3.1 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals: Order this certificate as
(available online for downloading)1) well in addition to the respective remote seals.
4) Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof", "Ex nA" and
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point characteristic curve C11
"Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
test) according to IEC 60770-22) 5) Only in conjunction with FM and/or CSA
C US
Acceptance test certificate according to EN 10204-3.13) C12 6) Please select a remote seal separately. Also refer to the information under
footnote 2). Remote seals see page 1/422.
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1); C15 7) The Han 8D device plug is identical with the former Han 8U version.
PMI test of parts in contact with medium
8) For option B15, B16 and B17 the menu language default is english.
Functional Safety (SIL2) C20 Otherwise the Option B80 (Asia language package) is necessary.
Devices suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and 9) Only in conjunction with process connection "Vent on side".
IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration 10) Not together with Measuring span "G".

1/334 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for differential pressure and flow

Selection and Ordering data Order code

1
Additional data
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s)
and plain text.
Measuring range to be set
Specify in plain text:
• In the case of linear characteristic curve Y01
(max. 5 characters):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• In the case of square rooted characteristic Y02
(max. 5 characters):
Y02: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Measuring point number and measuring point identifier
(only standard ASCII character set)
Specify in plain text:
Measuring point number (TAG No.), max. 16 characters Y15
Y15: .........................................
Measuring point text (max. 27 char.) Y16
Y16: .........................................
Entry of HART address (TAG), max. 32 characters Y17
Y17: .........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pressure units Y21
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mbar)
Y21: bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note: The following pressure units are selectable:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), in H2O*), ftH2O*), mmHG, inHG, psi,
Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, kg/cm2, Torr, ATM, % or mA
*) Reference temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in non-pressure units1) Y22 +
Specify in plain text: Y01 or Y02
Y22: ... up to ... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure units "Y01" is
essential, unit with max. 5 characters)
Customer-specific settings
Damping setting (range: 0 ... 100 s) Y30
(Standard setting: 2 s)
1) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/335

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for differential pressure and flow
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
139  
(5.48)
87 approx. 30
58 (3.4)
(2.29 (approx. 1.2)

(0.92)
23

(1.8)
45
(Ø3.24)
Ø81

FIELD TERMINALS

125


(5)

(6.1)
157
 

(approx.10.1)


approx. 259
 65
(2.6)

 
(5.36)
134

102
(4)
 43
(1.68)
approx. 98
(approx. 3.82)


  
 
 



1 Terminal side 7 Electrical connection:

2 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (EN 61518) - Han 7D/Han 8D device plug/socket2)3)
3 Electronics side, digital display 8 Vent valve (optional)
4 Protective cover for the pushbuttons 9 Safety catch
5 Cable entry: 10 Blanking plug
- Screwed gland M20 x 1.53)
1)
- Screwed gland ½-14 NPT Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) additional thread length
- Han 7D/8D device plug2)3) 2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof"
3)
- M12 device plug Not with type of protection "FM + CCSAUS [IS + XP]"
6 Mounting bracket (optional)

SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, P500 series, measurements in mm (inch)

1/336 Siemens FI 01 · 2018


■ Technical specifications
Input
Measured variable
Span (infinitely adjustable)
Lower range limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -100 % of max. span or 500 mbar a
filling
Upper range limit
Start of scale
Output
Output current signal
• Lower current limit
(freely adjustable)
• Upper current limit
(freely adjustable)
• Ripple (without HART commu- Ipp  0.4 of max. output current
nication)
• adjustable damping
• current transmitter
• Failure signal
Load
• Without HART communication RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in ,
UH : Power supply in V
• With HART communication
- HART Communicator
- HART modem
Characteristic curve
Measuring accuracy
Reference conditions
(in accordance with
IEC 60770-1)
All error information always
refers to the set span.
Error in measurement at limit
setting incl. hysteresis and
reproducibility
r: Span ratio
(r = max. span / set span)
Linear characteristic
• 250 mbar (100 inH2O)
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
© Siemens AG 2018
Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for level
1
Long-term stability  (0.05 . r) % per 5 years
Level  (0.08 . r) % per 10 years
Span (min. ... max.) Maximum Influence of ambient tempera-
operating ture per 28 °C (50 °F)1)
pressure
• 250 mbar (100 inH2O) (0.025 . r + 0.014) %
1.25 ... 250 mbar
(0.5 … 100 inH2O) • 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) (0.006 . r + 0.03) %
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
6.25 ... 1250 mbar
See "Mounting Influence of static pressure
(2.5 ... 500 inH2O)
flange"
31.25 ... 6250 mbar • At the start of scale value
(12.54 ... (PKN)1) 2)
2509 inH2O) - 250 mbar (100 inH2O) (0.035 . r) % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
correction via zero point correction
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) (0.007 . r) % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
(7.25 psi a) vacuum resistance 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) correction via zero point correction
Also available as vacuum-resistant • On the span (PKS)1)
remote seal: 30 mbar a (0.44 psi a) - 250 mbar (100 inH2O)  0.03 % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
100% of max. span 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
Between measuring limits (freely - 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)  0.09 % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
adjustable) Influence of power supply  0.005 %/1 V
Rated conditions
4 ... 20 mA Mounting position Defined by flange
3.55 mA, factory setting 3.8 mA Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
23 mA, factory setting 20.5 mA (Note: Observe the tempera-
ture class in areas subject to
explosion hazard.)
- total device -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
0... 100 s in steps of 0.1 s, factory set- - Readable display -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
ting 2 s - Storage temperature -50 ... +90 °C (-58 ... +194 °F)
3.55 ... 23 mA Climatic class
Adjustable within limits: • Condensation Relative humidity 0 … 100 %
(condensation permissible)
• Lower: 3.55 … 3.7 mA (factory set-
ting 3.6 mA) Degree of protection IP66/IP68 and NEMA 4X (with corre-
• Upper: 21.0 … 23 mA (factory set- to IEC 60529 sponding cable gland)
ting 22.8 mA) Electromagnetic Compatibility
• Emitted interference and inter- Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
ference immunity
Permissible pressures According to 2014/68/EU pressure
equipment directive
RB = 230 ... 1100  Medium temperature of high-
pressure side
RB = 230 ... 500 
• Measuring cell with silicone oil
Linearly rising or linearly falling and filling
user-specific
- pabs  1 bar -40 ... +1753) °C (-40 ... +3473) °F)
- pabs  1 bar -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
• Rising characteristic curve
Design
• Start of scale 0 bar
Weight
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• To EN (pressure transmitter approx. 9.8 … 11.8 kg
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
with mounting flange, without (21.6… 26.0 (lb)
• Room temperature (25 °C (77 °F)) tube)
• To ASME (pressure transmitter approx. 9.8 … 16.8 kg
with mounting flange, without (21.6 … 37.0 lb)
tube)
r  10 r  10
0.03 % (0.003 . r) %
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/337

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for level
1 Material of wetted parts at the
high-pressure side
• Seal diaphragm of mounting
flange
• Sealing face
• Sealing material in the pro-
cess connection
- O-Ring
- For vacuum application of
mounting flange
Material of wetted parts at the
low-pressure side
• Seal diaphragm
• Process connection and seal- • Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
ing screw
• Sealing material in the pro-
cess connection
- O-Ring
Material of parts not in contact
with media
Die-cast aluminum housing
Stainless steel precision
cast housing
Process connection screws
Measuring cell filling
• Liquid mounting flange
Process connection
• High-pressure side
• Low-pressure side
Electrical connection
Displays and controls
Push buttons
Display
1/338 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
© Siemens AG 2018
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L,
Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819,
Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360, Tantal,
PFA auf Edelstahl 1.4404/316L,
PTFE auf Edelstahl 1.4404/316L
Smooth to EN 1092-1, Form B1 and/or
ASME B16.5 RF 125 … 250 AA for
stainless steel316L, EN 1092-1 Form
B2 and/or ASME B16.5 RFSF in the
case of other materials
• Standard:
Viton (FKM (FPM))
• Optional:
NBR
PTFE (virginal)
PTFE (glas fiber-reinforced)
FFPM (Kalrez)
Graphite
Copper
Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L,
Hastelloy C276, Monel 400
• Standard:
Viton (FKM (FPM))
• Optional:
NBR
PTFE (virginal)
PTFE (glas fiber-reinforced)
FFPM (Kalrez)
Graphite
• Low copper die-cast aluminum
AC-AlSi12 (Fe) or AC-AlSi 10 Mg (Fe)
to DIN EN 1706
• Lacquer on polyurethane base, op-
tional epoxy-based primer
• Stainless steel serial plate
Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Stainless steel
Silicone oil
Silicone oil or other material
Flange to EN and ASME
¼-18 NPT female thread and flange
connection with M10 to DIN 19213 or
7/16-20 UNF mounting thread to
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Screw terminals
• Cable entry via the following
screwed glands:
- M20 x 1.5
- ½-14 NPT
- Han 7D/Han 8D device plug
- M12 plug device
3; for operation directly on the device
• With or without integrated display
• Cover with or without window
Auxiliary power supply
Terminal voltage on transmitter • DC 10.6 ... 44 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to
PED 2014/68/EU
• PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
Explosion protection
Explosion protection for Europe
(to ATEX)
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Marking
- Permissible ambient tem-
perature
- Connection
- Effective internal induc-
tance:
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF
• Explosion-proof "d"
- Marking
- Permissible ambient tem-
perature
- Connection
• Dust explosion protection for
zone 20
- Marking
- Permissible ambient tem-
perature
- Max. surface temperature
- Connection
- Effective internal induc-
tance:
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF
• Dust explosion protection for
zone 21/22
- Marking
- Connection
• Type of protection "n"
(zone 2)
- Marking
- "nA" connection
- "nL, ic" connection
- Effective internal inductance Li = 400 µH
- Effective inner capacitance
DC 10.6 ... 30 V
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids
of fluid group 1; complies with
requirements of article 4, paragraph 3
(sound engineering practice)
PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X
Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW;
Ri = 300 
Li = 400 µH
BVS 09 ATEX E 027
Ex II 1/2 G Ex db ia IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
temperature class T6
To circuits with values:
Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
BVS 09 ATEX E 027
Ex II 1 D Ex ta ia IIIC T120°C Da
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
120 °C (248 °F)
To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 
Li = 400 µH
BVS 09 ATEX E 027
Ex II 2 D Ex tb ia IIIC T120°C Db
To circuits with values:
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W
PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X
Ex II 3 G Ex nA II T4/T6
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/nL IIC T4/T6
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/ic IIC T4/T6
Um = 45 V DC
Ui = 45 V
Ci = 6 nF

Explosion protection for USA
(to FM)
Certificate of Compliance
• Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS)
- Permissible Ambient Tem-
perature
- Entity parameters
• Marking (NI/NO)
- Permissible Ambient Tem-
perature
- (NI/S) parameters
Explosion protection for
Canada
(to CCSAUS )
Certificate of Compliance
• Marking (XP/DIP)
- Permissible Ambient Tem-
perature
- Entity parameters
• Marking (ia/ib)
- Permissible Ambient Tem-
perature
- Entity parameters
• Marking (NI/n)
- Permissible Ambient Tem-
perature
- NI/nA parameters
- nL parameters
© Siemens AG 2018
Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for level
Explosion protection for China
1
(acc. to NEPSI)
No. 3033013 • Intrinsic safety "i" GYJ111111X
XP CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCDEFG T4 / T6 - Marking Ex ia/ib IIB/IIC T4
DIP CL II, III, DIV1, GP EFG T4/T6 - Permissible ambient tem- 40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
IS CL I, II, III, DIV1, GP ABCDEFG T4 perature
CL I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4 - Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
CL I, Zone 1, AEX ib IIC T4 with maximum values:
Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C Ui = 30 V Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW
(-40 ... +185 °F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C - Effective internal inductance Li = 400 mH
(-40 ... +140 °F) - Effective inner capacitance Ci = 6 nF
According to "control drawing": • Explosion-proof "d" GYJ111112
A5E02189134N
- Marking Ex dia IIC T4/T6
Um = 30 V, Im = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Li = 400 µH , Ci = 6 nF - Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
perature temperature class T4;
NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6
NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6 -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
S CL II, III, GPFG T4/T6 temperature class T6
NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6, NIFW - Connection To circuits with values:
NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6, NIFW Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
NI CLII, III, DIV 2, GP FG T4/T6, NIFW
• Dust explosion protection for GYJ111112
Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C zone 21/22
(-40 ... +185 °F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C - Marking DIP A21 TA,T120 °C IP68 D21
(-40 ... +140 °F) - Connection To circuits with values:
According to "control drawing": Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
A5E02189134N • Type of protection "n" (zone 2) GYJ111111X
Um = 45 V, Li = 400 µH, Ci = 6 nF
- Marking Ex nL IIB/IIC T4/T6
Ex nA II T4/T6
- Connection Ui = 45 V DC
- Effective internal inductance Li = 400 mH
No. 2280963
- Effective inner capacitance Ci = 6 nF
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 /T6;
1) Only relevant for the pressure transmitter. The temperature error of the
CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG T4/T6
remote seal must calculated separately.
Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C 2) If the Type "D" measuring cell is used, the error should be increased by a
(-40 ... +185 °F) factor of 5. This error can be reduced to 0 by a means of a zero adjustment.
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C 3) This value may be increased if the process connection is sufficiently insu-
(-40 ... +140 °F) lated.
According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N, Um = 45 V
HART communication
CL I, Ex ia/Ex ib IIC, T4
CL II, III, Ex ia/Ex ib, GP EFG, T4 Load with connection of
CL I, AEx ia/AEx ib IIC, T4
CL II, III, AEx ia/ AEx ib, GP EFG, T4 • HART Communicator RB = 230 ... 1100 
Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C • HART modem RB = 230 ... 500 
(-40 ... +185 °F) Cable 2 wire shielded:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW,  3.0 km (1.86 miles),
Ri = 300  , Li = 400 µH, Ci = 6 nF multiwire shielded:
 1.5 km (0.93 miles)
CL I, DIV2, GP ABCD T4/T6
CL II, III, DIV2, GP FG T4/T6 Protocol HART Version 6.0
Ex nA IIC T4/T6 PC/laptop requirements IBM compatible, RAM > 32 MByte,
AEx nA IIC T4/T6 hard disk > 70 MByte,
Ex nL IIC T4/T6 depending on modem type:
AEx nL IIC T4/T6 RS 232-interface or
Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C USB connection,
VGA graphics
(-40 ... +185 °F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C Software for computer SIMATIC PDM 6.0
(-40 ... +140 °F)
According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N, Um = 45 V
According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N, Ui = 45 V,
Ii = 100 mA, Li = 400 µH,
Ci = 6 nF
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/339
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for level
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
Pressure transmitters for level, SITRANS P500 HART 7 MF 5 6 77 - 7777 0 - 7777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Enclosure Thread for cable gland9)
Die-cast aluminum, dual compartment M20x1.5 0
Die-cast aluminum, dual compartment ½-14 NPT 1
Stainless steel precision casting, two-chamber housing M20x1.5 2

Stainless steel precision casting, two-chamber housing ½-14 NPT 3

Output
4 ... 20 mA, HART 3
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil normal 1
Measuring span (min. ... max.)
1.25 ... 250 mbar (0.5 ... 100 inH2O) D
6.25 ... 1250 mbar (2.5 ... 500 inH2O) E
31.25 ... 6250 mbar (12.54 ... 2509 inH2O) F
Wetted parts of the low-pressure side
(stainless steel process flanges)
Seal diaphragm Process connection
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L Stainless steel 1.4404/316L A
Hastelloy C276 Stainless steel 1.4404/316L B
Monel 400 Stainless steel 1.4404/316L C
Process connection of low-pressure side
Female thread ¼-18 NPT
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16 - 20 UNF according to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 0
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 1
• Vent on side of process flange
- Mounting thread 7/16 - 20 UNF according to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 4
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 5
Wetted parts materials (high-pressure side)
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L 0
Hastelloy C276 mat. no. 2.4819 1
Monel 400 mat. no. 2.4360 2
Tantalum 3
PFA coated on stainless steel 4
PTFE on stainless steel 1.4404/316L (not in combination with an extension) 6A
Other version 9Y N1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Material: ... ; Extension length: ...
Process connection on high-pressure side: Extension length
None A
50 mm (1.97 inch) B
100 mm (3.94 inch) C
150 mm (5.90 inch) D
200 mm (7.87 inch) E
Other version: See option "9" for "Wetted parts materials"
Process connection on high-pressure side: Nominal diameter/Nominal pressure
DN 50, PN 406) B
DN 80, PN 40 D
DN 100, PN 16 G
DN 100, PN 40 H
2", class 1506) L
2", class 3006) M
3", class 150 Q
3", class 300 R
4", class 150 T
4", class 300 U
Other version, add Z Q1Y
Order code and plain text:
Nominal diameter: ... ; Nominal pressure: ...

1/340 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for level
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
1
Pressure transmitters for level, SITRANS P500 HART 7 MF 5 6 77 - 7777 0 - 7777 777
Process connection on high-pressure side: Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5 0
Silicone oil M50 1
High-temperature oil 2
Halocarbon (for oxygen measurement) 3
FDA compliant oil 4
Other version, add 9 R1Y
Order code and plain text:
Filling liquid: ...

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/341

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for level
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Display Degree of protection approvals: Ex d (flameproof)
(Standard: no display, cover closed)
Ex d explosion-proof (ATEX)(T4/T6) E20
With display and blanking cover A10
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (FM)(T4/T6) E21
With display and glass cover A11
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (CCSAUS)(T4/T6) E22
Special version: cover/casing
Ex d explosion-proof (NEPSI)(T4/T6) E26
Two coats of lacquer on casing, cover (PU on epoxy) A20 Degree of protection approvals: n/NI
Electrical connection and cable entry Zone 2 (nA, nL, ic) (ATEX) (T4/T6) E40
(Standard: no cable gland, only dust protection
caps) Div2 NI, Div2 NI-field wiring (FM) (T4/T6) E41
Cable gland made of plastic (IP66/68)4) A50 Zone 2 (nA, nL), Div2 NI (CCSAUS) (T4/T6) E42
Cable glands made of metal (IP66/68) A51 Zone 2 (nA, nL) (NEPSI) (T4/T6) E46
Cable glands made of stainless steel (IP66/68) A52 Degree of protection approvals: Zone 20/21/22
M12 device plug without cable socket (IP66/67)4) A60 Use in Zone 21/22 (Ex tD) (ATEX) Ex tb E60
M12 device plug, cable socket (IP66/67)4) A61 Use in Zone 20/21/22 (Ex iaD) (ATEX) Ex ta E61
Han 7D device plug, plastic, straight A71 Use in Zone (Ex DIP) (ATEX) (NEPSI) E66
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)
Degree of protection approvals: Combinations
Han 7D device plug, plastic, angled A72
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) IS protection and XP and DIP (FM) E71
Han 7D device plug, metal enclosure, straight A73 IS protection and XP and DIP (CCSAUS) E72
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) IS protection and XP and DIP (FM/CCSAUS) E73
Han 7D device plug, metal enclosure, angled A74 Supplementary approvals / degree of protection
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex (Russia) E80
Han 8D device plug, plastic, straight A75 Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex (Russia) E81
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7)
Dual Seal approval5) E85
Han 8D device plug, plastic, angled A76
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7) Export approval Korea E86
Han 8D device plug, metal enclosure, straight A77 Special process connection versions (diff. pressure)
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7)
Swap process connection: high-pressure side at front L33
Han 8D device plug, metal enclosure, angled A78
Mosquito protection
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7)
4 pcs. for ¼-18 NPT thread L36
PG 13.5 adapters4) A82
Process flanges, O-rings, special material
Language for labels, quick-start guide and Standard: Viton (FKM (FPM)
menu language default8)
(instead of English as standard) Process connection sealing rings made of PTFE (Teflon), L60
virginal
German B10
Process connection sealing rings made of PTFE (Teflon), L61
French B12 glass fiber-reinforced
Spanish B13 Process connection sealing rings made of FFPM (Kalrez) L62
Italian B14 Process connection sealing rings made of NBR L63
Chinese B15
Process connection sealing rings made of graphite L64
Russian B16
Drain/Vent valve (1 set = 2 units)
Japanese B17
2 ventilation valves ¼- 18 NPT, in material of process L80
English with units: psi/inH2O B21 flange)
Special version: Supplementary menu languages Vacuum-proof design
(Standard: English, German, French, Spanish, Italian)
Vacuum service V04
Asia language package (in addition: Chinese, Japanese, B80
Russian) Spark arrester V05
For mounting on zone 0 (including documentation)
Certificates (available online for downloading)1)
1) Enclosed in print or as DVD: see page 1/347.
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point characteristic curve C11 2) When also ordering the quality inspection certificate (factory calibration)
test) according to IEC 60770-22) according to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
Acceptance test certificate according to EN 10204-3.13) C12 Order this certificate only together with the remote seals. The measuring
accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1); C15 3) When also ordering the acceptance test certificate according to
PMI test of parts in contact with medium EN 10204-3.1 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals: Order this
Functional Safety (SIL2) C20 certificate as well in addition to the respective remote seals.
Devices suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and 4) Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof", "Ex nA" and
IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
5) Only in conjunction with FM and/or CCSAUS
Degree of protection approvals: Ex ia/ib (intrinsic safety)
6) Not recommended for Measuring span "D"
Ex ia/ib protection (ATEX) (T4) E00 7) The Han 8D device plug is identical with the former Han 8U version.
Ex IS protection (FM) (T4) E01 8) For option B15, B16 and B17 the menu language default is English.
Otherwise the Option B80 (Asia language package) is necessary.
Ex IS protection (CCSAUS) (T4) E02
9) Cable glands must be ordered separately from "Further designs"
Ex ia/ib protection (NEPSI) (T4) E06 (add "-Z" to Article No. and specify order code).

1/342 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for level

Selection and ordering data Order code

1
Additional data
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s)
and plain text.
Measuring range to be set
Specify in plain text:
Linear characteristic curve (max. 5 characters): Y01
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, kPa, MPa, psi
Measuring point number and measuring point identifier
(only standard ASCII character set)
Specify in plain text:
Measuring point number (TAG No.), max. 16 characters Y15
Y15: .........................................
Measuring point text (max. 27 char.) Y16
Y16: .........................................
Entry of HART address (TAG), max. 32 characters Y17
Y17: .........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pressure units Y21
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mbar)
Y21: bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note: The following pressure units are selectable:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), in H2O*), ftH2O*), mmHG, inHG, psi,
Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, kg/cm2, Torr, ATM, % or mA
*) Reference temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in non-pressure units1) Y22 +
Specify in plain text: Y01
Y22: ... up to ... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure units "Y01" is
essential, unit with max. 5 characters)
Customer-specific settings
Damping setting (range: 0 ... 100 s) Y30
(Standard setting: 2 s)
1) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/343

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for level
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
appr. 30 178 (7)
139 (5.48)
(appr. 1.18) 87 (3.43) 58 (2.29) 74 (2.92)
2

10
1 3
5
4

154 (6.2)
appr. 30
7 (appr. 1.18)

70 (2.75)
6
11

d5
d4

D
k
54 (2.1) 108 (4.25)
8

n d2

98 (3.81) 4 2

1 Electrical connection
- M20 x 1.53) or ½-14 NPT screwed gland
- Han 7D/Han 8D device plug2)3) or M12
2 Cover for the push buttons
3 Dummy screwed gland
4 Terminal side 1)
5 Electronics side, display1)
6 Process connection low-pressure side, with valve (optional) or screwed gland
(optional)
7 Safety catch
(only for type of protection "Explosion-proof"; not shown in the diagram)
1)
8 Process connection: low-pressure side ¼-18NPT (IEC 61518) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) additional thread length
2)
9 Electrical connection: Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof"
- Han 7D/Han 8D device plug/socket2)3) 3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CCSAUS [IS + XP]"
10 Mounting flange according to EN 1092-1 or ASME B16.5
11 Clearance for turning the casing

SITRANS P pressure transmitter for filling level, P500 series, measurements in mm (inch)

1/344 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
for level
Connection to EN 1092-1 1
Nominal Nominal b D d d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
diameter pressure
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN50 PN 40 20 165 61 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 90 18 138 76 722) 2 160 8 0, 50, 100,
150 or 200
DN 100 PN 16 20 220 115 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
PN 40 24 235 115 22 162 94 89 2 190 8

Connection to ASME B16.5

Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
diameter pressure
lb/sq.in. inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm)
2 inch class 150 0.77 (19.5) 5.91 (150) 0.75 (19.0) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.77 (45)1) 0.079 (2.0) 4.75 (120.7) 4 0, 2, 3.94,
5.94 or
class 300 0.89 (22.7) 6.49 (165) 0.75 (19.0) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.77 (45)1) 0.079 (2.0) 5.0 (127) 8 7.87
3 inch class 150 0.96 (24.3) 7.5 (190.5) 0.75 (19.0) 5 (127) 3.0 (76) 2.83 (72)2) 0.079 (2.0) 6 (152.4) 4 (0, 50,
100, 150
class 300 1.14 (29.0) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3.0 (76) 2.83 (72)2) 0.079 (2.0) 6.69 (168.3) 8 or 200)
4 inch class 150 0.96 (24.3) 9.06 (230) 0.75 (19.0) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.079 (2.0) 7.5 (190.5) 8
class 300 1.27 (32.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.079 (2.0) 7.88 (200) 8

Explanations of tables:
d: Internal diameter of gasket to DIN 2690
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
d5: Diameter of extension
f: Milling edge
L: Extension length
1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L=0.
2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L=0.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/345

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
Accessories/Spare parts
1 Selection and ordering data Article No.
Replacement measuring cells for differential 7MF 5 9 9 4 -
pressure
7777 1
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differential
pressure and flow, P500 HART PN 160 series
(MAWP 2320 psi)
Click on the Article No. for the online configura-
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil normal 1
Measuring span (min. ... max.)
1.00 ... 50 mbar (0.4 ... 20 inH2O) C
1.25 ... 250 mbar (0.5 ... 100 inH2O) D
6.25 ... 1250 mbar (2.5 ... 502 inH2O) E
31.25 ... 6250 mbar (12.54 ... 2509 inH2O) F
0.16 ... 32 bar (2.33 ... 465 psi) G
Wetted parts materials
(stainless steel process flanges)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
1.4404/316L 1.4404/316L
Hastelloy C2761) Stainless B
steel1.4404/316L
Monel 4001) Stainless C
steel1.4404/316L
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/ 0
DIN EN 61518
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 1
• Vent on side of process flange
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/ 4
DIN EN 61518
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 5
Further designs Order code
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Acceptance test certificate C12
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
Without process flanges K00
Vent on side for gas measurements2) L32
Process flanges, O-ring, special material
Standard: Viton (FKM (FPM))
Process connection sealing rings made of PTFE L60
(Teflon), virginal
Process connection sealing rings made of PTFE L61
(Teflon), glass fiber-reinforced
Process connection sealing rings made of FFPM L62
(Kalrez)2)
Process flanges, O-rings made of NBR L63
Process flanges, O-rings made of graphite L64
1) Not together with Measuring span "C".
2) Only in conjunction with process connection code 4 or 5.
2) Not together with Measuring span "G".

1/346 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
Accessories/Spare parts

■ Selection and Ordering data ■ Selection and Ordering data

1
Article No. Article No.
Mounting brackets Documentation
For differential pressure transmitters with The entire documentation is available for
flange thread M10 download free-of-charge in various lan-
(7MF54..-…10 and 7MF54..-…50) guages at: http://www.siemens.com/
• Made of steel 7MF5987-1AA processinstrumentation/documentation
• Made of stainless steel 7MF5987-1AD
Compact operating instructions
• Made of stainless steel 7MF5987-1AG
• German, Spanish, French, Italian, Dutch A5E02344532
Mounting brackets
for differential pressure transmitter with • Estonian, Latviaan, Lithuanian, Polish, A5E02307339
flange thread 7/16-20 UNF Romanian
(7MF54..-…00 and 7MF54..-…40) • Bulgarian, Czech, Finnish, Slovakian, A5E02307340
• Made of steel 7MF5987-1AC Slovenian
• Made of stainless steel 7MF5987-1AF • Danish, Greek, Portuguese, Swedish, A5E02307341
• Made of stainless steel 7MF5987-1AJ Hungarian
Cover • Russian A5E02307338
Made of die-cast aluminum, including O-ring HART modem
• Without inspection window 7MF5987-1BE
With USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
• With inspection window 7MF5987-1BF
Certificates (order only via SAP) addi-
Made of stainless steel, including seal tional to internet download
• Without inspection window 7MF5987-1BG
• With inspection window 7MF5987-1BH • Hard copy (to order) A5E03252406

Digital indicator 7MF5987-1BR • On DVD (to order) A5E03252407

Including mounting material
For power supply units, see catalog FI01 "Supplementary Com-
TAG plate (incl. fastening material) ponents".
Without inscription (5 pcs.) 7MF5987-1CA
Printed (1 pc.) 7MF5987-1CB-Z
Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15 and Y16 Y..: ......................
(see "SITRANS P transmitters")
Mounting screws
For TAG plate, grounding and connection 7MF5987-1CC
terminals and securing and locking screws
(30 units)
Sealing plugs for process flange
(1 set = 2 units)
• Made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
• Made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CH
Vent valve
Complete (1 set = 2 units)
• Made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CP
• Made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CQ
Electronics module
HART, intrinsically safe Ex ia 7MF5987-1DC
for installation in transmitter casing (observe
warranty conditions)
Connection board (incl. fastening mate-
rial)
HART, intrinsically safe Ex ia 7MF5987-1DM
for installation in transmitter casing (observe
warranty conditions)
Push buttons assembly (incl. fastening 7MF5987-2AF
material)
For replacement of operating keys for on-
site operation of the transmitter
Sealing ring for
• Process connection See catalog FI01,
"Fittings"
• NBR sealing ring for screw cover (10 pcs.) 7MF4997-2EA
• NBR sealing ring for interface measuring 7MF4997-2EB
cell/housing (10 pcs.)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/347

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
Accessories/Spare parts
1 ■ Dimensional drawings

33,15 (1.31) 33,35 (1.32)

20,65
(0.81)
27 (1.06)

(0.81)
20,65
41,3 (1.63)
54 (2.13)

8)
(1.1
R30
R6,56) 3 (0.12)
(0.2

Ø 20
(0.79)
41,3 (1.63)
54 (2.13)
134 (5.28)

105 (4.13)
21 (0.83)

120 (4.72)
115 (4.53)

Ø 11 (0.43)
72 (2.83)

R30 )
8
(1.1
3

52,5 (2.07)
(0.65)
16,5

72 (2.83)

Mounting bracket for SITRANS P pressure transmitter, P500 series, measurements in mm (inch)
Mounting bracket material: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)

1/348 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters

■ Overview ■ Design
1
The SITRANS P500 transmitter can be delivered factory-fitted The 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA manifolds are sealed with
with the following manifolds: PTFE sealing rings between the transmitter and the manifold.
• Valve manifolds 7MF9411-5BA: Three valve manifold for differ- Once installed, the complete unit is checked under pressure for
ential pressure transmitter leaks (compressed air 6 bar (2411 inH2O)) and is certified leak-
• Valve manifolds 7MF9411-5CA: Three valve manifold for dif- proof with a test report to EN 10204 - 2.2.
ferential pressure transmitter All manifolds should preferably be secured with the respective
mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on the mani-
fold and not on the unit itself.
If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Fac-
tory mounting of manifolds", you will receive a mounting bracket
for the manifold instead of a bracket for mounting the transmitter.
If you order an acceptance test certificate 3.1 to EN 10204 when
choosing the option "Factory mounting of manifolds", a separate
certificate is provided for the transmitters and the manifolds re-
spectively.

■ Selection and ordering Data

Manifold 7MF9411-5BA on SITRANS P pressure transmitter P500 Manifold 7MF9411-5CA on SITRANS P500 pressure transmitter for
for differential pressure and flow differential pressure and flow
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmit- Order Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmit- Order
ter and add Order codes code ter and add Order codes code
SITRANS P500 7MF54..-... SITRANS P500 7MF54..-...
mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and
screws made of screws made of
• Chromized steel U01 • Chromized steel U03
• Stainless steel U02 • Stainless steel U04
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
by factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2 by factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2
Further designs: Further designs:
Delivery includes mounting bracket and Delivery includes mounting bracket and
mounting clips made of mounting clips made of
• Steel A01 • Steel A01
• Stainless steel A02 • Stainless steel A02
(instead of the mounting bracket sup- (instead of the mounting bracket sup-
plied with the transmitter) plied with the transmitter)
Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12 Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12
EN 10204-3.1 for transmitters and EN 10204-3.1 for transmitters and
mounted valve manifold mounted valve manifold

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/349

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
1 ■ Dimensional drawings

Manifold 7MF9411-5BA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure transmit-

ter for differential pressure and flow (incl. mounting bracket)
160 (6.3)

0
R3 18)
.
(1

232 (9.13)
215 (8.46)

Manifold 7MF9411-5BA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, measurements in mm (inch)

1/350 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
1

Manifold 7MF9411-5CA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure transmit-

ter for differential pressure and flow (incl. mounting bracket)

256 (10.1)
158 (6.22)
(1 30
8)
R
.1

233 (9.17)

Manifold 7MF9411-5CA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, measurements in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/351

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
1 ■ Overview However, the capillary influences the response time and the tem-
perature response of the complete remote seal system. Two
In many cases the pressure transmitter and the measured me- capillaries of equal length must always be used to connect a re-
dium have to be physically separated. It is then necessary to use mote seal to a pressure transmitter for differential pressure.
a remote seal. The remote seal can be optionally equipped with a projecting
The remote seals can be used with the SITRANS P320/420 pres- diaphragm (tube).
sure transmitter series: Remote seals of sandwich design are fitted with a dummy
• Pressure flange.
• Absolute pressure Designs
• Differential pressure and flow
Diaphragm seal
Note With diaphragm seals, the pressure is measured by means of a
When configuring your remote seal, be sure to read the informa- flat diaphragm which rests in a bed.
tion about transmission response, temperature error and re- The following types of diaphragm seals exist:
sponse time to be found in the sections "Function" and "Technical
data". Only then will the remote seal work to optimum effect.

■ Benefits
• No direct contact between the pressure transmitter and the
medium
• Individual configuration of the pressure transmitter for perfect
adaptation to the operating conditions
• Available in many versions
• Specially designed for difficult operating conditions
• Quick-release versions available for the food industry

■ Application Diaphragm seal of sandwich design without (left) and with a projecting
diaphragm (tube)
Remote seal systems should be used if a separation between • Sandwich design
the measured medium and the measuring instrument is essential • Sandwich design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
or appropriate. ASME which are secured using a dummy flange.
Examples of such cases:
• The temperature of the medium is outside the limits specified
for the pressure transmitter.
• The medium is corrosive and requires diaphragm materials
which are not available for the pressure transmitter.
• The medium is highly viscous or contains solids which would
block the measuring chambers of the pressure transmitter.
• The medium may freeze in the measuring chambers or pulse
line.
• The medium is heterogeneous or fibrous.
• The medium tends towards polymerization or crystallization.
• The process requires quick-release remote seals, as neces- Diaphragm seal of flange design without (left) and with a projecting dia-
sary e.g. in the food industry for fast cleaning. phragm (tube)
• The process requires cleaning of the measuring point, e.g. in • Flange design
a batch process. • Flange design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
ASME, secured using holes in the flange.
■ Design
A remote seal system consists of the following components.
• Pressure transmitter
• One or two remote seals
• Filling liquid
• Connection between pressure transmitter and remote seal
(direct mounting or by means of capillary)
The volume in contact with the measured medium is terminated
by a flat elastic diaphragm lying in a bed. Between the dia-
phragm and the pressure transmitter is the filling liquid.
In many cases, a capillary has to be connected between the re- Quick-release diaphragm seal
mote seal and the pressure transmitter in order e.g. to minimize
temperature effects on the latter when hot media are involved.

1/352 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
• Quick-release remote seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS standard,
■ Function
IDF standard, APV RJF standard, clamp connection, etc.
• Miniature diaphragm seal with male thread for screwing into
tapped holes
• Remote seals with customer-specific process connections
Miniature diaphragm seal with diaphragm flush with front
• Miniature diaphragm seals
The quick-release remote seals are used above all in the food in-
dustry. Their design means that the measured medium cannot
accumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp present
on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is possible for
cleaning.
Clamp-on seal
Clamp-on seal with quick-release design (left) and for flange mounting
With clamp-on seals, the pressure is first measured using a cy-
lindrical diaphragm positioned in a pipe, and then transmitted to
the pressure transmitter by means of the filling liquid.
The clamp-on seal is a special design for flowing media. It con-
sists of a cylindrical pipe in which a cylindrical diaphragm is em-
bedded. Since it is completely integrated in the process pipe, no
turbulences, dead volumes or other obstructions to the flow oc-
cur. Furthermore, the clamp-on seal can be cleaned by a pig.
The following types of clamp-on seals exist:
• Quick-release clamp-on seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS stan-
dard, IDF standard, APV/RJF standard, clamp connection etc.
The quick-release facility attached to the remote seal enables
the seal to be removed quickly for cleaning purposes.
• Clamp-on seals for flanging to EN or ASME.
• Clamp-on seals with customer-specific process connections.
Note:
The pressure data on the transmitter and the remote seal must
be observed with regard to pressure/temperature behavior.
Pressure Measurement
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
1
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the
filling liquid and passes through the capillary to the measuring
chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the dia-
phragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring cham-
ber of the transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Transmission response
The transmission response of a remote seal is characterized by
the following variables:
• Temperature error
• Adjustment time
Temperature error
Temperature errors are caused by the change of volume of the
filling liquid due to temperature variations. To select the right re-
mote seal you must calculate the temperature error.
Below you will find an overview of the factors which influence the
size of the temperature error, as well as information on how to
calculate the temperature error.
The temperature error is dependent on the following variables:
• Rigidity of the diaphragm used
• Filling liquid used
• Influence of the filling liquid underneath the process flanges or
in the connection shank of the pressure transmitter
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diam-
eter, the bigger the temperature error
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the bigger the
temperature error
Diaphragm rigidity
The rigidity of the diaphragm is of decisive importance. The big-
ger the diameter of the diaphragm, the softer the diaphragm and
the more sensitively it reacts to temperature-induced changes in
volume of the filling liquid.
The result is that small measuring ranges are only possible with
large diaphragm diameters.
Other factors apart from diaphragm rigidity which also play a
role:
• Diaphragm thickness
• Diaphragm material
• Coatings if present
Filling liquid
Every filling liquid reacts to temperature variations with a change
of volume. Temperature errors can be minimized by selecting a
suitable filling liquid, but the filling liquid must also be appropri-
ate for the temperature limits and operating pressure. Further-
more, the filling liquid must also be physiologically harmless.
Since the filling liquid is present under the diaphragm, in the
capillary and under the process flange of the pressure transmit-
ter (or in the connection shank), the temperature error must be
calculated separately for each combination.
Note:
A vacuum-resistant remote seal is recommended for continuous
low-pressure operation at 500 mbar a or below, including during
commissioning (see ordering data).
An example of a temperature error calculation can be found in
the section "Technical Specifications".
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/353
 © Siemens AG 2018
Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
1 Response time
The response time is dependent on the following factors:
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diam-
eter, the shorter the response time
• Viscosity of the filling liquid The greater the viscosity, the lon-
ger the response time
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the longer the
response time
• Pressure in the pressure measuring system: The higher the
pressure, the shorter the response time
Recommendations
The following should be observed to obtain an optimum combi-
nation of transmitter and remote seal:
• Choose the biggest possible diameter for the remote seal. The
effective diameter of the seal diaphragm is then bigger and
the temperature error smaller.
• Choose the shortest possible capillary. The response time is
then shorter and the temperature error smaller
• Choose the filling liquid with the least viscosity and the small-
est coefficient of expansion. Make sure, however, that the fill-
ing liquid meets the process requirements with regard to pres-
sure, vacuum and temperature. And ensure that the filling
liquid and the medium are compatible with one another.
• Note the following points for use in the vacuum range:
- The pressure transmitter must always be positioned below
the lowest spigot.
- The operating range of some filling liquids is very limited with
regard to the permissible temperature of the medium.
- A vacuum-proof seal is necessary for continuous operation
in the low-pressure range.
• Recommendations for the minimum span can be found in the
section "Technical data".
Note
The remote seals listed here are a selection of the most common
designs. On account of the large variety of process connections,
certain remote seals which are not listed here may be available
nevertheless.
Other versions can be:
• Other process connections, standards
• Aseptic or sterile connections
• Other dimensions
• Other nominal pressures
• Special diaphragm materials, including coatings
• Other sealing faces
• Other filling liquids
• Other capillary lengths
• Sheathing of capillaries with protective hose
• Calibration at higher/lower temperatures etc.
Please contact your local Siemens office for further informa-
tion.
1/354 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
Negative pressure service
Liquids, such as silicone oils, inert or those suitable for food, are
used in remote seal systems for transmission of the process
pressure to the pressure transmitter.
In each liquid, particles have the tendency to leave the liquid
compound with increasing temperature (transition from liquid to
gaseous aggregate state). This means the vapor pressure in-
creases with increasing temperature and is dependent on the
substance or mixture being present.
The higher the temperature and the lower the associated pro-
cess pressure in the liquid, the more difficult it gets to guarantee
the desired transmission properties of the fill fluid and therefore
the measuring arrangement.
Plus the sealing elements at the transmitter must be designed so
that a diffusion of molecules from the atmosphere into the remote
seal system is prevented due to the constantly occurring nega-
tive pressure.
In addition to the influencing variables process pressure and
process temperature, the vapor pressure curve of the fill fluid at
the remote seal end and the stiffness of the remote seal mem-
brane impact the functionality of the remote seal in the negative
pressure range.
This means you have to pay special attention to the physical
properties of fill fluids with applications in the negative pressure
range.
There are three stages for the negative pressure resistance:
• Standard design of the remote seal without additional protec-
tive measures, suitable for the overpressure range and low
negative pressure range. This design is identified with (1) in
the diagrams below in section 3.
• Negative pressure service with suitable seals and treated fill
fluid, identified with (2) in the diagrams below in section 3.
Here you select the order codes D81 or D83, depending on
the mounting type.·
• Extended negative pressure service with more extended
treatment of the fill fluid and the remote seals, identified in the
diagrams below. Here you select the order codes D85 or D88,
depending on the mounting type.
There are two more areas in the diagrams. The area (4) identifies
an area that has to be clarified with Technical Support prior to
placing the order. The area (5) describes the area in which the
remote seal fill fluid is permanently destroyed and the entire re-
mote seal is therefore without function.
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
Technical specifications of the remote seal filling liquids Note: For reasons of operational safety, the transmitter must not 1
exceed the height of the remote seal - with differential pressure
Filling liquid Num- Density Visco- Suitable Suitable
ber in at 20°C sity at for nega- for exten- applications, the height of the bottom remote seal - for measure-
the ments in the negative pressure range. The associated installa-
[kg/dm3] 20°C tive pres- ded nega-
tion types B, C1, C2 or H are described at the end of this section
Article [mm2/s] sure tive
No. service pressure under the topic "Measuring arrangements".
service
Selection of the required negative pressure service
Silicone oil M5 1 0.914 4 x -
The procedure for determining the required negative pressure
Silicone oil M50 2 0.966 50 x x service is described below using the silicone oil M5 as fill fluid.
High-tempera- 3 1.070 57 x x The minimum existing process pressure of a fictitious process is
ture oil 200 mbarabs (2.9 psi) (at a maximum process temperature of
Halocarbon oil 4 1.968 14 x - 150 °C (302 °F)). This intersection is identified by an "✖" in the
diagram below. This means the negative pressure service D81
Food oil 7 0.920 10 x x or D83 (depending on the application) is sufficient in this exam-
(FDA-listed) ple.
The suitable negative pressure service is specified with the pres- The suitable negative pressure resistance is determined this
sure/temperature curves of the respective liquids described be- way for all other fill fluids.
low.
Note:
Note the response times according to the table on page 1/364.

Silicone oil M5
Operating pressure [mbarabs]

1010

910

810

710

610

1
510
5

410

310
2

210 ✖

110
4
10
-100 -50 0 50 100 150
Operating temperature [°C]
1 Operating range of the standard remote seal design without special measures.
2 Operating range for which the negative pressure service D81 or D83 is required.
Note: An extended negative pressure service is not possible for this fill fluid.
4 Please contact Technical Support for applications in this area.
Detailed information regarding application, process and ambient data are necessary.
5 Area in which you have to expect the destruction of the fill fluid.
A function of the remote seal is not specified here.

Permissible operating range:

Max. temperature limit: 160 °C
Min. temperature limit: -90 °C

Negative pressure applications with silicone oil M5

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/355

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
1
Silicone oil M50
Operating pressure [mbarabs]

1010

910

810

1
710

610
2

510
5

410

310
3

210

110
4

10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Operating temperature [°C]
1 Operating range of the standard remote seal design without special measures.
2 Operating range for which the negative pressure service D81 or D83 is required.

3 Operating range for which the extended negative pressure service D85 or D88 is required
4 Please contact Technical Support for applications in this area.
Detailed information regarding application, process and ambient data are necessary.
5 Area in which you have to expect the destruction of the fill fluid.
A function of the remote seal is not specified here.
Permissible operating range:
Max. temperature limit: 300 °C
Min. temperature limit: -40 °C

Negative pressure applications with silicone oil M50

1/356 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
1
High-temperature oil
Operating pressure [mbarabs]

1010

910

810

1
710

610

510
2

410

310
3 4 5

210

110

10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Operating temperature [°C]
1 Operating range of the standard remote seal design without special measures.
2 Operating range for which the negative pressure service D81 or D83 is required.

3 Operating range for which the extended negative pressure service D85 or D88 is required
4 Please contact Technical Support for applications in this area.
Detailed information regarding application, process and ambient data are necessary.
5 Area in which you have to expect the destruction of the fill fluid.
A function of the remote seal is not specified here.
Permissible operating range:
Max. temperature limit: 400 °C
Min. temperature limit: -10 °C

Negative pressure applications with high-temperature oil

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/357

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
1
Halocarbon oil (inert fill fluid)
Operating pressure [mbarabs]
1010

910

810

710

610

510
1

410
5

310
2

210

110
4

10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Operating temperature [°C]
1 Operating range of the standard remote seal design without special measures.
2 Operating range for which the negative pressure service D81 or D83 is required.
Note: An extended negative pressure service is not possible for this fill fluid.
4 Please contact Technical Support for applications in this area.
Detailed information regarding application, process and ambient data are necessary.
5 Area in which you have to expect the destruction of the fill fluid.
A function of the remote seal is not specified here.

Permissible operating range:

Max. temperature limit: 175 °C
Min. temperature limit: -30 °C

Oxygen application for operating temperature between 60 and 175 °C

and also for operating pressure > 50 bar not permissible.

Negative pressure applications with halocarbon oil (inert filling liquid)

A BAM approval for process temperatures up to 60 °C (140 °F) and system pressures up to 50 bar (725 psi) is available for the oxygen
application.

1/358 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
1
Food oil (FDA-listed)
Operating pressure [mbarabs]
1010

910

810

1
710

610

510
5

410
2

310

210
3

110
4
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Operating temperature [°C]
1 Operating range of the standard remote seal design without special measures.
2 Operating range for which the negative pressure service D81 or D83 is required.
3 Operating range for which the extended negative pressure service D85 or D88 is required
4 Please contact Technical Support for applications in this area.
Detailed information regarding application, process and ambient data are necessary.
5 Area in which you have to expect the destruction of the fill fluid.
A function of the remote seal is not specified here.
Permissible operating range:
Max. temperature limit: 230 °C
Min. temperature limit: -15 °C

Negative pressure applications with food oil (FDA listed)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/359

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
1 ■ Technical specifications
Temperature error Diaphragm seals
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals when connected to pressure transmitters for pressure, absolute pressure, differential pres-
sure (single-sided) and level
Nominal diameter/ Diaphragm Temperature Temperature error of Temperature Recommended
design diameter error of remote capillary fCap error of process min. spans (guid-
seal fRS flange/connec- ance values,
tion spigot fPF observe temp.
error)
mm (inch) mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar (psi)
10 K 10 K) (10 K  mCap) (10 K  mCap))) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube 59 (2.32) 1.5 (0.022) 2 (0.029) 2 (0.029) 200 (2.90)
design or with
flange to DN 50 with tube 45 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
EN 1092-1 DN 80 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube 59 (2.32) 1.5 (0.022) 2 (0.029) 2 (0.029) 200 (2.90)
design or with 2 inch with tube 45 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
flange to
ASME B16.5 3 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
4 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
5 inch without tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Remote seal, DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
screwed gland
design
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with threaded
socket to DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DIN 11851 DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Clamp connec- 1½ inch 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
tion
2 inch 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Miniature dia- G1B 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
phragm seal
G1½B 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
G2B 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
Remarks:
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed).
• Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.

1/360 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals with connection to differential pressure transmitters (double-sided) 1
Nominal diameter/ Diaphragm Temperature error Temperature error of Temperature error Recommended
design diameter of remote seal fRS capillary fCap of process min. spans
flange/connec- (guidance val-
tion spigot fPF ues, observe
temperature
error)
mm (inch) mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar (psi)
10 K 10 K) (10 K  mCap) (10 K  mCap)) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube 59 (2.32) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0045) 0.3 (0.0045) 250 (3.626)
design or with
flange to DN 50 with tube 45 (1.89) 1.26 (0.018) 1.7 (0.025) 1.7 (0.025) 250 (3.626)
EN 1092-1 DN 80 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.05 (0.001) 0.05 (0.0007) 50 (0.725)
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube 59 (2.32) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0045) 250 (3.626)
design with
flange to 2 inch with tube 45 (1.89) 1.26 (0.018) 1.7 (0.025) 1.7 (0.025) 250 (3.626)
ASME B16.5 3 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.05 (0.0007) 0.05 (0.0007) 50 (0.725)
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
4 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
5 inch without tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal, DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
screwed gland
design
Remote seal DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 65 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Remote seal DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
with threaded
socket to DN 65 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
DIN 11851 DN 80 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Clamp connec- 2 inch 40 (1.57) 1 (0.015) 2.5 (0.036) 2.5 (0.036) 2000 (29.01)
tion
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)

Remarks:
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed).
• Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/361

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
1 Temperature error Clamp-on seals
Temperature errors of clamp-on seals when connected to pressure transmitters for gauge pressure and absolute pressure, and with
single-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
Nominal diameter/ Temperature error of remote Temperature error of Temperature error of pro- Recommended min. spans
design seal fRS capillary fCap cess flange/connection (guidance values, observe
spigot fPF temperature error)
mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar (psi)
DN 25 (1 inch) 6.0 (0.0870) 8.5 (0.123) 8.5 (0.123) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 4.5 (0.065) 4.5 (0.065) 4.5 (0.065) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 4.0 (0.058) 3.0 (0.044) 3.0 (0.044) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 9.5 (0.138) 5.0 (0.073) 5.0 (0.073) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 8.0 (0.012) 3.0 (0.044) 3.0 (0.044) 100 (1.45)

Temperature errors of clamp-on seals with double-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
Nominal diameter/ Temperature error of remote Temperature error of Temperature error of pro- Recommended min. spans
design seal fRS capillary fCap cess flange/connection (guidance values, observe
spigot fPF temperature error)
mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar (psi)
DN 25 (1 inch) 2.3 (0.033) 1.8 (0.026) 1.8 (0.026) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 0.8 (0.012) 0.3 (0.004) 0.3 (0.004) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 0.3 (0.004) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 3.0 (0.044) 0.5 (0.007) 0.5 (0.007) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 1.0 (0.015) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)

Remarks:
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed).
• Half the values apply to glycerin/water mixture as the filling liquid.
• Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.
• Diaphragm thickness 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) for DN 25/DN 40/DN 50 and 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) for DN 80/DN 100

1/362 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
Calculation of the temperature error Dependence of temperature error on diaphragm material 1
The following equation is used to calculate the temperature error: The temperature errors listed in the previous table are based on the
use of stainless steel as the diaphragm material. If other diaphragm
dp = (RS – Cal)  fRS + (Cap – Cal)  lCap fCap + (TR – Cal)  fPF
materials are used, the temperature errors change as follows:
dp Additional temperature error (mbar) Diaphragm material Change in temperature
error of remote seal
RS Temperature on remote seal diaphragm (generally
corresponds to temperature of medium) Increase in values by
Cal Calibration (reference) temperature (20 °C (68 °F)) Stainless steel, Duplex, ... See previous tables
fRS Temperature error of remote seal Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 50 %
Cap Ambient temperature on the capillaries Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 50 %
lCap Capillary length Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 60 %
fCap Temperature error of capillaries Tantalum 50 %
TR Ambient temperature on pressure transmitter Titanium 50 %
fPF Temperature error of the oil filling in the process PTFE coating on stainless steel diaphragm 80 %
flanges of the pressure transmitter ECTFE coating or PFA coating on stainless 100 %
steel diaphragm
Example of temperature error calculation
Gold coating on stainless steel diaphragm 40 %
Existing conditions:
Inconel 50 %
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for fRS = 0.05 mbar/10 K
differential pressure, 250 mbar, set (0.039 inH2O/10 K) Incoloy 50 %
to 0 ... 100 mbar, with DN 100
remote seal diaphragms without Maximum temperature of medium
tube, diaphragm made of stainless Note:
steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L When taking into account the maximum medium temperature,
Capillary length lCap = 6 m (19.7 ft) the application limits of the fill fluids and gaskets used as well as
the pressure/temperature limits of the respective process con-
Capillaries fitted on both sides fCap = 0.07 mbar/(10 K  mCap)
(0.028 inH2O/(10 K  mCap)) nections must also be taken into consideration.
Filling liquid silicone oil M5 fPF = 0.07 mbar/10 K
The following maximum temperatures of the medium apply de-
(0.028 inH2O/10 K) pending on the material of the wetted parts.
Process temperature RS = 100 °C (212 °F) Material Max. temperature Min./max. pressure
of medium
Temperature on the capillaries Cap = 50 °C (122 °F)
Stainless steel, 316L 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
Temperature on pressure TR = 50 °C (122 °F) PTFE coating 200 °C (392 °F) < 0 bar (0 psi);
transmitter gauge pressure
Calibration temperature Cal = 20 °C (68 °F) 260 °C (500 °F) 0 bar (0 psi)/25 bar
(363 psi); gauge pressure
Required: 150 °C (302 °F) 25 bar (363 psi)/40 bar
Additional temperature error of remote seals: dp (580 psi); gauge pressure
50 °C (302 °F) 40 bar (580 psi)/60 bar
Calculation: (870 psi); gauge pressure
in mbar ECTFE coating 150 °C (302 °F) For pressures < 1 bar
(14.5 psi) on request
dp = (100 °C – 20 °C)  0.05 mbar/10 K + (50 °C – 20 °C)  6 m 
PFA coating 200 °C (392 °F) < 0 bar (0 psi);
0.07 mbar/(10 K  m) + (50 °C – 20 °C)  0.07 mbar/10 K
gauge pressure
dp = 0.4 mbar + 1.26 mbar + 0.21 mbar 260 °C (500 °F) 25 bar (363 psi)/40 bar
in inH2O (580 psi); gauge pressure
dp = (212 °F - 68 °F) · 0.039 inH2O/10 K + (112 °F - 68 °F) · 19.7 ft · 150 °C (302 °F) 40 bar (580 psi)/60 bar
0.028 inH2O/(10 K · 3.28 ft) + (112 °F - 68 °F) · (0.028 inH2O/10 K) (870 psi); gauge pressure

dp = 0.16 inH2O + 0.51 inH2O + 0.08 inH2O 50 °C (302 °F) For pressures < 1 bar
(14.5 psi) on request
Hastelloy C4, 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
mat. No. 2.4602
Result:
Hastelloy C276, 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
dp = 1.87 mbar (0.75 inH2O) mat. No. 2.4819
(corresponds to 2.27% of set span)
Hastelloy C22, 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
Note mat. No. 2.4602
The determined temperature error only applies to the error resulting Monel 400, 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
from connection of the remote seal. mat. No. 2.4360
The transmission response of the respective transmitter is not included Tantalum 300 °C (572 °F) No restriction
in this consideration.
It must be calculated separately, and the resulting error added to the Duplex, 250 °C (482 °F) No restriction
error determined above from connection of the remote seal. mat. No. 1.4462
Titanium 150 °C (302 °F) No restriction
Inconel 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
Incoloy 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
Gold coating 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/363

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
1 Maximum capillary length for diaphragm seals
(guidance values)
Nom. diam. Max. length of capillary
Diaphragm seal Clamp-on seal
m (ft) m (ft)
DN 25 (1 inch) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2)
DN 32 (1¼ inch) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7)
DN 50 (2 inch) 6 (19.7) 10 (32.8)
DN 65 (2½ inch) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8)
DN 80 (3 inch) 15 (49.1) 10 (32.8)
DN 100 (4 inch) 15 (49.1) 10 (32.8)
DN 125 (5 inch) 15 (49.1) - -

Response times
The values listed in the following table are the response times (in
seconds per meter of capillary) for a change in pressure which
corresponds to the set span.
The listed values must be multiplied by the respective length of
the capillary, or with transmitters for differential pressure and flow
by the total length of both capillaries.
The response times are independent of the set span within the
range of the respective transmitter. The response times are of in-
significant importance for spans above 10 bar (145 psi). The re-
sponse times of the pressure transmitters are not considered in
the table.

Filling liquid Density Temperature Response time in s/m (s/ft) with max. span of pressure transmitter
on capillary
kg/dm3 (lb/in3) °C (°F) 250 mbar (101 inH2O) 600 mbar (241 inH2O) 1600 mbar (643 inH2O)
Silicone oil M5 0.914 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.11 (0.034) 0.02 (0.006) 0.02 (0.006)
- 20 (-4) 0.3 (0.091) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
Silicone oil M50 0.966 (0.035) +60 (140) 0.6 (0.183) 0.25 (0.076) 0.09 (0.027)
+20 (68) 0.61 (0.186) 0.26 (0.079) 0.1 (0.030)
- 20 (-4) 1.69 (0.515) 0.71 (0.216) 0.27 (0.082)
High-temperature oil 1.070 (0.039) +60 (140) 0.14 (0.043) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006)
+20 (68) 0.65 (0.198) 0.27 (0.082) 0.1 (0.030)
-10 (14) 3.96 (1.207) 1.65 (0.503) 0.62 (0.189)
Halocarbon oil 1.968 (0.071) +60 (140) 0.07 (0.021) 0.03 (0.009) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.29 (0.088) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
- 20 (-4) 2.88 (0.878) 1.2 (0.366) 0.45 (0.137)
Food oil (FDA listed) 0.920 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.75 (0.229) 0.33 (0.101) 0.17 (0.052)
+20 (68) 4 (1.220) 1.75 (0.534) 0.67 (0.204)
- 20 (-4) 20 (6.100) 8.5 (2.593) 3.25 (0.991)

Permissible data of filling liquids for pressure and temperature see diagrams on page 1/355 ff.

1/364 Siemens FI 01 · 2018


■ Overview
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design
■ Technical specifications
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design
Nominal diameter
Connecting standard EN 1092-1
• DN 25, DN 40, DN 50, DN 65,
DN 80, DN 100, DN 125
Connecting standard ASME
B16.5
• 1 inch, 1½ inch, 2 inch, 2½ inch,
3 inch, 4 inch, 5 inch
Connecting standard J.I.S.
• DN 25, DN 40, DN 50, DN 65,
DN 80, DN 100, DN 125
Sealing face
• For stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4404/316L
• For the other materials
Materials
• Main body
• Wetted parts
• Capillary
• Sheath
© Siemens AG 2018
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary
Nominal pressure
PN 16 ... PN 400
Class 150 ... class 2500
10K ... 63K
To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
To EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Stainless steel mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Stainless steel mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Without coating
• PTFE coating
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum on re-
quest)
• PFA coating
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602
Hastelloy C22, mat. no. 2.4602
Tantalum
Titanium, mat. no. 3.7035
Nickel 201
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated,
thickness approx. 25 m
Stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4571/316Ti
Spiral protective tube made of stain-
less steel, mat. No. 1.4301/304
Pressure Measurement
SITRANS P320/P420
Sealing material in the process
flanges
• For pressure transmitters, abso-
lute pressure transmitters and
low-pressure applications
• For other applications
Maximum pressure
Tube length
Capillary
• Length
• Internal diameter
• Minimum bending radius
Filling liquid
Permissible ambient temperature
Weight
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pres-
sure equipment directive
(DGRL 2014/68/EU)
1
Copper
Viton
See above and the technical data of
the pressure transmitters
Without tube as standard (tube
available on request)
Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer lengths
on request
max. 2 mm (0.079 inch)
150 mm (5.9 inch)
Silicone oil M5
Silicone oil M50
High-temperature oil
Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
Food grade oil (FDA listed)
Dependent on the pressure trans-
mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
More information can be found in
the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in the
Technical description to the remote
seals
Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
uids of fluid group 1; complies with
requirements of article 4,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/365
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
code code
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Sandwich type design, with flexible capillary Sandwich type design, with flexible capillary
tube, connected with flexible capillary tube tube, connected with flexible capillary tube
to a to a
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 0 0 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 0 0 -
pressure or absolute pressure pressure or absolute pressure
(only together with negative pressure ser- (only together with negative pressure ser-
vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
Scope of delivery: 1 off Scope of delivery: 1 off
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for abso- 7MF 0 8 0 1 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for abso- 7MF 0 8 0 1 -
lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa- lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa-
rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 0 2 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 0 2 -
ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04.. ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04..
order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- 11 m (only for 7MF0802) 23
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. 12 m (only for 7MF0802) 24
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure 13 m (only for 7MF0802) 25
14 m (only for 7MF0802) 26
Connecting standard EN 1092-1
15 m (only for 7MF0802) 27
(DN 25, DN 40 and DN 50 recommended
only for pressure transmitters) Other version 98 L1Y
DN 25 PN 16 ... 400 0 BQ Add Order code and plain text
DN 40 PN 16 ... 400 0 DQ Filling liquid
DN 50 PN 16 ... 400 0 EQ Silicone oil M5 A
DN 65 PN 16 ... 400 0 FQ Silicone oil M50 B
DN 80 PN 16 ... 400 0 GQ High-temperature oil C
DN 100 PN 16 ... 400 0 HQ Halocarbon oil D
DN 125 PN 16 ... 400 0 JQ Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 Other version Z P1Y
(1 inch, 1½ inch and 2 inch recommended Add Order code and plain text
only for pressure transmitters) Wetted parts materials
1 inch class 150 ... 2500 1KX
Stainless steel 316L
1½ inch class 150 ... 2500 1LX
• Without coating A
2 inch class 150 ... 2500 1 MX
• With PFA coating D
2½ inch class 150 ... 2500 1NX
• With PTFE coating E0
3 inch class 150 ... 2500 1PX
• With ECTFE coating F
4 inch class 150 ... 2500 1QX
Monel 400, 2.4360 G
5 inch class 150 ... 2500 1RX
Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
Connecting standard J.I.S. Tantalum K
(DN 25, DN 40 and DN 50 recommended Titanium, 3.7035 L0
only for pressure transmitters) Nickel 201 M0
DN 25 10K ... 63K 2 BW Diaphragm Duplex, 1.4462 Q
DN 40 10K ... 63K 2 DW Diaphragm plus flange Duplex, 1.4462 R
DN 50 10K ... 63K 2 EW Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S0
DN 65 10K ... 63K 2 FW Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U0
DN 80 10K ... 63K 2 GW Hastelloy C22, 2.4602 V0
DN 100 10K ... 63K 2 HW
Other version Z 8 Q1Y
DN 125 10K ... 63K 2 JW Add Order code and plain text
Other version 9 AA H1Y Extension length
Add Order code and plain text
• without 0
Length of capillary • 50 mm (2") 1
1m 1 0 • 100 mm (4") 2
1,6 m 1 1 • 150 mm (6") 3
2m 1 2 • 200 mm (8") 4
2,5 m 1 3 • 250 mm (10") 5
3m 1 4 Z 8 Q1Y
Other version
4m 1 5 Add Order code and plain text
5m 1 6
6m 1 7
7m 1 8
8m 2 0
9m 2 1
10 m 2 2

1/366 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
1
code code
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Sandwich type design, with flexible capillary Sandwich type design, with flexible capillary
tube, connected with flexible capillary tube tube, connected with flexible capillary tube
to a to a
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 0 0 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 0 0 -
pressure or absolute pressure pressure or absolute pressure
(only together with negative pressure ser- (only together with negative pressure ser-
vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
Scope of delivery: 1 off Scope of delivery: 1 off
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for abso- 7MF 0 8 0 1 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for abso- 7MF 0 8 0 1 -
lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa- lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa-
rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 0 2 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 0 2 -
ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04.. ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04..
order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Customer-specific extension length • Wetted parts Hastelloy C276
• Wetted parts stainless steel without coating Range Standard length
Range Standard length 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") J1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") A1
(0.79 ... 1.97") 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") J2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") A2
(2.01 ... 3.94") 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") J3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") A3
(3.98 ... 5.91") 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") J4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") A4
(5.94 ... 7.87") • Wetted parts Tantalum
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") A5 Range Standard length
(7.91 ... 9.84")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") K1
• Wetted parts stainless steel with ECTFE (0.79 ... 1.97")
coating 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") K2
Range Standard length (2.01 ... 3.94")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") F1 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") K3
(0.79 ... 1.97") (3.98 ... 5.91")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") F2 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") K4
(2.01 ... 3.94") (5.94 ... 7.87")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") F3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") F4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") F5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
• Wetted parts stainless steel with PFA coat-
ing
Range Standard length
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") D1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") D2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") D3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") D4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") D5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
• Wetted parts Monel 400
Range Standard length
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") G1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") G2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") G3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") G4
(5.94 ... 7.87")

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/367

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Factory certificates Sealing surface with recess to EN1092-1, form F
(wetted parts 316L only)
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 • DN 25 M82
• DN 40 M83
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12 • DN 50 M84
body and wetted parts
• DN 80 M85
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13 • DN 100 M86
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• DN 125 M87
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy
and stainless steel) Capillary connection
C15 (only for 7MF0800)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of
pressure containing and wetted parts Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S03
C17 ters at high-side
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2)
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04
Functional safety (SIL2/3) Devices suitable for use C20 ters at low-side
according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
(Includes SIL conformity declaration) Capillary coating

Accessories PE protective tube

Spark arrestor (for gauge and absolute pressure trans- D61 1m S10
mitters) 1,6 m S11
Spark arrestor (for differential pressure and level trans- D62 2m S12
mitters) 2,5 m S13
Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67 3m S14
Negative pressure services 4m S15
5m S16
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81
pressure transmitters) 6m S17
Negative pressure service (for differential pressure D83 7m S18
transmitters) 8m S19
Extended negative pressure service (for gauge and D85 9m S20
absolute pressure transmitters) (only 7MF0800) 10 m S21
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88 11 m (only for 7MF0802) S22
pressure transmitters) 12 m (only for 7MF0802) S23
General product approvals without explosion proof 13 m (only for 7MF0802) S24
approvals 14 m (only for 7MF0802) S25
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80 15 m (only for 7MF0802) S26
including certificate EN10204-2.2 PTFE protective tube
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature 1m S40
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar)
1,6 m S41
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (not for O2-appl. E87
including certificate EN10204-2.2 2m S42
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil) 2,5 m S43
3m S44
Sealing surface
4m S45
Sealing surface smooth, form B2/EN1092-1 resp. M50 5m S46
RFSF/ANSI B16.5 (wetted parts 316L only)
6m S47
Sealing surface groove to EN1092-1, form D M54
7m S48
(instead of sealing surface B1, wetted parts 316L only)
8m S49
Sealing surface RJF (groove) to ASME B16.5 M64 9m S50
(instead of sealing surface RF 125...250AA, wetted
parts 316L only) 10 m S51
11 m (only for 7MF0802) S52
Sealing surface with tongue to EN1092-1, form C 12 m (only for 7MF0802) S53
(wetted parts 316L only)
13 m (only for 7MF0802) S54
• DN 25 M70
14 m (only for 7MF0802) S55
• DN 40 M71
15 m (only for 7MF0802) S56
• DN 50 M72
• DN 80 M73
• DN 100 M74
• DN 125 M75
Sealing surface with spigot to EN1092-1, form E
(wetted parts 316L only)
• DN 25 M76
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81

1/368 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary
Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
PVC protective tube
1m S70
1,6 m S71
2m S72
2,5 m S73
3m S74
4m S75
5m S76
6m S77
7m S78
8m S79
9m S80
10 m S81
11 m (only for 7MF0802) S82
12 m (only for 7MF0802) S83
13 m (only for 7MF0802) S84
14 m (only for 7MF0802) S85
15 m (only for 7MF0802) S86
Device settings
Operating Temperature; Lower range value ... °C (°F), Y10
upper range value ... °C (°F)
Static pressure: ... bar (psi) Y11
Customer specific extension length (enter required Y44
length in plain text)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/369

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
Connection to EN 1092-1
D
Nom. Nom. b D d5 dM dM l
b dM diameter pres- with w/o
sure tube tube
mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 25 PN 16 ... 20 68 24,5 22.6 27 100
PN 400
Ød 5

DN 40 20 88 38 30 40 100
DN 50 20 102 48.3 40 51 100
DN 65 20 122 48,3 40 65 100
DN 80 20 138 76 65 85 100
Handhold DN 100 20 158 94 85 85 100
l
Ø16 (6.3)
DN 125 22 188 125 16 116 100

Connection to ASME B16.5

Nom. Nom. b D d5 dM dM I
diameter pres- with w/o
sure tube tube
lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
1 inch 150 ... 20 51 24.5 22.6 30 100
2500 (0.79) (2.01) (0,96) (0.89) (1.18) (3.94)
0 1½ inch 20 73 38 30 40 100
15 (0.79) () (1.5) (1.18) (1.57) (3.94)
≥ .9)
R (5
2 inch 20 100 48.3 40 51 100
(0.79) (3.94) (1.9) (1.57) (2.01) (3.94)
2½ inch 20 105 48.3 40 65 100
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary for connection (0.79) (4.13) (1.9) (1.57) (2.56) (3.94)
to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
3 inch 20 134 72 65 85 100
(0.79) (5.28) (3) (2.56) (3.35) (3.94)
D 4 inch 20 158 94 85 85 100
dM b (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.35) (3.35) (3.94)
5 inch 22 186 125 116 116 100
(0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.57) (4.57) (3.94)

Connection to J.I.S.
Ød 5

Ød 5

Nom. Nom. b D D d5 dM dM I
diame- pres- 10K, 30K ... with w/o
ter sure 20K 63K tube tube
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
Handhold (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
Ø16 (6.3) DN 25 10K ... 20 67 70 24.5 22.6 30 100
l

63K (0.79) (2.64) (2.76) (0.96) (0.89) (1.18) (3.94)

DN 40 20 81 90 38 30 36 100
(0.79) (3.19) (3.54) (1.5) (1.18) (1.42) (3.94)
DN 50 20 96 105 48.3 40 51 100
(0.79) (3.78) (4.13) (1.9) (1.57) (2.01) (3.94)
DN 65 20 116 130 48.3 40 65 100
(0.79) (4.57) (5.12) (1.9) (1.57) (2.56) (3.94)
R≥ DN 80 20 132 140 76 65 85 100
(5. 150 (0.79) (5.2) (5.51) (2.99) (2.56) (3.35) (3.94)
9)
DN 100 20 160 160 94 85 85 100
(0.79) (6.3) (6.3) (3.69) (3.35) (3.35) (3.94)
DN 125 20 195 195 125 116 116 100
(0.79) (7.68) (7.68) (4.92) (4.57) (4.57) (3.94)

Diaphragm seals of sandwich design (without flange) with flexible capil- d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1/ASME B16.5
lary for connection to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute pres-
sure or differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch) dM: Effective diaphragm diameter

1/370 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary

■ Overview Materials
1
• Main body Stainless steel
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Without coating
• PTFE coating
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum
on request)
• PFA coating
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602
Hastelloy C22, W.-Nr. 2.4602
Tantalum
Titanium, W.-Nr. 3.7035
Nickel 201
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Diaphragm seals of flange design Stainless steel 316L, gold plated,
thickness approx. 25 m
■ Technical specifications • Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4571/316Ti
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure stainless steel, mat.
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 no. 1.4301/304
• DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160/250 Sealing material in the process
flanges
• DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100 • For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40/100 pressure transmitters and low-
pressure applications
• DN 100 PN 10/16/25/40
• DN 125 PN 16/40 • For other applications Viton
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitter
• 1 inch Class 150/300/600/1500
• 1½ inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500 Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
available on request)
• 2 inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500
• 3 inch Class 150/300/600/1500 Capillary
• 4 inch Class 150/300/400/1500 • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
• 5 inch Class 150/300/400 lengths on request
Connecting standard J.I.S. • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• DN 50 10K • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• DN 80 20K Filling liquid
• DN 100 40K
(for remote seals of sandwich and Silicone oil M5
Sealing face flange design)
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or Silicone oil M50
No. 1.4404/316L ASMR B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
High-temperature oil
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
Food oil (FDA listed)
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
More information can be found in
the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
the Technical description to the
remote seals
Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/371

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
code code
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube, Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube,
connected with flexible capillary tube to a connected with flexible capillary tube to a
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 1 0 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 1 0 -
pressure or absolute pressure pressure or absolute pressure
(only together with negative pressure ser- (only together with negative pressure ser-
vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
Scope of delivery: 1 off Scope of delivery: 1 off
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for abso- 7MF 0 8 1 1 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for abso- 7MF 0 8 1 1 -
lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa- lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa-
rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 1 2 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 1 2 -
ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04.. ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04..
order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Connecting standard J.I.S.
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. (DN 50 recommended only for pressure
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure transmitters)
DN 50 10 K 2ES
Connecting standard EN 1092-1
20 K 2ET
(DN 25, DN 40 and DN 50 recommended 40 K 2 EU
only for pressure transmitters)
DN 80 10 K 2GS
DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 0 BD
20 K 2GT
PN 63/100 0BF
40 K 2 GU
PN 160 0 BG
DN 100 10 K 2HS
PN 250 0 BH
20 K 2HT
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 0 DD
40 K 2 HU
PN 63/100 0DF
Other version 9 AA H1Y
PN 160 0 DG Add Order code and plain text
DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 0 ED
PN 63 0EE Transmitter connection
PN 100 0EF Connection via capillary tube
Length of capillary
DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 0 GD
1m 10
PN 100 0GF
1,6 m 11
DN 100 PN 10/16 0 HB
2m 12
PN 25/40 0 HD
2,5 m 13
DN 125 PN 16 0 JB
3m 14
PN 40 0 JD
4m 15
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 5m 16
(1 inch, 1½ inch and 2 inch recommended 6m 17
only for pressure transmitters) 7m 18
1 inch class 150 1KL 8m 20
class 300 1 KM 9m 21
class 600 1 KN 10 m 22
class 1500 1KP 11 m (only for 7MF0812) 23
1½ inch class 150 1 LA 12 m (only for 7MF0812) 24
class 300 1 LB 13 m (only for 7MF0812) 25
class 400/600 1 LD 14 m (only for 7MF0812) 26
class 900/1500 1LF 15 m (only for 7MF0812) 27
2 inch class 150 1 MA Other version 98 L1Y
class 300 1 MB Add Order code and plain text
class 400/600 1 MD Filling liquid
class 900/1500 1MF Silicone oil M5 A
3 inch class 150 1 PA Silicone oil M50 B
class 300 1 PB High-temperature oil C
class 600 1 PD Halocarbon oil D
class 1500 1PF Food-grade oil (FDA grade) E
4 inch class 150 1 QA Other version Z P1Y
class 300 1 QB Add Order code and plain text
class 400 1 QC
class 1500 1QF
5 inch class 150 1 RA
class 300 1 RB
class 400 1 RC

1/372 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
1
code code
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube, Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube,
connected with flexible capillary tube to a connected with flexible capillary tube to a
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 1 0 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 1 0 -
pressure or absolute pressure pressure or absolute pressure
(only together with negative pressure ser- (only together with negative pressure ser-
vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
Scope of delivery: 1 off Scope of delivery: 1 off
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for abso- 7MF 0 8 1 1 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for abso- 7MF 0 8 1 1 -
lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa- lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa-
rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 1 2 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 1 2 -
ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04.. ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04..
order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Wetted parts materials • Wetted parts stainless steel with ECTFE
coating
Stainless steel 316L
Range Standard length
• Without coating A
• With PFA coating D 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") F1
• With PTFE coating E0 (0.79 ... 1.97")
• With ECTFE coating F 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") F2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
Monel 400, 2.4360 G
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") F3
Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J (3.98 ... 5.91")
Tantalum K 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") F4
Titanium, 3.7035 L0 (5.94 ... 7.87")
Nickel 201 M0 201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") F5
Diaphragm Duplex, 1.4462 Q (7.91 ... 9.84")
Diaphragm plus flange Duplex, 1.4462 R • Wetted parts stainless steel with PFA coating
Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S0 Range Standard length
Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U0
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") D1
Hastelloy C22, 2.4602 V0
(0.79 ... 1.97")
Other version Z 8 Q1Y 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") D2
Add Order code and plain text (2.01 ... 3.94")
Extension length 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") D3
• without 0 (3.98 ... 5.91")
• 50 mm (2") 1 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") D4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
• 100 mm (4") 2
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") D5
• 150 mm (6") 3 (7.91 ... 9.84")
• 200 mm (8") 4
• Wetted parts Monel 400
• 250 mm (10") 5
Range Standard length
Other version Z 8 Q1Y
Add Order code and plain text 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") G1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
Customer-specific extension length 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") G2
• Wetted parts stainless steel without coating (2.01 ... 3.94")
Range Standard length 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") G3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") A1 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") G4
(0.79 ... 1.97") (5.94 ... 7.87")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") A2
(2.01 ... 3.94") • Wetted parts Hastelloy C276
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") A3 Range Standard length
(3.98 ... 5.91") 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") J1
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") A4 (0.79 ... 1.97")
(5.94 ... 7.87") 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") J2
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") A5 (2.01 ... 3.94")
(7.91 ... 9.84") 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") J3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") J4
(5.94 ... 7.87")

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/373

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Order code
code
Further designs
Diaphragm seal
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube,
Factory certificates
connected with flexible capillary tube to a
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 1 0 - Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11
pressure or absolute pressure calibration) to IEC 60770-2
(only together with negative pressure ser- Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12
vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately body and wetted parts
Scope of delivery: 1 off
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for abso- 7MF 0 8 1 1 - (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa- (only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy
rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off and stainless steel)
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 1 2 - Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15
ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04.. pressure containing and wetted parts
order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17
77777 - 0 777 777
Functional safety (SIL2/3) Devices suitable for use C20
• Wetted parts Tantalum according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
Range Standard length (Includes SIL conformity declaration)
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") K1 Accessories
(0.79 ... 1.97") Spark arrestor (for gauge and absolute pressure trans- D61
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") K2 mitters)
(2.01 ... 3.94") Spark arrestor (for differential pressure and flow trans- D62
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") K3 mitters)
(3.98 ... 5.91") Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") K4
(5.94 ... 7.87") Negative pressure services
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81
pressure transmitters) (only for 7MF0810)
Negative pressure service (for differential pressure D83
transmitters)
Extended negative pressure service (for gauge and D85
absolute pressure transmitters) (only for 7MF0810)
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88
pressure transmitters)
General product approvals without explosion proof
approvals
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80
including certificate EN10204-2.2
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar)
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (not for O2-appl. E87
including certificate EN10204-2.2
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil)
Sealing surface
Sealing surface smooth, form B2/EN1092-1 resp. M50
RFSF/ANSI B16.5 (wetted parts 316L only)
Sealing surface groove to EN1092-1, form D M54
(instead of sealing surface B1, wetted parts 316L only)
Sealing surface RJF (groove) to ASME B16.5 M64
(instead of sealing surface RF 125...250AA, wetted
parts 316L only)
Sealing surface with tongue to EN1092-1, form C
(wetted parts 316L only)
• DN 25 M70
• DN 40 M71
• DN 50 M72
• DN 80 M73
• DN 100 M74
• DN 125 M75
Sealing surface with spigot to EN1092-1, form E
(wetted parts 316L only)
• DN 25 M76
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81

1/374 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Sealing surface with recess to EN1092-1, form F PVC protective tube
(wetted parts 316L only) 1m S70
• DN 25 M82 1,6 m S71
• DN 40 M83 2m S72
• DN 50 M84 2,5 m S73
• DN 80 M85 3m S74
• DN 100 M86 4m S75
• DN 125 M87 5m S76
Capillary connection 6m S77
7m S78
For 7MF0810
8m S79
Radial capillary pipe outlet (for single-side mounting S01 9m S80
and capillary connection only)
10 m S81
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S03 11 m (only for 7MF0802) S82
ters at high-side 12 m (only for 7MF0802) S83
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04 13 m (only for 7MF0802) S84
ters at low-side
14 m (only for 7MF0802) S85
Elongated pipe, 150 mm instead of 100 mm S05
15 m (only for 7MF0802) S86
Elongated pipe, 200 mm instead of 100 mm S06
Elongated pipe elbow, 200 mm instead of 130 mm S07 Device settings
cooling element S08 Operating Temperature; Lower range value ... °C (°F), Y10
upper range value ... °C (°F)
For 7MF0811
Static pressure: ... bar (psi) Y11
Radial capillary pipe outlet (for single-side mounting S01
and capillary connection only) Customer specific extension length (enter required Y44
length in plain text)
For 7MF0812
Radial capillary pipe outlet (for double-side mounting) S02
Capillary coating
PE protective tube
1m S10
1,6 m S11
2m S12
2,5 m S13
3m S14
4m S15
5m S16
6m S17
7m S18
8m S19
9m S20
10 m S21
11 m (only for 7MF0802) S22
12 m (only for 7MF0802) S23
13 m (only for 7MF0802) S24
14 m (only for 7MF0802) S25
15 m (only for 7MF0802) S26
PTFE protective tube
1m S40
1,6 m S41
2m S42
2,5 m S43
3m S44
4m S45
5m S46
6m S47
7m S48
8m S49
9m S50
10 m S51
11 m (only for 7MF0802) S52
12 m (only for 7MF0802) S53
13 m (only for 7MF0802) S54
14 m (only for 7MF0802) S55
15 m (only for 7MF0802) S56

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/375

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
b D
f dM

n x d2

100
(3.94)
Ød 5
Ød4
Øk

Handhold
Ø16 (6.3)

0
15
≥ .9)
R (5

Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to

SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)

D b
dM f
n x d2

Handhold
100 100
Ø16 (6.3)
(3.94) (3.94)
Ød 5
Ød 5

Ød4
Øk

R≥
(5. 150 Handhold
9) Ø16 (6.3)

R≥
(5. 150
9)

Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute pressure or for differential pres-
sure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/376 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
Connection to EN 1092-1 1
Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM dM f k n L
diameter pressure with without
exten- exten-
sion sion
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 25 PN 10/16/ 18 115 14 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 85 4 0, 50, 100,
25/40 150 oder
200
PN 63/100 24 140 18 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 100 4
0, 50, 100,
PN 160 24 140 18 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 100 4 150 oder
PN 250 28 150 22 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 105 4 200

DN 40 PN 10/16/ 16 150 18 88 38 30 42 2 110 4

25/40
PN 63/100 24 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
PN 160 26 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 18 165 18 102 48.3 40 51 2 125 4
25/40
PN 63/100 26 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
PN 160 28 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 22 200 18 138 76 65 85 2 160 8
25/40
PN 100 30 230 26 138 76 65 85 2 180 8
DN 100 PN 10/16 18 220 18 158 94 85 85 2 180 8
PN 25/40 22 235 22 162 94 85 85 2 190 8
DN 125 PN 16 20 250 18 188 127 85 116 2 210 8
PN 40 24 270 26 188 127 85 116 2 220 8

Connection to ASME B16.5

Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM dM f k n L
diameter pressure with exten- without
sion exten-
sion
lb./sq.in inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm
1 inch 150 0.71 (18) 4.33 (110) 0.61 (15.6) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.08 (2) 3.13 (79.4) 4 0, 2,
3.94,
300 0.77 (19.5) 4.92 (125) 0.75 (19.1) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.08 (2) 3.5 (88.9) 4 5.94
600 0.96 (24.5) 4.92 (125) 0.75 (19.1) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.28 (7) 3.5 (88.9) 4 oder
7.87
1500 1.4 (35.6) 5.91 (150) 1 (25.4) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.28 (7) 4 (101.6) 4 (0,
1½ inch 150 0.63 (15.9) 4.92 (125) 0.63 (15.9) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 3.87 (98.4) 4 50,
100,
300 0.75 (19.1) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 4.5 (114.3) 4 150
oder
400/600 0.88 (22.3) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.5 (114.3) 4
200)
900/1500 1.25 (31.8) 7.09 (180) 1.13 (28.6) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.87 (123.8) 4
2 inch 150 0.69 (17.5) 5.91 (150) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 4.75 (120.7) 4
300 0.81 (20.7) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 5 (127) 8
400/600 1.00 (25.4) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 5 (127) 8
900/1500 1.5 (38.1) 8.46 (215) 1.00 (25.4) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 6.5 (165.1) 8
3 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 7.48 (190) 0.75 (19.1) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6 (152.4) 4
300 1.06 (27) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6.63 (168.3) 8
600 1.23 (31.8) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 6.63 (168.3) 8
1500 1.88 (47.7) 10.43 (265) 1.25 (31.8) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 8 (203.2) 8
4 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 9.06 (230) 0.75 (19.1) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.5 (190.5) 8
300 1.19 (30.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.87 (200) 8
400 1.38 (35) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 7.87 (200) 8
1500 2.13 (54) 12.20 (310) 1.37 (34.9) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 9.5 (241.3) 8
5 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 8.5 (215.9) 8
300 1.31 (33.4) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 9.25 (235) 8
400 1.50 (38.1) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.28 (7) 9.25 (235) 8

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/377

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
1 Connection to J.I.S
Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM dM f k n L
diameter pressure with without
exten- exten-
sion sion
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
DN 50 10K 14 (0.55) 155 (6.10) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 4 0, 50,
100,
20K 16 (0,63) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 8 150
40K 26 (1.02) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 105 (4.13) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 130 (5.12) 8 oder
200
DN 80 10K 16 (0.63) 185 (7.28) 19 (0.75) 126 (4.96) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 150 (5.91) 8
(0, 2,
20K 20 (0.79) 200 (7.87) 23 (0.91) 132 (5.20) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 160 (6.30) 8 3.94,
5.94
40K 32 (1.26) 210 (8.27) 23 (0.91) 140 (5.51) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 170 (6.30) 8 oder
DN 100 10K 16 (0.63) 210 (8.27) 19 (0.75) 151 (5.94) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 175 (6.89) 8 7.87)
20K 22 (0.87) 225 (8.86) 23 (0.91) 160 (6.30) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 185 (7.28) 8
40K 36 (1.42) 250 (9.84) 25 (0.98) 165 (6.50) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 205 (8.07) 8

d: Internal diameter of gasket to DIN 2690

dM: Effective diaphragm diameter

1/378 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design directly fitted on transmitter

■ Overview Materials
1
• Main body Stainless steel, 1.4404/316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel, 1.4404/316L
• Without coating
• PTFE coating
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum
on request)
• PFA coating
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602
Hastelloy C22, mat No. 2.4602
Tantalum
Titanium, mat. No. 3.7035
Nickel 201
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated,
thickness approx. 25 m
Diaphragm seals of flange design, directly fitted on a pressure transmitter • Capillary Stainless steel, 1.4571/316Ti
for pressure • Sealing material at the transmitter Copper
connection
■ Technical specifications Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
Diaphragm seals (flange design) for pressure and absolute pres- of the transmitter
sure, directly fitted on a transmitter Tube length • Without tube
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure • 50 mm (1.97 inch)
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 • 100 mm (3.94 inch)
• DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160/250 • 150 mm (5.91 inch)
• DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160 • 200 mm (7.87 inch)
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100 Capillary
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40/100
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
• DN 100 PN 10/16/25/40
lengths on request
• DN 125 PN 16/40
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
Connecting standard ASME B16.5
• Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• 1 inch Class 150/300/600/1500
• 1½ inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500 Filling liquid • Silicone oil M5
• 2 inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500 • Silicone oil M50
• 3 inch Class 150/300/600/1500 • High-temperature oil
• 4 inch Class 150/300/400/1500 • Halocarbon oil (for measuring
• 5 inch Class 150/300/400 O2)
Connecting standard J.I.S. • Food oil (FDA listed)
• DN 50 10K Max. recommended process 170 °C (338 °F)
• DN 80 20K temperature
• DN 100 40K Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
mitter and the filling liquid of the
Sealing face remote seal.
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or ASME More information can be found in
1.4404/316L B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA the technical data of the pressure
• For the other materials Smooth to EN 1092-1, form B2 or transmitters and in the section
ASME B16.5 RFSF "Technical data of filling liquid" in
the Technical description to the
remote seals.
Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
pressure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/379

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design directly fitted on transmitter
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
code code
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Flange type design, directly mounted to a Flange type design, directly mounted to a
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 1 0 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 1 0 -
pressure or absolute pressure pressure or absolute pressure
(only together with negative pressure ser- (only together with negative pressure ser-
vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
Scope of delivery: 1 off Scope of delivery: 1 off
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Transmitter connection
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Without capillary tube, direct mount straight 00
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure connection (for gauge pressure)
Without capillary tube, direct mount connec- 01
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 tion via 90°-bow (for gauge pressure)
DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 0 BD
Filling liquid
PN 63/100 0BF
Silicone oil M5 A
PN 160 0 BG
Silicone oil M50 B
PN 250 0 BH
High-temperature oil C
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 0 DD
Halocarbon oil D
PN 63/100 0DF
Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
PN 160 0 DG
Other version Z P1Y
DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 0 ED Add Order code and plain text
PN 63 0EE
PN 100 0EF Wetted parts materials
DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 0 GD Stainless steel 316L
PN 100 0GF • Without coating A
DN 100 PN 10/16 0 HB • With PFA coating D
PN 25/40 0 HD • With PTFE coating E0
DN 125 PN 16 0 JB • With ECTFE coating F
PN 40 0 JD Monel 400, 2.4360 G
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
1 inch class 150 1KL Tantalum K
class 300 1 KM Titanium, 3.7035 L0
class 600 1 KN Nickel 201 M0
class 1500 1KP Diaphragm Duplex, 1.4462 Q
1½ inch class 150 1 LA Diaphragm plus flange Duplex, 1.4462 R
class 300 1 LB Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S0
class 400/600 1 LD Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U0
class 900/1500 1LF Hastelloy C22, 2.4602 V0
2 inch class 150 1 MA Other version Z 8 Q1Y
class 300 1 MB Add Order code and plain text
class 400/600 1 MD Extension length
class 900/1500 1MF • without 0
3 inch class 150 1 PA • 50 mm (2") 1
class 300 1 PB • 100 mm (4") 2
class 600 1 PD • 150 mm (6") 3
class 1500 1PF • 200 mm (8") 4
4 inch class 150 1 QA • 250 mm (10") 5
class 300 1 QB Z 8 Q1Y
Other version
class 400 1 QC Add Order code and plain text
class 1500 1QF
5 inch class 150 1 RA
class 300 1 RB
class 400 1 RC
Connecting standard J.I.S.
DN 50 10K 2ES
20K 2ET
40K 2 EU
DN 80 10K 2GS
20K 2GT
40K 2 GU
DN 100 10K 2HS
20K 2HT
40K 2 HU
Other version 9 AA H1Y
Add Order code and plain text

1/380 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design directly fitted on transmitter
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
1
code code
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Flange type design, directly mounted to a Flange type design, directly mounted to a
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 1 0 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 1 0 -
pressure or absolute pressure pressure or absolute pressure
(only together with negative pressure ser- (only together with negative pressure ser-
vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
Scope of delivery: 1 off Scope of delivery: 1 off
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Customer-specific extension length • Wetted parts Hastelloy C276
• Wetted parts stainless steel without coating Range Standard length
Range Standard length 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") J1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") A1
(0.79 ... 1.97") 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") J2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") A2
(2.01 ... 3.94") 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") J3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") A3
(3.98 ... 5.91") 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") J4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") A4
(5.94 ... 7.87") • Wetted parts Tantalum
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") A5 Range Standard length
(7.91 ... 9.84")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") K1
• Wetted parts stainless steel with ECTFE (0.79 ... 1.97")
coating 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") K2
Range Standard length (2.01 ... 3.94")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") F1 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") K3
(0.79 ... 1.97") (3.98 ... 5.91")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") F2 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") K4
(2.01 ... 3.94") (5.94 ... 7.87")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") F3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") F4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") F5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
• Wetted parts stainless steel with PFA coating
Range Standard length
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") D1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") D2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") D3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") D4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") D5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
• Wetted parts Monel 400
Range Standard length
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") G1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") G2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") G3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") G4
(5.94 ... 7.87")

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/381

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design directly fitted on transmitter
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Factory certificates Sealing surface with recess to EN1092-1, form F
(wetted parts 316L only)
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 • DN 25 M82
• DN 40 M83
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12 • DN 50 M84
body and wetted parts
• DN 80 M85
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13 • DN 100 M86
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• DN 125 M87
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy
and stainless steel) Device settings
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15 Operating Temperature; Lower range value ... °C (°F), Y10
pressure containing and wetted parts upper range value ... °C (°F)
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17 Static pressure: ... bar (psi) Y11

Functional safety (SIL2/3) Devices suitable for use C20 Customer specific extension length (enter required Y44
according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 length in plain text)
(Includes SIL conformity declaration)
Accessories
Spark arrestor (for gauge and absolute pressure transmit- D61
ters)
Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67
Negative pressure services
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81
pressure transmitters)
Extended negative pressure service (for gauge and D85
absolute pressure transmitters) (only for 7MF0810)
General product approvals without explosion proof
approvals
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80
including certificate EN10204-2.2
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar)
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (not for O2-appl. E87
including certificate EN10204-2.2
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil)
Sealing surface
Sealing surface smooth, form B2/EN1092-1 resp. M50
RFSF/ANSI B16.5 (wetted parts 316L only)
Sealing surface groove to EN1092-1, form D M54
(instead of sealing surface B1, wetted parts 316L only)
Sealing surface RJF (groove) to ASME B16.5 M64
(instead of sealing surface RF 125...250AA, wetted
parts 316L only)
Sealing surface with tongue to EN1092-1, form C
(wetted parts 316L only)
• DN 25 M70
• DN 40 M71
• DN 50 M72
• DN 80 M73
• DN 100 M74
• DN 125 M75
Sealing surface with spigot to EN1092-1, form E
(wetted parts 316L only)
• DN 25 M76
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81

1/382 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design directly fitted on transmitter

■ Dimensional drawings
1
Vertical process
connection

198 (7.8)
Cooling

215 (8.46) 2)
element
95 (3.74)

89 (3.39)1)

n x d2
b
f

Ød 5
L

Ød4 Tube length L see

Øk Ordering Data
ØD

L b
195 (7.68)

f
Ød 5
Ød4
ØD
Øk

213 (8.39) 3)
248 (9.76) 4)

n x d2

Horizontal process
connection
1)
200 (7.9) with option R20, 278 (11.0) with cooling element opt. R22)
2)
324 (12.8) with option R20, 326 (12.9) with cooling element opt. R22)
3)
283 (11.14) with option R21
4)
318 (12.52) with option R21

Diaphragm seals of flange design, direct connection to a SITRANS P

pressure transmitter (process connection vertical (top) and horizontal
(bottom)), dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/383

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design directly fitted on transmitter
1 Connection to EN 1092-1
Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM dM f k n L
diameter pressure with without
exten- exten-
sion sion
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 25 PN 10/16/ 18 115 14 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 85 4 0, 50, 100,
25/40 150 oder
200
PN 63/100 24 140 18 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 100 4
PN 160 24 140 18 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 100 4
PN 250 28 150 22 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 105 4
DN 40 PN 10/16/ 16 150 18 88 38 30 42 2 110 4
25/40
PN 63/100 24 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
PN 160 26 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 18 165 18 102 48.3 40 51 2 125 4
25/40
PN 63/100 26 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
PN 160 28 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 22 200 18 138 76 65 85 2 160 8
25/40
PN 100 30 230 26 138 76 65 85 2 180 8
DN 100 PN 10/16 18 220 18 158 94 85 85 2 180 8
PN 25/40 22 235 22 162 94 85 85 2 190 8
DN 125 PN 16 20 250 18 188 127 85 116 2 210 8
PN 40 24 270 26 188 127 85 116 2 220 8

Connection to ASME B16.5

Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM dM f k n L
diameter pressure with exten- without
sion exten-
sion
lb./sq.in inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1 inch 150 0.71 (18) 4.33 (110) 0.61 (15.6) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.08 (2) 3.13 (79.4) 4 0, 2,
3.94,
300 0.77 (19.5) 4.92 (125) 0.75 (19.1) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.08 (2) 3.5 (88.9) 4 5.94
600 0.96 (24.5) 4.92 (125) 0.75 (19.1) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.28 (7) 3.5 (88.9) 4 oder
7.87
1500 1.4 (35.6) 5.91 (150) 1 (25.4) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.28 (7) 4 (101.6) 4 (0,
1½ inch 150 0.63 (15.9) 4.92 (125) 0.63 (15.9) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 3.87 (98.4) 4 50,
100,
300 0.75 (19.1) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 4.5 (114.3) 4 150
oder
400/600 0.88 (22.3) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.5 (114.3) 4
200)
900/1500 1.25 (31.8) 7.09 (180) 1.13 (28.6) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.87 (123.8) 4
2 inch 150 0.69 (17.5) 5.91 (150) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 4.75 (120.7) 4
300 0.81 (20.7) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 5 (127) 8
400/600 1.00 (25.4) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 5 (127) 8
900/1500 1.5 (38.1) 8.46 (215) 1.00 (25.4) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 6.5 (165.1) 8
3 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 7.48 (190) 0.75 (19.1) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6 (152.4) 4
300 1.06 (27) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6.63 (168.3) 8
600 1.23 (31.8) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 6.63 (168.3) 8
1500 1.88 (47.7) 10.43 (265) 1.25 (31.8) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 8 (203.2) 8
4 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 9.06 (230) 0.75 (19.1) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.5 (190.5) 8
300 1.19 (30.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.87 (200) 8
400 1.38 (35) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 7.87 (200) 8
1500 2.13 (54) 12.20 (310) 1.37 (34.9) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 9.5 (241.3) 8
5 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 8.5 (215.9) 8
300 1.31 (33.4) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 9.25 (235) 8
400 1.50 (38.1) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.28 (7) 9.25 (235) 8

1/384 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design directly fitted on transmitter
Connection to J.I.S 1
Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM dM f k n L
diameter pressure with without
exten- exten-
sion sion
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
DN 50 10K 14 (0.55) 155 (6.10) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 4 0, 50,
100,
20K 16 (0,63) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 8 150
40K 26 (1.02) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 105 (4.13) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 130 (5.12) 8 oder
200
DN 80 10K 16 (0.63) 185 (7.28) 19 (0.75) 126 (4.96) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 150 (5.91) 8
(0, 2,
20K 20 (0.79) 200 (7.87) 23 (0.91) 132 (5.20) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 160 (6.30) 8 3.94,
5.94
40K 32 (1.26) 210 (8.27) 23 (0.91) 140 (5.51) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 170 (6.30) 8 oder
DN 100 10K 16 (0.63) 210 (8.27) 19 (0.75) 151 (5.94) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 175 (6.89) 8 7.87)
20K 22 (0.87) 225 (8.86) 23 (0.91) 160 (6.30) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 185 (7.28) 8
40K 36 (1.42) 250 (9.84) 25 (0.98) 165 (6.50) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 205 (8.07) 8

d: Internal diameter of gasket to DIN 2690

dM: Effective diaphragm diameter

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/385

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design fixed connection and with capillary
1 ■ Overview Materials
• Main body Stainless steel, 1.4404/316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel, 1.4404/316L
• Without coating
• PTFE coating
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum on
request)
• PFA coating
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602
Hastelloy C22, W.-Nr. 2.4602
Tantalum
Titanium, W.-Nr. 3.7035
Nickel 201
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated,
thickness approx. 25 m
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
Diaphragm seals of screwed design for pressure transmitters for differen- stainless steel, mat. No.
tial pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary 1.4301/304

■ Technical specifications Sealing material in the process

flanges
Diaphragm seals of screwed design for pressure transmitters for • For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
differential pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary pressure transmitters and low-
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure pressure applications
• For other applications Viton
Connecting standard EN 1092-1
• DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160 Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitter
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40/100 Tube length Without tube
• DN 100 PN 10/16/25/40 50 mm (1.97 inch)
• DN 125 PN 16/40 100 mm (3.94 inch)
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 150 mm (5.91 inch)
• 1½ inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500 200 mm (7.87 inch)
• 2 inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500
Capillary
• 3 inch Class 150/300/600/1500
• 4 inch Class 150/300/400/1500 • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
lengths on request
• 5 inch Class 150/300/400
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
Connecting standard J.I.S.
• Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• DN 50 10K
Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
• DN 80 20K
• DN 100 40K Silicone oil M50
High-temperature oil
Sealing face
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
No. 1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA Food oil (FDA listed)
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or Max. recommended process 170 °C (338 °F)
ASME B16.5 RFSF temperature
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
More information can be found in
the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
the Technical description to the
remote seals
Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)

1/386 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design fixed connection and with capillary
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
1
code code
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Flange type design, direct connected at Flange type design, direct connected at
high-side and with flexible capillary tube at high-side and with flexible capillary tube at
low-side to low-side to
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 1 3 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 1 3 -
ential pressure and flow, ential pressure and flow,
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
Scope of delivery: 2 off Scope of delivery: 2 off
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Length of capillary tube at low-side
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. 1m 10
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure 1,6 m 11
2m 12
Connecting standard EN 1092-1
2,5 m 13
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 0 DD
3m 14
PN 63/100 0DF
4m 15
PN 160 0 DG
5m 16
DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 0 ED
6m 17
PN 63 0EE
7m 18
PN 100 0EF
8m 20
DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 0 GD
9m 21
PN 100 0GF
10 m 22
DN 100 PN 10/16 0 HB
Other version 98 L1Y
PN 25/40 0 HD Add Order code and plain text
DN 125 PN 16 0 JB
PN 40 0 JD Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5 A
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 Silicone oil M50 B
1½ inch class 150 1 LA High-temperature oil C
class 300 1 LB Halocarbon oil D
class 400/600 1 LD Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
class 900/1500 1LF Other version Z P1Y
2 inch class 150 1 MA Add Order code and plain text
class 300 1 MB
class 400/600 1 MD
class 900/1500 1MF
3 inch class 150 1 PA
class 300 1 PB
class 600 1 PD
class 1500 1PF
4 inch class 150 1 QA
class 300 1 QB
class 400 1 QC
class 1500 1QF
5 inch class 150 1 RA
class 300 1 RB
class 400 1 RC
Connecting standard J.I.S.
DN 50 10K 2ES
20K 2ET
40K 2 EU
DN 80 10K 2GS
20K 2GT
40K 2 GU
DN 100 10K 2HS
20K 2HT
40K 2 HU
Other version 9 AA H1Y
Add Order code and plain text

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/387

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design fixed connection and with capillary
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
code code
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Flange type design, direct connected at Flange type design, direct connected at
high-side and with flexible capillary tube at high-side and with flexible capillary tube at
low-side to low-side to
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 1 3 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 1 3 -
ential pressure and flow, ential pressure and flow,
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
Scope of delivery: 2 off Scope of delivery: 2 off
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Wetted parts materials • Wetted parts stainless steel with PFA coating
Stainless steel 316L Range Standard length
• Without coating A 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") D1
• With PFA coating D (0.79 ... 1.97")
• With PTFE coating E0 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") D2
• With ECTFFE coating F (2.01 ... 3.94")
Monel 400, 2.4360 G 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") D3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") D4
Tantalum K (5.94 ... 7.87")
Titanium, 3.7035 L0 201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") D5
Nickel 201 M0 (7.91 ... 9.84")
Diaphragm Duplex, 1.4462 Q
• Wetted parts Monel 400
Diaphragm plus flange Duplex, 1.4462 R
Range Standard length
Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S0
Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U0 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") G1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
Hastelloy C22, 2.4602 V0
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") G2
Other version Z 8 Q1Y (2.01 ... 3.94")
Add Order code and plain text 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") G3
Extension length (3.98 ... 5.91")
• without 0 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") G4
• 50 mm (2") 1 (5.94 ... 7.87")
• 100 mm (4") 2 • Wetted parts Hastelloy C276
• 150 mm (6") 3 Range Standard length
• 200 mm (8") 4 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") J1
• 250 mm (10") 5 (0.79 ... 1.97")
Other version Z 8 Q1Y 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") J2
Add Order code and plain text (2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") J3
Customer-specific extension length (3.98 ... 5.91")
• Wetted parts stainless steel without coating 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") J4
Range Standard length (5.94 ... 7.87")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") A1 • Wetted parts Tantalum
(0.79 ... 1.97") Range Standard length
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") A2 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") K1
(2.01 ... 3.94") (0.79 ... 1.97")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") A3 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") K2
(3.98 ... 5.91") (2.01 ... 3.94")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") A4 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") K3
(5.94 ... 7.87") (3.98 ... 5.91")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") A5 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") K4
(7.91 ... 9.84") (5.94 ... 7.87")
• Wetted parts stainless steel with ECTFE
coating
Range Standard length
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") F1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") F2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") F3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") F4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") F5
(7.91 ... 9.84")

1/388 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design fixed connection and with capillary
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Factory certificates Capillary coating
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11 PE protective tube
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 1m S10
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12 1,6 m S11
body and wetted parts 2m S12
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13 2,5 m S13
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) 3m S14
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy 4m S15
and stainless steel) 5m S16
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15 6m S17
pressure containing and wetted parts 7m S18
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17 8m S19
9m S20
Functional safety (SIL2/3) Devices suitable for use C20
according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 10 m S21
(Includes SIL conformity declaration) PTFE protective tube
Accessories 1m S40
Spark arrestor (for differential pressure and level transmit- D62 1,6 m S41
ters) 2m S42
Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67 2,5 m S43
Negative pressure services 3m S44
Negative pressure service (for differential pressure D83 4m S45
transmitters) 5m S46
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88 6m S47
pressure transmitters) 7m S48
General product approvals without explosion proof 8m S49
approvals 9m S50
10 m S51
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80
including certificate EN10204-2.2 PVC protective tube
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature 1m S70
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar) 1,6 m S71
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (not for O2-appl. E87
2m S72
including certificate EN10204-2.2
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil) 2,5 m S73
3m S74
Sealing surface
4m S75
Sealing surface smooth, form B2/EN1092-1 resp. M50 5m S76
RFSF/ANSI B16.5 (wetted parts 316L only) 6m S77
Sealing surface groove to EN1092-1, form D M54 7m S78
(instead of sealing surface B1, wetted parts 316L only)
8m S79
Sealing surface RJF (groove) to ASME B16.5 M64 9m S80
(instead of sealing surface RF 125...250AA, wetted 10 m S81
parts 316L only)
Device settings
Sealing surface with tongue to EN1092-1, form C
(wetted parts 316L only) Operating Temperature; Lower range value ... °C (°F), Y10
• DN 25 M70 upper range value ... °C (°F)
• DN 40 M71 Static pressure: ... bar (psi) Y11
• DN 50 M72 Customer specific extension length (enter required Y44
• DN 80 M73 length in plain text)
• DN 100 M74
• DN 125 M75
Sealing surface with spigot to EN1092-1, form E
(wetted parts 316L only)
• DN 25 M76
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81
Sealing surface with recess to EN1092-1, form F
(wetted parts 316L only)
• DN 25 M82
• DN 40 M83
• DN 50 M84
• DN 80 M85
• DN 100 M86
• DN 125 M87

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/389

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design fixed connection and with capillary
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
D b
dM f
n x d2

R ≥ 150
(5.9)
100
(3.94)
Ød4
Øk

Handhold
Ø16 (6.3)

L b
f
Ød 5
Ød4
ØD
Øk

100 (3.93) 6)
Tube length L see
n x d2 Ordering Data

Diaphragm seals of screwed design with flexible capillary, fixed connec-

tion, for connection to a SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential
pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/390 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design fixed connection and with capillary
Connection to EN 1092-1 1
Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM dM f k n L
diameter pressure with without
exten- exten-
sion sion
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 40 PN 10/16/ 16 150 18 88 38 30 42 2 110 4 0, 50, 100,
25/40 150 oder
200
PN 63/100 24 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
PN 160 26 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 18 165 18 102 48.3 40 51 2 125 4
25/40
PN 63/100 26 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
PN 160 28 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 22 200 18 138 76 65 85 2 160 8
25/40
PN 100 30 230 26 138 76 65 85 2 180 8
DN 100 PN 10/16 18 220 18 158 94 85 85 2 180 8
PN 25/40 22 235 22 162 94 85 85 2 190 8
DN 125 PN 16 20 250 18 188 127 85 116 2 210 8
PN 40 24 270 26 188 127 85 116 2 220 8

Connection to ASME B16.5

Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM dM f k n L
diameter pressure with without
exten- exten-
sion sion
lb./sq.in inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1½ inch 150 0.63 (15.9) 4.92 (125) 0.63 (15.9) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 3.87 (98.4) 4 0, 2,
3.94,
300 0.75 (19.1) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 4.5 (114.3) 4 5.94
400/600 0.88 (22.3) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.5 (114.3) 4 oder
7.87
900/1500 1.25 (31.8) 7.09 (180) 1.13 (28.6) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.87 (123.8) 4 (0, 50,
2 inch 150 0.69 (17.5) 5.91 (150) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 4.75 (120.7) 4 100,
150
300 0.81 (20.7) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 5 (127) 8 oder
200)
400/600 1.00 (25.4) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 5 (127) 8
900/1500 1.5 (38.1) 8.46 (215) 1.00 (25.4) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 6.5 (165.1) 8
3 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 7.48 (190) 0.75 (19.1) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6 (152.4) 4
300 1.06 (27) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6.63 (168.3) 8
600 1.23 (31.8) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 6.63 (168.3) 8
1500 1.88 (47.7) 10.43 (265) 1.25 (31.8) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 8 (203.2) 8
4 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 9.06 (230) 0.75 (19.1) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.5 (190.5) 8
300 1.19 (30.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.87 (200) 8
400 1.38 (35) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 7.87 (200) 8
1500 2.13 (54) 12.20 (310) 1.37 (34.9) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 9.5 (241.3) 8
5 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 8.5 (215.9) 8
300 1.31 (33.4) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 9.25 (235) 8
400 1.50 (38.1) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.28 (7) 9.25 (235) 8

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/391

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design fixed connection and with capillary
1 Connection to J.I.S
Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM dM f k n L
diameter pressure with without
exten- exten-
sion sion
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
DN 50 10K 14 (0.55) 155 (6.10) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 4 0, 50,
100,
20K 16 (0,63) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 8 150
40K 26 (1.02) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 105 (4.13) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 130 (5.12) 8 oder
200
DN 80 10K 16 (0.63) 185 (7.28) 19 (0.75) 126 (4.96) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 150 (5.91) 8
(0, 2,
20K 20 (0.79) 200 (7.87) 23 (0.91) 132 (5.20) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 160 (6.30) 8 3.94,
5.94
40K 32 (1.26) 210 (8.27) 23 (0.91) 140 (5.51) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 170 (6.30) 8 oder
DN 100 10K 16 (0.63) 210 (8.27) 19 (0.75) 151 (5.94) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 175 (6.89) 8 7.87)
20K 22 (0.87) 225 (8.86) 23 (0.91) 160 (6.30) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 185 (7.28) 8
40K 36 (1.42) 250 (9.84) 25 (0.98) 165 (6.50) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 205 (8.07) 8

d: Internal diameter of gasket to DIN 2690

dM: Effective diaphragm diameter

1/392 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seal, screwed design directly mounted or/and with capillary

■ Overview
1

Diaphragm seal, screwed gland design with inside diaphragm for gauge, Process connection, open measuring flange
absolute and differential pressure for direct mounting

■ Technical specifications
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm
Process connection
• Open flange EN1092-1
- DN 15
- DN 20
- DN 25
• Open flange ASME B16.5
- ½ inch, ¾ inch, 1 inch
• Thread to EN 837-1
- G¼"B, G½"B, G¾"B, G1"B
• Thread ASME B1.20.1
- ¼" NPT-M, ¼" NPT-F
- ½" NPT-M, ½" NPT-F
- ¾" NPT-M, ¾" NPT-F
- 1" NPT-M, 1" NPT-F
Sealing face for open measurement
flange
• For stainless steel, mat. no.
1.4404/316L
Materials
• Lower section (in the case of pro-
cess connection thread)
• Diaphragm
• Top section (process connection
in the case of an open measure-
ment flange)
• Capillary
• Sealing material on the process
connection
• Sealing material between top and
bottom section
Nominal pressure
PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160/250
PN 10/16/25/40
PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160/250
Class 150/300/600/1500
PN 100/250
Class 1500/3675
Class 1500/3675
Class 1500/3675
Class 1500/3675
To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Stainless steel, Mat. no.
1.4404/316L
Stainless steel, Mat. no.
1.4404/316L
• No coating
• With PTFE coating
Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360
Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
Tantal
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated,
thickness approx. 25 m
Stainless steel, mat. no.
1.4404/316L
Stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti
Viton or copper (in the case of
vacuum-free version)
Viton (FKM) (standard)
Teflon (PTFE)
metal spring ring (silver-coated)
Capillary
• Length
• Internal diameter
• Minimum bending radius
• Sheath
Filling liquid
Max. recommended process tem-
perature
Permissible ambient temperature
Weight
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to
pressure equipment directive
(PED 2014/68/EU)
Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
2 mm (0.079 inch)
150 mm (5.9 inch)
Stainless steel protective tube,
mat. No. 1.4301/304
• Silicone oil M5
• Silicone oil M50
• High-temperature oil
• Halocarbon oil
(for measuring O2)
• Food oil (FDA listed)
170 °C (338 °F)
Dependent on the pressure
transmitter and the filling liquid
of the remote seal
More information can be found in
the technical specifications of the
pressure transmitters and in the
section "Technical data of filling
liquid" in the introduction to the
remote seals
Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
uids of fluid group 1; complies
with requirements of article 4,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/393

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seal, screwed design directly mounted or/and with capillary
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
code code
Diaphragm seal threaded design Diaphragm seal threaded design
With inside diaphragm, directly connected or With inside diaphragm, directly connected or
connected via flexible capillary tube to a connected via flexible capillary tube to a
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 4 0 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 4 0 -
pressure or absolute pressure (only togeth- pressure or absolute pressure (only togeth-
er with negative pressure service), er with negative pressure service),
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
Scope of delivery: 1 off Scope of delivery: 1 off
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 4 2 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 4 2 -
ential pressure and flow, ential pressure and flow,
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately, 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately,
Scope of delivery: 2 off Scope of delivery: 2 off
77777 - 0 77 0 777 77777 - 0 77 0 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Transmitter connection
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Without capillary tube, direct mount straight 00
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure connection (for gauge pressure)
Open flange, connecting standard EN 1092-1 Connection via capillary tube
Length of capillary
DN 15 PN 10/16/25/40 0 AD
1m 10
PN 63/100 0AF
1,6 m 11
PN 160 0 AG
2m 12
PN 250 0 AH
2,5 m 13
DN 20 PN 10/16/25/40 0 AM
3m 14
DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 0 BD
4m 15
PN 63/100 0BF
5m 16
PN 160 0 BG
6m 17
PN 250 0 BH
7m 18
Open flange, connecting standard
ASME B16.5 8m 20
½ inch class 150 1 KA 9m 21
class 300 1 KB 10 m 22
class 600 1 KC Other version 98 L1Y
Add Order code and plain text
class 1500 1 KD
¾ inch class 150 1KF Filling liquid
class 300 1 KG Silicone oil M5 A
class 600 1 KH Silicone oil M50 B
class 1500 1KJ High-temperature oil C
1 inch class 150 1KL Halocarbon oil D
class 300 1 KM Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
class 600 1 KN Other version Z P1Y
class 1500 1KP Add Order code and plain text
Process connection thread EN 837-1 Wetted parts materials
G¼"B PN 100 3 SB Stainless steel 316L without coating A
G¼"B PN 250 3 SC Stainless steel 316L with PTFE-coating E
G½"B PN 100 3SF Monel 400, 2.4360 G
G½"B PN 250 3 SG Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
G¾"B PN 100 3 SK Tantalum K
G¾"B PN 250 3SL Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S
G1"B PN 100 3SP Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U
G1"B PN 250 3 SQ
Other version Z Q1Y
Process connection thread ASME B1.20.1
Add Order code and plain text
¼"-NPT-M Class 1500 5 TA
¼"-NPT-M Class 3675 5 TB
¼"-NPT-F Class 1500 5 TC
¼"-NPT-F Class 3675 5 TD
½"-NPT-M Class 1500 5TE
½"-NPT-M Class 3675 5TF
½"-NPT-F Class 1500 5 TG
½"-NPT-F Class 3675 5 TH
¾"-NPT-M Class 1500 5TJ
¾"-NPT-M Class 3675 5 TK
¾"-NPT-F Class 1500 5TL
¾"-NPT-F Class 3675 5 TM
1"-NPT-M Class 1500 5 TN
1"-NPT-M Class 3675 5TP
1"-NPT-F Class 1500 5 TQ
1"-NPT-F Class 3675 5 TR
Other version 9 AA H1Y
Add Order code and plain text

1/394 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seal, screwed design directly mounted or/and with capillary
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Factory certificates Capillary coating
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11 PE protective tube
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 1m S10
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12 1,6 m S11
body and wetted parts 2m S12
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13 2,5 m S13
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) 3m S14
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy 4m S15
and stainless steel) 5m S16
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15 6m S17
pressure containing and wetted parts 7m S18
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17 8m S19
9m S20
Functional safety (SIL2/3) Devices suitable for use C20
according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 10 m S21
(Includes SIL conformity declaration) PTFE protective tube
Accessories 1m S40
1,6 m S41
Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67
2m S42
Flushing port ¼"-18 NPT unsealed D70 2,5 m S43
Flushing port ¼"-18 NPT sealed with stainless steel plug D71 3m S44
4m S45
Sealing material between upper and lower housing PTFE D75
(instead of FKM viton) 5m S46
6m S47
Sealing material between upper and lower housing metal D76
7m S48
C-circlip (instead of FKM viton)
8m S49
PTFE coating for lower housing (only for G½B PN 100, D77 9m S50
DN 25 PN 10 ... 40, 1 inch Class 150/300)
10 m S51
Negative pressure services
PVC protective tube
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81 1m S70
pressure transmitters) 1,6 m S71
Negative pressure service (for differential pressure D83 2m S72
transmitters)
2,5 m S73
Extended negative pressure service (for gauge and D85
absolute pressure transmitters) 3m S74
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88 4m S75
pressure transmitters) 5m S76
6m S77
General product approvals without explosion proof
approvals 7m S78
8m S79
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80 9m S80
including certificate EN10204-2.2
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature 10 m S81
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar) Device settings
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (not for O2-appl. E87
including certificate EN10204-2.2 Operating Temperature; Lower range value ... °C (°F), Y10
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil) upper range value ... °C (°F)

Capillary connection (only for 7MF0840) Static pressure: ... bar (psi) (only for 7MF0842) Y11

Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S03

ters at high-side
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04
ters at low-side
Cooling element S08

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/395

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seal, screwed design directly mounted or/and with capillary
1 ■ Dimensional drawings

Cooling
element
95 (3.74)

Number of
screws
(1.14)
~29

b b1

Number of
(1.54)
(0.12) (0.79)

SW 27 screws
39
20

SW 27

b1
G½B or
1)
3

½“-NPT

b
ØD

h
l1
1)
In case of connection shanks to DIN EN 837-1
d1
l2
Connection shanks to
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm, for gauge and ØD DIN EN 837-1
absolute pressure, direct and attached directly to the transmitter with with
capillaries, dimensions in mm (inch)
Range D b b1 Number of 6 Screws
mm mm mm screws Ø98

up to 100 bar 98 14 16 6
b1

up to 250 bar 98 14 20 12
b

DN M
f

Ød4 Øk
ØD Number of holes

Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm, for differential

pressure, direct and attached directly to the transmitter with with capillar-
ies, dimensions in mm (inch)
Nomi- Nominal D d4 k M Number b b1 f
nal pressure mm mm mm of holes mm mm mm
diam-
eter
DN 25 PN 10/16/ 115 68 85 M12 4 26 12 2
25/40
1 inch 150 110 50.8 79.4 M12 4 32 12 2
lb/sq.in
1 inch 300 125 50.8 88.9 M16 4 32 12 2
lb/sq.in

1/396 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Quick-release diaphragm seals

■ Overview • Standard clamp DIN 32676,

1
row C Tri-clamp
- 1 inch, 1½ inch PN 25
- 2 inch, 2½ inch PN 16
- 3 inch PN 10
• Standard clamp DIN 32676,
row A metric
- DN 25/32/40 PN 25
- DN 50 PN 16
- DN 65 PN 10
• Varivent
- DN 25/32/40/50 PN 25
• DRD-flange
- DN 50 PN 40
Sealing face
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
1.4404/316L ASME B 16.5RF 125 ... 250 AA
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Quick-release diaphragm seals, to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
Materials
• Main body Stainless steel 316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4301/316
Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitter
Tube length Without tube
Capillary
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
lengths on request
Quick-release diaphragm seals, with clamp connection • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
Quick-release diaphragm seals are available for the following • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
SITRANS P pressure transmitter series:
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
• For pressure: P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS stainless steel, mat. No.
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus 1.4301/316
• For differential pressure and flow: P500, DS III with HART, Filling liquid Food oil (FDA listed)
DS III with PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• The quick-release remote seals are common designs in the mitter and the filling liquid of the
food industry. Their design means that the measured medium remote seal
cannot accumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp More information can be found in
present on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is the technical data of the pressure
possible for cleaning. transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
■ Technical specifications the Technical description to the
remote seals
Quick-release diaphragm seal
Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Connection, nominal diameter Nominal pressure
Certificates and approvals
• Standard to DIN 11851 with nut
- DN 25/32/40 PN 40 Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
- DN 50/65/80 PN 25 equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
• Standard to DIN 11851 with thread paragraph 3 (sound engineering
- DN 25/32/40 PN 40 practice)
- DN 50/65/80 PN 25 EHEDG Complies with EHEDG recom-
• Standard clamp ISO 2852 mendations
- DN 25/38/51 PN 16
- DN 63.5/76.1 PN 10

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/397

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Quick-release diaphragm seals
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
code code
Quick release diaphragm seal Quick release diaphragm seal
Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube
or directly connected to a or directly connected to a
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 3 0 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 3 0 -
pressure or absolute pressure (only togeth- pressure or absolute pressure (only togeth-
er with negative pressure service), er with negative pressure service),
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
Scope of delivery: 1 off Scope of delivery: 1 off
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 3 2 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 3 2 -
ential pressure and flow, ential pressure and flow,
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
Scope of delivery: 1 off Scope of delivery: 1 off
77777 - 0 7A 0 777 77777 - 0 7A 0 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Transmitter connection
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Without capillary tube, direct mount straight 00
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure connection (for gauge pressure)
Connection standard DIN 11851 with nut Connection via capillary tube
Length of capillary
DN 25 PN 40 0 BM
1m 10
DN 32 PN 40 0 CD
1,6 m 11
DN 40 PN 40 0 DM
2m 12
DN 50 PN 25 0 EK
2,5 m 13
DN 65 PN 25 0FL
3m 14
DN 80 PN 25 0 GK
4m 15
Connection standard DIN 11851 with thread 5m 16
DN 25 PN 40 1 BM 6m 17
DN 32 PN 40 1 CD 7m 18
DN 40 PN 40 1 DM 8m 20
DN 50 PN 25 1 EK 9m 21
DN 65 PN 25 1FL 10 m 22
DN 80 PN 25 1 GK
Other version 98 L1Y
Connection standard Clamp ISO 2852 Add Order code and plain text
DN 25 PN 16 2 BK Filling liquid
DN 38 PN 16 2 CQ Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
DN 51 PN 16 2 FH
DN 63.5 PN 10 2FJ Other version Z P1Y
Add Order code and plain text
DN 76.1 PN 10 2GJ
Connection standard Clamp DIN 32676,
row C Tri-clamp
DN 1" PN 25 3KV
DN 1½" PN 25 3LV
DN 2" PN 16 3 MV
DN 2½" PN 16 3NV
DN 3" PN 10 3PV
Connection standard Clamp DIN 32676,
row A metric
DN 25 PN 25 4BL
DN 32 PN 25 4 CC
DN 40 PN 25 4DL
DN 50 PN 16 4EJ
DN 65 PN 10 4 FK
Varivent
DN 25/32 PN 25 5CL
DN 40/50 PN 25 5 DK
DRD-flange
DN 50 PN 40 6 EM
Other version 9 AA H1Y
Add Order code and plain text

1/398 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Quick-release diaphragm seals
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Factory certificates PVC protective tube
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11 1m S70
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 1,6 m S71
2m S72
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12
body and wetted parts 2,5 m S73
3m S74
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15
4m S75
pressure containing and wetted parts
5m S76
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17 6m S77
Functional safety (SIL2/3) Devices suitable for use C20 7m S78
according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 8m S79
(Includes SIL conformity declaration) 9m S80
Negative pressure services 10 m S81
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81 Device settings
pressure transmitters)
Operating Temperature; Lower range value ... °C (°F), Y10
Negative pressure service (for differential pressure D83 upper range value ... °C (°F)
transmitters)
Extended negative pressure service (for gauge and D85
absolute pressure transmitters)
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88
pressure transmitters)
Capillary connection (only for 7MF0830)
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S03
ters at high-side
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04
ters at low-side
Cooling element S08
Capillary coating
PE protective tube
1m S10
1,6 m S11
2m S12
2,5 m S13
3m S14
4m S15
5m S16
6m S17
7m S18
8m S19
9m S20
10 m S21
PTFE protective tube
1m S40
1,6 m S41
2m S42
2,5 m S43
3m S44
4m S45
5m S46
6m S47
7m S48
8m S49
9m S50
10 m S51

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/399

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Quick-release diaphragm seals
1 ■ Dimensional drawings

Cooling
element

147 (5.79)
116 (4.57)

H
b

dM
dM DN dM
d1 G1 DN
D D G1

Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure

R
≥
15
0
(5
. 9)

dM
dM DN dM
d1 G1 DN
D D G1

Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow

4 holes Ø84
Varivent DRD
h

30.7
16.7

dM
ØD Ø50
ØA Ø65.5
Ø105

Quick-release diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/400 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Quick-release diaphragm seals
Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut Clamp connection to DIN 32676 row C (Tri-Clamp) for pipes to 1
ASME BPE
Nominal Ø dM ØD H G1
diameter Nominal Nominal dM d1 b D
mm mm mm mm
diameter pressure
DN 25 25 63 36 Rd 52x1/6 mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
DN 32 32 70 36 Rd 52x1/6
1" PN 25 22.6 43.5 14 50.5
DN 40 40 78 36 Rd 65x1/6 (0.89) (1.71) (0.55) (1.99)
DN 50 52 112 36 Rd 78x1/6 1½" PN 25 34 43.5 12 50.5
(1.34) (1.71) (0.47) (1.99)
DN 65 65 112 36 Rd 95x1/6
2" PN 16 46 56.5 14 64
DN 80 72 127 36 Rd 110x1/6 (1.81) (2.22) (0.55) (2.52)
Connection to DIN 11851 with threaded socket 2½" PN 16 51 70.5 14 77.5
(2.01) (2.78) (0.55) (3.05)
Nominal Ø dM H G1
diameter 3" PN 16 65 83.5 14 91
mm mm mm (2.56) (3.29) (0.55) (3.58)
DN 25 25 36 Rd 52x1/6
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 row A (metric) for pipes to
DN 32 32 36 Rd 52x1/6 EN 10357 (DIN 11850)
DN 40 40 36 Rd 65x1/6 Nominal Nominal Ø dM d1 b D
DN 50 52 36 Rd 78x1/6 diameter pressure
mm mm mm mm
DN 65 65 36 Rd 95x1/6 DN 25 PN 25 22.6 43.5 14 50.5
DN 80 72 36 Rd 110x1/6 DN 32 PN 25 27 43.5 12 50.5
Clamp connection to ISO 2852 for pipes to ISO 2037 DN 40 PN 25 34 43.5 12 50.5
Nominal Nominal dM d1 b D DN 50 PN 16 46 56.5 14 64
diameter pressure
mm mm mm mm DN 65 PN 16 65 83.5 14 91
DN 25 PN 16 22.6 43.5 14 50.5 Varivent
DN 38 PN 16 34 43.5 12 50.5 Nominal diameter dM A D h
DN 51 PN 16 46 56.5 14 64 mm mm mm mm
DN 63.5 PN 10 51 70.5 14 77.5 (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
DN 76.1 PN 10 65 83.5 14 91 DN 25, DN 32, 1", 1¼" 40 66 50 19
(1.57) (2.6) (1.97) (0.75)
DN 40 ... 125, 1 ½" ... 6" 58 84 68 19
(2.28) (3.331) (2.68) (0.75)

dM Effective diaphragm diameter

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/401

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Miniature diaphragm seals
1 ■ Overview G Ø dM SW Ød L H
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
G1B 25 (0.98) 41 (1.61) 39 (1.53) 28 (1.1) 56 (2.21)
G1½B 40 (1.57) 55 (2.17) 60 (2.36) 30 (1.18) 50 (1.97)
G2B 50 (1.97) 60 (2.36) 70 (2.76) 30 (1.18) 63 (2.48)

G Ø dM SW L H
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
1"-NPT 27 (1.06) 41 (1.61) 25 (0.98) 40 (1.57)
1½"-NPT 34 (1.34) 55 (2.17) 26 (1.02) 45 (1.77)
2"-NPT 46 (1.81) 65 (2.56) 26 (1.02) 45 (1.77)
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter

Miniature diaphragm seals ■ Technical specifications

The miniature diaphragm seals are available for the Miniature diaphragm seals
SITRANS P320/420 pressure transmitter series. Span with
Suitable for high pressures, contaminated, fibrous and viscous • G1B and 1"-NPT > 6 bar (> 87 psi)
media in the chemical, paper, food and drink industries. • G1½B and 1½"-NPT > 2 bar (> 29 psi)
• G2B and 2"-NPT > 600 mbar (> 8.7 psi)
■ Design Filling liquid Silicone oil M5 or food oil (FDA listed)
• Flush-mounted diaphragm Material
• No dead spaces • Main body Stainl. steel mat No. 1.4404/ 316L or
Hastelloy C276, mat No. 2.4819
• Fixed threaded stems • Diaphragm Stainl. steel mat No. 1.4404 / 316L or
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
■ Dimensional drawings Maximum pressure 100% of nominal pressure of pressure
transmitter, up to maximum of PN 400
(5802 psi) (depending on the seal
used)
Temperature of use Same as pressure transmitter
Temperature range of medium Same as pressure transmitter
Max. recommended process 150 °C (302 °F)
temperature
Weight
• G1B and 1"-NPT Approx. 0.3 kg (approx. 0.66 lb)
• G1½B and 1½"-NPT Approx. 0.5 kg (approx. 1.10 lb)
151 (5.94)

• G2B and 2"-NPT Approx. 0.8 kg (approx. 1.76 lb)

Certificate and approvals
Classification according to For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids
pressure equipment directive of fluid group 1; complies with
Cooling (DGRL 2014/68/EU) requirements of article 4, para-
element
graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
95 (3.74)

SW
H
L

dM
G
d

Miniature diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/402 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Miniature diaphragm seals
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
code
Further designs
Miniature diaphragm seal
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
directly connected to a
Factory certificates
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 5 0 -
pressure or absolute pressure (only togeth- Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11
er with negative pressure service), calibration) to IEC 60770-2
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12
Scope of delivery: 1 off body and wetted parts
Click on the Article No. for the online con- 7 77 0 0 - 0 77 0 777 Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
Process connection (only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy
and stainless steel)
Connection standard DIN 3852
G ½" PN 400 4ST Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15
G ¾" PN 400 4 SU pressure containing and wetted parts
G 1" PN 400 4SV Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17
G 1½" PN 400 4 SW Functional safety (SIL2/3) Devices suitable for use C20
G 2" PN 400 4SX according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
Connection standard ASME B1.20.1 (Includes SIL conformity declaration)
½"-NPT-M class 5800 5TS Negative pressure services
¾"-NPT-M class 5800 5TT
Negative pressure service D81
1"-NPT-M class 5800 5 TU
Extended negative pressure service (for gauge and D85
1½"-NPT-M class 5800 5TV absolute pressure transmitters)
2"-NPT-M class 5800 5 TW
Capillary connection
Other version 9 AA H1Y
Add Order code and plain text Cooling element between transmitter and remote seal S08
Filling liquid Device settings
Silicone oil M5 A Operating Temperature; Lower range value ... °C (°F), Y10
Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E upper range value ... °C (°F)
Other version Z P1Y
Add Order code and plain text
Wetted parts material
Stainless steel 316L without coating A
Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/403

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Clamp-on seals of flange design
1 ■ Overview ■ Technical specifications
Inline seals for flange-mounting
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
Connecting standard EN 1092-1
• DN 25/40/50/65/80/100/125 PN 6 ... PN 100
Connecting standard ASME B16.5
• 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 4, 5 inch Class 150 ... class 2500
Process connection Flange to EN 1092-1 or
ASME B 16.5
Sealing face • for stainless steel mat. no.
1.4404/316L according to
EN 1092-1, form B1 or
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• for all other materials according
to EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Materials

Inline seals for flange-mounting • Main body Stainless steel 1.4404/316L

• Diaphragm Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
The inline seal is completely integrated in the process line. It is
particularly suitable for flowing and highly viscous media. • Wetted parts Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
The inline remote seal consists of a cylindrical jacket into which • Without coating
a thin-walled pipe is welded. It is clamped directly between two • ECTFE coating
flanges in the pipeline. (for vacuum on request)
• PFA coating
■ Design Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
• Inline seals for flange-mounting (flange design) to EN/ASME
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters
- For pressure: P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Tantalum
- For differential pressure and flow: DS III with HART,
DS III with PROFIBUS PA, DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus • Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
and P500 No. 1.4571/316Ti

• Sealing face to EN 1092-1 or ASME B16.5 • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
stainless steel, mat. No.
• Connection to the transmitter directly or by means of a flexible 1.4301/316
capillary (max. 10 m long)
Capillary
• See Technical data for details of materials used for the wetted
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
parts
• Material used for the capillary, the guard sleeve, the seal’s • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
main body and the measuring cell: Stainless steel, • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
mat.-No. 1.4571 Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
• Filling liquid: Silicone oil, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil,
Silicone oil M50
food oil (FDA listed) or glycerin/water (not suitable for uses in
low-pressure range) High-temperature oil
Halocarbon oil
■ Function Food oil (FDA listed)
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the Permissible ambient temperature See pressure transmitters, see fill-
filling liquid and passes either directly or through the capillary to ing liquid
the measuring chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
of the diaphragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the mea-
suring chamber of the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by Certificates and approvals
the filling liquid. Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
Note: (DGRL 2014/68/EU) with the requirements of article 4,
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis- paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof remote seal assigned to category III, confor-
mity evaluation module H by the
(see Selection and Ordering data). TÜV Nord

1/404 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Clamp-on seals of flange design
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
1
code code
Inline-diaphragm seal Inline-diaphragm seal
Sandwich type design, directly connected or Sandwich type design, directly connected or
connected with flexible capillary tube to a connected with flexible capillary tube to a
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 9 0 0 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 9 0 0 -
pressure or absolute pressure pressure or absolute pressure
(only together with negative pressure ser- (only together with negative pressure ser-
vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
Scope of delivery: 1 off Scope of delivery: 1 off
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 9 0 2 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 9 0 2 -
ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04.. ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04..
order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off
77777 - 0 77 0 777 77777 - 0 77 0 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Filling liquid
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Silicone oil M5 A
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure Silicone oil M50 B
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 High-temperature oil C
DN 25 PN 6 ... 100 0BP Halocarbon oil D
DN 40 PN 6 ... 100 0DP Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
DN 50 PN 6 ... 100 0EP Other version Z P1Y
DN 65 PN 6 ... 100 0FP Add Order code and plain text
DN 80 PN 6 ... 100 0GP Wetted parts materials
DN 100 PN 6 ... 100 0HP Stainless steel 316L
DN 125 PN 6 ... 100 0JP • Without coating A
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 • With PFA coating D
1 inch class 150 ... 2500 1KX • With ECTFFE coating F
1½ inch class 150 ... 2500 1LX Monel 400, 2.4360 G
2 inch class 150 ... 2500 1 MX Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
2½ inch class 150 ... 2500 1NX Tantalum K
3 inch class 150 ... 2500 1PX Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U
4 inch class 150 ... 2500 1QX Other version Z Q1Y
5 inch class 150 ... 2500 1RX Add Order code and plain text
Other version 9 AA H1Y
Add Order code and plain text
Transmitter connection
Without capillary tube, direct mount straight 00
connection (for gauge pressure)
Without capillary tube, direct mount connec- 01
tion via 90°-bow (for gauge pressure)
Connection via capillary tube
Length of capillary
1m 1 0
1,6 m 1 1
2m 1 2
2,5 m 1 3
3m 1 4
4m 1 5
5m 1 6
6m 1 7
7m 1 8
8m 2 0
9m 2 1
10 m 2 2
11 m (only for 7MF0900) 2 3
12 m (only for 7MF0900) 2 4
13 m (only for 7MF0900) 2 5
14 m (only for 7MF0900) 2 6
15 m (only for 7MF0900) 2 7
Other version 9 8 L1Y
Add Order code and plain text

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/405

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Clamp-on seals of flange design
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Factory certificates Sealing surface with recess to EN1092-1, form F
(wetted parts 316L only)
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 • DN 25 M82
• DN 40 M83
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12 • DN 50 M84
body and wetted parts
• DN 80 M85
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13 • DN 100 M86
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• DN 125 M87
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy
and stainless steel) Capillary connection
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15 For 7MF0900
pressure containing and wetted parts
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S03
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17 ters at high-side
Functional safety (SIL2/3) Devices suitable for use C20 Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04
according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 ters at low-side
(Includes SIL conformity declaration) cooling element S08
Accessories Capillary coating
Spark arrestor (for gauge and absolute pressure transmit- D61 PE protective tube
ters)
1m S10
Spark arrestor (for differential pressure and level transmit- D62
1,6 m S11
ters)
2m S12
Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67
2,5 m S13
Negative pressure services 3m S14
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81 4m S15
pressure transmitters) 5m S16
Negative pressure service (for differential pressure D83 6m S17
transmitters) 7m S18
Extended negative pressure service (for gauge and D85 8m S19
absolute pressure transmitters)
9m S20
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88
pressure transmitters) 10 m S21
11 m (only for 7MF0902) S22
General product approvals without explosion proof 12 m (only for 7MF0902) S23
approvals
13 m (only for 7MF0902) S24
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80 14 m (only for 7MF0902) S25
including certificate EN10204-2.2 15 m (only for 7MF0902) S26
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar) PTFE protective tube
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (not for O2-appl. E87 1m S40
including certificate EN10204-2.2 1,6 m S41
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil) 2m S42
Sealing surface 2,5 m S43
Sealing surface smooth, form B2/EN1092-1 resp. M50 3m S44
RFSF/ANSI B16.5 (wetted parts 316L only) 4m S45
Sealing surface groove to EN1092-1, form D M54 5m S46
(instead of sealing surface B1, wetted parts 316L only) 6m S47
Sealing surface RJF (groove) to ASME B16.5 M64 7m S48
(instead of sealing surface RF 125...250AA, wetted 8m S49
parts 316L only) 9m S50
Sealing surface with tongue to EN1092-1, form C 10 m S51
(wetted parts 316L only) 11 m (only for 7MF0902) S52
• DN 25 M70 12 m (only for 7MF0902) S53
• DN 40 M71 13 m (only for 7MF0902) S54
• DN 50 M72 14 m (only for 7MF0902) S55
• DN 80 M73 15 m (only for 7MF0902) S56
• DN 100 M74
• DN 125 M75
Sealing surface with spigot to EN1092-1, form E
(wetted parts 316L only)
• DN 25 M76
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81

1/406 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Clamp-on seals of flange design
Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
PVC protective tube
1m S70
1,6 m S71
2m S72
2,5 m S73
3m S74
4m S75
5m S76
6m S77
7m S78
8m S79
9m S80
10 m S81
11 m (only for 7MF0902) S82
12 m (only for 7MF0902) S83
13 m (only for 7MF0902) S84
14 m (only for 7MF0902) S85
15 m (only for 7MF0902) S86
Device settings
Operating Temperature; Lower range value ... °C (°F), Y10
upper range value ... °C (°F)
Static pressure: ... bar (psi) (only for 7MF0902) Y11

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/407

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Clamp-on seals of flange design
1 ■ Dimensional drawings Connection to EN 1092-1
DN PN D Mb L H
mm bar mm mm mm mm
25 6 ... 100 68 28.5 60 81
40 88 43.1 60 91
50 100 54.5 60 93


65 120 70.3 60 107
Cooling 80 138 82.5 60 116
element
100 160 107.1 60 127
125 188 127 60 141
95 (3.74)

Connection to ASME B16.5

DN Class D Mb L H
(inch) mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
+

1 150 ... 2500 50 28.5 60 72

(1.97) (1.12) (2.36) (2.83)
1½ 150 ... 2500 73.5 43.1 60 84
(2.89) (1.70) (2.36) (3.31)

š0E 2 150 ... 2500 91.9 54.5 60 93

(3.62) (2.15) (2.36) (3.66)
'
/ 2½ 150 ... 2500 104.6 70.3 60 99
(4.12) (2.77) (2.36) (3.9)
3 150 ... 2500 127 82.5 60 110
(5) (3.25) (2.36) (4.33)
4 150 ... 2500 157.2 107.1 60 125
(6.19) (4.22) (2.36) (4.92)
5 150 ... 2500 188 127 60 141
(7.4) (5) (2.36) (5.55)

Bending radius ≥ 150 mm (5.9)

Inline seal for flange-mounting, connected to SITRANS P pressure trans-

mitter, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/408 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Quick-release inline seals

■ Overview ■ Function
1
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm,
mounted on the inner circumference of the inline seal, to the fill-
ing liquid and then passes through the capillary to the measur-
ing chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the inline
seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring chamber of
the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Note:
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis-
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof pressure
transmitter (see Selection and Ordering data).

■ Technical specifications
Inline seals of quick-release design for pressure
Connection Nominal Nominal
diameter pressure
• Standard to DIN 11851 with DN 25/32/40 PN 40
thread
Quick-release inline seals, to DIN 11851 with threaded socket DN 50/65/80 PN 25
• Standard Clamp ISO 2852 DN 25/38/51 PN 16
DN 63.5/76.1 PN 10
• Standard Clamp DIN 32676, 1, 1½ inch PN 25
row C Tri-clamp
2, 2½ inch PN 16
3 inch PN 10
• Standard Clamp DIN 32676, DN 25/32/40 PN 25
row A metric
DN 50 PN 16
DN 65 PN 10
Material
• Main body Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• Diaphragm Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Capillary
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
Quick-release inline seals, with clamp connection
• Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
Quick-release inline seals for pressure are available for the fol-
lowing SITRANS P pressure transmitter series: • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
stainless steel, mat. No.
• P300 1.4301/316
• DS III with HART Filling liquid • Food oil (FDA listed)
• DS III with PROFIBUS PA Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
More information can be found in
■ Application the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
The quick-release inline seal is a special design for flowing me- "Technical data of filling liquid" in
dia and high-viscosity media. Since it is completely integrated in the Technical description to the
the process pipe, no turbulences, dead volumes or other ob- remote seals
structions to the flow occur. The measured medium flows unhin- Weight Approx. 4 kg (approx. 8.82 lb)
dered through the inline seal and results in self-cleaning of the
measuring chamber. Furthermore, the inline seal can be cleaned Certificate and approvals
by a pig. Classification according to pres- For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
sure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies with
■ Design (DGRL 2014/68/EU) the requirements of article 4,
paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
The quick-release clamp is available in two versions: assigned to category III, confor-
mity evaluation module H by the
• DIN 11851 with threaded socket TÜV Nord
• Clamp connection EHEDG Complies with EHEDG recommen-
dations
The inline seal is connected to the pressure transmitter either di-
rectly or by way of a capillary.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/409

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Quick-release inline seals
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
code code
Quick release inline-seal Quick release inline-seal
Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube
or directly connected to a or directly connected to a
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 9 3 0 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 9 3 0 -
pressure or absolute pressure pressure or absolute pressure
(only together with negative pressure ser- (only together with negative pressure ser-
vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
Scope of delivery: 1 off Scope of delivery: 1 off
77777 - 0 7A 0 777 77777 - 0 7A 0 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Transmitter connection
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Without capillary tube, direct mount straight 00
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure connection (for gauge pressure)
Connection standard DIN 11851 with thread Connection via capillary tube
Length of capillary
DN 25 PN 40 1 BM
1m 10
DN 32 PN 40 1 CD
1,6 m 11
DN 40 PN 40 1 DM
2m 12
DN 50 PN 25 1 EK
2,5 m 13
DN 65 PN 25 1FL
3m 14
DN 80 PN 25 1 GK
4m 15
Connection standard Clamp ISO 2852 5m 16
DN 25 PN 16 2 BK 6m 17
DN 38 PN 16 2 CQ 7m 18
DN 51 PN 16 2 FH 8m 20
DN 63,5 PN 10 2FJ 9m 21
DN 76,1 PN 10 2GJ 10 m 22
Connection standard Clamp DIN 32676, Other version 98 L1Y
row C Tri-clamp Add Order code and plain text
DN 1" PN 25 3KV
Filling liquid
DN 1½" PN 25 3LV
Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
DN 2" PN 16 3 MV
Other version Z P1Y
DN 2½" PN 16 3NV Add Order code and plain text
DN 3" PN 10 3PV
Connection standard Clamp DIN 32676,
row A metric
DN 25 PN 25 4BL
DN 32 PN 25 4 CC
DN 40 PN 25 4DL
DN 50 PN 16 4EJ
DN 65 PN 10 4 FK
Other version 9 AA H1Y
Add Order code and plain text

1/410 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Quick-release inline seals
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Factory certificates Device settings
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11 Operating Temperature; Lower range value ... °C (°F), Y10
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 upper range value ... °C (°F)
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12
body and wetted parts
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15
pressure containing and wetted parts
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17
Functional safety (SIL2/3) Devices suitable for use C20
according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
(Includes SIL conformity declaration)
Negative pressure services
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81
pressure transmitters)
Extended negative pressure service (for gauge and D85
absolute pressure transmitters)
Capillary connection
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S03
ters at high-side
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04
ters at low-side
cooling element S08
Capillary coating
PE protective tube
1m S10
1,6 m S11
2m S12
2,5 m S13
3m S14
4m S15
5m S16
6m S17
7m S18
8m S19
9m S20
10 m S21
PTFE protective tube
1m S40
1,6 m S41
2m S42
2,5 m S43
3m S44
4m S45
5m S46
6m S47
7m S48
8m S49
9m S50
10 m S51
PVC protective tube
1m S70
1,6 m S71
2m S72
2,5 m S73
3m S74
4m S75
5m S76
6m S77
7m S78
8m S79
9m S80
10 m S81

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/411

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Quick-release inline seals
1 ■ Dimensional drawings

151 (5.94)
Cooling
element
95 (3.74)

H
Rd

D
di
di

L L

Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure

. 9)
(5
0
15
≥
R
Rd

D
di

di

L L

Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow

Quick-release inline seal, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/412 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Quick-release inline seals
Clamp-on seals for pipes to EN 10357 (DIN 11851) 1
Food connections
DIN 11851 DIN 32676
Length Inner diameter Connection Nominal Round thread Nominal Clamp connec-
height pressure connection to pressure tion to DIN
DIN 11851 32676
Nominal diameter L (mm) di (mm) h (mm) Thread Rd D (mm)
DN 10 96 10 27.5 PN 40 28 x 1/8" PN 16 34
DN 15 150 16 12 PN 40 34 x 1/8" PN 16 34
DN 25 110 26 21 PN 40 52 x 1/6" PN 16 50.5
DN 32 110 32 26 PN 40 58 x 1/6" PN 16 50.5
DN 40 110 38 28.5 PN 40 65 x 1/6" PN 16 50.5
DN 50 110 50 34 PN 25 78 x 1/6" PN 16 64
DN 65 110 66 42 PN 25 95 x 1/6" PN 10 91
DN 80 60 81 47.5 PN 25 110 x 1/4" PN 10 106
DN 100 60 100 60 PN 25 130 x 1/4" PN 10 119

Clamp-on seals for pipes to BS 4825 Part 3 and O.D. Tube (suited for pipes to ASME-BPE)
Food connection
IDF to ISO 2853 Clamp connection to ISO 2852
Length Inner diameter Connection Nominal IDF-Thread to Nominal Clamp connec-
height pressure ISO 2853 pressure tion to ISO 2852
Nominal diameter L (mm) di (mm) h (mm) IDF-thread (Tr) D (mm)
1 inch 25.4 mm 110 22.2 21 PN 40 37 x 3.175 PN 16 50.5
1½ inch 38 mm 110 34.8 28.5 PN 40 50 x 3.175 PN 16 50.5
2 inch 51 mm 110 47.8 34 PN 25 64 x 3.175 PN 16 64
1½ inch 63.5 mm 110 60.3 38 PN 25 77.5 x 3.175 PN 16 77.5
3 inch 76.1 mm 60 72.9 44.5 PN 25 91 x 3.175 PN 10 91
4 inch 101.6 mm 60 97.6 59.5 PN 25 118 x 3175 PN 10 119

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/413

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Flushing rings for diaphragm seals
1 ■ Overview ■ Technical specifications
Flushing ring for remote seals of sandwich and flange design
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100
• 2 inch Class 150 ... class 600
• 3 inch Class 150 ... class 600
• 4 inch Class 150 ... class 600
• 5 inch Class 150 ... class 600
Flushing ring Sealing face
Flushing rings are required for flange-mounted and sandwich- • To EN 1092-1 Form B1
type remote seals (Article No. 7MF0800 ... 7MF0814) if the dan-
Form B2
ger exists that the process conditions and the geometry of the
connection could cause the medium to form deposits or block- Form D/Form D
ages. Form C/Form C
The flushing ring is clamped between the process flange and Form C/Form C
the remote seal.
Form E
Deposits can be flushed away from the diaphragm through the Form F
holes in the side, or the pressure volume can be vented. Different
nominal diameters and forms permit adaptation to the respec- • To ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
tive process flange. RFSF
Process connection RJF ring groove
For flanges to EN and ASME: Flushing holes (2 off), female • G¼
DN 50, 80, 100, 125; PN 16 ... 100 or thread
• G½
DN 2 inch, 3 inch, 4 inch, 5 inch; Class 150 ... 600
• ¼-18 NPT
Standard design • ½-14 NPT
Material: CrNi-Stahl, mat. No. 1.4404/316L Material Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Sealing faces and flushing holes: See Selection and Ordering
data

■ Design

Remote seal flange Flushing ring

Flushing outlet Flushing inlet

Gasket

Measuring
point flange

Installation example

1/414 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Flushing rings for diaphragm seals

Selection and Ordering data Article No.Ord. code ■ Dimensional drawings

1
Flushing ring 7MF 4 9 2 5 -
for remote seals 7MF0800 to 7MF0814 1 7777 777

Thread
Click on the Article No. for the online configu-
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Nom. diam. Nom. press.
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 A

h
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100 B
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100 C
di
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100 D
d4
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 600 G
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 600 H
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 600 J Flushing ring, dimension drawing
• 5 inch Class 150 ... 600 K Connection to EN 1092-1
Other version Z J1Y
DN PN d4 di h Weight
Add Order code and plain text:
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... (mm) (bar) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
Sealing face 50 16 ... 100 102 62 30 1.10
• EN 1092-1
80 16 ... 100 138 92 30 1.90
- Form B1 A
- Form B2 C 100 16 ... 100 162 92 30 3.15

- Form C/Form C D 125 16 ... 100 188 126 30 3.50

- Form D/Form C E
Connection to ASME B 16.5
- Form D/Form D F
DN Class d4 di h Weight
- Form E G
- Form F H inch mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) kg (lb)
• ASME B16.5 2 150 ... 600 92 (3.62) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 0.60 (1.32)
- RF 125 ... 250 AA M
3 150 ... 600 127 (5) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.05 (2.31)
- RFSF Q
- RJF ring groove R 4 150 ... 600 157 (6.18) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 2.85 (6.28)
Other version Z K1Y 5 150 ... 600 185.5 (7.3) 126 (4.96) 30 (1.18) 3.30 (7.28)
Add Order code and plain text:
Sealing face: ...
Flushing holes (2 off)
• Female thread G¼ 1
• Female thread G½ 2
• Female thread ¼-18 NPT 3
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 4
Material
• Stainless steel 316L 0
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Material: ...
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code.
Inspection certificate C12
to EN 10204, section 3.1

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/415

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Measuring setups
1 ■ Overview Possible combinations of pressure transmitters and remote
seals
This section shows examples of typical measuring setups for us- Type of installation Pressure trans- Remote seals
ing SITRANS P pressure transmitters with and without remote mitters
seals.
A/B 7MF030.-... 7MF0800-...
Equations for calculating start of scale and full scale are pro- 7MF031.-... 7MF0810-...
vided for each example. 7MF040.-...
7MF041.-...
Questionnaires are included to help you select the right combi- C1 and C2 7MF032.-... 7MF0800-...
nation of remote seal and pressure transmitter. 7MF042.-... 7MF0810-...
Installation (negative pressure
service in each case)
Remote seals of sandwich design are fitted between the con-
nection flange of the measuring point and a dummy flange. Re- 7MF033.-... 7MF0801-...
7MF043.-... 7MF0811-...
mote seals of flange design are fitted directly on the connection
flange of the measuring point. The respective pressure rating of D 7MF034.-... 7MF0802-...
the dummy flange or the flanged remote seal must be observed. 7MF035.-... 7MF0812-...
7MF044.-...
The pressure transmitter should be installed below the connec- 7MF045.-...
tion flange (and below the lower connection flange in the case of E 7MF034.-... 7MF0813-...
differential pressure transmitters). This arrangement must be 7MF035.-...
used in the low-pressure range. 7MF044.-...
7MF045.-...
When measuring at pressures above atmospheric, the pressure
transmitter can also be installed above the connection flange. G, H and J 7MF034.-... 7MF0802-...
7MF035.-... 7MF0812-...
The capillaries between the remote seal and the pressure trans- 7MF044.-...
mitter should be as short as possible to obtain a good transmis- 7MF045.-...
sion response.
Offset of measuring range
If there is a difference in height between the two connection
flanges when measuring with two remote seals, an additional dif-
ferential pressure will result from the oil filling of the remote seal
capillaries. This results in a measuring range offset which has to
be taken into account when you set the pressure transmitter.
An offset in the measuring range also occurs when combining a
remote seal with a transmitter if the remote seal is not installed at
the same height as the transmitter.
Pressure transmitter output
If the level, separation layer or density increase in closed ves-
sels, the differential pressure and hence the output signal of the
pressure transmitter also increase.
For an inverted relationship between the differential pressure
and the output signal, the start-of-scale and full-scale values of
the SITRANS P must be interchanged.
With open vessels, a rising pressure is usually assigned to an in-
creasing level, separation layer or density.
Influence of ambient temperature
Temperature differences between the individual capillaries and
between the individual remote seals should be avoided.
Temperature variations in the area of the measuring setup cause
a change in volume of the filling liquid and hence measuring er-
rors.
Notes
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer
has to be positioned between the two spigots. Also you must
make sure that the level in the container is always above the
top spigot.
• When measuring density, make sure that the level of the me-
dium remains constant. The level should be above the top
spigot.

1/416 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Measuring setups with remote seals

■ Dimensional drawings
1
Types of installation for pressure and level measurements (open vessels)

Installation type A Installation type B Installation type A

Start-of-scale: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · H1
∆H ∆H
Installation type B
HO
HO
Start-of-scale: pMA = ρFL · g · HU + ρOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = ρFL · g · HO + ρOil · g · H1
HU HU
H1
Legend
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
H1
ρFL Density of medium in vessel
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to the remote
seal
Pressure transmitter Pressure transmitter g Local acceleration due to gravity
above the measuring point below the measuring point
HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value
H1 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling liquid only H1 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft) H1 Distance between vessel flange and pressure
trans.

Types of installation for absolute level measurements (closed vessels)

Installation type C1 Installation type C2 Installation type C1 and C2

Start-of-scale: pMA = pSTART + ρOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = pEND + ρOil · g · H1
Legend
H1
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
pSTART Start-of-scale value
pabs pabs pEND Full-scale value
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
the remote seal
H1
g Local acceleration due to gravity
H1 Distance between vessel flange and
pressure trans.

Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure always below the measuring point: H1 ≥ 200 mm (7.9 inch)

Type of installation for differential pressure and flow measurements

Installation type D Filter monitoring Installation type D

Start-of-scale: pMA = pSTART - ρOil · g · HV
Full-scale: pME = pEND - ρOil · g · HV
Legend
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
H1 HV
pSTART Start-of-scale value
pEND Full-scale value
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary
to the remote seal
g Local acceleration due to gravity
H2 HV Distance between the measuring
points (spigots)

+ -

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/417

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Measuring setups with remote seals
1 Types of installation for level measurements (closed vessels)

Installation type E Installation type E

Start-of-scale: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · HV
Full-scale: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · HV
Legend
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
ρFL Density of medium in vessel
∆H
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
HV the remote seal
HO
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU Start-of-scale value
HU HO Full-scale value
HV Distance between the measuring
+ - points (spigots)

Installation type G Installation type H Installation type J

H1 - +

H1
∆H H2
HV
HO - +
H1
H2
HU

H2

+ -
Pressure transmitter for differential pressure below the lower measuring point between the measuring points, no vacuum
above the upper measuring point, no vacuum

H2 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling Installation type for vacuum applications H2 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling
liquid only H1 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft) liquid only H2 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft)

Installation type G, H and J Legend

Start-of-scale: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · HV pMA Start-of-scale value to be set g Local acceleration due to gravity
pME Full-scale value to be set HU Start-of-scale value
Full-scale: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · HV
ρFL Density of medium in vessel HO Full-scale value
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to HV Distance between the measuring
the remote seal points (spigots)

1/418 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Measuring setups without remote seals

■ Overview
1
Notes Also you must make sure that the level in the container is al-
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer ways above the top spigot.
has to be positioned between the two spigots. • When measuring density, make sure that the level of the medium
remains constant. The level should be above the top spigot

■ Dimensional drawings
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure, for flanging
Measuring setups for open containers

Level measurement
Full-scale value Start-of-scale: pMA = ρ · g · HU
Full-scale: pME = ρ · g · HO
Legend
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
ρ pME Full-scale value to be set
HO
Start-of-scale value
ρ Density of medium in vessel
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU
HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value
+

Separation layer measurement

Constant level Start-of-scale: pMA = g · (HU · ρ1 + (HO - HU) · ρ2)
= full-scale value
Full-scale: pME = ρ1 · g · HO
ρ2
Legend
Separation layer
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
ρ1 pME Full-scale value to be set
HO Start-of-scale value
ρ1 Density of heavier liquid
ρ2 Density of lighter liquid
HU
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU Start-of-scale value
+ HO Full-scale value

Density measurement
Start-of-scale: pMA = ρMIN · g · HO
Constant level
Full-scale: pME = ρMAX · g · HO
Legende
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
HO ρ
ρMIN Minimum density of medium in vessel
ρMAX Maximum density of medium in vessel
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HO Full-scale value in m

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/419

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Measuring setups without remote seals
1 Measuring setups for closed containers

Level measurement, Version 1

Static
pressure Gas-filled negative Start-of-scale: ∆pMA = ρ · g · HU
pressure line Full-scale: ∆pME = ρ · g · HO
Legend
Maximum level
∆pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
∆pME Full-scale value to be set
Full-scale value ρ Density of medium in vessel
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU Start-of-scale value
Start-of-scale value
HO HO Full-scale value

HU ρ

+ -

Transmitter
reference line

Level measurement, Version 2

Static
pressure Constant Start-of-scale: ∆pMA = g · (HU · ρ - HV · ρ')
reference Full-scale: ∆pME = g · (HO · ρ - HV · ρ')
level
Mamimum level Legend
∆pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
∆pME Full-scale value to be set
Full-scale value Liquid-filled negative
pressure line ρ Density of medium in vessel
ρ' Density of liquid in the negative pressure
HV line (corresponding to the temperature
Start-of-scale value ρ' existing there)
HO
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU ρ HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value

+ - HV Distance between the measuring points

(spigots)
Transmitter
reference line

1/420 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P320/P420
Measuring setups without remote seals
1
Level measurement, Version 3
Static
pressure Start-of-scale: ∆pMA = PStat + ρ · g · HU - PStat
PStat
Transmitter 1 Transmitter 2

Mamimum level Full-scale: ∆pME = PStat + ρ · g · HO - PStat

Transmitter 1 Transmitter 2
+
Transmitter 2 Legend
Full-scale value (for pressure or ∆pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
differential pressure)
∆pME Full-scale value to be set
HV Start-of-scale value ρ Density of medium in vessel
HO
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU ρ HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value
HV Distance between the measuring points (spigots)
+
Transmitter 1 The pressure measuring range (≙ level) will be calculated by subtraction
(for pressure or of measuring range of transmitter 1 minus measuring range of
differential pressure) transmitter 2 in the process control system.

Static Separation layer measurement

pressure Static
Start-of-scale: ∆pMA = g · (HU · ρ1 + (HO - HU) · ρ2 - HV · ρ'2)
pressure
Constant level

Max. separation layer Full-scale: ∆pME = g · (HO · ρ1 - HV · ρ'2)

Legend
∆pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
Full-scale value
∆pME Full-scale value to be set
ρ1 Density of heavier liquid with separation layer
ρ'2
ρ2 HV in vessel
Start-of-scale value
HO ρ2 Density of lighter liquid with separation layer
ρ'2 Density of liquid in the negative pressure line
HU ρ1
(corresponding to the temperature existing
there)
g Local acceleration due to gravity
+ -
HU Start-of-scale value
Transmitter HO Full-scale value
reference line HV Distance between the measuring points
(spigots)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/421

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
1 ■ Overview In many cases, a capillary has to be connected between the re-
mote seal and the pressure transmitter in order e.g. to minimize
In many cases the pressure transmitter and the measured me- temperature effects on the latter when hot media are involved.
dium have to be physically separated. It is then necessary to use However, the capillary influences the response time and the tem-
a remote seal. perature response of the complete remote seal system. Two
The remote seals can be used with the following SITRANS P capillaries of equal length must always be used to connect a re-
pressure transmitter series: mote seal to a pressure transmitter for differential pressure.
• Pressure (P300 with HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION The remote seal can be optionally equipped with a projecting
Fieldbus, P310 with HART, DS III with HART, PROFIBUS PA, diaphragm (tube).
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, P410 with HART, PROFIBUS PA,
Remote seals of sandwich design are fitted with a dummy
FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
flange.
• Absolute pressure (P300, DS III with HART, DS III with
PROFIBUS PA, DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus) Designs
• Differential pressure and flow ((P310 with HART, DS III with Diaphragm seal
HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus, P410 with
HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus, P500 with With diaphragm seals, the pressure is measured by means of a
HART) flat diaphragm which rests in a bed.
The following types of diaphragm seals exist:
Note
When configuring your remote seal, be sure to read the informa-
tion about transmission response, temperature error and re-
sponse time to be found in the sections "Function" and "Technical
data". Only then will the remote seal work to optimum effect.

■ Benefits
• No direct contact between the pressure transmitter and the
medium
• Individual configuration of the pressure transmitter for perfect
adaptation to the operating conditions
• Available in many versions
• Specially designed for difficult operating conditions Diaphragm seal of sandwich design without (left) and with a projecting
diaphragm (tube)
• Quick-release versions available for the food industry
• Sandwich design
■ Application • Sandwich design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
ASME which are secured using a dummy flange.
Remote seal systems should be used if a separation between
the measured medium and the measuring instrument is essential
or appropriate.
Examples of such cases:
• The temperature of the medium is outside the limits specified
for the pressure transmitter.
• The medium is corrosive and requires diaphragm materials
which are not available for the pressure transmitter.
• The medium is highly viscous or contains solids which would
block the measuring chambers of the pressure transmitter.
• The medium may freeze in the measuring chambers or pulse
line.
Diaphragm seal of flange design without (left) and with a projecting dia-
• The medium is heterogeneous or fibrous. phragm (tube)
• The medium tends towards polymerization or crystallization. • Flange design
• The process requires quick-release remote seals, as neces- • Flange design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
sary e.g. in the food industry for fast cleaning. ASME, secured using holes in the flange.
• The process requires cleaning of the measuring point, e.g. in
a batch process.

■ Design
A remote seal system consists of the following components.
• Pressure transmitter
• One or two remote seals
• Filling liquid
• Connection between pressure transmitter and remote seal
(direct mounting or by means of capillary)
The volume in contact with the measured medium is terminated
Quick-release diaphragm seal
by a flat elastic diaphragm lying in a bed. Between the dia-
phragm and the pressure transmitter is the filling liquid.

1/422 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
• Quick-release remote seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS standard,
■ Function
IDF standard, APV RJF standard, clamp connection, etc.
• Miniature diaphragm seal with male thread for screwing into
tapped holes
• Remote seals with customer-specific process connections
Miniature diaphragm seal with diaphragm flush with front
• Miniature diaphragm seals
The quick-release remote seals are used above all in the food in-
dustry. Their design means that the measured medium cannot
accumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp present
on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is possible for
cleaning.
Clamp-on seal
Clamp-on seal with quick-release design (left) and for flange mounting
With clamp-on seals, the pressure is first measured using a cy-
lindrical diaphragm positioned in a pipe, and then transmitted to
the pressure transmitter by means of the filling liquid.
The clamp-on seal is a special design for flowing media. It con-
sists of a cylindrical pipe in which a cylindrical diaphragm is em-
bedded. Since it is completely integrated in the process pipe, no
turbulences, dead volumes or other obstructions to the flow oc-
cur. Furthermore, the clamp-on seal can be cleaned by a pig.
The following types of clamp-on seals exist:
• Quick-release clamp-on seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS stan-
dard, IDF standard, APV/RJF standard, clamp connection etc.
The quick-release facility attached to the remote seal enables
the seal to be removed quickly for cleaning purposes.
• Clamp-on seals for flanging to EN or ASME.
• Clamp-on seals with customer-specific process connections.
Note:
The pressure data on the transmitter and the remote seal must
be observed with regard to pressure/temperature behavior.
Pressure Measurement
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
1
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the
filling liquid and passes through the capillary to the measuring
chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the dia-
phragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring cham-
ber of the transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Transmission response
The transmission response of a remote seal is characterized by
the following variables:
• Temperature error
• Adjustment time
Temperature error
Temperature errors are caused by the change of volume of the
filling liquid due to temperature variations. To select the right re-
mote seal you must calculate the temperature error.
Below you will find an overview of the factors which influence the
size of the temperature error, as well as information on how to
calculate the temperature error.
The temperature error is dependent on the following variables:
• Rigidity of the diaphragm used
• Filling liquid used
• Influence of the filling liquid underneath the process flanges or
in the connection shank of the pressure transmitter
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diam-
eter, the bigger the temperature error
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the bigger the
temperature error
Diaphragm rigidity
The rigidity of the diaphragm is of decisive importance. The big-
ger the diameter of the diaphragm, the softer the diaphragm and
the more sensitively it reacts to temperature-induced changes in
volume of the filling liquid.
The result is that small measuring ranges are only possible with
large diaphragm diameters.
Other factors apart from diaphragm rigidity which also play a
role:
• Diaphragm thickness
• Diaphragm material
• Coatings if present
Filling liquid
Every filling liquid reacts to temperature variations with a change
of volume. Temperature errors can be minimized by selecting a
suitable filling liquid, but the filling liquid must also be appropri-
ate for the temperature limits and operating pressure. Further-
more, the filling liquid must also be physiologically harmless.
Since the filling liquid is present under the diaphragm, in the
capillary and under the process flange of the pressure transmit-
ter (or in the connection shank), the temperature error must be
calculated separately for each combination.
Note:
A vacuum-resistant remote seal is recommended for continuous
low-pressure operation at 500 mbar a or below, including during
commissioning (see ordering data).
An example of a temperature error calculation can be found in
the section "Technical Specifications".
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/423
 © Siemens AG 2018
Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
1 Response time
The response time is dependent on the following factors:
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diam-
eter, the shorter the response time
• Viscosity of the filling liquid The greater the viscosity, the lon-
ger the response time
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the longer the
response time
• Pressure in the pressure measuring system: The higher the
pressure, the shorter the response time
Recommendations
The following should be observed to obtain an optimum combi-
nation of transmitter and remote seal:
• Choose the biggest possible diameter for the remote seal. The
effective diameter of the seal diaphragm is then bigger and
the temperature error smaller.
• Choose the shortest possible capillary. The response time is
then shorter and the temperature error smaller
• Choose the filling liquid with the least viscosity and the small-
est coefficient of expansion. Make sure, however, that the fill-
ing liquid meets the process requirements with regard to pres-
sure, vacuum and temperature. And ensure that the filling
liquid and the medium are compatible with one another.
• Note the following points for use in the vacuum range:
- The pressure transmitter must always be positioned below
the lowest spigot.
- The operating range of some filling liquids is very limited with
regard to the permissible temperature of the medium.
- A vacuum-proof seal is necessary for continuous operation
in the low-pressure range.
• Recommendations for the minimum span can be found in the
section "Technical data".
Note
The remote seals listed here are a selection of the most common
designs. On account of the large variety of process connections,
certain remote seals which are not listed here may be available
nevertheless.
Other versions can be:
• Other process connections, standards
• Aseptic or sterile connections
• Other dimensions
• Other nominal pressures
• Special diaphragm materials, including coatings
• Other sealing faces
• Other filling liquids
• Other capillary lengths
• Sheathing of capillaries with protective hose
• Calibration at higher/lower temperatures etc.
Please contact your local Siemens office for further informa-
tion.
1/424 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
Negative pressure service
Liquids, such as silicone oils, inert or those suitable for food, are
used in remote seal systems for transmission of the process
pressure to the pressure transmitter.
In each liquid, particles have the tendency to leave the liquid
compound with increasing temperature (transition from liquid to
gaseous aggregate state). This means the vapor pressure in-
creases with increasing temperature and is dependent on the
substance or mixture being present.
The higher the temperature and the lower the associated pro-
cess pressure in the liquid, the more difficult it gets to guarantee
the desired transmission properties of the fill fluid and therefore
the measuring arrangement.
Plus the sealing elements at the transmitter must be designed so
that a diffusion of molecules from the atmosphere into the remote
seal system is prevented due to the constantly occurring nega-
tive pressure.
In addition to the influencing variables process pressure and
process temperature, the vapor pressure curve of the fill fluid at
the remote seal end and the stiffness of the remote seal mem-
brane impact the functionality of the remote seal in the negative
pressure range.
This means you have to pay special attention to the physical
properties of fill fluids with applications in the negative pressure
range.
There are three stages for the negative pressure resistance:
• Standard design of the remote seal without additional
protec-tive measures, suitable for the overpressure range
and low negative pressure range. This design is identified
with (1) in the diagrams below.
• Negative pressure service with suitable seals and treated fill
fluid, identified with (2) in the diagrams below. Here you
select the order codes V01, V03 or V04, depending on the
mounting type.·
• Extended negative pressure service with more extended
treatment of the fill fluid and the remote seals, identified in the
diagrams below. Here you select the order codes V51, V53 or
V54, depending on the mounting type.
There are two more areas in the diagrams. The area (4) identifies
an area that has to be clarified with Technical Support prior to
placing the order. The area (5) describes the area in which the
remote seal fill fluid is permanently destroyed and the entire re-
mote seal is therefore without function.
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
Technical specifications of the remote seal filling liquids Note: For reasons of operational safety, the transmitter must not 1
exceed the height of the remote seal - with differential pressure
Filling liquid Num- Density Visco- Suitable Suitable
ber in at 20°C sity at for nega- for exten- applications, the height of the bottom remote seal - for measure-
the ments in the negative pressure range. The associated installa-
[kg/dm3] 20°C tive pres- ded nega-
tion types B, C1, C2 or H are described at the end of this section
Article [mm2/s] sure tive
No. service pressure under the topic "Measuring arrangements".
service
Selection of the required negative pressure service
Silicone oil M5 1 0,914 4 x -
The procedure for determining the required negative pressure
Silicone oil M50 2 0,966 50 x x service is described below using the silicone oil M5 as fill fluid.
High-tempera- 3 1,070 57 x x The minimum existing process pressure of a fictitious process is
ture oil 200 mbarabs (2.9 psi) (at a maximum process temperature of
Halocarbon oil 4 1,968 14 x - 150 °C (302 °F)). This intersection is identified by an "✖" in the
diagram below. This means the negative pressure service V01,
Food oil 7 0,920 10 x x V03 or V04 (depending on the application) is sufficient in this ex-
(FDA-listed) ample.
The suitable negative pressure service is specified with the pres- The suitable negative pressure resistance is determined this
sure/temperature curves of the respective liquids described be- way for all other fill fluids.
low.
Note:
Note the response times according to the table on page 1/435.

Silicone oil M5
Operating pressure [mbarabs]

1010

910

810

710

610

1
510
5

410

310
2

210 ✖

110
4
10
-100 -50 0 50 100 150
Operating temperature [°C]
1 Operating range of the standard remote seal design without special measures.
2 Operating range for which the negative pressure service V01, V03 or V04 is required.
Note: An extended negative pressure service is not possible for this fill fluid.
4 Please contact Technical Support for applications in this area.
Detailed information regarding application, process and ambient data are necessary.
5 Area in which you have to expect the destruction of the fill fluid.
A function of the remote seal is not specified here.

Permissible operating range:

Max. temperature limit: 160 °C
Min. temperature limit: -90 °C

Negative pressure applications with silicone oil M5

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/425

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
1
Silicone oil M50
Operating pressure [mbarabs]

1010

910

810

1
710

610
2

510
5

410

310
3

210

110
4

10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Operating temperature [°C]
1 Operating range of the standard remote seal design without special measures.
2 Operating range for which the negative pressure service V01, V03 or V04 is required.

3 Operating range for which the extended negative pressure service V51, V53 or V54 is required
4 Please contact Technical Support for applications in this area.
Detailed information regarding application, process and ambient data are necessary.
5 Area in which you have to expect the destruction of the fill fluid.
A function of the remote seal is not specified here.
Permissible operating range:
Max. temperature limit: 300 °C
Min. temperature limit: -40 °C

Negative pressure applications with silicone oil M50

1/426 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
1
High-temperature oil
Operating pressure [mbarabs]

1010

910

810

1
710

610

510
2

410

310
3 4 5

210

110

10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Operating temperature [°C]
1 Operating range of the standard remote seal design without special measures.
2 Operating range for which the negative pressure service V01, V03 or V04 is required.

3 Operating range for which the extended negative pressure service V51, V53 or V54 is required
4 Please contact Technical Support for applications in this area.
Detailed information regarding application, process and ambient data are necessary.
5 Area in which you have to expect the destruction of the fill fluid.
A function of the remote seal is not specified here.
Permissible operating range:
Max. temperature limit: 400 °C
Min. temperature limit: -10 °C

Negative pressure applications with high-temperature oil

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/427

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
1
Halocarbon oil (inert fill fluid)
Operating pressure [mbarabs]
1010

910

810

710

610

510
1

410
5

310
2

210

110
4

10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Operating temperature [°C]
1 Operating range of the standard remote seal design without special measures.
2 Operating range for which the negative pressure service V01, V03 or V04 is required.
Note: An extended negative pressure service is not possible for this fill fluid.
4 Please contact Technical Support for applications in this area.
Detailed information regarding application, process and ambient data are necessary.
5 Area in which you have to expect the destruction of the fill fluid.
A function of the remote seal is not specified here.

Permissible operating range:

Max. temperature limit: 175 °C
Min. temperature limit: -30 °C

Oxygen application for operating temperature between 60 and 175 °C

and also for operating pressure > 50 bar not permissible.

Negative pressure applications with halocarbon oil (inert filling liquid)

A BAM approval for process temperatures up to 60 °C (140 °F) and system pressures up to 50 bar (725 psi) is available for the oxygen
application.

1/428 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
1
Food oil (FDA-listed)
Operating pressure [mbarabs]
1010

910

810

1
710

610

510
5

410
2

310

210
3

110
4
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Operating temperature [°C]
1 Operating range of the standard remote seal design without special measures.
2 Operating range for which the negative pressure service V01, V03 or V04 is required.
3 Operating range for which the extended negative pressure service V51, V53 or V54 is required
4 Please contact Technical Support for applications in this area.
Detailed information regarding application, process and ambient data are necessary.
5 Area in which you have to expect the destruction of the fill fluid.
A function of the remote seal is not specified here.
Permissible operating range:
Max. temperature limit: 230 °C
Min. temperature limit: -15 °C

Negative pressure applications with food oil (FDA listed)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/429

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
1 ■ Technical specifications
Temperature error Diaphragm seals
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals when connected to pressure transmitters for pressure, absolute pressure, differential pres-
sure (single-sided) and level
Nominal diameter/ Diaphragm Temperature Temperature error of Temperature Recommended
design diameter error of remote capillary fCap error of process min. spans (guid-
seal fRS flange/connec- ance values,
tion spigot fPF observe temp.
error)
mm (inch) mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar (psi)
10 K 10 K) (10 K  mCap) (10 K  mCap))) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube 59 (2.32) 1.5 (0.022) 2 (0.029) 2 (0.029) 200 (2.90)
design or with
flange to DN 50 with tube 45 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
EN 1092-1 DN 80 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube 59 (2.32) 1.5 (0.022) 2 (0.029) 2 (0.029) 200 (2.90)
design or with 2 inch with tube 45 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
flange to
ASME B16.5 3 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
4 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
5 inch without tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Remote seal, DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
screwed gland
design
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with threaded
socket to DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DIN 11851 DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Clamp connec- 1½ inch 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
tion
2 inch 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Miniature dia- G1B 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
phragm seal
G1½B 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
G2B 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
Remarks:
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed).
• Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.

1/430 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals with connection to differential pressure transmitters (double-sided) 1
Nominal diameter/ Diaphragm Temperature error Temperature error of Temperature error Recommended
design diameter of remote seal fRS capillary fCap of process min. spans
flange/connec- (guidance val-
tion spigot fPF ues, observe
temperature
error)
mm (inch) mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar (psi)
10 K 10 K) (10 K  mCap) (10 K  mCap)) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube 59 (2.32) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0045) 0.3 (0.0045) 250 (3.626)
design or with
flange to DN 50 with tube 45 (1.89) 1.26 (0.018) 1.7 (0.025) 1.7 (0.025) 250 (3.626)
EN 1092-1 DN 80 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.05 (0.001) 0.05 (0.0007) 50 (0.725)
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube 59 (2.32) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0045) 250 (3.626)
design with
flange to 2 inch with tube 45 (1.89) 1.26 (0.018) 1.7 (0.025) 1.7 (0.025) 250 (3.626)
ASME B16.5 3 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.05 (0.0007) 0.05 (0.0007) 50 (0.725)
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
4 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
5 inch without tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal, DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
screwed gland
design
Remote seal DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 65 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Remote seal DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
with threaded
socket to DN 65 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
DIN 11851 DN 80 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Clamp connec- 2 inch 40 (1.57) 1 (0.015) 2.5 (0.036) 2.5 (0.036) 2000 (29.01)
tion
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)

Remarks:
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed).
• Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/431

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
1 Temperature error Clamp-on seals
Temperature errors of clamp-on seals when connected to pressure transmitters for gauge pressure and absolute pressure, and with
single-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
Nominal diameter/ Temperature error of remote Temperature error of Temperature error of pro- Recommended min. spans
design seal fRS capillary fCap cess flange/connection (guidance values, observe
spigot fPF temperature error)
mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar (psi)
DN 25 (1 inch) 6.0 (0.0870) 8.5 (0.123) 8.5 (0.123) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 4.5 (0.065) 4.5 (0.065) 4.5 (0.065) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 4.0 (0.058) 3.0 (0.044) 3.0 (0.044) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 9.5 (0.138) 5.0 (0.073) 5.0 (0.073) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 8.0 (0.012) 3.0 (0.044) 3.0 (0.044) 100 (1.45)

Temperature errors of clamp-on seals with double-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
Nominal diameter/ Temperature error of remote Temperature error of Temperature error of pro- Recommended min. spans
design seal fRS capillary fCap cess flange/connection (guidance values, observe
spigot fPF temperature error)
mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar (psi)
DN 25 (1 inch) 2.3 (0.033) 1.8 (0.026) 1.8 (0.026) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 0.8 (0.012) 0.3 (0.004) 0.3 (0.004) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 0.3 (0.004) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 3.0 (0.044) 0.5 (0.007) 0.5 (0.007) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 1.0 (0.015) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)

Remarks:
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed).
• Half the values apply to glycerin/water mixture as the filling liquid.
• Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.
• Diaphragm thickness 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) for DN 25/DN 40/DN 50 and 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) for DN 80/DN 100

1/432 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
Calculation of the temperature error Dependence of temperature error on diaphragm material 1
The following equation is used to calculate the temperature error: The temperature errors listed in the previous table are based on
the use of stainless steel as the diaphragm material. If other dia-
dp = (RS – Cal)  fRS + (Cap – Cal)  lCap fCap + (TR – Cal)  fPF
phragm materials are used, the temperature errors change as
follows:
dp Additional temperature error (mbar)
Diaphragm material Change in temperature error of
RS Temperature on remote seal diaphragm (generally remote seal
corresponds to temperature of medium)
Increase in values by
Cal Calibration (reference) temperature (20 °C (68 °F))
Stainless steel, Duplex, ... See previous tables
fRS Temperature error of remote seal
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 50 %
Cap Ambient temperature on the capillaries
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 50 %
lCap Capillary length
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 60 %
fCap Temperature error of capillaries
Tantalum 50 %
TR Ambient temperature on pressure transmitter
Titanium 50 %
fPF Temperature error of the oil filling in the process
flanges of the pressure transmitter PTFE coating on stainless steel 80 %
diaphragm
Example of temperature error calculation
ECTFE coating or PFA coating on 100 %
Existing conditions: stainless steel diaphragm

SITRANS P pressure transmitter for fRS = 0.05 mbar/10 K Gold coating on stainless steel dia- 40 %
differential pressure, 250 mbar, set (0.039 inH2O/10 K) phragm
to 0 ... 100 mbar, with DN 100 Inconel 50 %
remote seal diaphragms without
tube, diaphragm made of stainless Incoloy 50 %
steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
Maximum temperature of medium
Capillary length lCap = 6 m (19.7 ft)
Note
Capillaries fitted on both sides fCap = 0.07 mbar/(10 K  mCap)
(0.028 inH2O/(10 K  mCap)) When taking into account the maximum medium temperature,
Filling liquid silicone oil M5 fPF = 0.07 mbar/10 K the application limits of the fill fluids and gaskets used as well as
(0.028 inH2O/10 K) the pressure/temperature limits of the respective process con-
nections must also be taken into consideration.
Process temperature RS = 100 °C (212 °F)
The following maximum temperatures of the medium apply de-
Temperature on the capillaries Cap = 50 °C (122 °F) pending on the material of the wetted parts.
Temperature on pressure TR = 50 °C (122 °F)
Material Max. medium Min./max. Pressure
transmitter temperature
Calibration temperature Cal = 20 °C (68 °F) Stainless steel, 400 °C (752 °F) No restrictions
mat. no. 1.4404/31L
Required: PTFE coating 200 °C (392 °F) < 0 bar (0 psi); gauge pressure
Additional temperature error of remote seals: dp 260 °C (500 °F) 0 bar (0 psi)/25 bar (363 psi);
gauge pressure
Calculation: 150 °C (302 °F) 25 bar (363 psi)/40 bar
(580 psi); gauge pressure
in mbar 50 °C (302 °F) 40 bar (580 psi)/60 bar
dp = (100 °C – 20 °C)  0.05 mbar/10 K + (50 °C – 20 °C)  6 m  (870 psi); gauge pressure
0.07 mbar/(10 K  m) + (50 °C – 20 °C)  0.07 mbar/10 K ECTFE coating 150 °C (302 °F) For pressures < 1 bar (14.5 psi)
on request
dp = 0.4 mbar + 1.26 mbar + 0.21 mbar PFA coating 200 °C (392 °F) < 0 bar (0 psi); gauge pressure
in inH2O 260 °C (500 °F) 25 bar (363 psi)/40 bar
(580 psi); gauge pressure
dp = (212 °F - 68 °F) · 0.039 inH2O/10 K + (112 °F - 68 °F) · 19.7 ft ·
0.028 inH2O/(10 K · 3.28 ft) + (112 °F - 68 °F) · (0.028 inH2O/10 K) 150 °C (302 °F) 40 bar (580 psi)/60 bar
(870 psi); gauge pressure
dp = 0.16 inH2O + 0.51 inH2O + 0.08 inH2O 50 °C (302 °F) For pressures < 1 bar (14.5 psi)
on request
Hastelloy C4, 400 °C (752 °F) No restrictions
Result: mat. no. 2.4610
dp = 1.87 mbar (0.75 inH2O) Hastelloy C276, 400 °C (752 °F) No restrictions
(corresponds to 2.27% of set span) mat. no. 2.4819
Hastelloy C22, 400 °C (752 °F) No restrictions
Note mat. no. 2.4602
The determined temperature error only applies to the error resulting Monel 400, 400 °C (752 °F) No restrictions
from connection of the remote seal. mat. no. 2.4360
The transmission response of the respective transmitter is not included Tantalum 300 °C (572 °F) No restrictions
in this consideration. Duplex, 250 °C (482 °F) No restrictions
It must be calculated separately, and the resulting error added to the mat. no. 1.4462
error determined above from connection of the remote seal. Titanium 150 °C (302 °F) No restrictions
Inconel 400 °C (752 °F) No restrictions
Incoloy 400 °C (752 °F) No restrictions
Gold coating 400 °C (752 °F) No restrictions

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/433

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
1 The following maximum temperatures of the medium apply de-
pending on the material of the wetted parts:

Maximum capillary length for diaphragm seals

(guidance values)
Nom. diam. Max. length of capillary
Diaphragm seal Clamp-on seal
m (ft) m (ft)
DN 25 (1 inch) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2)
DN 32 (1¼ inch) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7)
DN 50 (2 inch) 6 (19.7) 10 (32.8)
DN 65 (2½ inch) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8)
DN 80 (3 inch) 15 (49.1) 10 (32.8)
DN 100 (4 inch) 15 (49.1) 10 (32.8)
DN 125 (5 inch) 15 (49.1) - -

1/434 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Technical description
Response times 1
The values listed in the following table are the response times (in The response times are independent of the set span within the
seconds per meter of capillary) for a change in pressure which range of the respective transmitter. The response times are of in-
corresponds to the set span. significant importance for spans above 10 bar (145 psi). The re-
sponse times of the pressure transmitters are not considered in
The listed values must be multiplied by the respective length of the table.
the capillary, or with transmitters for differential pressure and flow
by the total length of both capillaries.

Filling liquid Density Temperature Response time in s/m (s/ft) with max. span of pressure transmitter
on capillary
kg/dm3 (lb/in3) °C (°F) 250 mbar (101 inH2O) 600 mbar (241 inH2O) 1600 mbar (643 inH2O)
Silicone oil M5 0.914 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.11 (0.034) 0.02 (0.006) 0.02 (0.006)
- 20 (-4) 0.3 (0.091) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
Silicone oil M50 0.966 (0.035) +60 (140) 0.6 (0.183) 0.25 (0.076) 0.09 (0.027)
+20 (68) 0.61 (0.186) 0.26 (0.079) 0.1 (0.030)
- 20 (-4) 1.69 (0.515) 0.71 (0.216) 0.27 (0.082)
High-temperature oil 1.070 (0.039) +60 (140) 0.14 (0.043) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006)
+20 (68) 0.65 (0.198) 0.27 (0.082) 0.1 (0.030)
-10 (14) 3.96 (1.207) 1.65 (0.503) 0.62 (0.189)
Halocarbon oil 1.968 (0.071) +60 (140) 0.07 (0.021) 0.03 (0.009) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.29 (0.088) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
- 20 (-4) 2.88 (0.878) 1.2 (0.366) 0.45 (0.137)
Food oil (FDA listed) 0.920 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.75 (0.229) 0.33 (0.101) 0.17 (0.052)
+20 (68) 4 (1.220) 1.75 (0.534) 0.67 (0.204)
- 20 (-4) 20 (6.100) 8.5 (2.593) 3.25 (0.991)

Permissible data of filling liquids for pressure and temperature see diagrams on page 1/425 ff.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/435

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary
1 ■ Overview

Diaphragm seals of sandwich design

■ Technical specifications
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design Sealing material in the process
flanges
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• For pressure transmitters, abso- Copper
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 400 lute pressure transmitters and
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 400 low-pressure applications
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 400 • For other applications Viton
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 400
• 2 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 Maximum pressure See above and the technical data of
the pressure transmitters
• 3 inch Class 150 ... class 2500
Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
• 4 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 available on request)
• 5 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 Capillary
Sealing face • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer lengths
on request
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA • Internal diameter max. 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
Materials
Silicone oil M50
• Main body Stainless steel mat. no. 1.4404/316L
High-temperature oil
• Wetted parts Stainless steel mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
• Without coating
Food oil (FDA listed)
• PTFE coating
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum on re- mitter and the filling liquid of the
quest) remote seal
• PFA coating More information can be found in
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 "Technical data of filling liquid" in the
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 Technical description to the remote
seals
Hastelloy C22, mat. no. 2.4602
Tantalum Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Titanium, mat. no. 3.7035 Certificate and approvals
Nickel 201 Classification according to pres- For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
sure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies with
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 (DGRL 2014/68/EU) requirements of article 4,
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, paragraph 3 (sound engineering
thickness approx. 25 m practice)
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of stain-
less steel, mat. No. 1.4301/304

1/436 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord.code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord.code
1
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary
connected to a SITRANS P transmitter connected to a SITRANS P transmitter
(order separately): (order separately):
for pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF 4 9 0 0 - for pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF 4 9 0 0 -
7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01" 7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01"
(Negative pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1); (Negative pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1);
Scope of delivery (1 off) Scope of delivery (1 off)
for absolute pressure 7MF433.-...; 7MF 4 9 0 1 - for absolute pressure 7MF433.-...; 7MF 4 9 0 1 -
Scope of delivery (1 off) Scope of delivery (1 off)
for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 0 3 - for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 0 3 -
7MF243.-...;7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...; 7MF243.-...;7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...;
scope of delivery 2 off scope of delivery 2 off
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 1 7777 - 7B 777 1 7777 - 7B 777
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Customer-specific tubus length
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure Specify customer-specific length with Y44, see
• DN 25 Z J0A Order Code
• DN 40 Z J0B • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel without foil
• DN 50 PN 16 ... 400 A Range Standard length
(recommended only for pressure transmitters
for pressure) 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") A1
• DN 80 PN 16 ... 400 B 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") A2
• DN 100 PN 16 ... 400 C 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") A3
• DN 125 PN 16 ... 400 D 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") A4
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") A5
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 2500 E
(recommended only for pressure transmitters • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated
for pressure) with ECTFE
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 2500 H Range Standard length
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 2500 L 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") F1
• 5 inch Class 150 ... 2500 N 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") F2
Smooth sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1 or 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") F3
to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") F4
Other version Z J1Y 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") F5
Add Order code and plain text:
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated
Sealing face: see "Technical data" with PFA
Wetted parts materials Range Standard length
• Stainless steel 316L 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") D1
- without coating A 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") D2
- with PTFE coating2) E0 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") D3
- with ECTFE coating 2) 3) 4) 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") D4
F
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") D5
- with PFA coating 2) 4) D
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G • Wetted parts materials: Monel 400
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J Range Standard length
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 U0 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") G1
• Hastelloy C22, mat. No. 2.4602 V0 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") G2
• Tantalum K 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") G3
• Titanium, mat. No. 3.7035 (max. 150 °C L0 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") G4
(302 °F))
• Wetted parts materials: Hastelloy C276
• Nickel 201 (max. 260 °C (500 °F)) M0
Range Standard length
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 Q
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462, incl. main body R 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") J 1
• Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S0 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") J 2
thickness approx. 25 m 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") J 3
Tube length 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") J 4
• without tube 0 • Wetted parts materials: Tantalum
Other version: Z8 K1Y Range Standard length
Add Order code and plain text:
Wetted parts materials: ..., 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") K1
Tube length: ... 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") K2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") K3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") K4

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/437

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord.code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Diaphragm seal Further designs
Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
connected to a SITRANS P transmitter code.
(order separately):
Customer-specific tubus length Y44
for pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF 4 9 0 0 -
7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01" Select range,
(Negative pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1); enter desired length in plain text
Scope of delivery (1 off) (No entry = standard length)

for absolute pressure 7MF433.-...; 7MF 4 9 0 1 - Spark arrestor

Scope of delivery (1 off) With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0
(including documentation)
for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 0 3 -
7MF243.-...;7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...; • Pressure and absolute pressure A01
scope of delivery 2 off • for differential pressure transmitters A02
1 7777 - 7B 777 Remote seal nameplate B20
Filling liquid Attached out of stainless steel, contains Article
• Silicone oil M5 1 No. and order number of the remote seal supplier
• Silicone oil M50 2 Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10
• High-temperature oil 3 Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver-
• Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)5) 4 sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc-
• Food oil (FDA listed)l 7 tion with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text: Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
Filling liquid: ... teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
Length of capillary6) Inspection certificate C12
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2 to EN 10204, section 3.1
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3 2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4 Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5 uid (FDA listed)"
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7 IEC 61508
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8 (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20"
Special lengths for capillaries in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23
• 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E IEC 61508
• 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23"
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1 J in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07
only for 7MF4903-... Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor-
ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of
• 11.0 m (36.09 ft) 9 N1N stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
• 12.0 m (39.37 ft) 9 N1P
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08
• 13.0 m (42.65 ft) 9 N1Q
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor-
• 14.0 m (45.93 ft) 9 N1R ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of
• 15.0 m (49.21 ft) 9 N1S stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order negative Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10
pressure service version. Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver-
2) Only possible up to max. PN 100. sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill
3) For vacuum on request fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C
4) Only for use in non-hazardous atmospheres. (140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in
5) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging connection with halocarbon oil, certified by certi-
included in the scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs" C10 and E10. ficate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
6) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description". Epoxy painting E15
(not possible with vacuum-proof design and not
for 7MF4901-...)
Color: transparent, coverage: front and rear of
the remote seal, capillary(ies) or connecting
tube, process connection of the transmitter.
With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only
possible with process connection G½B accord-
ing to EN 837-1
One-sided mounting on differential pressure
transmitters
(only for 7MF4900-...)
on high-pressure side H10
on low-pressure side H11

1/438 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code. code.
Sealing surface smooth, form B2 or RFSF J11 PE protective tube
(Stainless steel diaphragm) over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
previously DIN 2501, form E (color: white)
Sealing surface B1 or J12 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
instead of sealing surface B2 or RFSF 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
(only for wetted parts made of Hastelloy C276
(2.4819), tantalum and Duplex 2205 (1.4462) 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
and for nominal sizes 2", 3", DN 50 and DN 80) 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
parts made of stainless steel 316L) 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
Sealing surface RJF (groove, previously RTJ) J24 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
ASME B16.5 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
instead of sealing surface 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
(only for wetted parts made of stainless steel 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
316L) only for 7MF4903-...
Sealing surface with spring according to 11.0 m (36.09 ft) N32
EN 1092-1, form C, (previously DIN 2512, 12.0 m (39.37 ft) N33
form F) in stainless steel 316L
13.0 m (42.65 ft) N34
DN 25 J30
DN 40 J31 14.0 m (45.93 ft) N35
DN 50 J32 15.0 m (49.21 ft) N36
DN 80 J33 PTFE protective tube
DN 100 J34 over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
DN 125 J35 (color: transparent)
Sealing surface with male face according to 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
EN 1092-1, form E (previously DIN 2512, form 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
V13) in stainless steel 316L 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
DN 25 J40
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
DN 40 J41
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
DN 50 J42
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
DN 80 J43
DN 100 J44 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
DN 125 J45 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
Sealing surface with female face according to
EN 1092-1, form F (previously DIN 2512, form 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
R13) in stainless steel 316L 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
DN 25 J50 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
DN 40 J51
only for 7MF4903-...
DN 50 J52
DN 80 J53 11.0 m (36.09 ft) N52
DN 100 J54 12.0 m (39.37 ft) N53
DN 125 J55 13.0 m (42.65 ft) N54
14.0 m (45.93 ft) N55
15.0 m (49.21 ft) N56

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/439

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code.
PVC protective tube
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(color: black)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
only for 7MF4903-...
11.0 m (36.09 ft) N72
12.0 m (39.37 ft) N73
13.0 m (42.65 ft) N74
14.0 m (45.93 ft) N75
15.0 m (49.21 ft) N76
Negative pressure service
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V01
re series
• differential pressure V03
Extended negative pressure service
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V51
re series
• differential pressure V53

1/440 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary

■ Dimensional drawings
1
D D
b dM dM b

Ød 5

Ød 5
Ød 5

Handhold
Handhold Ø16 (6.3)

l
l
Ø16 (6.3)

R≥
(5. 150
9)

0
15
≥ .9)
R (5

Diaphragm seals of sandwich design (without flange) with flexible capil-

lary for connection to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute pres-
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary for connection sure or differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
Connection to EN 1092-1
Connection to EN 1092-1
Nom. Nom. press. b D d5 dM l
Nom. Nom. press. b D d5 dM l diam.
diam. mm mm mm mm mm
mm mm mm mm mm DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 400 20 102 48.3 451) 100
DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 400 20 102 48.3 451) 100 DN 80 20 138 76 722) 100
DN 80 20 138 76 722) 100 DN 100 20 158 94 89 100
DN 100 20 158 94 89 100 DN 125 22 188 125 124 100
DN 125 22 188 125 124 100
Connection to ASME B16.5
Connection to ASME B16.5
Nom. Nom. press. b D d5 dM I
Nom. Nom. press. b D d5 dM I diam.
diam. lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm mm
lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm mm (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) 2 inch 150 ... 2500 20 100 48.3 451) 100
2 inch 150 .... 2500 20 100 48.3 451) 100 (0.79) (3.94) (1.9) (1.77) (3.94)
(0.79) (3.94) (1.9) (1.77) (3.94) 3 inch 20 134 72 722) 100
3 inch 20 134 72 722) 100 (0.79) (5.28) 3 (2.83) (3.94)
(0.79) (5.28) 3 (2.83) (3.94) 4 inch 20 158 94 89 100
4 inch 20 158 94 89 100 (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (2.32) (3.94)
(0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (2.32) (3.94) 5 inch 22 186 125 124 100
5 inch 22 186 125 124 100 (0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (3.94)
(0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (3.94)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1/ASME B16.5
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1/ASME B16.5
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter 1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L = 0
1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L = 0 2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L = 0
2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L = 0

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/441

 © Siemens AG 2018
Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
1 ■ Overview
Diaphragm seals of flange design
■ Technical specifications
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• DN 50 (recommendable only for PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100
pressure transmitters for pressure)
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100
• DN 100 PN 10/16, PN 25/40
• DN 125 PN 16, PN 40
• 2 inch (recommendable only for Class 150, class 300,
pressure transmitters for pressure) class 400/600, class 900/1500
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300, class 600
• 4 inch Class 150, class 300, class 400
• 5 inch Class 150, class 300, class 400
Sealing face
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
No. 1.4404/316L ASMR B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Materials
• Main body Stainless steel
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Without coating
• PTFE coating
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum
on request)
• PFA coating
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602
Hastelloy C22, W.-Nr. 2.4602
Tantalum
Titanium, W.-Nr. 3.7035
Nickel 201
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated,
thickness approx. 25 m
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4571/316Ti
1/442 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301/304
Sealing material in the process
flanges
• For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
pressure transmitters and low-
pressure applications
• For other applications Viton
Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitter
Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
available on request)
Capillary
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
lengths on request
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
Filling liquid
(for remote seals of sandwich and Silicone oil M5
flange design)
Silicone oil M50
High-temperature oil
Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
Food oil (FDA listed)
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
More information can be found in
the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
the Technical description to the
remote seals
Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
1
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected
to a pressure transmitter to a pressure transmitter
SITRANS P (order separately): SITRANS P (order separately):
for pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF 4 9 2 0 - for pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF 4 9 2 0 -
7MF423.-... (absolute pressure (gauge pressure 7MF423.-... (absolute pressure (gauge pressure
series) together with Order code "V01" (Negative series) together with Order code "V01" (Negative
pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1); pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1);
scope of delivery: 1 off scope of delivery: 1 off
for absolute pressure (differential pressure 7MF 4 9 2 1 - for absolute pressure (differential pressure 7MF 4 9 2 1 -
series 7MF433.-...; scope of delivery: 1 off series 7MF433.-...; scope of delivery: 1 off
for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 2 3 - for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 2 3 -
7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...; 7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...;
scope of delivery: 2 off scope of delivery: 2 off
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 1 7777 - 7B 777 Wetted parts materials
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Stainless steel 316L
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure - without coating A
• DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J 0A - with PTFE coating E0
PN 63/100/160 Z J 0B - with ECTFE coating2) 3) F
• DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J 0C - with PFA coating 3) D
PN 63/100 Z J 0D • Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
PN 160 Z J 0E • Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 A • Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 U
PN 100 B • Hastelloy C22, mat. No. 2.4602 V0
(DN 50 recommended only for pressure • Tantalum K0
transmitters for pressure) • Titanium, mat. No. 3.7035 (max. 150 °C L
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 D (302 °F))
PN 100 E • Nickel 201 (max. 260 °C (500 °F)) M0
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 Q0
• DN 100 PN 10/16 G
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462, incl. main body R
• DN 125 PN 25/40 H
• Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S0
PN 10/16 J thickness approx. 25 m
PN 25/40 K
• 1 inch Class 150 Z J 6A
Class 300 Z J 6B
Class 400/600 Z J 6C
Class 900/1500 Z J 6D
• 1½ inch Class 150 Z J 6E
Class 300 Z J 6F
Class 400/600 Z J 6G
Class 900/1500 Z J 6H
• 2 inch Class 150 L
Class 300 M
Class 400/600 N
Class 900/1500 P
(2 inch recommended only for pressure
transmitters for pressure)
• 3 inch Class 150 Q
Class 300 R
Class 600 S
• 4 inch Class 150 T
Class 300 U
Class 400 V
• 5 inch Class 150 W
Class 300 X
Class 400 Y
• JIS DN 50 10 K 316L Z J 7A
20 K 316L Z J 7B
• JIS DN 80 10 K 316L Z J 7C
20 K 316L Z J 7D
Smooth sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1 or
to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Other version Z J1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...
Sealing face: See "Technical data"

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/443

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected
to a pressure transmitter to a pressure transmitter
SITRANS P (order separately): SITRANS P (order separately):
for pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF 4 9 2 0 - for pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF 4 9 2 0 -
7MF423.-... (absolute pressure (gauge pressure 7MF423.-... (absolute pressure (gauge pressure
series) together with Order code "V01" (Negative series) together with Order code "V01" (Negative
pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1); pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1);
scope of delivery: 1 off scope of delivery: 1 off
for absolute pressure (differential pressure 7MF 4 9 2 1 - for absolute pressure (differential pressure 7MF 4 9 2 1 -
series 7MF433.-...; scope of delivery: 1 off series 7MF433.-...; scope of delivery: 1 off
for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 2 3 - for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 2 3 -
7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...; 7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...;
scope of delivery: 2 off scope of delivery: 2 off
1 7777 - 7B 777 1 7777 - 7B 777
Tube length Filling liquid
• without tube 0 • Silicone oil M5 1
Other version: Z8 K1Y • Silicone oil M50 2
Add Order code and plain text: • High-temperature oil 3
Wetted parts materials: ..., • Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)4) 4
Tube length: ... • Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Other version 9 M1 Y
Customer-specific tubus length
Add Order code and plain text:
Specify customer-specific length with Y44, see Filling liquid: ...
Order Code
Length of capillary5)
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel without foil
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
Range Standard length • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") A1 • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") A2 • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") A3 • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") A4
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") A5
Special lengths for capillaries
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated
with ECTFE • 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C
Range Standard length • 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E
• 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") F1
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1 J
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") F2
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") F3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") F4 only for 7MF4923-...
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") F5 • 11.0 m (36.09 ft) 9 N1N
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated • 12.0 m (39.37 ft) 9 N1P
with PFA • 13.0 m (42.65 ft) 9 N1Q
Range Standard length • 14.0 m (45.93 ft) 9 N1R
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") D1 • 15.0 m (49.21 ft) 9 N1S
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") D2 1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") D3 negative pressure service.
2) For vacuum on request.
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") D4
3) Only for use in non-hazardous atmospheres.
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") D5
4) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
• Wetted parts materials: Monel 400 included in the scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs" C10 and E10.
Range Standard length 5) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") G1
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") G2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") G3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") G4
• Wetted parts materials: Hastelloy C276
Range Standard length
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") J1
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") J2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") J3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") J4
• Wetted parts materials: Tantalum
Range Standard length
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") K1
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") K2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") K3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") K4

1/444 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code. code.
Customer-specific tubus length Y44 Sealing surface smooth, form B2 or RFSF J11
(Stainless steel diaphragm)
Select range,
enter desired length in plain text previously DIN 2501, form E
(No entry = standard length) Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14
Spark arrestor instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted
With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 parts made of stainless steel 316L)
(including documentation) for transmitters for Sealing surface with spring according to
• pressure and absolute pressure A01 EN 1092-1, form C, (previously DIN 2512,
form F) in stainless steel 316L
• differential pressure A02 DN 25 J30
Remote seal nameplate B20 DN 40 J31
Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB DN 50 J32
and order number of the remote seal DN 80 J33
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10 DN 100 J34
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- DN 125 J35
sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc-
tion with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by Sealing surface with male face according to
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 EN 1092-1, form E (previously DIN 2512, form
V13) in stainless steel 316L
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11 DN 25 J40
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 DN 40 J41
Inspection certificate C12 DN 50 J42
to EN 10204, section 3.1 DN 80 J43
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17 DN 100 J44
Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq- DN 125 J45
uid (FDA listed)" Sealing surface with female face according to
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20 EN 1092-1, form F (previously DIN 2512, form
IEC 61508 R13) in stainless steel 316L
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20" DN 25 J50
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter) DN 40 J51
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23 DN 50 J52
IEC 61508 DN 80 J53
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23" DN 100 J54
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter) DN 125 J55
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07 Sealing surface B1 or J12
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor- ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of instead of sealing surface B2 or RFSF
stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) (only for wetted parts made of Hastelloy C276
(2.4819), tantalum and Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08 and for nominal sizes 2", 3", DN 50 and DN 80)
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor-
ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of Sealing surface RJF (groove, previously RTJ) J24
stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) ASME B16.5
instead of sealing surface
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10 ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA (only for wetted
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- parts made of stainless steel 316L)
sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C
(140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in
connection with halocarbon oil, certified by certi-
ficate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Epoxy painting E15
(not possible with negative pressure service
and not for 7MF4921-...)
Color: transparent, coverage: front and rear of
the remote seal, capillary(ies) or connecting
tube, process connection of the transmitter.
With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only
possible with process connection G½B accord-
ing to EN 837-1.
One-sided mounting on differential pressure
transmitters
(only for 7MF4920-...)
on high-pressure side H10
on low-pressure side H11

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/445

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs PVC protective tube
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
code. (color: black)
Radial capillary pipe outlet 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
for one-sided mounting K01 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
for two-sided mounting K03 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
PE protective tube 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
(color: white) 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26 only for 7MF4923-...
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28 11.0 m (36.09 ft) N72
12.0 m (39.37 ft) N73
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29 13.0 m (42.65 ft) N74
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31 14.0 m (45.93 ft) N75
15.0 m (49.21 ft) N76
only for 7MF4923-...
Negative pressure service
11.0 m (36.09 ft) N32 for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
12.0 m (39.37 ft) N33 • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V01
13.0 m (42.65 ft) N34 re series
14.0 m (45.93 ft) N35 • differential pressure V03
15.0 m (49.21 ft) N36 Extended negative pressure service
PTFE protective tube for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V51
(color: transparent) re series
• differential pressure V53
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
only for 7MF4923-...
11.0 m (36.09 ft) N52
12.0 m (39.37 ft) N53
13.0 m (42.65 ft) N54
14.0 m (45.93 ft) N55
15.0 m (49.21 ft) N56

1/446 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary

■ Dimensional drawings
1
Connection to EN 1092-1
b D
Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
f dM diam. press. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
n x d2 DN 50 PN 10/1 20 165 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4
6/
25/40
PN 100 28 195 26 102 48.3 451) 2 145 4
100 DN 80 PN 10/1 24 200 18 138 76 722) 2 160 8
(3.94)
Ød 5
Ød4

722)
Øk

PN 100 32 230 26 138 76 2 180 8

DN PN 10/1 20 220 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
Handhold 100
Ø16 (6.3) PN 25/4 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8

DN PN 16 22 250 18 188 125 124 2 210 8

125
PN 40 26 270 26 188 125 124 2 220 8

Connection to ASME B16.5

Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
diam. press.
lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
sq.in.
(inch (inch) (inch (inch (inch (inch (inch (inch

2 inch 150 19.5 150 20 92 48.3 451) 2 120.5 4

(0.77) (5.80) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77) (0.08) (4.74)
0
15 300 22.7 165 20 92 48.3 451) 2 127 8
≥ .9)
R (5 (0.89) (6.50) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77) (0.08) (5)
400/ 32.4 165 20 92 48.3 451) 2 127 8
600
(1.28) (6.50) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77) (0.08) (5)
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in mm (inch) 900/ 45.1 215 26 92 48.3 451) 7 165 8
1500
(1.78) (8.46) (1.02) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77) (0.28) (6.5)
3 inch 150 24.3 190 20 127 76 722) 2 152.5 4
(0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.08) (6)
300 29 210 22 127 76 722) 2 168.5 8
(1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.08) (6.63)
600 38.8 210 22 127 76 722) 7 168.5 8
(1.53) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.28) (6.63)
4 inch 150 24.3 230 20 158 94 89 2 190.5 8
(0.96) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.5)
300 32.2 255 22 158 94 89 2 200 8
(1.27) (10.04 (0.87) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.87)

400 42 255 26 158 94 89 7 200 8

(1.65) (10.04 (1.02) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.28) (7.87)

5 inch 150 24.3 255 22 186 125 124 2 216 8

(0.96) (10.04 (0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.08) (8.50)

300 35.8 280 22 186 125 124 2 235 8

(1.41) (11.02 (0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.08) (9.25)

400 45.1 280 26 186 125 124 7 235 8

(1.79) (11.02 (1.02) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.28) (9.25)

d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 / ASME B16.5

dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L = 0
2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L = 0

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/447

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
1
D b
dM f
n x d2

Handhold
100 100
Ø16 (6.3)
(3.94) (3.94)

Ød 5
Ød 5

Ød4
Øk
R≥
(5. 150 Handhold
9) Ø16 (6.3)

R≥
(5. 150
9)

Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute pressure or for differential pres-
sure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
Connection to EN 1092-1 Connection to ASME B16.5
Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
diam. press. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm diam. press.
DN 80 PN 10/16 24 200 18 138 76 721) 2 160 8 lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
sq.in.
PN 100 32 230 26 138 76 721) 2 180 8 (inch (inch) (inch (inch (inch (inch (inch (inch

DN 100 PN 10/16 20 220 18 158 94 89 2 180 8 3 inch 24.3 190 20 127 76 721) 2 152.5 4
150
PN 25/40 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8 (0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.08) (6)
DN 125 PN 16 22 250 18 188 125 124 2 210 8 29 210 22 127 76 721) 2 168.5 8
300
PN 40 26 270 26 188 125 124 2 220 8 (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.08) (6.63)
38.8 210 22 127 76 721) 7 168.5 8
600
(1.52) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.28) (6.63)
4 inch 24.3 230 20 158 94 89 2 190.5 8
150
(0.96) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.5)
32.2 255 22 158 94 89 2 200 8
300
(1.27) (10.04) (0.87) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.87)
42 255 26 158 94 89 7 200 8
400
(1.65) (10.04) (1.02) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.28) (7.87)
5 inch 24.3 255 22 186 125 124 2 216 8
150
(0.96) (10.04) (0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.08) (8.50)
35.8 280 22 186 125 124 2 235 8
300
(1.41) (11.02) (0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.08) (9.25)

45.1 280 26 186 125 124 7 235 8

400
(1.79) (11.02) (1.02) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.28) (9.25)

d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 / ASME B16.5

dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
1) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L = 0

1/448 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design directly fitted on transmitter

■ Overview
1

Diaphragm seals of flange design, directly fitted on a pressure transmitter

for pressure

■ Technical specifications
Diaphragm seals (flange design) for pressure and absolute pres-
sure, directly fitted on a transmitter
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100
• DN 100 PN 10/16, PN 25/40
• 2 inch Class 150, class 300,
class 400/600, class 900/1500
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300, class 600
• 4 inch Class 150, class 300, class 400
Sealing face
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or ASME
1.4404/316L B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• For the other materials Smooth to EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Materials
• Main body Stainless steel
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Without coating
• PTFE coating
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum
on request)
• PFA coating
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602
Hastelloy C22, mat No. 2.4602
Tantalum
Titanium, mat. No. 3.7035
Nickel 201
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated,
thickness approx. 25 m
• Capillary Stainless steel, 1.4571/316Ti
• Sealing material at the transmitter Copper
connection
Maximum pressure
Tube length
Capillary
• Length
• Internal diameter
• Minimum bending radius
Filling liquid
Max. recommended process
temperature
Permissible ambient temperature
Weight
Certificate and approvals
Classification according to
pressure equipment directive
(DGRL 2014/68/EU)
See above and the technical data
of the transmitter
• Without tube
• 50 mm (1.97 inch)
• 100 mm (3.94 inch)
• 150 mm (5.91 inch)
• 200 mm (7.87 inch)
Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
lengths on request
2 mm (0.079 inch)
150 mm (5.9 inch)
• Silicone oil M5
• Silicone oil M50
• High-temperature oil
• Halocarbon oil (for measuring
O2)
• Food oil (FDA listed)
170 °C (338 °F)
Dependent on the pressure trans-
mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal.
More information can be found in
the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
the Technical description to the
remote seals.
Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
uids of fluid group 1; complies
with requirements of article 4,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/449

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design directly fitted on transmitter
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 0 - Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 0 -
Directly fitted to a pressure transmitter 77777 777 Directly fitted to a pressure transmitter 77777 777
SITRANS P for pressure 7MF2033-...; SITRANS P for pressure 7MF2033-...;
7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-... together with Order 7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-... together with Order
code "V01" (Negative pressure service) and code "V01" (Negative pressure service) and
7MF802.-...1); must be ordered separately 7MF802.-...1); must be ordered separately
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Wetted parts materials
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Stainless steel 316L
Process connection - without coating A
• Vertical (pressure transmitter upright) 0 - with PTFE coating E0
• Horizontal 2 - with ECTFE coating2) 3) F
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure - with PFA coating 3) D
DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J 0A • Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
PN 63/100/160 Z J 0B • Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J 0C • Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 U
PN 63/100 Z J 0D • Hastelloy C22, mat. No. 2.4602 V0
PN 160 Z J 0E • Tantalum K
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 A • Titanium, mat. No. (max. 150 °C (302 °F)) L0
PN 100 B • Nickel 201 (max. 260 °C (500 °F)) M0
• Duplex 2205, W.-Nr. 1.4462 Q
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 D
• Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S0
PN 100 E thickness approx. 25 m
• DN 100 PN 10/16 G Tube length
PN 25/40 H • Without tube 0
1 inch class 150 Z J 6A
Other version: Z8 K1Y
class 300 Z J 6B
Add Order code and plain text:
class 400/600 Z J 6C Wetted parts materials: ...,
class 900/1500 Z J 6D Tube length: ...
1½ inch class 150 Z J 6E
class 300 Z J 6F
class 400/600 Z J 6G
class 900/1500 Z J 6H
• 2 inch Class 150 L
Class 300 M
Class 400/600 N
Class 900/1500 P
• 3 inch Class 150 Q
Class 300 R
Class 600 S
• 4 inch Class 150 T
Class 300 U
Class 400 V
JIS DN 50 10 K 316L Z J 7A
20 K 316L Z J 7B
JIS DN 80 10 K 316L Z J 7C
20 K 316L Z J 7D
Smooth sealing face to DIN 1092-01, form B1 or
B2, or to ASME B16.5 125 ... 250 AA or RFSF
Other version Z J1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...

1/450 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design directly fitted on transmitter
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 0 - Further designs
Directly fitted to a pressure transmitter 77777 777 Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
SITRANS P for pressure 7MF2033-...; code.
7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-... together with Order
code "V01" (Negative pressure service) and Customer-specific tubus length Y44
7MF802.-...1); must be ordered separately Select range,
Customer-specific tubus length enter desired length in plain text
(No entry = standard length)
Specify customer-specific length with Y44, see
Order Code Spark arrestor A01
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel without foil With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0
(including documentation) for transmitters for
Range Standard length gauge pressure and absolute pressure
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") A1 Remote seal nameplate B20
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") A2 Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") A3 and order number of the remote seal
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") A4 Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") A5 Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver-
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc-
with ECTFE tion with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by
Range Standard length certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2

20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") F1 Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") F2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") F3 Inspection certificate C12
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") F4 to EN 10204, section 3.1
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") F5 2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated with Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
PFA uid (FDA listed)"
Range Standard length Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") D1 IEC 61508
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") D2 (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20"
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") D3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") D4 Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") D5 IEC 61508
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23"
• Wetted parts materials: Monel 400 in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
Range Standard length
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") G1 Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor-
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") G2 ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") G3 stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") G4 Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08
• Wetted parts materials: Hastelloy C276 Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor-
Range Standard length ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of
stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") J 1 Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") J 2
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver-
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") J 3 sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") J 4 fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C
• Wetted parts materials: Tantalum (140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in
connection with halocarbon oil, certified by certi-
Range Standard length ficate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") K1 Epoxy painting E15
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") K2 Not possible with negative pressure service
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") K3
Color: transparent, coverage: front and rear of
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") K4 the remote seal, capillary(ies) or connecting
Filling liquid tube, process connection of the transmitter.
• Silicone oil M5 1 With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only
possible with process connection G½B accord-
• Silicone oil M50 2 ing to EN 837-1.
• High-temperature oil 3
• Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)4) 4
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Filling liquid: ...
1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order negative
pressure service.
2) For vacuum on request.
3) Only for use in non-hazardous atmospheres.
4) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
included in the scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs" C10 and E10.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/451

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design directly fitted on transmitter
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code. code.
Sealing surface smooth, form B2 or RFSF J11 Elongated pipe R20
(Stainless steel diaphragm) 200 mm instead of 89 mm,
previously DIN 2501, form E max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe the
maximum permissible media temperature of the
Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14 filling liquid.
instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted
parts made of stainless steel 316L) Elongated pipe elbow R21
200 mm instead of 130 mm,
Sealing surface with spring according to max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe the
EN 1092-1, form C, (previously DIN 2512, maximum permissible media temperature of the
form F) in stainless steel 316L filling liquid.
DN 25 J30 Cooling element R22
DN 40 J31 max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe the
DN 50 J32 maximum permissible media temperature of the
DN 80 J33 filling liquid.
DN 100 J34 Negative pressure service
DN 125 J35 for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
Sealing surface with male face according to • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V01
EN 1092-1, form E (previously DIN 2512, form re series
V13) in stainless steel 316L Extended negative pressure service
DN 25 J40 for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
DN 40 J41 • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V51
DN 50 J42 re series
DN 80 J43
DN 100 J44
DN 125 J45
Sealing surface with female face according to
EN 1092-1, form F (previously DIN 2512, form
R13) in stainless steel 316L
DN 25 J50
DN 40 J51
DN 50 J52
DN 80 J53
DN 100 J54
DN 125 J55
Sealing surface B1 or J12
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Instead of sealing surface B2 and RFSF
(Only for wetted parts in Hastelloy C276
(2.4819), Tantal and Duplex 2205 (1.4462) and
for sizes 2", 3", DN 50 and DN 80)
Sealing surface RJF (groove, previously RTJ) J24
ASME B16.5
instead of sealing surface
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
(only for wetted parts made of stainless steel
316L)

1/452 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design directly fitted on transmitter

■ Dimensional drawings Connection to EN 1092-1 1

Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
diam. press.
Vertical process mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
connection
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 20 165 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4

198 (7.8)
25/40
Cooling 48.3 451)

215 (8.46) 2)
PN 100 28 195 26 102 2 145 4
element
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 24 200 18 138 76 721) 2 160 8
25/40
95 (3.74)

89 (3.39)1) PN 100 32 230 26 138 76 721) 2 180 8

DN 100 PN 10/16 20 220 18 158 94 89-2 2 180 8
n x d2 PN 25/40 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8

Connection to ASME B16.5

b
f

Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
Ød 5 diam. press.
L

Ød4 Tube length L see lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Ordering Data sq.in.
Øk (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
ØD 2 inch 150 19.5 150 20 92 48.3 451) 2 120.5 4
(0.77) (5.91) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.08) (4.74)
300 22.7 165 20 92 48.3 451) 2 127 8
(0.89) (6.5) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.08) (5)
L b 400/ 32.4 165 20 92 48.3 451) 7 127 8
195 (7.68)

f 600
(1.28) (6.5) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.28) (5)
900/ 45.1 215 26 92 48.3 451) 7 165 8
1500
(1.78) (8.46) (1.02) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.28) (6.5)
3 inch 150 24.3 190 20 127 76 722) 2 152.5 4
(0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (2.83)2) (0.08) (6)
Ød 5
Ød4
ØD
Øk

300 29 210 22 127 76 722) 2 168.5 8

213 (8.39) 3) (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83)2) (0.08) (6.63)
248 (9.76) 4) 600 38.8 210 22 127 76 722) 7 168.5 8
(1.53) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83)2) (0.28) (6.63)
n x d2
4 inch 150 24.3 230 20 158 94 89 2 190.5 8

Horizontal process (0.96) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.5)
connection 300 32.2 255 22 158 94 89 2 200 8
1)
200 (7.9) with option R20, 278 (11.0) with cooling element opt. R22) (1.27) (10.04) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.87)
2)
324 (12.8) with option R20, 326 (12.9) with cooling element opt. R22) 400 42 255 26 158 94 89 7 200 8
3)
283 (11.14) with option R21
4)
318 (12.52) with option R21 (1.65) (10.04) (1.02) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.28) (7.87)

d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1/

Diaphragm seals of flange design, direct connection to a SITRANS P ASME B16.5
pressure transmitter (process connection vertical (top) and horizontal
(bottom)), dimensions in mm (inch) dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L = 0
2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L = 0

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/453

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design fixed connection and with capillary
1 ■ Overview

Diaphragm seals of screwed design for pressure transmitters for differen-

tial pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary

■ Technical specifications
Diaphragm seals of screwed design for pressure transmitters for Sealing material in the process
differential pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary flanges
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure • For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
pressure transmitters and low-
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100 pressure applications
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 • For other applications Viton
• DN 100 PN 10/16, PN 25/40 Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
• 2 inch Class 150, class 300, of the pressure transmitter
class 400/600, class 900/1500
Tube length Without tube
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300
50 mm (1.97 inch)
• 4 inch Class 150, class 300
100 mm (3.94 inch)
Sealing face 150 mm (5.91 inch)
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or 200 mm (7.87 inch)
No. 1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or Capillary
ASME B16.5 RFSF • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
lengths on request
Materials
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• Main body Stainless steel mat. no.
1.4404/316L • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• Wetted parts Stainless steel mat. no. Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
1.4404/316L Silicone oil M50
• Without coating High-temperature oil
• PTFE coating Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum on Food oil (FDA listed)
request)
Max. recommended process 170 °C (338 °F)
• PFA coating temperature
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602
More information can be found in
Hastelloy C22, W.-Nr. 2.4602 the technical data of the pressure
Tantalum transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
Titanium, W.-Nr. 3.7035 the Technical description to the
Nickel 201 remote seals
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, Certificate and approvals
thickness approx. 25 m
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat. equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
No. 1.4571/316Ti
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of paragraph 3 (sound engineering
stainless steel, mat. No. practice)
1.4301/304

1/454 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design fixed connection and with capillary
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
1
Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 3 - Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 3 -
Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777 Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777
direct mounting to high-pressure side and direct mounting to high-pressure side and
flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by
means of capillary to low-pressure side of means of capillary to low-pressure side of
SITRANS P for differential pressure, SITRANS SITRANS P for differential pressure, SITRANS
P310 (7MF2433.-...); SITRANS P DS III series P310 (7MF2433.-...); SITRANS P DS III series
and P410 (7MF443.-...) and SITRANS P500 and P410 (7MF443.-...) and SITRANS P500
(7MF54..-...) (7MF54..-...)
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Wetted parts materials
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Smooth sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1 or
Flange, connection to EN 1092-1 B2, or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA or RFSF
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure • Stainless steel 316L
• DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J0A - without coating A
PN 63/100/160 Z J0B - with PTFE coating E0
• DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J0C - with ECTFE coating1) 2) F
PN 63/100 Z J0D - with PFA coating 2) D
PN 160 Z J0E • Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 A • Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
PN 100 B • Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 U
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 D • Hastelloy C22, mat. No. 2.4602 V0
• DN 100 PN 10/16 G • Tantalum K
PN 25/40 H • Titanium, mat. No. 3.7035 (max. 150 °C L0
Flange, connection to ASME B16.5 (302 °F))
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure • Nickel 201 (max. 260 °C (500 °F)) M0
• 1 inch Class 150 Z J6A • Duplex, mat. no. 1.4462 Q
Class 300 Z J6B • Duplex, mat. no. 1.4462, incl. main body R
Class 400/600 Z J6C • Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S0
thickness approx. 25 m
Class 900/1500 Z J6D
• 1½ inch Class 150 Z J6E
Class 300 Z J6F
Class 400/600 Z J 6G
Class 900/1500 Z J6H
• 2 inch Class 150 L
Class 300 M
Class 400/600 N
Class 900/1500 P
• 3 inch Class 150 Q
Class 300 R
• 4 inch Class 150 T
Class 300 U
Flange acc. to JIS
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure
• JIS DN 50 10 K 316L Z J7A
20 K 316L Z J7B
• JIS DN 80 10 K 316L Z J7C
20 K 316L Z J7D
Other version Z J1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Flange: ..., Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal
pressure: ...

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/455

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design fixed connection and with capillary
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 3 - Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 3 -
Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777 Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777
direct mounting to high-pressure side and direct mounting to high-pressure side and
flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by
means of capillary to low-pressure side of means of capillary to low-pressure side of
SITRANS P for differential pressure, SITRANS SITRANS P for differential pressure, SITRANS
P310 (7MF2433.-...); SITRANS P DS III series P310 (7MF2433.-...); SITRANS P DS III series
and P410 (7MF443.-...) and SITRANS P500 and P410 (7MF443.-...) and SITRANS P500
(7MF54..-...) (7MF54..-...)
Tube length Filling liquid
(for mounting flange on high-pressure side) • Silicone oil M5 1
• Without tube 0 • Silicone oil M50 2
Other version: Z8 K1Y • High-temperature oil 3
Add Order code and plain text: • Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)3) 4
Wetted parts materials: ......, • Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Tube length: ...
Other version 9 M1 Y
Customer-specific tubus length Add Order code and plain text:
Specify customer-specific length with Y44, see Filling liquid: ...
Order Code Length of capillary4)
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel without foil • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
Range Standard length • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") A1 • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") A2 • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") A3 • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") A4 • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") A5 • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated Special lengths for capillaries
with ECTFE
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C
Range Standard length
• 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") F1 • 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") F2 • 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1 J
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") F3 • 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") F4
1) For vacuum on request.
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") F5
2) Only for use in non-hazardous atmospheres.
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated 3) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
with PFA included in the scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs" C10 and E10.
Range Standard length 4) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".

20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") D1

51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") D2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") D3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") D4
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") D5
• Wetted parts materials: Monel 400
Range Standard length
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") G1
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") G2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") G3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") G4

• Wetted parts materials: Hastelloy C276

Range Standard length

20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") J1

51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") J2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") J3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") J4

• Wetted parts materials: Tantalum

Range Standard length

20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") K1

51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") K2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") K3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") K4

1/456 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design fixed connection and with capillary
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code. code.
Customer-specific tubus length Y44 Sealing surface smooth, form B2 or RFSF J11
(Stainless steel diaphragm)
Select range,
enter desired length in plain text previously DIN 2501, form E
(No entry = standard length) Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14
Spark arrestor A02 instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted
With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 parts made of stainless steel 316L)
(including documentation) Sealing surface with spring according to
Remote seal nameplate B20 EN 1092-1, form C, (previously DIN 2512,
Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB form F) in stainless steel 316L
and order number of the remote seal DN 25 J30
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10 DN 40 J31
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- DN 50 J32
sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc- DN 80 J33
tion with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by DN 100 J34
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 DN 125 J35
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11 Sealing surface with male face according to
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 EN 1092-1, form E (previously DIN 2512,
Inspection certificate C12 form V13) in stainless steel 316L
to EN 10204, section 3.1 DN 25 J40
DN 40 J41
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17 DN 50 J42
Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq- DN 80 J43
uid (FDA listed)"
DN 100 J44
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20 DN 125 J45
IEC 61508
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20" Sealing surface with female face according to
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter) EN 1092-1, form F (previously DIN 2512,
form R13) in stainless steel 316L
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23 DN 25 J50
IEC 61508
DN 40 J51
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23"
DN 50 J52
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
DN 80 J53
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07 DN 100 J54
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor- DN 125 J55
ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of
stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) Sealing surface B1 or J12
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08
Instead of sealing surface B2 and RFSF
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor- (Only for wetted parts in Hastelloy C276
ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of (2.4819), Tantal and Duplex 2205 (1.4462) and
stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) for sizes 2", 3", DN 50 and DN 80)
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10 Sealing surface RJF (groove, previously RTJ) J24
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- ASME B16.5
sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill instead of sealing surface
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
(140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in (only for wetted parts made of stainless steel 316L)
connection with halocarbon oil, certified by certi-
ficate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Epoxy painting E15
Not possible with negative pressure service.
Color: transparent, coverage: front and rear of
the remote seal, capillary(ies) or connecting
tube, process connection of the transmitter.
With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only
possible with process connection G½B accord-
ing to EN 837-1.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/457

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design fixed connection and with capillary
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code. code.
Radial capillary pipe outlet PVC protective tube
for one-sided mounting K01 over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(color: black)
PE protective tube
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
(color: white) 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30 Elongated pipe, distance from transmitter R15
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31 process flange to flange is 150 mm instead of
100 mm,
PTFE protective tube max. medium temperature 250 °C, observe the
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries maximum permissible media temperature of the
(color: transparent) filling liquid.
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40 Elongated pipe, distance from transmitter R20
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41 process flange to flange is 100 mm instead of
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42 100 mm,
max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe the
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43 maximum permissible media temperature of the
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44 filling liquid.
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45 Negative pressure service
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46 for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47 • differential pressure V03
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48 Extended negative pressure service
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49 for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50 • differential pressure V53
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51

1/458 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seals of flange design fixed connection and with capillary

■ Dimensional drawings Connection to EN 1092-1 1

Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
diam. press.
D b
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
dM f
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 20 165 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4
n x d2 25/40
PN 100 28 195 26 102 48.3 451) 2 145 4

R ≥ 150
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 24 200 18 138 76 722) 2 160 8

(5.9)
100 25/40
(3.94) PN 100 32 230 26 138 76 722) 2 180 8
Ød4
Øk

DN 100 PN 10/16 20 220 18 158 94 89 2 180 8

Handhold PN 25/40 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8

Ø16 (6.3)
Connection to ASME B16.5
Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
diam. press.
L b lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
sq.in.
f (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
2 inch 150 19.5 150 20 92 48.3 451) 2 120.5 4
(0.77) (5.91) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.08) (4.74)
300 22.7 165 20 92 48.3 451) 2 127 8
(0.89) (6.5) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.08) (5)
400/ 32.4 165 20 92 48.3 451) 7 127 8
Ød 5
Ød4

600
ØD
Øk

(1.28) (6.5) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.28) (5)

900/ 45.1 215 26 92 48.3 451) 7 165 8
100 (3.93) 6) 1500
(1.78) (8.46) (1.02) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.28) (6.5)
Tube length L see
3 inch 150 24.3 190 20 127 76 722) 2 152.5 4
n x d2 Ordering Data
(0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (2.83)2) (0.08) (6)
300 29 210 22 127 76 722) 2 168.5 8
Diaphragm seals of screwed design with flexible capillary, fixed connec- (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83)2) (0.08) (6.63)
tion, for connection to a SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential
pressure, dimensions in mm (inch) 4 inch 150 24.3 230 20 158 94 89 2 190.5 8
(0.96) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.5)
300 32.2 255 22 158 94 89 2 200 8
(1.27) (10.04) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.87)

d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 /

ASME B16.5
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L = 0
2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L = 0

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/459

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seal, screwed design directly mounted or/and with capillary
1 ■ Overview

Diaphragm seal, screwed gland design with inside diaphragm for gauge, Process connection: open measurement flange
absolute and differential pressure for direct mounting

■ Technical specifications
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm
Process connection
• Male thread G½B to EN 837-1
• External thread ½-14" NPT-M
• open measurement flange
- DN 25
- 1 inch
Sealing face for open measurement
flange
• For stainless steel, mat. no.
1.4404/316L
Materials
• Lower section (in the case of pro-
cess connection thread)
• Diaphragm
• Top section (process connection
in the case of an open measure-
ment flange)
Nominal pressure
PN 100, PN 250
PN 100, PN 250
PN 10 ... PN 40
Class 150, class 300
To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Stainless steel, Mat. no.
1.4404/316L
Stainless steel, Mat. no.
1.4404/316L
• No coating
• With PTFE coating
Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360
Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
Tantal
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated,
thickness approx. 25 m
Stainless steel, mat. no.
1.4404/316L
Capillary
• Length
• Internal diameter
• Minimum bending radius
• Sheath
Filling liquid
Max. recommended process tem-
perature
Permissible ambient temperature
Weight
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to
pressure equipment directive
(PED 2014/68/EU)
Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
2 mm (0.079 inch)
150 mm (5.9 inch)
Stainless steel protective tube,
mat. No. 1.4301/304
• Silicone oil M5
• Silicone oil M50
• High-temperature oil
• Halocarbon oil
(for measuring O2)
• Food oil (FDA listed)
170 °C (338 °F)
Dependent on the pressure
transmitter and the filling liquid
of the remote seal
More information can be found in
the technical specifications of the
pressure transmitters and in the
section "Technical data of filling
liquid" in the introduction to the
remote seals
Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
uids of fluid group 1; complies
with requirements of article 4,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)

• Capillary Stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti

• Sealing material on the process
connection
• Sealing material between top and
bottom section
Viton or copper (in the case of
vacuum-free version)
Viton (FKM) (standard)
Teflon (PTFE)
metal spring ring (silver-coated)

1/460 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seal, screwed design directly mounted or/and with capillary
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code
1
Remote seal, screwed gland with inside Remote seal, screwed gland with inside
diaphragm diaphragm
Mounted on SITRANS P pressure transmitter 7MF 4 9 3 0 - Mounted on SITRANS P pressure transmitter 7MF 4 9 3 0 -
for for
• gauge pressure • gauge pressure
7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and SITRANS P300, 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and SITRANS P300,
7MF802.-... 7MF802.-...
• absolute pressure • absolute pressure
7MF423.-... and SITRANS P300, 7MF802.-... 7MF423.-... and SITRANS P300, 7MF802.-...
In conjunction with Order code "V01" (vacuum- In conjunction with Order code "V01" (vacuum-
proof design) proof design)
Mounted on either side of SITRANS P 7MF 4 9 3 3 - Mounted on either side of SITRANS P 7MF 4 9 3 3 -
pressure transmitter for pressure transmitter for
• differential pressure 7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... • differential pressure 7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-...
and 7MF54..-... and 7MF54..-...
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 77777 - 7B 777 77777 - 7B 777
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Sealing material between top and bottom
Type section
• no flushing hole 1 FKM (standard with diaphragm and 316L pro- 1
• with flushing hole 1x 1/8 NPT unsealed (only 2 cess connection)
with process connection 316L) PTFE (standard with custom material with max. 2
Other version, add 9 H1Y 260 °C (500 °F))
Order code and plain text: Metal C- circlip, silver coated for > 260 °C 3
Version: ... (500 °F)) incl. high temperature-resistant
screwed gland
Process connection version
Filling liquid
Lower flange Process Nominal diam-
material connection eter and pres- • Silicone oil M5 1
sure level • Silicone oil M50 2
• High-temperature oil 3
316L/1.4404 Thread G½B/PN100 B
316L/1.4404 Thread G½B/PN250 C • Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)2) 4
316L/1.4404 Thread ½NPT-M/PN100 E • Food oil (FDA-listed) 7
316L/1.4404 Thread ½NPT-M/PN250 F Other version, add 9 M1 Y
316L/1.4404 Thread ½NPT-F/PN100 H Order code and plain text:
filling liquid: ...
316L/1.4404 Thread ½NPT-F/PN250 J
Capillary length3)
316L/1.4404 open measure- DN 25/ N
ment flange PN 10 ... 40 • none, direct mounting 0
316L/1.4404 open measure- 1"/Class 150 P • none, direct mounting with cooling element 1
ment flange (not in conjunction with transmitter for differen-
tial pressure)
316L/1.4404 open measure- 1"/Class 300 Q
ment flange • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
PTFE1) Thread G½B/PN100 T • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
PTFE1) open measure- DN 25/ U • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
ment flange PN 10 ... 40
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
PTFE1) open measure- 1"/Class 150 V
ment flange • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
PTFE1) open measure- 1"/Class 300 W • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
ment flange Special lengths for capillaries
Other version, add Z J1Y • 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C
Order code and plain text: • 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E
Lower flange material: ...;
Process connection: ...; • 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G
Nominal diameter/pressure level: ... • 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1J
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L
Diaphragm material
1) Not in combination with flushing holes.
Stainless steel 316L A
316L stainless steel with PTFE film E Not together with the options for negative pressure service (V01 and
V03) and extended negative pressure service (V51 and V53).
Monel 400 G 2) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
Hastelloy C276 J included in the scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs" C10 and E10.
3) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".
Hastelloy C4 U
Tantalum K
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S
thickness approx. 25 m
Other version, add Z K1Y
Order code and plain text:
Diaphragm material: ...

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/461

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seal, screwed design directly mounted or/and with capillary
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Remote seal nameplate B20 PE protective tube
Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
and order number of the remote seal (color: white)
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc- 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
tion with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
Inspection certificate C12 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
to EN 10204, section 3.1 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq- 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
uid (FDA listed)" 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
IEC 61508 PTFE protective tube
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20" over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter) (color: transparent)
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
IEC 61508 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23" 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor-
ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor- 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver-
sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill PVC protective tube
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in (color: black)
connection with halocarbon oil, certified by certi- 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
ficate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
Epoxy painting E15 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
Not possible with negative pressure service.
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
Color: transparent, coverage: front and rear of 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
the remote seal, capillary(ies) or connecting
tube, process connection of the transmitter. 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
possible with process connection G½B accord- 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
ing to EN 837-1.
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
One-sided mounting on differential pressure
transmitters 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
(only for 7MF4930-...) 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
on high-pressure side H10 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
on low-pressure side H11 Negative pressure service
Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14 for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V01
parts made of stainless steel 316L) re series
• differential pressure V03
Sealing surface RJF (groove, previously RTJ) J24
ASME B16.5 Extended negative pressure service
instead of sealing surface for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA (only for wetted • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V51
parts made of stainless steel 316L) re series
Sealing surface with spring according to • differential pressure V53
EN 1092-1, form C, (previously DIN 2512,
form F) in stainless steel 316L
DN 25 J30
DN 40 J31

1/462 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Diaphragm seal, screwed design directly mounted or/and with capillary

■ Dimensional drawings
1

Cooling
element
95 (3.74)

Number of
screws
(1.14)
~29

b b1

Number of
(1.54)
(0.12) (0.79)

SW 27 screws
39
20

SW 27

b1
G½B or
1)
3

½“-NPT

b
ØD

h
l1
1)
In case of connection shanks to DIN EN 837-1
d1
l2
Connection shanks to
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm, for gauge and ØD DIN EN 837-1
absolute pressure, direct and attached directly to the transmitter with with
capillaries, dimensions in mm (inch)
Range D b b1 Number of 6 Screws
mm mm mm screws Ø98

up to 100 bar 98 14 16 6
b1

up to 250 bar 98 14 20 12
b

DN M
f

Ød4 Øk
ØD Number of holes

Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm, for differential

pressure, direct and attached directly to the transmitter with with capillar-
ies, dimensions in mm (inch)
Nomi- Nominal D d4 k M Number b b1 f
nal pressure mm mm mm of holes mm mm mm
diam-
eter
DN 25 PN 10/16/ 115 68 85 M12 4 26 12 2
25/40
1 inch 150 108 50.8 79.2 M12 4 22 12 1.6
lb/sq.in
1 inch 300 124 50.8 88.9 M16 4 22 12 1.6
lb/sq.in

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/463

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Quick-release diaphragm seals
1 ■ Overview • Clamp connection
- 1½ inch PN 16
- 2 inch PN 16
- 2½ inch PN 16
- 3 inch PN 10
For differential pressure and flow
• To DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
- DN 50 PN 25
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25
• To DIN 11851 with threaded socket
- DN 50 PN 25
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25
• Clamp connection
- 2 inch PN 16
Quick-release diaphragm seals, to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
- 2½ inch PN 16
- 3 inch PN 10
Sealing face
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
1.4404/316L ASME B 16.5RF 125 ... 250 AA
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Materials
• Main body Stainless steel 316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
Quick-release diaphragm seals, with clamp connection stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4301/316
Quick-release diaphragm seals are available for the following
SITRANS P pressure transmitter series: Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitter
• For pressure: P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Tube length Without tube
• For differential pressure and flow: P500, DS III with HART, Capillary
DS III with PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
• The quick-release remote seals are common designs in the lengths on request
food industry. Their design means that the measured medium • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
cannot accumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp
present on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
possible for cleaning. • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
stainless steel, mat. No.
■ Technical specifications 1.4301/316
Quick-release diaphragm seal Filling liquid Food oil (FDA listed)
Connection, nominal diameter Nominal pressure Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
mitter and the filling liquid of the
For pressure remote seal
• To DIN 11851 with slotted union nut More information can be found in
- DN 25 PN 40 the technical data of the pressure
- DN 32 PN 40 transmitters and in the section
- DN 40 PN 40 "Technical data of filling liquid" in
the Technical description to the
- DN 50 PN 25 remote seals
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25 Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)

• To DIN 11851 with threaded socket Certificates and approvals

- DN 25 PN 40 Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
- DN 32 PN 40 equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
- DN 40 PN 40 (DGRL 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
- DN 50 PN 25 practice)
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25 EHEDG Complies with EHEDG recom-
mendations

1/464 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Quick-release diaphragm seals
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Ord. code
1
Quick-release diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 4 0 - Further designs
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777 Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and code.
7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01"
(Negative pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1); Remote seal nameplate B20
must be ordered separately Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB
Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed) and order number of the remote seal
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435 Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Inspection certificate C12
Nom. diam. Nom. press. to EN 10204, section 3.1
• Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut 2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
- DN 25 PN 40 1B Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
- DN 32 PN 40 1C uid (FDA listed)"
- DN 40 PN 40 1D
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20
- DN 50 PN 25 1E IEC 61508
- DN 65 PN 25 1F (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20"
- DN 80 PN 25 1G in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
• Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23
- DN 25 PN 40 2B IEC 61508
- DN 32 PN 40 2C (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23"
- DN 40 PN 40 2D in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
- DN 50 PN 25 2E One-sided mounting on differential pressure
- DN 65 PN 25 2F transmitters
- DN 80 PN 25 2G (only for 7MF4940-...)
• Tri-Clamp connection to DIN 32676/ISO 2852 on high-pressure side H10
- DN 40/1½ inch PN 16 4L on low-pressure side H11
- DN 50/2 inch PN 16 4M PE protective tube
- DN 65/2½ inch PN 16 4N over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
- DN 80/3 inch PN 10 4P (color: white)
Other version 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
Add Order codes and plain text: 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
Process connection: ..., Nominal diameter: ...; 9A H1Y 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
Nominal pressure: ...
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
Filling liquid
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text: 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
Filling liquid: ... 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
Connection to pressure transmitter 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
• direct 0 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
through capillary, length:2) 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3 PTFE protective tube
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4 over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5 (color: transparent)
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
Special lengths for capillaries 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
• 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
• 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1 J 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
vacuum-tight version. 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
2) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/465

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Quick-release diaphragm seals
1 Selection and Ordering data Ord. code
Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code.
PVC protective tube
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(color: black)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
Cooling element R22
max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe the
maximum permissible media temperature of the
filling liquid.
Negative pressure service
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V01
re series
Extended negative pressure service
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V51
re series

1/466 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Quick-release diaphragm seals

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Quick-release diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 4 3 - Further designs
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pres- 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777 Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
sure for differential pressure and flow, type code.
7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...;
order separately Remote seal nameplate B20
Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed) Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435 and order number of the remote seal
Delivery unit: 2 off Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Inspection certificate C12
Nom. diam. Nom. press. to EN 10204, section 3.1
• Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut 2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
- DN 50 PN 25 1E Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
- DN 65 PN 25 1F uid (FDA listed)"
- DN 80 PN 25 1G
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20
• Connection to DIN 11851 with threaded IEC 61508
socket
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20"
- DN 50 PN 25 2E in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
- DN 65 PN 25 2F
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23
- DN 80 PN 25 2G
IEC 61508
• Tri-Clamp connection to DIN 32676/ ISO 2852
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23"
- DN 50/2 inch PN 16 4M in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
- DN 65/2½ inch PN 16 4N
PE protective tube
- DN 80/3 inch PN 10 4P
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
Other version (color: white)
Add Order codes and plain text:
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
Process connection: ..., Nominal diameter: ...; 9A H1Y
Nominal pressure: ... 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
Filling liquid
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
Other version 9 M1 Y 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
Add Order code and plain text: 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
Filling liquid: ... 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
Connection to transmitter 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
through capillary, Length:1) 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5 PTFE protective tube
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6 over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7 (color: transparent)
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
Special lengths for capillaries 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
• 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
• 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1 J 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
1) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/467

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Quick-release diaphragm seals
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code.
PVC protective tube
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(color: black)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
Negative pressure service
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• differential pressure V03
Extended negative pressure service
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• differential pressure V53

1/468 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Quick-release diaphragm seals

■ Dimensional drawings
1

Cooling
element

147 (5.79)
116 (4.57)

H
dM
dM DN dM
DN G1 DN
D D G1

Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure

R
≥
15
0
(5
. 9)

dM
dM DN dM
DN G1 DN
D D G1

Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow

Quick-release diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)

Clamp connection (left) Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted Connection to DIN 11851 with
union nut (center) threaded socket (right)
DN Ø dM ØD H DN Ø dM ØD H G1 DN Ø dM H G1
40 (1½ inch) 32 (1.26) 50.5 (2) 35 (1.38) 25 25 63 36 Rd 52x1/6 25 25 36 Rd 52x1/6
50 (2 inch) 40 (1.57) 64 (2.52) 35 (1.38) 32 32 70 36 Rd 52x1/6 32 32 36 Rd 52x1/6
65 (2½ inch) 52 (2.05) 77.5 (3.05) 35 (1.38) 40 40 78 36 Rd 65x1/6 40 40 36 Rd 65x1/6
80 (3 inch) 72 (2.83) 91 (3.58) 35 (1.38) 50 52 112 36 Rd 78x1/6 50 52 36 Rd 78x1/6
65 65 112 36 Rd 95x1/6 65 65 36 Rd 95x1/6
80 72 127 36 Rd 110x1/6 80 72 36 Rd 110x1/6
25 25 63 36 Rd 52x1/6
dM Effective diaphragm diameter

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/469

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Miniature diaphragm seals
1 ■ Overview G Ø dM SW Ød L H
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
G1B 25 (0.98) 41 (1.61) 39 (1.53) 28 (1.1) 56 (2.21)
G1½B 40 (1.57) 55 (2.17) 60 (2.36) 30 (1.18) 50 (1.97)
G2B 50 (1.97) 60 (2.36) 70 (2.76) 30 (1.18) 63 (2.48)

G Ø dM SW L H
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
1"-NPT 27 (1.06) 41 (1.61) 25 (0.98) 40 (1.57)
1½"-NPT 34 (1.34) 55 (2.17) 26 (1.02) 45 (1.77)
2"-NPT 46 (1.81) 65 (2.56) 26 (1.02) 45 (1.77)
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter

Miniature diaphragm seals ■ Technical specifications

The miniature diaphragm seals are available for the following Miniature diaphragm seals
SITRANS P pressure transmitter series for pressure: Span with
• P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS PA and DS III • G1B and 1"-NPT
with FOUNDATION Fieldbus • G1½B and 1½"-NPT
Suitable for high pressures, contaminated, fibrous and viscous • G2B and 2"-NPT
media in the chemical, paper, food and drink industries. Filling liquid
Material
■ Design • Main body
• Flush-mounted diaphragm • Diaphragm
• No dead spaces
• Fixed threaded stems Maximum pressure
■ Dimensional drawings
Temperature of use
Temperature range of medium
Max. recommended process
temperature
Weight
• G1B and 1"-NPT
• G1½B and 1½"-NPT
• G2B and 2"-NPT
Certificate and approvals
151 (5.94)
> 6 bar (> 87 psi)
> 2 bar (> 29 psi)
> 600 mbar (> 8.7 psi)
Silicone oil M5 or food oil (FDA listed)
Stainl. steel mat No. 1.4404/ 316L or
Hastelloy C276, mat No. 2.4819
Stainl. steel mat No. 1.4404 / 316L or
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
100% of nominal pressure of pressure
transmitter, up to maximum of PN 400
(5802 psi) (depending on the seal
used)
Same as pressure transmitter
Same as pressure transmitter
150 °C (302 °F)
Approx. 0.3 kg (approx. 0.66 lb)
Approx. 0.5 kg (approx. 1.10 lb)
Approx. 0.8 kg (approx. 1.76 lb)

Classification according to For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids

pressure equipment directive of fluid group 1; complies with
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) requirements of article 4, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering practice)

Cooling
element
95 (3.74)

SW
H
L

dM
G
d

Miniature diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/470 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Miniature diaphragm seals

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Miniature diaphragm seals 7MF 4 9 6 0 - Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
directly fitted to SITRANS P pressure transmitters 1 7 7 0 7 777
code.
for pressure; type, 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and
7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01" Remote seal nameplate B20
(vacuum-proof design) and 7MF802.-...1); must be Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB
ordered separately and order number of the remote seal
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
Nominal pressure, see "Pressure transmitters" Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
Click on the Article No. for the online configu-
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Inspection certificate C12
to EN 10204, section 3.1
Process connection
• G1B C 2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
• G1½B D Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
uid (FDA listed)"
• G2B E
• 1" - NPT K Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20
• 1½" - NPT L IEC 61508
• 2" - NPT M (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20"
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Z J1Y
Process connection: ... Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23
IEC 61508
Material
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23"
Remote seal enclosure Wetted parts materials in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07
mat. No. 1.4404/316L mat. No. 1.4404/316L Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor-
Hastelloy C276 Hastelloy C276 J ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of
stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
Stainless steel Other version Z K1Y
mat. No. 1.4404/316L Add Order code and Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08
plain text: Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor-
Wetted parts materials ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of
stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
Wetted parts materials
• Stainless steel 316L A Cooling element R22
max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe the
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Z K1Y maximum permissible media temperature of the
Wetted parts materials: ... filling liquid.
Filling liquid Negative pressure service
• Silicone oil M5 1 for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7 • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V01
Other version, add Order code and plain text: 9 M1 Y re series
Filling liquid: ...
Extended negative pressure service
1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
vacuum-tight version. • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V51
re series

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/471

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Clamp-on seals of flange design
1 ■ Overview ■ Technical specifications
Inline seals for flange-mounting
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• DN 25 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 40 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 50 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 80 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 100 PN 6 ... PN 100
• 1 inch Class 150 ... class 2500
• 1½ inch Class 150 ... class 2500
• 2 inch Class 150 ... class 2500
• 3 inch Class 150 ... class 2500
• 4 inch Class 150 ... class 2500
Process connection Flange to EN 1092-1 or
ASME B 16.5

Inline seals for flange-mounting Sealing face • for stainless steel mat. no.
1.4404/316L according to
The inline seal is completely integrated in the process line. It is EN 1092-1, form B1 or
particularly suitable for flowing and highly viscous media. ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• for all other materials according
The inline remote seal consists of a cylindrical jacket into which to EN 1092-1, form B2 or
a thin-walled pipe is welded. It is clamped directly between two ASME B16.5 RFSF
flanges in the pipeline.
Materials

■ Design • Main body Stainless steel 1.4404/316L

• Inline seals for flange-mounting (flange design) to EN/ASME • Diaphragm Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters • Wetted parts Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
- For pressure: P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS • Without coating
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
- For differential pressure and flow: DS III with HART, • ECTFE coating
DS III with PROFIBUS PA, DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (for vacuum on request)
and P500 • PFA coating
• Sealing face to EN 1092-1 or ASME B16.5 Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
• Connection to the transmitter directly or by means of a flexible Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
capillary (max. 10 m long)
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602
• See Technical data for details of materials used for the wetted
parts Tantalum
• Material used for the capillary, the guard sleeve, the seal’s • Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
main body and the measuring cell: Stainless steel, No. 1.4571/316Ti
mat.-No. 1.4571 • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
• Filling liquid: Silicone oil, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil, stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4301/316
food oil (FDA listed) or glycerin/water (not suitable for uses in
low-pressure range) Capillary
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
■ Function • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
filling liquid and passes either directly or through the capillary to
Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
the measuring chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior
of the diaphragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the mea- Silicone oil M50
suring chamber of the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by High-temperature oil
the filling liquid.
Halocarbon oil
Note:
Food oil (FDA listed)
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis- Permissible ambient temperature See pressure transmitters, see fill-
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof remote seal ing liquid
(see Selection and Ordering data).
Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Certificates and approvals
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) with the requirements of article 4,
paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
assigned to category III, confor-
mity evaluation module H by the
TÜV Nord

1/472 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Clamp-on seals of flange design
Selection and Ordering data Article No.Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No.Ord. code
1
Inline seal for flange-mounting for Inline seal for flange-mounting for
SITRANS P pressure transmitters SITRANS P pressure transmitters
for gauge pressure 7MF 4 9 8 0 - for gauge pressure 7MF 4 9 8 0 -
7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-... 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-...
together with Order code "V01" (Negative pres- together with Order code "V01" (Negative pres-
sure service) and 7MF802.-...1); must be sure service) and 7MF802.-...1); must be
ordered separately, scope of delivery: 1 off ordered separately, scope of delivery: 1 off
for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 8 3 - for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 8 3 -
7MF243.-...; 7MF4433 or 7MF54..-...; 7MF243.-...; 7MF4433 or 7MF54..-...;
order separately, scope of delivery: 1 pair (set); order separately, scope of delivery: 1 pair (set);
Material: Completely of stainless steel, Material: Completely of stainless steel,
mat. No. 1.4404/316L; mat. No. 1.4404/316L;
Process connection to EN 1092-1 or ASME Process connection to EN 1092-1 or ASME
B16.5; sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1, B16.5; sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1,
or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 1 77 0 7 - 7B 777 1 77 0 7 - 7B 777
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Connection to transmitter
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure • direct (only for 7MF4980) 0
• DN 25 PN 6 ... 100 B through capillary, length:5)
• DN 40 PN 6 ... 100 D • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• DN 50 PN 6 ... 100 E • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
• DN 80 PN 6 ... 100 G • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
• DN 100 PN 6 ... 100 H • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
• 1 inch Class 150 ... 2500 L • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• 1½ inch Class 150 ... 2500 M • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 2500 N • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 2500 P Special lengths for capillaries
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 2500 Q
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C
Other version Z J1Y • 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E
Add Order code and plain text: • 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1 J
Wetted parts materials
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L
• Stainless steel 316L
- Without coating A only for 7MF4983-...
- With PFA coating 2) D • 11.0 m (36.09 ft) 9 N1N
- With ECTFE coating 2) 3) F • 12.0 m (39.37 ft) 9 N1P
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G • 13.0 m (42.65 ft) 9 N1Q
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J • 14.0 m (45.93 ft) 9 N1R
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 U
• 15.0 m (49.21 ft) 9 N1S
• Tantalum K
Other version Z K1Y 1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the
Add Order code and plain text: vacuum-tight version.
Wetted parts materials: ... 2) Only for use in non-hazardous atmospheres.
3) For vacuum on request.
Filling liquid 4) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
• Silicone oil M5 1 included in the scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs" C10 and E10.
• Silicone oil M50 2 5) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"
• High-temperature oil 3
• Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)4) 4
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Filling liquid: ...

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/473

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Clamp-on seals of flange design
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code. code.
Spark arrestor PE protective tube
With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(including documentation) (color: white)
• Pressure and absolute pressure A01 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
• for differential pressure transmitters A02 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
Remote seal nameplate B20 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
and order number of the remote seal 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc-
tion with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
Inspection certificate C12 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
to EN 10204, section 3.1 only for 7MF4983-...
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17 11.0 m (36.09 ft) N32
Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liquid 12.0 m (39.37 ft) N33
(FDA listed)" 13.0 m (42.65 ft) N34
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20 14.0 m (45.93 ft) N35
IEC 61508 15.0 m (49.21 ft) N36
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20"
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter) PTFE protective tube
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23 (color: transparent)
IEC 61508
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 according
to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain- 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 according 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain- 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver-
sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
(140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
connection with halocarbon oil, certified by certi-
ficate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 only for 7MF4983-...

One-sided mounting on differential pressure 11.0 m (36.09 ft) N52

transmitters 12.0 m (39.37 ft) N53
(only for 7MF4980-...) 13.0 m (42.65 ft) N54
on high-pressure side H10 14.0 m (45.93 ft) N55
on low-pressure side H11 15.0 m (49.21 ft) N56

1/474 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Clamp-on seals of flange design
Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code.
PVC protective tube
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(color: black)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
only for 7MF4983-...
11.0 m (36.09 ft) N72
12.0 m (39.37 ft) N73
13.0 m (42.65 ft) N74
14.0 m (45.93 ft) N75
15.0 m (49.21 ft) N76
Cooling element R22
max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe the
maximum permissible media temperature of the
filling liquid.
Negative pressure service
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• gauge and absolute pressure from the pres- V01
sure series
• differential pressure V03
Note:
Suffix "Y01" required with pressure transmitter
Extended negative pressure service
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• gauge and absolute pressure from the pres- V51
sure series
• differential pressure V53
Note:
Suffix "Y01" required with pressure transmitter

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/475

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Clamp-on seals of flange design
1 ■ Dimensional drawings Connection to EN 1092-1
DN PN D Mb L H
mm bar mm mm mm mm
25 6 ... 100 63 28.5 60 78.5
40 6 ... 100 85 43 60 89.5
50 6 ... 100 95 54.5 60 92.5


80 6 ... 100 130 82.5 60 112
Cooling 100 6 ... 100 150 107 60 122
element
Connection to ASME B16.5
95 (3.74)

DN Class D Mb L H
(inch) mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
1 150 ... 2500 63 28.5 60 78.5
+

(2.48) (1.12) (2.36) (3.1)

1½ 150 ... 2500 85 43 60 86
(3.35) (1.69) (2.36) (3.4)
2 150 ... 2500 95 54.5 60 94.5
š0E (3.74) (2.15) (2.36) (3.72)
' 3 150 ... 2500 130 82.5 60 112
/
(5.12) (3.25) (2.36) (4.4)
4 150 ... 2500 150 107 60 122
(5.9) (4.21) (2.36) (4.8)

Bending radius ≥ 150 mm (5.9)

Inline seal for flange-mounting, connected to SITRANS P pressure trans-

mitter, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/476 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Quick-release inline seals

■ Overview ■ Function
1
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm,
mounted on the inner circumference of the inline seal, to the fill-
ing liquid and then passes through the capillary to the measur-
ing chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the inline
seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring chamber of
the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Note:
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis-
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof pressure
transmitter (see Selection and Ordering data).

■ Technical specifications
Inline seals of quick-release design for pressure
Connection Nominal Nominal
diameter pressure
• To DIN 11851 with threaded DN 25 PN 40
socket
Quick-release inline seals, to DIN 11851 with threaded socket DN 40 PN 40
DN 50 PN 25
DN 65 PN 25
DN 80 PN 25
DN 100 PN 25
• Clamp connection 1½ inch PN 40
2 inch PN 40
2½ inch PN 40
3 inch PN 40
Material
• Main body Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• Diaphragm Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Capillary
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
Quick-release inline seals, with clamp connection
• Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
Quick-release inline seals for pressure are available for the fol-
lowing SITRANS P pressure transmitter series: • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
stainless steel, mat. No.
• P300 1.4301/316
• DS III with HART Filling liquid • Food oil (FDA listed)
• DS III with PROFIBUS PA Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
More information can be found in
■ Application the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
The quick-release inline seal is a special design for flowing me- "Technical data of filling liquid" in
dia and high-viscosity media. Since it is completely integrated in the Technical description to the
the process pipe, no turbulences, dead volumes or other ob- remote seals
structions to the flow occur. The measured medium flows unhin- Weight Approx. 4 kg (approx. 8.82 lb)
dered through the inline seal and results in self-cleaning of the
measuring chamber. Furthermore, the inline seal can be cleaned Certificate and approvals
by a pig. Classification according to pres- For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
sure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies with
■ Design (DGRL 2014/68/EU) the requirements of article 4,
paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
The quick-release clamp is available in two versions: assigned to category III, confor-
mity evaluation module H by the
• DIN 11851 with threaded socket TÜV Nord
• Clamp connection EHEDG Complies with EHEDG recommen-
dations
The inline seal is connected to the pressure transmitter either di-
rectly or by way of a capillary.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/477

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Quick-release inline seals
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Quick-release inline seal 7MF 4 9 5 0 - Further designs
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777 Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
pressure code.
7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-...
together with Order code "V01" (Negative pres- Remote seal nameplate B20
sure service) and 7MF802.-...1); must be Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB
ordered separately and order number of the remote seal
Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed) Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
Material: Stainless steel 316L teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Inspection certificate C12
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
to EN 10204, section 3.1
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
• Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks
Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
- DN 25 PN 40 2B uid (FDA listed)"
- DN 40 PN 40 2D
- DN 50 PN 25 2E Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20
IEC 61508
- DN 65 PN 25 2F
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20"
- DN 80 PN 25 2G in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
- DN 100 PN 25 2H
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23
• Clamp connection
IEC 61508
- 1½ inch PN 16 4L
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23"
- 2 inch PN 16 4M in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
- 2½ inch PN 16 4N
One-sided mounting on differential pressure
- 3 inch PN 10 4P transmitters
Other version on high-pressure side H10
Add Order codes and plain text: on low-pressure side H11
Process connection: ..., Nominal diameter: ...; 9Z H1Y
Nominal pressure: ... PE protective tube
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
Filling liquid (color: white)
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text: 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
Filling liquid: ... 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
Connection to transmitter 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
• Direct 0 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
Through capillary, length:2)
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
PTFE protective tube
Special lengths for capillaries over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C (color: transparent)
• 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
• 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1 J 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
1)
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the
vacuum-tight version. 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
2) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description" 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51

1/478 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Quick-release inline seals
Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code.
PVC protective tube
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(color: black)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
Cooling element R22
max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe the
maximum permissible media temperature of the
filling liquid.
Negative pressure services
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• gauge and absolute pressure from the pres- V01
sure series
Extended negative pressure service
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• gauge and absolute pressure from the pres- V51
sure series

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/479

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Quick-release inline seals
1 ■ Dimensional drawings

151 (5.94)
Cooling
element
95 (3.74)

H
DN

G1
D2

D2
D1

D1

D
d

L L

Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure

. 9)
(5
0
15
≥
R
DN

G1
D2

D2
D1

D1

D
d

L L

Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow

Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks Clamp connection for pipes to BS 4825/3 and o.D. tubes
DN Ø D1 Ø D2 H L G1 d Ø D1 Ø D2 H L D
25 38 52 68 128 Rd 52x1/6 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
40 55 65 74.5 160 Rd 65x1/6 22.2 (1) 38 (1.5) 50 (1.97) 67 (2.64) 114 (4.49) 50.5 (1.98)
50 68 78 81 170 Rd 78x1/6 34.9 (1½) 43 (1.69) 65 (2.56) 74.5 (2.93) 146 (5.75) 50.5 (1.98)
65 85 95 89.5 182 Rd 95x1/6 47.6 (2) 56 (2.2) 75 (2.95) 79.5 (3.13) 156 (6.14) 64 (2.52)
80 110 110 97 182 Rd 110x1/4 60.3 (2½) 68 (2.68) 77 (3.03) 80.5 (3.17) 156 (6.14) 77.5 (3.05)
100 130 130 107 182 Rd 110x1/4 73.0 (3) 82 (3.23) 91 (3.58) 87.5 (3.44) 156 (6.14) 91 (3.58)

Quick-release inline seal, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/480 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Flushing rings for diaphragm seals

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

1
Flushing ring for remote seals of sandwich and flange design
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100
• 2 inch Class 150 ... class 600
• 3 inch Class 150 ... class 600
• 4 inch Class 150 ... class 600
• 5 inch Class 150 ... class 600
Flushing ring Sealing face
Flushing rings are required for flange-mounted and sandwich- • To EN 1092-1 Form B1
type remote seals (Article No. 7MF4900 ... 7MF4923) if the dan-
Form B2
ger exists that the process conditions and the geometry of the
connection could cause the medium to form deposits or block- Form D/Form D
ages. Form C/Form C
The flushing ring is clamped between the process flange and Form C/Form C
the remote seal.
Form E
Deposits can be flushed away from the diaphragm through the Form F
holes in the side, or the pressure volume can be vented. Different
nominal diameters and forms permit adaptation to the respec- • To ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
tive process flange. RFSF
Process connection RJF ring groove
For flanges to EN and ASME: Flushing holes (2 off), female • G¼
DN 50, 80, 100, 125; PN 16 ... 100 or thread
• G½
DN 2 inch, 3 inch, 4 inch, 5 inch; Class 150 ... 600
• ¼-18 NPT
Standard design • ½-14 NPT
Material: CrNi-Stahl, mat. No. 1.4404/316L Material Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Sealing faces and flushing holes: See Selection and Ordering
data

■ Design

Remote seal flange Flushing ring

Flushing outlet Flushing inlet

Gasket

Measuring
point flange

Installation example

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/481

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Flushing rings for diaphragm seals
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No.Ord. code ■ Dimensional drawings
Flushing ring 7MF 4 9 2 5 -
for remote seals 7MF4900 to 7MF4923 1 7777 777

Thread
Click on the Article No. for the online configu-
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Nom. diam. Nom. press.
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 A

h
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100 B
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100 C
di
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100 D
d4
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 600 G
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 600 H
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 600 J Flushing ring, dimension drawing
• 5 inch Class 150 ... 600 K Connection to EN 1092-1
Other version Z J1Y
DN PN d4 di h Weight
Add Order code and plain text:
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... (mm) (bar) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
Sealing face 50 16 ... 100 102 62 30 1.10
• EN 1092-1
80 16 ... 100 138 92 30 1.90
- Form B1 A
- Form B2 C 100 16 ... 100 162 92 30 3.15

- Form C/Form C D 125 16 ... 100 188 126 30 3.50

- Form D/Form C E
Connection to ASME B 16.5
- Form D/Form D F
DN Class d4 di h Weight
- Form E G
- Form F H inch mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) kg (lb)
• ASME B16.5 2 150 ... 600 92 (3.62) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 0.60 (1.32)
- RF 125 ... 250 AA M
3 150 ... 600 127 (5) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.05 (2.31)
- RFSF Q
- RJF ring groove R 4 150 ... 600 157 (6.18) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 2.85 (6.28)
Other version Z K1Y 5 150 ... 600 185.5 (7.3) 126 (4.96) 30 (1.18) 3.30 (7.28)
Add Order code and plain text:
Sealing face: ...
Flushing holes (2 off)
• Female thread G¼ 1
• Female thread G½ 2
• Female thread ¼-18 NPT 3
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 4
Material
• Stainless steel 316L 0
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Material: ...
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code.
Inspection certificate C12
to EN 10204, section 3.1

1/482 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Measuring setups

■ Overview Possible combinations of pressure transmitters and remote 1

seals
This section shows examples of typical measuring setups for us- Type of installation Pressure trans- Remote seals
ing SITRANS P pressure transmitters with and without remote mitters
seals.
A/B 7MF2033 7MF4900
Equations for calculating start of scale and full scale are pro- 7MF4033 7MF4910
vided for each example. 7MF4034 7MF4920
7MF4035
Questionnaires are included to help you select the right combi- 7MF8023
nation of remote seal and pressure transmitter. 7MF8024
7MF8025
Installation C1 and C2 7MF4233 7MF4900
Remote seals of sandwich design are fitted between the con- 7MF4234 7MF4910
nection flange of the measuring point and a dummy flange. Re- 7MF4235 7MF4920
mote seals of flange design are fitted directly on the connection (negative pressure
flange of the measuring point. The respective pressure rating of service in each case)
the dummy flange or the flanged remote seal must be observed. 7MF4333 7MF4901
7MF4334 7MF4921
The pressure transmitter should be installed below the connec- 7MF4335
tion flange (and below the lower connection flange in the case of
differential pressure transmitters). This arrangement must be D 7MF2433 7MF4903
used in the low-pressure range. 7MF2434 7MF4923
7MF2435
When measuring at pressures above atmospheric, the pressure 7MF4433
transmitter can also be installed above the connection flange. 7MF4434
7MF4435
The capillaries between the remote seal and the pressure trans- 7MF4533
mitter should be as short as possible to obtain a good transmis- 7MF4534
sion response. 7MF4535
7MF5403
Offset of measuring range 7MF5413
If there is a difference in height between the two connection E 7MF2433 7MF4913
flanges when measuring with two remote seals, an additional dif- 7MF2434
7MF2435
ferential pressure will result from the oil filling of the remote seal 7MF4433
capillaries. This results in a measuring range offset which has to 7MF4434
be taken into account when you set the pressure transmitter. 7MF4435
7MF4533
An offset in the measuring range also occurs when combining a 7MF4534
remote seal with a transmitter if the remote seal is not installed at 7MF4535
the same height as the transmitter. 7MF5403
7MF5413
Pressure transmitter output
G, H and J 7MF2433 7MF4903
If the level, separation layer or density increase in closed ves- 7MF2434 7MF4923
sels, the differential pressure and hence the output signal of the 7MF2435
pressure transmitter also increase. 7MF4433
7MF4434
For an inverted relationship between the differential pressure 7MF4435
and the output signal, the start-of-scale and full-scale values of 7MF4533
the SITRANS P must be interchanged. 7MF4534
7MF4535
With open vessels, a rising pressure is usually assigned to an in- 7MF5403
creasing level, separation layer or density. 7MF5413
Influence of ambient temperature
Temperature differences between the individual capillaries and
between the individual remote seals should be avoided.
Temperature variations in the area of the measuring setup cause
a change in volume of the filling liquid and hence measuring er-
rors.
Notes
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer
has to be positioned between the two spigots. Also you must
make sure that the level in the container is always above the
top spigot.
• When measuring density, make sure that the level of the me-
dium remains constant. The level should be above the top
spigot.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/483

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Measuring setups with remote seals
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
Types of installation for pressure and level measurements (open vessels)

Installation type A Installation type B Installation type A

Start-of-scale: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · H1
∆H ∆H
Installation type B
HO
HO
Start-of-scale: pMA = ρFL · g · HU + ρOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = ρFL · g · HO + ρOil · g · H1
HU HU
H1
Legend
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
H1
ρFL Density of medium in vessel
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to the remote
seal
Pressure transmitter Pressure transmitter g Local acceleration due to gravity
above the measuring point below the measuring point
HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value
H1 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling liquid only H1 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft) H1 Distance between vessel flange and pressure
trans.

Types of installation for absolute level measurements (closed vessels)

Installation type C1 Installation type C2 Installation type C1 and C2

Start-of-scale: pMA = pSTART + ρOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = pEND + ρOil · g · H1
Legend
H1
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
pSTART Start-of-scale value
pabs pabs pEND Full-scale value
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
the remote seal
H1
g Local acceleration due to gravity
H1 Distance between vessel flange and
pressure trans.

Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure always below the measuring point: H1 ≥ 200 mm (7.9 inch)

Type of installation for differential pressure and flow measurements

Installation type D Filter monitoring Installation type D

Start-of-scale: pMA = pSTART - ρOil · g · HV
Full-scale: pME = pEND - ρOil · g · HV
Legend
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
H1 HV
pSTART Start-of-scale value
pEND Full-scale value
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary
to the remote seal
g Local acceleration due to gravity
H2 HV Distance between the measuring
points (spigots)

+ -

1/484 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Measuring setups with remote seals
Types of installation for level measurements (closed vessels) 1
Installation type E Installation type E
Start-of-scale: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · HV
Full-scale: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · HV
Legend
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
ρFL Density of medium in vessel
∆H
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
HV the remote seal
HO
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU Start-of-scale value
HU HO Full-scale value
HV Distance between the measuring
+ - points (spigots)

Installation type G Installation type H Installation type J

H1 - +

H1
∆H H2
HV
HO - +
H1
H2
HU

H2

+ -
Pressure transmitter for differential pressure below the lower measuring point between the measuring points, no vacuum
above the upper measuring point, no vacuum

H2 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling Installation type for vacuum applications H2 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling
liquid only H1 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft) liquid only H2 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft)

Installation type G, H and J Legend

Start-of-scale: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · HV pMA Start-of-scale value to be set g Local acceleration due to gravity
pME Full-scale value to be set HU Start-of-scale value
Full-scale: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · HV
ρFL Density of medium in vessel HO Full-scale value
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to HV Distance between the measuring
the remote seal points (spigots)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/485

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Measuring setups without remote seals
1 ■ Overview
Notes Also you must make sure that the level in the container is al-
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer ways above the top spigot.
has to be positioned between the two spigots. • When measuring density, make sure that the level of the medium
remains constant. The level should be above the top spigot

■ Dimensional drawings
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure, for flanging
Measuring setups for open containers

Level measurement
Full-scale value Start-of-scale: pMA = ρ · g · HU
Full-scale: pME = ρ · g · HO
Legend
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
ρ pME Full-scale value to be set
HO
Start-of-scale value
ρ Density of medium in vessel
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU
HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value
+

Separation layer measurement

Constant level Start-of-scale: pMA = g · (HU · ρ1 + (HO - HU) · ρ2)
= full-scale value
Full-scale: pME = ρ1 · g · HO
ρ2
Legend
Separation layer
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
ρ1 pME Full-scale value to be set
HO Start-of-scale value
ρ1 Density of heavier liquid
ρ2 Density of lighter liquid
HU
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU Start-of-scale value
+ HO Full-scale value

Density measurement
Start-of-scale: pMA = ρMIN · g · HO
Constant level
Full-scale: pME = ρMAX · g · HO
Legende
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
HO ρ
ρMIN Minimum density of medium in vessel
ρMAX Maximum density of medium in vessel
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HO Full-scale value in m

1/486 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Measuring setups without remote seals
Measuring setups for closed containers 1
Level measurement, Version 1
Static
pressure Gas-filled negative Start-of-scale: ∆pMA = ρ · g · HU
pressure line Full-scale: ∆pME = ρ · g · HO
Legend
Maximum level
∆pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
∆pME Full-scale value to be set
Full-scale value ρ Density of medium in vessel
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU Start-of-scale value
Start-of-scale value
HO HO Full-scale value

HU ρ

+ -

Transmitter
reference line

Level measurement, Version 2

Static
pressure Constant Start-of-scale: ∆pMA = g · (HU · ρ - HV · ρ')
reference Full-scale: ∆pME = g · (HO · ρ - HV · ρ')
level
Mamimum level Legend
∆pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
∆pME Full-scale value to be set
Full-scale value Liquid-filled negative
pressure line ρ Density of medium in vessel
ρ' Density of liquid in the negative pressure
HV line (corresponding to the temperature
Start-of-scale value ρ' existing there)
HO
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU ρ HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value

+ - HV Distance between the measuring points

(spigots)
Transmitter
reference line

Level measurement, Version 3

Static
pressure Start-of-scale: ∆pMA = PStat + ρ · g · HU - PStat
PStat
Transmitter 1 Transmitter 2

Mamimum level Full-scale: ∆pME = PStat + ρ · g · HO - PStat

Transmitter 1 Transmitter 2
+
Transmitter 2 Legend
Full-scale value (for pressure or ∆pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
differential pressure)
∆pME Full-scale value to be set
HV Start-of-scale value ρ Density of medium in vessel
HO
g Local acceleration due to gravity
HU ρ HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value
HV Distance between the measuring points (spigots)
+
Transmitter 1 The pressure measuring range (≙ level) will be calculated by subtraction
(for pressure or of measuring range of transmitter 1 minus measuring range of
differential pressure) transmitter 2 in the process control system.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/487

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges
SITRANS P DS III
Measuring setups without remote seals
1
Static Separation layer measurement
pressure Static
Start-of-scale: ∆pMA = g · (HU · ρ1 + (HO - HU) · ρ2 - HV · ρ'2)
pressure
Constant level

Max. separation layer Full-scale: ∆pME = g · (HO · ρ1 - HV · ρ'2)

Legend
∆pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
Full-scale value
∆pME Full-scale value to be set
ρ1 Density of heavier liquid with separation layer
ρ'2
ρ2 HV in vessel
Start-of-scale value
HO ρ2 Density of lighter liquid with separation layer
ρ'2 Density of liquid in the negative pressure line
HU ρ1
(corresponding to the temperature existing
there)
g Local acceleration due to gravity
+ -
HU Start-of-scale value
Transmitter HO Full-scale value
reference line HV Distance between the measuring points
(spigots)

1/488 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fittings
Technical description

■ Overview New standard IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 1

All shut-off fittings can be secured onto walls, racks (72 mm grid)
and vertical and horizontal pipes.
This offers the advantage when assembling a plant that the shut-
off fittings can be secured first and the lines for the medium and
differential pressure connected to them. It is then possible to
check all connections for leaks and to blow out or flush the pipes
in order to remove dirt (welding residues, shavings etc.).
The measuring instruments can be screwed onto the shut-off fit-
tings right at the end when all piping has been completed.
If an instrument has to be removed for maintenance, the fittings
and pipes remain as they are. It is only necessary to close the
valves – the instrument can then be removed, and refitted follow-
ing maintenance.
Classification according to pressure equipment directive
(PED 2014/68/EU):
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; compli-
ance with requirements of article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engi-
neering practice).
The flange connection between transmitter and valve manifold
was modified in the new standard IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518.
The only connection thread approved for use in the process
flanges of the pressure transmitter is 7/16-20 UNF.
The valve manifolds for M12 screws, including the accessory
sets, have therefore been deleted.
Material acceptance test certificate to EN 10204-3.1
If a material acceptance test certificate to EN 10204-3.1 is re-
quired when ordering valve manifolds or shut-off fittings, please
note that a single certificate is sufficient for each ordered item
type. This means that you will only be charged for one certificate
in the cost calculations.
Minimum/maximum operating temperatures
The maximum operating temperatures are given for each value
or valve manifold.
The minimum operating temperatures depend on the material
used for the valves or valve manifold.
They are as follows:
Material Minimum operating temperature
Brass -10 °C (-14 °F) according to EN 12516-4
Steel -10 °C (-14 °F) according to AD200-W10
Stainless steel -40 °C (-40 °F)

■ Pressure transmitters with shut-off fittings - mounting examples

SITRANS P transmitter for gauge pressure with double shut-off valve, SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential pressure, mounted in pro-
SITRANS P pressure transmitter with multiway cock or 3-spindle valve tective box (available on request)
manifold

SITRANS P transmitter for differential pressure with 3-way valve manifold, SITRANS P pressure transmitter mounted on valve combination "Mono-
3-spindle valve manifold or valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 flange" for direct connection to flanges (available on request)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/489

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fittings
Selection aid
1 ■ Selection of available shut-off valves
Transmitters Shut-off valves for general Page Shut-off valves for Page
applications special applications
Relative and absolute pres- Shut-off valves/double shut- 1/492 Double shut-off valve DN 5 1/495
sure transmitters with process off valves to DIN 16270, for crossover ½-NPT-F to
connection G½" male thread DIN 16271 and DIN 16272 G½ nipple connection
e.g. 7MF9011-4EA
• SITRANS P200
7MF1565-...
• SITRANS P210
7MF1566-... 2-spindle valve manifold 1/513
• SITRANS P220 DN 5 for installation in pro-
7MF1567-... tective boxes
• SITRANS P300 7MF9412-1B
7MF802.-...0.-....
• SITRANS P310
7MF2033-...0.-....
• SITRANS P DS III series
7MF403.-...0.-.... and
7MF423.-...0.-....
• SITRANS P410
7MF243.-...0.-.... C41
Gauge and absolute pressure Double shut-off valve DN 5 1/495 Double shut-off valve 1/495
transmitters with process con- 7MF9011-4EA, -4FA, -4GA DN 5 for process
nection ½"-14 NPT female or and -4KA connection
male thread ½-NPT
e.g. 7MF9011-4HA
• SITRANS P200
7MF1565-...
• SITRANS P210 7MF9011-4FA
7MF1566-...
• SITRANS P220
7MF1567-...
• SITRANS P300
7MF802.-...1.-....
• SITRANS P310
7MF2033-...1.-....
• SITRANS P DS III series 7MF9011-4KA
7MF403.-...1.-.... and
7MF423.-...1.-....
• SITRANS P410
7MF243.-...1.-.... C41
Absolute pressure transmitter 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 1/498 2-spindle valve manifold 1/513
with process connection to 7MF9411-5A. DN 5 for installation in pro-
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 tective boxes
e.g. 7MF9412-1C.
• SITRANS P DS III series
7MF433.-...

1/490 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fittings
Selection aid
Transmitters Shut-off valves for general Page Shut-off valves for Page
1
applications special applications
Differential pressure transmit- For 3/5-spindle valve manifold 1/498 3-way valve manifolds, 1/503
ter with process connection to DN 5 DN 5, forged version
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 7MF9411-5B. and 7MF9410-1..
e.g. 7MF9411-5C.
SITRANS P310
7MF2433-...
SITRANS P DS III series
7MF443.-... and 5-way valve manifolds, 1/503
7MF453.-... DN 5, forged version
SITRANS P410 7MF9410-3..
7MF443.-... C41;
7MF453.-... C41
SITRANS P500
7MF54..-...
PN 100 multiway cocks 1/501
7MF9004-... 3-way valve manifolds, 1/506
DN 8, forged version
7MF9416-1.. and
7MF9416-2..

Valve manifold combina- 1/509

tion DN 5/DN 8 for vapor
measurement
7MF9416-6..

Valve manifold combina- 1/511

tion DN 8 for vapor mea-
surement
7MF9416-4..

3- and 5-spindle valve 1/513

manifolds for DN 5 for
installation in protective
boxes
7MF9412-1D. and
7MF9412-1E.

3- and 5-spindle valve 1/517

manifolds for vertical dif-
ferential pressure lines
7MF9413-1..

Low-pressure multiway 1/520

cock
7MF9004-4..

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/491

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for gauge and absolute pressure transmitters
Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
1 ■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16270
without test collar, pipe union with ferrule
12 S DIN EN ISO 8434-1, without certificate
Material Maximum permissible
Valve housing working pressure
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8AB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8AC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16271
with test collar, pipe union with ferrule
12 S DIN EN ISO 8434-1, without certificate
Material Maximum permissible
Valve housing working pressure
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8BB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8BC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Transmitter for pressure with double shut-off valve 7MF9401-...
Double shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16272
The shut-off valves for pressure gauges are used to shut off the
line of the measured medium when dealing with aggressive and with test collar, connection shank,
without certificate
non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids.
Material Maximum permissible
■ Design Valve housing working pressure
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3)250 bar (3626 psi) 7MF9401-7DA
A water trap must be connected upstream of the shut-off valve (mat. No. 2.0402)
in the case of temperatures of the medium above 120 °C. The
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7DB
shut-off valves form B have a shaft with which they can be se- (mat. No. 1.0460)
cured on an instrument bracket. An adapter is therefore not re-
quired to secure these valves. The vent/test connection can be X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7DC
shut off separately with the double shut-off valves DN 5. This per- (mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
mits checking of the zero on the pressure gauge. In addition, the Double shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16272
characteristic of the pressure gauge can be checked using an
with test collar, pipe union with ferrule
external pressure source. The valve packing material is PTFE. 12 S DIN EN ISO 8434-1, without certificate
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Material Maximum permissible
Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16270 Valve housing working pressure
without test collar, connection shank, P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8DB
without certificate (mat. No. 1.0460)
Material Maximum permissible X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8DC
Valve housing working pressure (mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3) 250 bar (3626 psi) 7MF9401-7AA Accessories
(mat. No. 2.0402)
Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7AB
Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
(mat. No. 1.0460)
EN 10204-3.1
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7AC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti) Instrument bracket, see page 1/497.
Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16271
with test collar, connection shank,
without certificate
Material Maximum permissible
Valve housing working pressure
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3) 250 bar (3626 psi) 7MF9401-7BA
(mat. No. 2.0402)
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7BB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7BC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)

1/492 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for gauge and absolute pressure transmitters
Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272

■ Characteristic curves
1
bar
Operating pressure

Steel or stainless steel version

400 400 bar (5800 psi) at 120 °C
(248 °F)
300
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C
(392 °F)
200
Brass version
100 250 bar (3626 psi) at 120 °C
(248 °F)
0 200 bar (2901 psi) at 200 °C
0 100 200 300 400 °C
(392 °F)
Operating temperature

Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating

temperature

■ Dimensional drawings

A
18

Ø26 h11
28
120 ±5

120 ±5
63
20

20

C
B
Ø6
34
20

A Connection on device side: to DIN 16284, G½, SW 27

B Connection on measurement side: connection shank to
DIN EN 837-1, G½
C Connection on measurement side: pipe union with ferrule
12 mm diameter, S series, to DIN EN ISO 8434-1
D Connection on test collar (with sealing cap): thread M20 x 1,5

Shut-off valve, form B, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm

approx. 90 approx. 85
18

Ø26 h11
28
120 ±5

63

SW 27
20
20

C
B
Ø6
45
20

A Connection on device side: to DIN 16284, G½, SW 27

B Connection on measurement side: connection shank to
DIN EN 837-1, G½
C Connection on measurement side: pipe union with ferrule
12 mm diameter, S series, to DIN EN ISO 8434-1
D Connection on test collar (with sealing cap): thread M20 x 1,5

Double shut-off valve, form B, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/493

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for gauge and absolute pressure transmitters
Angle adapter
1 ■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings
G½
Ø7

18
6
35
Ø6
G½

32
3
20
39
55

Angle adapter, dimensions in mm

P300 pressure transmitter with shut-off valve and angle adapter

The angle adapter enables pressure transmitters with top dis-
plays to be read from the front.

Selection and Ordering data Article No.

Angle adapters 7MF9401-7WA
Material: X 12 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 (mat. No.
1.45714/316Ti), max. permissible operating
pressure 400 bar (5800 psi)
Accessories
Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
EN 10204-3.1

■ Characteristic curves
bar
Operating pressure

Stainless steel version

400 400 bar (5800 psi) at 120 °C
(248 °F)
300
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C
(392 °F)
200

100

0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature

Permissible operating overpressure as a function of the permissible op-

erating temperature

1/494 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for gauge and absolute pressure transmitters
Shut-off valves/Double shut-off valves

■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings

1
The double shut-off valves DN 5 are suitable for pressure
gauges and pressure transmitters and available in 5 versions:

74 (2.91) open
• Sleeve-nipple
• Sleeve-sleeve A B

• Sleeve-collar
½-14 NPT
• Collar-collar

(1.25)
31.75
• Collar-sleeve
½-14 NPT
66 (2.6)
The valve packing material is PTFE.

■ Characteristic curves A Connection on device side: ½-14 NPT

B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
bar
Operating pressure

420 bar (6092 psi) at 120 °C

400 (248 °F) Shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-sleeve) 7MF9011-3HA, dimensions in mm
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C (inch)
300
(392 °F)
200 Ø7 18.5
A

18
100
approx.

17
0 25.5

6
58
0 100 200 300 400 °C

100.5
Operating temperature

63.5

50
39.5
C

33
Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating
temperature
Ø6.4 B 31.75

7
12 31 approx. 90
Selection and Ordering data Article No. 60
approx. 118
Shut-off valve DN 5
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 13 2
(W.-Nr. 1.4404/316L), max. permissible A Connection on device side: nipple to DIN 16284, G½, SW 27
operating overpressure 420 bar (6092 psi) B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT
• Sleeve-sleeve 7MF9011-3HA
Double shut-off valves DN 5 Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-nipple) 7MF9011-4EA,
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 13 2 (mat. No. dimensions in mm
1.4404/316L), max. permissible working
pressure 420 bar (6092 psi);
• Sleeve-nipple connection 7MF9011-4EA
• Sleeve-sleeve 7MF9011-4HA
33
• Sleeve-collar 7MF9011-4FA B A
max. open 163

½-14 NPT ¼ - 18 NPT

½-14 NPT
• Collar-collar 7MF9011-4GA
Ø32

• Collar-sleeve 7MF9011-4KA
Accessories 33 13,6
Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB C
Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
EN 10204-3.1
Further designs Order code 55
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order 44
code. 97
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for oxygen S12 A Connection on device side : ½-14 NPT
applications, max. pressure PN 100 (1450 psi) B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
and max. temperature 60 °C (140 °F) C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT
NACE MR-0175-certified D07
incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1 to EN 10204 Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-sleeve) 7MF9011-4HA,
dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/495

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for gauge and absolute pressure transmitters
Shut-off valves/Double shut-off valves
1
110

¼-18 NPT
½-14 NPT

½-14 NPT
B C A

A Connection on device side : ½-14 NPT

B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT

Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-collar) 7MF9011-4FA,

dimensions in mm
approx. 74
¼-18 NPT

38
A
31,75
approx. 71
½-14 NPT
½-14 NPT

B C
50

70
120

A Connection on device side : ½-14 NPT

B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT

Double shut-off valve DN 5 (collar-collar) 7MF9011-4GA,

dimensions in mm

B A
max. open 163

½ NPT ¼-18 NPT

½ NPT

Ø32

23
50
C

55
44
114
A Connection on device side : ½-14 NPT
B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT

Double shut-off valve DN 5 (collar-sleeve) 7MF9011-4KA,

dimensions in mm

1/496 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for gauge and absolute pressure transmitters
Accessories for shut-off valves/double shut-off valves

■ Overview ■ Overview
1
The mounting set is suitable for the double shut-off valves The instrument brackets are needed to mount the following units:
7MF9011-4.A and for wall, rack and pipe mounting. • Pressure gauges with threaded connection at the bottom
Selection and Ordering data Article No. • Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
Mounting set for shut-off valves (7MF9401-7.. and 7MF9401-8..)
• 7MF9011-4DA and -4EA 7MF9011-8AB Selection and Ordering data Article No.
made of stainless steel, scope of delivery: Instrument bracket, form H, DIN 16281
1x mounting bracket,
2x hexagon screws M6x40, (e.g. for gauge)
1x mounting clip, made of aluminium alloy, painted black,
2x washers 8.4 to DIN 125; for wall mounting, screw-type bracket cover
2x hexagon nuts 8.4 to DIN EN 24032 • Projection length 60 mm M56340-A0046
• Projection length 100 mm M56340-A0047
• 7MF9011-4FA, -4GA, 4HA, -4KA and -3HA 7MF9011-8AC
made of stainless steel, scope of delivery: Instrument bracket, form A, DIN 16281
1x mounting bracket, (e.g. for transmitter) M56340-A0053
2x hexagon screws M6x10, made of annealed cast iron, galvanized and
1x mounting clip, primed for mounting on a wall or rack or or
2x washers 8.4 to DIN 125; on a sectional rail (horizontal/vertical);
2x hexagon nuts 8.4 to DIN EN 24032 Screw-type bracket cover
Instrument bracket, form A, DIN 16281
■ Dimensional drawings (e.g. for transmitter) M56340-A0079
made of annealed cast iron, galvanized and
Ø11 primed with pipe clamp for wall and pipe
mounting (horizotal/vertical)
Screw-type bracket cover

■ Dimensional drawings
90
65

50

72

(60)
25 SW 10 100
65 10 (160)
72 85
90 Ø60,3 100
18

28
0
R3

56
4
6,5

Ø26 h11
Ø7

Mounting bracket (7MF9011-8AB) for shut-off valves 7MF9011-4DA and

7MF9011-4EA for wall, rack or pipe mounting, dimensions in mm
Instrument bracket form H, for wall mounting, M56340-A0046/-A0047,
dimensions in mm
65
50
Ø11 100
72 10
Ø
11
90
25
72

63
72

28
Ø
≤

SW 10
M8
85

72
90 85 34
Ø60,3 100 91
Ø26 h11
0
R3

4
6,5

Instrument bracket form A, wall or pipe mounting,

M56340-A0053/-A0079, dimensions in mm
Mounting bracket (7MF9011-8AC) for shut-off valves 7MF9011-4FA and
7MF9011-4GA for wall, rack or pipe mounting, dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/497

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds DN 5
1 ■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Valve manifolds DN 5 7 MF 9 4 1 1 - 77A
Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
for liquids and gases, for flanging to pressure
transmitters for absolute and differential
pressure, max. working pressure 420 bar
(order accessory set with Order code),
without certificate
• 2-spindle valve manifold 5A
• 3-spindle valve manifold 5B
• 5-spindle valve manifold 5C
Accessories
Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
EN 10204-3.1

The 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.
7MF9411-5.. are for pressure transmitters for absolute pressure Further designs1)
or differential pressure. Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
The valve manifolds are used to shut off the differential pressure specify Order code.
lines and to check the pressure transmitter zero. Accessory set to EN
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold enable in addi- (connection between valve manifold
and pressure transmitter)
tion venting on the transmitter side and checking of the pressure
transmitter characteristic. for valve manifold 7MF9411-5A.
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K35 7MF9411-7DB
■ Benefits 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
steel
• Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi) 1x gasket made of PTFE,
• Each available in version for oxygen max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
80 °C (176 °F)

■ Application 2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x

1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1;
K45 7MF9411-7DC

The spindle valve manifolds DN 5 are designed for liquids and stainless steel
1x gasket made of PTFE,
gases. max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
Each is available in a version for oxygen on request. 80 °C (176 °F)
for valve manifold 7MF9411-5B. and
■ Design -5C.
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K36 7MF9411-5DB
All versions of the valve manifolds have a process connection ½- 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
14 NPT. The connection for the pressure transmitter is always steel
designed as a flange connection to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518, 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
form B . The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
addition a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT. 80 °C (176 °F)

The valves have an external spindle thread. 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K46 7MF9411-5DC
1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1;
Materials used stainless steel
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
Component Material Mat. No. max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
Housing X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L 80 °C (176 °F)

Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti Accessory set to DIN2)

(connection between valve manifold
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L and pressure transmitter)
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316 for valve manifold 7MF9411-5A.
Packings PTFE - 2x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K15 7MF9411-7BB
chromized steel
■ Function 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
1x gasket made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
Functions of all valve manifolds: 80 °C (176 °F)
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines 2x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K25 7MF9411-7BC
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero stainless steel
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125,
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani- stainless steel;
folds through the vent and test connection: 1x gasket made of PTFE,
• Venting on the transmitter side max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
80 °C (176 °F)
• Checking the pressure transmitter characteristic

1/498 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds DN 5
Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No. ■ Accessories
1
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code. 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
for valve manifolds 7MF9411-5B. • K35: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
and -5C. 1 flat gasket
4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K16 7MF9411-6BB • K15: 2 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
chromized steel 1 flat gasket
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, 3-spindle and 5-way valve manifold DN 5
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
80 °C (176 °F)
• K36: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
Flange connection with M10 screws 2 flat gaskets
only permissible up to PN 160. • K16: 4 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K26 7MF9411-6BC 2 flat gaskets
stainless steel Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125,
stainless steel; Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, (176 °F)
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
80 °C (176 °F) Note: Flange connection with M10 screws only permissible up to
Flange connection with M10 screws PN 160!
only permissible up to PN 160.
Mounting plate
Mounting plate
• for valve manifold, made of Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
electrogalvanized sheet-steel • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
- for wall mounting or for securing M11 7MF9006-6EA Scope of delivery:
on rack (72 mm grid), weight - 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
0.5 kg
Scope of delivery: • M12: For pipe mounting
1 mounting plate with bolts for Scope of delivery:
mounting on valve manifold - 1 mounting plate M11
- for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
Scope of delivery: Ø 60.3 mm
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe
brackets with nuts and washers Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm) • S12: For 2-way valve manifold
and fastening screws for mount-
ing on valve manifold • S13: For 3-way valve manifold
• for valve manifold, made of • S14: For 5-way valve manifold
stainless steel 316L
- for wall mounting or for securing
on rack (72 mm grid), weight
M21 7MF9006-6EC ■ Characteristic curves
0.5 kg
Scope of delivery: bar
Operating pressure

1 mounting plate with bolts for 400

mounting on valve manifold
- for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M22 7MF9006-6GC 300
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M21, 2x pipe 200
brackets with nuts and washers
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm) 100
Valve manifold 100 bar 0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for
oxygen applications, max. pressure Operating temperature
PN 100 (1450 psi) and max. tem-
perature 60 °C (140 °F)
• for 7MF9411-5A. S12 Valve manifolds PN 5 (7MF9411-5..), permissible working pressure as a
function of the permissible working temperature
• for 7MF9411-5B. S13
• for 7MF9411-5C. S14
NACE MR-0175-certified D07
incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1
to EN 10204
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve
manifolds, please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)!

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/499

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds DN 5
1 ■ Dimensional drawings 0
M1

¼-18 NPT

10
55
½-14 NPT
C B

63.5
41.3
55

60
≤Ø
72
A Ø11 Ø11.5
M10
Ø12 31.75
30
68
203

107
30
85
72
A Process connection: ½-14 NPT
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to IEC 61518, form B
C Vent / test connection: ¼-18 NPT
Valve design: external spindle thread
Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold,
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5A.), dimensions in mm dimensions in mm

■ Schematics
48

A A A C A A C

B
A
38
63.5
41.3
55

B B B B B
½-14 NPT

M10 Ø12 A Process connection

31.75 B Transmitter connection
30 C Blow-out and test connection
54
96 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections
210

A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to IEC 61518, form B
Valve design: external spindle thread

3-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5B.), dimensions in mm

115
¼-18 NPT
48

A
38
63.5
41.3
55

43
32.5
½-14 NPT

M10 Ø12 B 31.75

30
54
96
142
255

A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to IEC 61518, form B
C Vent / test connection: ¼-18 NPT
Valve design: external spindle thread

5-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5C.), dimensions in mm

1/500 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
Multiway cocks PN 100

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

1
Multiway cocks PN 100
Measured medium Water, non-aggressive Aggressive liquids,
liquids and gases gases and vapors
Material P250GH, X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2,
mat. No.: 1.0460 mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti
Connections Steel, for pipe Stainless steel, for
Ø 12 mm, L series pipe Ø 12 mm, L
series
• Process connection 2 bulkhead glands
• Connection for blow- Pipe union with ferrule
ing out
Max. permissible 200 °C (392 °F)
working temperature
Max. permissible 100 bar (1450 psi) (up to max. 60 °C (140 °F))
working pressure
Weight 2.5 kg

Selection and Ordering data Article No.

Multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi) (7MF9004-1P.) for differential pressure Multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi) 7 MF 9 0 0 4 - 77A
transmitters
Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
The multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi) can be flanged to pressure guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
transmitters for differential pressure. for flanging to pressure transmitters, weight
2.5 kg (without accessory set), without certificate
■ Benefits For water and non-aggressive gases and vapors 1P
• Version available for aggressive liquids, gases and vapors For aggressive liquids, gases and vapors 1Q
• Robust design Accessories
• Oil-free and grease-free version possible Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
• One-hand operation Material acceptance test certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD

■ Application Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.

Further designs1)
The PN 100 (1450 psi) multiway cock is available in versions for Please add "-Z" to Article No. and spec-
aggressive and non-aggressive liquids, gases and vapors. ify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
■ Design (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch to L31 7MF9004-5CC
The multiway cock can be flanged with four screws to pressure ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
transmitters for differential pressure. 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
The PN 100 (1450 psi) has 2 process connections and one blow- permissible temperature 80 °C (176 °F)
out connection. A steel version of the multiway cock is available Accessory set to DIN
for non-aggressive media, and a stainless steel version for ag- (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
gressive media. The housing is forged in one piece. The switch- 4x screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017; chro-
ing lever is removable. mized steel, 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to
DIN 125; 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
Sealing can be improved during operation. permissible temperature 80 °C (176 °F)
Note: An accessory set is always required for flanging of the • Standard design L11 7MF9004-6AD
multiway cock to a differential pressure transmitter. • Version for oxygen (together with Or- L15 7MF9004-6AE
der code S11
■ Function Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-
free design
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines S11
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for oxy-
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines gen applications, max. pressure PN
• Testing the pressure transmitter zero 100 (1450 psi) and max. temperature
60 °C (140 °F), BAM-tested lubricant,
gasket suitable for oxygen measure-
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 ment (only with Article No. 7MF9004–
1Q.Z)
5 5 5 5 Mounting bracket M13 7MF9004-6AA
Required for wall mounting or for
securing on rack (72 mm grid), made
3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
of electrogalvanized sheet-steel,
Test Operation Blow out Blow out weight 0.85 kg
Line 2 Line 1 NACE MR-0175-certified D07
incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1 to
EN 10204 (only available for version
Cock positions; the symbols are printed on the cock 7MF9004-1QA)
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/501

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
Multiway cocks PN 100
1 ■ Accessories ■ Dimensional drawings
Accessory set for multiway cock PN 100
• L31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch, 2 flat gaskets Ø12

• L11: 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017, 4 washers,

2 flat gaskets

41,3
63
• L15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017,
4 washers, 2 flat gaskets
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. permissible temperature 80 °C 88
≈ 98
(176 °F)
40 49
1 2
Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-free design
• S11 (only for aggressive liquids, gases and vapors
(7MF9004-1Q.)): Max. PN 63 (914 psi) (instead of PN 100
(1450 psi)), BAM-tested lubricant, gasket suitable for oxygen
5

9
Mounting brackets
• M13: Required for wall mounting or for securing on rack

103
(72 mm grid); made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel

58
■ Characteristic curves

15

≈ 170
3 4 Ø18
54

2,4
bar ≈ 75
Operating pressure

200

1 and 2 Process connections

100 3 and 4 Connections for transmitter (DIN EN 61518, form A)
5 Connections for blowing out

0 Multiway cock 7MF9004-1P. for flanging to pressure transmitters for dif-

0 100 200 °C ferential pressure, dimensions in mm
Operating temperature
40
Multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi), permissible operating pressure as a 19 6
function of the permissible operating temperature
90
70

Ø11

72 24
120 60

Mounting bracket 7MF9004-6AA (M13), dimensions in mm

1/502 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5

■ Overview ■ Function
1
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
• In addition, the five-way valve manifold permits blowing out of
the differential pressure lines.

Selection and Ordering data Article No.

The three-spindle and five-spindle valve manifolds DN 5
(7MF9410-1../-3..) are used to shut off the differential pressure
lines and to check the transmitter zero.
In addition, the five-way valve manifold permits blowing out of
the differential pressure lines.
■ Benefits
• Available for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and
gases
• Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi), with version for
oxygen max. 100 bar (1450 psi)
3-way valve manifold DN 5 7 MF 9 4 1 0 - 77A
Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
For flanging to pressure transmitters for differ-
ential pressure, process connection: Pipe
union with ferrule, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), weight 2.9 kg (order
accessory set and mounting plate with Order
code),
without certificate
• for non-aggressive liquids and gases 1E
• for aggressive liquids and gases 1F
5-way valve manifold DN 5
Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
For flanging to pressure transmitters for differ-
ential pressure, process connection: Pipe
union with ferrule, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), weight 4.4 kg (order
accessory set and mounting plate with Order
code), without certificate
• for non-aggressive liquids and gases 3E
• for aggressive liquids and gases 3F

■ Application Accessories
Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
The 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds are available in versions
for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and gases. Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
EN 10204-3.1
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to
mounti ng racks or for pipe mounting.

■ Design
The process connection of the 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds
is a pipe union with ferrule.
Both valve manifolds have 2 flange connections for connecting
a pressure transmitter.
In addition, the five-way valve manifold has 2 blow-out connec-
tions.
Depending on the version the valve manifold has either 3 or 5
valves, each with an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
For non-aggressive liquids and For aggressive
gases liquids and gases
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No.
Housing P250GH 1.0460 X 6 CrN- 1.4571/
iMoTi17 316Ti
Head parts C 35 1.0501 12 2
Spindles X 12 CrMoS 17 1.4104
Cones X 35 CrMo 17 hardened 1.4122
and tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/
316Ti
Packings PTFE - PTFE -

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/503

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No. ■ Accessories
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 3-way and 5-way valve manifold DN 5 for
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and flanging
specify Order code.
• B31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
Accessory set to EN 2 flat gaskets
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
• B34: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B31 7MF9010-5CC 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized • B11: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
steel 2 flat gaskets
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), • B15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014,
80 °C (176 °F) 4 washers, 2 flat gaskets
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA • B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
steel
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C
120 °C (248 °F) (176 °F)
Accessory set to DIN2) O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg) (6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160 (2320 psi)!
chromized steel
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; Mounting plate
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
80 °C (176 °F) • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
• Standard design B11 7MF9010-6AD Scope of delivery:
- 1 mounting plate 7MF9006-6EA with bolts for mounting on
• Version for oxygen B15 7MF9010-6AE valve manifold
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC • M12: For pipe mounting
chromized steel Scope of delivery:
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
- 1 mounting plate M11
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), Ø 60.3 mm
120 °C (248 °F)
Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
Mounting plate
for valve manifold, made of S12: Only in combination with versions for aggressive liquids
electrogalvanized sheet-steel and gases
for wall mounting or for securing on M11 7MF9006-6EA
rack (72 mm grid), weight 0.5 kg
Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for
mounting on valve manifold
for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe
brackets with nuts and washers
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm)
Valve manifold 100 bar
suitable for oxygen
for 7MF9410-1F S13
for 7MF9410-3F S14
NACE MR-0175-certified D07
incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1
to EN 10204 (only available for ver-
sion 7MF9410-1FA and -3FA)
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve
manifolds, please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)

1/504 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5

■ Characteristic curves
1
0
M1
Operating pressure bar
400

10
55
300

200 60
≤Ø
72
100
Ø11 Ø11.5
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature

107
30
85
72
Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating
temperature

■ Dimensional drawings
Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold, dimensions
7 in mm

■ Schematics
51

2,4
A
Ø12 A A A A
B
25

41,3
8

70

A Process
38

connection
54 M10 22
B Transmitter
72 41
connection
108 C Vent/test
147 connection
B B C B B C
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Pipe union with Three-way valve Five-way valve
ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353 manifold for manifold for liquids
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61518, form A liquids and gases and gases or vapors
Valve design: internal spindle thread

3-way and 5-way valve manifolds, connections

3-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9410-1..), dimensions in mm

215
7
51

Ø12

Ø18
41,3
25

38
50

A
C B B C 22
54 M10, 8
41
72 2,4
108
175
252

A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Pipe union with

ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61518, form A
C Blow-out connection: Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 12 mm,
S series to DIN 2353
Valve design: internal spindle thread

5-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9410-3..), dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/505

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
3-way valve manifold DN 8
1 ■ Overview ■ Function
The 3-way valve manifold DN 8 performs two functions as stan-
dard:
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
All versions are also available with a test connection, to which a
test device for checking the pressure transmitter characteristic
can be connected.
Selection and Ordering data Article No.
3-way valve manifold DN 8 7 MF 9 4 1 6 - 77A
Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
For flanging to pressure transmitters for differ-
ential pressure, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), (order accessory set and
mounting plate with Order code), without cer-
tificate
For non-aggressive liquids and gases
The 3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-1../-2..) is for pressure procedss connection: Pipe union with ferrule
transmitters for differential pressure. It is used to shut off and Ø 12 mm
blow out differential pressure lines and to test the pressure trans- • without test connection 1B
mitter zero.
• with test connection 1C
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con-
For non-aggressive liquids and gases
nected to test the pressure transmitter characteristic. procedss connection: Welding pin Ø 14 x 2.5

■ Benefits • without test connection 2C

• with test connection 2D
• For aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and gases
For aggressive liquids and gases
• The maximum working pressure is 420 bar (6092 psi). process connection: Pipe union with ferrule
Ø 12 mm
■ Application • without test connection 1D
The 3-way valve manifold is available in versions for aggressive • with test connection 1E
and non-aggressive liquids and gases. Accessories
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
mounting racks or for pipe mounting.
Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
EN 10204-3.1
■ Design
For the process connection on the version for non-aggressive
media it is possible to choose between a pipe union with ferrule
and welding pins.
The version for aggressive media always has a pipe union with
ferrule.
Both versions are available optionally with a test connection
M20x1.5.
The valves have an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
For non-aggressive liquids and For aggressive
gases liquids and gases
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No.
Housing P250GH 1.0460 X 6 CrN- 1.4571/
iMoTi17 316Ti
Head parts C 35 1.0501 12 2
Spindles X 12 CrMoS 17 1.4104
Cones X 35 CrMo 17 hard- 1.4122
ened and tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
Packings PTFE - PTFE -

1/506 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
3-way valve manifold DN 8

Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No. ■ Accessories

1
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 3-way valve manifold DN 8 for flanging
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code. • B31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
2 flat gaskets
Accessory set to EN
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
• B34: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B31 7MF9010-5CC • B11: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; 2 flat gaskets
chromized steel
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, • B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
80 °C (176 °F)
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C
chromized steel (176 °F)
2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss- O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar
ble 420 bar (6092 psi), 120 °C (6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
(248 °F)
Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160 (2320 psi)!
Accessory set to DIN2)
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg) Mounting plate
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B11 7MF9010-6AD Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
chromized steel • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, max.
Scope of delivery:
permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), - 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
80 °C (176 °F) • M12: For pipe mounting
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC Scope of delivery:
chromized steel - 1 mounting plate M11
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, Ø 60.3 mm
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
ble 420 bar (6092 psi), 120 °C
(248 °F) ■ Characteristic curves
Mounting plate
For valve manifold, made of bar
Operating pressure

electrogalvanized sheet-steel 400

for wall mounting or for securing on M11 7MF9006-6EA 300
rack (72 mm grid),
weight 0.5 kg 200
Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for 100
mounting on valve manifold
for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA 0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe Operating temperature
brackets with nuts and washers
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm)
3-way valve manifold DN 8, permissible working pressure as a function
NACE MR-0175-certified D07 of the permissible working temperature
incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1
to EN 10204 (only available for ver-
sion 7MF9416-1DA and -1EA)
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve manifold,
please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)!

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/507

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
3-way valve manifold DN 8
1 ■ Dimensional drawings 0
M1
7

10
55
≈48
A C
31,5
Ø12
60
≤Ø

48
B 72

25

41,3
Ø11 Ø11.5

38
M10
54 22
72 41
108

107
30
85
72
147
160
195

A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Pipe union with

ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61518, form A Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold,
C Test connection: M20 x 1,5 dimensions in mm
Valve design: internal spindle thread
■ Schematics
3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-1..) with pipe union, A A A Process connection
dimensions in mm B Transmitter connection
D D D Vent/test connection
7

Three-way valve manifold

≈48

A C
31,5 B B for liquids and gases
Ø12
48

B 3-way valve manifold DN 8, connections

25

41,3
8

38

M10
54 50 22
72 41
108
147
160
195

A Process connection (e.g. on primary device):

Welding pin, diameter 14 x 2,5
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61518, form A
C Test connection: M20 x 1,5
Valve design: internal spindle thread

3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-2..) with welding pin,

dimensions in mm

1/508 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8

■ Overview ■ Function
1
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
As an option it is possible to order a version with a test connec-
tion, to which a test device for checking the transmitter charac-
teristic can be connected.

Selection and Ordering data Article No.

Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 for 7MF 9 4 1 6 - 6 7A
vapors
Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
For flanging to pressure transmitters for differ-
ential pressure, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), also available in stainless
steel on request (order accessory set with
Order code), without certificate
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 (7MF9416-6..) is for
pressure transmitters for differential pressure. • without test connection C
• with test connection M20 × 1.5 D
The combination is used to shut off and blow out differential
pressure lines and to test the pressure transmitter zero. Accessories
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con- Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
nected to test the pressure transmitter characteristic. Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
EN 10204-3.1
■ Benefits
• Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi) Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.
Further designs1)
■ Application Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 is designed for va- specify Order code.
pors. Accessory set to EN
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
■ Design 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 has a process con- 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2;
nection with welding pins. chromized steel
2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
The connection for the pressure transmitter is designed as as 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
flange connection, while the blow-out connection is designed as ble 420 bar (6092 psi), 120 °C
a pipe union with ferrule. (248 °F)

The manifold valves have an internal spindle thread, while the Accessory set to DIN2)
blow-out valves have an external spindle thread. (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC
The optional test connections are M20x1.5. chromized steel
Materials used 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
Valve manifold DN 5 Blow-out valves DN 8 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No. 120 °C (248 °F);Flange connection
Housing P250GH 1.0460 16 Mo 3 1.5415 to DIN 19213 only permissible up to
PN 160!
Head parts C 35 1.0501 21 CrMo V57 1.7709
1) When ordering accessory set together with the valve manifold combina-
Spindles X 12 1.4104 X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
tion, please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
CrMoS 17
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)
Cones X 35 1.4122 X 35 1.4122
CrMo 17 CrMo 17
hardened
and tem-
pered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 1.4571/316Ti X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
Packings PTFE - Pure -
graphite
Welding pins - - 16 Mo 3 1.5415

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/509

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
1 ■ Accessories ■ Dimensional drawings
Accessory set for valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 for
flanging 7
7
• B34: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
• B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
2 O-rings (FPM 90)

142
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125

41,3
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 - S – FPM90, max. 420 bar
(6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)

43
21,5
5
Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)!
Ø12
■ Characteristic curves 54
M10
Ø14
72
2,5
bar
Operating pressure

1 Valve manifold A A
400

30
2 Blow-out connection
300 1)
According to DIN 19210 the
200 design can be such that the

117
1)
temperatures for the
1 2 Ø11
100 differential pressure line
can be set approx. 100 °C
0 (212 °F) lower than the
0 100 200 300 400 500 °C media temperature.
Operating temperature

30

41
22

50
B B
Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating 170
temperature (200)
C C
230
(270)

A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Welding pin

B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61518, form A
C Blow-out connection: Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 14 mm,
S series to DIN 2353
Valve design:
- Manifold valves: internal spindle thread
- Blow-out valves: external spindle thread

Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 (7MF9416-6C.), dimensions in

mm (deviating dimensions for 7MF9416-6D. shown in brackets)

■ Schematics
A A A Process connection
B Transmitter connection
C Blow-out connection
D D D Test connection

C B B C Valve manifold combination for vapors

Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8, connections

1/510 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
Valve manifold combination DN 8

■ Overview ■ Function
1
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
As an option it is possible to order a version with a test connec-
tion, to which a test device for checking the pressure transmitter
characteristic can be connected.
Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Valve manifold combination DN 8 for 7 MF 9 4 1 6 - 77A
vapors
Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
for flanging to pressure transmitters for differ-
ential pressure, with mounting plate, max.
working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi), also
available in stainless steel on request (order
accessory set with Order code), without certif-
icate

The valve manifold combination DN 8 (7MF9416-4..) is for pres- • without test connection 4C
sure transmitters for differential pressure. • with test connection M20 × 1.5 4D
It is used to shut off and blow out the differential pressure lines Accessories
and to check the pressure transmitter zero. Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con- Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
nected to check the pressure transmitter characteristic. EN 10204-3.1

■ Benefits Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.

• Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi) Further designs1)
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
■ Application specify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
The valve manifold combination DN 8 is designed for vapors. (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)

■ Design 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x

21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized
B34 7MF9410-5CA

The valve manifold combination DN 8 has a process connection steel

with welding pins. 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
The connection for the pressure transmitter is designed as as max. permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
flange connection, while the blow-out connection is designed as 120 °C (248 °F)
a pipe union with ferrule. Accessory set to DIN2)
The manifold valves have an internal spindle thread, while the (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
blow-out valves have an external spindle thread. 4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC
chromized steel
The optional test connection is M20x1.5. 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
The valve manifold combination DN 8 is supplied with a mount- 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
ing plate. max. permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
Materials used 120 °C (248 °F)
Flange connection to DIN 19 213
Valve manifold Blow-out valves only permissible up to PN 160!
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No. 1) When ordering accessory set together with the valve manifold combination,
Housing P250GH 1.0460 16 Mo 3 1.5415 please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)
Head parts C 35 1.0501 21 CrMo V57 1.7709
Spindles X 12
CrMoS 17
1.4104 X 20 Cr 13 1.4021 ■ Accessories
Cones X 35 1.4122 X 35 1.4122 Accessory set for valve manifold combination DN 8 for
CrMo 17 CrMo 17 flanging
hardened • B34: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
and tem-
pered
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
• B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 1.4571/316Ti X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
Packings PTFE - Pure -
graphite Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
Welding pins - - 16 Mo 3 1.5415 O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar (6092
psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)!

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/511

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
Valve manifold combination DN 8
1 ■ Characteristic curves ■ Schematics
bar A A A Process connection
Operating pressure

1 Valve manifold
400 2 Blow-out connection B Transmitter connection
C Blow-out connection
300 1) D D D Test connection
According to DIN 19210 the
200 design can be such that the
1)
temperatures for the
1 2 differential pressure line
100
can be set approx. 100 °C
C B B C Valve manifold combination for vapors
0 (212 °F) lower than the
0 100 200 300 400 500 °C media temperature.
Operating temperature
Valve manifold combination DN 8, connections

Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating

temperature

■ Dimensional drawings
160 Ø14
A 155 A 2,5
11
M20 x 1,5
109

D
7
72

B Ø12
41,3
54
38
72 38 approx. 119
525

195
26
351

Ø14 x 2,5
195
5,5

7
17

11
72

C 155 C approx. 110

A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Welding pin

B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61518, form A
C Blow-out connection: Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 14 mm,
S series to DIN 2353
D Test connection (only with Article No. 7MF9416-4D.): M20 x 1,5
Valve design:
- Manifold valves: internal spindle thread
- Blow-out valves: external spindle thread

Valve manifold combination DN 8 (7MF9416-4..), dimensions in mm

1/512 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for installing in protective boxes

■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.

1
Valve manifolds DN 5 for mounting in 7 MF 9 4 1 2 - 77A
protective boxes
Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
for liquids and gases
for flanging to pressure transmitters for
absolute and differential pressure
Material: stainless steel, mat. No: 1.4404/316L
max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi)
(order accessory set with Order code),
without certificate
• 2-spindle valve manifold with rotatng sleeve 1B
G½
• 2-spindle valve manifold with flange 1C
connection
• 3-spindle valve manifold 1D
• 5-spindle valve manifold 1E
Accessories
The 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
(7MF9412-1..) are used to shut off the differential pressure lines Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
and to check the transmitter zero. EN 10204-3.1
The five-spindle valve manifold permits venting on the transmit-
ter side and checking of the transmitter characteristic. Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.
These valve manifolds are preferentially used when mounting in Further designs1)
protective boxes. In addition, they can also be used for wall, Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
frame or pipe mounting together with the mounting bracket. specify Order code.
Transmitters of the DS series can be operated and read from the Accessory set to EN
front when using these valve manifolds. (connection between valve manifold
and pressure transmitter)
■ Application for valve manifold 7MF9412–1C.
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 2 inch to F32 7MF9412-6CA
The valve manifolds DN 5 are designed for liquids and vapors ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
and for installing in protective boxes. 1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
Each is available in a version for oxygen on request 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar
(6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
■ Design 2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F35 7MF9412-6DA
All versions of the spindle manifolds have a process connection 2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
steel
½-14 NPT. 1x gasket made of PTFE,
The connection for the pressure transmitter is always designed max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
as a flange connection to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518, Form A. 80 °C (176 °F)2)
for valve manifold 7MF9412–1D and
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition -1E.
a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT.
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F34 7MF9412-6GA
The valves have an external spindle thread. 2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
steel
Materials used 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
Components Material Mat. No. 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
Housing X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L 120 °C (248 °F)2)
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F36 7MF9412-6HA
2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L steel
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
Packings PTFE - 80 °C (176 °F)2)

■ Functions
Functions of all valve manifolds:
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani-
folds through the vent and test connection:
• Venting on the transmitter side
• Checking the pressure transmitter characteristic

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/513

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for installing in protective boxes
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No. ■ Accessories
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code. (Connection between manifold and transmitter)
Accessory set to DIN 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 with flange connection
(connection between valve manifold • F32: 2 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
and pressure transmitter) 1 O Ring (FPM90)
For valve manifold 7MF9412–1C. • F35: 2 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
2x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F12 7MF9412-6AA 1 flat-gasket
chromized steel
• F12: 2 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
1x O-ring to DIN 3771, 1 O-ring (FPM90)
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. • F15: 2 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), 1 flat gasket
120 °C (248 °F)2)
3-spindle and 5-way valve manifold DN 5
2x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F15 7MF9412-6BA
chromized steel • F34: 4 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch toASME B 18.2.1,
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; 2 O-rings (FPM90)
1x gasket made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
• F36: 4 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch toASME B 18.2.1,
80 °C (176 °F)2) 2 flat-gaskets
For valve manifold 7MF9412–1D and • F14: 4 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
-1E. 2 O-rings (FPM90)
4x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F14 7MF9412-6EA • F16: 4 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
chromized steel 2 flat-gaskets
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), Flat-gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C
120 °C (248 °F)2) (176 °F)
4x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F16 7MF9412-6FA O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90; max.420 bar
chromized steel (6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, Note:
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to
80 °C (176 °F)2) PN 160 (2321 psi)!
Mounting bracket Mounting bracket for wall mounting or for securing to
required for wall mounting or for mounting rack
securing to mounting rack, with bolts
for mounting on valve manifold With bolds for mounting on valve manifold
• for valve manifolds 7MF9412-1B. M14 7MF9006-6LA • M14: For 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
and -1C. • M17: For 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1D. M17 7MF9006-6NA • M18: For 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1E. M18 7MF9006-6PA
Mounting clips (2 off)
Mounting clip
• M16: For securing the mounting brackets M14, M17 and M18
2 off, to secure mounting bracket to M16 7MF9006-6KA to pipe
pipe
Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
Valve manifold 100 bar
• S12: For 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for
oxygen applications, max. pressure • S13: For 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5
PN 100 (1450 psi) and max. tem- • S14: For 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5
perature 60 °C (140 °F)
• for valve manifolds 7MF9412-1B.
and -1C.
S12 ■ Characteristic curves
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1D. S13
bar
Operating pressure

420 bar (6092 psi) at 120 °C

• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1E. S14 400 (248 °F)
NACE MR-0175-certified D07 350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C
300
incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1 (392 °F)
to EN 10204 200
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve 100
manifolds, please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160
0
(2321 psi)! 0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature

Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating

temperature

1/514 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for installing in protective boxes

■ Dimensional drawings
1
G½

Ø12
54

41,3
37

63,5

115
M8

80
B
A

38
103

M8

10
80

A ½-14 NPT
M8
38
38

C 88,9
10

¼-18 NPT A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

M8 B Transmitter connection: Flange connection EN 61518, form A
½-14 NPT Valve design: external spindle thread

A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

B Transmitter connection: Nipple to DIN 16284, G½, SW 27 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1D..), dimensions in mm
C Vent / test connection: ¼-18 NPT

2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1B..) with rotating sleeve,

dimensions in mm 54
approx. 157

70
41,3
15 B
115
Ø12

M8 Ø12 B
A
41,3

½-14 NPT M8 10
115

¼-18 NPT 38
M8
87
80

114
A B
approx. 228
38

C A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61518, form A
10

C Vent / test connection: ¼-18 NPT

Valve design: external spindle thread
¼-18 NPT M8
½-14 NPT
5-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1E..), dimensions in mm
A Process connection: ½-14 NPT
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61518, form A
C Vent / test connection: ¼-18 NPT
Valve design: external spindle thread

2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1C..), dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/515

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for installing in protective boxes
1

R
2,

12

R5
R1
5
+1
100

0
72

72
4 x Ø11

R2
M8

12
72

8
72 2,5
R
8

55 Ø60,3
155
100
110

180
Ø26
180

17
9
Ø26
Ø16 R4,5
38
6,5

19
31,5

76
24

19
Ø

26,6
9

Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6PA)/(M18) for 5-spindle valve manifolds,

31,6 dimensions in mm
57,6
77,1 6,35
■ Schematics
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6LA)/(M14) for 2-spindle valve manifolds,
dimensions in mm B

C A Process connection
B Connection for pressure gauge or
transmitter for pressure or absolute
pressure
A C Vent/test connection
72

2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (with rotating sleeve G½ or flange connec-

72 tion), connections
8

Ø60,3
110
A A

A Process connection
B Transmitter connection
180

B B
Ø26

3-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections

38
19

76 C A A C

A Process connection
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6NA)/(M17) for 3-spindle valve manifolds, B Transmitter connection
dimensions in mm C Vent/test connection

B B

5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections

1/516 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for vertical angular differential pressure lines

■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.

1
Valve manifolds for vertical differential 7 MF 9 4 1 3 - 77A
pressure lines
Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
for liquids and gases
for flanging to pressure transmitters for abso-
lute and differential pressure
Material: stainless steel, mat. No: 1.4404/316L
max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi)
(order accessory set with Order code),
without certificate
• 3-spindle valve manifold 1D
• 5-spindle valve manifold 1E
Accessories
Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
EN 10204-3.1

These 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds 7MF9413-1.. Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.
were developed specially for vertical differential pressure lines. Further designs1)
The valve manifolds are used to shut off the differential pressure Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
lines and to check the pressure transmitter zero. specify Order code.

The 5-spindle valve manifold permits venting on the transmitter Accessory set to EN
side and checking of the pressure transmitter characteristic. (connection between valve manifold
and pressure transmitter)

■ Benefits 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x

1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chro-
K36 7MF9411-5DB

• For vertical differential pressure lines mized steel

2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
• Max. operating pressure 420 bar (6092 psi) max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
• Transmitters of the DS series can be operated and read from 80 °C (176 °F)
the front. Accessory set to DIN2)
(connection between valve manifold
■ Application and pressure transmitter)

The 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds for vertical differen- 4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K16 7MF9411-6BB
chromized steel
tial pressure lines are for liquids and gases. The valve manifolds 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
are flanged on the pressure transmitter. 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
■ Design 80 °C (176 °F); Flange connection
with M10 screws only permissible up
All versions of the spindle valve manifolds have a process con- to PN 160 (2321 psi).
nection ½-14 NPT. Mounting bracket
The connection for the pressure transmitter is always designed required for wall mounting or for
as a flange connection to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518, form B . securing to mounting rack, with bolts
for mounting on valve manifold
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. M17 7MF9006-6NA
a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT.
• for valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. M18 7MF9006-6PA
Materials used:
required for mounting on 2" stand-
Component Material Mat. No. pipe, with bolts for mounting on
valve manifold
Housing X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L
• for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. M19 7MF9006-6QA
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
Mounting clip
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L
2 off, to secure mounting bracket to M16 7MF9006-6KA
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316 pipe
Packings PTFE - Valve manifold 100 bar (1450 psi)
suitable for oxygen
■ Function • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. S13
Functions of all valve manifolds: • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. S14
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
NACE MR-0175-certified D07
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1
to EN 10204
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani-
folds through the vent and test connection: 1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
• Venting on the transmitter side please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160
• Checking the pressure transmitter characteristic (2321 psi)!

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/517

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for vertical angular differential pressure lines
1 ■ Accessories
54

40
Accessory set (connection between manifold and Ø12
transmitter)

76,2
• K36: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1, 2 flat

41,3
gaskets

55

47
• K16: 4 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers, 2 flat
gaskets
B
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 ¼-18 NPT
M8
38 C ½-14 NPT
76 31,75
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C A
115
(176 °F)
134
Note: Flange connection with M10 screws only permissible up to 242
PN 160 (2321 psi)!
Mounting bracket for wall mounting or for securing to 5-spindle valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. for vertical differential pressure
mounting rack lines, dimensions in mm

With bolts for mounting on valve manifold

• M17: For 3-spindle valve manifold
• M18: For 5-spindle valve manifold

72
Mounting bracket for mounting on 2" standpipe
With bolts for mounting on valve manifold
• M19: For 3-spindle valve manifold 72

8
Mounting clips (2 off) Ø60,3
110
For securing the mounting brackets M17, M18 and M19 to pipe
Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
• For 3-spindle valve manifold
• For 5-spindle valve manifold 180
Ø26
■ Characteristic curves
bar 38
19
Operating pressure

420 bar (6092 psi) at 120 °C

400 76
(248 °F)
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C
300 Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6NA)/(M17) for 3-spindle valve manifolds,
(392 °F)
dimensions in mm
200

100

0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Operating temperature
72

Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating

temperature 72
8

Ø60,3
155
■ Dimensional drawings
54
Ø12
180

Ø26
41,3

17
55

9
76,2

47

B 38
19

M8 38 ½-14 NPT 76
A
76 31,75
89
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6PA)/(M18) for 5-spindle valve manifolds,
197
dimensions in mm

3-spindle valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. for vertical differential pressure

lines, dimensions in mm

1/518 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for vertical angular differential pressure lines
1
100
72

72 5
8

76
26 9
50

19
16

38
92

Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6QA)/(M19) for 3-spindle valve manifolds,

dimensions in mm

■ Schematics
A A

A Process connection
B Transmitter connection

B B

3-spindle valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines, connec-

tions

A A
A Process connection
B Transmitter connection
C Vent/test connection
1/4-18 NPT
C C
B B

5-spindle valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines, connec-

tions

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/519

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
Low-pressure multiway cock
1 ■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Low-pressure multiway cock
for liquids and gases, for flanging to pressure
transmitters, max. working pressure 25 bar
(363 psi), max. working temperature 60 °C
(140 °F) (up to 80 °C (176 °F) for a short time),
weight 1.75 kg (without accessory set)
Test connections
2x sealing screws G3/8 7MF9004-4CA
2x quick-release couplings 7MF9004-4DA
Accessories
Test report to EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AB
Material acceptance test certificate to 7MF9000-8AD
EN 10204-3.1

Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.

Further designs1)
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code.
The low-pressure multiway cock 7MF9004-4CA/-4DA can be
flanged to pressure transmitters for differential pressure. Accessory set to EN
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
■ Benefits 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch L31 7MF9004-5CC
• Robust design to ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
• For liquids and gases permissible temperature 80 °C
• One-hand operation (176 °F)
Accessory set to DIN
■ Design (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017;
The multiway cock has 2 process connections and 2 test con- chromized steel
nections, which are available in 2 versions (with sealing screws 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
G3/8 or quick-release couplings). The housing is made of hot- 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
pressed brass CuZn39Pb3, CW 614N. Test connections with permissible temperature 80 °C
sealing screws or with self-sealing quick-release couplings. (176 °F)
Note: An accessory set is always required for flanging of the • Standard design L11 7MF9004-6AD
multiway cock to a differential pressure transmitter. • Version for oxygen L15 7MF9004-6AE
Multiway cock in oil-free and
■ Function grease-free design
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines BAM-tested lubricant, gasket S11
suitable for oxygen
• Testing the pressure transmitter zero
Mounting bracket
• Testing the pressure transmitter characteristic
required for wall mounting or for M13 7MF9004-6AA
securing on rack (72 mm grid),
1 2 1 2 1 2 made of electrogalvanized sheet-
steel, weight 0.85 kg
5 6 5 6 5 6 1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
3 4 3 4 3 4
B K N
Operation Characteristic Zero test
test

Cock positions; the symbols are printed on the cock

1/520 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
Low-pressure multiway cock

■ Accessories ■ Options
1
Accessory set for low-pressure multiway cock Test connections
• L31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch, 2 flat gaskets • 2 sealing screws G3/8
• 2 quick-release couplings
• L11: 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017, 4 washers, 2 flat gas-
kets
• L15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017,
■ Characteristic curves
4 washers, 2 flat gaskets bar

Operating pressure
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 40

Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. permissible temperature 80 °C 30

(176 °F)
20
Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-free design
10
• S11: BAM-tested lubricant, gasket suitable for oxygen
Mounting brackets 0
0 20 40 60 80 °C
• M13: Required for wall mounting or for securing on rack Operating temperature
(72 mm grid); made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
Low-pressure multiway cock, permissible operating pressure as a func-
tion of the permissible operating temperature

■ Dimensional drawings
86

Ø7
41,3

41,3

Ø4
54 54
Ø12 Ø23 34 56,5 Ø12 Ø23 34 56,5

1 2 1 2
85,5

85,5
5 6 5 6
98

98
58

58
G3/8

G3/8
49

49
15

15

3 4 Ø12,5 3 4 Ø12
Ø18 61 Ø18 61
Ø25,2 Ø25,2

1 and 2 Process connections (hose sleeve, diameter 12 mm)

3 and 4 Transmitter connections (EN 61518, form A)
5 and 6 Text connections (with sealing screws G3/8 or with quick-release couplings

Low-pressure multiway cock 7MF9004-4CA/-4DA for direct flanging to pressure transmitters for differential pressure, dimensions in mm

40
19 6
90
70

Ø11

72 24
120 60

Mounting bracket 7MF9004-6AA (M13), dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/521

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fittings
Accessories
Oval flange
1 ■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Oval flange
with female thread ½-14 NPT, max. working
pressure 420 bar (6092 psi), flange connec-
tion to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518, form A
Material
P250GH, mat. No.: 1.0460 7MF9408-2CE
X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2, mat. No. 1.4404/316L 7MF9408-2CL

Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.

Further designs1)
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x E36 7MF9408-5DA
1½ inch to ASME B 18.2.3; chro-
mized steel
1x flat gasket made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
The oval flange 7MF9408-2C. for pressure transmitters for abso- 80 °C (176 °F)
lute pressure and differential pressure has a ½-14 NPT female 2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x E34 7MF9408-5CA
thread and is designed for max. operating pressure 400 bar 1½ inch to ASME B 18.2.3; chro-
(5800 psi). mized steel
1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
■ Accessories 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
120 °C (248 °F)
Accessory set for oval flange
Accessory set to DIN
• E36: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1½ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
1 flat gasket 2x screws M10x40 to E13 7MF9408-6AA
DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized steel
• E34: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1½ inch to ASME B18.3, 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
1 O-ring (FPM 90) 1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
• E13: 2 screws M10x40 to DIN EN 4762, 2 washers, 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
1 O-ring (FPM 90) max. permissble 160 bar (2321 psi),
120 °C (248 °F)2)
• E16: 2 screws M10x40 to DIN EN ISO 4762, 2 washers,
1 flat gasket 2x screws M10x40 to E16 7MF9408-6BA
DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized steel
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
1x flat gasket made of PTFE,
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), max. permissible 160 bar (2321 psi),
80 °C (176 °F) 80 °C (176 °F)2)
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar NACE MR-0175-certified D07
(6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F) incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1
to EN 10204
Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)!
1) When ordering accessory set together with the oval flange, please use
Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160
(2321 psi)

■ Dimensional drawings
Ø12 Ø11,8
31,6 -0,2
28

½-14 NPT

41,3 ±0,2

Oval flange 7MF9408-2C., dimensions in mm

1/522 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fittings
Accessories
Adapters

■ Overview
1
SW 22
Adapters enable e.g. a transition from medium connections with

½-14 NPT

½-14 NPT
Ø3,5
NPT thread to shut-off valves to DIN 16270 ... 16272 or pipes in
conjunction with a connection gland (e.g. 7MF9008).

■ Design
13,6 13,6
The connection pieces are made of X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2, mat. 20 20
No. 1.4571 and available in 3 versions 50
• Thread ¼-18 NPT and connection shank G½ to DIN EN 837-1
• Thread ½-14 NPT and connection shank G½ to DIN EN 837-1 Connection piece with thread ½-14 NPT and thread ½-14 NPT
(7MF9001-1DA), dimensions in mm
• Thread ½-14 NPT and thread ½-14 NPT
SW 22
Selection and Ordering data Article No.

½-14 NPT
M20 x 1,5

Ø3,5
Mounting collar
Max. operating pressure: 689 bar (10 000 psi),
Weight: 0.2 kg
with thread ¼-18 NPT – G½ 7MF9001-1AA
with thread ½-14 NPT – G½ 7MF9001-1CA 13,6
20 20
with thread ½-14 NPT – ½-14 NPT 7MF9001-1DA 55
with thread ½-14 NPT – M20 x 1.5 7MF9001-1EA
with pipe union with ferrule 12 S, Connection piece with thread ½-14 NPT and connection shank M20 x 1.5
max. operating pressure 630 bar (9 100 psi), (7MF9001-1EA), dimensions in mm
 12 mm – ½-14 NPT
• 9 SMnPb 28, mat. No. 1.0718 7MF9008-1CA SW 22 SW 24
• X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571 7MF9008-1CB
½-14 NPT
with pipe union with ferrule 14 S,

Ø12
max. operating pressure 630 bar (9 100 psi),
 14 mm – ½-14 NPT
• 9 SMnPb 28, mat. No. 1.0718 7MF9008-1CC 19,8
• X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571 7MF9008-1CD 34,5
51

Connection piece with pipe union with ferrule 12 S,  12 mm and thread

■ Dimensional drawings ½-14 NPT (7MF9008-1CA and -1CB), dimensions in mm

SW 22 SW 24 SW 27
¼-18 NPT

½-14 NPT
Ø3,5

Ø14
G½

19,8
20 15
36
48 54

Connection piece with thread ¼-18 NPT and connection shank G½ Connection piece with pipe union with ferrule 14 S,  14 mm and thread
(7MF9001-1AA), dimensions in mm ½-14 NPT (7MF9008-1CC and -1CD), dimensions in mm

SW 22
½-14 NPT
Ø3,5
G½

13,6
20 20
55

Connection piece with thread ½-14 NPT and connection shank G½

(7MF9001-1CA), dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/523

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fittings
Accessories
Connection glands
1 ■ Overview
Connection glands to connect medium or differential pressure
lines to collars G½ to DIN EN 837-1
• For rated pressures up to PN 630 (9137psi)
• For oxygen only up to PN 250 (3626 psi)
Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Connection screwed gland
for pipelines
(weight 0.2 kg)
Material Design
11SMn30 Standard 7MF9008-1GA
(mat. No. 1.0715)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Standard 7MF9008-1GB
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Grease-free 7MF9008-1GC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)

■ Dimensional drawings
SW 27
M20 x 1,5
G½
Ø7

Ø12

14 7,5
18,5
35
approx. 47

Connection gland 7MF9008-1G., dimensions in mm

1/524 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fittings
Accessories
Connection parts G 1/2

■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings

1
Connection parts G½ for pressure gauges and shut-off fittings
are available in 3 versions: G½
Ø7
• Nipple connection
• Clamping sleeve

16
SW 27

30
• Collar connection piece

48
Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Ø12
Adapters G½
for pressure gauges and shut-off fittings
Nipple connection G½ (M56340-A0001 to -A0003), dimensions in mm
Nipple connection
G½ to DIN 16284 (union nut with nipple and
gasket); max. working pressure 400 bar M20 x 1,5
(5802 psi); weight 0.1 kg; Ø7
connection: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;

16
Female thread G½ SW 27

30
Material Mat. No.

48
CuZn39Pb3 CW 614N M56340-A0001
Union nut M56340-A0002
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 Ø14
Nipple:
RSt 37-2 1.0037
Nipple connection M20 x 1.5 (M56340-A0008), dimensions in mm
Union nut M56340-A0003
X 8 CrNiS 18 9 1.4305
Nipple:

15,5
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti SW 27

36
Nipple connection

15,5
M20 x 1.5 to DIN 16284 (union nut with nipple
and gasket); max. working pressure 400 bar
(5802 psi); weight 0.1 kg;
connection: M20 x 1.5 to DIN EN 837-1;
Female thread M20 x 1.5 Clamping sleeve (M56340-A0004/-A0005), dimensions in mm

Material Mat. No.

Union nut M56340-A0008
X 8 CrNiS 18 9 1.4305 20
Nipple:
SW 22
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
50

Clamping sleeve
20

G½ to DIN 16283; max. working pressure

400 bar (5802 psi); weight 0.1 kg;
Connections: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Female thread: G½ right-hand G½ left-hand
Material Mat. No. Collar connection piece (M56340-A0006/-A0007), dimensions in mm
CuZn39Pb3 CW614N M56340-A0004
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 M56340-A0005
Collar-adapter
max. working pressure; weight 0.1 kg;
Connections: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Male thread: G½, G½
Material Mat. No.
CuZn39Pb3 CW614N M56340-A0006
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 M56340-A0007

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/525

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fittings
Accessories
Water traps, Sealing rings to EN 837-1
1 ■ Overview ■ Overview
Water traps protect pressure gauges and shut-off fittings from The sealing rings to EN 837-1 are required to seal measuring in-
heating up (e.g. by steam) by the water column produced by the struments for pressure with the process connection G½B.
water trap.
The max. working temperature is 120 °C (248 °F) at 100 bar ■ Dimensional drawings
(1450 psi), 300 °C (572 °F) at 80 bar (1160 psi) or 400 °C
(752 °F) at 63 bar (914 psi). If the temperature of the measured
medium is higher, a sufficiently long line has to be connected up-
stream of the trap to enable heat dissipation.
Ø6,2

2,0
■ Design Ø17,5

The water traps are available in U shape (type B) or circular

shape (type D) to DIN 16282. They have a weld-on end Sealing ring 7MF9007-7A. to EN 837-1, dimensions in mm
Ø 20 mm  2.6 mm on the measurement side. The connection
on the device side is a clamping sleeve G½ to DIN 16283.
The water traps are made of steel (P250GH) or stainless steel Selection and Ordering data Article No.
(X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2) Sealing ring to EN 837-1 for thread G½
made of
Water traps are designed as standard for max. operating tem- (packing unit 100 pcs)
perature 120 °C (248 °F) at max. operating pressure 100 bar
• Copper 7MF9007-7AA
(1450 psi) (300 °C (572 °F) at 80 bar (1160 psi), 400 °C (752 °F)
at 63 bar (914 psi). Water traps for higher operating pressures • Soft iron 7MF9007-7AB
and temperatures are available on request. • Stainless steel, mat.-No. 1.4571 7MF9007-7AC
• PTFE 7MF9007-7AD
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Accessories
Water traps Test report to EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AB
for pressure gauges and pressure transmit-
ters, max. working temperature 120 °C Material acceptance test certificate to 7MF9000-8AD
(248 °F), max. working pressure 100 bar EN 10204-3.1
(1450 psi) (or 300 °C (572 °F) at 80 bar
(1160 psi), or 400 °C (752 °F) at 63 bar
(914 psi)), weight 0.7 kg
Water trap B to DIN 16282
Material Mat. No.
P235GH 1.0345 M56340-A0043
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti M56340-A0061
Water trap D to DIN 16282
Material Mat. No.
P235GH 1.0345 M56340-A0045
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti M56340-A0063

■ Dimensional drawings
145
200

155

Ø20 56

Water traps, type B, M56340-A0043/-A0061, dimensions in mm

130
56

110

Water traps, type D, M56340-A0045/-A0063, dimensions in mm

1/526 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fittings
Accessories
Pressure surge reducers

■ Overview
1
The pressure surge reducer protects the pressure gauge
against damage, premature wear and tear and inaccurate/fluc-
tuating indications.

■ Application
The pressure reducer is used when pulsations occur in the mea-
sured medium (e.g. in slow-running vapor engines, piston
pumps and compressors), or if drastic fluctuations are likely to
occur in the measured medium (e.g. in hydraulic presses and
tensile testing machines).

■ Design
• Enclosure made of brass or stainless steel (mat. no. 1.4571)
• Adjustable nozzle
• Sleeve for connection to the measuring instrument
• Pin for connection to supply lead

Selection and Ordering data Article No.

Pressure surge reducer
Weight approx. 0.21 kg
Material Full-scale value Weight
approx.
in kg
Brass 250 bar (3626 psi) 0.21 M56340-A54
Stainless 600 bar (8702 psi) 0.21 M56340-A59
steel

■ Dimensional drawings

*
Sleeve for connection to
the pressure display


Pin for connection to

supply lead
*

Pressure surge reducer, dimensions in mm

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/527

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fittings
Accessories
Primary shut-off valves
1 ■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings
Primary shut-off valves are available in the following versions:
Ø80
• For non-corrosive liquids, gases and vapors
• For corrosive liquids and gases
• Grease-free for oxygen
The shut-off valves are available in various materials and with
various connections (see Selection and Ordering data)

95
■ Characteristic curves
bar

Ø11,2

Ø11,2
Operating pressure

G½

G½
500

400 22 22
90

300
Shut-off valve 7MF9017–1A., dimensions in mm

B C D E
200 Ø80

A
100

95
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 °C
Operating temperature

Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1..

Ø11,2
G½

Ø12
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1.., permissible working pressure as a function
of the permissible working temperature

bar 22 M20 x 1,5

Operating pressure

90
500
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1B. and -2B., dimensions in mm
400
Ø80

300
G H K

200
95

F
J
100
Ø12 (Ø14)

Ø12 (Ø14)

0
0 100 200 300 400 °C 0 100 200 °C
Operating temperature

Shut-off valve Shut-off valve M20 x 1,5 M20 x 1,5

(M22 x 1,5) 90 (M22 x 1,5)
7MF9017-2.. 7MF9017-3..

Shut-off valve 7MF9017-2.. and -3.., permissible working pressure as a Shut-off valves 7MF9017-1C., -1D. and -2C., dimensions in mm
function of the permissible working temperature

1/528 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fittings
Accessories
Primary shut-off valves
1
Ø120

141
Ø14
2,5
b
Øa

5 4,5
65
130

Shut-off valves 7MF9017-, dimensions in mm

ØAxb 7MF9017-
14 mm x 2.5 mm 1F. and 1G.
21.3 mm x 6.3 mm 1H. and 2H.
24 mm x 7.1 mm 1J., 1K. and 2J.

Selection and Ordering data

Primary shut-off valves, without certificate
Max. Charac- Material Mat. No. Spindle Connections Approx. Article No.
working teristic1) thread weight kg
pressure
Shut-off valve for non-aggressive liquids, gases and vapors 7MF 9 0 1 7 - 1 7A
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
160 bar (2321 psi) A P250GH 1.0460 Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 A
160 bar (2321 psi) A P250GH 1.0460 Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 B
DIN 19207 and pipe union
with ferrule for pipe  12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) C P250GH 1.0460 Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 C
for pipe  12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) C P250GH 1.0460 Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 D
for pipe  14 mm, S series
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves 14 mm × 2.5 mm 1.6 F
500 bar (7252 psi) E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 External Welding sleeves 14 mm × 2.5 mm 1.6 G
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 1.6 H
and 14 mm × 2.5 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 J
and 14 mm × 2.5 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 External Welding sleeves 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 K
and 14 mm × 2.5 mm
Shut-off valve for aggressive liquids and gases 7MF 9 0 1 7 - 2 7A
160 bar (2321psi) F X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 B
316Ti DIN 19207 and pipe union
with ferrule for pipe  12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) G X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 C
316Ti for pipe  12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) H X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ External Welding sleeves 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 1.6 H
316Ti and 14 mm × 2.5 mm
400 bar (5800 psi) H X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ External Welding sleeves 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 J
316Ti and 14 mm × 2.5 mm
Accessories
Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
Material acceptance test certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
1) See Figure "Permissible working pressure as a function of the permissible working temperature"

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/529

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fittings
Accessories
Compensation vessels
1 ■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings
The compensation vessels prevent the level difference which oc-
curs with pressure changes in the pressure lines and which fal- 100
sifies the measurement.
According to DIN 19211, the temperature in the compensation
vessel must be assumed to be 50 K less than the steam tem- ,9
I 88
perature in the pipe when calculating the wall thicknesses. This
is because the temperature in the compensation vessel during
operation can only rise up to the saturated steam temperature.

100
A material acceptance test certificate A to EN 10204-3.1 is avail-
able for the materials from which the compensation vessels are
made.

■ Characteristic curves O

I Input (see Ordering data for dimensions)

bar
Operating pressure

O Output (see Ordering data for dimensions)

500
Compensation vessel 7MF9015-1.., dimensions in mm
400
E approx. 110
D 65
300
C I

581)
351)
200
B

O
100 A
I Input (see Ordering data for dimensions)
O Output (see Ordering data for dimensions)
1)
30 mm longer with 7MF9015-5A.
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 °C
Operating temperature Compensation vessel 7MF9015-5.., dimensions in mm

Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating

temperature

Selection and Ordering data

Compensation vessel, without certificate
Max. Charac- Material Mat. No. Connections Approx. Approx. Article No.
working teristic1) Input Output contents weight
pressure cm³ kg
7 MF 9 0 1 5 - 77A
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
160 bar (2321 psi) A 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Threaded socket G½, Threaded socket G½, 250 0.8 1A
form R, DIN 19207 form V, DIN 19207
250 bar (3626 psi) B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 250 0.8 1B
21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm
250 bar (3626 psi) B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 250 1 1C
24 mm × 7.1 mm 24 mm × 7.1 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 170 1 1D
24 mm × 7.1 mm 24 mm × 7.1 mm
250 bar (3626 psi) B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 700 0.7 1E
33.7 mm × 4.5 mm 24 mm × 7.1 mm
160 bar (2321 psi) A 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Threaded socket G½, Threaded socket G½, 20 1.6 5A
form R, DIN 19207 form V, DIN 19207
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5B
21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5C
24 mm × 7.1 mm 24 mm × 7.1 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5D
24 mm × 7.1 mm 24 mm × 7.1 mm
Accessories
Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
Material acceptance test certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
1) See Figure "Permissible working pressure as a function of the permissible working temperature"

1/530 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement
Fittings
Accessories
Connection parts

■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings

1
Connection parts are available in the following versions:
17-1
• Threaded flange pair G½ with stainless steel gasket
14 -1
• Nipple G½ form V to DIN 19207 Ø11,5

• Union nut G½ made of C 35 to DIN 16284

• Gasket B½ (grooved) to DIN 19207

Ø28
Ø70
All connection parts are also available grease-free for oxygen. 50

G½
Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Threaded flange pair G½
• with stainless steel gasket 7MF9007-4CA
Threaded flange 7MF9007-4CA/-4DA, dimensions in mm
• grease-free for oxygen, with stainless 7MF9007-4DA
steel gasket

Ø11-0,1
Scope of delivery:

Ø8,7
2x threaded flanges G½ to DIN 19207; material:

Ø17,5 -0,3
P250GH (mat. No. 1.0460)

Ø12
4x hexagon screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014;
Material: C35E (mat. No. 1.1181) 5
4x hexagon screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24032 2,5
37,5
1x gasket G½ (7MF9007-6BA) grooved,
to DIN 19207;
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Nipple G½ 7MF9007-4KA/-4LA, dimensions in mm
(mat. No. 14571/316Ti)
Only for 7MF9007-4CA!

Ø12,5
1x gasket G½ (7MF9k007-6CA), grease-free for

G½
oxygen, grooved, to DIN 19207;
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2
(mat. No. 14571/316Ti) 30
Only for 7MF9007-4DA!
Nipple G½ Union nut G½ 7MF9007-4MA/-4NA, dimensions in mm
to DIN 19207
• Material: 16 Mo 3 (mat. No. 1.5415) 7MF9007-4KA 1,5

• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-4LA

Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti) Ø11,2
Ø17
Union nut G½
to DIN 16284 Gasket 7MF9007-6BA/-6CA, dimensions in mm
• Material: C35E (mat. No. 1.1181) 7MF9007-4MA
• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-4NA
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Gasket G½
to DIN 19207, grooved
• Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 7MF9007-6BA
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-6CA
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 1/531

 © Siemens AG 2018

Pressure Measurement

Notes
1

1/532 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 2
© Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement

2/2 Product overview Resistance thermometers

2/113 Temperature transmitters for mounting in
SITRANS TS
the connection head
2/7 Technical description
2/114 Flue gas resistance thermometers,
2/30 Detailed product overview
with connection head
2/36 Conversion assistance old appliance
2/115 Resistance thermometers for
2/40 Ordering examples
damp rooms
SITRANS TS100 2/116 Accessories – Welding-type protective
2/41 Cable, mineral-insulated tubes, neck tubes and connection heads

SITRANS TS200 Thermocouples

2/44 Compact, mineral-insulated 2/118 Technical description
Straight thermocouples
SITRANS TS300 2/119 - to DIN 43733, with connection head
For food, pharmaceuticals and 2/120 - Individual parts and accessories
biotechnology
2/47 - Modular design Transmitters in a compact design
2/122 SITRANS TH100 Slim (Pt100)
2/51 - Clamp-on design
Transmitters for mounting in sensor
SITRANS TS500
head
2/55 Type 2, tubular version without 2/125 SITRANS TH100 (Pt100)
process connection 2/129 SITRANS TH200 (Universal)
2/60 Type 2N, tubular version, 2/136 SITRANS TH300 (Universal, HART)
with screw socket 2/143 SITRANS TH320 (HART)
2/65 Type 2G, tubular version, 2/152 SITRANS TH400 fieldbus transmitter
with screw socket and extension 2/158 SITRANS TH420 (HART)
2/70 Type 2F, tubular version,
with flange and extension Transmitters for rail mounting
2/75 Type 3, tubular quick, 2/168 SITRANS TR200, two-wire system,
without process connection Universal
2/80 Type 3G, tubular quick, 2/175 SITRANS TR300, two-wire system,
with screw socket and extension Universal, HART
2/85 Type 3F, tubular quick, 2/182 SITRANS TR320, two-wire system, HART
with flange and extension 2/191 SITRANS TR420, two-wire system, HART
2/90 Type 4+4F barstock thermowell, 2/201 SITRANS TW, four-wire system,
with extension Universal, HART
2/94 For installation in existing protective
Transmitters for field mounting
tubes
2/213 SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART
SITRANS TSinsert 2/218 SITRANS TF two-wire system
2/100 Measuring inserts for retrofits and 2/227 SITRANS TF fieldbus transmitter
upgrades - European and American
Field indicator
type
2/218 SITRANS TF Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
SITRANS TSthermowells
Multipoint temperature transmitter
2/104 Thermowells according to
2/234 SITRANS TO500
DIN 43772
2/107 Thermowells according to Accessories
ASME B40.9 2/237 Further accessories for assembly, con-
nection and transmitter configuration

You can download all instructions,

catalogs and certificates for SITRANS T
free of charge at the following Internet
address: www.siemens.com/sitranst

Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Product overview

■ Overview
Type Description Page Software for
parameterization
Temperature sensors

2 TS100 • Cable version

• Universal use
2/41 -

• For unfavorable space conditions

• Mineral-insulated
TS200 • Compact version 2/44 -
• Universal use
• Mineral-insulated
• For unfavorable space conditions

TS300 Resistance thermometer for food,

pharmaceiticals and biotechnology
• Modular design, for installation in pipe- 2/47
lines and tanks

• Clamp-on design, for attachment on the 2/51

pipe primarily for sterilization processes

TS500, Type 2 • For the process industry 2/55 -

(piping and tanks)
• Tubular thermowell for minimal to medium
stress
• Thermowell as per DIN 43772, Type 2
without process connection
• Without extension, plug-in or use with
moveable compression fittings

TS500, Type 2N • For the process industry 2/60 -

(vessels and pipings)
• Tubular thermowell for minimal to medium
stress
• Thermowell Type 2N similar to DIN 43772,
screwed in
• Without extension, connection head not
adjustable

TS500, Type 2G • For the process industry 2/65 -

(vessels and pipings)
• Tubular version for minimal to medium
stress
• Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 2G,
screwed in
• With extension
TS500, Type 2F • For the process industry 2/70 -
(vessels and pipings)
• Tubular version for minimal to medium
stress
• Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 2F
with flange
• With extension X
TS500, Type 3 • For the process industry 2/75 -
(vessels and pipings)
• Tubular thermowell for minimal to medium
stress
• Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 3
without process connection, improved re-
sponse time
• Without extension, plug-in or use with
moveable compression fittings

2/2 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Product overview

Type Description Page Software for

parameterization
TS500, Type 3G • For the process industry 2/80 -
(vessels and pipings)
• Tubular version for minimal to medium
stress
• Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 3G,
2
screwed in, improved response time
• With extension X
TS500, Type 3F • For the process industry 2/85 -
(vessels and pipings)
• Tubular thermowell for minimal to medium
stress
• Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 3F
with flange, improved response time
• With extension X
TS500, Type 4 • For the process industry 2/90 -
(vessels and pipings)
• Barstock thermowell for medium to high-
est stress
TS500, Type 4F • Thermowell as per DIN 43722
• Type 4 for weld-in
• Type 4F with flange
TS500, installation • For the process industry 2/94 -
(vessels and pipings)
• For the installation of existing thermowells
• Suitable for thermowells as per
DIN 43772 as well as ASME B40.9-2001
• With extension X
European type or American type
Measuring inserts for temperature sensors
European type • Replaceable 2/100 -
• Mineral-insulated

American type 2/103 -

Thermowells for temperature sensors

Screw-in connection • Straight 2/104
• Reduced
• Tapered

Weld-in connection

Flange connection

Temperature sensors for combustion processes and damp rooms

Flue gas resistance Largest measuring range: 2/114
thermometers -50 ... +600 °C (-58 ... +1112 °F)

Resistance thermometers Largest measuring range: 2/115

for damp rooms -30 ... +60 °C (-22 ... +140 °F)

Straight thermocouples Largest measuring range: 2/119

0 ... 1250 °C (32 ... 2282 °F)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/3

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Product overview

Application Mounting of transmitter with Page Software for parameterization

Ex protection
Transmitter Sensor
Temperature transmitter in a compact design

2 SITRANS TH100 Slim

For temperature measurement in
- - 2/122 SIPROM T

combination with Pt100 compact

resistance thermometers

Temperature transmitter for head mounting

SITRANS TH100 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/125 SIPROM T
Transmitters for Pt100 zone 1, zone 1,
zone 0, zone 0,
zone 21, zone 21,
zone 20, zone 20,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
DIV 2 DIV 2

SITRANS TH200 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/129 SIPROM T

Transmitters for connection to zone 1, zone 1,
resistance thermometers, resis- zone 0, zone 0,
tance-based sensors, thermocou- zone 21, zone 21,
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V zone 20, zone 20,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• Two-wire system DIV 2 DIV 2
• Universal

SITRANS TH300 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/136 SIMATIC PDM

Transmitters for connection to zone 1, zone 1,
resistance thermometers, resis- zone 0, zone 0,
tance-based sensors, thermocou- zone 21, zone 21,
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V zone 20, zone 20,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• Two-wire system DIV 2 DIV 2
• Universal
• HART

SITRANS TH320 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/143 SIMATIC PDM

Transmitters with one input for zone 1, zone 1,
connection to resistance ther- zone 0, zone 0,
mometers, linear resistors, potenti- zone 21, zone 21,
ometers, thermocouples and DC zone 20, zone 20,
voltages up to 1.7 V M1, M1,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• Two-wire system DIV 2 DIV 2
• HART 7
• SIL2/3 according to IEC 61508

SITRANS TH400 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/152 SIMATIC PDM for TH 400 with
Transmitters for connection to zone 1, zone 1, PROFIBUS PA
resistance thermometers, resis- zone 0, zone 0,
tance-based sensors, thermocou- zone 21, zone 21,
ples and DC voltages zone 20, zone 20,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• Fieldbus transmitters DIV 2 DIV 2
• PROFIBUS PA
• FOUNDATION fieldbus

2/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Product overview

Application Mounting of transmitter with Page Software for parameterization

Ex protection
Transmitter Sensor
SITRANS TH420 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/158 SIMATIC PDM
Transmitters with two inputs for zone 1, zone 1,
connection to resistance ther-
mometers, linear resistors, potenti-
zone 0,
zone 21,
zone 0,
zone 21, 2
ometers, thermocouples and DC zone 20, zone 20,
voltages up to 1.7 V M1, M1,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• Two-wire system DIV 2 DIV 2
• HART 7
• SIL2/3 according to IEC 61508
• High input availability
Temperature transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR200 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/168 SIPROM T
• Two-wire system zone 1, zone 1,
zone 0, zone 0,
• Universal zone 21 zone 21,
zone 20

SITRANS TR300 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/175 SIMATIC PDM

• Two-wire system zone 1, zone 1,
zone 0, zone 0,
• Universal zone 21 zone 21,
• HART zone 20

SITRANS TR320 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/182 SIMATIC PDM

Transmitters with one input for zone 1, zone 1,
connection to resistance ther- zone 0, zone 0,
mometers, linear resistors, potenti- zone 21, zone 21,
ometers, thermocouples and DC zone 20, zone 20,
voltages up to 1.7 V M1, M1,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• Two-wire system DIV 2 DIV 2
• HART 7
• SIL2/3 according to IEC 61508

SITRANS TR420 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/191 SIMATIC PDM

Transmitters with two inputs for zone 1, zone 1,
connection to resistance ther- zone 0, zone 0,
mometers, linear resistors, potenti- zone 21, zone 21,
ometers, thermocouples and DC zone 20, zone 20,
voltages up to 1.7 V M1, M1,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• Two-wire system DIV 2 DIV 2
• HART 7
• SIL2/3 according to IEC 61508
• High input availability
SITRANS TW Safe area Zone 1, 2/201 SIMATIC PDM
• Four-wire system zone 0,
zone 21,
• Universal zone 20
• HART

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/5

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Product overview

Application Mounting of transmitter with Page Software for parameterization

Ex protection
Transmitter Sensor
Temperature transmitters for field mounting

2 SITRANS TF280
Transmitter for connection to resis-
- - 2/213 Local operation via buttons
SIMATIC PDM local with HART
modem and
tance-based sensor
wireless via WirelessHART
• In field enclosure for heavy in-
dustrial use
• battery-operated
• WirelessHART

SITRANS TF Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/218 Depending on the installed

Transmitters for connection to zone 1; zone 1, TH200/TH300 transmitter
resistance thermometers, resis- zone 21, zone 0
tance-based sensors, thermocou- DIV 1,
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V DIV 2
• In field enclosure for heavy in-
dustrial use
• HART, Universal

SITRANS TF Zone 2, Zone 2 2/227 SIMATIC PDM for PROFIBUS PA

Fieldbus transmitters for connec- zone 1; zone 1,
tion to resistance thermometers, zone 21, zone 0
resistance-based sensors, ther- DIV 1,
mocouples and DC voltages up to DIV 2
0.8 V
• In field enclosure for heavy in-
dustrial use
• PROFIBUS PA
• FOUNDATION fieldbus
Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA signals
SITRANS TF Zone 2, - 2/218 -
Field indicator for zone 1,
4 to 20 mA signals zone 21,
DIV 1,
Display of units can be user- DIV 2
defined

Multipoint temperature transmitter

SITRANS TO500 Zone 0, 2/234 Via Ethernet with the supplied
Multipoint temperature transmitter Zone 20 parameter assignment software
for measuring temperatures and
temperature profiles using
fiber optic Multipoint temperature
measurement lances.

■ Supplied product documentation on DVD and safety instructions

The scope of delivery of the Siemens products for process instrumentation includes a multilingual instruction sheet with
safety instructions as well as a uniform mini DVD – Process Instrumentation and Weighing Systems.
This DVD contains the most important manuals and certificates for the Siemens process instrumentation and
weighing technology portfolio. The delivery may also contain product-specific or order-specific printed materials.
For additional information, refer to the Annex on page 10/3.

2/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
SITRANS TS100 and SITRANS TS200
■ Overview
Temperature sensors of the SITRANS TS100 series are cable
thermometers with different electrical connection options (e.g.
plug, soldered connections, connection cables)
The SITRANS TS200 series of compact thermometers is
charcterized by a compact design. Both temperature sensor se-
ries are suitable for the following:
2
• Measurements of temperatures of solids, where additional
thermowells are not required for replacements done during
ongoing operations, e.g. bearing block temperature.
• Measurements which are particularly critical with regard to re-
sponse times. The advantages offered by an additional ther-
mowell are purposely omitted.
• Measuring points which must be easy to convert or relocate.
• Surface temperature measurements: The temperature sensor
is used in conjunction with a surface connection piece.
• Cost-effective transport: The mineral-insulated design allows
for economically feasible transport even at large lengths. From
a length of 0.8 m (2.63 ft), the sensors can be delivered rolled
Temperature sensors of the SITRANS TS product family are used up or bended.
to measure temperatures in industrial equipment.
SITRANS TS300 temperature sensors for food, pharmaceuti-
Siemens offers the following temperature sensors: cals and biotechnology
• SITRANS TS100 The temperature sensors of the SITRANS TS300 series are ther-
- General use mometers especially designed for measurements with high hy-
- Compact design with connection cable gienic demands, such as in the food, pharmaceutical and bio-
• SITRANS TS200 technology industries. The basic versions are:
- General use • Thermometers in modular design with replaceable measuring
- Compact design with plug/wire ends insert and process connections usual in the industry
• SITRANS TS300 • Clamp-on thermometers for measurement of the pipe surface
- Use in food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology temperature without interrupting the process
- Modular or clamp-on design
• SITRANS TS500 SITRANS TS500 Temperature sensors as a module system
- General use Due to their modular design, temperature sensors of the
- Modular design with connection head and thermowell SITRANS TS500 series are well suited to a large number of ap-
plications.
■ Benefits The replaceable measuring insert makes it possible to conduct
The modular design makes it possible to customize the tempera- maintenance work even during ongoing operations. These de-
ture sensor for most applications, while still being able to use vices are used particularly frequently in vessels and pipelines of
many standardized individual components. the following industries:
• Power stations
■ Application • Chemical industry
Depending on the specification, sensors can be combined with • Petrochemical industry
different connection heads, neck tubes and process connec- • General process engineering
tions. As a result, the sensors can be used in a large number of • Water, waste water
technical applications in the following industries:
• Chemical industry
• Petrochemical industry
• Power engineering
• Primary industry
• Pharmaceutical industry
• Biotechnology
• Food manufacturing

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/7

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description

■ Design
SITRANS TS100 7MC71xx SITRANS TS200 7MC72xx
The following image illustrates the available designs for The following image illustrates the available designs for
SITRANS TS100 temperature sensors: SITRANS TS200 temperature sensors:
2
15
U (1.59)

0
B

150
U (5.91)
10
(0.39)
B
1

40
U (1.57)
10
(0.39) 2

36
U (1.41)
10
(0.39) 3

B
50
U (1.97)
SITRANS TS100, mineral-insulated (MIC) 5
IP54 at the transition sensor/cable, plug see table (0.20) 4

Version Degree of protection

B
Flying leads IP00
LEMO coupling 1S IP50 U 65 (2.56)
M12 device plugs IP54
20
Thermocouple coupling IP20 (0.79) 5

SITRANS TS100
B
The following types of process connections can be imple-
mented:
B Measuring insert length
• Compression fitting H Head height
• Spring-loaded compression fitting U Insertion length
• Soldering nipple IP level IP level
• Direct soldering/welding in sensor terminals
0 Basic sensor U=B IP65 IP00
1 Flying leads U = B + 10 (0.39) IP65 IP00
2 LEMO coupling 1S U = B - 10 (0.39) IP65 IP50
3 M12 device plugs U = B - 10 (0.39) IP65 IP54
4 Thermocouple coupling U = B - 5 (0.20) IP65 IP65
5 Mini connection head U = B - 20 (0.79) IP65 IP65

SITRANS TS 200, dimensions in mm (inch)

The following types of process connections can be imple-
mented:
• Compression fitting
• Spring-loaded compression fitting
• Soldering nipple
• Direct soldering/welding in

2/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
SITRANS TS300 SITRANS TS300 Clamp-on
SITRANS TS300 modular design Temperature measurement is carried out over a modified and
quick-response Pt100 measuring element, which is positioned
The following figure shows the available versions and compo- and insulated over a pipe collar made of heat-resistant plastic.
nents of the SITRANS TS300 temperature sensors in modular
design. The measuring insert contains a special temperature sensor tip

Ø 60 (2.36)
made of silver, which is pressed evenly onto the pipeline by
means of a spring.
2
Cable gland
M12x1.5 The compulsory guide of the replaceable measuring insert en-
for cable Ø 3 ... 6.5 sures even pressure contact on the pipeline, which ensures a re-
(0.12 ... 0.26) producible measuring result.

H 8
H1

6
9
5
4
Ød

3
1 Vibration-locking-screw
X

2 Mounting screws
3 Process pipeline
4 Temperature sensor
5 Thermal decoupling
6 Spring load
7 Electrical connection
M12 2
8 Replaceable measuring 1
B = N + H1

insert
9 Heat insulated pipe collar
Ø 50.5
N

(1.99)
U

Design
Measuring insert • Special measuring insert made
of stainless steel; hygienic de-
sign
• Measuring element made of sil-
ver, thermal decoupling through
plastic insert
Measuring insert screwed into
collar with spring load. Use heat-
conductive-compound (see
accessories) prior to mounting
the device.
Ø D3 Pipe collar
• Material Temperature resistant high-per-
ØD formance plastic with integrated
insulating system in the hygienic
design
B Measuring insert length
Ød Measuring insert outer diameter (6 (0.24)) • Ambient temperature influence Approx. 0.2 %/10 K
ØD Process connection outer diameter
ØD3 Protective pipe inner diameter
H Head height
The pipe diameter of the measuring tube is required for correct
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
device selection. For special sizes, you start by selecting the
N Nominal length matching collar size and entering the required size in plain text.
U Insertion length Space-saving designs are available (latch fastener version) for
X Extension length installation in a limited space (e.g., tube bundles).
For correct assignment after recalibration, the collar as well as
SITRANS TS modular design, dimensions in mm (inch)
the measuring insert are identified with serial number and pipe
diameter. This information can also be engraved.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/9

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
The following figure illustrates the available designs and components for SITRANS TS300 temperature sensors in clamp-on design:

Measuring transducer Field housing, screw cap

with device plug M12x1 Material stainless steel IP 67

2 Ø60 (2.36)

11.5
(0.45)
Device plug
M12x1
Device plug

51 (2.01)
M12x1

94 (3.70)

~ 83.5 (3.70)
max. 29
(1.41)

Electrical connection 19
can be rotated by ± 170 ˚ (0.75)
Cable gland
M12x1.5 for cable
Ø3 ... 6.5 (0.12 ... 0.26)

37
Clamp-on, Clamp-on, clamping band installation (1.46)
clamping block installation with hose clamps
for pipelines Ø4 ... 57 (0.16 ... 2.24) for pipelines ≥ Ø10 ... ca. 300 Cable gland
(0.39 ... ca.11.81) M16x1.5 for cable
20 Ø4.5 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39)
(0.79) 36 (1.42)
B
(0.91)
B

23

B
A

19
Example Ø21 (4.76) (0.75)
C

20
Clamp-on, (0.79) Pipe diameter B C
latch fastener installation for pipelines 6 ... 17.2 30 35
Ø4 ... 17.2 (0.16 ... 0.68) (0.24 ... 0.68) (1.18) (1.38)
18 ... 35 40 60
B

A (0.71 ... 1.38) (1.57) (2.36)

38 ... 50.8 50 80
(1.50 ... 2.00) (1.97) (3.15)
Latch fastener version
Pipe radius

3 (0.12)

6 (0.24)
C

Pipe diameter A B C H
4 ... 17.2 20 30 35 79
(0.16 ... 0.68) (0.79) (1.18) (1.38) (3.11)
18 ... 38 30 40 70 99
(0.71 ... 1.49) (1.18) (1.57) (2.76) (3.90)
38.1 ... 57 40 50 85 119
(1.50 ... 2.24) (1.57) (1.97) (3.35) (4.68)
Standard version

SITRANS TS300 clamp-on design, device plug, field enclosure, cable gland, versions, dimensions in mm (inch)

2/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
SITRANS TS500 7MC75xx The temperature sensors of the SITRANS TS500 series are avail-
able in three different designs:
The following image illustrates the available designs for
SITRANS TS500 temperature sensors: Version Description Application Process
connection
1 • Tubular thermo- Minimal to medium • Welded connec-
well
• Tubular thermo-
process load tion with thread or
flange 2
well and exten- • connection with
sion made of one compression fit-
pipe; closed at ting
the tip with a
welded bottom
cap
2 • Barstock ther- Medium to highest • Directly welded
mowell process load into pipeline
• Barstock ther- • With welded
mowell, tubular flange
extension, exten- • With male thread
sion screwed into
thermowell
3 • For installation Process load Screwed into exist-
into existing ther- depends on ther- ing thermowell
mowells. mowell design
• Tubular extension
1 2 3

■ Function
1 SITRANS TS500, tubular thermowell
2 SITRANS TS500, tubular thermowell
3 SITRANS TS500, for installation in an existing thermowell
SITRANS TS500 temperature sensors; the IP degree of protection de-
pends on the connection head (see page 2/15)
A complete measuring point consists of a measuring insert
which contains the basic sensors, the protective fitting and an
optional measurement value processor (transmitter).
The basic sensors are:
• Resistance thermometers:
Temperature measurement is based on the temperature de-
pendency of the installed measuring resistor.
• Thermocouples:
Temperature measurement is based on the Seebeck effect.
A thermocouple which subjected to a temperature drop pro-
duces thermoelectric voltage that can be measured.
Transmitters:
The optional Siemens transmitters assume the following func-
tions:
• Optimum measurement processing
• Strengthening of weak sensor signals directly on site
• Transmits standardized signals
• Protects against electromagnetic interfrences
• Support enhanced diagnosis options
The resistance thermometer is intended for installation in con-
tainers and pipelines for hygienic requirements.
• Modular design consisting of protective pipe, measuring in-
sert, connection head and optional transmitter for replace-
ment during operation.
• Hygienic version, design according to recommendations of
the EHEDG
• Transmitter can be integrated (4 to 20 mA, PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/11

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description

■ Configuration
Components: Process connections
This catalog is limited to the standard versions. Special versions
are available on request. The technical data is designed to assist
2 the user. It is the responsibility of the ordering party to make the
correct selection of suitable devices.
Welding
A welded thermowell provides a permanent, secure and highly
resilient process connection. This advantage requires an ade-
quate weld-in quality. Spring-loaded compression fitting
It is not possible to accidentally open the process conneciton. Thread form
Additional gaskets are not required. If the tube is not thick
enough to ensure a secure welding connection, the appropriate Cylindrical thread
weldable sockets are used. With weldable sockets of matching
Cylindrical threads do not seal in the thread but due to an addi-
length it is also possible to largely stadardize a plant’s measur-
tional sealing face or seal. For example, threads with the short
ing points. Stocks of spare parts can therefore be reduced to a
form "G" (as per ISO 228) feature a threat type with a defined
minimum
screw gauge.

K2 X
U
K1

Weldable sockets E

Thread
Cylindrical thread
Type of installation: Welded threads
Tapered thread
Welded threads of different thread types and sizes are firmly
welded to the thermowell. By contrast, tapered threads, such as the American "NPT"
thread, seal metallically in the thread. The relevant length infor-
mation in the catalog refers to the "fully-tightened point (hand-
tight)" of the thread, which cannot be defined exactly due to
standard-related tolerances. However, the spring unit of the
measuring insert compensates for the differences in length.

Welded threads
K2
Type of installation: Compression fittings X
K1 U
Compression fittings are available as accessories. They fit with
the diameter of the thermowell and provide for flexible installa-
tion. The mounting length can be selected on site. When in- E
stalled correctly, compression fittings are well suited for low and
medium pressure. NPT thread
The difference between a normal and spring-loaded design is as Thread form E / E1 K1 K2
follows:
Thermowell shape Cylindrical G 1/2" 15 27
In the case of spring-loaded compression fitting, the sensor is 2G + 3G
G 1" 30 46
pressed against the measured object or the tip of the thermo-
well, thus achieving outstanding heat contact. Tapered NPT 1/2" 9 30
Extensions Cylindrical M14 x 1.5 12 23
7MC7500
M18 x 1.5 12 25
G 1/2" 12 27
Tapered NPT 1/2" 9 33
X = extension length
U = installation length
E1 = neck tube / process connection
K1 = penetration depth
Compression fitting K2 = length of the process connection

2/12 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
Flanges The following table shows the dimensions of the different ther-
mowells.
The different properties of the flanges are as follows:
• Standard series EN 1092, ASME 16.5,.. Tip Process connection

• Nominal pressure Ø Inner Ø Outer Ø Inner Ø Outer

[mm (inch)] [mm (inch)] [mm (inch)] [mm (inch)]
• Nominal diameter
• Sealing face
Thermowell
type, design
D1 D2 D3 D4 2
This information is stamped into the flange, as well as the mate- 2N/2/2G/2F, 7 (0.28) 9 (0.35) 7 (0.28) 9 (0.35)
rial code and batch number for "3.1 Material". For flange ther- tubular
mowells made of expensive materials, wetted parts of the ther- 2/2G/2F, tubular 7 (0.28) 12 (0.47) 7 (0.28) 12 (0.47)
mowell and the so-called flanged wheel are designed with the
required material. The flanged wheel is welded in front of the 3/3G/3F, tubular 6 (0.24 ) 9 (0.35) 7 (0.28) 12 (0.47)
flange sealing surface in this case. Non-wetted parts are listed tolerance
acc. to
in 316L. DIN 43772
Industry-specific process connections 4/4F, barstock 7 (0.28) 12,5 (0.49) 7 (0.28) 24 (0.94)
Special process connections have become popular in different 4/4F, fast 3.5 (0.14) 9 (0.35) 3.5 (0.14) 18 (0.71)
industries. For example, hygiene technology: clamp connec- response, bar-
tions, milk pipe unions and others. stock

Components: Thermowell
Thermowells fulfill two basic functions:
• They protect the measuring insert from aggressive media D4 D3 D1 D2
• They make it possible to replace units during ongoing opera-
tions
This catalog is limited to the standard versions. Special versions Sizing of thermowells
are available on request. The large number of available types
can be classified as follows: Thermowells made of barstock according to ASME B40.9
• Tubular thermowells Thermowells according to ASME are distinguished by their form:
Tubular thermowells are also described as "welded" or "multi- Straight, reduced (staggered) or tapered along the entire instal-
part" thermowells (not to be confused with "multi-part protec- lation length.
tive armatures"). They are suitable for low to medium process
loads and can be manufactured on a cost-effective basis. Coarse subdivisions can also be made in the type of process
Versions : connection: for screwing in, for welding, with flange or with the
- Form 2N similar to DIN 43772 so-called Van Stone connection.
with straight tip and shortest possible extension length For the Van Stone connection, a small flange sealing surface ex-
not adjustable connection head ists directly at the thermowell in barstock. This prevents any
- Form 2 as per DIN 43772 welding seams in the area touching the media. The thermowell
with straight tip and extension is fixed by a collar flange that presses the sealing surface
adjustable connection head against the plant-side flange. Another advantage of this design
- Form 2: with process connection is the optimized spare parts inventory. A thermowell fits onto
Form 2G: Threaded connection multiple connecting flanges; the only difference is in the collar
Form 2F: Flange connection flanges.
- Form 3 as per DIN 43772
Design with tapered tip and extension Components: Extension (neck tube)
adjustable connection head The extension is the section from the lower edge of the connec-
For these thermowells, thermowell tip is tapered by rotary tion head to the fixed point of the process connection or ther-
swaging. This results in an excellent fit with the measuring in- mowell. There is a variety of terms for this components, e.g. neck
sert and very good response times. tube. For this reason the term extension has been selected as a
Analogous to forms 2, versions 3/3G/3F are also available for standardized term for the different designs. Function is the de-
form 3 ciding factor:
• Barstock thermowells according to DIN 43772 • Thermal decoupling of connection head from process tem-
Where process loads are too high, or where thermowells with perature see image page 2/20
welded seams are not allowed, deep hole drilled barstock
thermowells are used. Form 4 thermowells (as per DIN 43772) • Installation of connection head over existing insulation
are very popular in this area. This thermowell type replaces • Simple standardization of measuring inserts: In general, the
the D1-D5 types of the predecessor standard DIN 43763: length of the extension may be freely selected. However, when
using standardized insertion lengths, the option "Extension as
per DIN 43 772" is recommended. This ensures that measur-
DIN 43763 design DIN 43772 design 4
ing inserts which are quickly available can be used. In case of
invalid current special lengths, it is possible to standardize the measuring in-
L in mm U in mm sert length through a clever combination with the respective
special extension length. This allows customers to optimize
D1 140 65 their costs in purchasing and logistics.
D2 200 125 • In the case of American-designed sensors, the extension also
D4 200 65 takes the spring load of the measuring unit.
D5 260 125 • Depending on the design, the extension can also be used to
achieve an alignment of the connection head.
• The form of the extension depends on the form of the ther-
mowell:

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/13

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
- Tubular thermowell Versions
The extension and thermowell usually consist of one contin-
uous tube. The process connection is welded on. (= one- With regard to their function, extensions can be classified into
piece protective armature). two types:
- Barstock thermowells • Adjustable/not adjustable:
Extension and thermowell of two components which are Function on the neck tube to align the connection head to the
2 welded together. The process connection is attached to the
thermowell (= multi-piece protective armature).
desired direction
• Integrated measuring insert spring load:
Thermowell type X [mm (inch)] M [mm (inch)] Divisible In the case of American-type sensors, the spring load of the
measuring insert is integrated into the extension. Measuring
2G 129 (5.08) 145 (5.71) No insert and extension form one unit.
2F 64 (2.52) 80 (3.15) No European type European type wihtout extension
3G 131 (5.19) 147 (5.79) No adjustable, cylindrical adjustable, tapered wihtout thread
(optional gland)
3F 66 (2.60) 82 (3.23) No
4 (only L=110) 139 (5.47) 155 (6.10) Yes
4 (others) 149 (5.87) 165 (6.50) Yes

European type European type European type

M not adjustable, not adjustable, not adjustable, nipple
cylindrical tapered
Extensions as per DIN 43772

European type American type American type

adjustable adjustable, not adjustable
nipple-union-nipple nipple-union-nipple nipple-union-nipple
spring load spring load

Versions: particularly with heavy stainless steel connection heads in com-

bination with vibration, a short extension length should be selected or ex-
ternal support should be provided.

2/14 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
Components: Connection head The connection head features sufficient room for mounting a
clamping base or transmitter.
Connection head
Different connection heads are used depending on the applica-
The connection head protects the connection department. tion and preference:
Connection head Type Designation Cable gland Degree of Transmitter Connection Explosion
Material protection installation height protection
H1 [mm (inch)] optional
2
BA0 Flange lid M20 x 1,5 IP65 Measuring 26 (1.02) Ex i
Aluminum brass insert

H1

BB0 Hinged cover M20 x 1,5 IP65 Measuring 26 (1.02) Ex i

Aluminum low brass insert

H1

BC0 Hinged cover M20 x 1,5 IP65 Measuring 26 (1.02) Ex i

Aluminum high BC0: brass insert and/or
BP0 BP0: polyamide hinged cover
Plastic (tandard)

H1

BM0 Screw cover M20 x 1,5 IP54 Measuring 26 (1.02) Ex i

Plastic polyamide insert

H1

BS0 Screw cover M12 x 1,5 IP67 Measuring 26 (1.02) Ex i

Stainless steel polyamide insert

H1

AG0 Screw cover, M20 x 1,5 IP66/68 (IP68: Measuring 41 (1.61) Ex i, Ex d

Aluminum heavy-duty not Ex: plastic 1.5 m; 2 h) insert
AU0 Ex i/Ex n: brass
Stainless steel Ex d: without
AISI 316 cable gland
(1.4401)
H1

AH0 Screw cover, M20 x 1,5 IP66/68 (IP68: Measuring 41 (1.61) Ex i, Ex d

Aluminum sight glass, not Ex: plastic 1.5 m; 2 h) insert
AV0 heavy-duty, Ex i/Ex n: brass
Stainless steel with 4 ... 20 mA Ex d: without
AISI 316 display cable gland
(1.4401)

H1

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/15

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
Components: Measuring insert
Measuring insert SITRANS TH product family
The measuring insert of the temperature sensor is built into the For detailed technical data on the SITRANS TH transmitters,
protective armature (thermowell, extension and connection please refer to the catalog FI 01.
head). The sensor element is protected in the measuring insert.
2 The spring load of the Siemens measuring inserts provide good
thermal contact with the bottom of the thermowell, and vibration
• TH100 - the basic device
- Output 4 to 20mA
- for Pt100
resistance is significantly increased. Only highly resistant min- - can be configured using simple software
eral-insulated cables (so-called MIC) are used for the electrical
connection between the sensor element and connection head. • TH200 - the universal device
The highly compacted insulation of magnesium oxide achieves - Output 4 to 20mA
excellent level of vibration resistance. The following measuring - Resistance thermometer, thermocouples
insert designs are the most widely used on the world market: - can be configured using simple software
• TH300 - HART universal
- Output 4 to 20 mA/HART
- Resistance thermometer, thermocouples
- HART conforming
- Diagnostic functions
• TH400 - Fieldbus PA and FF
- Output PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
- Resistance thermometer, thermocouples
- Diagnostic functions; for detailed technical description of the
SITRANS TH transmitter please refer to the related chapter
of this catalog.
Installation types
All SITRANS TH transmitters can be installed in type B connec-
tion heads. The following installation forms are used:
• Measuring insert installation
Our standard version offers the following advantages
- Small vibrating masses and compact design
- Insert-transmitter unit can be replaced quickly

European type American type

European type
European type measuring inserts can be replaced without hav-
ing to dismantle the connection head. The springs are located
either on the transmitter or the terminal block. This makes it pos-
sible to achieve a 8 to 10 mm spring range. If no transmitter is
mounted, there is a ceramic base in its place. However, with the
order option G01, a version with free wire ends instead of a ce-
ramic base can be selected for mounting head-mounted trans-
mitters.
Installation of measuring insert
American type
• Hinged cover installation
American-type measuring inserts feature a large spring range. - Standard for head type BC0 and BP0
These measuring inserts are ideal for use with NPT threads with - Advantage: Measuring insert and transmitter can be re-
the typical loose tolerances. In this configuration, the extension paired/maintained separately (recalibration).
function is partially or fully integrated (nipple-union-nipple).
Moreover it is also possible to directly attach field devices, e.g.
SITRANS TF.
Components: Transmitters
SITRANS TH head transmitters process the weak non-linear sen-
sor signals and transmit a stable and temperature-linear stan-
dard signal, thereby minimizing sensor signal disruptions.
The transmitters permanently monitor the temperature sensors
and transmit diagnostic data to superordinate systems.
Because of the low energy feed of the SITRANS TH head trans-
mitters, self-heating of the temperature sensors can be main-
tained at minimal levels.
The electrical isolation and integrated cold junction ensure that Hinged cover installation
temperature sensors with thermocouples provide reliable mea-
surements at a low cost.

2/16 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
Measuring technology: Sensor elements Measuring technology: Measuring accuracy
The diverse application spectrum for industrial temperature Resistance thermometer
measuring technology requires different sensor technologies.
The tolerance classes of the resistance thermometers corre-
Resistance thermometer spond with IEC 751/EN 60751:
Sensor elements made of other basic materials with different
nominal resistances or different underlying standards are avail-
Tolerance
Basic accuracy, Class B
∆t
(0.30 °C +0.0050|t[°C]|)
2
able on request. Resistance thermometers can be classified as (0.54 °F +0.0050|t [°F]-32|)
follows:
Increased accuracy, Class A (0.15 °C +0.0020|t[°C]|)
• Basic design:
(0.27 °F +0.0020|t [°F]-32|))
The sensor element is built with thin layer technology. The
resistance material is applied in the form of a thin layer on a High degree of accuracy, (0.10 °C +0.0017|t[°C]|)
ceramic carrier material. Class AA (1/3 B) (0.18 °F +0.0017|t [°F]-32|))
• Versions featuring increased vibration-resistance: The following tables provide an overview of the scope of these
In addition to the basic design, the vibration resistance is tolerances. If the specified limits are exceeded with a resistance
improved through extra measures. thermometer, the values of the next lower accuracy class apply
• Versions with expanded measuring range: permanently:
Elements in wire-wound design. The wire winding is embed- Resistance thermometer
ded in a ceramic body. Basic version [°C (°F)]
Thermocouples Tolerance Range
Other thermocouples based on other thermo couples or under- Basic accuracy, -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)1)
lying standards are available upon request. Class B

The most common base metal thermocouples include: Increased accuracy, -30 ... +300 (-22 ... +572)
Class A
• Type N (NiCrSi-NiSi) high degree of stability even in upper
temperature range. High degree of accuracy 0 ... 150 (32 ... 302)
Class AA (1/3 B)
• Type K (NiCr-Ni) more stable than type J, but drifts in upper
range. Resistance thermometer
• Type J (Fe-CuNi) narrow application band Increased vibration-resistance [°C (°F)]
Tolerance Range
Measuring technology: Measuring range
Basic accuracy, -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)1)
The measuring range describes the temperature limits within Class B
which the thermometer can be used in a way that is meaningful
Increased accuracy, -30 ... +300 (-22 ... +572)
for measurement purposes. Depending on the loads present, Class A
the thermowell materials and the desired accuracy levels, the
actual application range for the thermometer may be smaller. High degree of accuracy 0 ... 150 (32 ... 302)
Class AA (1/3 B)
Resistance thermometer [°C (°F)]
Basic version and increased -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752) Resistance thermometer
vibration resistance Expanded measuring range [°C (°F)]
Expanded measuring range -196 ... +600 (-320.8 ... +1112) Tolerance Range
Basic accuracy, -196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112)
Thermocouple [°C (°F)] Class B
Type N -40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2112) Increased accuracy, -100 ... +450 (-148 ... +842)
Type K -40 ... +1000 (-40 ... +1132) Class A

Type J -40 ... +750 (-40 ... +1382) High degree of accuracy -50 ... +250 (-58 ... +482)
Class AA
1) The requirements of IEC 60751 are being observed. In case of high
requirements regarding long-term stability, Pt100 sensors "expanded mea-
suring range" should be used for temperatures above 350 °C (662 °F).

Thermocouples
The tolerance classes of the thermocouples correspond with IEC 584/EN 60584:
Catalog versions
Type Basic accuracy, Class 2 Increased accuracy, Class 1
N -40 °C ... +333 °C2.5 °C (-40 °F ... +631 °F 4.5 °F) -40 °C ... +375 °C1.5 °C (-40 °F ... +707 °F 2.7 °F)
333 °C ... 1100 °C ±0.0075x|t[°C]| (631 °F ... 2012 °F ±0.0075x|t[°F]-32|) 375 °C ... 1000 °C±0.004x|t[°C]| (707 °F ... 1832 °F ±0.004x|t[°F]-32|)
K -40 °C ... +333 °C2.5 °C (-40 °F ... +631 °F 4.5 °F) -40 °C ... +375 °C1.5 °C (-40 °F ... +707 °F 2.7 °F)
333 °C ... 1000 °C±0.0075x|t[°C]| (631 °F ... 1832 °F ±0.0075x|t[°F]-32|) 375 °C ... 1000 °C ±0.004x|t[°C]| (707 °F ... 1832 °F±0.004x|t[°F]-32|)
J -40 °C ... +333 °C2.5 °C (-40 °F ... +631 °F 4.5 °F) -40 °C ... +375 °C1.5 °C (-40 °F ... +707 °F 2.7 °F)
333 °C ... 750 °C±0.0075x|t[°C]| (631 °F ... 1382 °F ±0.0075x|t[°F]-32|) 375 °C ... 750 °C ±0.004x|t[°C]| (707 °F ... 1382 °F ±0.004x|t[°F]-32|)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/17

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
Other thermocouples, ignoble
Type Basic accuracy, Class 2 Increased accuracy, Class 1
T -40 °C ... 133 °C 1 °C (-40 °F ... +271 °F 1.8 °F) -40 °C ... +125 °C 0.5 °C (-40 °F ... +257 °F 0.9 °F)
133 °C ... 350 °C±0.0075x|t[°C]| (271 °F ... 662 °F±0.0075x|t[°F]-32|) 125 °C ... 350 °C ±0.004x|t[°C]| (257 °F ... 662 °F ±0.004x|t[°F]-32|)
E -40 °C ... +333 °C2.5 °C (-40 °F ... +631 °F4.5 °F) -40 °C ... +375 °C 1.5 °C (-40 °F ... +707 °F 2.7 °F)
2 333 °C ... 900 °C ±0.0075x|t[°C]| (631 °F ... 1652 °F ±0.0075x|t[°F]-32|) 375 °C ... 800 °C±0.004x|t[°C]| (707 °F ... 1472 °F±0.004x|t[°F]-32|)

Other thermocouples. noble

Type Basic accuracy, Class 2 Increased accuracy. Class 1
R and 0 °C ... 600 °C1.5 °C (32 °F ... 1112 °F2.7 °F) 0 °C ... 1100 °C1 °C (32 °F ... 2012 °F1.8 °F)
S 600 °C ... 1600 °C0.0025 x |t| (1112 °F ... 2912 °F0.0025 x |t|) 1100 °C ... 1600 °C[1 + 0.003 (t - 1100)] °C
(2112 °F ... 2912 °F[1.8 + 0.003 (t - 212)] °F)
B 600 °C ... 1700 °C0.0025 x |t|
(1112 °F ... 3092 °F0.0025 x |t|)

SITRANS TS300 Clamp-on Resistance thermometer

Measuring accuracy Typical values as per EN 60751 in water at 0.4m/s can be found
Reference conditions in the following table.
• Pipeline 13 x 1.5 mm (0.51 x 0.06 inch) Thermowell form Diameter T0.5 T0.9
made of stainless steel using [mm (inch)]
using thermal paste None 6 (0.24) 6 15
• Ambient temperature 20 °C (68 °F) Straight (2) 9 (0.35) 34 90
• Medium Water, 120 °C (248 °F) 12 (0.47) 45 143
• Flow speed 3 m/s (9.84 ft/s) Tapered (3) 12 (0.47) 15 31
Measuring accuracy using Process-optimized for steam Barstock (4) 24 (0.95) 40 100
thermal paste (The accuracy sterilization U/C = 65
depends on the geometry of the
pipeline, the medium and the ambi- Barstock (4)] 24 (0.95) 45 110
ent conditions. U/C = 65
TM = process temperature;
TA = ambient temperature) Thermocouples
• Class A as per IEC 60751 -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... 302 °F) Typical values as per EN 60751 in water at 0.4m/s can be found
(TA-TM) x 0.02 in the following table.
Thermowell form Diameter T0.5 T0.9
Measuring technology: Response times [mm (inch)]
Response time describes the speed of the measurement system None 6 (0.24) 2 4
in the case of a temperature change, and is typically indicated
as T0.5 or T0.9. The values indicate the time in which a mea- Straight (2) 9 (0.35) 20 63
sured value has increased to 50% or 90% of the actual tempera- 12 (0.47) 19 66
ture increase. Tapered (3) 12 (0.47) 7 22
The main variables which affect response time are as follows: Barstock (4) 24 (0.95) 22 73
• Ideal thermowell geometry includes: U/C = 65
- smallest possible material at the tip Barstock (4)] 24 (0.95) 20 53
- use of conductive material U/C = 65
• Thermal connection of measuring insert to thermowell:
Due to the optimized design of the Siemens inserts (small gap
width, spring system), they feature very good response be-
havior. Because of the good fit, additional contact materials
are not usually required except in certain applications e.g. at-
tachment of a surface sensor.
• Size of temperature increase
• Medium and flow rate

2/18 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
Measuring technology: Mounting depth Measuring technology: Connection types
Measuring insert In the case of resistance thermometers, the type of sensor con-
nection directly affects the level of accuracy:
Type Temperature-sensi- Non-bendable length
tive length (TSL [mm (inch)] Two-wire system
[mm (inch)]
Basic 50 (1.97) 30 (1.82)
The resistance of sensor lines are included in the measurement
result as an error. Adjustments are recommended in this case. 2
Increased vibration 50 (1.97) 30 (1.82)
resistance
Expanded measur- 50 (1.97) 60 (2.36)
ing range
Thermocouple 20 (0.79) 5 (0.20)
Pt100
Immersion depth/contact with media
Ambient conditions (temperature/climate/insulation) and the de-
sign of the thermowell, process connection and piping result in
so-called "heat transmission errors".
To prevent such an error, the submersion depth and diameter of Pt100 Two-wire system
the thermowell tip will be defined. The temperature-sensitive Three-wire system
length (TSL) of the thermowell must also be taken into account.
The following rule of thumb can be used: Line resistance is not included in the measurement result. Re-
• Water quirements: all terminal and line resistances (corrosion) are at
Submersion depth  TSL + 5 x Ø of thermowell the same level, and terminals are at the same temperature level.
• Air
Submersion depth  TSL + 10 ... 15 x Ø of thermowell
• Recommendations
- Select largest possible submersion depth
- Select measuring location with higher flow velocity Pt100
- Thermal insulation for outer thermometer components
- Smallest possible surface for outer components
- Insertion in pipe bends
- Direct measurements without additional thermowell if no suit-
able solution can be found using other measures.
Pt100 Three-wire system
Four-wire system
Line resistance is not included in the measurement result. This
type of connection is the most secure and most accurate.

Pt100

Pt100 Four-wire system

Siemens measuring inserts can be used to implement all types
of connections for 1 x Pt100 devices. In the case of 2 x Pt100 ver-
sions, two- and three-wire systems are also possible. For mea-
surement-related reasons, we always recommend a 1 x four-wire
or 2 x 3-wire connection.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/19

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
Temperature influence
At the connection head TS5001)
Without transmitter With suitable trans-
[°C (°F)] mitter
[°C (°F)]
2 A heads
AG0/AH0/AU0/AV0
-50 ... +100
(-58 ... +212)
-50 ... +80
(-58 ... +176)
non-SIL2)
Aluminum or stainless -40 ... +100 -40 ... +80
steel (-40 ... +212) (-40 ... +176)
Plastic -40 ... +85 -40 ... +80
(-40 ... +185) (-40 ... +176)
1) Notice manual at Ex-applications, please
2) Check cable gland and transmitter (e.g. not for HAN7, M12)

At the TS100/200 connector/cable connection point:

The specified measuring range is valid for the hot end of the sensor. At the cold end, the maximum permitted temperature depends
on the cables and plugs used. < 80 °C (176 °F) is uncritical for all types
Influence of extension
The illustration below assists you in selecting the right length for the neck tube. In this case, the following applies: Connection head
temperature = Ambient temperature + Overtemperature. The temperature in the connection head can thus be assessed as follows:

°C (°F)
60 (140)
Overtemperature in head B

50 (122)

40 (104)

30 (86) X = 20 (0.79) (Type 2N)

X = 40 (1.57)
20 (68)
X = 80 (3.15)
10Über- X = 120 (4.72)
X = 165 (6.50)
0
150 (302) 300 (572) 450 (842) 600 (1112)750 (1382)
°C (°F)
Medium temperature

Extension length X, effect on temperature, dimensions in mm (inch)

Please note that guidance values may change due to local conditions. Please consider these potential changes particularly with
respect to explosion protection.
Also note that the accuracy of the transmitter also depends on the temperature in the connection head.

2/20 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

SITRANS TS300 Clamp-on
Design
Measuring insert • Special measuring insert made
of stainless steel; hygienic de-
sign
• Measuring element made of sil-
ver, thermal decoupling through
plastic insert
Measuring insert screwed into
collar with spring load. Use heat-
conductive-compound (see
accessories) prior to mounting
the device.
Pipe collar
• Material Temperature resistant high-per-
formance plastic with integrated
insulating system in the hygienic
design
• Ambient temperature influence Approx. 0.2 %/10 K
Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
Process load
Because of the large variety of possible applications and vari-
ables, it is not possible to make general binding statements re-
garding the resilience of components which comes into contact
with media. The load diagrams below can be used for common
applications. However, where operating conditions vary signifi-
cantly, please contact our technical support team. 2
Load on the thermowell and remedies:
The process itself Correction options
Temperature Material selection
Pressure Thermowell type
Flow velocity Insertion length, thermowell type
Viscosity Insertion length, thermowell type
Vibration Support against vibration
Corrosiveness Material selection, coating
Abrasion (e.g. carbon dust) Sensing rod, coating

Process connection/Thermowell
When selecting a process connection, the process parameters
sometimes only allow a specific technology. In addition, regional
standard-related and customer-specific requirements must be
abserved. The range of products therefore includes a broad se-
lection of standard connections.
In the case of redesigned or newly designed facilities, it is pos-
sible to achieve cost savings by implementing various mea-
sures:
• Use of standard lengths through clever selection of screw,
weld or flange sockets
• Moveable compression fittings
The temperature resistance of a material for process connec-
tions and thermowells also limits the application area of the tem-
perature sensor. The temperature range indicated on the type
plate always refers to the measuring insert, not the material
which comes into contact with media. Two aspects must be con-
sidered when assessing temperature stability:
• What maximum temperature may the material reach without a
load?
• What is the behavior under load?

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/21

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
Load diagrams

bar (psi)
Permissible pressure Pmax

250 (3626)

2 200 (2901)
Steam pressure curve

Form 2/2G/2N/2F Ø9x1 (0.35x0.04)

Material No. 1.4571
150 (2176)
U Speed v
140 (5.51) v W = 3 m/s
100 (1450) 315 (12.40) (9.84 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
50 (725) 140 (5.51) v L = 25 m/s
315 (12.40) (82.02 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 °C
(32) (122) (212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (°F)
Temperature T

Thermowells with Ø 9 x 1 mm (0.35 x 0.04 inch), dimensions in mm (inch)

bar (psi)
Permissible pressure Pmax

250 (3626)

200 (2901)
Form 2/2G/2N/2F Ø12x2.5 (0.47x0.10)
Material No. 1.4571
150 (2176)
U Speed v
Steam pressure curve
140 (5.51) v W = 3 m/s
100 (1450) 315 (12.40) (9.84 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
50 (725) 140 (5.51) v L = 25 m/s
315 (12.40) (82.02 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 °C
(32) (122) (212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (°F)
Temperature T

Thermowells with Ø 12 x 2.5 mm (0.47 x 0.10 inch), dimensions in mm (inch)

2/22 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description

bar (psi)
Permissible pressure Pmax

250 (3626)

200 (2901)
Steam pressure curve Form 3/3G/3F Ø12x2.5 (0.47x0.10) 2
Material No. 1.4571
150 (2176)
U Speed v
140 (5.51) v W = 3 m/s
100 (1450) 315 (12.40) (9.84 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
50 (725) 140 (5.51) v L = 25 m/s
315 (12.40) (82.02 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 °C
(32) (122) (212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (°F)
Temperature T

Thermowells with Ø 12 x 2.5 mm (0.47 x 0.10 inch), Ø 14 x 2.5 mm (0.55 x 0.10 inch), dimensions in mm (inch)

bar (psi)
Permissible pressure Pmax

400 (5802) Form 4/4F Ø24 (0.94); C=65 (2.56)

Material No. 1.4571
350 (5076) U Speed v
140/510 v W = 5 m/s
(5.51/20.08) (16.40 ft/s)
300 (4351) 315 (12.40)
140 (5.51) v L = 40 m/s
250 (3626) 315 (12.40) (131.20 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
Steam pressure curve
200 (2901)
Form 4/4F Ø24 (0.94); C=65 (2.56)
Material No. 1.7335
150 (2176)
U Speed v
140 (5.51) v W = 5 m/s
100 (1450) 315 (12.40) (16.40 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
50 (725) 140 (5.51) v L = 40 m/s
315 (12.40) (131.20 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 °C
(32) (122) (212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (°F)
Temperature T

Thermowells with Ø 24 mm (0.95 inch), C= 65 mm (2.60 inch), dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/23

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description

bar (psi)
Permissible pressure Pmax

450 (6527)

2 400 (5802) Form 4/4F Ø18 (0.71); C=65 (2.56)

Material No. 1.4571

350 (5076) U Speed v

140/315 v W = 5 m/s
(5.51/12.40) (16.40 ft/s)
300 (4351) 510 (20.08)
Steam pressure curve
140 (5.51) v L = 40 m/s
250 (3626) 315 (12.40) (131.20 ft/s)
510 (20.08)

200 (2901)
Form 4/4F Ø18 (0.71); C=65 (2.56)
Material No. 1.7335
150 (2176)
U Speed v
140/315 v W = 5 m/s
100 (1450) (5.51/12.40) (16.40 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
50 (725) 140 (5.51) v L = 40 m/s
315 (12.40) (131.20 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 °C
(32) (122) (212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (°F)
Temperature T

Thermowells with Ø 18 mm (0.71 in), C= 65 mm (2.60 inch), dimensions in mm (inch)

bar (psi)
Permissible pressure Pmax

400 (5802) Form 4/4F Ø24 (0.94); C=125 (4.92)

Material No. 1.4571

350 (5076) U Speed v

140/315 v W = 5 m/s
(5.51/12.40) (16.40 ft/s)
300 (4351) 510 (20.08)
140 (5.51) v L = 40 m/s
250 (3626) 315 (12.40) (131.20 ft/s)
Steam pressure curve 510 (20.08)

200 (2901)
Form 4/4F Ø24 (0.94); C=125 (4.92)
Material No. 1.7335
150 (2176)
U Speed v
140/315 v W = 5 m/s
100 (1450) (5.51/12.40) (16.40 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
50 (725) 140 (5.51) v L = 40 m/s
315 (12.40) (131.20 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 °C
(32) (122) (212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (°F)
Temperature T

Thermowells with Ø 24 mm (0.95 inch), C= 125 in (4.92 in), dimensions in mm (inch)

2/24 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
Thermowell calculation Siemens can offer thermowell calculations according to the two
recognized procedures upon request.
Properly applied load diagrams will provide a sufficient degree
of safety for the most common thermowell configurations. • Dittrich/Klotter method
However, there are cases in which operating conditions deviate • ASME PTC19.3-TW2016 method
too greatly from standard parameters. In this case, a customized This method also takes into account turbulence formation on
thermowell calculation may be required. a mathematical level.
2
Another reason for doing this calculation is the fact that flowing Both methods provide a high degree of safety with regard to
media can create turbulence at the tip of the thermowell under thermowell configuration, however, they do not provide a guar-
certain conditions. The thermowell will then vibrate and may antee against breakdowns. A recalculation may be necessary in
even be destroyed if not configured correctly. This is the most case of changes to the process parameters.
frequent cause of thermowell bailure.
Materials
Material descriptions/Standards comparison Max. tem- Properties Applications
perature
[°C (°F)]
(unloaded)
Mat. No.: AISI/Trade EN 10028-2: Description
name:
1.4404 or AISI 316 L X2CrNiMo17-12-2 Austenitic stain- 600 Good acid resistance, resistant Chemical industry, waste treat-
1.4435 less steel (1112) against grain boundary corro- ment, paper and cellulose
sion industry, food industry
1.4571 AISI 316 Ti X6CrNiMoTi 17 12-2 Austenitic stain- 800 Good acid resistance, resistant Chemical industry, textile
less steel (1472) against grain boundary corro- industry, paper and cellulose
sion (supported by TI portion) industry, water supply, food
and pharmaceuticals
1.5415 A 204 size A 16Mo3 Carbon steel, 500 Resistant at higher tempera- Steam turbines, steam lines,
high-alloy (932) tures, well suited for welding water pipes
1.7335 A 182 F11 13CrMo4-5 Carbon steel, 540 Resistant at higher tempera- Steam turbines, steam lines,
high-alloy (1004) tures, well suited for welding water pipes
1.4841 SS 314 X15CrNiSi25-20 Austenitic heat- 1150 Resistant at high tempera- Flue gas, petrochemical indus-
resistant stain- (2102) tures, also resistant against try, chemicals industry, power
less steel low-O2 and nitrogen-contain- plants
ing gases.
1.4762 446 X10CrAl24 Ferritic heat- 1150 Resistant at high tempera- Chemical industry, power
resistant steel (2102) tures, in oxidizing and reduc- plants, steel industry, waste
ing sulphur-containing gas treatment
atmosphere
2.4816 Inconel 600 NiCr15Fe Nickel-Chrome 1150 Resistant at high tempera- Chemical industry, petrochem-
alloy (2102) tures, resistant against chlo- ical industry, food industry
rine-induced cold crack
corrosion
1.4876 Incoloy 800 X10NiCrAlTi32-21 Austenitic heat- 1100 Excellent resistance against O&G industry, waste gas treat-
resistant stain- (2012) oxidation and carbonization at ment, power plants (steam
less steel high temperatures, good cor- boiler, heat exchanger), appli-
rosion resistance cations using aggressive fluids
2.4819 Hastelloy C 276 NiMo16Cr15W Nickel-Chrome- 1100 Resistant at high tempera- Chemicals industry, paper and
Molybdenum (2012) tures, in oxidizing and reduc- cellulose industry, waste treat-
alloy ing atmosphere, resistant ment, waste incinerators, emis-
against pitting and crevice cor- sions controls, shipbuilding
rosion, good corrosion resis- and offshore industry
tance after welding
2.4360 Monel 400 NiCu30Fe Nickel-Copper 500 Excellent corrosion resistance, Chemical industry, offshore
alloy (932) particularly against chlorine- industry, nuclear technology,
induced cold crack corrosion petrochemical industry

Where cost-intensive materials are used with flange thermowells, cost savings can be achieved by using a so-called flanged wheel.
A thin disc of the material which comes into contact with media is applied prior to the flange (ordinary stainless steel).
Materials sensor tube/measuring inserts:
• SITRANS TSinsert, TS100, TS200
- Resistance thermometer Cr-Ni-Mo
- Thermocouples 2.4816/Inconel600

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/25

 © Siemens AG 2018
Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
Vibration resistance of measuring insert, cable sensor
Similar to the thermowell, inner (Karman vortices) and outer (plant)
vibrations also affect the measuring insert. For this reason, a special
assembly of measurement elements is required. Other than a few ex-
ceptions for cable and compact thermometers, Siemens only pro-
duces sensors based on a mineral-insulated cable. Together with
2 precautions taken when installing the measuring element, the Sie-
mens basic version already exceeds EN 60751 by more than a fac-
tor of 3. Pursuant to the measurement methods of this standard, the
following values are obtained (tip-tip):
• 10 g: Basic version and expanded measuring range
• 60 g: Increased vibration-resistance and thermocouple
Bending ability of measuring insert/cable sensor
All Siemens measuring inserts SITRANS TSinsert are made with a
mineral-insulated cable (MIC). The same applies to a portion of the
cable and compact thermometer. In addition to the properties al-
ready described, another advantage of the MIC is its bending ability.
This makes it possible to install these thermometers even in difficult
to access areas. Please ensure that you are not below the following
bending radius:
Ø MIC [mm (inch)] Rmin = 4x Ø MIC [mm (inch)]
3 (0.12) 12 (0.48)
6 (0.24) 24 (0.95)
Where a smaller bending radius is required due to installation condi-
tions, subsequent testing of the insulation resistance is recom-
mended.
Electrical stability
Insulation resistance
The insulation resistance between each measuring circuit and the fit-
ting is tested at a voltage of 500 V DC at room temperature.
Riso  100 M
Due to the property of the mineral-insulated cable, the insulation re-
sistance decreases as temperature increases. Because of the spe-
cial production method, it is, however, possible to achieve very good
values even at high temperatures.
Line resistance
When connected to two-wire systems, the line resistance is included
in the measurement result. The following rule of thumb can be used:
•  Measuring insert 3 mm (0.12 inch) 5 /m or 12.8 °C (55.04 °F)
•  Measuring insert 6 mm (0.24 in) 2.8 /m or 44.78 (44.78 )
For this reason a connection to three- or four-wire systems is highly
recommended.
2/26 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
Pressure equipment directive:
This device is not included in the pressure device guideline; classi-
fication according to pressure device guideline
(PED 2014/68/EU), Directive 1/40; article 1, paragraph 2.1.4
In addition, statutory, standards-based or operating specifications
also require additional testing. The results are certified in certificates
as per EN 10204:
• As per EN 10204-2.1, order conformity (C35)
Certificate in which Siemens confirms that the delivered products
correspond with the requirements of the order, without indicating
test results. The testing does not have to be carried out on the de-
livered devices.
• As per EN 10 204-3.1
Certificate in which Siemens confirms that the delivered
products meet the requirements set out in the order, with indica-
tion of the specific test results. Testing is carried out by an organi-
zation which is independent of production. The inspection certifi-
cate 3.1 replaces 3.1.B of the previous edition.
• Material certificate for parts which come into contact with media
(C12)
This certificate confirms the properties of the material and war-
rants traceability up to the melting batch.
• Pressure-resistant (C31)
Hydrostatic pressure test on thermowell. Internal pressure for
thread and weld-in, external pressure for flange forms.
• Helium leak test (C32)
This test can be used to detect even the smallest leaks in ther-
mowells and welded seams.
• Dye penetration test (C33)
The dye penetration method can detect cracks and other surface
defects.
• Comparative test (calibration) (Y33)
The test object is measured in at an equalized temperature level
against a highly precise thermometer, and the measured values of
test object and normal values are documented. However, calibra-
tion requires the measuring insert to be of a certain minimum
length.
Measuring inserts can be calibrated together with the associated
transmitter. Calibration values can be stored in the transmitter in
order to increase the accuracy of the system.
• As per EN 10204-3.2
This acceptance certificate can be prepared on request, together
with an acceptance representative of the ordering party or a rep-
resentative indicated as per official requirements (e.g. TÜV) It con-
firms that the delivered products meet the requirements set out in
the order; it also contains the test results.
 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
Approvals
Explosion protection
Due to the variety of requirements, all flameproof versions, as well as those complying with CSA and FM are supplied without cable
glands. The Ex markings can be found in the current manual A5E03920348, section "Certificates and approvals".
Designator Additional
information
Region Standard Type of protection For Zone For Division
2
TSinsert E00 EU/AU/NZ CE/RCM Without Ex protection -
TS100 E17 US/CA cCSAus -
TS200 E54 CN -
E80 EAC TR -
E01 EU/AU/NZ ATEX, Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS" 0…2/20…22 -
IECEx
E18 US/CA cCSAus 0…2/20…22 1/2
E55 CN NEPSI 0…2/20…22 -
E81 EAC EACEx 0…2/20…22 -
TS500 E00 EU/AU/NZ CE/RCM Without Ex protection -
E17 US/CA cCSAus -
E54 CN -
E80 EAC TR -
E01 EU/AU/NZ ATEX, Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS" 0*…2/20*…22 -
IECEx
E18 US/CA cCSAus 0*…2/20*…22 1/2
E55 CN NEPSI 0*…2/20*…22 -
E81 EAC EACEx 0*…2/20*…22 -
E03 EU/AU/NZ ATEX, Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP" 0*…2/20*…22 -
IECEx dust protection through housing "t"/"DIP"
only with connection heads code AG0, AH0, AU0,
E20 (NPT) US/CA cCSAus AV0 0*…2/20*…22 1/2
E21 (metric) US CSAus 0*…2/20*…22 -
E56 CN NEPSI 0*…2/20*…22 -
E82 EAC EACEx 0*…2/20*…22 -
E04 EU/AU/NZ ATEX, Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" 2 -
IECEx
E23 US/CA cCSAus 2 2
E57 CN NEPSI 2 -
E83 EAC EACEx 2 -
AU = Australia; CA = Canada; CN = China; EAC = Eurasian Customs Union; EU = Europe; US = USA
* Zone 0 to process connection, outside Zone 1
Marine approvals
Designator Additional information Approval
TS Insert D01 Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV GL)
TS100 D02 Bureau Veritas (BV)
TS200 D04 Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR)
TS500
D05 American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)
The respective symbol of the classification society is attached to the nameplate. Depending
on the configuration, multiple marine approvals can be selected for a device. For space rea-
sons, a general ship symbol is used in this case.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/27

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description

■ Schematics
Resistance thermometer connection DC or bus signal on site. This drastically reduces the effects of
electromagnetic factors on the measurement result.
SITRANS TSinsert measuring inserts are designed as a four-wire
system for single Pt100 if not mentioned differently. This makes If a head transmitter is not installed, the sensor feed line consists
2 it possible to implement all of the aforementioned connection
types.
either of the appropriate thermo or extension leads. The thermo
line is made from the thermo material of the relevant thermocou-
ple, while the extension lead uses a cost-effective substitute ma-
Double Pt100 measuring inserts (for 6 mm OD only) are de- terial. The extension cable behaves similar to a thermo line at an
signed as a three-wire system. electrical level, within a limited temperature range of up to
1 x Pt100 2 x Pt100
200°C.
A wide spectrum of color coding is available for thermocouples
Red Red Black
2-conductor connection

on an international level. This must be taken into account during

the electrical connecting.
Red Red Black
Coun International/ North America UK/
try Germany Czech Republic

White Stan- Not intrinsically Extension lead2) BS 1843

dard safe1)
White White Yellow Jacket + - Jacket + - Jacket + -
N PN PN WH OG OG RD OG OG BU
K GN GN WH YE YE RD RD BR BU
3-conductor connection

Red Red Black

J BK BK WH BK WH RD BK YE BU
Red Red Black
T BR BR WH BU BU RD BU WH BU
E VT VT WH VT VT RD BR BR BU
White R+S OG OG WH BK RD GN WH BU
B GY GY WH GY GY RD - - -
White White Yellow
1) With an intrinsically safe line as per IEC 584-3, the sheath is always blue.
2) For thermo lines as per ANSI MC96, the sheath is always blue.
4-conductor connection

Red
Coun Netherlands Japan France
Red try
Stan- DIN 43714 ISC 1610-198 NF C42-323
dard
White Jacket + - Jacket + - Jacket + -
N GN RD GN BU RD WH VT VT YE
White
K BU RD BU YE RD WH BK BK YE

Schematics 1 x Pt100-2W up to 2 x Pt100-4W J BR RD BR BR RD WH BU BU YE

T BK RD BK VT RD WH OG OG YE
Thermocouple connection
E WH RD WH BK RD WH GN GN YE
R+S GY RD GY GY RD WH - - -
1 thermocouple 2 thermocouples
B GN RD GN BU RD WH VT VT YE
+ + +
Abbreviation for colors
BK: black BR: brown BU: blue GD: gold GN: green
GY: gray OG: orange PN: pink RD: red SR: silver
TQ: tur- VT: violet WH: white YE: yellow
- - - quoise

Type + -
J Black White
K Green White
N Pink White
E Purple White
T Brown White

Circuit diagram for thermocouple

Where thermocouples are used, the use of head transmitters of-
fers particular advantages: The cold junction is already inte-
grated into the universal transmitter. There is no need for expen-
sive thermo or extension cable. This also removes a number of
possible error sources. The weak millivolt signal of the thermo-
couple is already converted into a stable and temperature-linear

2/28 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Technical description
Device plugs Transmitter connection
In some cases, sensors are not connected directly but with de- Where SITRANS TH transmitters are used in the connection
vice plugs. The connection is made according to the M12 device head of the temperature sensor, connection takes place accord-
plug figures below. ing to the following pattern:
Lemo 1S coupling (SITRANS TS100/TS200) SITRANS TH100/TH200/TH300
2
Hole 1x Thermocouple 2x Thermocouple
2 1
1 3 6
3 6
1 2 2 3 1 4 4 5+ -
2
- 3 4 - -
Pin + + + 4 5

1x PT100 2x PT100
4-wire connection 2 3-wire connection
2 1 3 1

1 2 3 4 3 2 4 6 5 1
3 4 4 6
White Red 5 Red White Black Yellow
Resistance thermometer

M12 device plug for single sensors

(SITRANS TS100/TS200/TS500)
3 6
3 6
4 5+ -
1x Thermocouple 2x Thermocouple
2 4 5
3
4 1 4 1 2 3
4
1 + -
- + - + - +

Transmitters TH:
1x PT100 flying leads Thermocouples
4-wire connection
2 + - SITRANS TH400
3
1 2 3 4 1 3
1
4
Red White Red White

3 6
3 6
4 5+ -
M12 device plug for single sensors (SITRANS TS300)
4 5

Transmitters TH:
1x PT100 flying leads + -
3-wire connection
2 + -
3
1 3 4 1 3
1
4
Red White Red White SITRANS TS500 TH transmitter display

M12 device plug for dual sensors (SITRANS TS100) 1

2
Power entry 3 To measuring insert
4
2x PT100
3-wire connection Display TH transmitter
4 3
2
5
8
1 6 7 1 2 3 4
6
7
In addition, our transmitters also allow for a large number of
Red White Black Yellow other possible connections (e.g. difference, average, two sen-
sors). More information can be obtained at:
Han 7D device plug (SITRANS TS500) http://www.siemens.com/temperature

1x Thermocouple 2x Thermocouple

 
3 4 3 4 7 8
  
  - + - + - +

Transmitters TH:
1x PT100 2x PT100 flying leads
4-wire connection 3-wire connection
+ -
1 3 2 4 1 3 2 5 7 6 1 2

Red White Red White Black Yellow Red White

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/29

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Detailed product overview

Type TSinsert TS100 TS200

Description Measuring insert Temperature sensors in cable version Temperature sensors in compact version
Application Replaceable Universal use Universal use
Version Mineral-insulated version Mineral-insulated version Mineral-insulated version
2
Type in European or For unfavorable space conditions For unfavorable space conditions
American type
Image

Catalog page 2/100 2/41 2/44

Article No. Nr. 7MC70* 7MC711* 7MC72*

Wetted Cr-Ni-Mo (RTD): 2.4816 (TC) Cr-Ni-Mo (RTD); 2.4816 (TC) Cr-Ni-Mo (RTD); 2.4816 (TC)
material (Cr-Ni-Mo; Inconnel600) (Cr-Ni-Mo; Inconnel600) (Cr-Ni-Mo; Inconnel600)
Thermowell To order separately Without/with separate thermowell Without/with separate thermowell
types
Process con- - Compression fittings Compression fittings
nections • Soldering nipple: • Soldering nipple:
- G ¼, G ½ - G ¼, G ½
- ½ NPT - ½ NPT
- M 8x1, M18x1.5 - M 8x1, M18x1.5
• Surface connection piece for installation • Surface connection piece for installation
on surfaces/tubes on surfaces/tubes
Sensor Pt100 + thermocouples Pt100 + thermocouples Pt100 + thermocouples
elements
Sensor • 1 x 4 wire • 1 x 4 wire • 1 x 4 wire
connection • 2 x 3 wire • 2 x 3 wire • 2 x 3 wire
Sensor • Class AA • Class AA • Class AA
accuracy • Class A • Class A • Class A
• Class B • Class B • Class B
• Class 1 • Class 1 • Class 1
• Class 2 • Class 2 • Class 2
Connection Type B (Type A flameproof) Cable, optional with misc. plugs • Flying leads
heads • Misc. plugs
Explosion Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS" Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS" Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"
protection
(EU, CN, EAC,
AU, NZ, US,
CA)
Output signal Sensor signal: Sensor signal Sensor signal
• 4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
• HART (TH300)
• PA (TH400)
• FF (TH400)

Application Spare parts • Machinery and equipment • Machinery and equipment

• Bearing temperature • Bearing temperature
• Surfaces • Surfaces
Limit • Pt100 basis: • Pt100 basis: • Pt100 basis:
temperat.1) -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752) -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752) -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
[°C (°F)] • Pt100 extended measuring range: • Pt100 extended measuring range: • Pt100 extended measuring range:
-196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112) -196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112) -196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112)
• Thermocouple: • Thermocouple: • Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012) -40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012) -40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012)
(depends on type) (depends on type) (depends on type)
Max. nominal - Compression fitting max. 5 bar (145 psi) Compression fitting max. 5 bar (145 psi)
pressure1) Compression fitting: Gasket made of PTFE, Compression fitting: Gasket made of PTFE,
(static pres- temperature min./max. -20 ... 150°C temperature min./max. -20 ... 150°C
sure at 20°C)
Min. response 2 … 6 s 2…6s 2…6s
time t0.5
Degree of IP54 See drawing page 2/8 See drawing page 2/8
protection
1) Load combinations (temperature, flow, vibration, pressure) can at times significantly restrict these values. Other temperature limits result from e.g. thermowel-
materials with lower limit values [e.g. 1.4571 pressure resilient, 450 ... 550 °C (842 ... 1022 °F), limit temperature 800 °C (1472 °F)].

2/30 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Detailed product overview

Type TS300 Modular TS300 Clamp-on

Description Temperature sensors for food, pharmaceuticals and biotech- Temperature sensors for food, pharmaceuticals and biotech-
nology nology
Application Measurements submersed in medium Clamp-on measurement of pipe surface temperature
(pipelines and vessels)
Version Protective pipe similar to DIN 43772, Type 2F and tapered Protective pipe similar to DIN 43772, Type 2F and tapered 2
design design

Type For unfavorable space conditions

Image

Catalog page 2/47 2/51

Article No. 7MC8005* 7MC8016

Wetted material 1.4404 or1.4435 (316L) 1.4404 or 1.4435 (316L)

Thermowell types Similar to 2F Similar to 2F
Process DIN 11851, clamp connection Clamp-on connections suitable for the following pipe diameters:
connections (Triclamp/ISO 2852/DIN 32676), Varivent, Ingold connection • Collar 4 ... 57 mm (0.16 ... 2.24 inch)
(Fermenter connection), Neumo Biocontrol, ball weld sleeve,
(gaskets are not included in scope of delivery) • Tensioning 6 ... 50,8 mm (0.24 ... 2.00 inch)
• Tensioning 50 ... 200 mm (1.97 ... 7.87 inch)
Sensor elements Pt100 Pt100
Sensor connection • 1x4 wire • 1x3 wire
• 2x3 wire
Sensor accuracy • Class A • Class A
• Process-optimized design
Connection heads Typ B • Typ B
Explosion protec- - -
tion (EU, CN, EAC,
AU, NZ, US, CA)
Output signal Sensor signal: Sensor signal:
• 4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200) • 4 ... 20 mA TH100slim
• HART (TH300) • HART (TH300)
• PA (TH400) • PA (TH400)
• FF (TH400) • FF (TH400)

Application Surface roughness: Surface roughness:

Standard applications Standard applications
Ra < 1.5 µm (5.9 10-5 inch) Ra < 1.5 µm (5.9 10-5 inch)
Limit temperat. 1) -20 ... +400 ºC (-4 ... +752 ºF) -40 ... +150 ºC (-40 ... +302 ºF)
[°C (°F)]
Max. nominal pres- 0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91) 50 bar No pressure load due to clamp-on principle
sure1)
(static pressure at
150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81) 40 bar
20°C)
Min. response time 20 ... 34 s 4s
t0.5 (See "Reference conditions SITRANS TS300 Clamp-on"
page 2/18)
Degree of IP54 ... IP68 dep. to connection head, see page 2/15 IP65 for pipe collar, IP67 for elektrical connection
protection
1) Load combinations (temperature, flow, vibration, pressure) can at times significantly restrict these values. Other temperature limits result from e.g. thermowel-
materials with lower limit values [e.g. 1.4571 pressure resilient, 450 ... 550 °C (842 ... 1022 °F), limit temperature 800 °C (1472 °F)].

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/31

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Detailed product overview

Type TS500 for installation TS500 Type 2 TS500 Type 2N

Description Temperature sensors for the process Temperature sensors for the process Temperature sensors for the process
industry (vessels and pipings) industry (vessels and pipings) industry (vessels and pipings)
Application Temperature sensors for the installation of Tubular version for minimal to medium stress Tubular version for minimal to medium stress
existing thermowells

2 Version Suitable for thermowells as per DIN 43772

as well as ASME B40.9-2001
Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 2 with-
out process connection
Thermowell Type 2N similar to DIN 43772,
screwed in
Type With extension • Without extension, plug-in Without extension
• European type • Use with moveable compression fittings
• American type
Image

Catalog page 2/94 2/55 2/60

Article No. Nr. 7MC750* 7MC751*-0*(A/B)**-0*** 7MC751*-1****-0***
Wetted None: Measuring insert made of 1.4571, 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI) 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI)
material 1.4404 or 1.4435 (RTD); 2.4816 (TC) (316L;
Inconnel600)
Thermowell To order separately Form 2 Form 2N (similar to form 2)
types
Process Connection to thermowell: Compression fittings •G½
connections • M14x1.5 •G½ • ½ NPT
• M18x1.5 • ½ NPT
•G½ For welding
• ½ NPT
Insertion • 110 mm (4.33 inch) Variable • 100 mm (3.94 inch)
length • 140 mm (5.51 inch) • 160 mm (6.30 inch)
• 200 mm (7.87 inch) • 230 mm (9.06 inch)
• 260 mm (10.24 inch) • 360 mm (14.17 inch)
• 410 mm (16.14 inch) • 510 mm (20.08 inch)
Extension as per DIN 43772 as per DIN 43772 not adjustable X=20 mm (0.79 inch)
length
Sensor elem. Pt100 + thermocouples Pt100 + thermocouples Pt100 + thermocouples
Sensor • 1 x 4 wire • 1 x 4 wire • 1 x 4 wire
connection • 2 x 3 wire • 2 x 3 wire • 2 x 3 wire
Sensor • Class AA • Class AA • Class AA
accuracy • Class A • Class A • Class A
• Class B • Class B • Class B
• Class 1 • Class 1 • Class 1
• Class 2 • Class 2 • Class 2
Conn. heads Type B (Type A for Ex d versions) Type B (Type A for Ex d versions) Type B (Type A for Ex d versions)
Explosion • Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS" • Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS" • Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"
protection • Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP" • Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP" • Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP"
(EU, CN, EAC, • Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" • Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" • Non-sparking "nA"/"NI"
AU, NZ, US,
CA)
Output signal Sensor signal: Sensor signal: Sensor signal:
• 4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200) • 4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200) • 4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
• HART (TH300) • HART (TH300) • HART (TH300)
• PA (TH400) • PA (TH400) • PA (TH400)
• FF (TH400) • FF (TH400) • FF (TH400)
Application Pressure vessel and piping Pressure vessel and piping Pressure vessel and piping
Limit • Pt100 Basis: • Pt100 Basis: • Pt100 Basis:
temperature1) -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752) -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752) -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
[°C (°F)] • Pt100 extended measuring range: • Pt100 extended measuring range: • Pt100 extended measuring range:
-196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112) -196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112) -196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112)
• Thermocouple: • Thermocouple: • Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012) -40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012) -40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012)
(depends on type) (depends on type) (depends on type)
Max. nominal s. thermowell Tube Ø9 (0.35): Tube Ø9 (0.35):
pressure1) • 0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91) 50 bar • 0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91) 50 bar
(static pres- • 150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81) 40 bar • 150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81) 40 bar
sure at 20°C), • Compression fitting 5 bar
dimensions in Tube Ø12 (0.47):
mm (inch) • 0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91) 75 bar
• 150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81 ) 60 bar
• Compression fitting 5 bar
Compression fitting: Gasket made of PTFE,
temperature min./max. -20 ... 150°C
Min. response s. thermowell 20 … 45 s 20 … 34 s
time t0.5
Degree of prot. IP54 ... IP68 dep. on connection head see IP54 ... IP68 dep. on connection head see IP54 ... IP68 dep. on connection head see
page 2/15 page 2/15 page 2/15
1) Load combinations (temperature, flow, vibration, pressure) can at times significantly restrict these values. Other temperature limits result from e.g. thermowell
materials with lower limit values [e.g. 1.4571 pressure resilient, 450 ... 550 °C (842 ... 1022 °F), limit temperature 800 °C (1472 °F)].

2/32 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Detailed product overview

Type TS500 Type 2G TS500 Type 2F TS500 Type 3

Description Temperature sensors for the process Temperature sensors for the process Temperature sensors for the process
industry (vessels and pipings) industry (vessels and pipings) industry (vessels and pipings)
Quicker than form 2
Application Pipe version for minimal to medium stress Pipe version for minimal to medium stress Pipe version for minimal to medium stress
Version Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 2G,
screwed in
Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 2F with
flange
Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 3 with-
out process connection, improved response
2
time
Type With extension With extension • Without extension, plug-in
• Use with moveable compression fittings
Image

Catalog page 2/65 2/70 2/75

Article No. 7MC751*-1*(A/B)**-1*** 7MC751*-2*(A/B)**-1*** 7MC751*-0*K**-0***

Wetted mater. 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI) 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI) 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI)
Therm. types Form 2G Form 2F Form 3
Process Welded threads: Welded flange Compression fittings
connections •G1 • DN 25, PN10 ... 40 •G½
•G½ • 1RF150 • ½ NPT
• ½ NPT • 1.5RF150 For welding
• 1.5RF300
Insertion • 160 mm (6.30 inch) • 225 mm (8.86 inch) • 225 mm (8.86 inch)
length • 250 mm (9.84 inch) • 315 mm (12.40 inch) • 315 mm (12.40 inch)
• 400 mm (15.75 inch) • 465 mm (18.31 inch) • 465 mm (18.31 inch)
Extension As per DIN 43772 As per DIN 43772 As per DIN 43772
length
Sensor Pt100 + thermocouples Pt100 + thermocouples Pt100 + thermocouples
elements
Sensor • 1 x 4 wire • 1 x 4 wire • 1 x 4 wire
connection • 2 x 3 wire • 2 x 3 wire • 2 x 3 wire
Sensor • Class AA • Class AA • Class AA
accuracy • Class A • Class A • Class A
• Class B • Class B • Class B
• Class 1 • Class 1 • Class 1
• Class 2 • Class 2 • Class 2
Connection Type B (Type A for Ex d versions) Type B (Type A for Ex d versions) Type B (Type A for Ex d versions)
heads
Explosion • Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS" • Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS" • Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"
protection • Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP" • Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP" • Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP"
(EU, CN, EAC, • Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" • Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" • Non-sparking "nA"/"NI"
AU, NZ, US,
CA)
Output signal Sensor signal: Sensor signal: Sensor signal:
• 4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200) • 4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200) • 4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
• HART (TH300) • HART (TH300) • HART (TH300)
• PA (TH400) • PA (TH400) • PA (TH400)
• FF (TH400) • FF (TH400) • FF (TH400)

Application Pressure vessel and piping Pressure vessel and piping Pressure vessel and piping
Limit • Pt100 Basis: • Pt100 Basis: • Pt100 Basis:
temperat.1) -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752 ) -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752 ) -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752 )
[°C (°F)] • Pt100 extended measuring range: • Pt100 extended measuring range: • Pt100 extended measuring range:
-196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112 ) -196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112 ) -196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112 )
• Thermocouple: • Thermocouple: • Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012) -40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012) -40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012)
(depends on type) (depends on type) (depends on type)
Max. nominal Tube Ø9 (0.35 ): Tube Ø9 (0.35 ): Tube Ø12 (0.47):
pressure1) • 0 ... 150 mm (0 ... 5.91 inch) 50 bar • 0 ... 150 mm (0 ... 5.91 inch) 50 bar • 0 ... 200 (0 ... 7.87) 75 bar
(static pres- • 150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81) 40 bar • 150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81) 40 bar • 200 ... 300 mm (7.87 ... 11.81) 60 bar
sure at 20°C), • Compression fitting 5 bar Tube Ø12 (0.47): • Compression fitting 5 bar
dimensions in Tube Ø12 (0.47): • 0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91) 75 bar Compression fitting: Gasket made of PTFE,
mm (inch) • 0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91) 75 bar • 150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81) 60 bar temperature min./max. -20 ... 150°C
• 150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81) 60 bar Note restriction imposed by PN of the flange
Min. response 20 … 34 s 20 … 34 s 7 … 15 s
time t0.5
Degr. of protec. IP54 ... IP68 dep. on connection head see IP54 ... IP68 dep. on connection head see IP54 ... IP68 dep. on connection head see
page 2/15 page 2/15 page 2/15
1) Load combinations (temperature, flow, vibration, pressure) can at times significantly restrict these values. Other temperature limits result from e.g. thermowell
materials with lower limit values [e.g. 1.4571 pressure resilient, 450 ... 550 °C (842 ... 1022 °F), limit temperature 800 °C (1472 °F)].

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/33

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Detailed product overview

Type TS500 Type 3G TS500 Type 3F TS500 Type 4/4F

Description Temperature sensors for the process industry Temperature sensors for the process industry Temperature sensors for the process industry
(vessels and pipings) (vessels and pipings) (vessels and pipings)
Faster as form 2 Faster as form 2 Quick-respone version available
Applic. area Tubular version for minimal to medium stress Tubular version for minimal to medium stress Barstock version for medium to highest stress
2 Version Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 3G,
screwed in
Thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type 3F with
flange
Thermowell to DIN 43722:
• Type 4 for weld-in
• Type 4F with flange
Type With extension With extension With extension
Image

Catalog page 2/80 2/85 2/90

Article No. 7MC751*-1*K**-1*** 7MC751*-2*K**-1*** 7MC752*

Wetted 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI) 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI) Form 4F:
material 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI)
Additional Form 4:
1.7335; 1.5415(A 182 F11; A 204 Size A)
Thermowell Form 3G Form 3F • Form 4
types • Form 4F
Process Welded threads: Welded flange For 4 for welding in, Form 4F with flange:
connections •G1 • DN 25, PN10 ... 40 • DN 25, PN10 ... 40
•G½ • 1RF150 • 1RF150
• ½ NPT • 1.5RF150 • 1RF300
• 1.5RF300 • 1.5RF150
• 1.5RF300
Insertion • 160 mm (6.30 inch) • 225 mm (8.86 inch) Form 4F:
length • 220 mm (8.66 inch) • 285 mm (11.22 inch) as per customer-specification
• 280 mm (11.02 inch) • 345 mm (13.58 inch) Form 4:
• 110 mm (4.33 inch) fast
• 140 mm (5.51 inch) fast/normal
• 200 mm (7.87 inch) fast/normal
• 260 mm (10.23 inch) normal
Extension As per DIN 43772 As per DIN 43772 As per DIN 43772
length
Sensor elem. Pt100 + thermocouples Pt100 + thermocouples Pt100 + thermocouples
Sensor • 1 x 4 wire • 1 x 4 wire • 1 x 4 wire
connection • 2 x 3 wire • 2 x 3 wire • 2 x 3 wire
Sensor • Class AA • Class AA • Class AA
accuracy • Class A • Class A • Class A
• Class B • Class B • Class B
• Class 1 • Class 1 • Class 1
• Class 2 • Class 2 • Class 2
Conn. heads Type B (Type A for Ex d versions) Type B (Type A for Ex d versions) Type B (Type A for Ex d versions)
Explosion pro- • Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS" • Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS" • Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"
tection (EU, • •Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP" • •Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP" • •Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP"
CN, EAC, AU, • •Dust protection by enclosure "t"/"DIP" • •Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" • •Non-sparking "nA"/"NI"
NZ, US, CA) • •Non-sparking "nA"/"NI"
Output signal Sensor signal: Sensor signal: Sensor signal:
• 4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200) • 4... 20 mA (TH100/TH200) • 4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
• HART (TH300) • HART (TH300) • HART (TH300)
• PA (TH400) • PA (TH400) • PA (TH400)
• FF (TH400) • FF (TH400) • FF (TH400)

Application Vessels and pipings Vessels and pipings Vessels and pipings
Limit • Pt100 Basis: • Pt100 Basis: • Pt100 Basis:
temperat.1) -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752) -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752) -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
[°C (°F)] • Pt100 extended measuring range: • Pt100 extended measuring range: • Pt100 extended measuring range:
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1112) -196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1112) -196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1112)
• Thermocouple: • Thermocouple: • Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012) -40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012) -40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012)
(depends on type) (depends on type) (depends on type)
Max. nominal Pipe Ø12 (0.47): Pipe Ø12 (0.47): Mat. (1.4404; 1.4571) :
pressure1) • 0 ... 200 75 bar • 0 ... 200 75 bar • 65 450 bar
(static pres- • 200 ... 300 60 bar • 200 ... 300 60 bar • 125 350 bar
sure at 20°C), Note restriction imposed by PN of the flange Mat. (1.7335; 1.5415) :
dimensions in • 65 500 bar
mm (inch) • 125 400 bar
Form 4F: Note restriction imposed by PN of
the flange
Min. response 7 … 15 s 7 … 15 s 24 mm (0.95 inch): 20 … 45 s
time t0.5
Deg. of protect. IP54 ... IP68 dep. on connection head, see IP54 ... IP68 dep. on connection head, see IP54 ... IP68 dep. on connection head, see
page 2/15 page 2/15 page 2/15
1) Load combinations (temperature, flow, vibration, pressure) can at times significantly restrict these values. Other temperature limits result from e.g. thermowell
materials with lower limit values [e.g. 1.4571 pressure resilient, 450 ... 550 °C (842 ... 1022 °F), limit temperature 800 °C (1472 °F)].

2/34 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Detailed product overview

Type TS Thermowells 7MT14.. TS Thermowells 7MT2.. TS Thermowells 7MT3.. TS Thermowells 7MT4.. TS Thermowells 7MT5..
Description Thermometer thermowells for the process industry
Application Barstock version for medium to extreme stress
Version Thermowell according to Thermowell according to ASME B40.9
DIN 43772
Type With flange connection or For screwing in For welding With flange connection Van Stone version 2
for welding
Catalog page 2/104 2/107 2/107 2/108 2/108
Article No. 7MT14.. 7MT21.. (straight) 7MT31.. (straight) 7MT41.. (straight) 7MT51.. (straight)
7MT22.. (reduced) 7MT32.. (reduced) 7MT42.. (reduced) 7MT52.. (reduced)
7MT23.. (tapered) 7MT33.. (tapered) 7MT43.. (tapered) 7MT53.. (tapered)
Material, in • 316Ti/1.4571 • 316L/1.4404 • 316L/1.4404 • 316L/1.4404 • 316L/1.4404
contact with • 316L/1.4404 • Carbon steel • Carbon steel • Carbon steel • Hastelloy C276/2.4819
media • Hastelloy C276/2.4819 • 304L/1.4306 • 304L/1.4306 • Hastelloy C276/2.4819 • Hastelloy C22/2.4602
• 1.5415 Heat-resistant • 321/1.4541 • 321/1.4541 • Hastelloy C22/2.4602 • 304L / 1.4306
• 1.7335 Heat-resistant • 304L / 1.4306 • 321 / 1.4541
• PTFE coating • 321 / 1.4541 • Monel alloy 400/2.4360
(thermowell made of • Monel alloy 400/2.4360 • Duplex/1.4462
316/TI/L) • Tantal (sleeve, ther- • Superduplex
• ECTFE (HALAR) mowell made of • Tantalum coating on
thermowell made of 316/TI/L) 316
316/TI/L) • Duplex/1.4462 • PTFE coating
• Stellite coating • Super Duplex thermowell made of
(thermowell made of • PTFE coating 316/TI/L)
316/TI/L) (thermowell made of • ECTFE (HALAR)
316/TI/L) thermowell made of
• ECTFE (HALAR) (ther- 316/TI/L)
mowell made of • Stellite coating
316/TI/L) thermowell made of
• Stellite coating 316/TI/L)
(thermowell made of
316/TI/L)
Thermowell • Straight/tapered • straight
forms • reduced (staggered)
• tapered
Process con- • Without (for direct weld- • M20x1.5 • 26.7 mm • EN 1092-1: • 33,4 mm/51 mm
nections ing) • M27x2.0 • 33.4 mm DN 25, 40, 50/ • 48,3 mm/73 mm
• Flange connection • M33x2,0 • 48.3 mm PN 10-16, 25-40 • 60,3 mm/92 mm
• EN 1092-1: • 1/2-14 NPT • ASME B16.5: + collar flanges
DN 40, 50/ • 3/4 NPT 1", 1,5, "2", 3", 4"/ ASME B16.5:
PN 10-16, 25-40 • 1 NPT Class 150, 300, 600 1", 1,5" 2"/
• ASME B16.5: • G1/2 Class 150, 300, 600
1,5" 2"/ • G3/4
Class 150, 300, 600 • G1
• R1/2
• R3/4
• R1
Installation Standard lenght and free configuration
length
Extension Standard lenght and free configuration
length
Explosion Not Ex-relevant, but offers zone separation when wall thickness of 1 mm for anti-corrosive materials, or otherwise 3 mm is
protection observed. Not for coated versions.
Application Pipelines and containers
Limit Material-dependent
temperatures
Max. static Material-dependent
pressure
Min. response 20 s... several minutes
time
Degree of but offers zone separation when wall thickness of 1 mm for anti-corrosive materials, or otherwise 3 mm is observed
protection

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/35

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Conversion assistance old appliance

Number of sensors + Ex
Old New

Number of sensors
Length of 2nd digit
Length of 1st digit
Connection head

PA characteristic

Thermowell form

Connection side

Ex protection
Sensor type
2

PA weights

Extension
Material

Material
Length

-
7MC1006- 7 D 7 1 7 7MC751 1 - 1 C A 7 7 - 0 7 A 7
1 0 1
2 0 4
3 1 0
4 2 0
5 3 1
A 1 -Z E01
B 5 -Z E01
E 1 -Z E01
F 5 -Z E01
1 A
4 B
6 C
7 -
7MC1007- 7 D 7 1 7 7MC751 1 - 1 C A 7 7 - 1 7 C 7
5 0 4
6 1 2
7 2 2
A 1 -Z E01
B 5 -Z E01
E 1 -Z E01
F 5 -Z E01
1 A
4 B
6 C
7 -
7MC1008- 7 D 7 1 7 7MC751 1 - 1 E B 7 7 - 1 7 C 7 -Z E01
6 0 4
7 1 2
A 1
B 5
1 A
4 B
6 C
7 -

2/36 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Conversion assistance old appliance

Number of sensors + Ex
Old New

Number of sensors
Length of 2nd digit
Length of 1st digit
Connection head

PA characteristic

Thermowell form

Connection side

Ex protection
Sensor type
PA weights
2

Extension
Material

Material
Length

-
7MC1010- 7 7 7 2 * 7MC752 7 - 0 N 7 7 0 - 7 7 C 7
1 A 0 1
2 A 0 9 N2D: X45
{Y45:209 mm}
3 A 0 9 N2D: X45
{Y45:179 mm}
4 B 0 1
5 B 0 9 N2D: X45
{Y45:179 mm}
6 D 0 1
7 D 0 9 N2D: X45
{Y45:179 mm}
8 E 0 9 N1D: X45
{Y45:119 mm}
G 3
F 1
A 1 -Z E01
B 5 -Z E01
E 1 -Z E01
F 5 -Z E01
1 A
4 B
6 C
7 -
7MC1017- 7 F 7 1 7 7MC751 1 - 2 A B 7 7 - 9 7 C 7 N2D: X45
{Y45:129 mm}
1 0 4
2 1 2
A 1 -Z E01
B 5 -Z E01
E 1 -Z E01
F 5 -Z E01
1 A
4 B
6 C
7 -
7MC1041- 7 F 7 0 7 7MC751 1 - 2 A K 7 7 - 1 7 C 7
1 1 1
2 1 4
3 1 7
A A 1 -Z E01
A B 5 -Z E01
E A 1 -Z E01
E B 5 -Z E01
1 A
4 B
6 C
7 -

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/37

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Conversion assistance old appliance

Measuring insert type

Old New

Number of sensors

Number of sensors

Length of 2nd digit

Length of 1st digit
Connection head

Ex protection
2

Diameter

Sensor
Length

7MC1900- 7 E A 7MC701 8 - 1 C A 7 7 -Z E01

1 3 3
2 4 1
3 4 7 -Z Y44: B=1025 mm
4 4 7 -Z Y44: B=1425 mm
7MC1910- 7 J 7 7MC701 6 - 1 C 7 7 7
1 1 3
2 1 7
3 2 1
4 2 3
5 2 5
6 2 7
7 3 5
8 2 0
A A
B D
7MC1913- 7 A 7 7 2 7MC701 6 - 1 C 7 7 7 -Z E01
1 1 3
2 1 7
3 2 1
4 2 3
5 2 5
6 2 7
7 2 0
8 3 5
A 2 A
B 1 D

Old New
External diameter of sheath

External diameter of sheath

Number of sensors

Connection side
Nominal length

Ex-protection
Type of cable

Sensor
Length

7MC2027- 7 7 A 7 0 7MC711 1 - 7 7 K 1 1 - 0 A A 0 -Z E01

1 B
2 D -Z Y44: U=300 mm
3 D
A -Z J03
B -Z S03
C -Z L03
1 -
2 -
3 -
4 -

2/38 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Conversion assistance old appliance

Old External diameter of sheath New

External diameter of sheath

Type + number of sensor
Material of sheath

Ex-protection
Sensor type

Number
Length

Length
7MC2021- 7 7 7 -Z 7MC721 2 - 7 7 7 7 5 - 0 A A 0 -Z E01
2 3
4 6
C
L
E J 1
F J 4
A - -
B - -
C K 1
D K 4
A01 C -Z Y44: U=250 mm
A02 F
A03 M
A04 T

Old New
External diameter of sheath

External diameter of sheath

Number of sensors

Material of sheath

Ex-protection
Sensor type

Number
Length

Length

7MC2028- 7 A 7 7 7 7MC721 2 - 7 7 K 7 4 - 0 A A 0 -Z E01

1 D -Z Y44: U=300 mm
2 D
C 1
D 4
1 -
2 -
3 3
4 6
1
2

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/39

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS
Ordering examples

Connection head, Form B Old New

• Made of cast light alloy, with 1 cable bushing and
- Screw cover 1 A
- Standard hinged cover 4 B
2 - Hinged cover high 6 C
• Made of stainless steel, with 1 cable bushing and screw cover 7 -
Measuring insert, single A 1
Measuring insert, single, explosion protection E 1 and additional E01
Measuring insert, double B 5
Measuring insert, double, explosion protection F 5 and additional E01

■ More information
Ordering examples for SITRANS TS100/200 Ordering example for SITRANS TS500
Desired features Article No. Desired features Article No.
SITRANS TS100 7MC7111 SITRANS TS500 7MC751
Sensor diameter 6 Material 1
Standard length 200 mm C Process connection 1E
(scope of sensor length 101 ... 250 mm)
Thermowell form A
Sensor A1
Insertion length U Standard 250 mm 12
Flying leads 1 (insertion length customer-specific
220 mm)
Enclosed compression fitting A41
Extension X customer-specific 9
Connection cable PVC, 10 m J10
Head C
TAG plate Y15: TTSA5458
Sensor A
Non-Ex requirements -Z E00
Sensor number/Accuracy 1
Full article no.:
Extension X customer-specific N2D
7MC7111-6CA11-Z A41+J10+Y15
Y15: TTSA5458 Insertion length U customer-specific Y44: 220 mm
Extension length X customer-specific Y45: 200 mm

Desired features Article No. Plant calibration per 3-point Y33: 0°C
Y33: 50°C
SITRANS TS100 7MC7111
Y33: 150°C
Sensor diameter 6
Non-Ex requirements -Z E00
Standard length 200 mm C
(scope of sensor length 101 ... 250 mm) Full article no.:
Sensor A1 7MC7511-1EA12-9CA1-Z N2D+Y44+Y45 +Y33+Y33+Y33
Y44: 220 mm
Flying leads 1
Y45: 200 mm
Enclosed compression fitting A41 Y33: 0°C
Y33: 50°C
Connection cable PVC, 10 m J10
Y33: 150°C
TAG plate Y15: TTSA5458
Customer-specific length 211 mm Y44: 211 mm
Non-Ex requirements -Z E00

Full article no.:

7MC7111-6CA11-Z A41+J10+Y15+Y44
Y15: TTSA5458
Y44: 211 mm

2/40 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS100
Cable, mineral-insulated

■ Dimensional drawings
Design of connection side

(3.54)
LC90

Flying leads, IP00, dimensions in mm (inch)

Ø12
(0.47)

(1.57)
40
(3.54)
90
(0.40)
10

Coupling LEMO 1S, IP50, dimensions in mm (inch)

M12x1
B = U + 10 (0.40)

60 (2.36)

Ø19
(0.75)
U

NBL
TSL

M12 device plug, IP54, dimensions in +mm (inch)

Ød

B Measuring insert length

(1.97)
50

Ød Measuring insert outer diameter (6 (0.24))

LC Cable length
NBL Non-bending length
TSL Temperature-sensitive length
U Insertion length 25,4
(1.0)
SITRANS TS100, temperature sensors in cable version, universal use,
mineral-insulated version, for unfavorable space conditions, IP54 at sen- Thermocouple plug, IP20, dimensions in mm (inch)
sor/cable transition, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/41

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS100
Cable, mineral-insulated

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS TS100 7MC7111- Further designs
Temperature sensors in cable version, uni- 77777 Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
versal use, mineral-insulated version, for
unfavorable space conditions Customer-specific length of sensor element B, Y44
effective length U = B-10
2 Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Select range, enter desired length in plain text
(No entry = standard length)
Sensor diameter Options
6 mm (0.24 inch) 6
Add "-Z" to Article No., add options, separate extensions
Length of sensor element B, effective with "+".
length U = B-10; see dimensional drawings
page 2/41 Connection cable, type and length
200 mm (7.87 inch) C Cable type = 1st letter,
500 mm (19.68 inch) D Length 1 ... 99 m (3.28 ... 324.80 ft) = 2nd + 3rd
750 mm (29.53 inch) E place
e.g.: 34 m (111.55 ft) connection cable PVC
Customer-specific length of sensor ele- (PVC code is J34)
ment B, effective length U = B-10; see with X meters connection cable (JJ) PVC/PVC, J01 ... J99
dimensional drawings page 2/41 Operating temperature (-10...+105°C) (14 ... 221 °F)
enter customer specific length with Y44, with X meters connection cable (SLFP) S01 ... S99
see Order codes below Silicone/Fluorpolymer, operating temperature
70 ... 100 mm (2.76 ... 3.94 inch) B -50 ... +180 °C (-58 ... +356 °F)
Initial: 100 mm (3.94 inch) with X meters connection cable (TGLV) PTFE/glass L01 ... L99
101 ... 250 mm (3.98 ... 9.84 inch) C fiber/reinforced with stainless steel), Operating tem-
Initial: 200 mm (7.87 inch) perature (-100...+205°C (148 ... 401°F))
251 ... 500 mm (9.88 ... 19.68 inch) D
1) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online
Initial: 500 mm (19.68 inch)
501 ... 750 mm (19.72 ... 29.53 inch) E Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal
Initial: 750 mm (29.53 inch)
751 ... 1 000 mm (19.72 ... 39.37 inch) F Additional configurations on page after next page!
Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch) You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
1 001 ... 1500 mm (39.4 ... 59.00 inch) G
Initial: 1 500 mm (59.00 inch)
Special length: < 70 mm (2.76 inch) or X
> 1500 mm (59.00 inch)
Sensor1)
Please note: The accuracy class range can
be lower than the measuring range. For more
information, see page 2/17
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, vibration-resitant, -50 ... +400 °C B
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, expanded range, C
-196 ... +600 °C (-320.8 ... +1 112 °F)
Thermocouple Type K, -40 ... +1 000 °C K
(-40 .... +1 832 °F)
Thermocouple Type J, only class 2, J
-40 ... +750 °C (-40 ... +1 382 °F)
Sensor number/Accuracy
Circuit Pt 100: 1 x 4-wire circuit or 2 x 3-wire
circuit, see "Measuring technique:
Connection types", page 2/19
Single, basic accuracy 1
(Class 2/Class B)
Single, increased accuracy 2
(Class 1/Class A)
Single, highest accuracy 3
(Class AA)
Double, basic accuracy 4
(Class 2/Class B)
Double, increased accuracy 5
(Class 1/Class A)
Double, highest accuracy 6
(Class AA)
Design of connection side
Flying leads 1
LEMO coupling 1S 2
M12 device plug, not for double Pt100 3
Thermocouple coupling, from TC-material 4
(2xTC on request)

2/42 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS100
Cable, mineral-insulated

ØD
Selection and Ordering data Order code
AF Options
Add "-Z" to Article No., add options, separate exten-
sions with "+".

42 (1.65)
Process connection
Soldering nipple G¼", enclosed A20 2
K1 Soldering nipple G½", enclosed A21
E Soldering nipple NPT½", enclosed A22
Soldering nipple M18x1.5, enclosed A23
Compression fitting, metric (A30, A31), dimensions in mm (inch) Compression fitting G¼", enclosed A30
Compression fitting G½", enclosed A31
ØD Compression fitting NPT ½", enclosed A32
SW
Surface connection piece, aluminum, enclosed A50
(non Ex)
Explosion protection
42 (1.65)

Without explosion protection requirements E00

(Europe, Australia, New Zealand)

K1
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS1) according to ATEX and IECEx E01
(Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
E
Without explosion protection requirements E10
(USA, Canada) Basis FM
Compression fitting NPT (A32), dimensions in mm (inch) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cFMus E11
(USA, Canada)

SW ØD Without explosion protection requirements E17

(USA, Canada)
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus
25 (0.98)

E18
(USA, Canada)
K1 Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
E Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
Without explosion protection requirements (EAC) E80
Soldering nipple, metric (A20, A21, A23), dimensions in mm (inch) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to EACEx (EAC) E81
Marine approvals
SW ØD Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV GL) D01
Bureau Veritas (BV) D02
30 (1.18)

Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04

American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
K1 Certificates and approvals
E EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for materials C12
coming into contact with media
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate visual: measure- C34
Soldering nipple NPT (A22), dimensions in mm (inch) ment and functional inspection
EN 10204-2.1: Declaration of compliance with the C35
order
50 ISO 9001 grease-free C51
(1.97) (cleaned for e.g. oxygen applications)
Further options
(1.81)

Stainless steel TAG plate , Y15

30

Enter lettering in plain text

Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in Y33
plain text, Attention: For devices with built-in head
transmitters, select test points within the set mea-
20 surement range
(0.79)
Option not found?
(0.63)

Handling number special version Y99

16

1) Please select Ex i version of the optional transmitter.

You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
Surface connection piece (A50), dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/43

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS200
Compact, mineral-insulated

■ Dimensional drawings
15
U (1.59)

2 B
0

150
U (5.91)
10
(0.39)
B
1

40
U (1.57)
10
(0.39) 2

36
U (1.41)
10
(0.39) 3

B
50
U (1.97)
5
(0.20) 4

U 65 (2.56)

20
(0.79) 5

B Measuring insert length

H Head height
U Insertion length

IP level IP level
sensor terminals
0 Basic sensor U=B IP65 IP00
1 Flying leads U = B + 10 (0.39) IP65 IP00
2 LEMO coupling 1S U = B - 10 (0.39) IP65 IP50
3 M12 device plugs U = B - 10 (0.39) IP65 IP54
4 Thermocouple coupling U = B - 5 (0.20) IP65 IP65
5 Mini connection head U = B - 20 (0.79) IP65 IP65

SITRANS TS200, temperature sensors in cable version, universal use,

mineral-insulated version, for unfavorable space conditions, dimensions
in mm (inch)

2/44 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS200
Compact, mineral-insulated

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS TS200 7MC7212- Further designs
Temperature sensors in compact version, 77777 Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
universal use, mineral-insulated version,
for unfavorable space conditions Customer-specific length of sensor element B, Y44
effective length, U see dimensional drawing on
Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
page 2/44
Select range, enter desired length in plain text
2
Sensor diameter (No entry = standard length)
6 mm (0.24 inch) 6 1) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online
Length of sensor element B, effective Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal
length U see dimensional drawing on
page 2/44 Additional configurations on page after next page!
200 mm (7.87 inch) C You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
500 mm (19.68 inch) D
750 mm (29.53 inch) E
Customer-specific length of sensor ele-
ment B, effective length U see dimensional
drawing on page 2/44
enter customer specific length with Y44,
see Order codes below
70 ...100 mm (2.76 ... 3.94 inch) B
Initial: 100 mm (3.94 inch)
101 ... 250 mm (3.98 ... 9.84 inch) C
Initial: 200 mm (7.87 inch)
251 ... 500 mm (9.88 ... 19.68 inch) D
Initial: 500 mm (19.68 inch)
501 ... 750 mm (19.72 ... 29.53 inch) E
Initial: 750 mm (29.53 inch)
751 ... 1 000 mm (29.57 ... 39.37 inch) F
Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 1 500 mm (39.4 ... 59.00 inch) G
Initial: 1 500 mm (59.00 inch)
Special length: < 70 mm (2.76 inch) or X
> 1500 mm (59.00 inch)
Sensor1)
Please note: The accuracy class range can
be lower than the measuring range. For more
information, see page 2/17
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, vibration-resistant, -50 ... +400 °C B
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, expanded range, C
-196 ... +600 °C (-320.8 ... +1 112 °F)
Thermocouple Type K, -40 ... +1 000 °C K
(-40 ... +1 832 °F)
Thermocouple Type J, only class 2, J
-40 ... +750 °C (-40 ... +1 382 °F)
Number/Accuracy
Circuit Pt 100: 1 x 4-wire circuit or
2 x 3-wire circuit, see "Measuring technique:
Connection types", page 2/19
Single, basic accuracy 1
(Class 2/Class B)
Single, increased accuracy 2
(Class 1/Class A)
Single, highest accuracy 3
(Class AA)
Double, basic accuracy 4
(Class 2/Class B)
Double, increased accuracy 5
(Class 1/Class A)
Double, highest accuracy 6
(Class AA)
Design of connection side
Solid wire ends (sensor element) 0
Flying leads 1
LEMO coupling 1S 2
M12 device plug, not for double Pt100 3
Thermocouple coupling, from TC-material 4
(2xTC on request)
Mini connection head, aluminum, not for dou- 5
ble Pt100

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/45

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS200
Compact, mineral-insulated

ØD
Selection and Ordering data Order code
AF Options
Add "-Z" to Article No., add options, separate exten-
sions with "+".

42 (1.65)
Process connection
2 Soldering nipple G¼", enclosed A20
K1 Soldering nipple G½", enclosed A21
E Soldering nipple NPT½", enclosed A22
Soldering nipple M18x1.5, enclosed A23
Compression fitting, metric (A30, A31), dimensions in mm (inch) Compression fitting G¼", enclosed A30
Compression fitting G½", enclosed A31
ØD Compression fitting NPT½", enclosed A32
SW
Surface connection piece, aluminum, enclosed A50
(non Ex)
Explosion protection
42 (1.65)

Without explosion protection requirements E00

(Europe, Australia, New Zealand)

K1
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS1) according to ATEX and IECEx E01
(Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
E
Without explosion protection requirements E10
(USA, Canada) Basis FM
Compression fitting NPT (A32), dimensions in mm (inch) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cFMus E11
(USA, Canada)

SW ØD Without explosion protection requirements E17

(USA, Canada)
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus
25 (0.98)

E18
(USA, Canada)
K1 Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
E Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
Without explosion protection requirements (EAC) E80
Soldering nipple, metric (A20, A21, A23), dimensions in mm (inch) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to EACEx (EAC) E81
Marine approvals
SW ØD Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV GL) D01
Bureau Veritas (BV) D02
30 (1.18)

Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04

American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
K1 Certificates and approvals
E EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for materials C12
coming into contact with media
Soldering nipple NPT (A22), dimensions in mm (inch) EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate visual, measure- C34
ment and functional inspection
EN 10204-2.1: Declaration of compliance with the C35
50 order
(1.97)
ISO 9001 grease-free (cleaned for e.g. oxygen appli- C51
cations)
(1.81)

Setting, designation, calibration

30

Stainless steel TAG plate , Y15

Enter lettering in plain text
Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in Y33
20 plain text. Attention: For devices with built-in head
(0.79) transmitters, select test points within the set measure-
ment range
(0.63)

Option not found?

16

Handling number special version Y99

1) Please select Ex i version of the optional transmitter.
Surface connection piece (A50), dimensions in mm (inch)
You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
Accessories, see page 2/237.

2/46 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS300
For food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology modular design

■ Dimensional drawings
Ø 60 (2.36)
Cable gland
M12x1.5
for cable Ø 3 ... 6.5
(0.12 ... 0.26) 2

H
H1

Ød
X
B = N + H1

Ø 50.5
N

(1.99)
U

Ø D3

ØD

B Measuring insert length

Ød Measuring insert outer diameter (6 (0.24))
ØD Process connection outer diameter
ØD3 Protective pipe inner diameter
H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
N Nominal length
U Insertion length
X Extension length

SITRANS TS300 modular design, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/47

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS300
For food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology modular design

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
SITRANS TS300 7MC8005- SITRANS TS300 7MC8005-
for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnol- for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnol-
7777 0 - 777 0 777 7777 0 - 777 0 777
ogy, modular design for installation in ogy, modular design for installation in
pipelines and vessels pipelines and vessels

2 Click on the Article No. for the online con-

figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Neck tube length X
65 mm (2.56 inch) [M = 80 mm (3.15 inch)] 1
Head 130 mm (5.12 inch) [M = 145 mm (5.71 inch)] 2
Stainless steel head, BS0, screw cover 5 Special version: 9 N1Y
(Standard version) (add Order code and plain text)
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover standard 1 Insertion length
Plastic cover, BM0, srew cover 2 Enter customer specific length with Y44,
Aluminum head, BB0, hinged cover low 3 see Order codes below
Aluminum head, BC0, hinged cover high 4 15 mm (0.59 inch) B
Special version: 9 H1Y 16 ... 35 mm (0.63 ...1.38 inch) C
(add Order code and plain text) Initial: 35 mm (1.38 inch)
36 ... 50 mm (1.42 ... 1.97 inch) D
Process connection, Initial: 50 mm (1.97 inch)
material 1.4404 or 1.4435/316L
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94 inch) E
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with slotted Initial: 100 mm (3.94 inch)
union nut and nominal diameter/pressure
101 ... 160 mm (3.98 ... 6.30 inch) F
DN 25/PN 40 AA Initial: 160 mm (6.30 inch)
DN 32/PN 40 AB 161 ... 250 mm (6.34 ... 9.84 inch) G
DN 40/PN 40 AC Initial: 250 mm (9.84 inch)
DN 50/PN 25 AD 251 ... 400 mm (9.88 ... 15.75 inch) H
Clamp connection: Initial: 400 mm (15.75 inch)
ISO 2852 DIN Tri-Clamp Outer 1 ... 4 inch, Initial: 4 inch J
32676 diameter 4 ... 6 inch, Initial: 6 inch K
D 6 ... 9 inch, Initial: 9 inch L
– – ½"/ ¾" 25.0 mm CA Special version: Z P1Y
(add Order code and plain text)
DN 25/ DN 1", 1½" 50.5 mm CB
33.7/38 25/32/40 Sensor
DN 40/51 DN 50 2" 64.0 mm CC Thin-film technology:
DN 63.5 – 2½" 77.5 mm CD measuring range -50 ... +400 °C
DN 88.9 DN 80 – 106.0 mm CE (-58 ... +752 °F)
Varivent connection (Tuchenhagen) 2 x Pt100, class A, three-wire G
D6 = 50 mm (1.97 inch), KU 1 x Pt100, class A, four-wire H
for Varivent housing DN 25 and DN 1" Special version: Z Q1Y
D6 = 68 mm (2.68 inch), KV (add Order code and plain text)
for Varivent housing DN 40 ... 125 Further designs Order code
and 1½" ... 6" Add "-Z" to Article No. and add Order code
NEUMO/BioControl Process connection completely electropol- P01
Size 25 BA ished
Size 50 BB Hygiene version H01
Size 65 BC (Ra < 0.8 m (3.1 x 10-5 inch))
Ingold flange Certificates
DN 25 with hexagon union nut G 1¼", JA • Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
mounting length 40 mm (1.57"), diameter certified by factory certificate to
24.8 mm (0.98") incl. O-ring EN 10204-3.1
Welding piece LA • Material certificate to EN 10204-3.1 C12
(sphere diameter 30 x 40 mm TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
(1.2 x 1.6 inch) long) specify TAG No. in plain text
Special version: ZA J1Y Test report (at 0, 50 and 100%) Y33
Type of screwed gland and nominal diame- specify measuring range in plain text
ter (add Order code and plain text) If optional head transmitters are integrated,
please note that all calibration points are
Protective tube Measuring insert located in the set measuring range. If the
Ø D = 6 mm Ø 3/3.2 mm, 1 points are located outside the standard
(0.24 inch) (0.12/0.13 inch) measuring range, a Y01 addition is always
miner. insul. required.
Ø D =9 mm Ø 6 mm (0.24 inch) 2 Insertion length customer-specific Y44
(0.35 inch) Select range, enter desired length in plain
Ø D =9 mm Ø 6 mm (0.24 inch) 3 text (No entry = standard length)
(0.35 inch) miner. insul.
Ø D =9 mm Ø 3/3.2 mm, 4
(0.35 inch) (0.12/0.12 inch)
tapered tip miner. insul.
D2 =5 Ø x 20 mm
(0.2 x 0.79 inch)
Special version: 9 L1Y
(add Order code and plain text)

2/48 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS300
For food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology modular design

■ Dimensional drawings
Conical connection with Tri-Clamp- Clamp- connection Ball weld sleeve
union nut according connection acc. to DIN 32676 Ball 30 x 40
acc. to DIN 11851 or ISO 2852 (1.18 x 1.58)
D6=30 2
(1.81)
X

X
ØD6 ØD6
U

U
ØD ØD ØD ØD

G1A without dead space Varivent connection NEUMO BioControl Ingold connection Protective pipe
due to DN 25 with union nut design based on DIN 43772
conical metal cone
SW 46 Similar to form 3
Form 2
tapered tip

X
X

(1.58)
O-ring EPDM
L=40
X

ØD

3 (0.12)
ØD6 ØD6

3 (0.12)
U

(0.79)
G1A
U

U
U

20
Øda Ø24.8
(0.98)
ØD ØD ØD ØD
ØD ØD2

Process connections, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/49

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS300
For food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology modular design

Selection and Ordering data Order code

Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Built-in head transmitter
Measuring range to be set must be specified with
2 plain text data "Y11".
SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T10
SITRANS TH100 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T11
SITRANS TH200, 4 ... 20 mA, universal T20
SITRANS TH200 Ex i(ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, universal T21
SITRANS TH300, HART, universal T30
SITRANS TH300 Ex i (ATEX), HART, universal T31
SITRANS TH400 PA, universal T40
SITRANS TH400 PA Ex i, universal T41
SITRANS TH400 FF, universal T45
SITRANS TH400 FF Ex i, universal T46
Transmitter options
Transmitter, enter complete setting in plain text Y11
(Y11:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain Y17
text
Transmitter, enter measuring point description (max. Y23
16 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter measuring point text Y24
(max. 32 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text Y25
Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA U36
(instead of 22.8 mA)
Transmitter with a SIL 2 conformity C20
Transmitter with a SIL 2/3 conformity C23
Transmitter test protocol (5 points) C11
Further options
Connection form, flying leads (for the direct transmit- G01
ter assembly, delivery without screws and springs)
M12 device plug (in combination with 1x Pt100 G12
and/or transmitter, Non-Ex)
Option not found?
Specify special version in plain text Y98
Process number for the special version Y99
Accessories, see page 2/237.

2/50 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS300
For food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology clamp-on design

■ Dimensional drawings
7

8 2
6
9
5
4

3
1 Vibration-locking-screw
2 Mounting screws
3 Process pipeline
4 Temperature sensor
5 Thermal decoupling
6 Spring load
7 Electrical connection
M12 2
8 Replaceable measuring 1
insert
9 Heat insulated pipe collar

Resitance thermometer with protection pipe in Clamp-on design

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/51

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS300
For food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology clamp-on design

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
SITRANS TS300 7MC8016- 7 7 7 7 0 7 7 7 SITRANS TS300 7MC8016- 7 7 7 7 0 7 7 7
for food, pharmaceuticals and biotech- for food, pharmaceuticals and biotech-
nology nology
Clamp-on design for the measuring of Clamp-on design for the measuring of
2 the pipe surface temperature
Click on the Article No. for the online con-
the pipe surface temperature
38.1 (1.50) A3
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. 41.0 (1.61) B3
Design 42.4 (1.67) C3
Acc. to IEC 60751, class A 1 44.5 (1.75) D3
[-40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)]
48.3 (1.90) 90 x 85 x 20 E3
Type of connection 50.8 (2.00) (3.54 x 3.35 x 0.79) F3
Device plug M12 x 1 A
connection head form B, stainless steel B 53.0 (2.09) G3
4 ... 20 mA compact transmitter C 54.0 (2.13) H3
SITRANS TH100slim (standard measuring 57.0 (2.24) J3
range 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F))
Always indicate external tube diameter Z0 K1 Y
Mounting with pipe collar for1):
Pipe outer-Ø Collar size • Installation with tube collar and deviating
mm (inch) mm (inch) external tube diameter (S11-S19)
• Securing with clamps (S21-S23)
4 (0.16) A1 • Clamping band installation (S31-S35)
6 (0.24) B1
1) Special sizes for pipe outer diameters: In order to process "Z0" special
6.35 (0.25) C1 sizes, the following two additional items of information are essential:
8 (0.31) D1 - the required diameter specified in plain text under "K1Y"
- Selection of the corresponding pipe collar, clamping band or clamping
9.35 (0.37) E1 bracket size (Order codes "S11" to "S35")
10 (0.39) F1
Recommended for all versions: Heat-conductive-compound, silicone-
10.2 (0.40) 50 x 35 x 20 G1 free, syringe 3 g, Order code: L15 (see page 2/54)
(1.97 x 1.38 x 0.79)
10.3 (0.41) H1
12 (0.47) J1
12.7 (0.50) K1
13 (0.51) L1
13.5 (0.53) M1
13.7 (0.54) N1
14 (0.55) P1
15.88 (0.62) Q1
16 (0.63) R1
17.2 (0.68) S1
18.0 (0.71) A2
19.0 (0.74) B2
19.05 (0.75) C2
20.0 (0.79) D2
21.3 (0.84) E2
22.0 (0.87) F2
23.0 (0.90) G2
24.0 (0.94) H2
25.0 (0.98) J2
25.4 (1.00) K2
26.7 (1.05) L2
26.9 (1.06) M2
70 x 70 x 20
28.0 (1.10) (2.76 x 2.76 x 0.79) N2
29.0 (1.14) P2
30.0 (1.18) Q2
31.8 (1.25) R2
32.0 (1.26) S2
33.4 (1.31) T2
33.7 (1.33) U2
34.0 (1.34) V2
35.0 (1.38) W2
36.0 (1.42) X2
38.0 (1.49) Y2

2/52 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS300
For food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology clamp-on design

■ Dimensional drawings

Measuring transducer Field housing, screw cap

with device plug M12x1 Material stainless steel IP 67

Ø60 (2.36)
2
11.5
(0.45)
Device plug
M12x1
Device plug

51 (2.01)
M12x1

94 (3.70)

~ 83.5 (3.70)
max. 29
(1.41)

Electrical connection 19
can be rotated by ± 170 ˚ (0.75)
Cable gland
M12x1.5 for cable
Ø3 ... 6.5 (0.12 ... 0.26)

37
Clamp-on, Clamp-on, clamping band installation (1.46)
clamping block installation with hose clamps
for pipelines Ø4 ... 57 (0.16 ... 2.24) for pipelines ≥ Ø10 ... ca. 300 Cable gland
(0.39 ... ca.11.81) M16x1.5 for cable
20 Ø4.5 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39)
(0.79) 36 (1.42)
B
(0.91)
B

23

B
A

19
Example Ø21 (4.76) (0.75)
C

20
Clamp-on, (0.79) Pipe diameter B C
latch fastener installation for pipelines 6 ... 17.2 30 35
Ø4 ... 17.2 (0.16 ... 0.68) (0.24 ... 0.68) (1.18) (1.38)
18 ... 35 40 60
B

A (0.71 ... 1.38) (1.57) (2.36)

38 ... 50.8 50 80
(1.50 ... 2.00) (1.97) (3.15)
Latch fastener version
Pipe radius

3 (0.12)

6 (0.24)
C

Pipe diameter A B C H
4 ... 17.2 20 30 35 79
(0.16 ... 0.68) (0.79) (1.18) (1.38) (3.11)
18 ... 38 30 40 70 99
(0.71 ... 1.49) (1.18) (1.57) (2.76) (3.90)
38.1 ... 57 40 50 85 119
(1.50 ... 2.24) (1.57) (1.97) (3.35) (4.68)
Standard version

SITRANS TS300 Clamp-on design, device plug, field housing, cable gland, variants, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/53

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS300
For food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology clamp-on design

Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs Further Options
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Assignment marking, engraving instead of adhesive label L11
(Serial number and pipe diameter on plug and plastic
Built in head transmitter block)
Measuring range to be set must be specified with plain
2 text data "Y11". 2 mm drain hole
Sensor 4-wire connection
L12
L14
SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T10
Heat-conductive-compound, silicone-free, syringe 3 g L15
SITRANS TH100 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T11
Suffixes
SITRANS TH200, 4 ... 20 mA, universal T20
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code and plain
SITRANS TH200 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, universal T21 text.
SITRANS TH300, HART, universal T30 TAG plate made of stainless steel (specify TAG No. in plain Y15
SITRANS TH300 Ex i (ATEX), HART, universal T31 text)
Test report at 0 %, 50 % and 100 % (specify the measuring Y33
SITRANS TH400 PA, universal T40 range in plain text)
SITRANS TH400 PA Ex i, universal T41 If optional head transmitters are integrated, please note
that all calibration points are located in the set measuring
SITRANS TH400 FF, universal T45 range. If the points are located outside the standard mea-
SITRANS TH400 FF Ex i, universal T46 suring range, a Y01 addition is always required.
Special version, specify in plain text Y98
Transmitter options
Process number for special version Y99
Transmitter, enter complete setting in plain text Y11
(Y11:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F) Accessories, see page 2/237.
Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain text Y17 Ordering examples:
Transmitter, enter measuring point description Y23 Deviating tube diameter 28.5 mm:
(max. 16 characters) in plain text 7MC8016-1AZ00-Z K1Y+S12 {K1Y: 28.5 mm}
Transmitter, enter measuring point text Y24 Space-saving mounting, tube diameter 38 mm:
(max. 32 characters) in plain text
7MC8016-1AZ00-Z K1Y + S23 {K1Y: 38 mm};
Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text Y25 as of diameter  18 mm, we recommend using the clamping
Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA U36 band installation.
(instead of 22.8 mA) Clamping band installation, tube diameter 111 mm:
Transmitter with a SIL 2 conformity C20 7MC8016-1AZ00-Z K1Y+S32 {K1Y: 111 mm}
Transmitter with a SIL 2/3 conformity C23
Transmitter test protocol (5 points) C11
Other cable gland (only for connection head)
Polyamide for cable diameter K02
4.5 … 10 mm (0.18 … 0.39 inch)
Stainless steel for cable diameter K03
3 … 6,5 mm (0.12 … 0.25 inch)
Device plug M12 x 1 K11
Deviating pipe; Collar size;
mm (inch) mm (inch)
4 … 17.2 (0.16 … 0.68) 50 x 35 (1.97 x 1.38) S11
18 … 38 (0.71 … 1.49) 70 x 70 (2.76 x 2.76) S12
38.1 … 57 (1.5 … 2.24) 90 x 85 (3.54 x 3.35) S13
Larger nominal diameters on request S19
Space-saving mounting (latch fastening)
Outer pipe; mm (inch):
4 … 17.2 (0.16 … 0.68) S21
18 … 35 (0.71 … 1.38) S22
(Clamping band version recommended, see below)
38 … 50.8 (1.45 … 2.00) S23
(Clamping band version recommended, see below)
Clamping band installation
Outer pipe; mm (inch):
10 ... 57 (0.39 ... 2.24) S31
58 ... 220 (2.28 ... 8.66) S32
Without clamping band S35

2/54 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2, tubular version without process connection

■ Dimensional drawings

2
H

Cable entry
o1

Ød

ØD3
B = N + H1
N
P

ØD

B Measuring insert length

Ød Measuring insert outer diameter (6 (0.24))
ØD Process connection outer diameter
ØD3 Thermowell internal diameter
H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
N Nominal length
P Space for process connection P ~ N - 9 (0.35)

SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipings, tubular

version for minimal to medium stress, without process connection, with-
out extension, plug-in or use with moveable compression fittings, dimen-
sions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/55

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2, tubular version without process connection

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
SITRANS TS500 7MC751- SITRANS TS500 7MC751-
Pipe version for minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 Pipe version for minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777
stress, as per thermowell DIN 43722, stress, as per thermowell DIN 43722,
Type 2, without process connection, Type 2, without process connection,
without extension, plug-in or use with without extension, plug-in or use with
2 moveable compression fittings moveable compression fittings
Click on the Article No. for the online 651 ... 700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch) 34
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Por- Initial: 700 mm (27.56 inch)
tal. 701 ... 750 mm (27.6 ... 29.53 inch) 35
Material, in contact with media Initial: 750 mm (29.53 inch)
316Ti (1.4571) 1 751 ... 800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch) 36
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435) 2 Initial: 800 mm (31.50 inch)
Process connection 801 ... 850 mm (31.5 ... 33.47 inch) 37
Without process connection (for compres- 0N Initial: 850 mm (33.47 inch)
sion fitting) N=U 851 ... 900 mm (33.5 ... 35.43 inch) 41
Initial: 900 mm (35.43 inch)
Thermowell form
901 ... 950 mm (35.47 ... 37.4 inch) 42
2; 9 mm (0.35 inch) A
Initial: 950 mm (37.4 inch)
2; 12 mm (0.47 inch) B
951 ... 1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch) 43
Insertion length U (=N), Standard Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
160 mm (6.3 inch) 04 1001 ... 1 100 mm (39.4 ... 43.30 inch) 44
250 mm (9.84 inch) 12 Initial: 1 100 mm (43.30 inch)
400 mm (15.75 inch) 22 1 101 ... 1 200 mm (43.35 ... 47.24 inch) 45
Insertion length U (=N), customer-spe- Initial: 1 200 mm (47.24 inch)
cific 1 201 ... 1 300 mm (47.28 ... 51.18 inch) 46
enter customer specific length with Y44, Initial: 1 300 mm (51.18 inch)
see Order codes on page 2/58 1 301 ... 1 400 mm (51.22 ... 55.11 inch) 47
80 ... 100 mm (3.15 ... 3.94 inch) 01 Initial: 1400 mm (55.11 inch)
Initial: 100 mm (3.94 inch) 1 401 ... 1 500 mm (55.15 ... 59.05 inch) 51
101 ... 120 mm (3.98 ... 4.72 inch) 02 Initial: 1 500 mm (59.05 inch)
Initial: 120 mm (4.72 inch)
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch) 03 Extension X
Initial: 140 mm (5.51 inch) Standard length for Type 2 as per 0
DIN 43722 (without extension N=U)
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch) 04
Initial: 160 mm (6.3 inch) Additional configurations on page after next page!
161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch) 05
Initial: 180 mm (7.09 inch) You find ordering examples on page 2/40!
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch) 06
Initial: 200 mm (7.87 inch)
201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch) 07
Initial: 220 mm (8.66 inch)
221 ... 240 mm (8.7 ... 9.45 inch) 11
Initial: 225 mm (8.86 inch)
241 ... 260 mm (9.48 ... 10.24 inch) 12
Initial: 250 mm (9.84 inch)
261 ... 280 mm (10.28 ... 11.02 inch) 13
Initial: 280 mm (11.02 inch)
281 ... 300 mm (11.02 ... 11.81 inch) 14
Initial: 285 mm (11.22 inch)
301 ... 320 mm (11.85 ... 12.6 inch) 15
Initial: 315 mm (12.4 inch)
321 ... 340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch) 16
Initial: 340 mm (13.39 inch)
341 ... 360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch) 20
Initial: 360 mm (14.17 inch)
361 ... 380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch) 21
Initial: 380 mm (14.96 inch)
381 ... 400 mm (15 ... 15.75 inch) 22
Initial: 400 mm (15.75 inch)
401 ... 420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch) 23
Initial: 420 mm (16.54 inch)
421 ... 440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch) 24
Initial: 440 mm (17.32 inch)
441 ... 460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch) 25
Initial: 460 mm (18.11 inch)
461 ... 480 mm (18.15 ... 18.90 inch) 26
Initial: 465 mm (18.30 inch)
481 ... 500 mm (18.94 ... 19.68 inch) 27
Initial: 500 mm (19.68 inch)
501 ... 550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch) 31
Initial: 510 mm (20.08 inch)
551 ... 600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch) 32
Initial: 600 mm (23.62 inch)
601 ... 650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch) 33
Initial: 650 mm (25.59 inch)

2/56 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2, tubular version without process connection

Cable entry

75 (2.95)
Cable entry

131 (5.16)
°C 2
~50 (1.97) Connection head,
process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BA0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
80 (3.15) Connection head with 4-20 mA display, aluminum, Type AH0, stainless
steel, Type AV0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BB0, dimensions in mm (inch)

119 (4.69)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BC0, plastic, type BP0, dimensions in

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, plastic, Type BM0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Cable entry
117 (4.51)

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type AG0, stainless steel, Type AU0,

dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/57

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2, tubular version without process connection

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS TS500 7MC751- Options
Tubular version for minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate
stress, as per thermowell DIN 43722, extensions with "+".
Type 2, without process connection, Built-in head transmitter
without extension, plug-in or use with
2 moveable compression fittings
Measuring range to be set must be specified with
plain text data "Y01".
Head SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T10
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover, A SITRANS TH100 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T11
Standard SITRANS TH200, 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T20
Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover, B SITRANS TH200 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T21
screw connection SITRANS TH300, HART, Universal T30
Aluminum head, BC0, high hinged cover, C SITRANS TH300 Ex i (ATEX), HART, Universal T31
screw connection SITRANS TH400 PA, Universal T40
Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, G SITRANS TH400 PA Ex i, Universal T41
suitable for suitable for Ex d1) SITRANS TH400 FF, Universal T45
Aluminum head, AH0, screw cover, suit- H SITRANS TH400 FF Ex i, Universal T46
able for Ex d, display1) Explosion protection
Plastic head, BM0, screw cover M
Plastic head, BP0, high hinged cover, P Without explosion protection requirements E00
screw connection (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover, U Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS1) according to ATEX and IECEx E01
suitable for Ex d1) (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Stainless steel head, AV0, screw cover, V Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E03
suitable for Ex d, display1) through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and
Sensor2) IECEx (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Please note: The accuracy class range Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to ATEX and IECEx E04
can be lower than the measuring range. (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
For more information, see page 2/17
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A Without explosion protection requirements E10
(-58 ... +752 °F) (USA, Canada) Basis FM
Pt100, vibration-resistant, B Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cFMus E11
-50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F) (USA, Canada)
Pt100, expanded range, C Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E13
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1 112 °F) housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus (USA);
Thermocouple Type K, -40 ... +1 000 °C K NPT connections at the enclosure are mandatory
(-40 ... +1 832 °F)
Thermocouple Type J, -40 ... +750 °C J Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16
(-40 ... +1 382 °F) (USA, Canada)
Thermocouple Type N, -40 ... +1 000 °C N Without explosion protection requirements (USA, E17
(-40 ... +1 832 °F) Canada)
Sensor number/Accuracy Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
Circuit Pt 100: 1 x 4-wire circuit or (USA, Canada)
2 x 3-wire circuit, see "Measuring tech-
nique: Connection types", page 2/19 Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E21
through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus
Single, basic accuracy 1
(USA); other connections (M, G, R)
(Class 2/Class B)
Single, increased accuracy 2 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cCSAus E23
(Class 1/Class A) (USA, Canada)
Single, highest accuracy (Class AA) 3 Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
Double, basic accuracy 5
(Class 2/Class B) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
Double, increased accuracy 6 Flameproof enclosure "d"; dust protection through E56
(Class 1/Class A) housing "t"2) according to NEPSI (China)
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to NEPSI (China) E57
1) Ex d in connection with Order code E03 Without explosion protection requirements (EAC) E80
2) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to EACEx (EAC) E81
Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal
Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E82
through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to EACEx
(EAC)
Selection and Ordering data Order code
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to EACEx (EAC) E83
Further designs
Marine approvals
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV GL) D01
Insertion length customer-specific Y44 Bureau Veritas (BV) D02
Select range, enter desired length in plain text Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
(No entry = standard length) American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
Certificates and approvals
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for materials com- C12
ing into contact with media
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for hydrostatic C31
pressure test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for helium leak test C32
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for surface tear test C33
EN 10204-3.1Inspection certificate: visual, measure- C34
ment and functional inspection
EN 10204-2.1: Declaration of compliance with the order C35
ISO 9001 grease-free (cleaned for e.g. oxygen appli- C51
cations)

2/58 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2, tubular version without process connection

Selection and Ordering data Order code

Designation, calibration
Stainless steel TAG plate , enter lettering in plain text Y15
Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in plain Y33
text
Transmitter options
Transmitter, enter complete setting in plain text Y01
2
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F), marking on the
device when Order code "Y15" is selected
Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain text Y17
Transmitter, enter measuring point description (max. Y23
16 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter measuring point text (max. Y24
32 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text Y25
Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA U36
(instead of 22.8 mA)
Transmitter with a SIL 2 conformity C20
Transmitter with a SIL 2/3 conformity C23
Transmitter test protocol (5 points) C11
Further options
Connection form, flying leads (for the direct transmitter G01
assembly, delivery without screws and springs)
M12 device plug (in combination with 1x Pt100 and/or G12
transmitter, Non-Ex and intrinsically safe, max. IP65/67)
Han 7D device plug (Non Ex and intrinsically safe, G13
without mating connector max. IP65/67)
Connection head with ½" NPT thread without cable G20
gland, for AU0 and AH0 only IP66
with outer earth screw for heads AG0, AH0, AU0 and A02
AV0
with inner earth screw for heads BC0, AG0, AH0, AU0 A03
and AV0
Compression fitting G½", enclosed A31
Compression fitting NPT½", enclosed A32
Option not found?
Handling number special version Y99
1) Please select Ex i version of the optional transmitter.
2) Only with connection heads code AG0, AH0, AU0, AV0, without cable
gland (please select non-Ex version of the optional transmitter).
You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
Accessories, see page 2/237.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/59

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2N, tubular version, with screw socket

■ Dimensional drawings
SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipelines, tubular version for minimal to medium stress, thermowell Type 2N
similar to DIN 43722, screwed in, without extension, non-alignable connection head.
For Ex-versions the maximum process temperature is 100 °C.

2
H

H
o1

o1
(0.79)

30 (1.18)
20

(0.59)
15

G 1/2"
B = N + H1

9 (0.35)
NPT 1/2"

B = N + H1
N

N
U

9 (0.35) 9 (0.35)

H Head height H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61) H Head height

N Nominal length Type Bxx = 26 (1.02) N Nominal length
U Insertion length U Insertion length

Connection type "G", dimensions in mm (inch) Connection type "NPT", dimensions in mm (inch)

2/60 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2N, tubular version, with screw socket

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
SITRANS TS500 7MC751- SITRANS TS500 7MC751-
Tubular thermowell, minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 Tubular thermowell, minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777
stress, Type 2N similar to DIN 43722, stress, Type 2N similar to DIN 43722,
screwed in, without extension screwed in, without extension
Click on the Article No. for the online
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Por-
501…550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)
Initial: 510 mm (20.08 inch)
31
2
tal. 551…600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch) 32
Material, in contact with media Initial: 600 mm (23.62 inch)
316Ti (1.4571) 1 601…650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch) 33
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435) 2 Initial: 650 mm (25.59 inch)
651…700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch) 34
Process connection Initial: 700 mm (27.56 inch)
G ½" (½"BSPP) 1C 701…750 mm (27.60 ... 29.53 inch) 35
½" NPT 1J Initial: 750 mm (29.53 inch)
Thermowell form 751…800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch) 36
2N, 9 mm (0.35 inch) A Initial: 800 mm (31.50 inch)
Standard insertion length 801…850 mm (31.54 ... 33.46 inch) 37
100 mm (3.97 inch) 0 1 Initial: 850 mm (33.46 inch)
160 mm (6.30 inch) 0 4 851…900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch) 41
230 mm (9.06 inch) 1 0 Initial: 900 mm (35.43 inch)
360 mm (14.17 inch) 2 0 901…950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch) 42
Initial: 950 mm (37.40 inch)
510 mm (20.08 inch) 3 1
951…1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch) 43
Customer-specific insertion length
Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
enter customer specific length with Y44,
see page 2/63 Order codes 1 001…1 100 mm (39.41 ... 43.31 inch) 44
Initial: 1 100 mm (43.31 inch)
80 ... 100 mm (3.15 ... 3.94 inch) 01
Initial: 100 mm (3.94 inch) 1 101…1 200 mm (43.35 ... 47.24 inch) 45
Initial: 1 200 mm (47.24 inch)
101 ... 120 mm (3.98 ... 4.72 inch) 02
Initial: 120 mm (4.72 inch) 1 201…1 300 mm (47.28 ... 51.18 inch) 46
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch) 03 Initial: 1 300 mm (51.18 inch)
Initial: 140 mm (5.51 inch) 1 301…1 400 mm (51.22 ... 55.12 inch) 47
Initial: 1400 mm (55.12 inch)
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch) 04
Initial: 160 mm (6.30 inch) 1 401…1 500 mm (55.16 ... 59.05 inch) 51
Initial: 1 500 mm (59.05 inch)
161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch) 05
Initial: 180 mm (7.09 inch) Extension X
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch) 06 without neck tube, (not adjustable) 0
Initial: 200 mm (7.87 inch)
Additional configurations on page after next page!
201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch) 07
Initial: 220 mm (8.66 inch) You find ordering examples on page 2/40!
221…240 mm (8.70 ... 9.45 inch) 10
Initial: 230 mm (9.06 inch)
241…260 mm (9.49 ... 10.24 inch) 12
Initial: 250 mm (9.84 inch)
261…280 mm (10.28 ...11.02 inch) 13
Initial: 280 mm (11.02 inch)
281…300 mm (11.06 ... 11.81 inch) 14
Initial: 285 mm 11.22 inch)
301…320 mm (11.85 ... 13.00 inch) 15
Initial: 315 mm (12.40 inch)
321…340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch) 16
Initial: 340 mm (13.39 inch)
341…360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch) 20
Initial: 360 mm (14.17 inch)
361…380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch) 21
Initial: 380 mm (14.96 inch)
381…400 mm (14.99 ... 15.75 inch) 22
Initial: 400 mm (15.75 inch)
401…420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch) 23
Initial: 420 mm (16.54 inch)
421…440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch) 24
Initial: 440 mm (17.32 inch)
441…460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch) 25
Initial: 460 mm (18.11 inch)
461…480 mm (18.15 ... 18.90 inch) 26
Initial: 465 mm (18.30 inch)
481…500 mm (18.94 ... 19.69 inch) 27
Initial: 500 mm (19.69 inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/61

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2N, tubular version, with screw socket

Cable entry

75 (2.95)
Cable entry

131 (5.16)
2 °C

~50 (1.97) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BA0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
80 (3.15) Connection head with 4-20 mA display, aluminum, Type AH0, stainless
steel, Type AV0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BB0, dimensions in mm (inch)

119 (4.69)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BC0, plastic, type BP0, dimensions in

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, plastic, Type BM0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Cable entry
117 (4.51)

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type AG0, stainless steel, Type AU0,

dimensions in mm (inch)

2/62 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2N, tubular version, with screw socket

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS TS500 7MC751- Options
Tubular thermowell, minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate
stress, Type 2N similar to DIN 43722, extensions with "+".
screwed in, without extension, for max- Built-in head transmitter
imum process temperatures of 100 °C
Head
Measuring range to be set must be specified with
plain text data "Y01". 2
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover, A SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T10
Standard SITRANS TH100 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T11
Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover, B SITRANS TH200, 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T20
screw connection SITRANS TH200 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA,Universal T21
Aluminum head, BC0, high hinged cover, C SITRANS TH300, HART, Universal T30
screw connection SITRANS TH300 Ex i (ATEX), HART, Universal T31
Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, suit- G SITRANS TH400 PA, Universal T40
able for Ex d1) SITRANS TH400 PA Ex i, Universal T41
Aluminum head, AH0, screw cover, suit- H SITRANS TH400 FF, Universal T45
able for Ex d, display1) SITRANS TH400 FF Ex i, Universal T46
Plastic head, BM0, screw cover M Explosion protection
Plastic head, BP0high hinged cover, P
screw connection Without explosion protection requirements E00
Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover, U (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
suitable for Ex d1) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS1) according to ATEX and IECEx E01
Stainless steel head, AV0, screw cover, V (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
suitable for Ex d, display1) Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E03
Sensor2) through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and
Please note: The accuracy class range IECEx (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
can be lower than the measuring range. Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to ATEX and IECEx E04
For more information, see page 2/17 (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A Without explosion protection requirements (USA, E10
(-58 ... +752 °F) Canada) Basis FM
Pt100, vibration-resistant, B
-50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cFMus E11
Pt100, expanded range, C (USA, Canada)
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1 112 °F) Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E13
Thermocouple Type K, -40 ... +1 000 °C K housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus (USA);
(-40 ... +1 832 °F) NPT connections at the enclosure are mandatory
Thermocouple Type J, -40 ... +750 °C J
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16
(-40 ... +1 382 °F)
(USA, Canada)
Thermocouple Type N, -40 ... +1 000 °C N
(-40 ... +1 832 °F) Without explosion protection requirements (USA, E17
Canada)
Sensor number/Accuracy
Circuit Pt 100: 1 x 4-wire circuit or Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
2 x 3-wire circuit, see "Measuring tech- (USA, Canada)
nique: Connection types", page 2/19 Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E21
Single, basic accuracy 1 through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus
(Class 2/Class B) (USA); other connections (M, G, R)
Single, increased accuracy 2 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cCSAus E23
(Class 1/Class A) (USA, Canada)
Single, highest accuracy 3 Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
(Class AA)
Double, basic accuracy 5 Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
(Class 2/Class B) Flameproof enclosure "d"; dust protection through E56
Double, increased accuracy 6 housing "t"2) according to NEPSI (China)
(Class 1/Class A) Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to NEPSI (China) E57
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7 Without explosion protection requirements (EAC) E80
1) Ex d in connection with Order code E03 Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to EACEx (EAC) E81
2) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E82
Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to EACEx (EAC)
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to EACEx (EAC) E83
Marine approvals
Selection and Ordering data Order code
Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV GL) D01
Further designs Bureau Veritas (BV) D02
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
Insertion length customer-specific Y44
Select range, enter desired length in plain text Certificates and approvals
(No entry = standard length) EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for materials C12
coming into contact with media
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for hydrostatic C31
pressure test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for helium leak test C32
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for surface tear C33
test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate: visual, measure- C34
ment and functional inspection
EN 10204-2.1: Declaration of compliance with the order C35
ISO 9001 grease-free (cleaned for e.g. oxygen appli- C51
cations)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/63

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2N, tubular version, with screw socket

Selection and Ordering data Order code

Designation, calibration
Stainless steel TAG plate , enter lettering in plain text Y15
Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in Y33
plain text

2 Transmitter options
Transmitter, enter complete setting in plain text Y01
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F), marking on the
device when Order code "Y15" is selected
Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain Y17
text
Transmitter, enter measuring point description (max. Y23
16 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter measuring point text (max. Y24
32 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text Y25
Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA U36
(instead of 22.8 mA)
Transmitter with a SIL 2 conformity C20
Transmitter with a SIL 2/3 conformity C23
Transmitter test protocol (5 points) C11
Further options
Connection form, flying leads G01
(for the direct transmitter assembly, delivery without
screws and springs)
M12 device plug (in combination with 1x Pt100 G12
and/or transmitter, Non-Ex and intrinsically safe, max.
IP65/67)
Han 7D device plug (Non Ex and intrinsically safe, G13
without mating connector max. IP65/67)
Connection head with ½" NPT thread without cable G20
gland, for AU0 and AH0 only IP66
with outer earth screw for heads AG0, AH0, AU0 and A02
AV0
with inner earth screw for heads BC0, AG0, AH0, A03
AU0 and AV0
Option not found?
Handling number special version Y99
1) Please select Ex i version of the optional transmitter.
2) Only with connection heads code AG0, AH0, AU0, AV0, without cable
gland (please select non-Ex version of the optional transmitter).
You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
Accessories, see page 2/237.

2/64 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2G, tubular version, with screw socket and extension

■ Dimensional drawings

K2
X
2
K1 U
H

ØD
E
Cable entry
+1

Tapered process connection, dimensions in mm (inch)

Ød

ØD3
X

B = N + H1
K1
N

E
U

ØD

B Measuring insert length

Ød Measuring insert outer, diameter (6 (0.24))
ØD Process connection, outer diameter
ØD3 Thermowell internal diameter
E Process connection, thread size
H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
K1 Screw depth
N Nominal length
U Insertion length
X Extension length

SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipelines, tubular

version for minimal to medium stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722,
Type 2G, screwed in, with extension.
For dimensions for the screw depth see page 2/12, dimensions in mm
(inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/65

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2G, tubular version, with screw socket and extension

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code
SITRANS TS500 7MC751- SITRANS TS500 7MC751-
Tubular thermowell, minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 777 Tubular thermowell, minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 777
stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722, stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722,
Type 2G, screwed in, with extension Type 2G, screwed in, with extension

2 Click on the Article No. for the online

configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Por-
501…550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)
Initial: 510 mm (20.08 inch)
31

tal. 551…600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch) 32

Material, in contact with media
316Ti (1.4571)
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435)
Process connection
Cylindrical: G½ " (½ "BSPP)
Cylindrical: G1 " (1 "BSPP)
Tapered: NPT½ "
Thermowell form
2G, 9 mm (0.35 inch)
2G, 12 mm (0.47 inch)
Insertion length U standard
160 mm (6.30 inch)
250 mm (9.84 inch)
400 mm (15.75 inch)
Insertion length U customer-specific
enter customer specific length with Y44,
see page 2/68 Order codes
80 ... 100 mm (3.15 ... 3.94 inch)
Initial: 100 mm (3.94 inch)
101 ... 120 mm (3.98 ... 4.72 inch)
Initial: 120 mm (4.72 inch)
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch)
Initial: 140 mm (5.51 inch)
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch)
Initial: 160 mm (6.30 inch)
161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch)
Initial: 180 mm (7.09 inch)
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch)
Initial: 200 mm (7.87 inch)
Initial: 600 mm (23.62 inch)
1 601…650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch) 33
2 Initial: 650 mm (25.59 inch)
651…700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch) 34
Initial: 700 mm (27.56 inch)
1C
701…750 mm (27.60 ... 29.53 inch) 35
1E
Initial: 750 mm (29.53 inch)
1J
751…800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch) 36
Initial: 800 mm (31.50 inch)
A 801…850 mm (31.54 ... 33.46 inch) 37
B Initial: 850 mm (33.46 inch)
851…900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch) 41
04 Initial: 900 mm (35.43 inch)
12 901…950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch) 42
22 Initial: 950 mm (37.40 inch)
951…1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch) 43
Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
1 001…1 100 mm (39.41 ... 43.31 inch) 44
01 Initial: 1 100 mm (43.31 inch)
1 101…1 200 mm (43.35 ... 47.24 inch) 45
Initial: 1 200 mm (47.24 inch)
02
1 201…1 300 mm (47.28 ... 51.18 inch) 46
03 Initial: 1 300 mm (51.18 inch)
1 301…1 400 mm (51.22 ... 55.12 inch) 47
Initial: 1 400 mm (55.12 inch)
04 1 401…1 500 mm (55.16 ... 59.05 inch) 51
Initial: 1 500 mm (59.05 inch)
05
Extension X
06 Standard length for Type 2G DIN 43772 1
(X=129 mm (5.08 inch))

201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch) 07 Extension length X - customer specific
Initial: 220 mm (8.66 inch) enter customer specific length with Y45,
see page 2/68 Order codes
221…240 mm (8.70 ... 9.45 inch) 11
Initial: 225 mm (8.86 inch) 45 ...150 mm (1.77 ... 5.91 inch) 9 N1D
Initial: 150 mm (5.91 inch)
241…260 mm (9.49 ... 10.24 inch) 12
Initial: 250 mm (9.84 inch) 151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch) 9 N2D
Initial: 300 mm (11.81 inch)
261…280 mm (10.28 ...11.02 inch) 13 301 ... 450 mm (11.85 ... 17.72 inch) 9 N3D
Initial: 280 mm (11.02 inch) Initial: 450 mm (17.72 inch)
281…300 mm (11.06 ... 11.81 inch) 14
Initial: 285 mm 11.22 inch) Additional configurations on page after next page.
301…320 mm (11.85 ... 13.00 inch) 15
Initial: 315 mm (12.40 inch) You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
321…340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch) 16
Initial: 340 mm (13.39 inch)
341…360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch) 20
Initial: 360 mm (14.17 inch)
361…380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch) 21
Initial: 380 mm (14.96 inch)
381…400 mm (14.99 ... 15.75 inch) 22
Initial: 400 mm (15.75 inch)
401…420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch) 23
Initial: 420 mm (16.54 inch)
421…440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch) 24
Initial: 440 mm (17.32 inch)
441…460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch) 25
Initial: 460 mm (18.11 inch)
461…480 mm (18.15 ... 18.90 inch) 26
Initial: 465 mm (18.30 inch)
481…500 mm (18.94 ... 19.69 inch) 27
Initial: 500 mm (19.69 inch)

2/66 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2G, tubular version, with screw socket and extension

Cable entry

75 (2.95)
Cable entry

131 (5.16)
°C 2
~50 (1.97) Connection head,
process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BA0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
80 (3.15) Connection head with 4-20 mA display, aluminum, Type AH0, stainless
steel, Type AV0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BB0, dimensions in mm (inch)

119 (4.69)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BC0, plastic, type BP0, dimensions in

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, plastic, Type BM0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Cable entry
117 (4.51)

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type AG0, stainless steel, Type AU0,

dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/67

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2G, tubular version, with screw socket and extension

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS TS500 7MC751- Options
Tubular thermowell, minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate
stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722, extensions with "+".
Type 2G, screwed in, with extension Built-in head transmitter

2 Head
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover, A
Measuring range to be set must be specified with
plain text data "Y01".
Standard SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T10
Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover, B SITRANS TH100 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T11
screw connection SITRANS TH200, 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T20
Aluminum head, BC0, high hinged cover, C SITRANS TH200 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T21
screw connection SITRANS TH300, HART, Universal T30
Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, suit- G SITRANS TH300 Ex i (ATEX), HART, Universal T31
able for Ex d1) SITRANS TH400 PA, Universal T40
Aluminum head, AH0, screw cover, suit- H SITRANS TH400 PA Ex i, Universal T41
able for Ex d, display1) SITRANS TH400 FF, Universal T45
Plastic head, BM0, screw cover M SITRANS TH400 FF Ex i, Universal T46
Plastic head, BP0high hinged cover, P Explosion protection
screw connection
Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover, U Without explosion protection requirements E00
suitable for Ex d1) (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Stainless steel head, AV0, screw cover, V Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS1) according to ATEX and IECEx E01
suitable for Ex d, display1) (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Sensor2) Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E03
Please note: The accuracy class range through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and
can be lower than the measuring range. IECEx (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
For more information, see page 2/17 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to ATEX and IECEx E04
Pt100, Basis, -50 ... +400 °C A (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
(-58 ... +752 °F) Without explosion protection requirements (USA, E10
Pt100, vibration resistant, B Canada) Basis FM
-50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, expanded range, C Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cFMus E11
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1 112 °F) (USA, Canada)
Thermocouple Type K, -40 ... +1 000 °C K Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E13
(-40 ... +1 832 °F) housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus (USA);
Thermocouple Type J, -40 ... +750 °C J NPT connections at the enclosure are mandatory
(-40 ... +1 382 °F)
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16
Thermocouple Type N, -40 ... +1 000 °C N (USA, Canada)
(-40 ... +1 832 °F)
Without explosion protection requirements (USA, E17
Sensor number/Accuracy Canada)
Circuit Pt 100: 1 x 4-wire circuit or
2 x 3-wire circuit, see "Measuring tech- Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
nique: Connection types", page 2/19 (USA, Canada)
Single, basic accuracy 1 Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E21
(Class 2/Class B) through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus
Single, increased accuracy 2 (USA); other connections (M, G, R)
(Class 1/Class A)
Single, highest accuracy 3 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cCSAus E23
(Class AA) (USA, Canada)
Double, basic accuracy 5 Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
(Class 2/Class B) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
Double, increased accuracy 6
(Class 1/Class A) Flameproof enclosure "d"; dust protection through E56
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7 housing "t"2) according to NEPSI (China)
1)
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to NEPSI (China) E57
Ex d in connection with Order code E03
2) Without explosion protection requirements (EAC) E80
Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online
Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to EACEx (EAC) E81
Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E82
housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to EACEx (EAC)
Selection and Ordering data Order code
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to EACEx (EAC) E83
Further designs
Marine approvals
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV GL) D01
Insertion length customer-specific Y44 Bureau Veritas (BV) D02
Select range, enter desired length in plain text (No Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
entry = standard length) American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
Extension X length customer-specific Y45 Certificates and approvals
Select range, enter desired length in plain text (No EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for materials C12
entry = standard length) coming into contact with media
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for hydrostatic C31
pressure test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for helium leak test C32
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for surface tear C33
test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate: visual, measure- C34
ment and functional inspection
EN 10204-2.1: Declaration of compliance with the order C35
ISO 9001 grease-free (cleaned for e.g. oxygen appli- C51
cations)

2/68 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2G, tubular version, with screw socket and extension

Selection and Ordering data Order code

Designation, calibration
Stainless steel TAG plate , enter lettering in plain text Y15
Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in Y33
plain text
Transmitter options
Transmitter, enter complete setting in plain text Y01 2
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F), marking on the
device when Order code "Y15" is selected
Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain Y17
text
Transmitter, enter measuring point description (max. Y23
16 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter measuring point text (max. Y24
32 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text Y25
Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA U36
(instead of 22.8 mA)
Transmitter with a SIL 2 conformity C20
Transmitter with a SIL 2/3 conformity C23
Transmitter test protocol (5 points) C11
Further options
Connection form, flying leads (for the direct transmit- G01
ter assembly, delivery without screws and springs)
M12 device plug (in combination with 1x Pt100 G12
and/or transmitter, Non-Ex and intrinsically safe, max.
IP65/67)
Han 7D device plug (Non Ex and intrinsically safe, G13
without mating connector max. IP65/67)
Connection head with ½" NPT thread without cable G20
gland, for AU0 and AH0 only IP66
with outer earth screw for heads AG0, AH0, AU0 and A02
AV0
with inner earth screw for heads BC0, AG0, AH0, A03
AU0 and AV0
Option not found?
Handling number special version Y99
1) Please select Ex i version of the optional transmitter.
2) Only with connection heads code AG0, AH0, AU0, AV0, without cable
gland (please select non-Ex version of the optional transmitter).
You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
Accessories, see page 2/237.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/69

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2F, tubular version, with flange and extension

■ Dimensional drawings

2
H

Cable entry
o1

Ød
X

ØD3
B = N + H1
N
U

ØD

B Measuring insert length

Ød Measuring insert outer diameter (6 (0.24))
ØD Process connection outer diameter
ØD3 Thermowell internal diameter
H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
N Nominal length
U Insertion length
X Extension length

SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipelines, tubular

version for minimal to medium stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type
2F, with flange, with extension, dimensions in mm (inch)

2/70 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2F, tubular version, with flange and extension

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code
SITRANS TS500 7MC751- SITRANS TS500 7MC751-
Tubular thermowell, minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 777 Tubular thermowell, minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 777
stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722, stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722,
Type 2F, with flange, with extension Type 2F, with flange, with extension
Click on the Article No. for the online
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
501…550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)
Initial: 510 mm (20.08 inch)
31
2
Material, in contact with media 551…600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch) 32
316Ti (1.4571) 1 Initial: 600 mm (23.62 inch)
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435) 2 601…650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch) 33
Initial: 650 mm (25.59 inch)
Process connection
651…700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch) 34
Flange EN, DN25 PN10 ... 40 B1 2A
Initial: 700 mm (27.56 inch)
Flange ASME, 1"RF150 2E
701…750 mm (27.60 ... 29.53 inch) 35
Flange ASME, 1"RF300 2F Initial: 750 mm (29.53 inch)
Flange ASME, 1.5"RF150 2G 751…800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch) 36
Flange ASME, 1.5"RF300 2H Initial: 800 mm (31.50 inch)
Thermowell form 801…850 mm (31.54 ... 33.46 inch) 37
2F, 9 mm (0.35 inch) A Initial: 850 mm (33.46 inch)
2F, 12 mm (0.47 inch) B 851…900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch) 41
Insertion U standard Initial: 900 mm (35.43 inch)
225 mm (8.86 inch) 11 901…950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch) 42
315 mm (12.40 inch) 15 Initial: 950 mm (37.40 inch)
465 mm (18.31 inch) 26 951…1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch) 43
Insertion length U customer-specific Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
enter customer specific length with Y44, 1 001…1 100 mm (39.41 ... 43.31 inch) 44
see page 2/73 Order codes Initial: 1 100 mm (43.31 inch)
80 ... 100 mm (3.15 ... 3.94 inch) 01 1 101…1 200 mm (43.35 ... 47.24 inch) 45
Initial: 100 mm (3.94 inch) Initial: 1 200 mm (47.24 inch)
101 ... 120 mm (3.98 ... 4.72 inch) 02 1 201…1 300 mm (47.28 ... 51.18 inch) 46
Initial: 120 mm (4.72 inch) Initial: 1 300 mm (51.18 inch)
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch) 03 1 301…1 400 mm (51.22 ... 55.12 inch) 47
Initial: 140 mm (5.51 inch) Initial: 1 400 mm (55.12 inch)
1 401…1 500 mm (55.16 ... 59.05 inch) 51
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch) 04 Initial: 1 500 mm (59.05 inch)
Initial: 160 mm (6.30 inch)
161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch) 05 Extension X
Initial: 180 mm (7.09 inch) Standard length for Type 2F DIN 43772 1
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch) 06 (X=64 mm (2.52 inch))
Initial: 200 mm (7.87 inch) Extension length X - customer specific
201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch) 07 enter customer specific length with Y45,
Initial: 220 mm (8.66 inch) see page 2/73 Order codes
221…240 mm (8.70 ... 9.45 inch) 11 45 ...150 mm (1.77 ... 5.91 inch) 9 N1D
Initial: 225 mm (8.86 inch) Initial: 150 mm (5.91 inch)
241…260 mm (9.49 ... 10.24 inch) 12 151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch) 9 N2D
Initial: 250 mm (9.84 inch) Initial: 300 mm (11.81 inch)
301 ... 450 mm (11.85 ... 17.72 inch) 9 N3D
261…280 mm (10.28 ...11.02 inch) 13 Initial: 450 mm (17.72 inch)
Initial: 280 mm (11.02 inch)
281…300 mm (11.06 ... 11.81 inch) 14 Additional configurations on page after next page!
Initial: 285 mm 11.22 inch)
301…320 mm (11.85 ... 13.00 inch) 15 You find ordering examples on page 2/40!
Initial: 315 mm (12.40 inch)
321…340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch) 16
Initial: 340 mm (13.39 inch)
341…360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch) 20
Initial: 360 mm (14.17 inch)
361…380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch) 21
Initial: 380 mm (14.96 inch)
381…400 mm (14.99 ... 15.75 inch) 22
Initial: 400 mm (15.75 inch)
401…420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch) 23
Initial: 420 mm (16.54 inch)
421…440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch) 24
Initial: 440 mm (17.32 inch)
441…460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch) 25
Initial: 460 mm (18.11 inch)
461…480 mm (18.15 ... 18.90 inch) 26
Initial: 465 mm (18.30 inch)
481…500 mm (18.94 ... 19.69 inch) 27
Initial: 500 mm (19.69 inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/71

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2F, tubular version, with flange and extension

Cable entry

75 (2.95)
Cable entry

131 (5.16)
2 °C

~50 (1.97) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BA0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
80 (3.15) Connection head with 4-20 mA display, aluminum, Type AH0, stainless
steel, Type AV0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BB0, dimensions in mm (inch)

119 (4.69)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BC0, plastic, type BP0, dimensions in

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, plastic, Type BM0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Cable entry
117 (4.51)

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type AG0, stainless steel, Type AU0,

dimensions in mm (inch)

2/72 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2F, tubular version, with flange and extension

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS TS500 7MC751- Options
Tubular thermowell, minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 777 Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate
stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722, extensions with "+".
Type 2F, with flange, with extension Built-in head transmitter
Head
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover, A
Measuring range to be set must be specified with
plain text data "Y01". 2
SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T10
Standard
SITRANS TH100 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T11
Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover, B
screw connection SITRANS TH200, 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T20
Aluminum head, BC0, high hinged cover, C SITRANS TH200 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T21
screw connection SITRANS TH300, HART, Universal T30
Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, suit- G SITRANS TH300 Ex i (ATEX), HART, Universal T31
able for Ex d1) SITRANS TH400 PA, Universal T40
Aluminum head, AH0, screw cover, suit- H SITRANS TH400 PA Ex i, Universal T41
able for Ex d, display1) SITRANS TH400 FF, Universal T45
Plastic head, BM0, screw cover M SITRANS TH400 FF Ex i, Universal T46
Plastic head, BP0high hinged cover, P Explosion protection
screw connection Without explosion protection requirements E00
Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover, U (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
suitable for Ex d1)
Stainless steel head, AV0, screw cover, V Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS1) according to ATEX and IECEx E01
suitable for Ex d, display1) (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Sensor2) Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E03
Please note: The accuracy class range through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and
can be lower than the measuring range. IECEx (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
For more information, see page 2/17 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to ATEX and IECEx E04
Pt100, Basis, -50 ... +400 °C A (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Without explosion protection requirements E10
Pt100, vibration resistant, B
(USA, Canada) Basis FM
-50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, expanded range, C Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cFMus E11
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1 112 °F) (USA,Canada)
Thermocouple Type K, -40 ... +1 000 °C K Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E13
(-40 ... +1 832 °F) housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus (USA);
Thermocouple Type J, -40 ... +750 °C J NPT connections at the enclosure are mandatory
(-40 ... +1 382 °F)
Thermocouple Type N, -40 ... +1 000 °C N Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16
(-40 ... +1 832 °F) (USA,Canada)

Sensor number/Accuracy Without explosion protection requirements E17

Circuit Pt 100: 1 x 4-wire circuit or (USA, Canada)
2 x 3-wire circuit, see "Measuring tech- Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
nique: Connection types", page 2/19 (USA, Canada)
Single, basic accuracy 1 Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E21
(Class 2/Class B) through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus
Single, increased accuracy 2 (USA); other connections (M, G, R)
(Class 1/Class A)
Single, highest accuracy (Class AA) 3 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cCSAus E23
Double, basic accuracy (Class 2/Class B) 5 (USA, Canada)
Double, increased accuracy 6 Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
(Class 1/Class A) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7
Flameproof enclosure "d"; dust protection through E56
1) Ex d in connection with Order code E03 housing "t"2) according to NEPSI (China)
2) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to NEPSI (China) E57
Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal
Without explosion protection requirements (EAC) E80
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to EACEx (EAC) E81
Selection and Ordering data Order code Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E82
Further designs housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to EACEx (EAC)
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to EACEx (EAC) E83
Insertionlength customer-specific Y44 Marine approvals
Select range, enter desired length in plain text (No Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV GL) D01
entry = standard length) Bureau Veritas (BV) D02
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
Extension X length customer-specific Y45
Select range, enter desired length in plain text (No American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
entry = standard length) Certificates and approvals
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for materials C12
coming into contact with media
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for hydrostatic C31
pressure test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for helium leak test C32
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for surface tear test C33
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate: visual, measure- C34
ment and functional inspection
EN 10204-2.1: Declaration of compliance with the order C35
ISO 9001 grease-free (cleaned for e.g. oxygen appli- C51
cations)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/73

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 2F, tubular version, with flange and extension

Selection and Ordering data Order code

Designation, calibration
Stainless steel TAG plate , enter lettering in plain text Y15
Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in Y33
plain text

2 Transmitter options
Transmitter, enter complete setting in plain text Y01
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F), marking on the
device when Order code "Y15" is selected
Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain Y17
text
Transmitter, enter measuring point description (max. Y23
16 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter measuring point text (max. Y24
32 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text Y25
Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA U36
(instead of 22.8 mA)
Transmitter with a SIL 2 conformity C20
Transmitter with a SIL 2/3 conformity C23
Transmitter test protocol (5 points) C11
Further options
Connection form, flying leads G01
(for the direct transmitter assembly, delivery without
screws and springs)
M12 device plug (in combination with 1x Pt100 G12
and/or transmitter, Non-Ex and intrinsically safe, max.
IP65/67)
Han 7D device plug (Non Ex and intrinsically safe, G13
without mating connector max. IP65/67)
Connection head with ½" NPT thread without cable G20
gland, for AU0 and AH0 only IP66
with outer earth screw for heads AG0, AH0, AU0 and A02
AV0
with inner earth screw for heads BC0, AG0, AH0, A03
AU0 and AV0
Option not found?
Handling number special version Y99
1) Please select Ex i version of the optional transmitter.
2) Only with connection heads code AG0, AH0, AU0, AV0, without cable
gland (please select non-Ex version of the optional transmitter).
You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
Accessories, see page 2/237.

2/74 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 3, tubular quick, without process connection

■ Dimensional drawings

2
H

Cable entry
+1

Ød

ØD3
BEuropean = N + H1 - 3

ØD
N
P

35 (1.34)
50 (1.97)

ØD1

ØD2

B Measuring insert length

Ød Measuring insert outer diameter (6 (0.24))
ØD Process connection outer diameter
ØD1 Tip internal diameter
ØD2 Tip outer diameter
ØD3 Thermowell diameter
H Head height
H1 Type Axx> 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx> 26 (1.02)
N Nominal length
P Space for process connection

SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessel and pipings, tubular

version for minimum to medium stress, without process connection, with-
out extension, plug-in or use with moveable compression fitting, dimen-
sion in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/75

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 3, tubular quick, without process connection

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
SITRANS TS500 7MC751- SITRANS TS500 7MC751-
Tubular version for minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 Tubular version for minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777
stress, thermowell per DIN 43722, Type 3, stress, thermowell per DIN 43722, Type 3,
without process connection, improved without process connection, improved
2 response time, plug-in or use with moveable
compression fittings
response time, plug-in or use with moveable
compression fittings
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 381 ... 400 mm (15 ... 15.75 inch) 22
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Initial: 400 mm (15.75 inch)
Material, in contact with media 401 ... 420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch) 23
316Ti (1.4571) 1 Initial: 420 mm (16.54 inch)
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435) 2 421 ... 440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch) 24
Initial: 440 mm (17.32 inch)
Process connection
441 ... 460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch) 25
Without process connection (for compression 0N
Initial: 460 mm (18.11 inch)
joints) N=U
461 ... 480 mm (18.15 ... 18.90 inch) 26
Thermowell form Initial: 465 mm (18.30 inch)
3, 12/9 mm (0.47/0.35 inch) K 481 ... 500 mm (18.94 ... 19.68 inch) 27
Insertion length U (=N), Standard Initial: 500 mm (19.68 inch)
160 mm (6.3 inch) 04 501 ... 550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch) 31
220 mm (8.66 inch) 07 Initial: 510 mm (20.08 inch)
280 mm (11.02 inch) 13 551 ... 600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch) 32
Insertion length U (=N), customer-specific Initial: 600 mm (23.62 inch)
enter customer specific length with Y44, see 601 ... 650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch) 33
page 2/78 Order codes Initial: 650 mm (25.59 inch)
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch) 03 651 ... 700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch) 34
Initial: 140 mm (5.51 inch) Initial: 700 mm (27.56 inch)
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch) 04 701 ... 750 mm (27.6 ... 29.53 inch) 35
Initial: 160 mm (6.3 inch) Initial: 750 mm (29.53 inch)
161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch) 05 751 ... 800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch) 36
Initial: 180 mm (7.09 inch) Initial: 800 mm (31.50 inch)
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch) 06 801 ... 850 mm (31.53 ... 33.46 inch) 37
Initial: 200 mm (7.87 inch) Initial: 850 mm (33.46 inch)
201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch) 07 851 ... 900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch) 41
Initial: 900 mm (35.43 inch)
Initial: 220 mm (8.66 inch)
901 ... 950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch) 42
221 ... 240 mm (8.7 ... 9.45 inch) 11 Initial: 950 mm (37.40 inch)
Initial: 225 mm (8.86 inch)
241 ... 260 mm (9.48 ... 10.24 inch) 12 951 ... 1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch) 43
Initial: 250 mm (9.84 inch) Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 1 100 mm (39.41 ... 43.31 inch) 44
261 ... 280 mm (10.28 ... 11.02 inch) 13 Initial: 1 100 mm (43.31 inch)
Initial: 280 mm (11.02 inch)
281 ... 300 mm (11.02 ... 11.81 inch) 14 Extension
Initial: 285 mm (11.22 inch) Standard length for Type 2 as per DIN 43722 0
301 ... 320 mm (11.85 ... 12.6 inch) 15 (without extension N=U)
Initial: 315 mm (12.4 inch) Additional configurations on page after next page!
321 ... 340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch) 16
Initial: 340 mm (13.39 inch) You find ordering examples on page 2/40!
341 ... 360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch) 20
Initial: 360 mm (14.17 inch)
361 ... 380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch) 21
Initial: 380 mm (14.96 inch)

2/76 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 3, tubular quick, without process connection

Cable entry

75 (2.95)
Cable entry

131 (5.16)
°C 2
~50 (1.97) Connection head,
process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BA0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
80 (3.15) Connection head with 4-20 mA display, aluminum, Type AH0, stainless
steel, Type AV0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BB0, dimensions in mm (inch)

119 (4.69)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BC0, plastic, type BP0, dimensions in

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, plastic, Type BM0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Cable entry
117 (4.51)

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type AG0, stainless steel, Type AU0,

dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/77

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 3, tubular quick, without process connection

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS TS500 7MC751- Options
Tubular version for minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate
stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722, extensions with "+".
Type 3, without process connection, Built-in head transmitter

2 improved response time, plug-in or use

with moveable compression fittings
Measuring range to be set must be specified with
plain text data "Y01".
Head SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T10
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover, A SITRANS TH100 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T11
Standard SITRANS TH200, 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T20
Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover, B SITRANS TH200 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T21
screw connection SITRANS TH300, HART, Universal T30
Aluminum head, BC0, high hinged cover, C SITRANS TH300 Ex i (ATEX), HART, Universal T31
screw connection SITRANS TH400 PA, Universal T40
Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, suit- G SITRANS TH400 PA Ex i, Universal T41
able for Ex d1) SITRANS TH400 FF, Universal T45
Aluminum head, AH0, screw cover, suit- H SITRANS TH400 FF Ex i, Universal T46
able for Ex d, display1) Explosion protection
Plastic head, BM0, screw cover M Without explosion protection requirements E00
Plastic head, BP0high hinged cover, P (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
screw connection
Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover, U Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS1) according to ATEX and IECEx E01
Ex d1) (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Stainless steel head, AV0, screw cover, V Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E03
suitable for Ex d, display1) through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and
IECEx (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Sensor2)
Please note: The accuracy class range Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to ATEX and IECEx E04
can be lower than the measuring range. (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
For more information, see page 2/17 Without explosion protection requirements E10
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A (USA, Canada) Basis FM
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cFMus E11
Pt100, vibration-resistant, -50 ... +400 °C B (USA, Canada)
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, expanded range, C Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E13
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1 112 °F) housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus (USA);
Thermocouple Type J, only class 2, J NPT connections at the enclosure are mandatory
-40 ... +750 °C (-40 ... +1 382 °F) Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16
Thermocouple Type K, -40 .. . +1 000 °C K (USA, Canada)
(-40 ... +1 832 °F)
Without explosion protection requirements (USA, E17
Thermocouple Type N, N
Canada)
-40 ... +1 000 °C (-40 ... +1 832 °F)
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
Sensor number/Accuracy
(USA, Canada)
Circuit Pt 100: 1 x 4-wire circuit or
2 x 3-wire circuit, see "Measuring tech- Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E21
nique: Connection types", page 2/19 through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus
Single, basic accuracy 1 (USA); other connections (M, G, R)
(Class 2/Class B) Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cCSAus E23
Single, increased accuracy 2 (USA, Canada)
(Class 1/Class A)
Single, highest accuracy (Class AA) 3 Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
Double, basic accuracy 5 Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
(Class 2/Class B) Flameproof enclosure "d"; dust protection through E56
Double, increased accuracy 6 housing "t"2) according to NEPSI (China)
(Class 1/Class A)
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to NEPSI (China) E57
1) Without explosion protection requirements (EAC) E80
Ex d in connection with Order code E03
2) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to EACEx (EAC) E81
Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E82
housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to EACEx (EAC)
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to EACEx (EAC) E83
Selection and Ordering data Order code
Marine approvals
Further designs Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV GL) D01
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Bureau Veritas (BV) D02
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
Insertion length customer-specific Y44
American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
Select range, enter desired length in plain text
(No entry = standard length) Certificates and approvals
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for materials C12
coming into contact with media
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for hydrostatic C31
pressure test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for helium leak test C32
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for surface tear C33
test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate: visual, measure- C34
ment and functional inspection
EN 10204-2.1: Declaration of compliance with the order C35
ISO 9001 grease-free (cleaned for e.g. oxygen appli- C51
cations)

2/78 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 3, tubular quick, without process connection

Selection and Ordering data Order code

Designation, calibration
Stainless steel TAG plate , enter lettering in plain text Y15
Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in Y33
plain text
Transmitter options
Transmitter, enter complete setting in plain text Y01 2
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F), marking on the
device when Order code "Y15" is selected
Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain Y17
text
Transmitter, enter measuring point description (max. Y23
16 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter measuring point text (max. Y24
32 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text Y25
Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA U36
(instead of 22.8 mA)
Transmitter with a SIL 2 conformity C20
Transmitter with a SIL 2/3 conformity C23
Transmitter test protocol (5 points) C11
Further options
Connection form, flying leads (for the direct transmit- G01
ter assembly, delivery without screws and springs)
M12 device plug (in combination with 1x Pt100 and/or G12
transmitter, Non-Ex and intrinsically safe,
max. IP65/67)
Han 7D device plug (Non Ex and intrinsically safe, G13
without mating connector max. IP65/67)
Connection head with ½" NPT thread without cable G20
gland, for AU0 and AH0 only IP66
with outer earth screw for heads AG0, AH0, AU0 A02
and AV0
with inner earth screw for heads BC0, AG0, AH0, A03
AU0 and AV0
Compression joint G½", enclosed A31
Compression joint NPT½", enclosed A32
Option not found?
Handling number special version Y99
1) Please select Ex i version of the optional transmitter.
2) Only with connection heads code AG0, AH0, AU0, AV0, without cable
gland (please select non-Ex version of the optional transmitter).
You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
Accessories, see page 2/237.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/79

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 3G, tubular quick, with screw socket and extension

■ Dimensional drawings

K2
X
2 K1 U

ØD
H

Tapered process connection, dimensions in mm (inch)

Cable entry
+1

Ød
ØD3
X
K1

BEuropean = N + H1 - 3

ØD
N
U

35 (1.38)
50 (1.97)

ØD1

ØD2

B Measuring insert length

Ød Measuring insert outer diameter (6 (0.24))
ØD Process connection outer diameter
ØD1 Tip internal diameter
ØD2 Tip outer diameter
ØD3 Thermowell internal diameter
E Process connection, thread size
H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
K1 Screw depth
N Nominal length
U Insertion length
X Extension length

SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipelines, tubular

version for minimal to medium stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type
3G, screwed in, with extension.
For dimensions for the screw depth see page 2/12, dimensions in mm
(inch).

2/80 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 3G, tubular quick, with screw socket and extension

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code
SITRANS TS500 7MC751- SITRANS TS500 7MC751-
Tubular thermowell, minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 777 Tubular thermowell, minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 777
stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722, stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722,
Type 3G, screwed in, with extension Type 3G, screwed in, with extension
Click on the Article No. for the online
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
501 ... 550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)
Initial: 510 mm (20.08 inch)
31
2
551 ... 600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch) 32
Material, in contact with media Initial: 600 mm (23.62 inch)
316Ti (1.4571) 1 601 ... 650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch) 33
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435) 2 Initial: 650 mm (25.59 inch)
Process connection 651 ... 700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch) 34
Cylindrical: G½" inch (½" BSPP) 1C Initial: 700 mm (27.56 inch)
Cylindrical: G1" inch (1" BSPP) 1E 701 ... 750 mm (27.6 ... 29.53 inch) 35
Tapered: NPT½" 1J Initial: 750 mm (29.53 inch)
751 ... 800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch) 36
Thermowell form Initial: 800 mm (31.50 inch)
3G, 12/9 mm (0.47/0.35 inch) K
801 ... 850 mm (31.53 ... 33.46 inch) 37
Insertion length U standard Initial: 850 mm (33.46 inch)
160 mm (6.30 inch) 04 851 ... 900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch) 41
220 mm (8.66 inch) 07 Initial: 900 mm (35.43 inch)
280 mm (11.02 inch) 13 901 ... 950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch) 42
Initial: 950 mm (37.40 inch)
Insertion length U customer-
951 ... 1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch) 43
specific Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
enter customer specific length with Y44,
see page 2/83 Order codes Extension X
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch) 03 Standard length for Type 2G DIN 43772 1
Initial: 140 mm (5.51 inch) (X=131 mm (5.08 inch))
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch) 04 Extension length - customer specific
Initial: 160 mm (6.30 inch) enter customer specific length with Y45,
161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch) 05 see page 2/83 Order codes
Initial: 180 mm (7.09 inch) 45 ...150 mm (1.77 ... 5.91 inch) 9 N1D
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch) 06 Initial: 150 mm (5.91 inch)
Initial: 200 mm (7.87 inch) 151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch) 9 N2D
Initial: 300 mm (11.81 inch)
201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch) 07
Initial: 220 mm (8.66 inch) Additional configurations on page after next page!
221…240 mm (8.70 ... 9.45 inch) 11
Initial: 225 mm (8.86 inch) You find ordering examples on page 2/40!
241…260 mm (9.49 ... 10.24 inch) 12
Initial: 250 mm (9.84 inch)
261…280 mm (10.28 ...11.02 inch) 13
Initial: 280 mm (11.02 inch)
281…300 mm (11.06 ... 11.81 inch) 14
Initial: 285 mm 11.22 inch)
301…320 mm (11.85 ... 13.00 inch) 15
Initial: 315 mm (12.40 inch)
321…340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch) 16
Initial: 340 mm (13.39 inch)
341…360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch) 20
Initial: 360 mm (14.17 inch)
361…380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch) 21
Initial: 380 mm (14.96 inch)
381…400 mm (14.99 ... 15.75 inch) 22
Initial: 400 mm (15.75 inch)
401…420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch) 23
Initial: 420 mm (16.54 inch)
421…440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch) 24
Initial: 440 mm (17.32 inch)
441…460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch) 25
Initial: 460 mm (18.11 inch)
461…480 mm (18.15 ... 18.90 inch) 26
Initial: 465 mm (18.30 inch)
481…500 mm (18.94 ... 19.69 inch) 27
Initial: 500 mm (19.69 inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/81

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 3G, tubular quick, with screw socket and extension

Cable entry

75 (2.95)
Cable entry

131 (5.16)
2 °C

~50 (1.97) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BA0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
80 (3.15) Connection head with 4-20 mA display, aluminum, Type AH0, stainless
steel, Type AV0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BB0, dimensions in mm (inch)

119 (4.69)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BC0, plastic, type BP0, dimensions in

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, plastic, Type BM0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Cable entry
117 (4.51)

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type AG0, stainless steel, Type AU0,

dimensions in mm (inch)

2/82 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 3G, tubular quick, with screw socket and extension

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS TS500 7MC751- Options
Tubular thermowell, minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate
stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722, extensions with "+".
Type 3G, screwed in, with extension Built-in head transmitter
Head
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover, A
Measuring range to be set must be specified with
plain text data "Y01". 2
Standard SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T10
Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover, B SITRANS TH100 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T11
screw connection SITRANS TH200, 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T20
Aluminum head, BC0, high hinged cover, C SITRANS TH200 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T21
screw connection SITRANS TH300, HART, Universal T30
Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, suit- G SITRANS TH300 Ex i (ATEX), HART, Universal T31
able for Ex d1) SITRANS TH400 PA, Universal T40
Aluminum head, AH0, screw cover, suit- H SITRANS TH400 PA Ex i, Universal T41
able for Ex d, display1) SITRANS TH400 FF, Universal T45
Plastic head, BM0, screw cover M SITRANS TH400 FF Ex i, Universal T46
Plastic head, BP0high hinged cover, P Explosion protection
screw connection
Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover, U Without explosion protection requirements E00
Ex d1) (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Stainless steel head, screw cover, V Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS1) according to ATEX and IECEx E01
Ex d, display1) (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Sensor2) Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E03
Please note: The accuracy class range through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and
can be lower than the measuring range. IECEx (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
For more information, see page 2/17 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to ATEX and IECEx E04
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
(-58 ... +752 °F) Without explosion protection requirements E10
Pt100, vibration resistant, -50 ... +400 °C B (USA, Canada) Basis FM
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, expanded range, C Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cFMus E11
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1 112 °F) (USA, Canada)
Thermocouple Type J, only class 2, J Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E13
-40 ... +750 °C (-40 ... +1 382 °F) housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus (USA);
Thermocouple Type K, -40 .. . +1 000 °C K NPT connections at the enclosure are mandatory
(-40 ... +1 832 °F)
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16
Thermocouple Type N, N (USA, Canada)
-40 ... + 1000 °C (-40 ... +1 832 °F)
Without explosion protection requirements E17
Sensor number/Accuracy (USA, Canada)
Circuit Pt 100: 1 x 4-wire circuit or
2 x 3-wire circuit, see "Measuring tech- Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
nique: Connection types", page 2/19 (USA, Canada)
Single, basic accuracy 1 Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E21
(Class 2/Class B) through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus
Single, increased accuracy 2 (USA); other connections (M, G, R)
(Class 1/Class A)
Single, highest accuracy 3 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cCSAus E23
(Class AA) (USA, Canada)
Double, basic accuracy 5 Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
(Class 2/Class B) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
Double, increased accuracy 6
(Class 1/Class A) Flameproof enclosure "d"; dust protection through E56
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7 housing "t"2) according to NEPSI (China)
1)
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to NEPSI (China) E57
Ex d in connection with Order code E03
2) Without explosion protection requirements (EAC) E80
Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online
Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to EACEx (EAC) E81
Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E82
housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to EACEx (EAC)
Selection and Ordering data Order code
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to EACEx (EAC) E83
Further designs
Marine approvals
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV GL) D01
Insertion length customer-specific Y44 Bureau Veritas (BV) D02
Select range, enter desired length in plain text Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
(No entry = standard length) American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
Extension length customer-specific Y45 Certificates and approvals
Select range, enter desired length in plain text EN 10204-3.1 Inspeciton certificate for materials C12
(No entry = standard length) coming into contact with media
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for hydrostatic C31
pressure test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for helium leak test C32
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for surface tear C33
test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspectiont certificate: visual, mea- C34
surement and functional inspection
EN 10204-2.1: Declaration of compliance with the order C35
ISO 9001 grease-free (cleaned for e.g. oxygen appli- C51
cations)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/83

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 3G, tubular quick, with screw socket and extension

Selection and Ordering data Order code

Designation, calibration
Stainless steel TAG plate , enter lettering in plain text Y15
Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in Y33
plain text

2 Transmitter options
Transmitter, enter complete setting in plain text Y01
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F), marking on the
device when Order code "Y15" is selected
Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain Y17
text
Transmitter, enter measuring point description (max. Y23
16 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter measuring point text (max. Y24
32 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text Y25
Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA U36
(instead of 22.8 mA)
Transmitter with a SIL 2 conformity C20
Transmitter with a SIL 2/3 conformity C23
Transmitter test protocol (5 points) C11
Further options
Connection form, flying leads G01
(for the direct transmitter assembly, delivery without
screws and springs)
M12 device plug (in combination with 1x Pt100 G12
and/or transmitter, Non-Ex and intrinsically safe,
max. IP65/67)
Han 7D device plug (Non Ex and intrinsically safe, G13
without mating connector max. IP65/67)
Connection head with ½" NPT thread without cable G20
gland, for AU0 and AH0 only IP66
with outer earth screw for heads AG0, AH0, AU0 and A02
AV0
with inner earth screw for heads BC0, AG0, AH0, A03
AU0 and AV0
Option not found?
Handling number special version Y99
1) Please select Ex i version of the optional transmitter.
2) Only with connection heads code AG0, AH0, AU0, AV0, without cable
gland (please select non-Ex version of the optional transmitter).
You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
Accessories, see page 2/237.

2/84 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 3F, tubular quick, with flange and extension

■ Dimensional drawings

2
H

Cable entry
+1

Ød

ØD3
X

BEuropean = N + H1 - 3

ØD
N

35 (1.38)
U

50 (1.97)

ØD1

ØD2

B Measuring insert length

Ød Measuring insert outer diameter (6 (0.24))
ØD Process connection outer diameter
ØD1 Tip internal diameter
ØD2 Tip outer diameter
ØD3 Thermowell internal diameter
H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
N Nominal length
U Insertion length
X Extension length

SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipelines, tubular

version for minimal to medium stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722, Type
3F, with flange, with extension, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/85

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 3F, tubular quick, with flange and extension

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code
SITRANS TS500 7MC751- SITRANS TS500 7MC751-
Tubular thermowell, minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 777 Tubular thermowell, minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 777
stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722, stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722,
Type 3F, with flange, with extension Type 3F, with flange, with extension

2 Click on the Article No. for the online

configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
501 ... 550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)
Initial: 510 mm (20.08 inch)
31

Material, in contact with media 551 ... 600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch) 32
Initial: 600 mm (23.62 inch)
316Ti (1.4571) 1
601 ... 650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch) 33
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435) 2 Initial: 650 mm (25.59 inch)
Process connection 651 ... 700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch) 34
Flange EN; DN25 PN10 ... 40 B1 2A Initial: 700 mm (27.56 inch)
Flange ASME; 1"RF150 2E 701 ... 750 mm (27.6 ... 29.53 inch) 35
Flange ASME; 1"RF300 2F Initial: 750 mm (29.53 inch)
Flange ASME; 1.5"RF150 2G 751 ... 800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch) 36
Flange ASME; 1.5"RF300 2H Initial: 800 mm (31.50 inch)
Thermowell form 801 ... 850 mm (31.53 ... 33.46 inch) 37
3F; 12/9 mm (0.47/0.35 inch) K Initial: 850 mm (33.46 inch)
851 ... 900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch) 41
Insertion length U standard Initial: 900 mm (35.43 inch)
225 mm (8.86 inch) 11 901 ... 950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch) 42
285 mm (11.22 inch) 14 Initial: 950 mm (37.40 inch)
345 mm (13.58 inch) 17
951 ... 1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch) 43
Insertion length U customer-specific Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
enter customer specific length with Y44, 1 001 ... 1 100 mm (39.41 ... 43.31 inch) 44
see page 2/88 Order codes Initial: 1 100 mm (43.31 inch)
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch) 03
Initial: 140 mm (5.51 inch) Extension
Standard length for Type 2G DIN 43772 1
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch) 04 (X=66 mm (2.60 inch))
Initial: 160 mm (6.3 inch)
161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch) 05 Extension length - customer specific
Initial: 180 mm (7.09 inch) enter customer specific length with Y45,
see page 2/88 Order codes
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch) 06
Initial: 200 mm (7.87 inch) 45 ...150 mm (1.77 ... 5.91 inch) 9 N1D
Initial: 150 mm (5.91 inch)
201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch) 07 151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch) 9 N2D
Initial: 220 mm (8.66 inch) Initial: 300 mm (11.81 inch)
221 ... 240 mm (8.7 ... 9.45 inch) 11
Initial: 225 mm (8.86 inch) Additional configurations on page after next page!
241 ... 260 mm (9.48 ... 10.24 inch) 12
Initial: 250 mm (9.84 inch) You find ordering examples on page 2/40!
261 ... 280 mm (10.28 ... 11.02 inch) 13
Initial: 280 mm (11.02 inch)
281 ... 300 mm (11.02 ... 11.81 inch) 14
Initial: 285 mm (11.22 inch)
301 ... 320 mm (11.85 ... 12.6 inch) 15
Initial: 315 mm (12.4 inch)
321 ... 340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch) 16
Initial: 340 mm (13.39 inch)
341 ... 360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch) 17
Initial: 345 mm (13.58 inch)
361 ... 380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch) 21
Initial: 380 mm (14.96 inch)
381 ... 400 mm (15 ... 15.75 inch) 22
Initial: 400 mm (15.75 inch)
401 ... 420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch) 23
Initial: 420 mm (16.54 inch)
421 ... 440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch) 24
Initial: 440 mm (17.32 inch)
441 ... 460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch) 25
Initial: 460 mm (18.11 inch)
461 ... 480 mm (18.15 ... 18.90 inch) 26
Initial: 465 mm (18.30 inch)
481 ... 500 mm (18.94 ... 19.68 inch) 27
Initial: 500 mm (19.68 inch)

2/86 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 3F, tubular quick, with flange and extension

Cable entry

75 (2.95)
Cable entry

131 (5.16)
°C 2
~50 (1.97) Connection head,
process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BA0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
80 (3.15) Connection head with 4-20 mA display, aluminum, Type AH0, stainless
steel, Type AV0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BB0, dimensions in mm (inch)

119 (4.69)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BC0, plastic, type BP0, dimensions in

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, plastic, Type BM0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Cable entry
117 (4.51)

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type AG0, stainless steel, Type AU0,

dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/87

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 3F, tubular quick, with flange and extension

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS TS500 7MC751- Options
Tubular thermowell, minimal to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 777 Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate
stress, thermowell as per DIN 43722, extensions with "+".
Type 3F, with flange, with extension Built-in head transmitter
2 Head
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover, A
Measuring range to be set must be specified with
plain text data "Y01".
Standard SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T10
Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover, B SITRANS TH100 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T11
screw connection SITRANS TH200, 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T20
Aluminum head, BC0, high hinged cover, C SITRANS TH200 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T21
screw connection SITRANS TH300, HART, Universal T30
Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, suit- G SITRANS TH300 Ex i (ATEX), HART, Universal T31
able for Ex d1) SITRANS TH400 PA, Universal T40
Aluminum head, AH0, screw cover, suit- H SITRANS TH400 PA Ex i, Universal T41
able for Ex d, display1) SITRANS TH400 FF, Universal T45
Plastic head, BM0, screw cover M SITRANS TH400 FF Ex i, Universal T46
Plastic head, BP0high hinged cover, P
Explosion protection
screw connection
Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover, U Without explosion protection requirements E00
Ex d1) (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Stainless steel head, screw cover, V Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS1) according to ATEX and IECEx E01
Ex d, display1) (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Sensor2) Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E03
Please note: The accuracy class range through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and
can be lower than the measuring range. IECEx (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
For more information, see page 2/17 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to ATEX and IECEx E04
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Without explosion protection requirements E10
Pt100, vibration.resistant, -50 ... +400 °C B
(USA, Canada) Basis FM
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, expanded range, C Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cFMus E11
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1 112 °F) (USA, Canada)
Thermocouple Type J, only class 2, J Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E13
-40 ... +750 °C (-40 ... +1 382 °F) housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus (USA);
Thermocouple Type K, -40 .. . +1 000 °C K NPT connections at the enclosure are mandatory
(-40 ... +1 832 °F)
Thermocouple Type N, N Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16
-40 ... +1 000 °C (-40 ... 1 832 °F) (USA, Canada)
Without explosion protection requirements E17
Sensor number/Accuracy (USA, Canada)
Circuit Pt 100: 1 x 4-wire circuit or
2 x 3-wire circuit, see "Measuring tech- Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
nique: Connection types", page 2/19 (USA, Canada)
Single, basic accuracy (Class 2/Class B) 1 Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E21
Single, increased accuracy 2 through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus
(Class 1/Class A) (USA); other connections (M, G, R)
Single, highest accuracy (Class AA) 3 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cCSAus E23
Double, basic accuracy 5 (USA, Canada)
(Class 2/Class B) Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
Double, increased accuracy 6
(Class 1/Class A) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7 Flameproof enclosure "d"; dust protection through E56
housing "t"2) according to NEPSI (China)
1) Ex d in connection with Order code E03
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to NEPSI (China) E57
2) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online
Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal
Without explosion protection requirements (EAC) E80
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to EACEx (EAC) E81
Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E82
Selection and Ordering data Order code housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to EACEx (EAC)
Further designs Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to EACEx (EAC) E83
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Marine approvals
Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV GL) D01
Insertion length customer-specific Y44
Bureau Veritas (BV) D02
Select range, enter desired length in plain text
(No entry = standard length) Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
Extension length customer-specific Y45
Select range, enter desired length in plain text Certificates and approvals
(No entry = standard length) EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for materials C12
coming into contact with media
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for hydrostatic C31
pressure test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for helium leak test C32
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for surface tear C33
test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate: visual, measure- C34
ment and functional inspection
EN 10204-2.1: Declaration of compliance with the C35
order
ISO 9001 grease-free (cleaned for e.g. oxygen appli- C51
cations)

2/88 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 3F, tubular quick, with flange and extension

Selection and Ordering data Order code

Designation, calibration
Stainless steel TAG plate , enter lettering in plain text Y15
Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in Y33
plain text
Transmitter options
Transmitter, enter complete setting in plain text Y01 2
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain Y17
text
Transmitter, enter measuring point description (max. Y23
16 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter measuring point text (max. Y24
32 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text Y25
Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA U36
(instead of 22.8 mA)
Transmitter with a SIL 2 conformity C20
Transmitter with a SIL 2/3 conformity C23
Transmitter test protocol (5 points) C11
Further options
Connection form, flying leads G01
(for the direct transmitter assembly, delivery without
screws and springs)
M12 device plug (in combination with 1x Pt100 G12
and/or transmitter, Non-Ex and intrinsically safe,
max. IP65/67)
Han 7D device plug (Non Ex and intrinsically safe, G13
without mating connector max. IP65/67)
Connection head with ½" NPT thread without cable G20
gland, for AU0 and AH0 only IP66
with outer earth screw for heads AG0, AH0, AU0 A02
and AV0
with inner earth screw for heads BC0, AG0, AH0, A03
AU0 and AV0
Surface treatment: pickled and passivated W01
Surface treatment: electropolished RA 1.3 W02
Option not found?
Handling number special version Y99
1) Please select Ex i version of the optional transmitter.
2) Only with connection heads code AG0, AH0, AU0, AV0, without cable
gland (please select non-Ex version of the optional transmitter).
You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
Accessories, see page 2/237.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/89

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 4+4F barstock thermowell, with extension

■ Dimensional drawings
SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipelines, barstock version for medium to extreme stress, thermowell as per
DIN 43722.

H
H

Cable entry Cable entry

+1

+1
Ød
Ød ØD4

X
M18x1.5
X

ØD4

BEuropean = N + H1 - 1
BEuropean = N + H1 - 1

ØD
M18x1.5
ØD3
N
N

ØD3
L

ØD
L

U
C
C

ØD2 ØD2

B Measuring insert length B Measuring insert length

C Cone length = Umin C Cone length = Umin
Ød Measuring insert outer diameter (6 (0.24)) Ød Measuring insert outer diameter (6 (0.24))
ØD Process connection outer diameter ØD Process connection outer diameter
ØD2 Tip outer diameter ØD2 Tip outer diameter
ØD3 Thermowell internal diameter ØD3 Thermowell internal diameter
ØD4 Extension outer diameter ØD4 Extension outer diameter
H Head height H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61) H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02) Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
L Length of thermowell L Length of thermowell
N Nominal length N Nominal length
X Extension length U Insertion length (Standard: U = L - 70 (2.76))
X Extension length

Thermowell type 4, for welding in, with extension, dimensions in mm (inch)

Thermowell type 4F, with flange, with extension, dimensions in mm (inch)

2/90 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 4+4F barstock thermowell, with extension

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code
SITRANS TS500 7MC752- SITRANS TS500 7MC752-
Barstock thermowell for medium to 7 - 77777 - 7777 777 Barstock thermowell for medium to 7 - 77777 - 7777 777
highest stress, thermowell as per highest stress, thermowell as per
DIN 43722, Type 4, for welding in, DIN 43722, Type 4, for welding in,
Type 4F with flange, with extension
Click on the Article No. for the online
Type 4F with flange, with extension
Head
2
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover, A
Material, in contact with media Standard
316Ti (1.4571) 1 Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover, B
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435) 2 screw connection
1.7335 heat resistant, only for versions 3 Aluminum head, BC0, high hinged cover, C
without flange screw connection
1.5415 heat resistant, only for versions 4 Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, suit- G
without flange able for Ex d1)
Aluminum head, AH0, screw cover, suit- H
Process connection able for Ex d, display1)
Without (for welding in) 0N Plastic head, BM0, screw cover M
Flange DN25 PN10 ... 40 B1 2A Plastic head, BP0high hinged cover, P
Flange 1"RF150 2E screw connection
Flange 1"RF300 2F Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover, U
Flange 1.5"RF150 2G Ex d1)
Flange 1.5"RF300 2H Stainless steel head, AV0, screw cover, V
Thermowell form Ex d, display1)
For flanged types only: specify with Y44 in Sensor2)
plain text if insertion length "U" deviates Please note: The accuracy class range
from standard (U=L-70 mm (2.76 inch)). can be lower than the measuring range.
(Min: U = C; Max; U= L-50 mm (1.97 inch)) For more information, see page 2/17
Type 4/4F, A00 Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A
L=140 mm (5.51 inch), C=65 mm (-58 ... +752)
(3.74 inch), ØD=24 mm (0.95 inch), Pt100, vibration resistant, -50 ... +400 °C B
Ød=6 mm (0.24 inch) (-58 ... +752)
Type 4/4F, B00 Pt100, expanded range, C
L=200 mm (7.87 inch), C=65 mm -196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1 112)
(3.74 inch), ØD=24 mm (0.95 inch), Thermocouple Type K, -40 ... +1 000 °C K
Ød=6 mm (0.24 inch) (-40 ... +1 832)
Type 4/4F, D00 Thermocouple Type J, only class 2, J
L=200 mm (7.87 inch), C=125 mm -40 ... +750 °C (-40 ... +1 382)
(4.92 inch), ØD=24 mm (0.95 inch), Thermocouple Type N, -40 ... +1 000 °C N
Ød=6 mm (0.24 inch) (-40 ... +1 832)
Type 4/4F, E00
L=260 mm (10.24 inch), C=125 mm Sensor number/Accuracy
(4.92 inch), ØD=24 mm (0.95 inch), Circuit Pt 100: 1 x 4-wire circuit or
Ød=6 mm (0.24 inch) 2 x 3-wire circuit, see "Measuring tech-
nique: Connection types", page 2/19
Extension X Single, basic accuracy (Class 2/Class B) 1
as per DIN 43772 1 Single, increased accuracy 2
(X=149 mm (5.87 inch)) (Class 1/Class A)
Extension X, customer-specific Single, highest accuracy (Class AA) 3
enter customer specific length with Y45, Double, basic accuracy (Class 2/Class B) 5
see page 2/93 Order codes Double, increased accuracy 6
45 ...150 mm (1.77 ... 5.91 inch) 9 N1D (Class 1/Class A)
Initial: 150 mm (5.91 inch) Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7
151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch) 9 N2D 1)
Initial: 300 mm (11.81 inch) Ex d in connection with Order code E03
301 ... 450 mm (11.85 ... 17.72 inch) 9 N3D 2) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online
Initial: 450 mm (17.72 inch) Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal
451 ... 600 mm (17.86 ... 23.62 inch) 9 N4D
Initial: 600 mm (23.62 inch) Additional configurations on page after next page!
601 ... 750 mm (23.66 ... 29.53 inch) 9 N5D
Initial: 750 mm (29.53 inch) You find ordering examples on page 2/40!
751 ... 900 mm (29.57 ... 45.43 inch) 9 N6D
Initial: 900 mm (45.43 inch)
901 ... 1 050 mm (45.47 ... 41.34 inch) 9 N7D
Initial: 1 050 mm (41.34 inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/91

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 4+4F barstock thermowell, with extension

Cable entry

75 (2.95)
Cable entry

131 (5.16)
2 °C

~50 (1.97) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BA0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
80 (3.15) Connection head with 4-20 mA display, aluminum, Type AH0, stainless
steel, Type AV0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BB0, dimensions in mm (inch)

119 (4.69)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BC0, plastic, type BP0, dimensions in

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, plastic, Type BM0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Cable entry
117 (4.51)

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type AG0, stainless steel, Type AU0,

dimensions in mm (inch)

2/92 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
Type 4+4F barstock thermowell, with extension

Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs Certificates and approvals
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for materials C12
coming into contact with media
Insertion length customer-specific Y44 EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for hydrostatic C31
Select range, enter desired length in plain text Inser- pressure test
tion length U deviating from standard;
(Min: U = C; Max; U= L-50 mm (1.97 inch)),
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for helium leak
test
C32 2
no entry = standard length (U=L-70 mm (2.76 inch))
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for surface tear C33
Extension length customer-specific Y45 test
Select range, enter desired length in plain text EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate: visual, measure- C34
(No entry = standard length) ment and functional inspection
Options EN 10204-2.1: Declaration of compliance with the C35
Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate order
extensions with "+". NACE Standard MR-01-75 compliance C50
ISO 9001 grease-free (cleaned for e.g. oxygen appli- C51
Built-in head transmitter cations)
Measuring range to be set must be specified with
plain text data "Y01". Designation, calibration
SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T10 Stainless steel TAG plate , enter lettering in plain text Y15
SITRANS TH100 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T11 Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in Y33
SITRANS TH200, 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T20 plain text
SITRANS TH200 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T21 Transmitter options
SITRANS TH300, HART, Universal T30 Transmitter, enter complete setting in plain text Y01
SITRANS TH300 Ex i (ATEX), HART, Universal T31 (Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F), marking on the
SITRANS TH400 PA, Universal T40 device when Order code "Y15" is selected
SITRANS TH400 PA Ex i, Universal T41 Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain Y17
SITRANS TH400 FF, Universal T45 text
SITRANS TH400 FF Ex i, Universal T46 Transmitter, enter measuring point description Y23
(max. 16 characters) in plain text
Explosion protection
Transmitter, enter measuring point text (max. Y24
Without explosion protection requirements E00 32 characters) in plain text
(Europe, Australia, New Zealand) Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text Y25
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS1) according to ATEX and IECEx E01 Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA U36
(Europe, Australia, New Zealand) (instead of 22.8 mA)
Transmitter with a SIL 2 conformity C20
Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E03
Transmitter with a SIL 2/3 conformity C23
through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and
IECEx (Europe, Australia, New Zealand) Transmitter test protocol (5 points) C11

Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to ATEX and IECEx E04 Further options

(Europe, Australia, New Zealand) Connection form, flying leads G01
(for the direct transmitter assembly, delivery without
Without explosion protection requirements E10 screws and springs)
(USA, Canada) Basis FM Full penetration process connection for 316L/316TI G02
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cFMus E11 M12 device plug (in combination with 1x Pt100 G12
(USA, Canada) and/or transmitter, Non-Ex and intrinsically safe, max.
IP65/67)
Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E13
Han 7D device plug (Non Ex and intrinsically safe, G13
housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus (USA);
without mating connector max. IP65/67)
NPT connections at the enclosure are mandatory
Connection head with ½ NPT thread without cable G20
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16 gland, for AU0 and AH0 only IP66
(USA, Canada) with outer earth screw for heads AG0, AH0, AU0 and A02
Without explosion protection requirements E17 AV0
(USA, Canada) with inner earth screw for heads BC0, AG0, AH0, A03
AU0 and AV0
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
(USA, Canada) Option not found?
Handling number special version Y99
Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E21
through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus 1) Please select Ex i version of the optional transmitter.
(USA); other connections (M, G, R) 2) Only with connection heads code AG0, AH0, AU0, AV0, without cable
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cCSAus E23 gland (please select non-Ex version of the optional transmitter).
(USA, Canada)
You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54 Accessories, see page 2/237.
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
Flameproof enclosure "d"; dust protection through E56
housing "t"2) according to NEPSI (China)
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to NEPSI (China) E57
Without explosion protection requirements (EAC) E80
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to EACEx (EAC) E81
Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E82
through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to EACEx (EAC)
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to EACEx (EAC) E83
Marine approvals
Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV GL) D01
Bureau Veritas (BV) D02
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/93

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
For installation in existing protective tubes

■ Dimensional drawings
E2

K2
2 Ød2
H

M
Cable entry
+1

K1
E1

Extension (1, 2, 3), adjustable, european, cylindrical, dimensions in mm

ØD4 (inch)
X

E2

K2
BEuropean = N + H1 + 3 - F

Ød2
BAmerican = U + 10 - F
K1

E1

M
Spring load european 6 (0.24); 3 (0.12) with transmiter
N

K1
U
U

Spring load american 20.0 (0.79)

E1

Extension NPT (1, 2, 3), adjustable, european, conical, dimensions in mm

(inch)

E2
K2

Ød2
M

Ød

B Measuring insert length

Ød Measuring insert outer diameter
ØD4 Extension outer diameter
K1
U

E1 Process connection, thread size

E1
H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
Extension NUN, adjustable, conical, european (5), american (8), dimensions
in mm (inch)
K1 Screw depth
N Nominal length
U Insertion length E2

X Extension length
K2

Recommended rebound:
European versions = inside length of the protective tube + 3 (0.12)
American versions = inside length of the protective tube + 10 (0.39) Ød2
M

SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipings, tempera-

ture sensors for installation in existing thermowells, suitable for thermo-
wells as per DIN 43772 as well as ASME B40.9-2001 with extension Eu-
ropean or American types, dimensions in mm (inch)
K1
U

E1

Extension, nipple, non adjustable, conical, european (4), american (6), di-
mensions in mm (inch)
1) Numerics 1 ... 8: s. Selection and Ordering data option extension
page 2/95

2/94 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
For installation in existing protective tubes

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code
SITRANS TS500 7MC7500- SITRANS TS500 7MC7500-
Temperature sensors for installation in 77777 - 7777 777 Temperature sensors for installation in 77777 - 7777 777
existing thermowells, suitable for ther- existing thermowells, suitable for ther-
mowells as per DIN 43772 as well as mowells as per DIN 43772 as well as
ASME B40.9-2001 with extension Euro- ASME B40.9-2001 with extension Euro-
pean or American types pean or American types 2
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Extension X
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Without extension 0
Model European type: X=65 (M=81 mm) (3.15 inch) 1
existing thermowells 1 adjustable
European type: X=139 mm (5.47 inch) 2
Thread type (M=155 mm (6.10 inch)) adjustable
G½" (½"BSPP) (not for American type) C (DIN standard length for L=110)
NPT½" J European type: X=149 mm (5.87 inch) 3
M14x1.5 (not for American type) T (M=165 mm (6.50 inch)) adjustable
M18x1.5 (not for American type) U European type:NIP, =150 mm (5.91 inch) 4
M20x1.5 (not for American type) V not adjustable (NPT½")
Without thread N European type: X=150 mm (5.91 inch) 5
Special version Z J1Y NUN adjustable (NPT½")
Insertion ength U free length, standard American type: X=74 mm (2.91 inch) inte- 6
lengths grated sensor spring, NIP, not adjustable
110 mm (4.33 inch) B1 (NPT½"), Umin = 100 mm
140 mm (5.51 inch) B2 American type: X=150 mm (5.91 inch) inte- 8
200 mm (7.87 inch) C1 grated sensor spring NUN adjustable
(NPT½")
260 mm (10.24 inch) C2
410 mm (16.14 inch) E1 Extension X, customer-specific
enter customer specific length with Y45,
Insertion U free length, customer-specific see page 2/98 Order codes
enter customer specific length with Y44,
45 ...150 mm (1.77 ... 5.91 inch) 9 N1
see page 2/98 Order codes
Standard: 150 mm (5.91 inch)
30 ... 100 mm (1.18 ... 3.94 inch) A0
151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch) 9 N2
Initial: 100 mm (3.94 inch)
Standard: 300 mm (11.81 inch)
101 ... 200 mm (3.98 ... 7.87 inch) B0
301 ... 450 mm (11.85 ... 17.72 inch) 9 N3
Initial: 200 mm (7.87 inch)
Standard: 450 mm (17.72 inch)
201 ... 300 mm (7.91 ... 11.81 inch) C0
Special length < 45 mm (1.77 inch) or 9 N8
Initial: 300 mm (11.81 inch)
> 450 mm (17.7 inch)
301 ... 400 mm (11.85 ... 15.75 inch) D0
Initial: 400 mm (15.75 inch) Model
401 ... 500 mm (15.79 ... 19.68 inch) E0 European type (M24 adjustable) D
Initial: 500 mm (19.68 inch)
501 ... 600 mm (19.72 ... 23.62 inch) F0 Additional configurations on page after next page!
Initial: 600 mm (23.62 inch) You find ordering examples on page 2/40!
601 ... 800 mm (23.66 ... 31.50 inch) G0
Initial: 800 mm (31.50 inch)
801 ... 1 000 mm (31.54 ... 39.37 inch) H0
Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
1 001 ... 1 250 mm (39.41 ... 49.21 inch) J0
Initial: 1 250 mm (49.21 inch)
1 251 ... 1 500 mm (49.25... 59.05 inch) K0
Initial: 1 500 mm (59.05 inch)
Special length < 30 mm (1.18 inch) or X0
> 1500 mm (59.00 inch)
Measurement tip diameter
6 mm (0.24 inch) 6
8 mm (0.31 inch) (with sleeve) 8
(with sleeve = not replaceable)
10 mm (0.39 inch) (with sleeve) 0
(with sleeve = not replaceable)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/95

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
For installation in existing protective tubes

Cable entry

75 (2.95)
Cable entry

131 (5.16)
2 °C

~50 (1.97) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BA0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
80 (3.15) Connection head with 4-20 mA display, aluminum, Type AH0, stainless
steel, Type AV0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BB0, dimensions in mm (inch)

119 (4.69)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type BC0, plastic, type BP0, dimensions in

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)

Cable entry

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, plastic, Type BM0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Cable entry
117 (4.51)

~65 (2.56) Connection head,

process entry

Connection head, aluminum, Type AG0, stainless steel, Type AU0,

dimensions in mm (inch)

2/96 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
For installation in existing protective tubes
H

H
Cable entry Cable entry
2

(0.354)
9
H1
H1

(1.34 ± 0.039)
34 ± 1
(0.47 ± 0.039)
12 ± 1

B = U + H1

B = U + H1
U

Ød Ød

B Measuring insert length B Measuring insert length

Ød Measuring insert outer diameter Ød Measuring insert outer diameter
H Head height H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61) H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02) Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
U Insertion length U Insertion length

SITRANS TS500, option G50 with seal, SITRANS TS500, option G51 with seal,
input of connection head: M24x1.5, dimensions in mm (inch) input of connection head: ½" NPT, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/97

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
For installation in existing protective tubes

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS TS500 7MC7500- Options
Temperature sensors for installation in 77777 - 7777 777 Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate
existing thermowells, suitable for ther- extensions with "+".
mowells as per DIN 43772 as well as ASME Built-in head transmitter
B40.9-2001 with extension European or
2 American types
Measuring range to be set must be specified with
plain text data "Y01".
Head SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T10
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover, A SITRANS TH100 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T11
Standard SITRANS TH200, 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T20
Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover, B SITRANS TH200 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T21
screw connection SITRANS TH300, HART, Universal T30
Aluminum head, BC0, high hinged cover, C SITRANS TH300 Ex i (ATEX), HART, Universal T31
screw connection SITRANS TH400 PA, Universal T40
Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, suitable G SITRANS TH400 PA Ex i, Universal T41
for Ex d1) SITRANS TH400 FF, Universal T45
Aluminum head, AH0, screw cover, suitable H SITRANS TH400 FF Ex i, Universal T46
for Ex d, display1)
Explosion protection
Plastic head, BM0, screw cover M
Plastic head, BP0high hinged cover, screw P Without explosion protection requirements E00
connection (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover, U Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS1) according to ATEX and IECEx E01
Ex d1) (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Stainless steel head, AV0, screw cover, Ex d, V Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E03
display1) housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and IECEx
Sensor2) (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Please note: The accuracy class range can Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to ATEX and IECEx E04
be lower than the measuring range. For more (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
information, see page 2/17
Without explosion protection requirements E10
Pt100, Basis, -50 ... +400 °C A (USA, Canada) Basis FM
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, vibration resistant, -50 ... +400 °C B Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cFMus E11
(-58 ... +752 °F) (USA, Canada)
Pt100, expanded range, Umin = 100 mm C Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E13
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1 112 °F) housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus (USA);
Thermocouple Type J, only class 2, J NPT connections at the enclosure are mandatory
-40 ... +750 °C (-40 ... +1 382 °F)
Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E14
Thermocouple Type K, -40 .. . +1 000 °C K
housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus
(-40 ... +1 832 °F)
(USA, Canada); other connections (M,G,R)
Thermocouple Type N, N
-40 ... +1 000 °C (-40 ... +1 832 °F) Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16
(USA, Canada)
Sensor number/Accuracy
Circuit Pt 100: 1 x 4-wire circuit or Without explosion protection requirements E17
2 x 3-wire circuit, see "Measuring technique: (USA, Canada), Basis CSA
Connection types", page 2/19 Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
Single, basic accuracy 1 (USA, Canada)
(Class 2/Class B)
Single, increased accuracy 2 Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E20
(Class 1/Class A) housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus
Single, highest accuracy 3 (USA, Canada); NPT connections at the enclosure
(Class AA) are mandatory
Double, basic accuracy 5 Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E21
(Class 2/Class B) housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus (USA); other
Double, increased accuracy 6 connections (M, G, R)
(Class 1/Class A) Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cCSAus E23
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7 (USA, Canada)
1) Ex d in connection with Order code E03 Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
2) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal
Flameproof enclosure "d"; dust protection through E56
housing "t"2) according to NEPSI (China)
Selection and Ordering data Order code Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to NEPSI (China) E57
Further designs Without explosion protection requirements (EAC) E80
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to EACEx (EAC) E81
Insertion length customer-specific Y44 Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E82
Select range, enter desired length in plain text housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to EACEx (EAC)
(No entry = standard length) Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to EACEx (EAC) E83
Extension length customer-specific Y45 Marine approvals
Select range, enter desired length in plain text
Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV GL) D01
(No entry = standard length)
Bureau Veritas (BV) D02
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
Certificates and approvals
EN 10204-3.1 Factory certificate: visual, measure- C34
ment and functional inspection
EN 10204-2.1: Declaration of compliance with the order C35

2/98 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS500
For installation in existing protective tubes

Selection and Ordering data Order code

Designation, calibration
Stainless steel TAG plate , enter lettering in plain text Y15
Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in Y33
plain text
Transmitter options
Transmitter, enter complete setting in plain text Y01 2
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F), marking on the
device when Order code "Y15" is selected
Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain Y17
text
Transmitter, enter measuring point description (max. Y23
16 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter measuring point text (max. Y24
32 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text Y25
Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA U36
(instead of 22.8 mA)
Transmitter with a SIL 2 conformity C20
Transmitter with a SIL 2/3 conformity C23
Transmitter test protocol (5 points) C11
Further options
Connection form, flying leads G01
(for the direct transmitter assembly, delivery without
screws and springs)
M12 device plug (in combination with 1x Pt100 G12
and/or transmitter, Non-Ex and intrinsically safe, max.
IP65/67)
Han 7D device plug (Non Ex and intrinsically safe, G13
without mating connector max. IP65/67)
Connection head with ½" NPT thread without cable G20
gland, for AU0 and AH0 only IP66
Input of the connection head: G50
M24x1.5, with sealing screw, Umin = 50 mm
Input of the connection head: G51
1/2" NPT, with sealing screw, Umin = 50 mm
Input of the connection head: G52
M24x1.5, open, Umin = 50 mm
Input of the connection head: G53
1/2" NP, open, Umin = 50 mm
with outer earth screw for heads AG0, AH0, AU0 and A02
AV0
with inner earth screw for heads BC0, AG0, AH0, A03
AU0 and AV0
Option not found?
Handling number special version Y99
1) Please select Ex i version of the optional transmitter.
2) Only with connection heads code AG0, AH0, AU0, AV0, without cable
gland (please select non-Ex version of the optional transmitter).
You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
Accessories, see page 2/237.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/99

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TSinsert
Measuring inserts for retrofits and upgrades European and American type

■ Dimensional drawings
European type American type Determination of the measuring insert length
Ø33 (1.30)

150 (5.90)
25 (0.99)

NPT½

K2
Ø42
(1.66) X

H1
17
Seal about

K1
1 mm

NPT½ Rebound

X
B = N + H1 + 3 - F

B = U + 10 - F

B
N
L
NBL

NBL
TSL
TSL

Ød Ød

Recommended rebound:
B Measuring insert length K1 Screw depth European versions with ceramic base = 3 (0.12)
Ød Measuring insert outer diameter K2 Screw depth European versions with transmitter = 1 (0.04)
N Nominal length L/U Thermowell length American versions: 6.4 (0.25); round down to 6 (0.24)
U for Form 2*/ 3*/ 4F Example calculations
NBL Non-bending length
L for Form 4 European measuring insert (with ceramic base)
TSL Temperature-sensitive length Connection head BC0, Thermowell Form 2F, U = 225 mm, X = 64
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
F Floor strength Type Bxx = 26 (1.02) B = U + X + H1 + 3 – F
Type 2: 3 (0.12) B = 225 + 64 + 26 + 3 – 3 = 315
Type 3: 6 (0.24) American measuring insert
Type 4: 4 (0.16) Connection head AG0, Thermowell Form 4, L = 200 mm
ASME types: 6.4 (0.25); round down to 6 (0.24) B=L+6-F
B = 200 + 6 – 4 = 202
X Extension length
For the NTP thread, please take tolerances into consideration
and select a shorter sensor or use PTFE tape for mounting, for
example: -3 (0.12).

SITRANS TSinsert measuring inserts for temperature sensors, replaceable, mineral-insulated design
European type (DIN ceramic base), spring load approx. 6 mm (0.24 inch)/3 mm (0.12 inch) with transmitter
American type, spring load approx. 21 mm (0.83 inch); determination of measuring insert length, dimensions in mm (inch);
Cold End types: see drawings on page 2/102

2/100 Siemens FI 01 · 2018


Selection and Ordering data
SITRANS TSinsert for temperature sen-
sors, replaceable, mineral-insulated
design, European or American type
Click on the Article No. for the online
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measurement tip diameter
6 mm (0.24 inch)
8 mm (0.31 inch) (with sleeve)
10 mm (0.39 inch) (with sleeve)
Type
European type - DIN ceramic base
European type - DIN flying leads, abso-
lutely necessary with built-on transmitter
American type - ANSI (nipple spring)
Sensor1)
Please note: The accuracy class range
can be lower than the measuring range.
For more information, see page 2/17
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, vibration-resistant,
-50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, expanded range, Umin = 100 mm
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1 112 °F)
Thermocouple Type J, -40 ... +750 °C
(-40 ... +1 382 °F)
Thermocouple Type K, -40 .. . +1 000 °C
(-40 ... +1 832 °F)
Thermocouple Type N,
-40 ... +1 000 °C (-40 ... +1 832 °F)
Sensor number/Accuracy
Circuit Pt 100: 1 x 4-wire circuit or
2 x 3-wire circuit, see "Measuring tech-
nique: Connection types", page 2/19
Single, basic accuracy
(Class 2/Class B)
Single, increased accuracy
(Class 1/Class A)
Single, highest accuracy
(Class AA)
Double, basic accuracy
(Class 2/Class B)
Double, increased accuracy
(Class 1/Class A)
Double, highest accuracy
(Class AA)
Measuring insert length B, standard
145 mm (6.89 inch)
205 mm (8.07 inch)
275 mm (10.83 inch)
315 mm (12.40 inch)
345 mm (13.58 inch)
375 mm (14.76 inch)
405 mm (15.94 inch)
435 mm (17.13 inch)
555 mm (21.85 inch)
585 mm (23.03 inch)
© Siemens AG 2018
Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TSinsert
Measuring inserts for retrofits and upgrades European and American type
Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
7MC701 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 SITRANS TSinsert for temperature sen- 7MC701 7 - 7 7 7 7 7
sors, replaceable, mineral-insulated
design, European or American type
Measuring insert length B,
customer-specific
specify length with Y44, s. page 2/93 2
6 85 ... 100 mm (3.37 ... 3.94 inch) 11
Initial: 100 mm (3.94 inch)
8
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91 inch) 13
0
Initial: 145 mm (5.71 inch)
151 … 200 mm (5.95 ... 7.87 inch) 15
1 Initial: 200 mm (7.87 inch)
2 201 … 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84 inch) 17
Initial: 205 mm (8.07 inch)
5 251 … 300 mm (9.88 ... 11.81 inch) 21
Initial: 275 mm (10.83 inch)
301 … 350 mm (11.85 ... 13.78 inch) 23
Initial: 315 mm (12.40 inch)
351 … 400 mm (13.82 ... 15.75 inch) 25
A Initial: 375 mm (14.76 inch)
401 … 450 mm (15.79 ... 17.72 inch) 27
B Initial: 405 mm (15.94 inch)
451 … 500 mm (17.76 ... 19.68 inch) 31
C Initial: 500 mm (19.68 inch)
501 … 550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch) 33
J Initial: 525 mm (20.67 inch)
551 … 600 mm (21.69 ... 23.92 inch) 35
K Initial: 555 mm (21.85 inch)
601 … 700 mm (23.66 ... 27.56 inch) 37
N Initial: 655 mm (25.79 inch)
701 … 800 mm (27.60 ... 31.50 inch) 41
Initial: 735 mm (28.94 inch)
801 … 900 mm (31.54 ... 35.43 inch) 43
Initial: 825 mm (32.48 inch)
901 … 1 000 mm (35.47 ... 39.37 inch) 45
Initial: 950 mm (37.40 inch)
A 1 001 … 1 500 mm (39.41 ... 59.05 inch) 47
Initial: 1 250 mm (49.21 inch)
B 1 501 … 2 000 mm (59.09 ... 78.74 inch) 48
Initial: 1 700 mm (66.93 inch)
C
1) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online
D Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal
E
Additional configurations on page after next page!
You find ordering examples on page 2/40!
F
1 3
1 7
2 1
2 3
2 4
2 5
2 7
2 0
3 5
3 6
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/101
 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TSinsert
Measuring inserts for retrofits and upgrades European and American type

Ø33
(1.30)

(0.99)
25
2
Ø42
(1.65)

Cold end type, ceramic base, dimensions in mm (inch)

Cold end type, free wire ends, dimensions in mm (inch)

33 (1.30)
28 (1.10)

Ø42
(1.65)

European type:
cold end type, built-on transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)

2/102 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TSinsert
Measuring inserts for retrofits and upgrades European and American type

Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs Designation, calibration
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Stainless steel TAG plate , enter lettering in plain text Y15
Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in Y33
Measuring insert length B Y44 plain text
Select range, enter desired length in plain text
(No entry = standard length)
Options
Transmitter options
Transmitter, enter complete setting in plain text Y01 2
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain Y17
extensions with "+". text
Built-in head transmitter Transmitter, enter measuring point description (max. Y23
Measuring range to be set must be specified with 16 characters) in plain text
plain text data "Y01". Transmitter, enter measuring point text (max. Y24
SITRANS TH100, 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T10 32 characters) in plain text
SITRANS TH100 Ex i (ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Pt100 T11 Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text Y25
SITRANS TH200, 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T20 Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA U36
SITRANS TH200 Ex i(ATEX), 4 ... 20 mA, Universal T21 (instead of 22.8 mA)
SITRANS TH300, HART, Universal T30 Transmitter with a SIL 2 conformity C20
SITRANS TH300 Ex i (ATEX), HART, Universal T31 Transmitter with a SIL 2/3 conformity C23
SITRANS TH400 PA, Universal T40 Transmitter test protocol (5 points) C11
SITRANS TH400 PA Ex i, Universal T41 1) Please select Ex i version of the optional transmitter.
SITRANS TH400 FF, Universal T45 2)
SITRANS TH400 FF Ex i, Universal T46 Only with connection heads code AG0, AH0, AU0, AV0, without cable
gland (please select non-Ex version of the optional transmitter).
Explosion protection
You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
Without explosion protection requirements E00
(Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Accessories, see page 2/237.
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS1) according to ATEX and IECEx E01
(Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
For SITRANS TS500 in flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP E03
type of protection; dust protection through housing
"t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and IECEx
(Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
For SITRANS TS500 in non-sparking "nA"/"NI" E04
according to ATEX and IECEx type of protection
(Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Without explosion protection requirements E17
(USA, Canada)
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
(USA, Canada)
For SITRANS TS500 in flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP E20
type of protection; dust protection through housing
"t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus (USA, Canada);
NPT connections at the enclosure are mandatory
For SITRANS TS500 in flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP E21
type of protection; dust protection through housing
"t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus (USA);
other connections (M, G, R)
For SITRANS TS500 in non-sparking "nA"/"NI" type of E23
protection according to cCSAus (USA, Canada)
Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
For SITRANS TS500 in flameproof enclosure "d" type E56
of protection; dust protection through housing "t"2)
according to NEPSI (China)
For SITRANS TS500 in non-sparking "nA"/"NI" type of E57
protection according to NEPSI (China)
Without explosion protection requirements (EAC) E80
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to EACEx (EAC) E81
For SITRANS TS500 in flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP E82
type of protection; dust protection through housing
"t"/"DIP"2) according to EACEx (EAC)
For SITRANS TS500 in non-sparking "nA"/"NI" type of E83
protection according to EACEx (EAC)
Marine approvals
Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV GL) D01
Bureau Veritas (BV) D02
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/103

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TSthermowells
Thermowells according to DIN 43772 - Form 4

■ Dimensional drawings
Thermowells according to DIN 43772 - Form 4
7MT14, welded 7MT14, flange connection

2 E1 E1
Instrument Instrument
connection connection

Process
connection

ØD

L +2
L +2

ØD

U +2

C +2
C +2

Ø D3 Ø D3

min. 4
min. 4

Ø D2 Ø D2

Since March 2000, DIN 43772 replaces the retracted DIN 43763:
1986-03
The name of the D sleeves is from the previous standard but still
used today. The table below shows the order information for the
corresponding successor products from DIN 43772.

Design L [mm] U [mm] Ordering data

D1 140 65 7MT1410-2*N00-0NQ2
D2 200 125 7MT1410-4*N00-0NQ4
D4 200 65 7MT1410-4*N00-0NQ2
D5 260 125 7MT1410-5*N00-0NQ4
Material:
* = A: 1.4571
* = B: 1.4404
* = S: 1.7335
* = T: 1.5415

2/104 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TSthermowells
Thermowells according to DIN 43772 - Form 4
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
Thermowells made of barstock according to DIN 43772 - Form 4 7 M T 7777 - 77777 - 7777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration and configuration check in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Basic model
Standard
DIN
Process connection
Weld-in/flange connection
Form
Form 4/4F 14 2
External diameter of root D External diameter of tip D2 Bore hole D3
24 mm 12.5 mm 7 mm 1
26 mm 12.5 mm 7 mm 2
32 mm 17 mm 11 mm 3
Thermowell length L
110 mm 0 1
140 mm 0 2
170 mm 0 3
200 mm 0 4
260 mm 0 5
410 mm 0 6
Thermowell material
316Ti / 1.4571 A
316L / 1.4404 B
Hastelloy C276 / 2.4819 E
1.7335 Heat-resistant S
1.5415 Heat-resistant T
PTFE coating (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) U
ECTFE (HALAR) (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) V
Stellite coating (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) W
Customer-specific thermowell 98 8N Y99
+
Y46
Process connection material
Without (Form 4 for welding) N
316Ti / 1.4571 A
316L / 1.4404 B
Hastelloy C276 / 2.4819 (flange with flanged wheel) E
1.7335 Heat-resistant S
1.5415 Heat-resistant T
PTFE coating (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) U
ECTFE (HALAR) (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) V
Stellite coating (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) W
Process connection
Without (Form 4 for welding) 00
Flange according DIN EN 1092-1 Sealing surface Initial: B1 for uncoated variants
• DN 40, PN 10 - 16 32
• DN 40, PN 25 - 40 33
• DN 50, PN 10 - 16 34
• DN 50, PN 25 - 40 35
Flansch according ASME B16.5 Sealing surface Initial: RF for uncoated variants
• 1.50 inch; Class 150 60
• 1.50 inch; Class 300 61
• 1.50 inch; Class 600 62
• 2.00 inch; Class 150 66
• 2.00 inch; Class 300 67
• 2.00 inch; Class 600 68
Customer-specific process connection Z88 K1Y
Installation length U
For welding (no process connection) 0N
130 mm 0A
190 mm 0B
340 mm 0C
Customer-specific installation length 8Y Y44

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/105

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TSthermowells
Thermowells according to DIN 43772 - Form 4
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
Thermowells made of barstock according to DIN 43772 - Form 4 7 M T 7777 - 77777 - 7777 777
Connection to thermometer E1 (female thread)
M18x1.5 Q
M20x1.5 R
2 M27x2.0 T
½-14 NPT U
G½ W
G¾ X
Special version Z Q1Y
Cone length C
Without (straight) 0
65 mm 2
73 mm 3
125 mm 4
133 mm 5
275 mm 6

Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Options Surface treatment, options on request
Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate Wetted parts stained, neutralized and passivated W01
extensions with "+". Wetted parts electropolished W02
Acceptance test certificate according to Additional flange sealing surfaces
EN 10204-3.1
FF-Flat Face according to ASME B16.5 A70
Material certificate for wetted parts C12
RTJ-Ring-Type Joint according to ASME B16.5 A71
PMI (positive material ident.) for wetted parts C15
Type B2 according to EN1092-1 A72
Pressure test C31
Type C according to EN1092-1 A73
Helium leak test C32
Type D according to EN1092-1 A74
Surface crack test C33
Additional information
Visual, dimensional and functional check C34
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Compliance with order C35
Additional information in plain text: K1Y
X-ray test concentricity of bore hole C47 Process connection (material, type)
X-ray test concentricity of bore hole C48 Additional information in plain text: Q1Y
MR-01-75 NACE conformity C50 Connection to thermometer E1
MR-01-03 NACE conformity C53 Customer specific production
Grease-free (cleaned for oxygen applications, for C51 Processing and quotation number of special version: Y99
example) specify in plain text
Additional options
Thread protection stainless steel plug and chain A55
Forged flange A76
Sealing surface with concentric lines A77
TAG-marking Y15

2/106 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TSthermowells
Thermowells according to ASME B40.9

■ Dimensional drawings
Thermowells according to ASME B 40.9
7MT21, for screwing in, straight, tapered pro- 7MT21, for screwing in, straight, cylindrical 7MT31, for weld-in, straight
cess connection process connection

E1 E1 Head diam.
2
Head Head E1
X1

X1

X1
diameter diameter

Tapered
process Cylindrical
K

connection process
connection

Ø D3 Ø D3 Ø D3
U

U
6.4

6.4

6.4
ØD ØD ØD

7MT22, for screwing in, reduced, tapered pro- 7MT22, for screwing in, reduced, cylindrical 7MT32, for weld-in, reduced
cess connection process connection

E1 E1 Head diam.

E1
Head Head
X1

X1

X1
diameter diameter

Tapered
process Cylindrical
ØD
K

connection process
connection

Ø D3 Ø D3
U

U
Ø D3
ØD ØD
L6
L6

L6
6.4

6.4

6.4

Ø D2 Ø D2 Ø D2

7MT23, for screwing in, tapered, tapered pro- 7MT23, for screwing in, tapered, cylindrical 7MT33, for weld-in, tapered
cess connection process connection

E1 E1 Head diam.

E1
Head Head
X1

X1

X1

diameter diameter

Tapered
process Cylindrical
K

connection process ØD
connection
ØD
ØD

Ø D3
U

Ø D3
Ø D3
6.4

6.4

6.4

Ø D2 Ø D2 Ø D2

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/107

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS Thermowells
Thermowells according to ASME B40.9

7MT41, flange connection, straight 7MT51, Van Stone type, straight

Head diam. Head diam.

E1 E1

X1

X1
2
Process
connection
Process
connection

Ø D3 Ø D3

U
6.4

6.4
ØD ØD

7MT42, flange connection, reduced 7MT52, Van Stone type, reduced

Head diam. Head diam.

E1 E1
X1

X1
Process
connection Process
connection
ØD
ØD
Ø D3
U

U
Ø D3
L6

L6
6.4

6.4

Ø D2 Ø D2

7MT43, flange connection, tapered 7MT53 Van Stone type, tapered

Head diam. Head diam.

E1
E1
X1

X1

Process Process
connection connection

ØD ØD
U

Ø D3
Ø D3
6.4

6.4

Ø D2 Ø D2

2/108 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS Thermowells
Thermowells according to ASME B40.9
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
Thermowells made of barstock according to ASME 40.9 7 M T 7777 - 77777 - 7777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration and configuration check in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Basic model
Standard
ASME
Process connection
For screwing in
Form
Straight 2 1
2
ASME For welding Straight 3 1
ASME Flange connection Straight 4 1
ASME Van Stone type Straight 5 1
ASME For screwing in Reduced 2 2
ASME For welding Reduced 3 2
ASME Flange connection Reduced 4 2
ASME Van Stone type Reduced 5 2
ASME For screwing in Tapered 2 3
ASME For welding Tapered 3 3
ASME Flange connection Tapered 4 3
ASME Van Stone type Tapered 5 3
Connection to thermometer E1
M18x1.5 1
M20x1.5 2
½-14 NPT 5
G½ 7
Special version 9 Y99
Head diameter of the thermowell
For screwing in - width across flats For welding Flange connec- Van Stone head/process connec-
tion tion
26.7 mm 0
H27 33.4 mm 28.6 mm 33.4 mm / 51 mm 1
48.3 mm 30 mm 48.3 mm / 73 mm 2
H32 32 mm 60.3 mm / 92 mm 3
H36 34 mm 4
H42 38 mm 5
Head length X1
Screw- Weld-in Flange Van
in Stone
25 ... 50 mm: Initial 45 mm ✔ ✔ ✔ 0
51 ... 75 mm: Initial 64 mm ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 1
76 ... 101 mm: Initial 89 mm ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 2
102 ... 126 mm: Initial 114 mm ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 3
127 ... 151 mm: Initial 140 mm ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 4
152 ... 177 mm: Initial 165 mm ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 5
178 ... 202 mm: Initial 191 mm ✔ ✔ ✔ 6
Installation length U
25 ... 126 mm: Initial 25 mm A
127 ... 253 mm: Initial 127 mm B
254 ... 380 mm: Initial 254 mm C
381 ... 507 mm: Initial 381 mm D
508 ... 634 mm: Initial 508 mm E
635 ... 761 mm: Initial 635 mm F
762 ... 888 mm: Initial 762 mm G

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/109

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS Thermowells
Thermowells according to ASME B40.9
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
Thermowells made of barstock according to ASME 40.9 7 M T 7777 - 77777 - 7777 777
Thermowell material
Screw- Weld-in Flange Van
in Stone
2 316L / 1.4404
Carbon steel
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔ B
C
Hastelloy C276 / 2.4819 (flange with flanged wheel) ✔ ✔ E
Hastelloy C22 / 2.4602 (flange with flanged wheel) ✔ ✔ F
304L / 1.4306 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ H
321 / 1.4541 ✔ ✔ ✔ K
Monel alloy 400 / 2.4360 (flange with flanged wheel) ✔ ✔ L
Tantalum (sleeve, thermowell, made of 316/TI/L) ✔ Q
Duplex / 1.4462 ✔ ✔ P
Super Duplex / 1.4410 ✔ ✔ R
PTFE coating (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) ✔ ✔ U
ECTFE (HALAR) (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) ✔ ✔ V
Stellite coating (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) ✔ ✔ W
Customer-specific thermowell (head diameter/X1/U/material) ✔ ✔ ✔ 9 8NN G1Y
External diamater of root D/tip D2
Straight thermowell Reduced thermowell Tapered thermowell
D D D2 D D2
0.50 in (12.7 mm) 00
0.625 in (15.9 mm) 0.625 in (15.9 mm) 0.5 in (12.7 mm) 0.625 in (15.9 mm) 0.5 in (12.7 mm) 01
0.75 in (19.1 mm) 0.75 in (19.1mm) 0.5 in (12.7 mm) 0.75 in (19.1mm) 0.5 in (12.7 mm) 02
1.00 in (25.4 mm) 1.00 in (25.4 mm) 0.5 in (12.7 mm) 03
1.25 in (31.8 mm) 1.25 in (31.8 mm) 0.5 in (12.7 mm) 1.00 in (25.4 mm) 0.50 in (12.7 mm) 04
1.50 in (38.1 mm) 1.50 in (38.1 mm) 0.5 in (12.7 mm) 1.00 in (25.4 mm) 0.75 in (19.1 mm) 05
1.25 in (31.8 mm) 0.50 in (12.7 mm) 07
1.25 in (31.8 mm) 0.75 in (19.1 mm) 08
D = 12 mm (0.47 in) 1.25 in (31.8 mm) 1.00 in (25.4 mm) 10
D = 14 mm (0.55 in) 11
D = 16 mm (0.63 in) 1.50 in (38.1mm) 0.50 in (12.7 mm) 12
D = 19 mm (0.75 in) 1.50 in (38.1 mm) 0.75 in (19.1 mm) 13
D = 22 mm (0.87 in) 1.50 in (38.1 mm) 1.00 in (25.4 mm) 14
D = 25 mm (0.98 in) 1.50 in (38.1 mm) 1.25 in (31.8 mm) 15
D = 27 mm (1.06 in) 16
12 mm (0.47 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 3 1
14 mm (0.55 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 3 3
16 mm (0.63 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 3 6
16 mm (0.63 in) 13 mm (0.51 in) 3 7
16 mm (0.63 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 38
19 mm (0.75 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 41
19 mm (0.75 in) 13 mm (0.51 in) 42
19 mm (0.75 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 43
22 mm (0.87 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 46
22 mm (0.87 in) 13 mm (0.51 in) 47
22 mm (0.87 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 48
22 mm (0.87 in) 16 mm (0.63 in) 50
25 mm (0.98 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 53
25 mm (0.98 in) 13 mm (0.51 in) 54
25 mm (0.98 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 55
25 mm (0.98 in) 16 mm (0.63 in) 56
25 mm (0.98 in) 19 mm (0.75 in) 57
27 mm (1.06 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 61
27 mm (1.06 in) 13 mm (0.51 in) 62
27 mm (1.06 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 63
27 mm (1.06 in) 16 mm (0.63 in) 64
27 mm (1.06 in) 19 mm (0.75 in) 65
27 mm (1.06 in) 22 mm (0.87 in) 66
32 mm (1.26 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 70
32 mm (1.26 in) 13 mm (0.51 in) 71

2/110 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS Thermowells
Thermowells according to ASME B40.9
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
Thermowells made of barstock according to ASME 40.9 7 M T 7777 - 77777 - 7777 777
External diamater of root D/tip D2 (continued)
Straight thermowell Reduced thermowell Tapered thermowell
D D D2 D D2
32 mm (1.26 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 72 2
32 mm (1.26 in) 16 mm (0.63 in) 73
32 mm (1.26 in) 19 mm (0.75 in) 74
32 mm (1.26 in) 22 mm (0.87 in) 75
32 mm (1.26 in) 25 mm (0.98 in) 76
34 mm (1.34 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 80
34 mm (1.34 in) 13 mm (0.51 in) 81
34 mm (1.34 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 82
34 mm (1.34 in) 16 mm (0.63 in) 83
34 mm (1.34 in) 19 mm (0.75 in) 84
34 mm (1.34 in) 22 mm (0.87 in) 85
34 mm (1.34 in) 25 mm (0.98 in) 86
Customer-specific Customer-specific Customer-specific 90 L1Y
Process connection
Thread for 7MT2... (Screw-in thermowells)
• G½" 1A
• G¾" 1B
• G1" 1C
• R½" 1D
• R¾" 1E
• R1" 1F
• ½" NPT 1G
• ¾" NPT 1H
• 1" NPT 1J
• M20 x 1.5 1L
• M27 x 2 1M
• M33 x 2 1N
Flange according to EN 1092-1 for 7MT4... (Flange thermowells), Sealing surface Initial: B1 for uncoated
variants
• DN 25, PN 10 - 40 2D
• DN 40, PN 10 - 40 2F
• DN 50, PN 10 - 16 2H
• DN 50, PN 25 - 40 2J
Flange according to ASME B16.5 for 7MT4... (Flange thermowells), Sealing surface Initial: RF for uncoated
variants
• 1.00 inch; Class 150 3E
• 1.00 inch; Class 300 3F
• 1.00 inch; Class 600 3G
• 1.50 inch; Class 150 3K
• 1.50 inch; Class 300 3L
• 1.50 inch; Class 600 3M
• 1.50 inch; Class 900 3N
• 1.50 inch; Class 1500 3P
• 1.50 inch; Class 2500 3Q
• 2.00 inch; Class 150 3R
• 2.00 inch; Class 300 3S
• 2.00 inch; Class 600 3T
• 3.00 inch; Class 150 4C
• 3.00 inch; Class 300 4D
• 3.00 inch; Class 600 4E
• 4.00 inch; Class 150 4G
• 4.00 inch; Class 300 4H
• 4.00 inch; Class 600 4J
For 7MT3... and 7MT5... (Weld-in and Van Stone thermowells)
• Without (optional collar flange for Van-Stone see "Options") 0N

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/111

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
SITRANS TS Thermowells
Thermowells according to ASME B40.9
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
Thermowells made of barstock according to ASME 40.9 7 M T 7777 - 77777 - 7777 777
Process connection material (identical to thermowell)
Screw- Weld-in Flange Van
in Stone
2 316L / 1.4404
Carbon steel
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔ B
C
Hastelloy C276 / 2.4819 (Flange with flanged wheel) ✔ E
Hastelloy C22 / 2.4602 ✔ F
304L / 1.4306 ✔ ✔ H
321 / 1.4541 ✔ K
Monel alloy 400 / 2.4360 (Flange with flanged wheel) ✔ L
Tantal (sleeve, thermowell made of 316/TI/L) ✔ Q
Duplex / 1.4462 ✔ P
Super Duplex ✔ R
PTFE coating (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) ✔ U
ECTFE (HALAR) (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) ✔ V
Stellite coating (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) ✔ W
Customer-specific ✔ ✔ ✔ 9N N N1Y
Bore D3
D3 = 6.6 mm (0.260 in) 2
Customer-specific 9 R1Y

Auswahl- und Bestelldaten Kurzangabe Auswahl- und Bestelldaten Kurzangabe

Options Additional flange sealing surfaces
Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate FF-Flat Face according to ASME B16.5 A70
extensions with "+". RTJ-Ring-Type Joint according to ASME B16.5 A71
Acceptance test certificate according to Type B2 according to EN1092-1 A72
EN 10204-3.1
Type C according to EN1092-1 A73
Material certificate for wetted parts C12
Type D according to EN1092-1 A74
PMI (positive material ident.) for wetted parts C15
Additional information
Pressure test C31
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Helium leak test C32
Additional information in plain text: G1Y
Surface crack test C33 Thermowell (head diameter/X1/U/material)
Visual, dimensional and functional check C34 Additional information in plain text: L1Y
Compliance with order C35 AD root D / [tip D2]
X-ray test for welding seams C41 Additional information in plain text: N1Y
Ultrasound test for welding seams C44 Process connection (material/type):

X-ray test concentricity of bore hole C47 Additional information in plain text: Bore hole D3: R1Y

Ultrasound test concentricity of bore hole C48 Customer specific production

MR-01-75 NACE conformity C50 Length options U: Specify special installation length Y44
(in spec. area)
MR-01-03 NACE conformity C53
Length options X1: Specify special length extension Y45
Grease-free (cleaned for oxygen applications, for C51 (in spec. area)
example)
Processing and quotation number of special version: Y99
Additional options specify in plain text
Thread protection stainless steel plug and chain A55 Optional collar flanges 316L (Van Stone only)
Forged flange A76 1.00 inch, Class 150 sealing surface initial: RF B24
Sealing surface with concentric lines A77 1.00 inch, Class 300 sealing surface initial: RF B25
TAG-marking Y15 1.00 inch, Class 600 sealing surface initial: RF B26
Full penetration options 1.50 inch, Class 150 sealing surface initial: RF B29
Process connection welded G02 1.50 inch, Class 300 sealing surface initial: RF B30
Surface treatment, options on request 1.50 inch, Class 600 sealing surface initial: RF B31
Wetted parts stained, neutralized and passivated W01 2.00 inch, Class 150 sealing surface initial: RF B35
Wetted parts electropolished W02 2.00 inch, Class 300 sealing surface initial: RF B36
2.00 inch, Class 600 sealing surface initial: RF B37

2/112 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Temperature transmitters for mounting in the connection head

■ Overview ■ Selection and Ordering Data

Detailed information on the transmitters can be found for the re-
spective products under "Transmitters for temperature".

Transmitter to be fitted Order code 2

To order the sensor with a built-in
temperature transmitter, add "-Z" to
the Article No. of the sensor, and
supplement by the following Order
code:
SITRANS TH100, only for Pt100
• Without Ex T10
• EEx ia IIC and EEx n for zone 2 T11
• FM T13
SITRANS TH200
• Without Ex T20
• EEx ia IIC and EEx n for zone 2 T21
The following temperature transmitters are available for mount-
ing in the connection head: • FM (IS, I, NI) T23
SITRANS TH300
SITRANS TH100
• Without Ex T30
Programmable two-wire temperature transmitter (4 to 20 mA),
without electrical isolation, only for Pt100 resistance thermome- • EEx ia IIC and EEx n for zone 2 T31
ters. • FM (IS, I, NI) T33
SITRANS TH200 SITRANS TH400 PA

Programmable two-wire temperature transmitter (4 to 20 mA), • Without Ex T40

electrical isolation for resistance thermometers and thermocou- • EEx ia T41
ple elements.
SITRANS TH400 FF
SITRANS TH300 • Without Ex T45
Two-wire temperature transmitter with HART communication • EEx ia T46
(4 to 20 mA), electrical isolation for resistance thermometers and
• Customer-specific setting of the Y11
thermocouple elements. built-in transmitter (specify set-
SITRANS TH400 tings in plain text)

Temperature transmitter with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION

Fieldbus connection, electrical isolation for resistance thermom-
eters and thermocouple elements.
Note:
• SITRANS TH100/TH200/TH300/TH400 can be fitted instead of
the terminal block or in the high hinged cover. Additional fitting
only possible in high hinged cover.
• If using intrinsically-safe temperature sensors any installed
temperature transmitters must also be intrinsically-safe.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/113

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Flue gas resistance thermometers with connection head

■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.

Flue gas resistance thermometer
Measuring resistor
(winding) embedded in ceramic
1 Pt100 measuring resistor,
2 three-wire circuit
Mounting length/ Weight/
mm (inch): kg (lb):
• 500 (19.7) 0.9 (1.98) 7MC1000 - 1 BA 2 7
• 710 (28.0) 1.1 (2.43) 7MC1000 - 2 BA 2 7
• 1000 (39.4) 1.5 (3.31) 7MC1000 - 3 BA 2 7
The flue gas resistance thermometer with connection head is • 1400 (55.1) 1.9 (4.19) 7MC1000 - 4 BA 2 7
suitable for the temperature range from -50 to +600 °C • 2000 (78.7) 2.7 (5.95) 7MC1000 - 5 BA 2 7
(-58 to +1112 °F) and can also be supplied with a built-in tem- Click on the Article No. for the online con-
perature transmitter. figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Please order mounting flange or threaded sleeve separately. Connection head, form B,
made of cast light alloy,
■ Technical specifications with 1 cable inlet and
• Screw cover 1
Design According to DIN 43764: • Standard hinged cover 4
Thermometer without mount
• High hinged cover 6
Protective tube
Further designs Order code
• Form 1, DIN 43772; cylindrical, 15 mm Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
diameter (0.59 inch), wall thick- Order code(s) and plain text.
ness 3 mm (0.12 inch), seamless
Special version, specify in plain text Y98
• Material St 35.8, mat. No. 1.0305, enam-
elled Process number for special version Y99
• Loading capacity 1 bar (14.5 psi) above atmo- TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
spheric, to DIN 43772 specify TAG No. in plain text
Measuring insert Replaceable, with measuring Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33
insert tube (8 mm diameter desired temperature in plain text (order
(0.31 inch)) made of stainless equivalent number of times for several cali-
steel; terminal block with clamp- bration points).
ing springs If optional head transmitters are integrated,
please note that all calibration points are
located in the set measuring range. If the
■ Dimensional drawings points are located outside the standard
measuring range, a Y11 addition is always
required.
(0.6)
Ø15

Accessories Article No.

Mounting flange 7 M C 2 9 9 8 - 5 CA
Adjustable, to DIN 43734;
500 (19.7) Material: GTW 35, mat. No. 0.8035,
710 (28.0) M20 x 1.5 for protective tube diameter
1000 (39.4) SW 22 15 mm (0.59 inch),
1400 (55.1) 0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
2000 (78.7) 76 (3.0)
Gas-tight threaded sleeve
Threaded sleeve Stop flange Material: 9 SMnPb 28
Material No. 1.0718,
SW 27 SW 27 for protective tube diameter
(0.6)
Ø16

15 mm (0.59 inch),
Ø55 (2.2)
Ø75 (3.0)

0.4 kg (0.88 lb)

G¾

• G¾ internal thread with gasket 7 M C 2 9 9 8 - 5 DA

Ø9.5
(0.4)

• G½ internal thread with gasket 7 M C 2 9 9 8 - 5 DC

To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head
20 (0.8)
and transmitters for SIL applications, see "Temperature transmit-
75 (3.0) 32 (1.3) ters for mounting in the connection head" (page 2/113).
Individual parts: Measuring inserts, see "Accessories".on page 2/116
Flue gas resistance thermometer with connection head, dimensions in
mm (inches)

2/114 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Resistance thermometers for damp rooms

■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.

The resistance thermometer for damp rooms is suitable for a Resistance thermometer for
temperature range from -30 to +60 °C (-22 to +140 °F). damp rooms
stainless steel protective tube

■ Technical specifications • with one Pt100 measuring resistor

0.1 kg (0.22 kg)
7MC1027-1AA
2
Protective tube Made of stainless steel • with two Pt100 measuring resistors 7MC1027-1AB
0.1 kg (0.22 kg)
Connection head Made of cast light alloy, with
cable bushing; made of plastic on Further designs Order code
request Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Measuring insert 1 or 2 Pt measuring resistors to Order code(s) and plain text.
DIN EN 60751, connection in Special version, specify in plain text Y98
three-wire or two-wire system,
class B Process number for special version Y99
Degree of protection IP65 acc. to DIN EN 60529 TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
specify TAG No. in plain text

■ Dimensional drawings Calibration carried out at one point, specify

desired temperature in plain text (order
Y33

equivalent number of times for several cali-

bration points).
(0.24)

If optional head transmitters are integrated,

Ø6

please note that all calibration points are

75 (3.0)
63 (2.5)

located in the set measuring range. If the

points are located outside the standard
measuring range, a Y11 addition is always
required.
13 (0.5) 52 (2.1) To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head
Ø4.5 (0.2)
85 (3.4) 80 (3.2) and transmitters for SIL applications, see "Temperature transmit-
ters for mounting in the connection head" (page 2/113).
Pg 9
Note:
Additional fitting of head mounted transmitter of SITRANS TH series is
(1.4)

60 (2.4)
36

possible.

Resistance thermometer for damp rooms, dimensions in mm (inches)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/115

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Accessories – Welding-type protective tubes, neck tubes and connection heads

■ Welding-type protective tube ■ Neck tube

Welded-in protective tubes to DIN 43772 for SITRANS TS500 Extension tube for SITRANS TS500
• Tapered shank with cylindrical welding stubs • Made of stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571
• For measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch) • With threads at both ends
2 • OD female thread M18 x 1.5 • For measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch) OD

■ Dimensional drawings
Connection head type B for SITRANS TS500

≈ 50 (1.97) ≈ 65 (2.56)
M20 x 1.5
≈ 73 (2.87)
≈ 50 (1.97)

M20 x 1.5

≈ 114 (4.49 )
(1.02)
26

(0.67)

M24 x 1.5
17

≈ 41.5
(1.63)

(1.02)
Connection head, Type B, degree of protection IP54, made of aluminium,

26
with screw cover, dimensions in mm (inches)

(0.67)
M24 x 1.5

17
M20

26 (1.02)
72 (2.83)
x 1.5

Connection head, Type B, degree of protection IP65, made of aluminium,

with high hinged cover, dimensions in mm (inches)

M20 x 1.5 Ø59 (2.32)

Knurled
(0.67)

M24 x 1.5
17

Gasket
≈ 100 (3.94)
83 (3.27)

(0.67)
53 (2.09)

Connection head, Type B, degree of protection IP54, made of plastic,

(0.59)

17
15

with screw cover, dimensions in mm (inches)

(1.02)
26

≈ 65 (2.56)
M24 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5 Ø29
(1.14)
≈ 85 (3.35)

Connection head, Type B-VA, degree of protection IP65, made of

stainless steel, with screw cover, dimensions in mm (inches)
≈ 41 (1.61)

(1.02)
26

(0.67)
17

M24 x 1.5

Connection head, Type B, degree of protection IP65, made of aluminium,

with standard hinged cover, dimensions in mm (inches)

2/116 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Resistance thermometers
Accessories – Welding-type protective tubes, neck tubes and connection heads

Selection and Ordering data Article No.

Welded-in protective tubes to DIN 43772 for SITRANS TS500
Welding form 4
• Tapered shank with cylindrical welding stub
• For measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch) OD
• OD female thread M18 x 1.5
2
Up to 540 °C (1004 °F)
Protective tube to DIN 43772, form 4 made of 13 CrMo 44, mat. No. 1.7335
Cone Protective tube Weight
length C length L mm (inch)
mm (inch) mm (inch)
• 65 (2.56) 140 (5.51) 0.3 (0.66) 7MC1905-1GA
• 65 (2.56) 200 (7.87) 0.5 (1.1) 7MC1905-2GA
• 125 (4.92) 200 (7.87) 0.5 (1.1) 7MC1905-3GA
• 125 (4.92) 260 (10.24) 0.6 (1.32) 7MC1905-4GA
Up to 550 °C (1022 °F)
Protective tube to DIN 43772, form 4 made of 6 CrNiMoTi 17122, mat. No. 1.4571
Cone Protective tube Weight
length C length L kg (lb)
mm (inch) mm (inch)
• 65 (2.56) 140 (5.51) 0.3 (0.66) 7MC1905-1DA
• 65 (2.56) 200 (7.87) 0.5 (1.1) 7MC1905-2DA
• 125 (4.92) 200 (7.87) 0.5 (1.1) 7MC1905-3DA
• 125 (4.92) 260 (10.24) 0.6 (1.32) 7MC1905-4DA

Selection and Ordering data Article No.

Extension tube for SITRANS TS500
Neck tube for high-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer
made of stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571, with thread at both ends, for measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch) OD
Neck tube Total length of the resistance thermometer, Protective Weight
length without connection head tube length
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb)
• 135 (5.31) 395 (15.55) 260 (10.24) 0.14 (0.31) 7MC1906-1AA
• 165 (6.50) 305/365 (12.01/14.37) 140/200 (5.51/7.87) 0.15 (0.33) 7MC1906-2AA
• 195 (7.68) 395 (15.55) 200 (7.87) 0.18 (0.40) 7MC1906-3AA
• 225 (8.86) 365 (14.37) 140 (5.51) 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1906-4AA
• 255 (10.04) 395 (15.55) 140 (5.51) 0.22 (0.49) 7MC1906-5AA

Selection and Ordering data Article No

Connection head type B for SITRANS TS500
Degree of protection IP54
• Connection head type: similar to BA0; aluminium; 7MC1907-1BA
Flange cover
• Connection head type: Similar to BM0; plastic; 7MC1907-1BK
screw cover
Degree of protection IP65
• Connection head type: Similar to BB0; aluminium; 7MC1907-1BF
small hinged lid
• Connection head type: Similar to BC0; aluminium; 7MC1907-1BL
high hinged lid
• Connection head type: B-VA, stainless steel 7MC1907-1BV
• Quick-release clamp for 7MC1907-1BS
connection heads BB0, BC0,
degree of protection of connection head reduced
to IP20, weight: 0.02 kg (0.04 lb)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/117

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Technical description
Calibration data for thermoelectric voltages and permissible
■ Design deviations
A thermocouple comprises The calibration data and the permissible deviations for com-
•The thermocouple element (sensor) and monly used thermocouples are defined isee Technical Data,
•The mounting and connection parts required in each case. Table "Calibration data for thermoelectric voltages and error
2 The thermocouple element is formed by two conductors of dis-
limits").
The thermocouples Cu-CuNi and Fe-CuNi to DIN 43710 are
similar metals or metal alloys which are soldered or welded to-
gether at one end, the measuring junction: used for replacement purposes. Thermocouples of class 2 are
supplied as standard. For more accurate measurements, ther-
mocouples are available with half the DIN tolerance or with a test
certificate. The tolerances only apply to the condition upon de-
°C livery.
6 During operation at high temperatures, the tolerances of the
5 9 thermocouples may change due to absorption of foreign matter,
7
4 oxidation or evaporation of alloy components.
3 10
11 Mode of operation
2
The thermocouples are extended from the connection point to a
lN

12 point whose temperature is as constant as possible (the cold

1
13 junction) by means of extension leads.
+ - The extension leads have the same color code as the associated
14 thermocouple elements; the positive pole is marked in red.
8
15 Correct polarity must be ensured since otherwise large errors
will occur. Up to 200 °C, the same calibration data and toler-
Cross section of Thermocouple element Connection ances apply to the extension leads as to the corresponding
thermocouple with insulating beads diagram
thermo-couples.

lN Nominal length The influence of temperature changes at the cold junction can
be balanced by means of a compensating circuit, e.g. a com-
1 Ceramic protective tube 9 Balancing resistor pensating box. The reference temperature is 0 (32 °F) or
2 Locating flange 10 Lead 20 °C (68 °F).
3 Support tube 11 Cold junction It is also possible to keep the cold junctions at a constant tem-
4 Retaining ring 12 Extension lead perature of 50, 60 or 70 °C (122, 140 or 158 °F) using a thermo-
5 Terminal 13 Connection point stat (for several measuring junctions).
6 Connection head 14 Thermocouple element with The connections from the cold junction to the measuring or pro-
7 Terminal block positive and negative legs cess instrument are made using copper leads. With energy-con-
suming instruments such as indicators or multipoint recorders,
8 Temperature sensor 15 Measuring junction
the complete measuring circuit (thermocouple, extension lead
and copper lead) must be balanced in the operating condition
Thermocouple element using a resistor. SITRANS T transmitters and process recorders
for connection to thermocouple elements have a built-in com-
■ Function pensating circuit for balancing the effect of the ambient tem-
perature on the cold junction. Lead balancing is not necessary
Measuring principle of the thermocouple element in this case because of the high input impedance.
If the measuring junction is exposed to a temperature different Protection fitting/protective tubes
from that at the free ends of the thermocouple, a voltage (the
The thermocouple can be protected against mechanical stress
thermoelectric voltage, Seebeck effect) is produced at these
and chemical attack by a ceramic or metal protective tube which
free ends. The magnitude of the thermoelectric voltage depends
may be mounted using flanges, screwed glands or by welding
on the difference in temperature between the measuring junction
into the pipeline or tank. The thermocouple element terminates
and the free ends, and on the combination of materials in the
in the connection head.
thermocouple. Since a thermocouple always measures a tem-
perature difference, the free ends of the thermocouple must be Installation examples with specification of the recommended
connected to a reference junction (cold junction) and held con- thermocouples and protective tube materials are listed on pages
stant at a known temperature. "Technical Data"and "Installation Examples".
Owing to the different operating conditions, no guarantee can be
given for protective fittings. The manufacturer is responsible for
damages and measuring errors caused by wrong installation in
compliance with the General Terms of Delivery if the instruments
have been installed by the manufacturer and if the specifications
for the operating conditions furnished by the customer were cor-
rect and sufficiently detailed.
Thermocouple elements are very compatible since it is almost
always possible to adapt them in shape and size to the particular
problem. The temperature-responsive part is almost point-
shaped. Thermocouple elements are therefore particularly suit-
able for measuring rapidly changing temperatures.

2/118 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Straight thermocouples to DIN 43733, with connection head

■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.

Straight thermocouple with 7MC2000 - 7770 7
Ni Cr/Ni thermocouple (type K)
with metallic protective tube
Click on the Article No. for the online con-
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Nominal length
2
Enter customer specific length with Y44,
see Order codes below
300 ... 500 mm (11.81 ... 19.68 inch) 1
Initial: 500 mm (19.68 inch)
501 ... 710 mm (19.72 ... 27.95 inch) 2
Initial: 710 mm (27.95 inch)
711 ... 1 000 mm (27.11 ... 39.37 inch) 3
The straight thermocouple together with a metal protective tube Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
is suitable for temperatures from 0 to 1250 °C (32 to 2282 °F) and Protective tube
can be supplied with a built-in temperature transmitter.
to 1 000 °C (1 832 °F) D
X 10 CrAl 24, material No. 1.4762
■ Technical specifications Ø 22 mm x 2 mm (0.87 inch x 0.079 inch)
Leg diameter 2 mm (0.08 inch)
Thermocouples Ni Cr/Ni type K
to 1 100 °C (2 012 °F) E
• Number 1 or 2 X 18 CrN28, material No. 1.4749
• Leg diameter 2 ... 3 mm (0.08 ... 0.12 inch) Ø 26 mm x 4 mm (1.02 inch x 0.16 inch)
Leg diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
• Insulation of legs Insulating beads
to 1 200 °C (2 192 °F) F
Protective tube Metal X 15 CrNi Si 24 19, material No. 1.4841
Ø 22 mm x 2 mm (0.87 inch x 0.079 inch)
Connection head Form A, DIN 43729; made of cast
light alloy, with one cable bushing Leg diameter 2 mm (0.08 inch)
to 1 250 °C (2 282 °F) H
CrAl 205 (Kantal AF), material No. 1.4767
■ Dimensional drawings Ø 22 mm x 2 mm (0.87 inch x 0.079 inch)
Leg diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Number of thermocouples
1 thermocouple C
2 thermocouples D
100 (3.9)

Connection head, form A,

Ø22 (0.9)
Ø26 (1.0)

made of cast light alloy, with 1 cable inlet and

M20 x 1.5
SW 22
- screw cover 1
500 (19.7) - high hinged cover 6
710 (28.0)
1000 (39.4) 97 (3.8)
Selection and Ordering data Order code
Straight thermocouple with
Straight thermocouple, dimensions in mm (inches) Ni Cr/Ni thermocouple (type K)
for temperatures to 1250 °C (2282 °F);
■ Design with metallic protective tube
Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Metal protective tube Connection head Order code(s) and plain text.
Thermocouple element Special version, specify in plain text Y98
with insulating beads A Process number for special version Y99
TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
specify TAG No. in plain text
Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cali-
Section A - A A bration points).
Insertion length customer-specific Y44
Select range,
Terminal block enter desired length in plain text
(No entry = standard length)
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head,
see "Temperature transmitters for installation in the connection
Straight thermocouple with base-metal element Ni Cr/Ni with metal pro- head" (page 2/113).
tective tube
Installation of a transmitter is only possible here in the versions with a
high hinged cover (7MC2000-....6).

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/119

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Straight thermocouples Individual parts and accessories

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Metallic protective tubes for straight Thermocouples elements for straight
thermocouple elements according thermocouple according to DIN 43733
to DIN 43733
Base-metal thermocouple with insulating
X 10 CrAl 24, material No. 1.4762 beads
2 ; 22 mm x 2 mm (; 0.87 inch x 0.08 inch),
0.55 ... 1.10 kg (1.21 ... 2.42 lb), dished
Wire diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Ni Cr/Ni, to 1000 °C (maximal 1300 °C),
Nominal length Protective tube length (to 1832 °F (max. 2372 °F))
in mm (inch): in mm (inch): 0.55 ... 2.10 kg (1.21 ... 4.63 lb)
• 500 (19.7) 520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1DA Nominal Thermocouple
• 710 (28.0) 730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2DA length L1 in length L2 in
mm (inch): mm (inch):
• 1000 (39.4) 1020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3DA
• 500 (19.7) 540 (21.3) 7MC2903-1CA
X 10 CrAl 24, material No. 1.4749 • 710 (28.0) 750 (29.5) 7MC2903-2CA
; 26 mm x 4 mm (; 1.02 inch x 0.16 inch), • 1000 (39.4) 1040 (40.9) 7MC2903-3CA
1.25 ... 2.20 kg (2.76 ... 4.85 lb), dished
Nominal length Protective tube length
in mm (inch): in mm (inch):
• 500 (19.7) 520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1EC
• 710 (28.0) 730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2EC
• 1000 (39.4) 1020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3EC
X 15 CrNiSi 25 20, material No. 1.4841
; 22 mm x 2 mm (; 0.87 inch x 0.08 inch),
1.05 kg (2.31 lb), dished
Nominal length Protective tube length
in mm (inch): in mm (inch):
• 1000 (39.4) 1020 (40.2) 7 M C 2 9 0 0 - 3 FA
CrAl 205 (Megapyr), material No. 1.4767
; 22 mm x 2 mm (; 0.87 inch x 0.05 inch),
0.55 ... 1.10 kg (1.21 ... 2.42 lb)
Nominal length Protective tube length
in mm (inch): in mm (inch):
• 500 (19.7) 520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1HA
• 710 (28.0) 730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2HA
• 1000 (39.4) 1020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3HA

2/120 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Thermocouples
Straight thermocouples Individual parts and accessories

■ Connection heads ■ Installation accessories for connection heads

Connection head, Type A (without terminal block and terminals) • Terminal block
for protective tube diameter (bore = protective tube diameter • Terminal
+0.5 mm (0.02 inch)) • Set of gaskets
• Set of washers 2
Selection and Ordering data Article No. • Mounting flange
Connection head, Type A, • Threaded sleeve
(without terminal block and terminals)
1 Cable inlet, degree of protection IP53,
0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Cast light alloy
Mounting accessories
fastener, unscrewable
for protective tube diameter in mm (inch) Terminal block without terminals 7MC2998-1AA
(bore = protective tube diam. +0.5 mm) for base-metal thermocouples;
(0.02 inch): 0.06 kg (0.13 lb)
• 22 (0.87) 7MC2905-1AA Terminal 7MC2998-1BA
• 26 (1.02) 7MC2905-1BA for base-metal thermocouples;
Cast light alloy 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
high hinged cover Set of gaskets (100 off) 7MC2998-1CA
for protective tube diameter in mm (inch) for the connection head cover;
(bore = protective tube diam. +0.5 mm) 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
(0.02 inch): 7MC2998-1CB
• 22 (0.87) 7MC2905-4AA Set of washers (100 off)
• 26 (1.02) 7MC2905-4BA for the terminal block; 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
Mounting flange, adjustable; made of GTW
• for protective tube outer diameters 7MC2998-2CB
22 mm (0.87 inch); 0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
• for protective tube outer diameters 7MC2998-2CC
26 mm (1.02 inch); 0.32 kg (0.71 lb)
Threaded sleeve
Gas-tight up to 1 bar (14.5 psi), adjustable,
materiall No. 1.0718, with gasket;
0.40 kg (0.88 lb)
• for protective tube outer diameters 7MC2998-2DB
22 mm (0.87 inch), G1
• for protective tube outer diameters 7MC2998-2DC
26 mm (1.02 inch), G1

■ Dimensional drawings
33
(1.3)1)
(0.31)
32 (1.3)

SW 41 SW 36
Ø9.5 23
(0.4) (0.9)1)
G1

M6 DIN 84
65 (2.6)

20 (0.8)
≈90 (3.5)

70 (2.8)
90 (3.5)

1) For protective tube diameter 22 mm (0.9 inch)

Mounting flange to DIN 43734 (left) and threaded sleeve (right) for install-
ing straight thermocouples, dimensions in mm (inches)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/121

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters in a compact design
SITRANS TH100 Slim (Pt100)

■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Transmitter in two-wire technology with M12 device plug for
installation on compact thermometer.
• Solution for easy and space-saving temperature measure-
ments in a variety of industries.
2 • Programmable; as a result, the sensor connection, measuring
range and much more is programmable.

SITRANS TH100 Slim is particularly suited for the production of
compact thermometers with integrated transmitter.
Its cylindrical stainless steel enclosure is simply welded to the
basic body of the compact thermometer.
Its compact design makes the SITRANS TH100 Slim the ideal
solution for manufacturers from a wide variety of industries.
For the parameterization, the SIPROM T software is used in com-
bination with the modem for SITRANS TH100/TH200.
■ Application
The SITRANS TH100 Slim transmitter can be used in combina-
tion with Pt100 compact resistance thermometers for tempera-
ture measurement in all industries. Thanks to its compact de-
sign, it can be attached to all kinds of designs.
The output signal is a load-independent direct current of 4 to
20 mA which is proportional to the temperature.
Parameterization is implemented over the PC using the parame-
terization software SIPROM T and the modem for
SITRANS TH100/TH200. If you already have a "Modem for
SITRANS TK" (article number 7NG3190-6KB), you can continue
to use this for parameterization of the SITRANS TH100.
■ Function
Mode of operation
The measured signal supplied by a Pt100 resistance thermome-
ter (2, 3 or 4-wire system) is amplified in the input stage. The volt-
age, which is proportional to the input variable, is then converted
into digital signals by a multiplexer in an analog-to-digital con-
verter. They are converted in the microcontroller in accordance
with the sensor characteristics and further parameters (measur-
ing range, damping, ambient temperature, etc.).
The signal prepared in this way is converted in an analog-to-dig-
ital converter into a load-independent direct current of 4 to 20
mA.
An EMC filter protects the input and output circuits against elec-
tromagnetic interferences.

Uref Input
Ic Pt100 Resistance thermometer
EMC_1 Input level with protective components
IC Constant current source
MUX Multiplexer
6
A/D Analog-digital converter
A/D
5 Output
Pt100 EMC_1 D/A Digital-analog converter
4
MUX U/I Voltage transformers, current
transformers, constant voltage
μC and reference voltage source
3
EMC_2 Output level with protective components
Uaux Auxiliary power supply
Iout Output current
D/A
Microcontroller
μC Linearization functions and storage
Uref of all data
+
U EMC_2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
I
-

SITRANS TH100 Slim, function block diagram

2/122 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters in a compact design
SITRANS TH100 Slim (Pt100)

■ Technical specifications
SITRANS TH100 Slim Software requirements for
SIPROM T
Input
PC operating system Windows ME, 2000 and XP; also Win-
Resistance thermometer
Measured variable Temperature
dows 95, 98 and 98SE, but only in
connection with RS232 modem 2
Sensor type PT100 to IEC 60751 Factory setting:
• Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire system
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Type of connection 2-, 3- or 4-wire circuit • Error signal in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
• Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
Resolution 14 bit • Damping 0.0 s
Measuring accuracy < 0.25 °C (0.45 °F)
Repeatability < 0.1 °C (0.18 °F)
■ Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Measuring current Approx. 0.4 mA
SITRANS TH100 Slim
Measuring cycle < 0.7 s temperature transmitters for Pt100
Measuring range -60 ... +160 °C (-76 ... +320 °F) For welding to compact thermometers
Measuring span 25 ... 220 °C (45 ... 396 °F) Two-wire system, 4 ... 20 mA, programmable,
without electrical isolation
Unit °C or °F • Without explosion protection 7NG3150-0NN00
Offset Programmable:
-100 ... +100 °C (-180 ... +180 °F) Accessories
Line resistance Max. 20  (total from feeder and Modem for SITRANS TH100 and TH200 incl. } 7NG3092-8KU
return conductor) SIPROM T parameterization software
With USB connection
Noise rejection 50 and 60 Hz
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, two-wire
Auxiliary power 8.5 ... 36 V DC (30 V for Ex)
Max. load (Uaux – 8.5 V)/0.023 A
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(factory setting: 3.84 ... 20.5 mA)
Error signal (in the event of sensor 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
breakage) (factory setting: 3.6 mA or 22.8 mA)
Damping time 0 ... 30 s
Protection Against reverse polarity
Resolution 12 bit
Accuracy at 23 °C (73.4 °F) < 0.1 % of span
Temperature effect < 0.13 %/10 °C (0.13 %/18 °F)
Effect of auxiliary power < 0.02 % of span/V
Effect of load impedance < 0.055 % of max. span/100 
Long-term drift • < 0.025 % of max. span in the first
month
• < 0.035 % of max. span after one
year
• < 0.05 % of max. span after 5 years
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature range -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Storage temperature range -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Relative humidity 98 %, with condensation
Electromagnetic compatibility According to EN 61326 and NAMUR
NE21
Design
Weight 42 g
Dimensions See dimensional drawing
Material 316L stainless steel
Degree of protection according to IEC
60529
• Enclosure IP67

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/123

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters in a compact design
SITRANS TH100 Slim (Pt100)

■ Dimensional drawings ■ Schematics

Ø18 (0.71) Sensor
M12x1 connections
4 5
2 M12 device plug

Power supply U

3 6 N. C. U-
Transmitter housing

56
(2.20)
68 4 5 U+ N. C.
(2.68)

3 (0.12)

2 (0.78)

+0.0
Ø16,3 -0.1
3 6
+0.0
(Ø0.64 )
-0.004
SITRANS TH100 Slim, auxiliary power and sensor connection

SITRANS TH100 Slim, dimensions in mm (inch) 3 6 3 6

4 5 4 5

Pt100 Pt100

3 6

4 5

Pt100

SITRANS TH100 Slim, sensor connection assignment

2/124 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH100 (Pt100)

■ Overview ■ Application
Used in conjunction with Pt100 resistance thermometers, the
SITRANS TH100 transmitters are ideal for measuring tempera-
tures in all industries. Due to its compact size it can be installed
in the connection head type B (DIN 43729) or larger.
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA that is pro-
2
portional to the temperature.
Parameterization is implemented over the PC using the parame-
terization software SIPROM T and the modem for
SITRANS TH100/TH200. If you already have a "modem for
SITRANS TK" (Article No. 7NG3190-6KB), you can continue us-
ing this to parameterize the SITRANS TH100.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically-safe" type of protection can be
installed within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices
comply with the Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX), as well as FM and
CSA regulations.

■ Function
The SITRANS TH100 dispenses with electrical isolation and uni-
versal sensor connection to provide a low-cost alternative for
Pt100 measurements.
For the parameterization, the SIPROM T software is used in com-
bination with the modem for SITRANS TH100/TH200.
Its extremely compact design makes the SITRANS TH100 ideal
for the retrofitting of measuring points or for the use of analog
transmitters.
Mode of operation
The measured signal supplied by a Pt100 resistance thermome-
ter (2, 3 or 4-wire system) is amplified in the input stage. The volt-
age, which is proportional to the input variable, is then converted
into digital signals by a multiplexer in an analog/digital converter.
They are converted in the microcontroller in accordance with the
sensor characteristics and further parameters (measuring
range, damping, ambient temperature etc.).

The transmitter is available as a non-Ex version as well as for use The signal prepared in this way is converted in a digital/analog
in potentially explosive atmospheres. converter into a load-independent direct current of 4 to 20 mA.
An EMC filter protects the input and output circuits against elec-
■ Benefits tromagnetic interferences.
• Two-wire transmitter
• Assembly in connection head type B (DIN 43729) or larger, or
on a standard DIN rail
• Can be programmed, which means that the sensor connec-
tion, measuring range, etc. can also be programmed
• Intrinsically-safe version for use in potentially explosive areas

Uref Input
Ic Pt100 Resistance thermometer
EMC_1 Input level with protective components
IC Constant current source
MUX Multiplexer
6
A/D Analog-digital converter
A/D
5 Output
Pt100 EMC_1 D/A Digital-analog converter
4
MUX U/I Voltage transformers, current
transformers, constant voltage
μC and reference voltage source
3
EMC_2 Output level with protective components
Uaux Auxiliary power supply
Iout Output current
D/A
Microcontroller
μC Linearization functions and storage
Uref of all data
+
U EMC_2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
I
-

SITRANS TH100, function diagram

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/125

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH100 (Pt100)

■ Technical specifications
Input Construction
Resistance thermometer Weight 50 g
Measured variable Temperature Dimensions See dimensional drawing
2 Sensor type PT100 to IEC 60751 Material
Cross-section of cables
Molded plastic
Max. 2.5 mm2 (AWG 13)
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear
Type of connection 2-, 3- or 4-wire circuit Degree of protection to IEC 60529
Resolution 14 bit • Enclosure IP40
Measuring accuracy • Terminals IP00
• Span <250 °C (450 °F) < 0.25 °C (0.45 °F) Certificates and approvals
• Span >250 °C (450 °F) < 0.1 % of span Explosion protection ATEX
Repeatability < 0.1 °C (0.18 °F) EC type test certificate PTB 05 ATEX 2049X
Measuring current approx. 0.4 mA • "Intrinsic gas safety" type of pro- II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T4
tection II (1) 2 G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6/T4 Gb
Measuring cycle < 0.7 s II (1) 3 G Ex ic [ia Ga] IIC T6/T4 Gc
Measuring range -200 ... +850 °C II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4 Gc
-328 ... +1562 °F) • "Non-sparking" type of protection II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4 Gc
II 3 G Ex nA[ic] IIC T6/T4 Gc
Measuring span 25 ... 1050 °C (77 ... 1922 °F)
• "Intrinsic dust safety" type of pro- II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T115 °C Da
Unit °C or °F tection
Offset programmable: Explosion protection FM for USA
-100 ... +100 °C (-180 ... +180 °F) • FM approval FM 3024169
Line resistance Max. 20  (total from feeder and • Degree of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1 / GP ABCDEFG
return conductor) T6, T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 0 / AEx ia IIC T6, T5, T4
Noise rejection 50 and 60 Hz NI / Cl I / Div 2 / GP ABCDFG T6,
Output T5, T4
NI / Cl I / ZN 2 / IIC T6, T5, T4
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, two-wire
Explosion protection FM for Canada
Auxiliary power 8.5 ... 36 V DC (cFMUS)
(30 V for Ex ia and ib; • FM approval FM 3024169C
32 V for Ex nL/ic; 35 V for Ex nA)
• Degree of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1/ GP ABCDEFG
Max. load (Uaux - 8.5 V)/0.023 A T6, T5, T4
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable NI / Cl I / DIV 2 / GP ABCD T6, T5,
(default range: 3.84 ... 20.5 mA) T4
NIFW / Cl I, II, III / DIV 2 /
Error signal (following sensor fault) 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable GP ABCDFG T6, T5, T4
(conforming to NE43) (default range: 3.6 mA or DIP / Cl II, III / Div 2 / GP FG T6, T5,
22.8 mA) T4
Damping time 0 ... 30 s (default value: 0 s) Cl I / ZN 0 / Ex ia IIC T6, T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 2 / Ex nA nL IIC T6, T5, T4
Protection Against reversed polarity
Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST), NEPSI
Resolution 12 bit
Software requirements for
Accuracy at 23 °C (73.4 °F) < 0.1 % of span SIPROM T
Temperature effect < 0.1 %/10 °C (0.1 %/18 °F) PC operating system Windows ME, 2000, XP, Win 7 and
Effect of auxiliary power < 0.01 % of span/V Win 8; can also be used in con-
nection with RS 232 modem
Effect of load impedance < 0.025 % of max. span/100  under Windows 95, 98 and 98SE
Long-term drift • < 0.025 % of the max. span in
the first month
• < 0.035 % of the max. span after
one year
• < 0.05 % of the max. span after
5 years
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature range -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Storage temperature range -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Relative humidity 98 %, with condensation
Electromagnetic compatibility According to EN 61326 and
NAMUR NE21

2/126 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH100 (Pt100)

■ Selection and Ordering data Article No. ■ Dimensional drawings

SITRANS TH100 temperature transmitters
for Pt100
for installation in connection head, type B

20.8 (0.82)
(DIN 43729), two-wire system, 4 ... 20 mA,
programmable, without electrical isolation 2
• Without explosion protection 7NG3211-0NN00
• With explosion protection "Intrinsic safety"
type of protection and for zone 2
- to ATEX 7NG3211-0AN00
- to FM (cFMUS) 7NG3211-0BN00 44 (1.73) Internal diameter
Center hole 6.3 (0.25)
Further designs Order code 4..20mA

Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s) Mounting screw
Test report (5 measuring points) C11 1 SIEMENS 2 M4x25
+ –
1 2
Customer-specific programming
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s) 3 6
3 6

3-W
4 5
Measuring range to be set Y011)
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): 4 5
Y01: ... to ... °C, °F
Measuring point no. (TAG), max. 8 characters Y172)
33 (1.3)
Measuring point descriptor, max. 16 charac- Y232)
ters 1(+) and 2(-) Auxiliary power supply Uaux, output current IOut
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U023) 3, 4, 5 and 6 Pt100 sensor (for connection, see
sensor connection assignment)
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U033)
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire U043)
Special differing customer-specific program- Y094) SITRANS TH100, dimensions in mm (inch)
ming, specify in plain text
Mounting on DIN rail
Fail-safe value 3.6 mA (instead of 22,8 mA) U362)
Accessories Article No.
Further accessories for assembly, connection
and transmitter configuration, see page 2/237.
Modem for SITRANS TH100, TH200, TR200 7NG3092-8KU
and TF with TH200 incl. SIPROM T parameter-
ization software
With USB connection
DIN rail adapters for head transmitters 7NG3092-8KA
(Quantity delivered: 5 units)
Connecting cable 7NG3092-8KC
4-wire, 150 mm, for sensor connections when
using head transmitters in the high hinged
cover (set with 5 units)
SITRANS TH100, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail
1) For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and
the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here.
2) For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected. 14 (0.55) 50.5 (1.99)
3) For this selection, Y01 must also be selected. 33 (1.30)
4) For customer-specific programming, for example mV and ohm, the start
value and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must
be entered here.

Supply units see Chapter "Supplementary Components".

Ordering example
7NG3211-0NN00-Z Y01+Y23+U03
59.6 (2.35)

Y01: -10 ... +100 °C

Y23: TICA1234HEAT
Factory setting:
• Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
• Measuring range: 0 … 100 °C (32 … 212 °C)
• Error signal in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
• Sensor offset: 0 C (0 °F)
• Damping 0.0 s

DIN rail adaptor, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/127

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH100 (Pt100)

■ Schematics

3 6 3 6
3 6 3 6
3-W

3-W
4 5 4 5

2 4 5 4 5

Pt100 Pt100

Two-wire system Three-wire system

(parameterizable line
resistance)
Uaux
+ -
3 6
3 6
3-W

4 5
4..20mA

4 5

1 SIEMENS 2
+ –
1 2

Pt100 6
5
6

Four-wire system Connection of auxiliary

power supply (Uaux)

SITRANS TH100, sensor connection assignment

2/128 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH200 (Universal)

■ Overview ■ Application
SITRANS TH200 transmitters can be used in all industrial sec-
tors. Due to their compact size they can be installed in the con-
nection head type B (DIN 43729) or larger. The following sen-
sors/signal sources can be connected over their universal input
module: 2
• Resistance thermometers (2, 3 or 4-wire system)
• Thermocouples
• Resistance-based sensors and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA in accor-
dance with the sensor characteristic.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe" type of protection can be in-
stalled within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices
comply with the Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX), as well as FM and
CSA regulations.

■ Function
The SITRANS TH200 is configured over a PC. A USB or RS 232
Ultra flexible - with the universal SITRANS TH200 transmitter modem is linked to the output terminals for this purpose. The
• Two-wire devices for 4 to 20 mA configuration data can now be edited using the SIPROM T soft-
• Mounting in the connection head of the temperature sensor ware tool. The configuration data are then permanently stored in
the non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor
• Configurable over PC Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly con-
nected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output sig-
nal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
■ Benefits of a sensor short-circuit, the LED flashes red, an internal device
• Compact design fault is indicated by a steady red light.
• Flexible mounting and center hole allow you to select your pre- The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
ferred type of installation for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output cur-
• Electrically isolated rent can be read without any interruption, or even without open-
ing the current loop.
• Test sockets for multimeters
• Diagnostics LED (green/red)
• Sensor monitoring
open circuits and short-circuits
• Self-monitoring
• Configuration status stored in EEPROM
• SIL2 (with Order code C20), SIL2/3 (with C23)
• Expanded diagnostic functions, such as slave pointer, operat-
ing hours counter, etc.
• Special characteristic
• Electromagnetic compatibility to EN 61326 and NE21

SITRANS TH200/TH300

(2)

TC/RTD Test
sensor
+1
A D
μC1 μC2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
D A
(1) -2

Input Output (1) Electrically isolated

A/D Analog-digital converter μC2 Microcontroller, primary circuit (2) LED
Sensors Resistance thermometer, thermocouple, D/A Digital-analog converter
resistance-based sensor, mV sensor Uaux Auxiliary power supply
μC1 Microcontroller, secondary circuit Iout Output current

SITRANS TH200 function diagram

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/129

 © Siemens AG 2018
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH200 (Universal)
■ Technical specifications
Input
Resistance thermometer
Measured variable Temperature
2 Sensor type
• to IEC 60751 Pt25 … Pt1000
• To JIS C 1604; a = 0.00392 K-1 Pt25 … Pt1000
• to IEC 60751 Ni25 … Ni1000
• Special type over special characteristic (max.
30 points)
Sensor factor 0.25 ... 10 (adaptation of the
basic type, e.g. Pt100 to version
Pt25 ... 1000)
Units °C or °F
Connection
• Standard connection 1 resistance thermometer (RTD)
in 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
• Generation of average value 2 identical resistance thermome-
ters in 2-wire system for genera-
tion of average temperature
• Generation of difference 2 identical resistance thermome-
ters (RTD) in 2-wire system
(RTD 1 – RTD 2 or RTD 2 – RTD 1)
Interface
• Two-wire system Parameterizable line resistance
 100  (loop resistance)
• Three-wire system No balancing required
• Four-wire system No balancing required
Sensor current  0.45 mA
Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Always active (cannot be dis-
abled)
Short-circuit monitoring can be switched on/off (default
value: ON)
Measuring range parameterizable (see table "Digi-
tal measuring errors")
Min. measured span 10 °C (18 °F)
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special
characteristic
Resistance-based sensors
Measured variable Actual resistance
Sensor type Resistance-based, potentiome-
ters
Units  Measuring range
Connection
• Normal connection 1 resistance-based sensor (R) in
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
• Generation of average value 2 resistance-based sensors in
2-wire system for generation of
average value
• Generation of difference 2 resistance thermometers in
2-wire system
(R1 – R2 or R2 – R1)
Interface
• Two-wire system Parameterizable line resistance
 100  (loop resistance)
• Three-wire system No balancing required
• Four-wire system No balancing required
Sensor current  0.45 mA
2/130 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Always active (cannot be dis-
abled)
Short-circuit monitoring can be switched on/off (default
value: OFF)
Measuring range parameterizable max. 0 ... 2200 
(see table "Digital measuring
errors")
Min. measured span 5  ... 25  (see Table "Digital
measuring errors")
Characteristic curve Resistance-linear or special char-
acteristic
Thermocouples
Measured variable Temperature
Sensor type (thermocouples)
• Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh to DIN IEC 584
• Type C W5 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
• Type D W3 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
• Type E NiCr-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
• Type J Fe-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
• Type K NiCr-Ni to DIN IEC 584
• Type L Fe-CuNi to DIN 43710
• Type N NiCrSi-NiSi to DIN IEC 584
• Type R Pt13Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
• Type S Pt10Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
• Type T Cu-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
• Type U Cu-CuNi to DIN 43710
Units °C or °F
Connection
• Standard connection 1 thermocouple (TC)
• Generation of average value 2 thermocouples (TC)
• Generation of difference 2 thermocouples (TC) (TC1 – TC2
or TC2 – TC1)
Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
Cold junction compensation
• Internal With integrated Pt100 resistance
thermometer
• External With external Pt100 IEC 60751
(2-wire or 3-wire connection)
• External fixed Cold junction temperature can be
set as fixed value
Parameterizable (see table "Digi-
tal measuring errors")
Min. measured span Min. 40 ... 100 °C (72 ... 180 °F)
(see table "Digital measuring
errors")
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special
characteristic
mV sensor
Measured variable DC voltage
Sensor type DC voltage source (DC voltage
source possible over an exter-
nally connected resistor)
Units mV
Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
Measuring range -10 ... +70 mV-100 … +1100 mV
 © Siemens AG 2018

Min. measured span
Overload capability of the input
Input resistance
Characteristic curve
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH200 (Universal)
2 mV or 20 mV Certificates and approvals
-1.5 ... +3.5 V DC Explosion protection ATEX
 1 M EC type test certificate PTB 05 ATEX 2040X
Voltage-linear or special charac- • "Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T4

Output
teristic II 2 (1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
II 3(1) G Ex ia/ic IIC T6/T4
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T115 °C
2
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire • "Operating equipment that is non- II 3 G Ex nL IIC T6/T4
Auxiliary power 11 ... 35 V DC ((to 30 V for Ex ia ignitable and has limited energy" II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
and ib; to 32 V for Ex nA / nL / ic) type of protection
Max. load (Uaux – 11 V)/0.023 A Explosion protection: FM for USA
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable • FM approval FM 3024169
(default range: 3.80 mA ... • Degree of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1 / GP ABC-
20.5 mA) DEFG T6, T5, T4
Error signal (e.g. following sensor 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable Cl I / ZN 0 / AEx ia IIC T6, T5, T4
fault) (conforming to NE43) (default value: 22.8 mA) NI / Cl I / Div 2 / GP ABCDFG T6,
T5, T4
Sample cycle 0.25 s nominal NI / Cl I / ZN 2 / IIC T6, T5, T4
Damping Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s Explosion protection to FM for
(parameterizable) Canada (cFMUS)
Protection Against reversed polarity • FM approval FM 3024169C
Electrically isolated Input against output (1 kVeff) • Degree of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1/
Measuring accuracy GP ABCDEFG T6, T5, T4
NI / Cl I / DIV 2 / GP ABCD T6, T5,
Digital measuring errors See table "Digital measuring T4
errors" NIFW / Cl I, II, III / DIV 2 /
GP ABCDFG T6, T5, T4
Reference conditions
DIP / Cl II, III / Div 2 / GP FG T6,
• Auxiliary power 24 V  1 % T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 0 / Ex ia IIC T6, T5, T4
• Load 500  Cl I / ZN 2 / Ex nA nL IIC T6, T5,
• Ambient temperature 23 °C T4
• Warming-up time > 5 min Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST), NEPSI, IEC,
EXPOLABS
Error in the analog output (digi- < 0.025 % of span
tal/analog converter) Software requirements for
SIPROM T
Error due to internal cold junction < 0.5 °C (0.9 °F)
PC operating system Windows ME, 2000, XP, Win 7 and
Influence of ambient temperature Win 8; can also be used in con-
• Analog measuring error 0.02 % of span/10°C (18 °F) nection with RS 232 modem
under Windows 95, 98 and 98SE
• Digital measuring errors
Factory setting:
- with resistance thermometers 0.06 °C (0.11 °F)/10°C (18 °F)
• Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
- with thermocouples 0.6 °C (1.1 °F)/10°C (18 °F) • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Auxiliary power effect < 0.001 % of span/V • Fault current: 22.8 mA
Effect of load impedance < 0.002 % of span/100 
• Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
• Damping 0.0 s
Long-term drift
• In the first month < 0.02 % of span
• After one year < 0.2 % of span
• After 5 years < 0.3 % of span
Conditions of use
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature range -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Storage temperature range -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Relative humidity < 98 %, with condensation
Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61326 and NE21
Construction
Material Molded plastic
Weight 50 g (0.11 lb)
Dimensions See "Dimensional drawings"
Cross-section of cables Max. 2.5 mm² (AWG 13)
Degree of protection to IEC 60529
• Enclosure IP40
• Terminals IP00

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/131

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH200 (Universal)
Digital measuring errors Thermocouples
Resistance thermometer Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital
sured span accu-
Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital racy
sured span accuracy
°C/(°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
°C / (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
2 to IEC 60751
Type B 100 ... 1820
(212 ... 3308)
100 (180) 21) (3.6)1)

Pt25 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt50 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 12) (1.8)2)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type E -200 ... +1000 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +1832)
Pt500 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type J -200 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +2192)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type K -200 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +2498)
to JIS C1604-81 Type L -200 ... +900 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Pt25 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) (-328 ... +1652)
(-328 ... +1200) Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Pt50 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) (-328 ... +2372)
(-328 ... +1200) Type R -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) (-58 ... +3200)
(-328 ... +1200) Type S -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Pt500 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) (-58 ... +3200)
(-328 ... +1200) Type T -200 ... +400 40 (72) 1 (1.8)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) (-328 ... +752)
(-328 ... +662) Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 2 (3.6)
Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -60 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) (-328 ... +1112)
(-76 ... +482) 1) The digital accuracy in the range 100 to 300 °C (212 to 572 °F) is 3 °C
(5.4 °F).
Resistance-based sensors 2) The digital accuracy in the range 1750 to 2300 °C (3182 to 4172 °F) is 2 °C
Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital (3.6 °F).
sured span accuracy
mV sensor
  
Input Measuring Min. measured Digital
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05 range span accuracy
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25 mV mV V
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400

The digital accuracy is the accuracy after the analog/digital con-

version including linearization and calculation of the measured
value.
An additional error is generated in the output current 4 to 20 mA
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0.025 % of the set
span (digital-analog error).
The total error under reference conditions at the analog output is
the sum from the digital error and the digital-analog error (poss.
with the addition of cold junction errors in the case of thermocou-
ple measurements).

2/132 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH200 (Universal)

■ Selection and Ordering data Article No. Accessories

Further accessories for assembly, connection
Article No.

Temperature transmitter SITRANS TH200 and transmitter configuration, see page 2/237.
for installation in connection head, type B Modem for SITRANS TH100, TH200, TR200 7NG3092-8KU
(DIN 43729), two-wire system, 4 ... 20 mA, and TF with TH200 incl. SIPROM T parameter-
ization software
programmable, with electrical isolation
• Without explosion protection 7NG3211-1NN00
With USB connection 2
DIN rail adapters for head transmitters 7NG3092-8KA
• With explosion protection (Quantity delivered: 5 units)
- to ATEX 7NG3211-1AN00 Connecting cable 7NG3092-8KC
- to FM (cFMUS) 7NG3211-1BN00 4-wire, 150 mm, for sensor connections when
using head transmitters in the high hinged
Further designs Order code cover (set with 5 units)
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s) 1) For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and
With test protocol (5 measuring points) C11 the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here.
2) For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected.
Functional safety SIL2 C20
3) For this selection, Y01 must also be selected.
Functional safety SIL2/3 C23 4) Internal cold junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
Customer-specific programming 5) For customer-specific programming, for example mV and ohm, the start
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s) value and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must
be entered here.
Measuring range to be set Y011)
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): Supply units see Chapter "Supplementary Components".
Y01: ... to ... °C, °F
Measuring point no. (TAG), max. 8 characters Y172) Ordering example 1:
Measuring point descriptor, max. 16 charac- Y232) 7NG3211-1NN00-Z Y01+Y17+U03
ters Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Measuring point message, max. 32 characters Y242) Y17: TICA123
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U023) Ordering example 2:
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U033) 7NG3211-1NN00-Z Y01+Y23+U25
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire U043) Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y23: TICA1234HEAT
Pt1000 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U12
Factory setting:
Pt1000 (IEC) 3-wire U13
• Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
Pt1000 (IEC) 4-wire U14 • Measuring range: 0 … 100 °C (32 … 212 °F)
Thermocouple type B U203)4) • Fault current: 22.8 mA
Thermocouple type C (W5) U213)4)
• Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
• Damping 0.0 s
Thermocouple type D (W3) U223)4)
Thermocouple type E U233)4)
Thermocouple type J U243)4)
Thermocouple type K U253)4)
Thermocouple type L U263)4)
Thermocouple type N U273)4)
Thermocouple type R U283)4)
Thermocouple type S U293)4)
Thermocouple type T U303)4)
Thermocouple type U U313)4)
With TC: CJC external (Pt100, 3-wire) U41
With TC: CJC external with fixed value, specify Y50
in plain text
Special differing customer-specific program- Y095)
ming, specify in plain text
Fail-safe value 3.6 mA (instead of 22,8 mA) U362)
Cable extension W01
Transmitter with installed cable extension
150 mm (5.91 inch),
for Pt100 in four-wire system

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/133

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH200 (Universal)
Mounting on DIN rail
■ Dimensional drawings
Ø 44 (1.73)

2 33 (1.30)

(1)
4...20 mA
(1)
s t Te
Te s t

(2) 1 SIEMENS
–
2
(2)
1
+ 2

3
3 6
+ -
6
SITRANS TH200, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail
3-W

(3) 4 5

4 5 14 (0.55) 50.5 (1.99)

(4) 33 (1.30)
26.3 (1.04)

59.6 (2.35)
M4 x 30

1(+) and 2(-) Auxiliary power supply Uaux, output current IOut
3, 4, 5 and 6 Pt100 sensor (for connections, see Sensor
connection assignment)
Test (+), Test (-) Measurement of the output current with a multimeter
DIN rail adapter, dimensions in mm (inch)
(1) Test terminal
(2) Mounting screw M4x30
(3) LED for operation indication
(4) Internal diameter of center hole 6.3 (0.25)

SITRANS TH200, dimensions and pin assignment, dimensions in mm

(inch)

2/134 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH200 (Universal)

■ Schematics

Resistance thermometer Resistance Thermocouple

2
3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 3 + - 6
3-W

3-W

3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5

4 5 4 5 4 5

+ TC -
RTD R

Two-wire system 1) Two-wire system 1) Cold junction compensation

Internal/fixed value

3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 + -
3 6
3-W

3-W

3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5

4 5 4 5 4 5

+ TC -
RTD R
RTD

Three-wire system Three-wire system Cold junction compensation with

external Pt100 in two-wire system 1)

3 6
3 6 3 + - 6

3-W
+ - 3 6 4 5
3 6 + -
3-W

3 6
3-W

4 5 4 5
4 5
4 5 4 5

+ TC -
RTD RTD
R

Four-wire system Four-wire system Cold junction compensation with

external Pt100 in three-wire system
3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 + - 3 6
3-W

3 6 + -
3-W

4 5 4 5 3 4 3-W 5
6

4 5 4 5 4 5

RTD2 + TC2 - + TC1 -

R2

R1

RTD1

Generation of average Generation of average Generation of average value / difference

value / difference 1) value / difference 1) with internal cold junction compensation
1)
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction.

Voltage measurement Connection of auxiliary

Current measurement
power supply (Uaux)

Uaux
3 6 3
+ -
6 + -
3 + - 6 3 6
3-W
3-W

4 5 4 5
st 4..20mA Te
Te s t
4 5 4 5

+ - R 1 SIEMENS 2
+ –
U 1 2
+ -
3 6
I 6
5

SITRANS TH200, sensor connection assignment

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/135

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH300 (Universal, HART)

■ Overview ■ Application
SITRANS TH300 transmitters can be used in all industrial sec-
tors. Due to their compact size they can be installed in the con-
nection head type B (DIN 43729) or larger. The following sen-
sors/signal sources can be connected over their universal input
2 module:
• Resistance thermometers (2, 3 or 4-wire system)
• Thermocouples
• Resistance-based sensors and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA in accor-
dance with the sensor characteristic, superimposed by the dig-
ital HART signal.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe" type of protection can be in-
stalled within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices
comply with the Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX), as well as FM and
CSA regulations.

■ Function
"HART" to beat - the universal SITRANS TH300 transmitter The SITRANS TH300 is configured over HART. This can be done
• Two-wire devices for 4 to 20 mA, HART using a handheld communicator or even more conveniently with
• Mounting in the connection head of the temperature sensor a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM parameterization soft-
ware. The configuration data are then permanently stored in the
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
• Configurable over HART
Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly con-
nected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output sig-
■ Benefits nal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
• Compact design of a sensor short-circuit, the LED flashes red, an internal device
fault is indicated by a steady red light.
• Flexible mounting and center hole allow you to select your pre-
ferred type of installation The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
• Electrically isolated for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output cur-
rent can be read without any interruption, or even without open-
• Test sockets for multimeters ing the current loop.
• Diagnostics LED (green/red)
• Sensor monitoring
open circuits and short-circuits
• Self-monitoring
• Configuration status stored in EEPROM
• SIL2 (with Order code C20), SIL2/3 (with C23)
• Expanded diagnostic functions, such as slave pointer, operat-
ing hours counter, etc.
• Special characteristic
• Electromagnetic compatibility to EN 61326 and NE21

SITRANS TH200/TH300

(2)

TC/RTD Test
sensor
+1
A D
μC1 μC2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
D A
(1) -2

Input Output (1) Electrically isolated

A/D Analog-digital converter μC2 Microcontroller, primary circuit (2) LED
Sensors Resistance thermometer, thermocouple, D/A Digital-analog converter
resistance-based sensor, mV sensor Uaux Auxiliary power supply
μC1 Microcontroller, secondary circuit Iout Output current

SITRANS TH 300 function diagram

2/136 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH300 (Universal, HART)

■ Technical specifications
Input Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Resistance thermometer
Open-circuit monitoring Always active (cannot be disabled)
Measured variable Temperature
Sensor type
Short-circuit monitoring can be switched on/off (default
value: OFF) 2
• to IEC 60751 Pt25 … Pt1000 Measuring range parameterizable max. 0 ... 2200 
• To JIS C 1604; a = 0.00392 K-1 Pt25 … Pt1000 (see table "Digital measuring
errors")
• to IEC 60751 Ni25 … Ni1000
Min. measured span 5 ... 25  (see table "Digital mea-
• Special type over special characteristic (max. suring errors")
30 points)
Characteristic curve Resistance-linear or special char-
Sensor factor 0.25 ... 10 (adaptation of the acteristic
basic type, e.g. Pt100 to version
Pt25 ... 1000) Thermocouples

Units °C or °F Measured variable Temperature

Connection Sensor type (thermocouples)

• Standard connection
• Generation of average value
• Generation of difference
Interface
• Two-wire system
• Three-wire system
• Four-wire system
Sensor current
Response time
Open-circuit monitoring
Short-circuit monitoring
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Characteristic curve
Resistance-based sensors
Measured variable
Sensor type
Units
Connection
• Normal connection
• Generation of average value
• Generation of difference
Interface
• Two-wire system
• Three-wire system
• Four-wire system
Sensor current
1 resistance thermometer (RTD)
in 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
2 identical resistance thermome-
ters in 2-wire system for genera-
tion of average temperature
2 identical resistance thermome-
ters (RTD) in 2-wire system
(RTD 1 – RTD 2 or RTD 2 – RTD 1)
Parameterizable line resistance
 100  (loop resistance)
No balancing required
No balancing required
 0.45 mA
 250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Always active (cannot be dis-
abled)
can be switched on/off (default
value: ON)
parameterizable (see table "Digi-
tal measuring errors")
10 °C (18 °F)
Temperature-linear or special
characteristic
Actual resistance
Resistance-based, potentiome-
ters

1 resistance-based sensor (R) in
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
2 resistance-based sensors in
2-wire system for generation of
average value
2 resistance thermometers in
2-wire system
(R1 – R2 or R2 – R1)
Parameterizable line resistance
 100  (loop resistance)
No balancing required
No balancing required
 0.45 mA
• Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh to DIN IEC 584
• Type C W5 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
• Type D W3 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
• Type E NiCr-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
• Type J Fe-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
• Type K NiCr-Ni to DIN IEC 584
• Type L Fe-CuNi to DIN 43710
• Type N NiCrSi-NiSi to DIN IEC 584
• Type R Pt13Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
• Type S Pt10Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
• Type T Cu-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
• Type U Cu-CuNi to DIN 43710
Units °C or °F
Connection
• Standard connection 1 thermocouple (TC)
• Generation of average value 2 thermocouples (TC)
• Generation of difference 2 thermocouples (TC) (TC1 – TC2
or TC2 – TC1)
Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring can be switched off
Cold junction compensation
• Internal With integrated Pt100 resistance
thermometer
• External With external Pt100 IEC 60751
(2-wire or 3-wire connection)
• External fixed Cold junction temperature can be
set as fixed value
Measuring range parameterizable (see table "Digi-
tal measuring errors")
Min. measured span Min. 40 ... 100 °C (72 ... 180 °F)
(see table "Digital measuring
errors")
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special
characteristic
mV sensor
Measured variable DC voltage
Sensor type DC voltage source (DC voltage
source possible over an exter-
nally connected resistor)
Units mV
Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/137


Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH300 (Universal, HART)
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Overload capability of the input
2 Input resistance
Characteristic curve
Output
Output signal
Auxiliary power
Max. load
Overrange
Error signal (e.g. following sensor
fault)
(conforming to NE43)
Sample cycle
Damping
Protection
Electrically isolated
Measuring accuracy
Digital measuring errors
Reference conditions
• Auxiliary power
• Load
• Ambient temperature
• Warming-up time
Error in the analog output (digi-
tal/analog converter)
Error due to internal cold junction
Influence of ambient temperature
• Analog measuring error
• Digital measuring errors
- with resistance thermometers
- with thermocouples
Auxiliary power effect
Effect of load impedance
Long-term drift
• In the first month
• After one year
• After 5 years
Conditions of use
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature range
Storage temperature range
Relative humidity
Electromagnetic compatibility
2/138 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
© Siemens AG 2018
-10 ... +70 mV
-100 … +1100 mV
2 mV or 20 mV
-1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
 1 M
Voltage-linear or special charac-
teristic
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire with communi-
cation acc. to HART Rev. 5.9
11 ... 35 V DC (to 30 V for Ex ia
and ib; to 32 V for Ex nA/nL/ic)
(Uaux –11 V)/0.023 A
3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(default range: 3.80 mA ...
20.5 mA)
3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(default value: 22.8 mA)
0.25 s nominal
Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s
(parameterizable)
Against reversed polarity
Input against output (1 kVeff)
See Table "Digital measuring
errors"
24 V  1 %
500 
23 °C
> 5 min
< 0.025 % of span
< 0.5 °C (0.9 °F)
0.02 % of span/10°C (18 °F)
0.06 °C (0.11 °F)/10°C (18 °F)
0.6 °C (1.1 °F)/10°C (18 °F)
< 0.001 % of span/V
< 0.002 % of span/100 
< 0.02 % of span
< 0.2 % of span
< 0.3 % of span
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
-40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
< 98 %, with condensation
acc. to EN 61326 and NE21
Construction
Material
Weight
Dimensions
Cross-section of cables
Degree of protection to IEC 60529
• Enclosure
• Terminals
Certificates and approvals
Explosion protection ATEX
EC type test certificate
• "Intrinsic safety" type of protection
• "Operating equipment that is non-
ignitable and has limited energy"
type of protection
Explosion protection: FM for USA
• FM approval
• Degree of protection
Explosion protection to FM for
Canada (cFMUS)
• FM approval
• Degree of protection
Other certificates
Factory setting:
• Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
• Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
• Fault current: 22.8 mA
• Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
• Damping 0.0 s
Molded plastic
50 g (0.11 lb)
See "Dimensional drawings"
Max. 2.5 mm² (AWG 13)
IP40
IP00
PTB 05 ATEX 2040X
II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T4
II 2 (1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
II 3(1) G Ex ia/ic IIC T6/T4
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T115 °C
II 3 G Ex nL IIC T6/T4
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
FM 3024169
IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1 / GP ABC-
DEFG T6, T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 0 / AEx ia IIC T6, T5, T4
NI / Cl I / Div 2 / GP ABCDFG T6,
T5, T4
NI / Cl I / ZN 2 / IIC T6, T5, T4
FM 3024169C
IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1/ GP ABC-
DEFG T6, T5, T4
NI / Cl I / DIV 2 / GP ABCD T6, T5,
T4
NIFW / Cl I, II, III / DIV 2 / GP
ABCDFG T6, T5, T4
DIP / Cl II, III / Div 2 / GP FG T6,
T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 0 / Ex ia IIC T6, T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 2 / Ex nA nL IIC T6, T5,
T4
EAC Ex(GOST), NEPSI, IEC,
EXPOLABS
 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH300 (Universal, HART)
Digital measuring errors Thermocouples
Resistance thermometer Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital
sured span accuracy
Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital
sured span accuracy °C/(°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
°C/(°F) °C (°F) °C (°F) Type B 100 ... 1820 100 (180) 21) (3.6)1)
to IEC 60751
(212 ... 3308) 2
Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Pt25 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) (32 ... 4172)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 12) (1.8)2)
Pt50 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) (32 ... 4172)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type E -200 ... +1000 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) (-328 ... +1832)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type J -200 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Pt500 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) (-328 ... +2192)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type K -200 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) (-328 ... +2498)
(-328 ... +662)
Type L -200 ... +900 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
to JIS C1604-81 (-328 ... +1652)
Pt25 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +2372)
Pt50 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type R -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type S -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt500 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type T -200 ... +400 40 (72) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +752)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +1112)
Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -60 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) 1) The digital accuracy in the range 100 to 300 °C (212 to 572 °F) is 3 °C
(-76 ... +482) (5.4 °F).
2) The digital accuracy in the range 1750 to 2300 (3182 to 4172 °F) is 2 °C
Resistance-based sensors
(3.6 °F).
Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital
sured span accuracy mV sensor
   Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital
sured span accuracy
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
mV mV V
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400

The digital accuracy is the accuracy after the analog/digital con-

version including linearization and calculation of the measured
value.
An additional error is generated in the output current 4 to 20 mA
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0.025 % of the set
span (digital-analog error).
The total error under reference conditions at the analog output is
the sum from the digital error and the digital-analog error (poss.
with the addition of cold junction errors in the case of thermocou-
ple measurements).

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/139

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH300 (Universal, HART)

■ Selection and Ordering data Article No. Accessories

Further accessories for assembly, connection
Article No.

Temperature transmitter SITRANS TH300 and transmitter configuration, see page 2/237.
for installation in connection head, type B HART modem
(DIN 43729), two-wire system 4 ... 20 mA, • With USB connection 7MF4997-1DB
2 communication capable to HART, with gal-
vanic isolation SIMATIC PDM operating software See Section 8
• Without explosion protection 7NG3212-0NN00 DIN rail adapters for head transmitters 7NG3092-8KA
• With explosion protection (Quantity delivered: 5 units)
- to ATEX 7NG3212-0AN00 Connecting cable 7NG3092-8KC
- to FM (CFMUS) 7NG3212-0BN00 4-wire, 150 mm, for sensor connections when
using head transmitters in the high hinged
Further designs Order code cover (set with 5 units)
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s) 1) For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and
with test protocol (5 measuring points) C11 the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here.
2) For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected.
Functional safety SIL2 C20
3) For this selection, Y01 must also be selected.
Functional safety SIL2/3 C23 4) Internal cold junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
Customer-specific programming 5) For customer-specific programming, for example mV and ohm, the start
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s) value and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must
be entered here.
Measuring range to be set Y011)
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): Supply units see Chapter "Supplementary Components".
Y01: ... to ... °C, °F
Measuring point no. (TAG), max. 8 characters Y172) Ordering example 1:
Measuring point descriptor, max. 16 charac- Y232) 7NG3212-0NN00-Z Y01+Y17+U03
ters Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Measuring point message, max. 32 characters Y242) Y17: TICA123
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U023) Ordering example 2:
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U033) 7NG3212-0NN00-Z Y01+Y23+U25
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire U043) Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y23: TICA1234HEAT
Pt1000 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U12
Pt1000 (IEC) 3-wire U13
Factory setting:
• Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
Pt1000 (IEC) 4-wire U14
• Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Thermocouple type B U203)4) • Fault current: 22.8 mA
Thermocouple type C (W5) U213)4) • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
• Damping 0.0 s
Thermocouple type D (W3) U223)4)
Thermocouple type E U233)4)
Thermocouple type J U243)4)
Thermocouple type K U253)4)
Thermocouple type L U263)4)
Thermocouple type N U273)4)
Thermocouple type R U283)4)
Thermocouple type S U293)4)
Thermocouple type T U303)4)
Thermocouple type U U313)4)
With TC: CJC external (Pt100, 3-wire) U41
With TC: CJC external with fixed value, specify Y50
in plain text
Special differing customer-specific program- Y095)
ming, specify in plain text
Fail-safe value 3.6 mA (instead of 22,8 mA) U362)
Cable extension W01
Transmitter with installed cable extension
150 mm (5.91 inch),
for Pt100 in four-wire system

2/140 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH300 (Universal, HART)

■ Dimensional drawings
Mounting on DIN rail
Ø 44 (1.73)

33 (1.30) 2
(1)
HART®
(1)
s t Te
Te s t

(2) 1 SIEMENS
–
2
(2)
1
+ 2

3 6
+ -
3 6
3-W

(3) 4 5

4 5 SITRANS TH300, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail

(4)
14 (0.55) 50.5 (1.99)
33 (1.30)
26.3 (1.04)

59.6 (2.35)
M4 x 30

1(+) and 2(-) Auxiliary power supply Uaux, output current IOut
3, 4, 5 and 6 Pt100 sensor (for connections, see Sensor
connection assignment)
Test (+), Test (-) Measurement of the output current with a multimeter

(1) Test terminal

(2) Mounting screw M4x30
(3) LED for operation indication DIN rail adapter, dimensions in mm (inch)
(4) Internal diameter of center hole 6.3 (0.25)

SITRANS TH300, dimensions and pin assignment, dimensions in mm

(inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/141

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH300 (Universal, HART)

■ Schematics

Resistance thermometer Resistance Thermocouple

2
3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 3 + - 6
3-W

3-W

3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5

4 5 4 5 4 5

+ TC -
RTD R

Two-wire system 1) Two-wire system 1) Cold junction compensation

Internal/fixed value

3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 + -
3 6
3-W

3-W

3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5

4 5 4 5 4 5

+ TC -
RTD R
RTD

Three-wire system Three-wire system Cold junction compensation with

external Pt100 in two-wire system 1)

3 6
3 6 3 + - 6

3-W
+ - 3 6 4 5
3 6 + -
3-W

3 6
3-W

4 5 4 5
4 5
4 5 4 5

+ TC -
RTD RTD
R

Four-wire system Four-wire system Cold junction compensation with

external Pt100 in three-wire system
3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 + - 3 6
3-W

3 6 + -
3-W

4 5 4 5 3 4 3-W 5
6

4 5 4 5 4 5

RTD2 + TC2 - + TC1 -

R2

R1

RTD1

Generation of average Generation of average Generation of average value / difference

value / difference 1) value / difference 1) with internal cold junction compensation
1)
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction.

Voltage measurement Connection of auxiliary

Current measurement
power supply (Uaux)

Uaux
3 6 3
+ -
6 + -
3 + - 6 3 6
3-W
3-W

4 5 4 5
st HART® Te
Te s t
4 5 4 5

+ - R 1 SIEMENS 2
+ –
U 1 2
+ -
3 6
I 6
5

SITRANS TH300, sensor connection assignment

2/142 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH320 (HART)

■ Overview
• 2-wire temperature transmitter with HART communication
interface
• Mounting in the connection head of the temperature sensor
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor
• HART 7
■ Application
SITRANS TH320 transmitters can be used in all sectors. Due to
their compact size they can be installed in the connection head
type B (DIN 43729) or larger. The following sensors/signal
sources can be connected over their universal input module:
• Resistance thermometer (2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire connection) 2
• Thermocouples
• Linear resistance, potentiometer and DC voltage sources
With HART communication interface:
• The output signal is a load-independent direct current from
4 to 20 mA in accordance with the input characteristic, super-
imposed by the digital HART signal.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe or Zone 2 increased safety"
type of protection can be installed in hazardous areas.
The device meets the requirements of the EU Directive
2014/34/EU (ATEX), the FM and CSA regulations as well as other
national approvals.

■ Benefits
• Compact design
• Flexible mounting and center hole allow you to select your
preferred type of installation
• Electrical isolation
• Test terminals for ammeter
• Diagnostics LED (green/red)
• Input monitoring
Wire break and short-circuit
• Self-monitoring
• Configuration status stored in EEPROM
• SIL2/3 (with order note C20)
• Expanded diagnostic functions, such as slave pointer,
operating hours counter, etc.
• Special characteristic
• Electromagnetic compatibility according to DIN EN 61326
and NE21

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/143

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH320 (HART)

■ Function
With HART communication interface:
• The SITRANS TH320 is configured via HART. The configu-
ration can be carried out using a handheld communicator or,
2 more conveniently, with a HART modem and the SIMATIC
PDM configuration software. The configuration data is then
permanently stored in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
After correct connection of input and supply voltage, the trans-
mitter outputs a temperature-linear output signal and the diag-
nostics LED is green. In case of external errors, e.g. sensor short
circuit or interruption, the LED flashes red; an internal error is in-
dicated by a permanent red light.
An ammeter can be connected at any time for checking and
plausibility via the test terminals. The output current can be read
without any interruption, or even without opening the current
loop.

SITRANS TH320 2

Test
Input
+1
A D
μC1 μC2 4 ... 20 mA U, Iout
D A
1 -2

Input Output
A/D Analog-digital converter μC2 Microcontroller, primary circuit
μC1 Microcontroller, secondary circuit D/A Digital-analog converter
U Supply Voltage
Iout Output current
1 Galvanic isolation 2 LED

SITRANS TH320 function block diagram

2/144 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH320 (HART)

■ Technical specifications
General Thermocouples (TC)
Supply voltage1) 2) Input type
• Without explosion protection (non- 7.5 ... 48 V DC •B IEC 60584-1
Ex)
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 7.5 ... 30 V DC
•E
•J
IEC 60584-1
IEC 60584-1
2
Additional minimum supply voltage 0.8 V •K IEC 60584-1
when using test terminals •L DIN 43710
Maximum power loss  850 mW • Lr GOST 3044-84
•N IEC 60584-1
Minimum load resistance at supply (Vsupply - 37 V)/23 mA
•R IEC 60584-1
voltage > 37 V
•S IEC 60584-1
Insulation voltage, test/operation •T IEC 60584-1
• Without explosion protection (non- 2.5 kV AC/55 V AC •U DIN 43710
Ex)
• W3 ASTM E988-96
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 2.5 kV AC/42 V AC
• W5 ASTM E988-96
Polarity protection All inputs and outputs • LR GOST 3044-84
Write protection Open circuits or software Cold junction compensation (CJC) Constant, internal or external over
Pt100 or Ni100 RTD
Warming-up time < 5 min
• Temperature range internal CJC -50 ... +100 °C (-+58 ... +212 °F)
Starting time < 2.75 s • Connection external CJC 2-wire or 3-wire
Programming HART • External CJC, line resistance per 50 
wire (for 3-wire and 4-wire connec-
Signal-to-noise ratio > 60 dB tions)
Long-term stability Better than: • Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 /
• ± 0.05% of measuring span/year wire and 4-wire connections)
• ± 0.18% of measuring span/5 years • Input current external CJC < 0.15 mA
Response time 4 ... 20 mA:  55 ms • Temperature range external CJC -50 ... +135 °C (-58 ... +275 °F)
• Cable, wire-wire capacity Max. 50 nF
HART:  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
• Total line resistance Max. 10 k
Programmable damping 0 ... 60 s • Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
Signal dynamic short-circuited or defective
• Input 24 bit Note
• Output 18 bit The short-circuited fault detection
only applies to the CJC input.
Influence of change in supply voltage < 0.005% of measuring span/V DC
• Fault detection time (TC)  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Input • Fault detection time, external CJC  2000 ms
Resistance thermometer (RTD) (for 3-wire and 4-wire)

Input type Linear resistance

• Pt10 ... 10000 • IEC 60751 Input range 0 ... 100 k
• JIS C 1604-8
• GOST 6651_2009 Minimum measuring span 25 
• Callendar-Van Dusen Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
• Ni10 ... 10000 • DIN 43760-1987
• GOST 6651-2009 / OIML R84:2003 Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
• Cu5 ... 1000 • Edison Copper Winding No. 15 Input current < 0.15 mA
• GOST 6651-2009 / OIML R84:2003
Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 /
Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire wire and 4-wire connections)
Line resistance per wire Max. 50  Cable, wire-wire capacity
Input current < 0.15 mA • R > 400  Max. 30 nF
• R  400  Max. 50 nF
Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 /
wire and 4-wire connections) Fault detection, programmable None, defective
Cable, wire-wire capacity Potentiometers
• Pt1000, Pt10000 (IEC 60751 and Max. 30 nF Input range 0 ... 100 k
JIS C 1604-8)
• All other input types Max. 50 nF Minimum measuring span 25 

Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective, Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
short-circuited or defective Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
Note
Input current < 0.15 mA
When the low limit for the configured
input type is below the constant Effect of the line resistance (with 4- < 0.002 /
detection limit for short-circuited wire and 5-wire connections)
inputs, the detection of short circuits Cable, wire-wire capacity
is disabled regardless of the configu-
ration of the fault detection. • R > 400  Max. 30 nF
• R  400  Max. 50 nF
Detection limit for short-circuited input 15 
Fault detection time (RTD)  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Fault detection time (for 3-wire and 4-  2000 ms
wire)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/145


Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH320 (HART)
Fault detection, programmable
2 detection of short circuits is disabled
Detection limit for short-circuited input 15 
Fault detection time, wiper arm
(no short-circuit detection)
Fault detection time, element
Fault detection time (for 4-wire and 5-  2000 ms
wire)
Voltage input
Measuring range
• Unipolar
• Bipolar
Minimum measuring span
Input resistance
Cable, wire-wire capacity
• Input range: -100 ... 1700 mV
• Input range: -20 ... 100 mV
Fault detection, programmable
Fault detection time
Output and HART communication
Normal range, programmable
Extended range (output limits), pro-
grammable
Programmable input/output limits
• Fault current
• Fault current setting
Update time
Load (with current output)
Load stability
Input fault detection, programmable
(detection of input short circuits is
ignored with TC and voltage inputs)
NAMUR NE43 Upscale
NAMUR NE43 Downscale
HART protocol versions
Measuring accuracy
Input accuracy
Output accuracy
Rated conditions
Ambient temperature (operation)
• Standard
• SIL
Storage temperature
Calibration temperature
Relative humidity
Degree of protection
• Enclosure of the transmitter
• Terminals
2/146 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
© Siemens AG 2018
None, short-circuited, defective, Design
short-circuited or defective
Weight 50 g (0.11 lb)
Note
Maximum cable cross-section 1 x 1.5 mm² (stranded wire)
When the configured potentiometer
size is below the constant detection Tightening torque for clamping 0.4 Nm
limit for short-circuited inputs, the screws
regardless of the configuration of the Vibrations IEC 60068-2-6
fault detection. • 2 ... 25 Hz ± 1.6 mm (0.07 inch)
• 25 ... 100 Hz ±4g
Certificates and approvals
 75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Explosion protection ATEX/IECEx and
others
 2000 ms
Certificates 3) DEKRA 17ATEX0116 X
IECEx DEK 17.0054X
A5E43700604A-2018X
"Intrinsic safety ia/ib" type of protec- For use in Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22
tion
-100 ... 1700 mV
• ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
-800 ... +800 mV II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4
2.5 mV Gb
II 1 D Ex ia IIIC Da
10 M I M1 Ex ia I Ma
• IECEx and others Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
Max. 30 nF Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Ex ia IIIC Da
Max. 50 nF Ex ia I Ma
None, defective "Intrinsic safety ic" type of protection For use in Zones 2 and 22
 75 ms (typically 70 ms) • ATEX II 2 G Ex ic IIC T6…T4 Gc
II 2 D Ex ic IIIC Dc
• IECEx and others Ex ic IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
3.8 ... 20.5 mA/20.5 ... 3.8 mA Ex ic IIIC Dc
3.5 ... 23 mA/23 ... 3.5 mA "Non-sparking/increased safety For use in Zones 2 and 22
nA/ec" type of protection
• ATEX II 2 G Ex nA IIC T6…T4 Gc
II 2 G Ex ec IIC T6…T4 Gc
Enable/disable
• IECEx and others Ex nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
3.5 ... 23 mA Ex ec IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
10 ms Explosion protection CSA /FM for
 (VSupply - 7.5)/0.023  Canada and USA
< 0.01% of meas. span/100  Certificates CSA 1861385
(measuring span = currently selected FM18CA0024
range) FM18US0046
3.5 ... 23 mA "Intrinsic safety ia" type of protection IS, CL I, Div 1, GP ABCD, T6 ... T4
Ex ia IIC T6 … T4 Ga
AEx ia IIC T6 … T4 Ga or:
> 21 mA Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
AEx ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
< 3.6 mA
"Non incendive field wiring NIFW" type NIFW, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6 ... T4
HART 7 of protection
"Non incendive NI" type of protection NI, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6...T4
See "Input accuracy" table Ex nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
AEx nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
See "Output accuracy" table
1) Note that the minimum supply voltage must correspond to the value mea-
sured at the terminals of the SITRANS TH320.
All external voltage drops must be taken into consideration.
-50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) 2) Protect the device from overvoltage with the help of a suitable power sup-
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) ply or suitable overvoltage protection equipment.
3) Additional available certificates are listed on the Internet at
-50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/certificates
24 °C ±1.0 °C (75.2 °F ±1.8 °F)
< 99% (no condensation)
IP68
IP00
 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH320 (HART)
Measuring ranges/Minimum measuring span
RTD
Input type Standard Measuring range in °C (°F) 0 in °C-1 (°F-1) Minimum measuring span in °C
(°F)
Pt10 ... 10000 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1562) 0.003851 (0.002139) 10 (50)
JIS C 1604-8 -200 ... +649 (-328 ... +1200) 0.003916 (0.002176) 10 (50) 2
GOST 6651_2009 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1562) 0.003910 (0.002172) 10 (50)
Callendar-Van Dusen -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1562) - 10 (50)
Ni10 ... 10000 DIN 43760-1987 -60 ... +250 (-76 ... +482) 0.006180 (0.003433) 10 (50)
GOST 6651-2009 / -60 ... +180 (-76 ... +356) 0.006170 (0.003428) 10 (50)
OIML R84:2003
Cu5 ... 1000 Edison Copper Winding -200 ... +260 (-328 ... +500) 0.004270 (0.002372) 100 (212)
No. 15
GOST 6651-2009 / -180 ... +200 (-292 ... +392) 0.004280 (0.002378) 100 (212)
OIML R84:2003
GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392) 0.004260 (0.002367) 100 (212)

TC
Input type Standard Measuring range in °C (°F) Minimum measuring span in °C (°F)
B IEC 60584-1 0 (85) ... 1 820 (32 (185) ... 3 308) 100 (212)
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1 000 (-392 ... +1 832) 50 (122)
J IEC 60584-1 -100 ... +1200 (-212 ... +2192) 50 (122)
K IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1372 (-356 ... +2502) 50 (122)
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 (-392 ... +1652) 50 (122)
Lr GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)
N IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1300 (-356 ... +2372) 50 (122)
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1760 (-122 ... +3200) 100 (212)
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1760 (-122 ... +3200) 100 (212)
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 (-392 ... +752) 50 (122)
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 (-392 ... +1112) 50 (122)
W3 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2300 (32 ... 4172) 100 (212)
W5 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2300 (32 ... 4172) 100 (212)
LR GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)

Input accuracy
Basic values
Input type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient1)
RTD
Pt10  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt20  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt100  ±0.04 °C (0.072 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt500 Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)
Pt1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt2000 Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Pt10000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Ni10  ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni20  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni50  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni100  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni120  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni200  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni1000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni2000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/147

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH320 (HART)
Input type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient1)
Ni10000  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Cu5  ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)  ±0.040 °C/°C (°F/°F)

2 Cu10
Cu20
 ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)
 ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
 ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu100  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Linear resistance
0 ... 400   ±40 m  ±2 m/°C (1.11 m/°F)
0 ... 100 k  ±4   ±0.2 /°C (0.11 /°F)
Potentiometers
0 ... 100% < 0.05% < ± 0.005%
Voltage input
mV: -20 ... 100 mV  ±5 V  ±0.2 V/°C (0.11 V/°F)
mV: -100 ... 1700 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±36 V/°C (20 V/°F)
mV: ± 800 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±32 V/°C (17.8 V/°F)
TC
E  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
J  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
K  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
L  ±0.35 °C (0.63 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
N  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
T  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
U < 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Lr  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
R < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
S < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
W3  ±0.6 °C (1.08 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
W5  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B2)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B3)  ±3 °C (5.4 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B4)  ±8 °C (14.4 °F)  ±0.8 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B5) Not specified Not specified
CJC (internal)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) Included in basic accuracy
CJC (external)  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
1) Temperature coefficients correspond to the specified values or 0.002% of Output accuracy
the input span, depending on which value is greater.
2) Output type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient
Accuracy of the specification range > 400 °C (752 °F)
3) Accuracy of the specification range > 160 °C (320 °F) < 400 °C (752 °F) Analog output  ±1.6 A (0.01% of the full  ±0.48 A/K ( ±0.003% of
4)
output span) the full output span/K)
Accuracy of the specification range > 85 °C (185 °F) < 160 °C (320 °F)
5) Accuracy of the specification range > 85 °C (185 °F)

2/148 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH320 (HART)

■ Selection and ordering data

Article No. Options Order code
Temperature transmitter 7NG031 Add "-Z" to article no. and specify order code.
SITRANS TH320 with 1 input
7 - 77777 - 0 777 Certificates for functional safety
Click on the Article no. for the online
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Functional safety SIL2/3 (IEC 61508) C20 2
Special features of enclosure/packaging
Communication
Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG label D41
With HART 0
Jumper plug set on device for write protection D81
Primary value output
Jumper plug set on device for fault current > 21 mA D82
Input 1 0 (instead of < 3.6 mA) (only non-SIL)
Input 1, type Input 1: TC
RTD Type C W5 V01
• Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B Type D W3 V02
• Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C
• Pt1000 (IEC), 3-wire D Type U V03
• Pt1000 (IEC), 4-wire E Type Lr V04
TC Input 1: RTD
• Type B F Pt x (IEC), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V61
• Type E G
• Type J H Pt x (IEC), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V62
• Type K J Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option V64
• Type L K Y21
• Type N L Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option V65
• Type R N Y21
• Type S P Pt x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V67
• Type T Q option Y21
Potentiometer, 4-wire R Pt x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V68
Input 1, type customer-specific option Y21

Define customer-specific input configurations in V Y Ni x (DIN 43760-87), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V70
options option Y21

Input 2, type Ni x (DIN 43760-87), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V71

option Y21
Without input 2 A
Ni x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V73
CJC configuration for TC option Y21
Without CJC 0 Ni x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V74
option Y21
Internal CJC 1
Cu x (ECW-15), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V76
External CJC Pt100 (IEC), 2-wire, define line resis- 2
tance value in option Y53 Cu x (ECW-15), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V77
External CJC Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire 3 Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 2-wire, define line resistance V78
value in option Y51 and RTD factor x in option Y21
External CJC Ni100 (DIN), 2-wire, define line resis- 5
tance value in option Y53 Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V79
option Y21
External CJC Ni100 (DIN), 3-wire 6
Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V80
Materials not in contact with media option Y21
None 0 Cu x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V82
Type of protection option Y21

General safety (non-Ex); A Cu x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V83
CE, RCM, FM, CSA, KCC option Y21

Ex i, Ex nA (ec) (Zone)/IS, NIFW, NI (Division); N

ATEX, IECEx, CSA, FM, NEPSI
Electrical connection/cable entry
None A
Local HMI
Without display 0

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/149

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH320 (HART)

■ Selection and ordering data ■ Dimensional drawings

Customer-specific device settings Order code
Add "-Z" to article no., specify order code and plain text Ø 44 (1.73)
or drop-down list selection. 33 (1.3)

2 Measuring range setting temperature input: Start of

scale value (max. 5 characters), full scale value
Y01
3
2 1
2
(max. 5 characters), unit (°C, °F, °Ra, K) 1
TE
ST
Plant designation (TAG, device parameters, Y15 -
max. 32 characters)
EXT

TE
Measuring point message (device message and device Y16 2

ST
parameters, max. 32 characters) 1

+
2


Input 1: RTD factor; e.g. factor "200" = Pt200 Y21
6 3 2
Accessories Article No. 5 4
4
2
Further accessories for assembly,
connection and transmitter configu-
ration, see page 2/237.
HART modem 7MF4997-1DB
With USB interface
SIMATIC PDM parameterization See Catalog FI 01 section 8
software
DIN rail adapter for temperature 7NG3092-8KA

20,2 (0.8)
transmitter for head mounting
(Quantity delivered: 5 units)
Connecting cable 7NG3092-8KC
4-wire, 200 mm, for input connec-
tion with temperature transformers
for head mounting in the high
hinged cover (set with 5 units) 5 2
Ordering example
1 Test terminal
2
7NG0310-0BA00-0AA0-Z Y01
2 Mounting screw M4
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C 3 LED
2
Factory setting 4 Internal diameter of center hole 6.3 (0.25)
2
• Pt100 (IEC 60751) with 3-wire system 5 Lock washer DIN 6799 - 3.2 A2
2
• Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
1(+) and 2(-) Output terminals
• Fault current
- Input circuit wire break: 22.8 mA 3, 4, 5 and 6 Input terminals
- Input circuit short circuit: 22.4 mA
- Input monitoring wire break and short-circuit SITRANS TH320, dimensions and pin assignment, dimensions in mm
(inch)
• No trimming of input and output (offset)
• Damping 0.0 s

2/150 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH320 (HART)

■ Circuit diagrams
Connections
Input connection

3 3
2
9 9
4 4

8 5 8 5
7 6 7 6

4 3 CJC 3
I1 +

2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire RTD or TC (internal CJC or

linear resistance external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC)

9 3 9 3
4 4
8 5 8 5
7 6 7 6

+
I1
4
Voltage input 3-wire or 4-wire potentiometer
(unipolar or bipolar)

SITRANS TH320, input connection assignment

Output connection

mA

-
ST
TE
1

TEST +
2

-
T
EX

SITRANS TH320, output connection assignment

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/151

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH400 fieldbus transmitter

■ Overview ■ Application
• Linearized temperature measurement with resistance ther-
mometers or thermal elements
• Differential, mean-value or redundant temperature measure-
ment with resistance thermometers or thermal elements
2 • Linear resistance and bipolar millivolt measurements
• Differential, mean-value or redundant resistance and bipolar
millivolt measurements

■ Function
Features
• Mounting in connection head, type B, to DIN 43729, or larger
• Polarity-neutral bus connection
• 24-bit analog-digital converter for high resolution
• Electrically isolated
• Intrinsically-safe version for use in potentially explosive areas
• Special characteristic
SITRANS TH400 fieldbus transmitters • Sensor redundance
Versions: With PROFIBUS PA communication
• For FOUNDATION fieldbus • Function blocks: 2 x analog
• For PROFIBUS PA
With FOUNDATION fieldbus communication
The SITRANS TH400 temperature transmitter is a small field bus • Function blocks: 2 x analog and 1 x PID
transmitter for mounting in the connection head of form B. Exten-
sive functionality enables the temperature transmitter to be pre- • Functionality: Basic or LAS
cisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very
simple in spite of the numerous setting options. Thanks to its uni-
versal concept it can be used in all industries and is easy to in- Mode of operation
tegrate in the context of Totally Integrated Automation applica- The following function diagram explains the mode of operation
tions. of the transmitter.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe" type of protection can be in- The only difference between the two versions of the SITRANS
stalled within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices TH400 (7NG3214-... and 7NG3215-...) is the type of fieldbus
comply with the Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX), as well as FM and protocol used (PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION fieldbus).
CSA regulations.
Installing SITRANS TH400 in temperature sensors turns them
into complete, bus-capable measuring points; compact - and in
a single device.

Transformer
Input 1
Input 2
Differential
Optional inputs: Mean value
Redundancy
- Resistance thermometer Terminal temperature
Engineering units
- Thermocouple Diagnostic functions
Table linearization
- mV sensor Polynomial linearization
- Resistance-based sensors Process calibration

Electrically
isolated
6
Ex power circuit

Input 1 1
5
A/D
converter CPU Communication Bus connection
4
2
Input 2 3

Internal EEPROM - PROFIBUS protocol (7NG3214)

Complex configuration or
Pt100 Correction coefficient - Foundation Fieldbus protocol (7NG3215)
Factory settings

SITRANS TH400, function diagram

2/152 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH400 fieldbus transmitter
System communication Thermocouple
to IEC 584 Measuring range
• Type B 400 .. +1820 °C (752 ... 3308 °F)
Output:
Bus • Type E -100 ... +1000 °C (-148 ... +1832 °F)
terminator PROFIBUS PA • Type J -100 ... +1000 °C (-148 ... +1832 °F) 2
Segment • Type K -100 ... +1200 °C (-148 ... +2192 °F)
coupler • Type N -180 ... +1300 °C (-292 ... +2372 °F)

2 1 • Type R -50 ... +1760 °C (-58 ... +3200 °F)

s
SITRANS • Type S -50 ... +1760 °C (-58 ... +3200 °F)
TH400 PA
• Type T -200 ... +400 °C (-328 ... +752 °F)
to DIN 43710
Bus connection
• Type L -200 ... +900 °C (-328 ... +1652 °F)
Bus
terminator • Type U -200 ... +600 °C (-328 ... +1112 °F)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
to ASTM E988-90
Segment
• Type W3 0 ... 2300 °C (32 ... +4172 °F)
coupler
• Type W5 0 ... 2300 °C (32 ... +4172 °F)
2 1
SITRANS
s External cold junction compensa- -40 ... +135 °C (-40 ... +275 °F)
TH400 FF tion
Sensor fault detection
Bus connection • Sensor break detection Yes
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 3 mV
SITRANS TH400, communication interface • Sensor current in the event of 4 A
open-circuit monitoring
■ Technical specifications mV sensor - voltage input
Input Measuring range -800 ... +800 mV
Analog-to-digital conversion Input resistance 10 M
• Measurement rate < 50 ms Output
• Resolution 24-bit Filter time (programmable) 0 ... 60 s
Resistance thermometer Update time < 400 ms
Pt25 ... Pt1000 to IEC 60751/JIS C Measuring accuracy
1604 Accuracy is defined as the higher
• Measuring range -200 ... +850 °C value of general values and basic
(-328 ... +1562 °F) values.
Ni25 ... Ni1000 to DIN 43760 General values
• Measuring range -60 ... +250 °C Type of input Absolute accu- Temperature
(-76 ... +482 °F) racy coefficient
Cu10 ... Cu1000,  = 0.00427 All   0.05 % of the   0.002 % of
measured value the measured
• Measuring range -50 ... +200 °C value/°C
(-58 ... +392 °F)
Basic values
Line resistance per sensor cable Max. 50 
Type of input Basic accuracy Temperature
Sensor current Nominal 0.2 mA coefficient
Sensor fault detection Pt100 and Pt1000   0.1 °C   0.002 °C/°C
• Sensor break detection Yes Ni100   0.15 °C   0.002 °C/°C
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 15  Cu10   1.3 °C   0.02 °C/°C
Resistance-based sensors Resistance-based sensors   0.05    0.002 /°C
Measuring range 0  ... 10 k Voltage source   10 V   0.2 % V/°C
Line resistance per sensor cable Max. 50  Thermocouple, type:   0.5 °C   0.01 °C/°C
Sensor current Nominal 0.2 mA E, J, K, L, N, T, U

Sensor fault detection Thermocouple, type:   1 °C   0.025 °C/°C

B, R, S, W3, W5
• Sensor break detection Yes
Cold junction compensation   0.5 °C
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 15 
Reference conditions
Warming-up time 30 s
Signal-to-noise ratio Min. 60 dB
Calibration condition 20 ... 28 °C (68 ... 82 °F)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/153

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH400 fieldbus transmitter
Conditions of use Certificates and approvals
Ambient conditions Explosion protection ATEX
Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) EC type test certificate KEMA 06 ATEX 0264
Permissible storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) • "Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4...T6

2 Relative humidity  98 %, with condensation

II 2(1) G Ex ib[ia] IIC T4...T6
II 1 D Ex iaD
Insulation resistance EC type test certificate KEMA 06 ATEX 0263 X
• Test voltage 500 V AC for 60 s • Type of protection for "equipment II 3 GD Ex nA[nL] IIC T4...T6
Mechanical testing is non-arcing" II 3 GD Ex nL IIC T4...T6
II 3 GD Ex nA[ic] IIC T4...T6
• Vibrations (DIN class B) to IEC 60068-2-6 and II 3 GD Ex ic IIC T4...T6
IEC 60068-2-64
4 g/2 ... 100 Hz Explosion protection: FM for USA
Electromagnetic compatibility • FM approval FM 3027985
EMC noise voltage influence <  0.1 % of span • Degree of protection • IS Class I, Div 1, Groups A, B, C,
D T4/T5/T6, FISCO
Extended EMC noise immunity: <  1 % of span
NAMUR NE 21, criterion A, Burst • IS Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia, IIC
T4/T5/T6, FISCO
EMC 2014/30/EU Emission and EN 61326 • NI Class I, Div 2, Groups A, B, C,
Noise Immunity to D T4/T5/T6, FNICO
Construction Explosion protection CSA for
Material Molded plastic Canada
Weight 55 g (0.12 lb) • CSA approval CSA 1861385
Dimensions See Dimensional drawings • Degree of protection • IS Class I, Div 1, Groups A, B, C,
D T4/T5/T6
Cross-section of cables Max. 2.5 mm2 (AWG 13)
• Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 and
Degree of protection Ex ib [ia] IIC T4/T5/T6
• Transmitter enclosure IP40 • NI Class I, Div 2, Groups A, B, C,
D T4/T5/T6
• Terminal IP00
• Ex nA II T4/T5/T6
Auxiliary power
Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST), NEPSI, IECEx
Power supply
Communication
• Standard, Ex "nA", Ex "nL", NI 9.0 ... 32 V DC
Parameterization interface
• ATEX, FM, UL and CSA 9.0 ... 30 V DC
• PROFIBUS PA connection
• In FISCO/FNICO installations 9.0 ... 17.5 V DC
- Protocol Profile 3.0
Power consumption < 11 mA
- Address (for delivery) 126
Max. increase in power consump- < 7 mA
tion in the event of a fault • FOUNDATION fieldbus connec-
tion
- Protocol FF protocol
- Functionality Basic or LAS
- Version ITK 4.6
- Function blocks 2 x analog and 1 x PID
Factory setting
only for SITRANS TH400 PA
Sensor Pt100 (IEC)
Type of connection 3-wire circuit
Unit °C
Failure mode Last valid value
Filter time 0s
PA address 126
PROFIBUS Ident No. Manufacturer-specific
only for SITRANS TH400 FF
Sensor Pt100 (IEC)
Type of connection 3-wire circuit
Unit °C
Failure mode Last valid value
Filter time 0s
Node address 22

2/154 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH400 fieldbus transmitter

■ Selection and Ordering data Article No. Accessories

Further accessories for assembly, connection
Article No.

Temperature transmitter SITRANS TH400 and transmitter configuration, see page 2/237.
for installation in connection head, with SIMATIC PDM operating software See Chapter 8
electrical isolation, order operating instruc-
DIN rail adapters for head transmitters 7NG3092-8KA
tions separately.
• Bus-compatible to PROFIBUS PA (Quantity delivered: 5 units) 2
- No explosion protection or Zone 2/Div 2 7NG3214-0NN00 Connecting cable 7NG3092-8KC
to ATEX/FM/CSA/IECEX/NEPSI 4-wire, 150 mm, for sensor connections
when using head transmitters in the high
- With explosion protection "Intrinsically 7NG3214-0AN00 hinged cover (set with 5 units)
safe to ATEX/FM/CSA/IECEX/NEPSI"
for additional PA components See Catalog IK PI
• Bus-compatible to FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1) For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and
- No explosion protection or Zone 2/Div 2 7NG3215-0NN00
to ATEX/FM/CSA/IECEX/NEPSI the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here.
2) For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected.
- With explosion protection "Intrinsically 7NG3215-0AN00 3)
safe to ATEX/FM/CSA/IECEX/NEPSI" For this selection, Y01 must also be selected.
4) Internal cold junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
Further designs Order code
5) For customer-specific programming, for example mV and ohm, the start
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify value and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must
Order code(s) and plain text. be entered here.

With test protocol (5 measuring points) C11 Ordering example 1:

Customer-specific programming
7NG3214-0NN00-Z Y01+Y17+U03
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Y01: 0...100 °C
code(s)
Y17: TICA1234HEAT
Measuring range to be set Y011)
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): Ordering example 2:
Y01: ... to ... °C, °F 7NG3214-0NN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y25+U25
Measuring point no. (TAG), max. 8 characters Y172) Y01: 0...500 °C
Y17: TICA5678HEAT
Measuring point descriptor, Y232) Y25: 33
max. 16 characters
Measuring point message, Y242) Factory setting:
max. 32 characters • For SITRANS TH400 PA:
Bus address, specify in plain text Y252) - Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
- Unit: °C
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U023) - Failure mode: Last valid value
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U033) - Filter time: 0 s
- PA address: 126
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire U043)
- PROFIBUS Ident No.: Manufacturer-specific
Pt1000 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U12 • For SITRANS TH400 FF:
Pt1000 (IEC) 3-wire U13 - Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
Pt1000 (IEC) 4-wire U14 - Unit: °C
- Failure mode: Last valid value
Thermocouple type B U203)4) - Filter time: 0 s
Thermocouple type C (W5) U213)4) - Node address: 22
Thermocouple type D (W3) U223)4)
Thermocouple type E U233)4)
Thermocouple type J U243)4)
Thermocouple type K U253)4)
Thermocouple type L U263)4)
Thermocouple type N U273)4)
Thermocouple type R U283)4)
Thermocouple type S U293)4)
Thermocouple type T U303)4)
Thermocouple type U U313)4)
With TC: CJC external (Pt100, 3-wire) U41
With TC: CJC external with fixed value, spec- Y50
ify in plain text
Special differing customer-specific program- Y095)
ming, specify in plain text

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/155

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH400 fieldbus transmitter

■ Dimensional drawings

2 s
1 2
M4 x 30
3 6
3-W

4 + - 5

Ø 6.3 (0.25) 26.3 (1.04)

33 (1.3)
Ø 44 (1.73)

Terminals 1, 2: fieldbus connection

Terminals 3 ... 6: sensor connection

SITRANS TH400 dimensions in mm (inches) and connections

Mounting on DIN rail

SITRANS TH400, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail

14 (0.55) 50.5 (1.99)

33 (1.30)
59.6 (2.35)

DIN rail adaptor, dimensions in mm (inch)

2/156 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH400 fieldbus transmitter

■ Schematics

Resistance thermometer Thermocouple Resistance

+ -
Two-wire system 1) Internal Two-wire system 1)
cold junction compensation

+ -

Three-wire system Cold junction compensation Three-wire system

with external Pt100 in two-wire system 1)

+ -

Four-wire system Cold junction compensation Four-wire system

with external Pt100 in three-wire system

2 2
+ - 2
1 1 1
+ -

Mean-value/differential or Mean value, differential or Mean value, differential or redundancy generation

redundancy generation redundancy generation with internal 1 resistor in two-wire system 1)
2 x two-wire system 1) cold junction compensation 1 resistor in three-wire system

Voltage measurement

2
2 + -
1 +1 -

Mean-value/differential or Mean value, differential or

redundancy generation redundancy generation and
1 sensor in two-wire system 1) cold junction compensation + -
1 sensor in three-wire system with internal Pt100
in two-wire system 1) One voltage source

2
1 + -
+ -
1)
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction. Measurement of mean value, differential and
redundancy with 2 voltage sources

SITRANS TH400, sensor connection assignment

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/157

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH420 (HART)

■ Overview
2 be connected in redundant operation (high input availability):
• 2-wire temperature transmitter with HART communication
interface
• Mounting in the connection head of the temperature sensor
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor
• Connection of two independent input circuits for redundant
operation (high input availability)
• Input drift detection
• Configurable over HART
■ Application
The SITRANS TH420 transmitter with two inputs can be used in
all sectors. Its compact size means that it can be installed in con-
nection heads of type B (DIN 43729) or larger. Due to its univer-
sal input module, the following sensors and signal sources can
• 2 resistance thermometers (2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire connection)
• 2 thermocouples
• 2 linear resistors, potentiometer and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4 to
20 mA in accordance with the input characteristic, superim-
posed by the digital HART signal.
The dual input mode also supports drift detection of the inputs,
whereby maintenance intervals can be more easily planned.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe or Zone 2 increased safety"
type of protection can be installed in hazardous areas. The de-
vice meets the requirements of the EU Directive 2014/34/EU
(ATEX), the FM and CSA regulations as well as other national ap-
provals.

■ Benefits
• Compact design
• Connection of two independent input circuits for redundant
operation (high input availability)
• Flexible mounting and center hole allow you to select your
preferred type of installation
• Electrical isolation
• Test terminals for ammeter
• Diagnostics LED (green/red)
• Input monitoring
wire break, short circuit and drift
• Self-monitoring
• Configuration status stored in EEPROM
• SIL2/3 (with order note C20)
• Expanded diagnostic functions, such as slave pointer,
operating hours counter, etc.
• Special characteristic
• Electromagnetic compatibility according to DIN EN 61326
and NE21

2/158 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH420 (HART)

■ Function
The SITRANS TH420 is configured via HART. The configuration
can be carried out using a handheld communicator or, more
conveniently, with a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM config-
uration software. The configuration data is then permanently
stored in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
After correct connection of input and supply voltage, the trans-
mitter outputs a temperature-linear output signal and the diag-
nostics LED is green. In case of external errors, e.g. sensor short
circuit or interruption, the LED flashes red; an internal error is in-
dicated by a permanent red light. 2
An ammeter can be connected at any time for checking and
plausibility via the test terminals. The output current can be read
without any interruption, or even without opening the current
loop.

SITRANS TH420 2

Input 3

Test

+1
A D
μC1 μC2 4 ... 20 mA U, Iout
D A
1 -2

Input Output
A/D Analog-digital converter μC2 Microcontroller, primary circuit
μC1 Microcontroller, secondary circuit D/A Digital-analog converter
U Supply Voltage
Iout Output current
1 Galvanic isolation 2 LED
3 Extension port

SITRANS TH420, function block diagram

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/159

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH420 (HART)

■ Technical specifications
General Thermocouples (TC)
Supply voltage1) 2) Input type
• Without explosion protection (non- 7.5 ... 48 V DC •B IEC 60584-1
2 Ex)
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 7.5 ... 30 V DC
•E
•J
IEC 60584-1
IEC 60584-1
Additional minimum supply voltage 0.8 V •K IEC 60584-1
when using test terminals •L DIN 43710
Maximum power loss  850 mW • Lr GOST 3044-84
•N IEC 60584-1
Minimum load resistance at supply (Vsupply - 37 V)/23 mA
•R IEC 60584-1
voltage > 37 V
•S IEC 60584-1
Insulation voltage, test/operation •T IEC 60584-1
• Without explosion protection (non- 2.5 kV AC/55 V AC •U DIN 43710
Ex)
• W3 ASTM E988-96
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 2.5 kV AC/42 V AC
• W5 ASTM E988-96
Polarity protection All inputs and outputs • LR GOST 3044-84
Write protection Open circuits or software Cold junction compensation (CJC) Constant, internal or external over
Pt100 or Ni100 RTD
Warming-up time < 5 min
• Temperature range internal CJC -50 ... +100 °C (-+58 ... +212 °F)
Starting time < 2.75 s • Connection external CJC 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
Programming HART • External CJC, line resistance per 50 
wire (for 3-wire and 4-wire connec-
Signal-to-noise ratio > 60 dB tions)
Long-term stability Better than: • Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 /
• ± 0.05% of measuring span/year wire and 4-wire connections)
• ± 0.18% of measuring span/5 years • Input current external CJC < 0.15 mA
Response time  75 ms (typically 70 ms) • Temperature range external CJC -50 ... +135 °C (-58 ... +275 °F)
• Cable, wire-wire capacity Max. 50 nF
Programmable damping 0 ... 60 s
• Total line resistance Max. 10 k
Signal dynamic • Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
• Input 24 bit short-circuited or defective
• Output 18 bit Note
Influence of change in supply voltage < 0.005% of measuring span/V DC The short-circuited fault detection
only applies to the CJC input.
Input • Fault detection time (TC)  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Resistance thermometer (RTD) • Fault detection time, external CJC  2000 ms
(for 3-wire and 4-wire)
Input type
• Pt10 ... 10000 • IEC 60751 Linear resistance
• JIS C 1604-8 Input range 0 ... 100 k
• GOST 6651_2009
• Callendar-Van Dusen Minimum measuring span 25 
• Ni10 ... 10000 • DIN 43760-1987
Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
• GOST 6651-2009 / OIML R84:2003
• Cu5 ... 1000 • Edison Copper Winding No. 15 Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
• GOST 6651-2009 / OIML R84:2003
Input current < 0.15 mA
Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 /
Line resistance per wire Max. 50  wire and 4-wire connections)
Input current < 0.15 mA Cable, wire-wire capacity
• R > 400  Max. 30 nF
Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 /
wire and 4-wire connections) • R  400  Max. 50 nF

Cable, wire-wire capacity Fault detection, programmable None, defective

• Pt1000, Pt10000 (IEC 60751 and Max. 30 nF Potentiometers
JIS C 1604-8)
Input range 0 ... 100 k
• All other input types Max. 50 nF
Minimum measuring span 25 
Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
short-circuited or defective Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
Note Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
When the low limit for the configured
input type is below the constant Input current < 0.15 mA
detection limit for short-circuited Effect of the line resistance (with 4- < 0.002 /
inputs, the detection of short circuits wire and 5-wire connections)
is disabled regardless of the configu-
ration of the fault detection. Cable, wire-wire capacity
• R > 400  Max. 30 nF
Detection limit for short-circuited input 15 
• R  400  Max. 50 nF
Fault detection time (RTD)  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Fault detection time (for 3-wire and 4-  2000 ms
wire)

2/160 Siemens FI 01 · 2018


Fault detection, programmable
Detection limit for short-circuited input 15 
Fault detection time, wiper arm
(no short-circuit detection)
Fault detection time, element
Fault detection time (for 4-wire and 5-  2000 ms
wire)
Voltage input
Measuring range
• Unipolar
• Bipolar
Minimum measuring span
Input resistance
Cable, wire-wire capacity
• Input range: -100 ... 1700 mV
• Input range: -20 ... 100 mV
Fault detection, programmable
Fault detection time
Output and HART communication
Normal range, programmable
Extended range (output limits), pro-
grammable
Programmable input/output limits
• Fault current
• Fault current setting
Update time
Load (with current output)
Load stability
Input fault detection, programmable
(detection of input short circuits is
ignored with TC and voltage inputs)
NAMUR NE43 Upscale
NAMUR NE43 Downscale
HART protocol versions
Measuring accuracy
Input accuracy
Output accuracy
Rated conditions
Ambient temperature (operation)
• Standard
• SIL
Storage temperature
Calibration temperature
Relative humidity
Degree of protection
• Enclosure of the transmitter
• Terminals
© Siemens AG 2018
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH420 (HART)
None, short-circuited, defective, Design
short-circuited or defective
Weight 50 g (0.11 lb)
Note
Maximum cable cross-section 1 x 1.5 mm² (stranded wire)
When the configured potentiometer
size is below the constant detection Tightening torque for clamping 0.4 Nm
limit for short-circuited inputs, the screws
detection of short circuits is disabled
regardless of the configuration of the Vibrations IEC 60068-2-6 2
fault detection. • 2 ... 25 Hz ± 1.6 mm (0.07 inch)
• 25 ... 100 Hz ±4g
Certificates and approvals
 75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Explosion protection ATEX/IECEx and
others
 2000 ms
Certificates 3) DEKRA 17ATEX0116 X
IECEx DEK 17.0054X
A5E43700604A-2018X
"Intrinsic safety ia/ib" type of protec- For use in Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22
tion
-100 ... 1700 mV
• ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
-800 ... +800 mV II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4
2.5 mV Gb
II 1 D Ex ia IIIC Da
10 M I M1 Ex ia I Ma
• IECEx and others Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
Max. 30 nF Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Ex ia IIIC Da
Max. 50 nF Ex ia I Ma
None, defective "Intrinsic safety ic" type of protection For use in Zones 2 and 22
 75 ms (typically 70 ms) • ATEX II 2 G Ex ic IIC T6…T4 Gc
II 2 D Ex ic IIIC Dc
• IECEx and others Ex ic IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
3.8 ... 20.5 mA/20.5 ... 3.8 mA Ex ic IIIC Dc
3.5 ... 23 mA/23 ... 3.5 mA "Non-sparking/increased safety For use in Zones 2 and 22
nA/ec" type of protection
• ATEX II 2 G Ex nA IIC T6…T4 Gc
II 2 G Ex ec IIC T6…T4 Gc
Enable/disable
• IECEx and others Ex nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
3.5 ... 23 mA Ex ec IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
10 ms Explosion protection CSA /FM for
 (VSupply - 7.5)/0.023  Canada and USA
< 0.01% of meas. span/100  Certificates CSA 1861385
(measuring span = currently selected FM18CA0024
range) FM18US0046
3.5 ... 23 mA "Intrinsic safety ia" type of protection IS, CL I, Div 1, GP ABCD, T6 ... T4
Ex ia IIC T6 … T4 Ga
AEx ia IIC T6 … T4 Ga or:
> 21 mA Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
AEx ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
< 3.6 mA
"Non incendive field wiring NIFW" type NIFW, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6 ... T4
HART 7 of protection
"Non incendive NI" type of protection NI, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6...T4
See "Input accuracy" table Ex nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
AEx nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
See "Output accuracy" table
1) Note that the minimum supply voltage must correspond to the value mea-
sured at the terminals of the SITRANS TH420.
All external voltage drops must be taken into consideration.
-50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) 2) Protect the device from overvoltage with the help of a suitable power sup-
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) ply or suitable overvoltage protection equipment.
3) Additional available certificates are listed on the Internet at
-50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/certificates
24 °C ±1.0 °C (75.2 °F ±1.8 °F)
< 99% (no condensation)
IP68
IP00
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/161
 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH420 (HART)
Measuring ranges/Minimum measuring span
RTD
Input type Standard Measuring range in °C (°F) 0 in °C-1 (°F-1) Minimum measuring span in °C
(°F)

2 Pt10 ... 10000 IEC 60751

JIS C 1604-8
-200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1562)
-200 ... +649 (-328 ... +1200)
0.003851 (0.002139)
0.003916 (0.002176)
10 (50)
10 (50)
GOST 6651_2009 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1562) 0.003910 (0.002172) 10 (50)
Callendar-Van Dusen -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1562) - 10 (50)
Ni10 ... 10000 DIN 43760-1987 -60 ... +250 (-76 ... +482) 0.006180 (0.003433) 10 (50)
GOST 6651-2009 / -60 ... +180 (-76 ... +356) 0.006170 (0.003428) 10 (50)
OIML R84:2003
Cu5 ... 1000 Edison Copper Winding -200 ... +260 (-328 ... +500) 0.004270 (0.002372) 100 (212)
No. 15
GOST 6651-2009 / -180 ... +200 (-292 ... +392) 0.004280 (0.002378) 100 (212)
OIML R84:2003
GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392) 0.004260 (0.002367) 100 (212)

TC
Input type Standard Measuring range in °C (°F) Minimum measuring span in °C (°F)
B IEC 60584-1 0 (85) ... 1 820 (32 (185) ... 3 308) 100 (212)
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1 000 (-392 ... +1 832) 50 (122)
J IEC 60584-1 -100 ... +1200 (-212 ... +2192) 50 (122)
K IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1372 (-356 ... +2502) 50 (122)
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 (-392 ... +1652) 50 (122)
Lr GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)
N IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1300 (-356 ... +2372) 50 (122)
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1760 (-122 ... +3200) 100 (212)
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1760 (-122 ... +3200) 100 (212)
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 (-392 ... +752) 50 (122)
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 (-392 ... +1112) 50 (122)
W3 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2300 (32 ... 4172) 100 (212)
W5 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2300 (32 ... 4172) 100 (212)
LR GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)

Input accuracy
Basic values
Input type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient1)
RTD
Pt10  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt20  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt100  ±0.04 °C (0.072 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt500 Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)
Pt1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt2000 Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Pt10000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Ni10  ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni20  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni50  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni100  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni120  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni200  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni1000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni2000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)

2/162 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH420 (HART)
Input type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient1)
Ni10000  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Cu5  ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)  ±0.040 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu10
Cu20
 ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)
 ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
 ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2
Cu50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu100  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Linear resistance
0 ... 400   ±40 m  ±2 m/°C (1.11 m/°F)
0 ... 100 k  ±4   ±0.2 /°C (0.11 /°F)
Potentiometers
0 ... 100% < 0.05% < ± 0.005%
Voltage input
mV: -20 ... 100 mV  ±5 V  ±0.2 V/°C (0.11 V/°F)
mV: -100 ... 1700 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±36 V/°C (20 V/°F)
mV: ± 800 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±32 V/°C (17.8 V/°F)
TC
E  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
J  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
K  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
L  ±0.35 °C (0.63 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
N  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
T  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
U < 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Lr  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
R < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
S < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
W3  ±0.6 °C (1.08 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
W5  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B2)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B3)  ±3 °C (5.4 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B4)  ±8 °C (14.4 °F)  ±0.8 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B5) Not specified Not specified
CJC (internal)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) Included in basic accuracy
CJC (external)  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
1) Temperature coefficients correspond to the specified values or 0.002% of Output accuracy
the input span, depending on which value is greater.
2) Output type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient
Accuracy of the specification range > 400 °C (752 °F)
3) Accuracy of the specification range > 160 °C (320 °F) < 400 °C (752 °F) Average value Average of accuracy of Average of temperature
4)
measurement input 1 and input 2 coefficient of input 1 and
Accuracy of the specification range > 85 °C (185 °F) < 160 °C (320 °F) input 2
5) Accuracy of the specification range > 85 °C (185 °F)
Differential mea- Sum of accuracy of input 1 Sum of temperature coeffi-
surement and input 2 cient of input 1 and input 2
Analog output  ±1.6 A (0.01% of the full  ±0.48 A/K ( ±0.003% of
output span) the full output span/K)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/163

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH420 (HART)

■ Selection and ordering data

Article No. Article No.

Temperature transmitter 7NG041 Order Temperature transmitter 7NG041 Order

SITRANS TH420 with 2 inputs code SITRANS TH420 with 2 inputs code

2 Click on the Article no. for the online

7 - 77777 - 0 777 777
Input 2, type
7 - 77777 - 0 777 777

configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Without input 2 A

Communication RTD
With HART 0 • Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B
Primary value output • Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C
• Pt1000 (IEC), 3-wire D
Input 1 0 • Pt1000 (IEC), 4-wire E
Input 1, input 2 as redundancy 1 TC
Input 2, input 1 as redundancy 2 • Type B F
Average input 1 and input 2, 3 • Type E G
both as redundancy • Type J H
• Type K J
Minimum input 1 and input 2, 4
both as redundancy • Type L K
• Type N L
Maximum input 1 and input 2, 5
• Type R N
both as redundancy
• Type S P
Difference input 1 - input 2 6 • Type T Q
Difference input 2 - input 1 7 Potentiometer, 4-wire R
Absolute difference 8 Input 2, type customer-specific
Primary value output, customer-specific Define customer-specific input configura- Y
Minimum input 1 and input 2, 9 H1A tions in W options
without redundancy CJC configuration for TC
Maximum input 1 and input 2, 9 H1B Input 1: no CJC; input 2: no CJC 0
without redundancy
Input 1: internal CJC; input 2: internal CJC 1
Average input 1 and input 2, 9 H1C
without redundancy Input 1: external CJC; input 2: external CJC; 2
define type in option Jxx
Input 2 9 H1D
Input 1: external CJC; define type in option 3
Input 1, type Jxx; input 2: internal CJC
RTD Input 1: internal CJC; input 2: external CJC; 4
• Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B define type in option Jxx
• Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C
Input 1: Internal CJC; 5
• Pt1000 (IEC), 3-wire D Input 2: No CJC
• Pt1000 (IEC), 4-wire E
Input 1: External CJC (define type in option 6
TC Jxx); input 2: No CJC
• Type B F Materials not in contact with media
• Type E G
• Type J H None 0
• Type K J Type of protection
• Type L K General safety (non-Ex); A
• Type N L CE, RCM, FM, CSA, KCC
• Type R N
Ex i, Ex nA (ec) (Zone)/IS, NIFW, N
• Type S P NI (Division); ATEX, IECEx, CSA, FM, NEPSI
• Type T Q
Electrical connection/cable entry
Potentiometer, 4-wire R
None A
Input 1, type customer-specific
Local HMI
Define customer-specific input configura- Y
tions in V options Without display 0

2/164 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH420 (HART)

■ Selection and ordering data

Options Order code Customer-specific device settings Order code
Add "-Z" to article no. and specify order code. Add "-Z" to article no., specify order code and plain text
or drop-down list selection.
Certificates for functional safety
Functional safety SIL2/3 (IEC 61508) C20
Measuring range setting temperature input: Start of
scale value (max. 5 characters), full scale value
Y01 2
Special features of enclosure/packaging (max. 5 characters), unit (°C, °F, °Ra, K)

Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG label D41 Plant designation (TAG, device parameters, Y15
max. 32 characters)
Jumper plug set on device for write protection D81
Measuring point message (device message and device Y16
Jumper plug set on device for fault current > 21 mA D82 parameters, max. 32 characters)
(instead of < 3.6 mA) (only non-SIL)
Input 1: RTD factor; e.g. factor "200" = Pt200 Y21
External CJC types
Pt100, IEC 60751, 3-wire J02 Accessories Article No.
Pt100, IEC 60751, 4-wire J03 Further accessories for assembly,
connection and transmitter configu-
Ni100, DIN 43760-87, 3-wire J05 ration, see page 2/237.
Ni100, DIN 43760-87, 4-wire J06 HART modem 7MF4997-1DB
Input 1: TC With USB interface
Type C W5 V01 SIMATIC PDM parameterization See Catalog FI 01 section 8
software
Type D W3 V02
DIN rail adapter for temperature 7NG3092-8KA
Type U V03 transmitter for head mounting
Type Lr V04 (Quantity delivered: 5 units)
Input 1: Potentiometers Connecting cable 7NG3092-8KC
Potentiometer, 5-wire V31 4-wire, 200 mm, for input connec-
tion with temperature transformers
Input 1: RTD for head mounting in the high
Pt x (IEC), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V61 hinged cover (set with 5 units)

Pt x (IEC), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V62 Ordering example
Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option V64 7NG0410-0BA00-0AA0-Z Y01
Y21
Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option V65 Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y21
Factory setting
Pt x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V67
option Y21 • Input 1: Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Pt x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V68 • Input 2: not configured (inactive)
option Y21 • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Ni x (DIN 43760-87), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V70 • Fault current
option Y21 - Input circuit wire break: 22.8 mA
Ni x (DIN 43760-87), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V71 - Input circuit short circuit: 22.4 mA
option Y21 - Input circuit drift: 22 mA (active when input 2 is active)
Ni x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V73 - Input monitoring wire break and short-circuit
option Y21 • No trimming of input and output (offset)
Ni x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V74 • Damping 0.0 s
option Y21
Cu x (ECW-15), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V76
Cu x (ECW-15), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V77
Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V79
option Y21
Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V80
option Y21
Cu x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V82
option Y21
Cu x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V83
option Y21
Input 2: TC
Type C W5 W01
Type D W3 W02
Type U W03
Type Lr W04

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/165

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH420 (HART)

■ Dimensional drawings
Ø 44 (1.73)
33 (1.3)

2 3
2 1
2
TE
1
ST
-

EXT
TE

2 9
ST

1
+

2


8
7 3
6 2
5 4
4
2 20,2 (0.8)

5 2

1 Test terminal
2
2 Mounting screw M4
3 LED
2
4 Internal diameter of center hole 6.3 (0.25)
2
5 Lock washer DIN 6799 - 3.2 A2
2

1(+) and 2(-) Output terminals

3, 4, 5, 6, 7, Input terminals
8 and 9

SITRANS TH420, dimensions and pin assignment, dimensions in mm

(inch)

2/166 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for mounting in sensor head
SITRANS TH420 (HART)

■ Circuit diagrams
Connections
Input connection

9 3 9 3 3
2
9
4 4 4
8 5 8 5 5
7 6 7 6 8 6
7

CJC
4
4 3 + I1 3 +I1
4 3 I1
+ I2 + I2
I2

Input 1 and/or input 2: Input 1 and/or input 2: Input 1 and/or input 2:

2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire RTD or TC (internal CJC or Voltage input
linear resistance external 2-wire, 3-wire or (unipolar or bipolar)
4-wire CJC)

9 3 9 3 9 3
4 4 4
5 8 5 5
8 7 6 8
7 6 7 6

CJC
3
+ I1 4
I1 I1
4 3 5 4 5 4

I2 I2
4
4

Input 1: TC (internal CJC or Input 1 and/or Input 2: Input 1: 5-wire potentiometer

external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC) 3-wire or 4-wire potentiometer Input 2: 3-wire potentiometer
Input 2: 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire RTD

SITRANS TH420, input connection assignment

Output connection

mA

-
ST
TE
1

TEST +
2

-
T
EX

SITRANS TH420, output connection assignment

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/167

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR200, two-wire system, Universal

■ Overview ■ Application
SITRANS TR200 transmitters can be used in all industrial sec-
tors. Their compact design enables simple mounting on stan-
dard DIN rails on-site in protective boxes or in control cabinets.
The following sensors/signal sources can be connected over
2 their universal input module:
• Resistance thermometers (2, 3 or 4-wire system)
• Thermocouples
• Resistance-based sensors and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA in accor-
dance with the sensor characteristic.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe" type of protection can be in-
stalled within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices
comply with the Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX).

■ Function
The SITRANS TR200 is configured over a PC. A USB or RS 232
modem is linked to the output terminals for this purpose. The
Ultra flexible - with the universal SITRANS TR200 transmitter configuration data can now be edited using the SIPROM T soft-
• Two-wire devices for 4 to 20 mA ware tool. The configuration data are then permanently stored in
• Enclosure for rail mounting the non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly con-
• Configurable over PC nected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output sig-
nal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
of a sensor short-circuit, the LED flashes red, an internal device
■ Benefits fault is indicated by a steady red light.
• Compact design The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
• Electrically isolated for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output cur-
• Test sockets for multimeters rent can be read without any interruption, or even without open-
ing the current loop.
• Diagnostics LED (green/red)
• Sensor monitoring
open circuits and short-circuits
• Self-monitoring
• Configuration status stored in EEPROM
• Expanded diagnostic functions, such as slave pointer, operat-
ing hours counter, etc.
• Special characteristic
• Electromagnetic compatibility to EN 61326 and NE21
• SIL2 (with Order code C20), SIL2/3 (with C23)

SITRANS TR200/TR300

7
1
Test
Sensor
TC/RTD 2 3

A D
µC1 µC2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
D A
4
5 6

1 Sensor such as resistance thermometer, 4 Electrical isolation Uaux Auxiliary power supply
thermocouple, resistance-based, 5 Microcontroller, primary circuit Iout Output current
sensor, mV sensor 6 Digital-analog converter Test Test terminals for temporary
2 Analog-digital converter 7 LED connection of an amperemeter
3 Microcontroller, secondary circuit

SITRANS TR200 function diagram

2/168 Siemens FI 01 · 2018


■ Technical specifications
Input
Resistance thermometer
Measured variable
Sensor type
• to IEC 60751
• to JIS C 1604; a=0.00392 K-1
• to IEC 60751
• Special type
Sensor factor
Units
Connection
• Standard connection
• Generation of average value
• Generation of difference
Interface
• Two-wire system
• Three-wire system
• Four-wire system
Sensor current
Response time T63
Open-circuit monitoring
Short-circuit monitoring
Measuring range
Min. measured span
Characteristic curve
Resistance-based sensors
Measured variable
Sensor type
Units
Connection
• Normal connection
• Generation of average value
• Generation of difference
Interface
• Two-wire system
• Three-wire system
• Four-wire system
Sensor current
Response time T63
Open-circuit monitoring
© Siemens AG 2018
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR200, two-wire system, Universal
Short-circuit monitoring can be switched on/off (default
value: OFF)
Measuring range parameterizable max. 0 ... 2200 
Temperature (see table "Digital measuring
errors") 2
Pt25 … 1000 Min. measured span 5 ... 25  (see table "Digital measur-
ing errors")
Pt25 … 1000
Characteristic curve Resistance-linear or special charac-
Ni25 … 1000 teristic
over special characteristic Thermocouples
(max. 30 points)
Measured variable Temperature
0.25 ... 10 (adaptation of the basic
type, e.g. Pt100 to version Pt25 ... Sensor type (thermocouples)
1000) • Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh to DIN IEC 584
°C or °F • Type C W5 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
• Type D W3 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
1 resistance thermometer (RTD) in • Type E NiCr-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system • Type J Fe-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
• Type K NiCr-Ni to DIN IEC 584
2 resistance thermometers in
2-wire system for generation of • Type L Fe-CuNi to DIN 43710
average temperature • Type N NiCrSi-NiSi to DIN IEC 584
2 resistance thermometers (RTD) in • Type R Pt13Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
2-wire system (RTD 1 – RTD 2 or
• Type S Pt10Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
RTD 2 – RTD 1)
• Type T Cu-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
• Type U Cu-CuNi to DIN 43710
Parameterizable line resistance Units °C or °F
 100  (loop resistance)
Connection
No balancing required
• Standard connection 1 thermocouple (TC)
No balancing required • Generation of average value 2 thermocouples (TC)
 0.45 mA • Generation of difference 2 thermocouples (TC)
 250 ms for 1 sensor with open-cir- (TC1 – TC2 or TC2 – TC1)
cuit monitoring Response time T63  250 ms for 1 sensor with open-cir-
Always active (cannot be disabled) cuit monitoring
can be switched on/off (default Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
value: ON) Cold junction compensation
parameterizable (see table "Digital • Internal With integrated Pt100 resistance
measuring errors") thermometer
10 °C (18 °F) • External With external Pt100 IEC 60751
(2-wire or 3-wire connection)
Temperature-linear or special char-
acteristic • External fixed Cold junction temperature can be
set as fixed value
Measuring range parameterizable (see table "Digital
Actual resistance measuring errors")
Resistance-based, potentiometers Min. measured span Min. 40 ... 100 °C (72 ... 180 °F) (see
 table "Digital measuring errors")
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special char-
acteristic
1 resistance-based sensor (R) in 2-
wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system mV sensor
2 resistance-based sensors in Measured variable DC voltage
2-wire system for generation of Sensor type DC voltage source (DC voltage
average value source possible over an externally
2 resistance thermometers in connected resistor)
2-wire system Units mV
(R1 – R2 or R2 – R1)
Response time T63  250 ms for 1 sensor with open-cir-
cuit monitoring
Parameterizable line resistance Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
 100  (loop resistance)
Measuring range parameterizable max.
No balancing required -100 … 1100 mV
No balancing required Min. measured span 2 mV or 20 mV
 0.45 mA Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
 250 ms for 1 sensor with open-cir- Input resistance  1 M
cuit monitoring
Characteristic curve Voltage-linear or special character-
Always active (cannot be disabled) istic
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/169
 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR200, two-wire system, Universal
Output Certificates and approvals
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire Explosion protection ATEX
Auxiliary power 11 ... 35 V DC (to 30 V for Ex i/ic; EC type test certificate PTB 07 ATEX 2032X
to 32 V for Ex nA)
• "Intrinsic safety" type of protec- II 2(1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4

2 Max. load
Overrange
(Uaux – 11 V)/0.023 A
3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
tion II 3(1) G Ex ia/ic IIC T6/T4
II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4
II 2(1) D Ex iaD/ibD 20/21 T115 °C
(default range: 3.84 mA ... 20.5 mA)
• Type of protection, "equipment is II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
Error signal (e.g. following sensor 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable non-arcing"
fault) (conforming to NE43) (default value: 22.8 mA)
Other certificates NEPSI and EAC Ex
Sample cycle 0.25 s nominal
Software requirements for
Damping Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s SIPROM T
(parameterizable)
PC operating system Windows ME, 2000, XP, Win 7 and
Protection Against reversed polarity Win 8; can also be used in connec-
Electrically isolated Input against output 2.12 kV DC tion with RS 232 modem under
(1.5 kVeff AC) Windows 95, 98 and 98SE
Measuring accuracy Factory setting:
Digital measuring errors See Table "Digital measuring errors" • Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
Reference conditions • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
• Error signal in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
• Auxiliary power 24 V  1 % • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
• Load 500  • Damping 0.0 s
• Ambient temperature 23 °C
• Warming-up time > 5 min Digital measuring errors
Error in the analog output (digi- < 0.025 % of span
tal/analog converter)
Resistance thermometer
Error due to internal cold junction < 0.5 °C (0.9 °F) Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital
sured span accuracy
Influence of ambient temperature
°C/(°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
• Analog measuring error 0.02 % of span/10 °C (18 °F)
to IEC 60751
• Digital measuring errors
Pt25 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54)
- With resistance thermometer 0.06 °C (0.11 °F)/10 °C (18 °F) (-328 ... +1562)
- with thermocouples 0.6 °C (1.1 °F)/10 °C (18 °F) Pt50 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
(-328 ... +1562)
Auxiliary power effect < 0.001 % of span/V
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
Effect of load impedance < 0.002 % of span/100  (-328 ... +1562)
Long-term drift Pt500 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
• In the first month < 0.02 % of span in the first month (-328 ... +1562)
• After one year < 0.2 % of span after one year Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
(-328 ... +662)
• After 5 years < 0.3 % of span after 5 years
to JIS C1604-81
Conditions of use
Pt25 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54)
Ambient conditions (-328 ... +1200)
Ambient temperature range -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) Pt50 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Storage temperature range -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) (-328 ... +1200)

Relative humidity < 98 %, with condensation Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
(-328 ... +1200)
Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61326 and NE21
Pt500 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
Construction (-328 ... +1200)
Material Plastic, electronic module potted Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27)
(-328 ... +662)
Weight 122 g
Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -60 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18)
Dimensions See "Dimensional drawings"
(-76 ... +482)
Cross-section of cables Max. 2.5 mm² (AWG 13)
Degree of protection to
IEC 60529
• Enclosure IP20

2/170 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR200, two-wire system, Universal
Resistance-based sensors
Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital
sured span accuracy
  
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25 2
Thermocouples
Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital
sured span accuracy
°C/(°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
Type B 100 ... 1820 100 (180) 21) (3.6)1)
(212 ... 3308)
Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(32 ... 4172)
Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 12) (1.8)2)
(32 ... 4172)
Type E -200 ... +1000 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1832)
Type J -200 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +2192)
Type K -200 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +2498)
Type L -200 ... +900 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1652)
Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +2372)
Type R -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-58 ... +3200)
Type S -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-58 ... +3200)
Type T -200 ... +400 40 (72) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +752)
Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1112)
1) The digital accuracy in the range 100 to 300 °C (212 to 572 °F) is 3 °C
(5.4 °F).
2) The digital accuracy in the range 1750 to 2300 °C (3182 to 4172 °F) is 2 °C
(3.6 °F).
mV sensor
Input Measuring Min. measured Digital
range span accuracy
mV mV V
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400

The digital accuracy is the accuracy after the analog/digital con-

version including linearization and calculation of the measured
value.
An additional error is generated in the output current 4 to 20 mA
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0.025 % of the set
span (digital-analog error).
The total error under reference conditions at the analog output is
the sum from the digital error and the digital-analog error (poss.
with the addition of cold junction errors in the case of thermocou-
ple measurements).

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/171

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR200, two-wire system, Universal

■ Selection and Ordering data Article No. Accessories

Further accessories for assembly, connection
Article No.

Temperature transmitter SITRANS TR200 and transmitter configuration, see page 2/237.
For mounting on a standard DIN rail, two-wire Modem for SITRANS TH100, TH200, TR200 7NG3092-8KU
system, 4 to 20 mA, programmable, with electri- and TF with TH200 incl. SIPROM T parame-
terization software
2 cal isolation
• Without explosion protection 7NG3032-0JN00
With USB connection
1) For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and
• With explosion protection to ATEX 7NG3032-1JN00
the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here.
Further designs Order code 2) For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected.
Please add "-Z" to Article No. with and specify 3) Text on front plate is not saved in the device.
Order codes(s). 4) For this selection, Y01 must also be selected.
With test protocol (5 measuring points) C11 5) Internal cold junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
6) For customer-specific programming, for example mV and ohm, the start
Functional safety SIL2 C20
value and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must
Functional safety SIL2/3 C23 be entered here.
Customer-specific programming
Supply units see Chapter "Supplementary Components".
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s)
Ordering example 1:
Measuring range to be set Y011)
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): 7NG3032-0JN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y29+U03
Y01: ... to ... °C, °F Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y17: TICA123
Measuring point no. (TAG), max. 8 characters Y172) Y29: TICA123
Measuring point descriptor, max. 16 charac- Y232)
ters Ordering example 2:
Measuring point message, max. 32 characters Y242) 7NG3032-0JN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y23+Y29+U25
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Text on front label, max. 16 characters Y292)3)
Y17: TICA123
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U024) Y23: TICA123HEAT
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U034) Y29: TICA123HEAT
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire U044) Factory setting:
Pt1000 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U12 • Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
• Measuring range: 0 … 100 °C (32 … 212 °F)
Pt1000 (IEC) 3-wire U13 • Fault current: 22.8 mA
Pt1000 (IEC) 4-wire U14 • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
• Damping 0.0 s
Thermocouple type B U204)5)
Thermocouple type C (W5) U214)5)
Thermocouple type D (W3) U224)5)
Thermocouple type E U234)5)
Thermocouple type J U244)5)
Thermocouple type K U254)5)
Thermocouple type L U264)5)
Thermocouple type N U274)5)
Thermocouple type R U284)5)
Thermocouple type S U294)5)
Thermocouple type T U304)5)
Thermocouple type U U314)5)
With TC: CJC external (Pt100, 3-wire) U41
With TC: CJC external with fixed value, specify Y50
in plain text
Special differing customer-specific program- Y096)
ming, specify in plain text
Fail-safe value 3.6 mA (instead of 22.8 mA) U362)

2/172 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR200, two-wire system, Universal

■ Dimensional drawings ■ Schematics

(0.89)
22.5
SIEMENS
2
4..20mA

8
4

SITRANS

1 2 3 4
TR200

7
3

TEST 4..20mA

6
2
TEST

SIEMENS
5
1

SITRANS
TR200
99
(3.9)

Made in Croatia 5 6 7 8
3W RTD CJC 2W RTD CJC U sensor
with external with external int./fixed CJC
TC sensor TC sensor TC sens. with
+

+ + +

8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5

4W sensor 3W sensor 2W sensor

(4.49)

RTD or R RTD or R RTD or R

114

8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5

CJC 2W sensor & test

with int./fixed 2x RTD or R 4..20mA loop
2x TC sensor
S1
4 3 2 1
S2 S1
+ + S2

8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
A
+ -
TEST +UB - Asssignments
Connection Plan
s 1 (+) and 2 (-) Test terminals (test) for measurement of the output
current with a multimeter
3 (+) and 4 (-) Power supply Uaux, output current Iout
5, 6, 7 and 8 Sensor assignment, see schematics

SITRANS TR200, dimensions in mm (inch) SITRANS TR200, pin assignment

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/173

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR200, two-wire system, Universal

Resistance thermometer Resistance Thermocouple

2
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
R TC
- +
RTD
Two-wire system 1) Two-wire system 1) Cold junction compensation
internal/fixed value

5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
TC
- +

RTD R RTD

Three-wire system Three-wire system Cold junction compensation with

external Pt100 in two-wire system 1)

5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
TC
- +

RTD R
RTD
Four-wire system Four-wire system Cold junction compensation with
external Pt100 in three-wire system

5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
R2 5 6 7 8
RTD2
TC1 TC2
- + - +
RTD1 R1
Generation of average Generation of average Generation of average value / difference
value/difference 1) value/difference 1) with internal cold junction compensation
1)
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction.

Voltage measurement Power supply/

Current measurement Test terminals
4 ... 20 mA (Uaux)

Uaux
+ A -
+ -
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
- + R
U - +
I

SITRANS TR200, sensor connection assignment

2/174 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR300, two-wire system, Universal, HART

■ Overview ■ Application
SITRANS TR300 transmitters can be used in all industrial sec-
tors. Their compact design enables simple mounting on stan-
dard DIN rails on-site in protective boxes or in control cabinets.
The following sensors/signal sources can be connected over
their universal input module: 2
• Resistance thermometers (2, 3 or 4-wire system)
• Thermocouples
• Resistance-based sensors and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA in accor-
dance with the sensor characteristic, superimposed by the dig-
ital HART signal.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe" type of protection can be in-
stalled within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices
comply with the Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX).

■ Function
"HART" to beat - the universal SITRANS TR300 transmitter The SITRANS TR300 is configured over HART. This can be done
using a handheld communicator or even more conveniently with
• Two-wire devices for 4 to 20 mA, HART a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM parameterization soft-
• Device for rail mounting ware. The configuration data are then permanently stored in the
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
• Configurable over HART Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly con-
nected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output sig-
nal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
■ Benefits of a sensor short-circuit, the LED flashes red, an internal device
• Compact design fault is indicated by a steady red light.
• Electrically isolated The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
• Test sockets for multimeters for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output cur-
rent can be read without any interruption, or even without open-
• Diagnostics LED (green/red)
ing the current loop.
• Sensor monitoring
open circuits and short-circuits
• Self-monitoring
• Configuration status stored in EEPROM
• Expanded diagnostic functions, such as slave pointer, operat-
ing hours counter, etc.
• Special characteristic
• Electromagnetic compatibility to EN 61326 and NE21
• SIL2 (with Order code C20), SIL2/3 (with C23)

SITRANS TR200/TR300

7
1
Test
Sensor
TC/RTD 2 3

A D
µC1 µC2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
D A
4
5 6

1 Sensor such as resistance thermometer,
thermocouple, resistance-based,
sensor, mV sensor
2 Analog-digital converter
3 Microcontroller, secondary circuit
4 Electrical isolation Uaux Auxiliary power supply
5 Microcontroller, primary circuit Iout Output current
6 Digital-analog converter Test Test terminals for temporary
7 LED connection of an amperemeter

SITRANS TR300 function diagram

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/175

 © Siemens AG 2018
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR300, two-wire system, Universal, HART
■ Technical specifications
Input
Resistance thermometer
Measured variable Temperature
2 Sensor type
• to IEC 60751 Pt25 … Pt1000
• to JIS C 1604; a=0.00392 K-1 Pt25 … Pt1000
• to IEC 60751 Ni25 … Pt1000
• Special type over special characteristic (max.
30 points)
Sensor factor 0.25 ... 10 (adaptation of the
basic type, e.g. Pt100 to version
Pt25 ... 1000)
Units °C or °F
Connection
• Standard connection 1 resistance thermometer (RTD)
in 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
• Generation of average value 2 identical resistance thermome-
ters in 2-wire system for genera-
tion of average temperature
• Generation of difference 2 identical resistance thermome-
ters (RTD) in 2-wire system (RTD
1 – RTD 2 or RTD 2 – RTD 1)
Interface
• Two-wire system Parameterizable line resistance
 100  (loop resistance)
• Three-wire system No balancing required
• Four-wire system No balancing required
Sensor current  0.45 mA
Response time T63  250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Always active (cannot be
isabled)
Short-circuit monitoring can be switched on/off (default
value: ON)
Measuring range parameterizable (see table
"Digital measuring errors")
Min. measured span 10 °C (18 °F)
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special
characteristic
Resistance-based sensors
Measured variable Actual resistance
Sensor type Resistance-based, potentiome-
ters
Units  Measuring range
Connection
• Normal connection 1 resistance-based sensor (R) in
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
• Generation of average value 2 resistance-based sensors in
2-wire system for generation of
average value
• Generation of difference 2 resistance thermometers in
2-wire system
(R1 – R2 or R2 – R1)
Interface
• Two-wire system Parameterizable line resistance
 100  (loop resistance)
• Three-wire system No balancing required
• Four-wire system No balancing required
Sensor current  0.45 mA
2/176 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
Response time T63  250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Always active (cannot be dis-
abled)
Short-circuit monitoring can be switched on/off (default
value: OFF)
Measuring range parameterizable max. 0 ... 2200 
(see table "Digital measuring
errors")
Min. measured span 5 ... 25  (see table "Digital mea-
suring errors")
Characteristic curve Resistance-linear or special char-
acteristic
Thermocouples
Measured variable Temperature
Sensor type (thermocouples)
• Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh to DIN IEC 584
• Type C W5 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
• Type D W3 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
• Type E NiCr-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
• Type J Fe-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
• Type K NiCr-Ni to DIN IEC 584
• Type L Fe-CuNi to DIN 43710
• Type N NiCrSi-NiSi to DIN IEC 584
• Type R Pt13Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
• Type S Pt10Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
• Type T Cu-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
• Type U Cu-CuNi to DIN 43710
Units °C or °F
Connection
• Standard connection 1 thermocouple (TC)
• Generation of average value 2 thermocouples (TC)
• Generation of difference 2 thermocouples (TC) (TC1 – TC2
or TC2 – TC1)
Response time T63  250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
Cold junction compensation
• Internal With integrated Pt100 resistance
thermometer
• External With external Pt100 IEC 60751
(2-wire or 3-wire connection)
• External fixed Cold junction temperature can
be set as fixed value
parameterizable (see table
"Digital measuring errors")
Min. measured span Min. 40 ... 100 °C (72 ... 180 °F)
(see table "Digital measuring
errors")
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special
characteristic
mV sensor
Measured variable DC voltage
Sensor type DC voltage source (DC voltage
source possible over an exter-
nally connected resistor)
Units mV
Response time T63  250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
circuit monitoring
Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR300, two-wire system, Universal, HART
Measuring range parameterizable Conditions of use
max. -100 … 1100 mV
Ambient conditions
Min. measured span 2 mV or 20 mV
Ambient temperature range -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Storage temperature range -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
 1 M
Input resistance
Characteristic curve Voltage-linear or special charac-
Relative humidity < 98 %, with condensation 2
teristic Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61326 and NE21

Output Design

Output signal
Auxiliary power
Max. load
Overrange
Error signal (e.g. following sensor
fault) (conforming to NE43)
Sample cycle
Damping
Protection
Electrical isolation
Measuring accuracy
Digital measuring errors
Reference conditions
• Auxiliary power
• Load
• Ambient temperature
• Warming-up time
Error in the analog output (digi-
tal/analog converter)
Error due to internal cold junction
Ambient temperature effect
• Analog measuring errors of span
• Digital measuring errors
- at resistance thermometers
- at thermocouples
Auxiliary power effect
Effect of load impedance
Long-term drift
• In the first month
• After one year
• After 5 years
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire with communi- Material Plastic, electronic module potted
cation acc. to HART Rev. 5.9 Weight 122 g
11 ... 35 V DC (to 30 V for Ex i/ic; Dimensions See "Dimensional drawings"
to 32 V for Ex nA)
Cross-section of cables Max. 2.5 mm² (AWG 13)
(Uaux –11 V)/0.023 A
Degree of protection to IEC 60529
3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(default range: 3.84 ... 20.5 mA) • Enclosure IP20
3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable Certificates and approvals
(default value: 22.8 mA) Explosion protection ATEX
0.25 s nominal EC type test certificate PTB 07 ATEX 2032X
Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s • "Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 2(1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
(parameterizable) II 3(1) G Ex ia/ic IIC T6/T4
Against reversed polarity II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4
II 2(1) D Ex iaD/ibD 20/21 T115 °C
Input against output (1 kVeff)
• Type of protection, "equipment is II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
non-arcing"
see table "Digital measuring Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST) and NEPSI
errors"
Factory setting:
• Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
24 V  1 %
• Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
500 
• Error signal in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
23 °C
• Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
> 5 min
• Damping 0.0 s
< 0.025 % of span
< 0.5 °C (0.9 °F)
< 0.2 % of max. span/10 °C (18 °F)
0.06 °C (0.11 °F)/10 °C (18 °F)
0.6 °C (1.1 °F)/10 °C (18 °F)
< 0.001 % of span/V
< 0.002 % of span/100 
< 0.02 % of span in the first month
< 0.2 % of span after one year
< 0.3 % of span after 5 years

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/177

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR300, two-wire system, Universal, HART
Digital measuring errors Thermocouples
Resistance thermometer Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital
sured span accuracy
Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital
sured span accuracy °C / (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
°C / (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F) Type B 100 ... 1820 100 (180) 21) (3.6)1)
2 to IEC 60751
(212 ... 3308)
Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Pt25 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) (32 ... 4172)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 12) (1.8)2)
Pt50 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) (32 ... 4172)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type E -200 ... +1000 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) (-328 ... +1832)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type J -200 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Pt500 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) (-328 ... +2192)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type K -200 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) (-328 ... +2498)
(-328 ... +662)
Type L -200 ... +900 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
to JIS C1604-81 (-328 ... +1652)
Pt25 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +2372)
Pt50 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type R -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type S -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt500 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type T -200 ... +400 40 (72) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +752)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +1112)
Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -60 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) 1) The digital accuracy in the range 100 to 300 °C (212 to 572 °F) is 3 °C
(-76 ... +482) (5.4 °F).
2) The digital accuracy in the range 1750 to 2300 °C (3182 to 4172 °F) is 2 °C
Resistance-based sensors
(3.6 °F).
Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital
sured span accuracy mV sensor
   Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital
sured span accuracy
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
mV mV V
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400

The digital accuracy is the accuracy after the analog/digital con-

version including linearization and calculation of the measured
value.
An additional error is generated in the output current 4 to 20 mA
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0,025 % of the set
span (digital-analog error).
The total error under reference conditions at the analog output is
the sum from the digital error and the digital-analog error (poss.
with the addition of cold junction errors in the case of thermocou-
ple measurements).

2/178 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR300, two-wire system, Universal, HART

■ Selection and Ordering data Article No. Accessories

Further accessories for assembly, connection
Article No.

Temperature transmitter SITRANS TR300 and transmitter configuration, see page 2/237.
For mounting on a standard DIN rail, two-wire HART modem
system, 4 … 20 mA, HART, with electrical iso- • With USB connection 7MF4997-1DB
lation
• Without explosion protection 7NG3033-0JN00
SIMATIC PDM operating software See Section 8 2
1) For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and
• With explosion protection to ATEX 7NG3033-1JN00
the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here.
Further designs Order code 2) For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected.
Please add "-Z" to Article No. with and specify 3) Text on front plate is not saved in the device.
Order codes(s). 4) For this selection, Y01 must also be selected.
With test protocol (5 measuring points) C11 5) Internal cold junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
6) For customer-specific programming, for example mV and ohm, the start
Functional safety SIL2 C20
value and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must
Functional safety SIL2/3 C23 be entered here.
Customer-specific programming
Supply units see Chapter "Supplementary Components".
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s)
Ordering example 1:
Measuring range to be set Y011)
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): 7NG3033-0JN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y29+U03
Y01: ... to ... °C, °F Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y17: TICA123
Measuring point no. (TAG), max. 8 characters Y172) Y29: TICA123
Measuring point descriptor, max. 16 charac- Y232)
ters Ordering example 2:
Measuring point message, max. 32 characters Y242) 7NG3033-0JN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y23+Y29+U25
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Text on front label, max. 16 characters Y292)3)
Y17: TICA123
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U024) Y23: TICA123HEAT
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U034) Y29: TICA123HEAT
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire U044) Factory setting:
Pt1000 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U12 • Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
• Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Pt1000 (IEC) 3-wire U13 • Error signal in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
Pt1000 (IEC) 4-wire U14 • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
• Damping 0.0 s
Thermocouple type B U204)5)
Thermocouple type C (W5) U214)5)
Thermocouple type D (W3) U224)5)
Thermocouple type E U234)5)
Thermocouple type J U244)5)
Thermocouple type K U254)5)
Thermocouple type L U264)5)
Thermocouple type N U274)5)
Thermocouple type R U284)5)
Thermocouple type S U294)5)
Thermocouple type T U304)5)
Thermocouple type U U314)5)
With TC: CJC external (Pt100, 3-wire) U41
With TC: CJC external with fixed value, specify Y50
in plain text
Special differing customer-specific program- Y096)
ming, specify in plain text
Fail-safe value 3.6 mA (instead of 22.8 mA) U362)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/179

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR300, two-wire system, Universal, HART

■ Dimensional drawings ■ Schematics

(0.89)
22.5
2 SIEMENS
4..20mA

8
4

SITRANS
TR300

1 2 3 4

7
3

6
2
TEST

TEST 4..20mA

5
1

SIEMENS
SITRANS
TR300
99
(3.9)

Made in Croatia
5 6 7 8
3W RTD CJC 2W RTD CJC U sensor
with external with external int./fixed CJC
TC sensor TC sensor TC sens. with
+

+ + +

8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5

4W sensor 3W sensor 2W sensor

(4.49)

RTD or R RTD or R RTD or R

114

8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5

CJC 2W sensor & test

with int./fixed 2x RTD or R 4..20mA loop
2x TC sensor
S1
4 3 2 1
S2 S1
+ + S2

Assignments
A
+ -
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 TEST +UB -

Connection Plan
s 1 (+) and 2 (-) Test terminals (Test) for measurement of the output
current with a multimeter
3 (+) and 4 (-) Power supply Uaux, Output current Iout
5, 6, 7 and 8 Sensor assignment, see schematics

SITRANS TR300, dimensions in mm (inch) SITRANS TR300, pin assignment

2/180 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR300, two-wire system, Universal, HART

Resistance thermometer Resistance Thermocouple

2
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
R TC
- +
RTD
Two-wire system 1) Two-wire system 1) Cold junction compensation
internal/fixed value

5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
TC
- +

RTD R RTD

Three-wire system Three-wire system Cold junction compensation with

external Pt100 in two-wire system 1)

5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
TC
- +

RTD R
RTD
Four-wire system Four-wire system Cold junction compensation with
external Pt100 in three-wire system

5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
R2 5 6 7 8
RTD2
TC1 TC2
- + - +
RTD1 R1
Generation of average Generation of average Generation of average value / difference
value/difference 1) value/difference 1) with internal cold junction compensation
1)
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction.

Voltage measurement Power supply/

Current measurement Test terminals
4 ... 20 mA (Uaux)

Uaux
+ A -
+ -
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
- + R
U - +
I

SITRANS TR300, sensor connection assignment

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/181

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR320, two-wire system, HART

■ Overview ■ Application
SITRANS TR320 transmitters can be used in all sectors. Their
compact design enables simple mounting on standard DIN rails
on-site in protective boxes or in control cabinets. The following
sensors/signal sources can be connected over their universal in-
2 put module:
• Resistance thermometer (2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire connection)
• Thermocouples
• Linear resistance, potentiometer and DC voltage sources
With HART communication interface:
• The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4
to 20 mA in accordance with the input characteristic, superim-
posed by the digital HART signal.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe or Zone 2 increased safety"
type of protection can be installed in hazardous areas. The de-
vice meets the requirements of the EU Directive 2014/34/EU
(ATEX), the FM and CSA regulations as well as other national ap-
provals.
• 2-wire temperature transmitter with HART communication
interface
• Enclosure for rail mounting
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor
• HART 7

■ Benefits
• Compact design
• Electrical isolation
• Test terminals for ammeter
• Diagnostics LED (green/red)
• Input monitoring
Wire break and short-circuit
• Self-monitoring
• Configuration status stored in EEPROM
• Expanded diagnostic functions, such as slave pointer,
operating hours counter, etc.
• Special characteristic
• Electromagnetic compatibility according to DIN EN 61326
and NE21
• SIL2/3 (with order note C20)

2/182 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR320, two-wire system, HART

■ Function
With HART communication interface:
• The SITRANS TR320 is configured via HART. The configu-
ration can be carried out using a handheld communicator or,
more conveniently, with a HART modem and the SIMATIC
PDM configuration software. The configuration data is then
permanently stored in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
After correct connection of input and supply voltage, the trans-
mitter outputs a temperature-linear output signal and the diag-
nostics LED is green. In case of external errors, e.g. sensor short
circuit or interruption, the LED flashes red; an internal error is in-
dicated by a permanent red light. 2
An ammeter can be connected at any time for checking and
plausibility via the test terminals. The output current can be read
without any interruption, or even without opening the current
loop.

SITRANS TR320

Test
Input
+1
A D
μC1 μC2 4 ... 20 mA U, Iout
D A
1 -2

Input Output
A/D Analog-digital converter μC2 Microcontroller, primary circuit
μC1 Microcontroller, secondary circuit D/A Digital-analog converter
U Supply Voltage
Iout Output current
1 Galvanic isolation 2 LED

SITRANS TR320 function block diagram

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/183

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR320, two-wire system, HART

■ Technical specifications
General Thermocouples (TC)
Supply voltage1) 2) Input type
• Without explosion protection (non- 7.5 ... 48 V DC •B IEC 60584-1
2 Ex)
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 7.5 ... 30 V DC
•E
•J
IEC 60584-1
IEC 60584-1
Additional minimum supply voltage 0.8 V •K IEC 60584-1
when using test terminals •L DIN 43710
Maximum power loss  850 mW • Lr GOST 3044-84
•N IEC 60584-1
Minimum load resistance at supply (Vsupply - 37 V)/23 mA
•R IEC 60584-1
voltage > 37 V
•S IEC 60584-1
Insulation voltage, test/operation •T IEC 60584-1
• Without explosion protection (non- 2.5 kV AC/55 V AC •U DIN 43710
Ex)
• W3 ASTM E988-96
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 2.5 kV AC/42 V AC
• W5 ASTM E988-96
Polarity protection All inputs and outputs • LR GOST 3044-84
Write protection Open circuits or software Cold junction compensation (CJC) Constant, internal or external over
Pt100 or Ni100 RTD
Warming-up time < 5 min
• Temperature range internal CJC -50 ... +100 °C (-+58 ... +212 °F)
Starting time < 2.75 s • Connection external CJC 2-wire or 3-wire
Programming HART • External CJC, line resistance per 50 
wire (for 3-wire and 4-wire connec-
Signal-to-noise ratio > 60 dB tions)
Long-term stability Better than: • Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 /
• ± 0.05% of measuring span/year wire and 4-wire connections)
• ± 0.18% of measuring span/5 years • Input current external CJC < 0.15 mA
Response time 4 ... 20 mA:  55 ms • Temperature range external CJC -50 ... +135 °C (-58 ... +275 °F)
• Cable, wire-wire capacity Max. 50 nF
HART:  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
• Total line resistance Max. 10 k
Programmable damping 0 ... 60 s • Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
Signal dynamic short-circuited or defective
• Input 24 bit Note
• Output 18 bit The short-circuited fault detection
only applies to the CJC input.
Influence of change in supply voltage < 0.005% of measuring span/V DC
• Fault detection time (TC)  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Input • Fault detection time, external CJC  2000 ms
Resistance thermometer (RTD) (for 3-wire and 4-wire)

Input type Linear resistance

• Pt10 ... 10000 • IEC 60751 Input range 0 ... 100 k
• JIS C 1604-8
• GOST 6651_2009 Minimum measuring span 25 
• Callendar-Van Dusen Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
• Ni10 ... 10000 • DIN 43760-1987
• GOST 6651-2009 / OIML R84:2003 Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
• Cu5 ... 1000 • Edison Copper Winding No. 15 Input current < 0.15 mA
• GOST 6651-2009 / OIML R84:2003
Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 /
Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire wire and 4-wire connections)
Line resistance per wire Max. 50  Cable, wire-wire capacity
Input current < 0.15 mA • R > 400  Max. 30 nF
• R  400  Max. 50 nF
Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 /
wire and 4-wire connections) Fault detection, programmable None, defective
Cable, wire-wire capacity Potentiometers
• Pt1000, Pt10000 (IEC 60751 and Max. 30 nF Input range 0 ... 100 k
JIS C 1604-8)
• All other input types Max. 50 nF Minimum measuring span 25 

Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective, Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
short-circuited or defective Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
Note
Input current < 0.15 mA
When the low limit for the configured
input type is below the constant Effect of the line resistance (with 4- < 0.002 /
detection limit for short-circuited wire and 5-wire connections)
inputs, the detection of short circuits Cable, wire-wire capacity
is disabled regardless of the configu-
ration of the fault detection. • R > 400  Max. 30 nF
• R  400  Max. 50 nF
Detection limit for short-circuited input 15 
Fault detection time (RTD)  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Fault detection time (for 3-wire and 4-  2000 ms
wire)

2/184 Siemens FI 01 · 2018


Fault detection, programmable
Detection limit for short-circuited input 15 
Fault detection time, wiper arm
(no short-circuit detection)
Fault detection time, element
Fault detection time (for 4-wire and 5-  2000 ms
wire)
Voltage input
Measuring range
• Unipolar
• Bipolar
Minimum measuring span
Input resistance
Cable, wire-wire capacity
• Input range: -100 ... 1700 mV
• Input range: -20 ... 100 mV
Fault detection, programmable
Fault detection time
Output and HART communication
Normal range, programmable
Extended range (output limits), pro-
grammable
Programmable input/output limits
• Fault current
• Fault current setting
Update time
Load (with current output)
Load stability
Input fault detection, programmable
(detection of input short circuits is
ignored with TC and voltage inputs)
NAMUR NE43 Upscale
NAMUR NE43 Downscale
HART protocol versions
Measuring accuracy
Input accuracy
Output accuracy
Rated conditions
Ambient temperature (operation)
• Standard
• SIL
Storage temperature
Calibration temperature
Relative humidity
Degree of protection
• Enclosure of the transmitter
• Terminals
© Siemens AG 2018
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR320, two-wire system, HART
None, short-circuited, defective, Design
short-circuited or defective
Weight 122 g (0.27 lb)
Note
Maximum cable cross-section 2.5 mm² (AWG 13)
When the configured potentiometer
size is below the constant detection Tightening torque for clamping 0.5 ... 0.6 Nm
limit for short-circuited inputs, the screws
detection of short circuits is disabled
regardless of the configuration of the Vibrations IEC 60068-2-6 2
fault detection. • 2 ... 25 Hz ± 1.6 mm (0.07 inch)
• 25 ... 100 Hz ±4g
Certificates and approvals
 75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Explosion protection ATEX/IECEx and
others
 2000 ms
Certificates 3) DEKRA 17ATEX0116 X
IECEx DEK 17.0054X
A5E43700604A-2018X
"Intrinsic safety ia/ib" type of protec- For use in Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22
tion
-100 ... 1700 mV
• ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
-800 ... +800 mV II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4
2.5 mV Gb
II 1 D Ex ia IIIC Da
10 M I M1 Ex ia I Ma
• IECEx and others Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
Max. 30 nF Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Ex ia IIIC Da
Max. 50 nF Ex ia I Ma
None, defective "Intrinsic safety ic" type of protection For use in Zones 2 and 22
 75 ms (typically 70 ms) • ATEX II 2 G Ex ic IIC T6…T4 Gc
II 2 D Ex ic IIIC Dc
• IECEx and others Ex ic IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
3.8 ... 20.5 mA/20.5 ... 3.8 mA Ex ic IIIC Dc
3.5 ... 23 mA/23 ... 3.5 mA "Non-sparking/increased safety For use in Zones 2 and 22
nA/ec" type of protection
• ATEX II 2 G Ex nA IIC T6…T4 Gc
II 2 G Ex ec IIC T6…T4 Gc
Enable/disable
• IECEx and others Ex nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
3.5 ... 23 mA Ex ec IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
10 ms Explosion protection CSA /FM for
 (VSupply - 7.5)/0.023  Canada and USA
< 0.01% of meas. span/100  Certificates CSA 1861385
(measuring span = currently selected FM18CA0024
range) FM18US0046
3.5 ... 23 mA "Intrinsic safety ia" type of protection IS, CL I, Div 1, GP ABCD, T6 ... T4
Ex ia IIC T6 … T4 Ga
AEx ia IIC T6 … T4 Ga or:
> 21 mA Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
AEx ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
< 3.6 mA
"Non incendive field wiring NIFW" type NIFW, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6 ... T4
HART 7 of protection
"Non incendive NI" type of protection NI, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6...T4
See "Input accuracy" table Ex nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
AEx nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
See "Output accuracy" table
1) Note that the minimum supply voltage must correspond to the value mea-
sured at the terminals of the SITRANS TR320.
All external voltage drops must be taken into consideration.
-50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) 2) Protect the device from overvoltage with the help of a suitable power sup-
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) ply or suitable overvoltage protection equipment.
3) Additional available certificates are listed on the Internet at
-50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/certificates
24 °C ±1.0 °C (75.2 °F ±1.8 °F)
< 99% (no condensation)
IP20
IP20
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/185
 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR320, two-wire system, HART
Measuring ranges/Minimum measuring span
RTD
Input type Standard Measuring range in °C (°F) 0 in °C-1 (°F-1) Minimum measuring span in °C
(°F)

2 Pt10 ... 10000 IEC 60751

JIS C 1604-8
-200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1562)
-200 ... +649 (-328 ... +1200)
0.003851 (0.002139)
0.003916 (0.002176)
10 (50)
10 (50)
GOST 6651_2009 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1562) 0.003910 (0.002172) 10 (50)
Callendar-Van Dusen -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1562) - 10 (50)
Ni10 ... 10000 DIN 43760-1987 -60 ... +250 (-76 ... +482) 0.006180 (0.003433) 10 (50)
GOST 6651-2009 / -60 ... +180 (-76 ... +356) 0.006170 (0.003428) 10 (50)
OIML R84:2003
Cu5 ... 1000 Edison Copper Winding -200 ... +260 (-328 ... +500) 0.004270 (0.002372) 100 (212)
No. 15
GOST 6651-2009 / -180 ... +200 (-292 ... +392) 0.004280 (0.002378) 100 (212)
OIML R84:2003
GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392) 0.004260 (0.002367) 100 (212)

TC
Input type Standard Measuring range in °C (°F) Minimum measuring span in °C (°F)
B IEC 60584-1 0 (85) ... 1 820 (32 (185) ... 3 308) 100 (212)
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1 000 (-392 ... +1 832) 50 (122)
J IEC 60584-1 -100 ... +1200 (-212 ... +2192) 50 (122)
K IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1372 (-356 ... +2502) 50 (122)
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 (-392 ... +1652) 50 (122)
Lr GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)
N IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1300 (-356 ... +2372) 50 (122)
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1760 (-122 ... +3200) 100 (212)
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1760 (-122 ... +3200) 100 (212)
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 (-392 ... +752) 50 (122)
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 (-392 ... +1112) 50 (122)
W3 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2300 (32 ... 4172) 100 (212)
W5 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2300 (32 ... 4172) 100 (212)
LR GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)

Input accuracy
Basic values
Input type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient1)
RTD
Pt10  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt20  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt100  ±0.04 °C (0.072 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt500 Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)
Pt1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt2000 Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Pt10000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Ni10  ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni20  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni50  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni100  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni120  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni200  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni1000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni2000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)

2/186 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR320, two-wire system, HART
Input type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient1)
Ni10000  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Cu5  ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)  ±0.040 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu10
Cu20
 ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)
 ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
 ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2
Cu50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu100  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Linear resistance
0 ... 400   ±40 m  ±2 m/°C (1.11 m/°F)
0 ... 100 k  ±4   ±0.2 /°C (0.11 /°F)
Potentiometers
0 ... 100% < 0.05% < ± 0.005%
Voltage input
mV: -20 ... 100 mV  ±5 V  ±0.2 V/°C (0.11 V/°F)
mV: -100 ... 1700 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±36 V/°C (20 V/°F)
mV: ± 800 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±32 V/°C (17.8 V/°F)
TC
E  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
J  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
K  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
L  ±0.35 °C (0.63 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
N  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
T  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
U < 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Lr  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
R < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
S < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
W3  ±0.6 °C (1.08 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
W5  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B2)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B3)  ±3 °C (5.4 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B4)  ±8 °C (14.4 °F)  ±0.8 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B5) Not specified Not specified
CJC (internal)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) Included in basic accuracy
CJC (external)  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
1) Temperature coefficients correspond to the specified values or 0.002% of Output accuracy
the input span, depending on which value is greater.
2) Output type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient
Accuracy of the specification range > 400 °C (752 °F)
3) Accuracy of the specification range > 160 °C (320 °F) < 400 °C (752 °F) Analog output  ±1.6 A (0.01% of the full  ±0.48 A/K ( ±0.003% of
4)
output span) the full output span/K)
Accuracy of the specification range > 85 °C (185 °F) < 160 °C (320 °F)
5) Accuracy of the specification range > 85 °C (185 °F)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/187

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR320, two-wire system, HART

■ Selection and ordering data

Article No. Options Order code
Temperature transmitter 7NG032 Add "-Z" to article no. and specify order code.
SITRANS TR320 with 1 input
7 - 77777 - 0 777 Certificates for functional safety
2 Click on the Article no. for the online
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Functional safety SIL2/3 (IEC 61508) C20
Special features of enclosure/packaging
Communication
Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG label D41
With HART 0
Input 1: TC
Primary value output
Type C W5 V01
Input 1 0
Type D W3 V02
Input 1, type
Type U V03
RTD
Type Lr V04
• Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B
• Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C Input 1: RTD
• Pt1000 (IEC), 3-wire D Pt x (IEC), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V61
• Pt1000 (IEC), 4-wire E
Pt x (IEC), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V62
TC
Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option V64
• Type B F Y21
• Type E G
• Type J H Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option V65
Y21
• Type K J
• Type L K Pt x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V67
• Type N L option Y21
• Type R N Pt x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V68
• Type S P option Y21
• Type T Q Ni x (DIN 43760-87), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V70
Potentiometer, 4-wire R option Y21

Input 1, type customer-specific Ni x (DIN 43760-87), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V71
option Y21
Define customer-specific input configurations with Y
V options Ni x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V73
option Y21
Input 2, type
Ni x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V74
Without input 2 A option Y21
CJC configuration for TC Cu x (ECW-15), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V76
Without CJC 0 Cu x (ECW-15), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V77
Internal CJC 1 Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V79
option Y21
External CJC Pt100 (IEC), 2-wire, define line resis- 2
tance value in option Y53 Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V80
option Y21
External CJC Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire 3
Cu x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V82
External CJC Ni100 (DIN), 2-wire, define line resis- 5 option Y21
tance value in option Y53
Cu x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V83
External CJC Ni100 (DIN), 3-wire 6 option Y21
Materials not in contact with media
None 0
Type of protection
General safety (non-Ex); CE, RCM, FM, CSA, KCC A
Ex i, Ex nA (ec) (Zone)/IS, NIFW, NI (Division); N
ATEX, IECEx, CSA, FM, NEPSI
Electrical connection/cable entry
None A
Local HMI
Without display 0

2/188 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR320, two-wire system, HART

■ Selection and ordering data ■ Dimensional drawings

Customer-specific device settings Order code
Add "-Z" to article no., specify order code and plain text

(0.89)
22.5
or drop-down list selection.
Measuring range setting temperature input: Start of
scale value (max. 5 characters), full scale value
Y01
2
(max. 5 characters), unit (°C, °F, °Ra, K)
Plant designation (TAG, device parameters, Y15
max. 32 characters) 99
Measuring point message (device message and device Y16 (3.9)
parameters, max. 32 characters)
Plant designation short (TAG, device parameters, Y19
max. 8 characters) on front plate, only for
SITRANS TR320/SITRANS TR420
Input 1: RTD factor; e.g. factor "200" = Pt200 Y21

Accessories Article No.

Further accessories for assembly,

(4.49)
114
connection and transmitter configu-
ration, see page 2/237.
HART modem 7MF4997-1DB
With USB interface
SIMATIC PDM parameterization See Catalog FI 01 section 8
software

Ordering example
7NG0320-0BA00-0AA0-Z Y01
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Factory setting SITRANS TR320, dimensions in mm (inch)

• Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection

• Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
• Fault current
- Input circuit wire break: 22.8 mA
- Input circuit short circuit: 22.4 mA
- Input monitoring wire break and short-circuit
• No trimming of input and output (offset)
• Damping 0.0 s

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/189

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR320, two-wire system, HART

■ Circuit diagrams
Connections Output and test connection

U -
2 + A - +

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Test terminals Output terminals

SITRANS TR320, output connection assignment

1 (+) and 2 (-) Test terminals for measurement of

the output current with an amperemeter
3 (+) and 4 (-) Output terminals
5, 6, 7 and 8 Input terminals

SITRANS TR320, connector assignment

Input connection

5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8

3
3 4
I1 CJC
+ +

2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire RTD TC (internal CJC or Voltage input

or linear resistance external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC) (unipolar or bipolar)

SITRANS TR320, input connection assignment

2/190 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR420, two-wire system, HART

■ Overview ■ Application
SITRANS TR420 transmitters with two inputs can be used in all
sectors. Their compact design enables simple mounting on
standard DIN rails on-site in protective boxes or in control cabi-
nets. The following sensors/signal sources can be connected
over their universal input module: 2
• 2 resistance thermometers (2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire connection)
• 2 thermocouples
• 2 linear resistors, potentiometer and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4 to
20 mA in accordance with the input characteristic, superim-
posed by the digital HART signal.
The dual input mode also supports drift detection of the inputs,
whereby maintenance intervals can be more easily planned.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe or Zone 2 increased safety"
type of protection can be installed in hazardous areas. The de-
vice meets the requirements of the EU Directive 2014/34/EU
(ATEX), the FM and CSA regulations as well as other national ap-
• 2-wire temperature transmitter with HART communication provals.
interface
• Device for rail mounting
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor
• Connection of two independent input circuits for redundant
operation (high input availability)
• Input drift detection
• Configurable over HART

■ Benefits
• Compact design
• Connection of two independent input circuits for redundant
operation (high input availability)
• Electrical isolation
• Test terminals for ammeter
• Diagnostics LED (green/red)
• Input monitoring
Wire break and short-circuit
• Self-monitoring
• Configuration status stored in EEPROM
• Expanded diagnostic functions, such as slave pointer,
operating hours counter, etc.
• Special characteristic
• Electromagnetic compatibility according to DIN EN 61326
and NE21
• SIL2/3 (with order note C20)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/191

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR420, two-wire system, HART

■ Function
The SITRANS TR420 is configured via HART. The configuration
can be carried out using a handheld communicator or, more
conveniently, with a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM config-
uration software. The configuration data is then permanently
2 stored in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
After correct connection of input and supply voltage, the trans-
mitter outputs a temperature-linear output signal and the diag-
nostics LED is green. In case of external errors, e.g. sensor short
circuit or interruption, the LED flashes red; an internal error is in-
dicated by a permanent red light.
An ammeter can be connected at any time for checking and
plausibility via the test terminals. The output current can be read
without any interruption, or even without opening the current
loop.

SITRANS TR420

Input
2

Test

+1
A D
μC1 μC2 4 ... 20 mA U, Iout
D A
1 -2

Input Output
A/D Analog-digital converter μC2 Microcontroller, primary circuit
μC1 Microcontroller, secondary circuit D/A Digital-analog converter
U Supply Voltage
Iout Output current
1 Galvanic isolation 2 LED
3 Extension port

SITRANS TR420, function block diagram

2/192 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR420, two-wire system, HART

■ Technical specifications
General Thermocouples (TC)
Supply voltage1) 2) Input type
• Without explosion protection (non- 7.5 ... 48 V DC •B IEC 60584-1
Ex)
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 7.5 ... 30 V DC
•E
•J
IEC 60584-1
IEC 60584-1
2
Additional minimum supply voltage 0.8 V •K IEC 60584-1
when using test terminals •L DIN 43710
Maximum power loss  850 mW • Lr GOST 3044-84
•N IEC 60584-1
Minimum load resistance at supply (Vsupply - 37 V)/23 mA
•R IEC 60584-1
voltage > 37 V
•S IEC 60584-1
Insulation voltage, test/operation •T IEC 60584-1
• Without explosion protection (non- 2.5 kV AC/55 V AC •U DIN 43710
Ex)
• W3 ASTM E988-96
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 2.5 kV AC/42 V AC
• W5 ASTM E988-96
Polarity protection All inputs and outputs • LR GOST 3044-84
Write protection Open circuits or software Cold junction compensation (CJC) Constant, internal or external over
Pt100 or Ni100 RTD
Warming-up time < 5 min
• Temperature range internal CJC -50 ... +100 °C (-+58 ... +212 °F)
Starting time < 2.75 s • Connection external CJC 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
Programming SIPROM T and HART • External CJC, line resistance per 50 
wire (for 3-wire and 4-wire connec-
Signal-to-noise ratio > 60 dB tions)
Long-term stability Better than: • Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 /
• ± 0.05% of measuring span/year wire and 4-wire connections)
• ± 0.18% of measuring span/5 years • Input current external CJC < 0.15 mA
Response time  75 ms (typically 70 ms) • Temperature range external CJC -50 ... +135 °C (-58 ... +275 °F)
• Cable, wire-wire capacity Max. 50 nF
Programmable damping 0 ... 60 s
• Total line resistance Max. 10 k
Signal dynamic • Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
• Input 24 bit short-circuited or defective
• Output 18 bit Note
Influence of change in supply voltage < 0.005% of measuring span/V DC The short-circuited fault detection
only applies to the CJC input.
Input • Fault detection time (TC)  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Resistance thermometer (RTD) • Fault detection time, external CJC  2000 ms
(for 3-wire and 4-wire)
Input type
• Pt10 ... 10000 • IEC 60751 Linear resistance
• JIS C 1604-8 Input range 0 ... 100 k
• GOST 6651_2009
• Callendar-Van Dusen Minimum measuring span 25 
• Ni10 ... 10000 • DIN 43760-1987
Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
• GOST 6651-2009 / OIML R84:2003
• Cu5 ... 1000 • Edison Copper Winding No. 15 Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
• GOST 6651-2009 / OIML R84:2003
Input current < 0.15 mA
Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 /
Line resistance per wire Max. 50  wire and 4-wire connections)
Input current < 0.15 mA Cable, wire-wire capacity
• R > 400  Max. 30 nF
Effect of the line resistance < 0.002 /
(with 3-wire and 4-wire connections) • R  400  Max. 50 nF

Cable, wire-wire capacity Fault detection, programmable None, defective

• Pt1000, Pt10000 (IEC 60751 and Max. 30 nF Potentiometers
JIS C 1604-8)
Input range 0 ... 100 k
• All other input types Max. 50 nF
Minimum measuring span 25 
Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
short-circuited or defective Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
Note Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
When the low limit for the configured
input type is below the constant Input current < 0.15 mA
detection limit for short-circuited Effect of the line resistance (with 4- < 0.002 /
inputs, the detection of short circuits wire and 5-wire connections)
is disabled regardless of the configu-
ration of the fault detection. Cable, wire-wire capacity
• R > 400  Max. 30 nF
Detection limit for short-circuited input 15 
• R  400  Max. 50 nF
Fault detection time (RTD)  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Fault detection time (for 3-wire and 4-  2000 ms
wire)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/193


Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR420, two-wire system, HART
Fault detection, programmable
2 detection of short circuits is disabled
Detection limit for short-circuited input 15 
Fault detection time, wiper arm
(no short-circuit detection)
Fault detection time, element
Fault detection time (for 4-wire and 5-  2000 ms
wire)
Voltage input
Measuring range
• Unipolar
• Bipolar
Minimum measuring span
Input resistance
Cable, wire-wire capacity
• Input range: -100 ... 1700 mV
• Input range: -20 ... 100 mV
Fault detection, programmable
Fault detection time
Output and HART communication
Normal range, programmable
Extended range (output limits), pro-
grammable
Programmable input/output limits
• Fault current
• Fault current setting
Update time
Load (with current output)
Load stability
Input fault detection, programmable
(detection of input short circuits is
ignored with TC and voltage inputs)
NAMUR NE43 Upscale
NAMUR NE43 Downscale
HART protocol versions
Measuring accuracy
Input accuracy
Output accuracy
Rated conditions
Ambient temperature (operation)
• Standard
• SIL
Storage temperature
Calibration temperature
Relative humidity
Degree of protection
• Enclosure of the transmitter
• Terminals
2/194 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
© Siemens AG 2018
None, short-circuited, defective, Design
short-circuited or defective
Weight 122 g (0.27 lb)
Note
Maximum cable cross-section 2.5 mm² (AWG 13)
When the configured potentiometer
size is below the constant detection Tightening torque for clamping 0.5 ... 0.6 Nm
limit for short-circuited inputs, the screws
regardless of the configuration of the Vibrations IEC 60068-2-6
fault detection. • 2 ... 25 Hz ± 1.6 mm (0.07 inch)
• 25 ... 100 Hz ±4g
Certificates and approvals
 75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Explosion protection ATEX/IECEx and
others
 2000 ms
Certificates 3) DEKRA 17ATEX0116 X
IECEx DEK 17.0054X
A5E43700604A-2018X
"Intrinsic safety ia/ib" type of protec- For use in Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22
tion
-100 ... 1700 mV
• ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
-800 ... +800 mV II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4
2.5 mV Gb
II 1 D Ex ia IIIC Da
10 M I M1 Ex ia I Ma
• IECEx and others Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
Max. 30 nF Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Ex ia IIIC Da
Max. 50 nF Ex ia I Ma
None, defective "Intrinsic safety ic" type of protection For use in Zones 2 and 22
 75 ms (typically 70 ms) • ATEX II 2 G Ex ic IIC T6…T4 Gc
II 2 D Ex ic IIIC Dc
• IECEx and others Ex ic IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
3.8 ... 20.5 mA/20.5 ... 3.8 mA Ex ic IIIC Dc
3.5 ... 23 mA/23 ... 3.5 mA "Non-sparking/increased safety For use in Zones 2 and 22
nA/ec" type of protection
• ATEX II 2 G Ex nA IIC T6…T4 Gc
II 2 G Ex ec IIC T6…T4 Gc
Enable/disable
• IECEx and others Ex nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
3.5 ... 23 mA Ex ec IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
10 ms Explosion protection CSA /FM for
 (VSupply - 7.5)/0.023  Canada and USA
< 0.01% of meas. span/100  Certificates CSA 1861385
(measuring span = currently selected FM18CA0024
range) FM18US0046
3.5 ... 23 mA "Intrinsic safety ia" type of protection IS, CL I, Div 1, GP ABCD, T6 ... T4
Ex ia IIC T6 … T4 Ga
AEx ia IIC T6 … T4 Ga or:
> 21 mA Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
AEx ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
< 3.6 mA
"Non incendive field wiring NIFW" type NIFW, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6 ... T4
HART 7 of protection
"Non incendive NI" type of protection NI, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6...T4
See "Input accuracy" table Ex nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
AEx nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
See "Output accuracy" table
1) Note that the minimum supply voltage must correspond to the value mea-
sured at the terminals of the SITRANS TR420.
All external voltage drops must be taken into consideration.
-50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) 2) Protect the device from overvoltage with the help of a suitable power sup-
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) ply or suitable overvoltage protection equipment.
3) Additional available certificates are listed on the Internet at
-50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/certificates
24 °C ±1.0 °C (75.2 °F ±1.8 °F)
< 99% (no condensation)
IP20
IP20
 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR420, two-wire system, HART
Measuring ranges/Minimum measuring span
RTD
Input type Standard Measuring range in °C (°F) 0 in °C-1 (°F-1) Minimum measuring span in °C
(°F)
Pt10 ... 10000 IEC 60751
JIS C 1604-8
-200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1562)
-200 ... +649 (-328 ... +1200)
0.003851 (0.002139)
0.003916 (0.002176)
10 (50)
10 (50)
2
GOST 6651_2009 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1562) 0.003910 (0.002172) 10 (50)
Callendar-Van Dusen -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1562) - 10 (50)
Ni10 ... 10000 DIN 43760-1987 -60 ... +250 (-76 ... +482) 0.006180 (0.003433) 10 (50)
GOST 6651-2009 / -60 ... +180 (-76 ... +356) 0.006170 (0.003428) 10 (50)
OIML R84:2003
Cu5 ... 1000 Edison Copper Winding -200 ... +260 (-328 ... +500) 0.004270 (0.002372) 100 (212)
No. 15
GOST 6651-2009 / -180 ... +200 (-292 ... +392) 0.004280 (0.002378) 100 (212)
OIML R84:2003
GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392) 0.004260 (0.002367) 100 (212)

TC
Input type Standard Measuring range in °C (°F) Minimum measuring span in °C (°F)
B IEC 60584-1 0 (85) ... 1 820 (32 (185) ... 3 308) 100 (212)
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1 000 (-392 ... +1 832) 50 (122)
J IEC 60584-1 -100 ... +1200 (-212 ... +2192) 50 (122)
K IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1372 (-356 ... +2502) 50 (122)
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 (-392 ... +1652) 50 (122)
Lr GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)
N IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1300 (-356 ... +2372) 50 (122)
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1760 (-122 ... +3200) 100 (212)
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1760 (-122 ... +3200) 100 (212)
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 (-392 ... +752) 50 (122)
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 (-392 ... +1112) 50 (122)
W3 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2300 (32 ... 4172) 100 (212)
W5 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2300 (32 ... 4172) 100 (212)
LR GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)

Input accuracy
Basic values
Input type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient1)
RTD
Pt10  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt20  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt100  ±0.04 °C (0.072 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt500 Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)
Pt1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt2000 Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Pt10000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Ni10  ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni20  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni50  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni100  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni120  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni200  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni1000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni2000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/195

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR420, two-wire system, HART
Input type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient1)
Ni10000  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Cu5  ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)  ±0.040 °C/°C (°F/°F)

2 Cu10
Cu20
 ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)
 ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
 ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu100  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Linear resistance
0 ... 400   ±40 m  ±2 m/°C (1.11 m/°F)
0 ... 100 k  ±4   ±0.2 /°C (0.11 /°F)
Potentiometers
0 ... 100% < 0.05% < ± 0.005%
Voltage input
mV: -20 ... 100 mV  ±5 V  ±0.2 V/°C (0.11 V/°F)
mV: -100 ... 1700 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±36 V/°C (20 V/°F)
mV: ± 800 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±32 V/°C (17.8 V/°F)
TC
E  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
J  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
K  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
L  ±0.35 °C (0.63 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
N  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
T  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
U < 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Lr  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
R < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
S < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
W3  ±0.6 °C (1.08 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
W5  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B2)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B3)  ±3 °C (5.4 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B4)  ±8 °C (14.4 °F)  ±0.8 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B5) Not specified Not specified
CJC (internal)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) Included in basic accuracy
CJC (external)  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
1) Temperature coefficients correspond to the specified values or 0.002% of Output accuracy
the input span, depending on which value is greater.
2) 2) Output type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient
Accuracy of the specification range > 400 °C (752 °F)
3) 3) Accuracy of the specification range > 160 °C (320 °F) < 400 °C (752 °F) Average value Average of accuracy of Average of temperature
4) 4)
measurement input 1 and input 2 coefficient of input 1 and
Accuracy of the specification range > 85 °C (185 °F) < 160 °C (320 °F) input 2
5) 5) Accuracy of the specification range > 85 °C (185 °F)
Differential mea- Sum of accuracy of input 1 Sum of temperature coeffi-
surement and input 2 cient of input 1 and input 2
Analog output  ±1.6 A (0.01% of the full  ±0.48 A/K ( ±0.003% of
output span) the full output span/K)

2/196 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR420, two-wire system, HART

■ Selection and ordering data

Article No. Article No.

Temperature transmitter 7NG042 Order Temperature transmitter 7NG042 Order

SITRANS TR420 with 2 inputs code SITRANS TR420 with 2 inputs code

Click on the Article no. for the online

7 - 77777 - 0 777 777
Input 2, type
7 - 77777 - 0 777 777
2
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Without input 2 A
Communication RTD
With HART 0 • Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B
Primary value output • Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C
• Pt1000 (IEC), 3-wire D
Input 1 0 • Pt1000 (IEC), 4-wire E
Input 1, input 2 as redundancy 1 TC
Input 2, input 1 as redundancy 2 • Type B F
Average input 1 and input 2, 3 • Type E G
both as redundancy • Type J H
• Type K J
Minimum input 1 and input 2, 4
both as redundancy • Type L K
• Type N L
Maximum input 1 and input 2, 5
• Type R N
both as redundancy
• Type S P
Difference input 1 - input 2 6 • Type T Q
Difference input 2 - input 1 7 Potentiometer, 4-wire R
Absolute difference 8 Input 2, type customer-specific
Primary value output, customer-specific Define customer-specific input configura- Y
Minimum input 1 and input 2, 9 H1A tions in W options
without redundancy CJC configuration for TC
Maximum input 1 and input 2, 9 H1B Input 1: no CJC; input 2: no CJC 0
without redundancy
Input 1: internal CJC; input 2: internal CJC 1
Average input 1 and input 2, 9 H1C
without redundancy Input 1: external CJC; input 2: external CJC; 2
define type in option Jxx
Input 2 9 H1D
Input 1: external CJC; define type in option 3
Input 1, type Jxx; input 2: internal CJC
RTD Input 1: internal CJC; input 2: external CJC; 4
• Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B define type in option Jxx
• Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C
Input 1: Internal CJC; 5
• Pt1000 (IEC), 3-wire D Input 2: No CJC
• Pt1000 (IEC), 4-wire E
Input 1: External CJC (define type in option 6
TC Jxx); input 2: No CJC
• Type B F Materials not in contact with media
• Type E G
• Type J H None 0
• Type K J Type of protection
• Type L K General safety (non-Ex); A
• Type N L CE, RCM, FM, CSA, KCC
• Type R N
Ex i, Ex nA (ec) (Zone)/IS, NIFW, N
• Type S P NI (Division); ATEX, IECEx, CSA, FM, NEPSI
• Type T Q
Electrical connection /
Potentiometer, 4-wire R cable entry
Input 1, type customer-specific None A
Define customer-specific input configura- Y Local HMI
tions in V options
Without display 0

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/197

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR420, two-wire system, HART

■ Selection and ordering data

Options Order code Customer-specific device settings Order code
Add "-Z" to article no. and specify order code. Add "-Z" to article no., specify order code and plain text
or drop-down list selection.
Certificates for functional safety
2 Functional safety SIL2/3 (IEC 61508) C20
Measuring range setting temperature input: Start of
scale value (max. 5 characters), full scale value
Y01

Special features of enclosure/packaging (max. 5 characters), unit (°C, °F, °Ra, K)

Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG D41 Plant designation (TAG, device parameters, Y15
label max. 32 characters)
External CJC types Measuring point message (device message and device Y16
parameters, max. 32 characters)
Pt100, IEC 60751, 3-wire J02
Plant designation short (TAG, device parameters, Y19
Pt100, IEC 60751, 4-wire J03 max. 8 characters) on front plate, only for
SITRANS TR320/SITRANS TR420
Ni100, DIN 43760-87, 3-wire J05
Input 1: RTD factor; e.g. factor "200" = Pt200 Y21
Ni100, DIN 43760-87, 4-wire J06
Input 1: TC Accessories Article No.
Type C W5 V01 Further accessories for assembly,
Type D W3 V02 connection and transmitter configu-
ration, see page 2/237.
Type U V03
HART modem 7MF4997-1DB
Type Lr V04 With USB interface
Input 1: Potentiometers SIMATIC PDM parameterization See Catalog FI 01 section 8
Potentiometer, 5-wire V31 software

Input 1: RTD Ordering example

Pt x (IEC), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V61
7NG0420-0BA00-0AA0-Z Y01
Pt x (IEC), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V62
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option V64
Y21 Factory setting
Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option V65 • Input 1: Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Y21
• Input 2: not configured (inactive)
Pt x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V67
option Y21 • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Pt x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V68 • Fault current
option Y21 - Input circuit wire break: 22.8 mA
Ni x (DIN 43760-87), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V70
- Input circuit short circuit: 22.4 mA
option Y21 - Input circuit drift: 22 mA (active when input 2 is active)
- Input monitoring wire break and short-circuit
Ni x (DIN 43760-87), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V71
option Y21 • No trimming of input and output (offset)
Ni x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V73 • Damping 0.0 s
option Y21
Ni x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V74
option Y21
Cu x (ECW-15), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V76
Cu x (ECW-15), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V77
Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V79
option Y21
Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V80
option Y21
Cu x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V82
option Y21
Cu x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V83
option Y21
Input 2: TC
Type C W5 W01
Type D W3 W02
Type U W03
Type Lr W04

2/198 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR420, two-wire system, HART

■ Dimensional drawings

(0.89)
22.5
2
99
(3.9)
(4.49)
114

SITRANS TR420, dimensions in mm (inch)

■ Circuit diagrams
Connections Output and test connection

+ U -
+ A -

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Test terminals Output terminals

SITRANS TR420, output connection assignment

1 (+) and 2 (-) Test terminals for measurement of

the output current with an amperemeter
3 (+) and 4 (-) Output terminals
5, 6, 7 and 8 Input 1 terminals
9, 10, 11 and 12 Input 2 terminals

SITRANS TR420, connector assignment

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/199

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TR420, two-wire system, HART
Input connection

5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8

3
3 4 4
I1 CJC mV
+ +

9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12

3 4
I2 mV
+ +

Input 1 and/or input 2: Input 1 and/or input 2: Voltage input

2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire RTD TC (int. CJC or (unipolar or bipolar)
or linear resistance external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC)

SITRANS TR420, input connection assignment

2/200 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW, four-wire system, Universal, HART
• Temperature-linear characteristic can be selected for all tem-
■ Overview perature sensors
• Automatic correction of zero and span
• Monitoring of sensor and cable for open-circuit and short- cir-
cuit
• Sensor fault and/or limit can be output via an optional sensor
fault/limit monitor
2
• Hardware write protection for HART communication
• Diagnostic functions
• Slave pointer functions
• SIL1
Mode of operation

TC

RTD 9

The user-friendly transmitters for the control room 8

The SITRANS TW universal transmitter is a further development
of the service-proven SITRANS T for the 4-wire system in a
mounting rail housing. With numerous new functions it sets new
standards for temperature transmitters.
With its diagnostics and simulation functions the SITRANS TW
provides the necessary insight during commissioning and oper-
ation. And using its HART interface the SITRANS TW can be
conveniently adapted with SIMATIC PDM to every measurement
task.
All SITRANS TW control room devices are available in a non-in-
trinsically safe version as well as in an intrinsically safe version
for use with the most stringent requirements.
■ Application
The SITRANS TW transmitter is a four-wire rail-mounted device
with a universal input circuit for connection to the following sen-
sors and signal sources:
• Resistance thermometer
• Thermocouples
• Resistance-based sensors/potentiometers
• mV sensors
• As special version:
- V sources
- Current sources
The 4-wire rail-mounted SITRANS TW transmitter wire is de-
signed for control room installation. It must not be mounted in po-
tentially explosive atmospheres.
All SITRANS TW control room devices are available in a non-in-
trinsically safe version as well as in an intrinsically safe version
for use with the most stringent requirements.
■ Function
Features
• Transmitter in four-wire system with HART interface
• Housing can be mounted on 35 mm rail or 32 mm G rail
• Screw plug connector
• All circuits electrically isolated
• Output signal: 0/4 to 20 mA or 0/2 to 10 V
• Power supplies: 115/230 V AC/DC or 24 V AC/DC
• Explosion protection [EEx ia] or [EEx ib] for measurements
with sensors in the hazardous area
• Temperature-linear characteristic for all temperature sensors
4 10 HART modem/
D communicator
A 5
μC Output
11 U or I
D A
1 2 6 12 Current test
A
Power
0/4 ... 20 mA
EEPROM sup- 13
ply UH
3 unit
7
The signal output by a resistance-based sensor (two-wire, three-
wire, four-wire system), voltage source, current source or ther-
mocouple is converted by the analog-to-digital converter (1,
function diagram) into a digital signal. This is evaluated in the mi-
crocontroller (2), corrected according to the sensor characteris-
tic, and converted by the digital-to-analog converter (6) into an
output current (0/4 to 20 mA) or output voltage (0/2 to 10 V). The
sensor characteristics as well as the electronics data and the
data for the transmitter parameters are stored in the non-volatile
memory (3).
AC or DC voltages can be used as the power supply (13). Any
terminal connections are possible for the power supply as a re-
sult of the bridge rectifier in the power supply unit. The PE con-
ductor is required for safety reasons.
A HART modem or a HART communicator permit parameteriza-
tion of the transmitter using a protocol according to the HART
specification. The transmitter can be directly parameterized at
the point of measurement via the HART output terminals (10).
The operation indicator (4) identifies a fault-free or faulty operat-
ing state of the transmitter. The limit monitor (9) enables the sig-
naling of sensor faults and/or limit violations. In the case of a cur-
rent output, the current can be checked on a meter connected
to test socket (12).
Diagnosis and simulation functions
The SITRANS TW comes with extensive diagnosis and simula-
tion functions.
Physical values can be defined with the simulation function. It is
thus possible to check the complete signal path from the sensor
input to inside the control system without additional equipment.
The slave pointer functions are used to record the minimum and
maximum of the plant’s process variable.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/201

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW, four-wire system, Universal, HART

■ Integration ■ Technical specifications

System configuration Input
Selectable filters to suppress the 50 Hz, 60 Hz, also 10 Hz for spe-
line frequency cial applications (line frequency

2 SIMATIC S7-400 filter is similar with measuring fre-

quency)
Resistance thermometer
SIMATIC PDM Measured variable Temperature
ET 200M Measuring range Parameterizable
Control system
Measuring span min. 25 °C (45 °F) x 1/scaling fac-
UH or tor
A
Sensor type
4...20 mA Load
SITRANS TW • Acc. to IEC 751 Pt100 (IEC 751)
transmitter • Acc. to JIS C 1604-81 Pt100 (JIS C1604-81)
PC/laptop with • to DIN 43760 Ni100 (DIN 43760)
HART HART
SIMATIC PDM • Special type (RRTD  500 ) Multiples or parts of the defined
communi- modem
cator or characteristic values can be
RS-232-C parameterized (e.g. Pt500, Ni120)
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear, resistance-lin-
Possible system configurations ear or customer-specific
The SITRANS TW transmitter as a four-wire rail-mounted device Type of connection • Normal connection
can be used in a number of system configurations: as a stand- • Sum or parallel connection
alone version or as part of a complex system environment, e.g.
• Mean-value or differential con-
with SIMATIC S7. All device functions are available via HART nection
communication.
Interface 2, 3 or 4-wire circuit
Communication options through the HART interface:
Measuring range limits Depending on type of connected
• HART communicator thermometer (defined range of
• HART modem connected to PC/laptop on which the appropri- resistance thermometer)
ate software is available, e.g. SIMATIC PDM Sensor breakage monitoring Monitoring of all connections for
• HART-compatible control system (e.g. SIMATIC S7-400 with open-circuit (function can be
ET 200M) switched off)
Sensor short-circuit monitoring Parameterizable response thresh-
old (function can be switched off)
Resistance-based sensor, potenti-
ometer
Measured variable Actual resistance
Measuring range Parameterizable
Measuring span min. 10 
Characteristic curve Resistance-linear or customer-
specific
Type of connection • Normal connection
• Differential connection
• Mean-value connection
Interface 2, 3 or 4-wire circuit
Input range 0 ... 6000 ;
with mean-value and difference
circuits: 0 ... 3000 
Sensor breakage monitoring Monitoring of all connections for
open-circuit (function can be
switched off)
Sensor short-circuit monitoring Parameterizable response thresh-
old (function can be switched off)

2/202 Siemens FI 01 · 2018


Thermocouples
Measured variable
Measuring range
Measuring span
Measuring range limits
Thermocouple element
Characteristic curve
Type of connection
Cold junction compensation
Sensor breakage monitoring
mV sensors
Measured variable
Measuring range
Measuring span
Input range
Characteristic curve
Overload capacity of inputs
Input resistance
Sensor current
Sensor breakage monitoring
V sources
Measured variable
Measuring range
Characteristic curve
Input range/min. span
• Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx1 or
7NG3242-xxxx0 with U/I plug
• Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx2
• Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx3
Sensor breakage monitoring
© Siemens AG 2018
Temperature
Parameterizable
min. 50 °C (90 °F) x 1/scaling fac-
tor
Depend. on type of thermocouple
element
Type B: Pt30 %Rh/Pt6 %Rh
(DIN IEC 584)
Type C: W5 %-Re (ASTM 988)
Type D: W3 %-Re (ASTM 988)
Type E: NiCr/CuNi (DIN IEC 584)
Type J: Fe/CuNi (DIN IEC 584)
Type K: NiCr/Ni (DIN IEC 584)
Type L: Fe-CuNi (DIN 43710)
Type N: NiCrSi-NiSi (DIN IEC 584)
Type R: Pt13 %Rh/Pt
(DIN IEC 584)
Type S: Pt10 %Rh/Pt
(DIN IEC 584)
Type T: Cu/CuNi (DIN IEC 584)
Type U: Cu/CuNi (DIN 43710)
Special type
(-10 mV  UTC  100 mV)
Temperature-linear, voltage-linear
or customer-specific
• Normal connection
• Averaging connection
• Mean-value connection
• Differential connection
None, internal measurement,
external measurement or pre-
defined fixed value
Function can be switched off
DC voltage
Parameterizable
min. 4 mV
-120 ... +1000mV
Voltage-linear or customer-spe-
cific
max.  3.5 V
 1 M
Approx. 180 A
Function can be switched off
DC voltage
Parameterizable
Voltage-linear or customer-spe-
cific
-1.2 ... + 10 V/0.04 V
-12 ... +100 V/0.4 V
-120 ... +140 V/4.0 V
Not possible
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW, four-wire system, Universal, HART
A-, mA sources
Measured variable
Measuring range
Characteristic curve
Input range/min. span
• Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx4
• Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx5
• Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx6
• Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx7 or
7NG3242-xxxx0 with U/I plug
• Devices with 7NG3242-xxxx8
Sensor breakage monitoring
Output
Output signal
Current 0/4 ... 20 mA
• Overrange
• Output range following sensor
fault (conforming to NE43)
• Load
• No-load voltage
Voltage 0/2 ... 10 V
• Overrange
• Output range following sensor
fault
• Load resistance
• Load capacitance
• Short-circuit current
• Electrical damping
- adjustable time constant T63
• Current source/voltage source
Sensor fault/limit signalling
Operation indicator
• Limit violation
• Sensor fault monitoring
Relay outputs
• Switching capacity
• Switching voltage
• Switching current
Sensor fault monitoring
Limit monitoring
• Operating delay
• Monitoring functions of limit
module
• Hysteresis
DC voltage
Parameterizable
Current-linear or customer- specific
2
-12 ... +100 A/0.4 A
-120 ... +1000 A/4 A
-1.2 ... +10 mA/0.04 mA
-12 ... +100 mA/0.4 mA
-120 ... +1000 mA/4 mA
Not possible
Load-independent direct current
0/4 ... 20 mA, can be switched to
load-independent DC voltage
0/2 ... 10 V using plug-in jumpers
-0.5 ... +23.0 mA, continuously
adjustable
-0.5 ... +23.0 mA, continuously
adjustable
 650 
 30 V
-0.25 ... +10.75 V, continuously
adjustable
-0.25 ... +10.75 V, continuously
adjustable
 1 k
 10 nF
 100 mA (not permanently short-
circuit-proof)
0 ... 100 s, in steps of 0.1 s
Continuously adjustable within
the total operating range
By operation indicator, relay out-
put or HART interface
Flashing signal
Flashing frequency 5 Hz
Flashing frequency 1 Hz
Either as NO or NC contact with
1 changeover contact
 150 W,  625 VA
 125 V DC,  250 V AC
 2.5 A DC
Signalling of sensor or line break-
age and sensor short-circuit
0 ... 10 s
• Sensor fault (breakage and/or
short-circuit)
• Lower and upper limit
• Window (combination of lower
and upper limits)
• Limit and sensor fault detection
can be combined
Parameterizable between 0 and
100 % of measuring range
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/203
 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW, four-wire system, Universal, HART
Auxiliary power Certificates and approvals
Universal power supply unit 115/230 V AC/DC or 24 V AC/DC Intrinsic safety
Tolerance range for power supply • for 7NG3242-xAxxx II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
• With 115/230 V AC/DC PSU 80 ... 300 V DC; 90 ... 250 V AC • for 7NG3242-xBxxx II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC

2 • With 24 V AC/DC PSU 18 ... 80 V DC; 20.4 ... 55.2 V AC

Tolerance range for mains frequency
Power consumption with
• 230 V AC
• 230 V DC
• 24 V AC
• 24 V DC
Electrically isolated
Electrically isolated circuits
Working voltage between all electri-
cally isolated circuits
Measuring accuracy
Accuracy
• Error in the internal cold junction
• Error of external cold junction ter-
minal 7NG3092-8AV
(in each case interruption-resis-
tant up to 20 ms in the complete
tolerance range)
47 ... 63 Hz
 5 VA
5W
 5 VA
5W
Input, output, power supply and
sensor fault/limit monitoring out-
put are electrically isolated from
one another. The HART interface
is electrically connected to the
output.
The voltage Urms between any
two terminals must not exceed
300 V
 3 °C  0.1 °C / 10 °C
( 5.4 °F  0.18 °F / 18 °F)
 0.5 °C  0.1 °C / 10 °C
( 0.9 °F  0.18 °F / 18 °F)
EC type-examination certificate TÜV (German Technical Inspec-
torate) 01 ATEX 1675
Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST)
Conditions of use
Installation conditions
Location (for devices with explosion
protection)
• Transmitters Outside the potentially explosive
atmosphere
• Sensor Within the potentially explosive
atmosphere zone 1 (also in zone
0 in conjunction with the pre-
scribed protection requirements
for the sensor)
Ambient conditions
Permissible ambient temperature -25 ... +70 °C (-13 ... +158 °F)
Permissible storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Climatic class
• Relative humidity 5 ... 95 %, no condensation
Design
Weight Approx. 0.24 kg (0.53 lb)
Enclosure material PBT, glass-fibre reinforced
Degree of protection to IEC 529 IP20
Degree of protection to VDE 0100 Protection class I

• Digital output See "Digital error"
• Analog output IAN or UAN  0.05 % of the span plus digital
error
Influencing effects (referred to the Compared to the max. span:
digital output)
• Temperature drift  0.08 % / 10 °C ( 0.08 % /18 °F)
 0.2 % in the range
-10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F)
• Long-term drift  0.1 % / year
Influencing effects referred to the Compared to the span:
analog output IAN or UAN
Type of installation
Electrical connection / process con- Screw device plugs, max.
nection
Parameterization interface
Protocol
Load with connection of
• HART communicator
• HART modem
35-mm DIN rail (1.38 inch)
(EN 50022) or 32-mm G-type rail
(1.26 inch) (EN 50035)
2.5 mm² (0.01 inch²)
HART, version 5.9
230 ... 650 
230 ... 500 

• Temperature drift  0.08 % / 10°C ( 0.08 % / 18 °F) Software for PC/laptop SIMATIC PDM version V5.1 and
 0.2 % in the range later
-10 ... +60 °C (14 ... 140 °F)
• Power supply  0.05 % / 10 V
• Load with current output  0.05 % on change from 50  to
650 
• Load with voltage output  0.1 % on change in the load
current from 0 mA to 10 mA
• Long-term drift (start-of-scale val-  0.03 % / month
ue, span)
Response time (T63 without electri-  0.2 s
cal damping)
Insulation tests
Auxiliary power relative to input and 3.54 kV DC; 2 s
output
Input relative to output and limit 2.13 kV DC; 2 s
monitor
Output relative to limit monitor 2.13 kV DC; 2 s
PE/ground conductor relative to 0.71 kV AC; 2 s
auxiliary power, input, output, and
limit monitor
Electromagnetic compatibility According to EN 61 326 and
NAMUR NE21

2/204 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW, four-wire system, Universal, HART
Digital error
Resistance thermometer Thermocouples
Input Measuring range Max. permissi- Digital error Input Measuring range Digital error 1)
ble line resis-
tance °C / (°F) °C (°F)

°C / (°F)  °C / (°F) Type B 100 ... 1820

(212 ... 3308)
3 (5.4) 2
IEC 751
Type C 0 ... 2300 2 (3.6)
• Pt10 -200 ... +850 20 3.0 (5.4) (32 ... 4172)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type D 0 ... 2300 1 (1.8)
• Pt50 -200 ... +850 50 0.6 (1.1) (32 ... 4172)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type E -200 ... +1000 1 (1.8)
• Pt100 -200 ... +850 100 0.3 (0.5) (-328 ... +1832)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type J -200 ... +1200 1 (1.8)
• Pt200 -200 ... +850 100 0.6 (1.1) (-328 ... +2192)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type K -200 ... +1372 1 (1.8)
• Pt500 -200 ... +850 100 1.0 (1.8) (-328 ... +2501)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type L -200 ... +900 2 (3.6)
• Pt1000 -200 ... +850 100 1.0 (1.8) (-328 ... +1652)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type N -200 ... +1300 1 (1.8)
JIS C 1604-81 (-328 ... +2372)
• Pt10 -200 ... +649 20 3.0 (5.4) Type R -50 ... +1760 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
• Pt50 -200 ... +649 50 0.6 (1.1) Type S -50 ... +1760 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
• Pt100 -200 ... +649 100 0.3 (0.5) Type T -200 ... +400 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +752)
DIN 43760 Type U -200 ... +600 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1112)
• Ni50 -60 ... +250 50 0.3 (0.5)
(-76 ... +482) 1) Accuracy data refer to the largest error in the complete measuring range
• Ni100 -60 ... +250 100 0.3 (0.5) Voltage/current sources
(-76 ... +482)
Input Measuring range Digital error
• Ni120 -60 ... +250 100 0.3 (0.5)
(-76 ... +482) mV sources (linear) mV V
• Ni1000 -60 ... +250 100 0.3 (0.5) -1 ... +16 35
(-76 ... +482)
-3 ... +32 20
Resistance-based sensors -7 ... +65 20
Input Measuring Max. permissi- Digital error -15 ... +131 50
range ble line resis-
tance -31 ... +262 100
   -63 ... +525 200
Resistance 0 ... 24 5 0.08 -120 ... +1000 300
(linear) V sources (linear) V mV
0 ... 47 15 0.06
0 ... 94 30 0.06 -1.2 ... +10 3
0 ... 188 50 0.08 -12 ... +100 30
0 ... 375 100 0.1 -120 ... +140 300
0 ... 750 100 0.2 A/mA sources A/mA A
(linear)
0 ... 1500 75 1.0
-12 ... +100 A 0.05
0 ... 3000 100 1.0
-120 ... +1000 A 0.5
0 ... 6000 100 2.0
-1.2 ... +10 mA 5
-12 ... + 100 mA 50
-120 ... +1000 mA 500

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/205

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW, four-wire system, Universal, HART

■ Ordering examples ■ Ordering information

Desired transmitter Parameter: Ordering The article number structure shown below is used to specify a
design fully functioning transmitter. The selection of the operating data
Standard Special
(type of source, measuring range, characteristic etc.) is made
Example 1: according to the following rules:
2 SITRANS TW,
transmitter in four-wire system
• Operating data already set in factory to default values:
The default settings can be obtained from the list of parame-
• with explosion protection ATEX
terizable operating data (see "Special operating data"). The

7NG3242-1AA00
• 230 V AC/DC power supply presets can be modified by the customer to match the require-

• current output
• without sensor fault/limit monitor
- Sensor PT100, three-wire circuit
- Measuring range 0 ... 150 °C
- Temperature-linear characteristic
- Filter time 1 s
- Output 4 ... 20 mA, line filter 50 Hz
- Output driven to full-scale in event
of like breakage
Example 2:
SITRANS TW,
transmitter in four-wire system
(stock item)
ments precisely.
X
• Operating data set on delivery according to customer require-
ments:
X
Supplement the Article No. by "-Z" and add the Order code
X
"Y01". The operating data to be set can be obtained from the
X list of parameterize operating data. The Order codes A 7 7 to
X K 7 7 for operating data to be set need only be specified in the
X order if they deviate from the default setting.
The default setting is used if no Order code is specified for op-
erating data.
The selected parameters are printed on the transmitter's rating
plate.
Y01 + S76 + A05 + Y30 + H10

• without explosion protection

Y30: MA=0; ME= 950; D=C

• 24 V AC/DC power supply

Y01: see Order code
7NG3242-0BB10-Z

• Voltage output
• Sensor fault/limit monitor
- Rating plate in English S76
- Sensor NiCr/Ni, type K A05
- Cold junction internal X
- Measuring range 0 ... 950 °C Y30
- Temperature-linear characteristic X
- Filter time 1 s X
- Output 0 ... 10 V, line filter 50 Hz H10
- Output driven to full-scale in event X
of like breakage
- Limit monitoring switched off X
Example 3:
Y01 + A40 + Y32 + G07 + H11 + J03

SITRANS TW,
transmitter in four-wire system
Y32: MA=0; ME= 5; D=V

• without explosion protection

Y01: see Order code
7NG3242-0BA01-Z

• 24 V AC/DC power supply

• Current output
• without sensor fault/limit monitor
- Voltage input, measuring A40
range -1.2 V ... +10 V
- Measuring range 0 ... 5 V Y32
- Source-proportional characteristic X
- Filter time 10 s G07
- Output 0 ... 20 mA, line filter 60 Hz H11
- No monitoring for sensor fault (X) J03

2/206 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW, four-wire system, Universal, HART

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
SITRANS TW universal transmitter 7 NG 3 2 4 2 - 77777 Accessories
for rail mounting, in four-wire system Cold junction terminal 7NG3092-8AV
(order instruction manual separately)
U/I plug 7NG3092-8AW
Click on the Article No. for the online con-
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
(-1.2 ... +10 V DC pr -12 ... +100 mA)
SIMATIC PDM operating software see Chapter 8
2
Explosion protection
Without 0 HART modem
For inputs [EEx ia] or [EEx ib] 1
With USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
Power supply
115/230 V AC/DC A
24 V AC/DC B
Output signal
0/4 ... 20 mA (can be switched to A
0/2 ... 10 V)
0/2 ... 10 V (can be switched to B
0/4 ... 20 mA)
Sensor fault/limit monitor
Without (retrofitting not possible) 0
Relay with changeover contact 1
Input for
Temperature sensor, resistance-based sen- 0
sor and mV sensor with measuring range
-120 ... +1000 mV DC and with U/I plug
Voltage input (V sources) 1)
Measuring range:
• -1.2 ... +10 V DC 1
• -12 ... +100 V DC (not Ex version) 2
• -120 ... +140 V DC (not Ex version) 3
Current input (A, mA sources) 1)
Measuring range:
• -12 ... +100 A DC 4
• -120 ... +1000 A DC 5
• -1.2 ... +10 mA DC 6
• -12 ... +100 mA DC 7
• -120 ... +1000 mA DC 8
Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code(s) (see "List of parameterizable
operating data").
Customer-specific setting of operating data Y01
(see "List of parameterizable operating
data")
Note:
specify in plain text: „see Order code"
Meas. point description (max. 16 char.) Y23
Text on front of device (max. 32 char.) Y24
HART tag (max. 8 characters) Y25
With test report P01
With shorting plug to HART communication S01
for 0 mA or 0 V
With plug for external cold junction compen- S02
sation
With U/I plug S03
(-1.2 ... +10 V DC or -12 ... +100 mA)
Language of rating plate
(together with Y01 Order code only)
• Italian S72
• English S76
• French S77
• Spanish S78
1) Observe max. values with Ex version.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/207

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW, four-wire system, Universal, HART

■ List of parameterizable operating data (Order codes A 7 7 + B 7 7 ... E 7 7)

Operating data acc. to default setting Article No. with Order code: 7NG3242 - 7 7 7 7 7 -Z Y01
Order codes: A 7 7 ... E 7 7 777 + 777 + 777 + 777 + 777
Sensor
2 Thermocouples Connection Cold junction
compensation
Measuring
ranges
Type Temperature range
B: Pt30 %Rh/Pt6 %Rh 0 ... 1820 °C A0 0 Standard B 0 1 None C00 -30 ... +60 °C E00
C:W5 %Re 0 ... 2300 °C A0 1 Sum n 1) n=2 B 0 2 Internal C10 -20 ... +20 °C E01
D:W3 %Re 0 ... 2300 °C A0 2 ... . . . Fixed val. 0 °C C20 0 ... 40 °C E02
E:NiCr/CuNi -200 ... +1000 °C A0 3 n = 10 B10 20 °C C22 0 ... 60 °C E03
J:Fe/CuNi (IEC) -200 ... +1200 °C A0 4 Difference 2) Diff1 B31 50 °C C25 0 ... 80 °C E04
K:NiCr/Ni -200 ... +1372 °C A0 5 Diff2 B32 60 °C C26 0 ... 100 °C E05
L: Fe/CuNi (DIN) -200 ... +900 °C A0 6 Mean-val. 2) MW B41 70 °C C27 0 ... 120 °C E06
N:NiCrSi/NiSi -200 ... +1300 °C A0 7 Special value 7) Y10 0 ... 150 °C E07
R:Pt13 %Rh/Pt -50 ... +1760 °C A0 8 External meas. Y11 0 ... 200 °C E08
S:Pt10 %Rh/Pt -50 ... +1760 °C A0 9 (through Pt100 0 ... 250 °C E09
T:Cu/CuNi (IEC) -200 ... +400 °C A1 0 DIN IEC 751) 7) 0 ... 300 °C E10
U:Cu/CuNi (DIN) -200 ... +600 °C A1 1 0 ... 350 °C E11
0 ... 400 °C E12
Resistance thermometer Connection Connection Line resis- 0 ... 450 °C E13
(or max. permissible line resistance see tance 3) 0 ... 500 °C E14
„Technical specifications") 0 ... 600 °C E15
Pt100 (DIN IEC) -200 ... +850 °C A 2 0 Standard B 0 1 2-wire-system C32 0 D00 0 ... 700 °C E16
Pt100 (JIS) -200 ... +649 °C A 2 1 Sum n 4) n=2 B 0 2 3-wire-system C 3 3 10  D10 0 ... 800 °C E17
Ni100 (DIN) -60 ... +250 °C A2 2 ... . . . 4-wire-system C 3 4 20  D20 0 ... 900 °C E18
n = 10 B10 50  D50 0 ... 1000 °C E19
Parallel n 5) n = 0.1 B21 Special val.7) Y20 0 ... 1200 °C E20
n= 0.2 B22 0 ... 1400 °C E21
n= 0.5 B25 0 ... 1600 °C E22
Special value 6) 7) Y00 0 ... 1800 °C E23
2)
Difference Diff1 B51
Diff2 B52 50 ... 100 °C E24
50 ... 150 °C E25
Mean-val. 2) MW B61
100 ... 200 °C E26
100 ... 300 °C E27
100 ... 400 °C E28
200 ... 300 °C E29
200 ... 400 °C E30
200 ... 500 °C E31
300 ... 600 °C E32
500 ... 1000 °C E33
600 ... 1200 °C E34
800 ... 1600 °C E35
Special range 7) Y30

Resistance-based sensors, potentiome- Connection Connection Line resis- Measuring

ters tance 3) ranges
(or max. permissible line resistance see A 3 0 Standard B 0 1 2-wire-system C32 0 D00 0 ... 100  E40
„Technical specifications") Difference 2) Diff1 B 5 1 3-wire-system C 3 3 10  D10 0 ... 200  E41
Diff2 B 5 2 4-wire-system C 3 4 20  D20 0 ... 500  E42
Mean val.2) MW B61 50  D50 0 ... 1000  E43
Special val. 7) Y 2 0 0 ... 2500  E44
0 ... 5000 8) E45
0 ... 6000 8) E46
Special range 7) Y31

mV, V and A, mA sensors 9) A 4 0 Meas. range with Article No. 7NG 3242 - 7 7 7 7 7 -Z Y01 E50
0 -120 ... +1000 mV
1 -1,2 ... +10 V 10)
1) n = number of thermocouple elements to be connected in series 2 -12 ... +100 V 10)
2) See „Circuit diagrams" for meaning of type circuit 3 -120 ... +140 V 10)
3) Line resistance of channels 1 and 2, for max. permissible line resistance see 4 -12 ... +100 A 10)
„Technical specifications" (only with C32, not with C33 and C34)
4) 5 -120 ... +1000 A 10)
n = number of resistance thermometers to be connected in series
5) 6 -1,2 ... +10 mA 10)
1/n = number of resistance thermometers to be connected in parallel
6) 7 -12 ... +100 mA 10)
Combination of series and parallel connection of resistance thermometers
7) 8 -120 ... +1000 mA 10)
Operating data: see „Special operating data"
8) Special range 7) Y32
This range does not apply to mean-value and difference circuits.
9) The max. permissible currents and voltages according to conformity certifi-
cate must be observed in devices with explosion protection.
10) Without detection of line breakage

2/208 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW, four-wire system, Universal, HART

■ List of parameterizable operating data (Order codes F 7 7 ... K 7 7)

Operating data according to default setting Article No. with Order code: 7NG3242 - 7 7 7 7 7 -Z Y01
Order codes: F 7 7 ... K 7 7 777 + 777 + 777 + 777 + 777
Sensor
Thermocouple elements Voltage
measure-
Filter
time1)
Output sig-
nal and line
Failure signal Limit
monitor 3)
2
ment filter 2)
Type Temperature range
B: Pt30 %Rh/ 0 ... 1820 °C A0 0 Temperature- F 0 0 0s G0 0 4 ... 20 mA/ with line break- Limit monitor- K 0 0
C:W5 %Re 0 ... 2300 °C A0 1 linear 0.1 s G0 1 2 ... 10 V age/fault: ing ineffective
D:W3 %Re 0 ... 2300 °C A0 2 Voltage- F10 0.2 s G0 2 with line filter: (but sensor
E:NiCr/CuNi -200 ... +1000 °C A0 3 linear 0.5 s G0 3 50 Hz H 0 0 to full scale J 0 0 fault signalling
J:Fe/CuNi (IEC) -200 ... +1200 °C A0 4 1s G0 4 60 Hz H 0 1 to start of scale J 0 1 with closed-
K:NiCr/Ni -200 ... +1372 °C A0 5 2s G0 5 10 Hz 4) H 0 2 hold last value J 0 2 circuit opera-
tion)
L: Fe/CuNi (DIN) -200 ... +900 °C A0 6 5s G0 6 0 ... 20 mA/
N:NiCrSi/NiSi -200 ... +1300 °C A0 7 10 s G0 7 0 ... 10 V no monitoring J03
R:Pt13 %Rh/Pt -50 ... +1760 °C A0 8 20 s G0 8 with line filter: Effective 5) Y70
S:Pt10 %Rh/Pt -50 ... +1760 °C A0 9 50 s G0 9 50 Hz H 1 0 Safety value 5) Y60
T:Cu/CuNi (IEC) -200 ... +400 °C A1 0 100 s G1 0 60 Hz H1 1
U:Cu/CuNi (DIN) -200 ... +600 °C A1 1 Special Y5 0 10 Hz H1 2
time 5)

Resistance thermometer Voltage Filter Output sig- Failure signal Limit

(max. permissible line resistances see measure- time1) nal and line monitor 3)
„Technical specifications") ment same as for filter 2) same as for
Pt100 (DIN IEC) -200 ... +850 °C A 2 0 Temperature- F 0 0 thermocou- same as for with line break- thermocouple
Pt100 (JIS) -200 ... +649 °C A 2 1 linear ple ele- thermocou- age/fault: elements
ments ple elements
Ni100 (DIN) -60 ... +250 °C A 2 2 Resistance- F 2 0 to full scale J00
linear to start of scale J01
hold last value J02

no monitoring J03

Safety value 5) Y60

with line break-
age or short-cir-
cuit/fault:
to full scale J10
to start of scale J 1 1
hold last value J 1 2

no monitoring J13

Safety value 5) Y61

Resistance-based sensors, potenti- Voltage Filter Output sig- Failure signal Limit
ometers measure- time1) nal and line monitor 3)
ment same as for filter 2) same as for
(max. permissible line resistances see A 3 0 Resistance- F 2 0 thermocou- same as for with line break- thermocouple
„Technical specifications") linear ple ele- thermocou- age/fault: elements
ments ple elements to full scale J00
to start of scale J01
hold last value J02

no monitoring J03

Safety value 5) Y60

mV, V and A, mA sources A 4 0 Voltage Filter Output sig- Limit
measure- time1) nal and line monitor 3)
ment same as for filter 2) same as for
Source pro- F 3 0 thermocou- same as for thermocouple
portional ple ele- thermocou- elements
ments ple elements
1) Software filter to smooth the result
2) Filter to suppress line disturbances on the measured signal.
3) If signalling relay present
4) for special appliciations
5) Operating data: see „Special operating data"

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/209

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW, four-wire system, Universal, HART

■ Special operating data

Order Plain text Options
code required
Y00 N=. Factor N for multiplication with the charac-
teristic values of resistance thermometers
2 Range of values: 0.10 to 10.00
1. Example: 3 x Pt500 parallel:
N = 5/3 = 1.667;
2. Example: Ni120: N = 1.2
Y10 TV=. Temperature TV of the fixed cold junction
D= Dimension; range of values: C, K, F, R
Y11 RL=. Line resistance RL in  for compensation of
cold junction line of external Pt100
DIN IEC 751
Range of values: 0.00 to 100.00
Y20 RL1=. Line resistances RL of channel 1 (RL1) and
RL2=. channel 2 (RL2) in  if the resistance ther-
mometer or the resistance-based sensor is
connected in a two-wire system
Range of values depending on type of sen-
sor: 0.00 to 100.00
Y30 MA=. Start-of-scale value MA and full-scale value
ME=. ME for thermocouples and resistance ther-
mometers
(Range of values depending on type of sen-
sor)
D= Dimension, range of values: C, K, F, R)
Y31 MA=. Start-of-scale value MA and full-scale value
ME=. ME for resistance-based sensors or potenti-
ometers in 
Range of values: 0.00 to 6,000.00
Y32 MA=. Start-of-scale value MA and full-scale value
ME=. ME for mV, V, µA and mA sources
Range of values depending on type of sen-
sor: -120.00 to 1,000.00
D= Dimension (mV entered as MV, V as V,
µA as UA, mA as MA)
Y50 T63=. Response time T63 of software filter in s
Range of values: 0.0 to 100.0
Safety value S of signal output in mA or in V
corresponding to the set type of output.
Range of values
- with current output: -0.50 to 23.00
- with voltage output: -0.25 to 10.75
Y60 S= . Safety value S with line breakage of sensor
Y61 S=. Safety value S with line breakage or short-
circuit of sensor
Y70 UG=. Lower limit value (dimension as defined by
measuring range)
OG=. Upper limit value (dimension as defined by
measuring range)
H=. Hysteresis (dimension as defined by mea-
suring range)
K= Switch on/off combination of limit function
and sensor fault detection; J=on; N=off
(standard: J)
A= Type of relay output: A=open-circuit opera-
tion; R=closed-circuit operation (standard: R)
T=. Switching delay T of relay output in s
Range of values: 0.0 to 10.0 (standard: 0.0)

2/210 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW, four-wire system, Universal, HART

■ Schematics
Sensor input connections

   
               
2

557' 557' 557' 557' 557'

   
               

    3W  7&
3W
7& 7&
    7&
 
7& 1*$9

  

           

     
P9

 
       

8 8 , ,
  1*$:  
9 P$

5HVLVWDQFHWKHUPRPHWHUVUHVLVWDQFHEDVHG 7KHUPRFRXSOHV )XUWKHUVRXUFHV

VHQVRUVSRWHQWLRPHWHUV  'HWHUPLQDWLRQRIFROGMXQFWLRQWHPSHUDWXUHXVLQJ  P9VRXUFHVZLWKWZRZLUHV\VWHP
 7ZRZLUHV\VWHPUHVLVWDQFHFDQEH EXLOWLQ3WRUIL[HGUHIHUHQFHWHPSHUDWXUH 1*[[[[
SDUDPHWHUL]HGIRUOLQHFRPSHQVDWLRQ  9VRXUFHVZLWKWZRZLUHV\VWHP
 'HWHUPLQDWLRQRIFROGMXQFWLRQWHPSHUDWXUHXVLQJ
 7KUHHZLUHV\VWHP H[WHUQDO3WUHVLVWDQFHFDQEHSDUDPHWHUL]HG 1*[[[[>@
 )RXUZLUHV\VWHP IRUOLQHFRPSHQVDWLRQ  P$P$VRXUFHVZLWKWZRZLUHV\VWHP
 'LIIHUHQFHPHDQYDOXHFLUFXLW  'HWHUPLQDWLRQRIFROGMXQFWLRQWHPSHUDWXUHXVLQJ 1*[[[[>@
UHVLVWRUVFDQEHSDUDPHWHUL]HG FROGMXQFWLRQWHUPLQDO1*$9  9ROWDJHPHDVXUHPHQWWR9ZLWK8,
IRUOLQHFRPSHQVDWLRQ  'LIIHUHQFHPHDQYDOXHFLUFXLWZLWKLQWHUQDO SOXJ1*$:1*[[[[
FROGMXQFWLRQWHPSHUDWXUH  &XUUHQWPHDVXUHPHQWWRP$ZLWK
8,SOXJ1*$:1*[[[[

Connection diagram for the input signal

Channel 1 is the measured variable between the terminals 2 and 3 on the input plug. With a difference or mean-value circuit, the
calculation of the measured value is defined by the type of measurement. Otherwise the measured value is determined via channel
1. The following code is used for the type of measurement:
The short-circuit jumpers shown in the circuits must be inserted
type of measurement Calculation of measured value
in the respective system on site.
Single channel Channel 1
Differential connection 1 Channel 1 - Channel 2
Differential connection 2 Channel 2 - Channel 1
Mean-value 1 ½  (Channel 1 + Channel 2)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/211

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for rail mounting
SITRANS TW, four-wire system, Universal, HART

Power supply Limit HART/ Sensor

connection monitor

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2
~ ~ Relay output HART + -
+ UH -

1 to 4 Signal input (see "sensor input connections" for possible

types of connection)
5, 6 Analog output (U or I output parameterizable using plug-in
jumpers)
7, 8 Connection with HART communication for local
parameterization
9 to 11 Output for sensor fault/limit monitor as relay contact
(see below for possible parameterization)
12 PE connection
13, 14 Power supply input (protected against reverse polarity)

Connection diagram for power supply, input and outputs

Relay outputs
Connected terminals
Closed-circuit operation (relay opens when
error)
• Device switched off 10 and 11
• Device switched on and no error 9 and 11
• Device switched on and error 10 and 11
Open-circuit operation (relay closes when
error)
• Device switched off 10 and 11
• Device switched on and no error 10 and 11
• Device switched on and error 9 and 11

■ Dimensional drawings
12 (0.47) 112.5 (4.43) 38 (1.5) 26.6
(1.04)

1
114 (4.5)

135 (5.3)

1 In devices with explosion protection

Dimensions for control room mounting, rail mounting in mm (inches)

2/212 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018
■ Overview
SITRANS TF280 for flexible and cost-effective temperature mea-
surements
• Supports the WirelessHART standard (HART V 7.1)
• Very high security level for wireless data transmission
• Built-in local user interface (LUI) with 3-button operation
• Optimum representation and readability using graphical dis-
play (104 x 80 pixels) with integrated backlight
• Stand-by (deep sleep phase) mode can be turned on and off
with push of a button
• Battery power supply
• Battery life time up to 5 years
• Extend battery life time with HART modem interface which can
be switch off
• Optimized power consumption through new design, and in-
crease in battery life time
• Simple configuration thanks to SIMATIC PDM
• Housing meets IP65 degree of protection
• Supports all Pt100 sensors as per IEC 751/DIN EN 60751
■ Benefits
The SITRANS TF280 is a temperature transmitter that features
WirelessHART as the standard communication interface.
Also available is a wired interface to connect a HART modem:
• Flexible temperature measurement
• Save costs on wiring at difficult installation conditions. Wire-
less technology offers cost advantages in cases where exten-
sive wiring costs would normally apply.
• It enables additional hitherto unfeasible measuring points,
particularly for monitoring purposes
• Easy installation also on moveable equipment parts
• Enables cost-effective temporary measurements, for example
for process optimizations.
• Optimum solution in addition to wired communication and for
system solutions in process automation
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART
■ Application
The SITRANS TF280 is a WirelessHART field device for tempera-
ture measurement with a Pt100 sensor.
This sensor can be installed directly on the field device, or con-
nected at an offset with a cable connection. On the wireless
communication side, the transmitter supports the WirelessHART
2
standard. A HART modem can be connected to the transmitter
particularly for initial parameterization. Alternatively the device
can be commissioned comfortably by means of the local push-
buttons w/o any additional handset devices.
It can be used in all industries and applications in non-explosive
areas.
■ Design
The SITRANS TF280 has a robust aluminum enclosure and is
suitable for outside use. It conforms with the IP65 safety class.
The operation temperature range is -40 to +80 °C
(-40 to +176 °F). Power supply is provided through an integrated
battery, which is available as an accessory. The device is only
approved for operation with this battery.
The antenna features a rotatable joint which can be used for
directional alignment. Wireless signals can thus be optimally
received and transmitted.
A special highlight is the possibility to operate directly on the
device with 3 push buttons. It perfectly matches the strategy of
all new Siemens field devices.
Using the device’s push buttons, it is easy to turn the HART
modem interface of the device on and off. The device can be put
to passive status and reactivated at any time. This helps to
extend the life time of the battery.
The SITRANS TF280 transmitter features a cable gland or a
Pt100 sensor including protective piping.
■ Function
The SITRANS TF280 can join to a WirelessHART network. It can
be parameterized and operated through this network.
Measured process values are transmitted via the network to a
WirelessHART-Gateway.
Field device data received by the WirelessHART-Gateway is
transmitted to the connected systems, for example the process
control system SIMATIC PCS 7. For an introduction of Wire-
lessHART, please see the FI 01 catalogue Sec. 8 or
www.siemens.com/wirelesshart.
■ Integration
Connecting to SIMATIC PCS 7
The integration of field devices in SIMATIC PCS 7 and other pro-
cess control systems can be now done seamlessly and cost-ef-
fectively with wireless technology, especially in situations where
high wiring costs may be expected. Of particular interest are
measuring points which are to be added and for which no wiring
is available.
Where larger distances between the IE/WSN-PA LINK and con-
trol systems need to be overcome, this connection can also be
implemented on a wireless and cost-effective basis using the
SCALANCE W series of products. Siemens WirelessHART de-
vices operate with optimum coexistence to SCALANCE W family
products.
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/213
 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART

■ Technical specifications
ES OS MS
The SITRANS TF280 can be mechanically installed in two ways:
• Direct at the measuring point with a M20x1.5 thread.
A connection to other threads can be done via the adapter.
2 Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC
• Remotely from the Pt100 sensor, which is connected to the
transmitter via a cable.
system
SITRANS
SITRANS The data in the following table refer to the transmitter only ex-
AW200
AW210 cluding a connected sensor, except as noted otherwise.
Input
Sensor
SIMATIC ET 200 • Sensor type Pt100 as per
with HART support IEC 751/DIN EN 607511)
• Connection Two, three or four-wire system
Wireless • Measuring range -200 ... +850 °C (-328 ... 1560 °F)
HART Wireless
HART- Cable length SITRANS TF280 and 3m
Gateway Pt100 sensor element
Measuring accuracy2)
Accuracy < 0.04 % of the measuring range

DP/PA
Long-term drift < 0.035 % of the measuring range
LINK in first year
SITRANS
PROFIBUS

AW210 Ambient temperature effect max. 0.1 °C/10 K

SITRANS SITRANS Rated conditions

P280 TF280 Ambient temperature
PROFIBUS PA
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
Integration of a meshed network into SIMATIC PCS 7
Climatic class
■ Configuration
Configuration of the SITRANS TF280 transmitter may be carried
out as follows: Degree of protection
• Initial commissioning for the SITRANS TF280 with SIMATIC Max. permissible temperature at
PDM is generally carried out via a HART modem or the inte- transmitter for directly mounted
grated local user interface, since the network ID and join Key Pt100
must be set up on the device before it can be accepted and Design
integrated into the WirelessHART network.
Enclosure
• Once it is integrated into the network, the device can be con-
veniently operated with the WirelessHART network or onsite Shock resistance
with a HART modem or via the local user interface.
Resistance to vibration
Weight
• without battery
• with battery
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Thread for cable gland/
sensor connection
Material of protective tubes and
process connection (only for pre-
mounted sensor pipe)
Cable between transmitter and
sensor element
Sensor break
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
-40 ... +85 ° C (-40 ... +185 °F)
< 95%
4K4H in accordance with
EN 60721-3-4
(stationary use at locations not pro-
tected against weather)
IP65/NEMA 4
80 °C (176 °F)
Die-cast aluminum
in accordance with
DIN EN 60068-2-29 / 03.95
DIN EN 60068-2-6/12.07
1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
1.6 kg (3.5 lb)
See "Dimensional drawing"
M20x1.5
other threads via adapter
Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L,
UNS S 31603, X2CrNiMo17-12-2)
 3 m für two-, three- or four-wire
connections
Cable resistance < 1  (setting
range in m 0...9999)
Recognized

2/214 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Displays and controls
Display (with illumination)
• Size of display
• Number of digits
• Number of spaces after comma
Setting options
Auxiliary power
Battery
Communication
Wireless standard
Transmission frequency band
Range under reference conditions
Communication interfaces
Certificates and approvals
Wireless communication approvals R&TTE, FCC
General Product Safety
Pressure equipment directive
1) Pre-mounted Pt100: Class A (maximum MES: 0.15 + 0.002*|t| °C)
2) Calculation for errors:
Probable total error = (MES2 + AET2 + LTD2 + ATE2)
Max. error = MES + AET + LTD + ATE
|t|: Absolut value of measured temperature
MES: Measurement error of sensor
AET: Accuracy error transmitter
LTD: Long term drift
ATE: Ambient temperature drift
Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART
Selection and Ordering data Article No.
SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART Temperature 7 MP 1 1 1 0 -
transmitter
104 x 80 pixels 0 A777 - 0 77 0
(Required battery not included with delivery, see
Adjustable accessories)
Adjustable Click on the Article No. for the online configu-
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
2
• on site with 3 push buttons
• with SIMATIC PDM or HART Com- Connections/cable entry
municator Cable gland M20x1.51) C
Sensor pipe with Pt100, G½" male thread, pre- D
mounted and connected
3.6 V DC
Display
Digital display, visible 1
WirelessHART V7.1 conforming
Enclosure
2.4 GHz (ISM-Band)
Die-cast aluminum 1
Up to 250 m (line of sight) in out-
side areas Explosion protection
Up to 50 m (greatly dependent on Not included A
obstacles) in Inside areas
Antenna
• HART communication with HART
modem Variable, attached to device A
• WirelessHART Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code(s) and plain text.
Measuring point number (TAG Nr.) Y15
CSAUS/C, CE, UL max. 16 digits entered in plain text
This device is not included in the Y15: ....................
pressure device guideline; classifi- Measuring point message Y16
cation according to pressure max. 27 characters entered in plain text:
device guideline Y16: ....................
(PED 2014/68/EU), Directive 1/40;
article 1, paragraph 2.1.4 Accessories Article No.
Further accessories for assembly, connection
and transmitter configuration, see page 2/237.
Lithium battery for SITRANS TF280/P280 7MP1990-0AA00
Mounting bracket, steel 7MF4997-1AC
Mounting bracket, stainless steel 7MF4997-1AJ
Cover, die-cast aluminum, without window 7MF4997-1BB
Cover, die-cast aluminum, with window 7MF4997-1BE
Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male thread) on 7MP1990-0BA00
½-14 NPT (female thread)
Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male thread) on 7MP1990-0BB00
G½ (female thread)
HART modem with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
SIMATIC PDM see Sec. 8
1) Please order sensor separately.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/215

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART

■ Dimensional drawings

2
Antenna

Pt100

SW27
°
90

242 (9.5)

Ø 80 (3.15)
130 (5.12)

112 (4.4)
154 (6.06)

Ø 80 (3.15)

101 (3.98)
52 (2.05)

G½B

Ø 8 (0.32)

14 (0.55)

352 (13.9)

SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART temperature transmitter with Pt100, dimensions in mm (inch).

The dimension drawing of the mounting bracket is available in the section "Pressure measurement" - "SITRANS P DS III" - "Accessories/spare parts".

2/216 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART

Antenna 90
° 2

242 (9.5)

Ø 80 (3.15)
130 (5.12)

112 (4.4) 154 (6.06)

Ø 80 (3.15)
52 (2.05)

Cable gland
for cable 6 ... 12 mm
(0.24 ... 0.47 inch)

264 (10.4)

SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART temperature transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)

The dimension drawing of the mounting bracket is available in the section "Pressure measurement" - "SITRANS P DS III" - "Accessories/spare parts".

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/217

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA

■ Overview ■ Function
Configuration
The communication capability over the HART protocol V 5.9 of
the SITRANS TF with an integrated SITRANS TH300 permits pa-
2 rameterization using a PC or HART communicator (hand-held
communicator). The SIMATIC PDM makes it easy.
Parameterization is carried out using a PC for SITRANS TF with
the integrated and programmable SITRANS TK. Available for
this purpose are a special modem and the software tool
SIPROM T.
Mode of operation
Mode of operation of SITRANS TF as temperature transmitter
The sensor signal, whether resistance thermometer, thermocou-
ple element or  or mV signal, is amplified and linearized. Sen-
sor and output side are electrically isolated. An internal cold
junction is integrated for measurements with thermocouple ele-
ments.
The device outputs a temperature-linear direct current of 4 to
20 mA. As well as the analog transmission of measured values
Our field devices for heavy industrial use from 4 to 20 mA, the HART version also supports digital commu-
• HART, Universal nication for online diagnostics, measured value transmission
• 4 to 20 mA, universal and configuration.
• Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA signals SITRANS TF automatically detects when a sensor should be in-
terrupted or is indicating a short-circuit. The practical test termi-
The temperature transmitter SITRANS TF works where others nals allow direct measurement of 4 to 20 mA signals over an am-
feel uncomfortable. meter without interrupting the output current loop.

■ Benefits Mode of operation of SITRANS TF as field indicator

• Universal use Any 4 to 20 mA signal can be applied to the generous terminal

- as transmitter for resistance thermometer, thermocouple ele-
ment,  or mV signal
- as field indicator for any 4 to 20 mA signals
• Local sensing of measured values over digital display
• Rugged two-chamber enclosure in die-cast aluminium or
stainless steel
• Degree of protection IP66/67/68
block. As well as a range of predefined measurement units, the
adjustable indicator also supports the input of customized units.
This means that any 4 to 20 mA signal can be represented as
any type of unit, e.g. pressure, flow rate, filling level or tempera-
ture.
Power supply
SITRANS TF

• Test terminals for direct read-out of the output signal without Sensor SITRANS TH300 0000 8
00°C
breaking the current loop TC RTD 1 2 3 4 9 5
• Can be mounted elsewhere if the measuring point A D
μP Load
D A
- is hard to access,
- is subject to high temperatures,
- is subject to vibrations from the system, 7
- or if you want to avoid long neck tubes and/or protective 6
tubes. 1 Analog-to-digital converter
• Can be mounted directly on American-design sensors 2 Electrical isolation
• Wide range of approvals for use in potentially explosive atmo- 3 Microprocessor
spheres. "Intrinsically safe, non-sparking and flameproof" type 4 Digital-to-analog converter
of protections, for Europe and USA.
5 Power supply
• SIL2 (with Order code C20), SIL2/3 (with C23)
6 PC/laptop

■ Application 7 HART modem

8 Digital display (option)
SITRANS TF can be used everywhere where temperatures need
9 Test connector
to be measured under particularly adverse conditions, or where
a convenient local display is ideal. For that reasons users from
all industries have opted for this field device. The rugged enclo-
sure protects the electronics. The stainless steel model is almost Mode of operation: SITRANS TF with integrated transmitter and digital
completely resistant to sea water and other aggressive ele- display
ments. The inner workings offer high measuring accuracy, uni-
versal input and a wide range of diagnostic options.

2/218 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA

■ Technical specifications
Input Measuring range parameterizable max. 0 ... 2200 
(see table "Digital measuring
Resistance thermometer errors")
Measured variable Temperature Min. measured span 5 ... 25  (see Table "Digital mea-
Sensor type suring errors") 2
• to IEC 60751 Pt25 … Pt1000 Characteristic curve Resistance-linear or special char-
acteristic
• to JIS C 1604; a=0.00392 K-1 Pt25 … Pt1000
Thermocouples
• to IEC 60751 Ni25 … Ni1000
Measured variable Temperature
Units °C and °F
Sensor type (thermocouples)
Connection • Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh to DIN IEC 584
• Normal connection 1 resistance thermometer (RTD) • Type C W5 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
in 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system • Type D W3 %-Re acc. to ASTM 988
• Generation of average value Series or parallel connection of • Type E NiCr-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
several resistance thermometers in • Type J Fe-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
a two-wire system for the genera- • Type K NiCr-Ni to DIN IEC 584
tion of average temperatures or for
adaptation to other device types • Type L Fe-CuNi to DIN 43710
• Type N NiCrSi-NiSi to DIN IEC 584
• Generation of difference 2 resistance thermometers (RTD) • Type R Pt13Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
in 2-wire system (RTD 1 – RTD 2
or RTD 2 – RTD 1) • Type S Pt10Rh-Pt to DIN IEC 584
• Type T Cu-CuNi to DIN IEC 584
Interface • Type U Cu-CuNi to DIN 43710
• Two-wire system Parameterizable line resistance Units °C or °F
 100  (loop resistance)
Connection
• Three-wire system No balancing required
• Normal connection 1 thermocouple (TC)
• Four-wire system No balancing required
• Generation of average value 2 thermocouples (TC)
Sensor current  0.45 mA
• Generation of difference 2 thermocouples (TC)
Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with open- (TC 1 – TC 2 or TC 2 – TC 1)
circuit monitoring
Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
Open-circuit monitoring Always active (cannot be dis-
abled) circuit monitoring

Short-circuit monitoring can be switched on/off (default Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
value: ON) Cold junction compensation
Measuring range parameterizable (see table "Digi- • Internal With integrated Pt100 resistance
tal measuring errors") thermometer
Min. measured span 10 °C (18 °F)
• External With external Pt100 IEC 60751
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special (2-wire or 3-wire connection)
characteristic
• External fixed Cold junction temperature can be
Resistance-based sensors set as fixed value
Measured variable Actual resistance Measuring range parameterizable (see table "Digi-
tal measuring errors")
Sensor type Resistance-based, potentiome-
ters Min. measured span Min. 40 ... 100 °C (72 ... 180 °F)
(see table "Digital measuring
Units  errors")
Connection Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special
• Normal connection 1 resistance-based sensor (R) in characteristic
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire system
mV sensor
• Generation of average value 2 resistance-based sensors in
2-wire system for generation of Measured variable DC voltage
average value Sensor type DC voltage source (DC voltage
• Generation of difference 2 resistance-based sensor in source possible over an exter-
2-wire system (R 1 – R 2 or nally connected resistor)
R 2 – R 1) Units mV
Interface Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with open-
• Two-wire system Parameterizable line resistance circuit monitoring
 100  (loop resistance) Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off
• Three-wire system No balancing required Measuring range -10 ... +70 mV
• Four-wire system No balancing required -100 ... +1100 mV
Sensor current  0.45 mA Min. measured span 2 mV or 20 mV
Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with open- Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
circuit monitoring Input resistance  1 M
Open-circuit monitoring Can be switched off Characteristic curve Voltage-linear or special charac-
Short-circuit monitoring Can be switched off (value is teristic
adjustable)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/219

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
Output
Output signal
Communication with SITRANS
TH300
2 Digital display
Digital display (optional)
Display
Digit height
Display range
Units
Setting:
Zero point, full-scale value and unit
Load voltage
Measuring accuracy
Digital measuring errors
Reference conditions
• Auxiliary power
• Load
• Ambient temperature
• Warming-up time
Error in the analog output (digi-
tal/analog converter)
Error due to internal cold junction
Influence of ambient temperature
• Analog measuring error
• Digital measuring errors
- with resistance thermometers
- with thermocouples
Auxiliary power effect
Effect of load impedance
Auxiliary power
4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire Without digital display 11 ... 35 V DC (30 V for Ex ib;
32 V for Ex ic and Ex nA)
acc. to HART Rev. 5.9
With digital display 13.1 ... 5 V DC (30 V for Ex ib;
32 V for Ex ic and Ex nA)
In current loop
Electrically isolated Between input and output
• Test voltage U eff = 1 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
Max. 5 digits
Certificates and approvals
9 mm (0.35 inch)
Explosion protection ATEX
-99 999 ... + 99 999
• "Intrinsic safety" type of protection with digital display:
any (max. 5 char.) II 2 (1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
with 3 buttons II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 Gb
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T100 °C Da
2.1 V without digital display:
II 2 (1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gb
II 2 G Ex ib IIC T6 Gb
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T100 °C Da
See table "Digital measuring
errors" - EC type test certificate ZELM 11 ATEX 0471 X
• "Operating equipment that is non- II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4 Gc
ignitable and has limited energy II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4 Gc
24 V  1 % for zone 2" type of protection II 3 G Ex nA [ic] IIC T6/T4 Gc
500  - EC type test certificate ZELM 11 ATEX 0471 X
23 °C (73.4 °F) • "Flame-proof enclosure" type of II 2 G Ex d IIC T6/T5 Gb
> 5 min protection II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T100 °C Db
< 0.025 % of span - EC type test certificate ZELM 11 ATEX 0472 X
Explosion protection to FM Certificate of Compliance
< 0.5 °C (0.9 °F) 3017742
• Identification (XP, DIP, NI, S) • XP/I/1/BCD/T5 Ta = 85 °C
(185 °F), T6 Ta = 60 °C (140 °F),
0.02 % of span/10 °C (18 °F) Type 4X
• DIP/II, III/1/EFG/T5 Ta = 85 °C
0.06 °C (0.11 °F)/10°C (18 °F) (185 °F), T6 Ta = 60 °C (140 °F),
Type 4X
0.6 °C (1.1 °F)/10°C (18 °F)
• NI/I/2/ABCD/T5 Ta = 85 °C
< 0.001 % of span/V (185 °F), T6 Ta = 60 °C (140 °F),
< 0.002 % of span/100  Type 4X

Long-term drift • S/II, III/2/FG/T5 Ta = 85 °C

• In the first month < 0.02 % of span
• After one year < 0.3 % of span
• After 5 years < 0.4 % of span
Conditions of use
Ambient conditions
Storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Condensation Permissible
Electromagnetic compatibility According to EN 61326 and
NAMUR NE21
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP66/67/68
Construction
Weight Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb) without
options
Dimensions See "Dimensional drawings"
Enclosure material Die-cast aluminum, low in copper,
GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel,
polyester-based lacquer, stain-
less steel rating plate
Electrical connection, sensor con- Screw terminals, cable inlet via
nection M20 x 1.5 or ½-14 NPT screwed
gland
Mounting bracket (optional) Steel, galvanized and chrome-
plated or stainless steel
(185 °F), T6 Ta = 60 °C (140 °F),
Type 4X
Other certificates IECEx, EAC Ex(GOST),
INMETRO, NEPSI, KOSHA
Hardware and software require-
ments
• For the parameterization software
SIPROM T for SITRANS TF with
TH200
- Personal computer PC with CD-ROM drive and USB
- PC operating system Windows 98, NT, 2000, XP, 7 and
Win 8
• For the parameterization software See chapter 8 "Software",
SIMATIC PDM for SITRANS TH300 "SIMATIC PDM"
Communication
Load for HART connection 230 ... 1100 
• Two-core shielded  3.0 km (1.86 mi)
• Multi-core shielded  1.5 km (0.93 mi)
Protocol HART protocol, version 5.9
Factory setting (transmitter):
• Pt100 (IEC 751) with 3-wire circuit
• Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
• Error signal in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
• Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
• Damping 0.0 s

2/220 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
Digital measuring errors Thermocouples
Resistance thermometer Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital
sured span accuracy
Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital
sured span accuracy °C / (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
°C / (°F) °C) (°F) °C (°F) Type B 100 ... 1820 100 (180) 21) (3.6)1)
to IEC 60751
(212 ... 3308) 2
Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
Pt25 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) (32 ... 4172)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 12) (1.8)2)
Pt50 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) (32 ... 4172)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type E -200 ... +1000 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) (-328 ... +1832)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type J -200 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Pt500 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) (-328 ... +2192)
(-328 ... +1562)
Type K -200 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) (-328 ... +2498)
(-328 ... +662)
Type L -200 ... +900 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
to JIS C1604-81 (-328 ... +1652)
Pt25 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +2372)
Pt50 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type R -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type S -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt500 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type T -20 ... +400 40 (72) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +752)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +1112)
Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -60 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) 1) The digital accuracy in the range 100 to 300 °C (212 to 572 °F) is 3 °C
(-76 ... +482) (5.4 °F).
2) The digital accuracy in the range 1750 to 2300 °C (3182 to 4172 °F) is 2 °C
(3.6 °F).
Resistance-based sensors
Input Measuring range Min. mea- Digital
sured span accuracy mV sensor
   Input Measuring span Min. mea- Digital
sured span accuracy
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
mV mV V
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400

The digital accuracy is the accuracy after the analog/digital con-

version including linearization and calculation of the measured
value.
An additional error is generated in the output current 4 to 20 mA
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0.025 % of the set
span (digital-analog error).
The total error under reference conditions at the analog output is
the sum from the digital error and the digital-analog error (poss.
with the addition of cold junction errors in the case of thermocou-
ple measurements).

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/221

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Further designs Order code
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Temperature transmitter in field housing 7 NG 3 1 3 7 - 77777 Order code(s) and plain text.
Two-wire system 4 ... 20 mA, with electrical
isolation, with documentation on MiniDVD Test protocol (5 measuring points) C11
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Functional safety SIL2 C20
2 figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Integrated transmitter
Functional safety SIL2/3
Explosion protection
C23

SITRANS TH200, programmable • Explosion protection Ex ia to INMETRO E252)

• Without Ex protection 5 0 (Brazil) (only with 7NG313.-1....)
• With Ex ia (ATEX + IECEx) 5 1 • Explosion protection Ex d to INMETRO E262)
• With Ex nAL for zone 2 (ATEX + IECEx) 5 2 (Brazil) (only with 7NG313.-4....)
• Total device SITRANS TF Ex d 5 4 • Explosion protection Ex nA to INMETRO E272)
(ATEX + IECEx)1) (Brazil) (only with 7NG313.-2...)
• Total device SITRANS TF according to FM 5 5 • Explosion protection Ex i to NEPSI E552)
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1) (China) (only with 7NG313.-1...)
SITRANS TH300, communication capability • Explosion protection Ex d to NEPSI E562)
according to HART V 5.9 (China) (only with 7NG313.-4....)
• Without Ex-protection 6 0 • Explosion protection Ex nA to NEPSI E572)
• With Ex ia (ATEX + IECEx) 6 1 (China) (only with 7NG313.-2...)
• With Ex nAL for zone 2 (ATEX + IECEx) 6 2 • Explosion protection Ex d to KOSHA E702)
• Total device SITRANS TF Ex d 6 4 (Korea) (only with 7NG313.-4...)
(ATEX + IECEx)1) • Explosion protection Ex i according to EAC E812)
• Total device SITRANS TF according to FM 6 5 (Russia/Belarus/Kazahstan)
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1) (only for 7NG313.-1...)
Enclosure • Explosion protection Ex d according to EAC E822)
Die-cast aluminium A (Russia/Belarus/Kazahstan)
Stainless steel precision casting E (only for 7NG313.-4...)
Connections/cable inlet • Explosion protection Ex nA according to EAC E832)
Screwed glands M20x1.5 B (Russia/Belarus/Kazahstan)
Screwed glands ½-14 NPT C (only for 7NG313.-2...)
Digital indicator Marine approvals
Without 0 • Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd D01
With 1 (DNV GL)
• Bureau Veritas (BV) D02
Mounting bracket and securing parts
• Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
Without 0
Made of steel 1 • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
Made of stainless steel 2 Two coats of lacquer on casing and cover (PU G10
on epoxy)
Transient protection J01
Cable gland CAPRI 1/2 NPT ADE 4F, D57
nickle-plated brass (CAPRI 848694 and
810634) included
Cable gland 1/2 NPT ADE 1F, D58
cable diam. 6 ... 12 (CAPRI 818694 and
810534) included
Cable gland 1/2 NPT ADE 4F, stainless steel D59
(CAPRI 848699 and 810634) included
Cable gland 1/2 NPT ADE 1F, D60
cable diam. 4 ... 8.5 (CAPRI 818674 and
810534) included

2/222 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA

Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Customer-specific programming Accessories
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Further accessories for assembly, connection
code(s) and transmitter configuration, see page
2/237.
Measuring range to be set Y013)
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
Y01: ... to ... °C, °F
Modem for SITRANS TH100, TH200, TR200
and TF with TH200 incl. parameterization
7NG3092-8KU 2
software T
Measuring point no. (TAG), max. 8 characters Y174)
with USB interface
Meas. point descriptor, max. 16 characters Y235)
HART modem
Meas. point message, max. 32 characters Y245)
With USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
Only inscription on measuring point label: Y225)
specify in plain text: Measuring range SIMATIC PDM parameterization software see chapter 8
also for SITRANS TH300
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U026)
Mounting bracket and securing parts
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U036)
Made of steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AC
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire U046) Made of steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AB
Pt1000 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U12 Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AJ
Pt1000 (IEC) 3-wire U13 Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AH
Pt1000 (IEC) 4-wire U14 Digital indicator1) 7MF4997-1BS
Thermocouple type B U206)7) Connection board A5E02226423
Thermocouple type C (W5) U216)7) 1) It is not possible to upgrade devices with Ex protection
Thermocouple type D (W3) U226)7)
Thermocouple type E U236)7) Ordering example 1:
Thermocouple type J U246)7)
7NG3135-0AB11-Z Y01+Y23+U03
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Thermocouple type K U256)7) Y23: TICA1234HEAT
Thermocouple type L U266)7) Ordering example 2:
Thermocouple type N U276)7) 7NG3136-0AC11-Z Y01+Y23+Y24+U25
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Thermocouple type R U286)7) Y23: TICA 1234 ABC
Thermocouple type S U296)7) Y24: HEATING BOILER 56789
Thermocouple type T U306)7) Factory setting (transmitter):
Thermocouple type U U316)7) • Pt100 (IEC 751) with three-wire circuit
• Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
With TC: CJC external (Pt100, 3-wire) U41 • Fault current 22.8 mA
With TC: CJC external with fixed value, spec- Y50 • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
ify in plain text • Damping 0.0 s
Special differing customer-specific program- Y098)
ming, specify in plain text
Fail-safe value 3.6 mA (instead of 22.8 mA) U344)
Supply units see Chapter "Supplementary Components".
1) Without cable gland.
2) Option does not include ATEX/IECEx approval, only country-specific
approval.
3) For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and
the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here.
For specification on TAG plate, please select Y22.
4) For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected.
For specification on TAG plate, please select Y23.
5) If only Y22, Y23 or Y24 are ordered and the label only has to be on the tag
plate, Y01 does not have to be specified.
6) For this selection, Y01 must also be selected.
7) Internal reference junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
8) For customer-specific programming, for example mV and ohm, the start
value and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must
be entered here.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/223

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS TF field indicator 7 NG 3 1 3 0 - 77777 Customer-specific programming
for 4 ... 20 mA signals Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
Click on the Article No. for the online con- code(s)
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Measuring range to be set Y013)
2 Without Ex-protection 0 1 Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
Y01: ... to ... °C, °F
With Ex ia (ATEX + IECEx) 1 1
With Ex nAL for zone 2 (ATEX + IECEx) 2 1 Only inscription on TAG plate: specify in plain Y224)
Total device SITRANS TF Ex d 4 1 text: Measuring range
(ATEX + IECEx)1) Only inscription on TAG plate: Measuring Y234)
Total device SITRANS TF according to FM 5 1 point descriptor, max. 16 characters
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1)
Only inscription on TAG plate: Measuring Y244)
Enclosure point message, max. 27 characters
Die-cast aluminium A Special differing customer-specific program- Y095)
Stainless steel precision casting E ming, specify in plain text
Connections/cable inlet Supply units see Chapter "Supplementary Components".
Screwed glands M20x1.5 B
1) Without cable gland.
Screwed glands ½-14 NPT C
2) Option does not include ATEX/IECEx approval, only country-specific
Digital indicator approval.
With 1 3) For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and
Mounting bracket and securing parts the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here.
4) If only Y22, Y23 or Y24 are ordered and the label only has to be on the tag
Without 0
Made of steel 1 plate, Y01 does not have to be specified.
5) For customer-specific programming, for example mV and ohm, the start
Made of stainless steel 2
value and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must
Further designs Order code be entered here.
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Test protocol (5 measuring points) C11 Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Explosion protection Accessories
• Explosion protection Ex ia to INMETRO E252) Further accessories for assembly, connection
(Brazil) (only with 7NG313.-1....) and transmitter configuration, see page
• Explosion protection Ex d to INMETRO E262) 2/237.
(Brazil) (only with 7NG313.-4....)
Mounting bracket and securing parts
• Explosion protection Ex nA to INMETRO E272)
(Brazil) (only with 7NG313.-2...) Made of steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AC
• Explosion protection Ex i to NEPSI E552) Made of steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AB
(China) (only with 7NG313.-1...) Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AJ
• Explosion protection Ex d to NEPSI E562) Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AH
(China) (only with 7NG313.-4....) Digital indicator1) 7MF4997-1BS
• Explosion protection Ex nA to NEPSI E572)
(China) (only with 7NG313.-2...) Connection board A5E02226423
• Explosion protection Ex d to KOSHA E702) 1) It is not possible to upgrade devices with Ex protection
(Korea) (only with 7NG313.-4...)
• Explosion protection Ex i according to EAC E812) Ordering example 1:
(Russia/Belarus/Kazahstan)
(only for 7NG313.-1...) 7NG3130-0AB10-Z Y01+Y23
E822) Y01: -5...100 °C
• Explosion protection Ex d according to EAC Y23: TICA1234HEAT
(Russia/Belarus/Kazahstan)
(only for 7NG313.-4...) Ordering example 2:
• Explosion protection Ex nA according to EAC E832)
7NG3130-0AC10-Z Y01+Y23+Y24
(Russia/Belarus/Kazahstan) Y01: 0 ... 20 BAR
(only for 7NG313.-2...)
Y23: PICA 1234 ABC
Marine approvals Y29: HEATING BOILER 67890
• Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd D01
(DNV GL) Factory setting (field indicator):
• Bureau Veritas (BV) D02 4 ... 20 mA
• Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
Two coats of lacquer on casing and cover G10
(PU on epoxy)
Transient protection J01
Cable gland CAPRI 1/2 NPT ADE 4F, D57
nickle-plated brass (CAPRI 848694 and
810634) included
Cable gland 1/2 NPT ADE 1F, cable diam. D58
6 ... 12 (CAPRI 818694 and 810534) included
Cable gland 1/2 NPT ADE 4F, stainless steel D59
(CAPRI 848699 and 810634) included
Cable gland 1/2 NPT ADE 1F, cable diam. D60
4 ... 8.5 (CAPRI 818674 and 810534) included

2/224 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA

■ Dimensional drawings

13 (0.51) 144 (5.67) 55 80 (3.15)

15* (0.59) (2.17) b 100* (3.94)

(0.79)
138* (5.43)
52 (2.05) 28
2

20
6 2
50* (1.97) (1.10)

(1.97)
50
80 (3.15)

117 (4.61)
3

a
237 (9.33)
8 5 4

68 (2.68)

120 (4.72)

36.5 (1.44)
1
72 (2.83)

a: max. 164 (6.46) (M20x1.5)

max. 189 (7.44) (½-14 NPT)
b: max. 25 (0.98) (M20x1.5)
max. 50 (1.97) (½-14 NPT)
*) Dimensions for stainless 123 (4.84)
Ø 50 ... 60 7
steel enclosure (1.97 ... 2.36)

105 (4.13)
1 Sensor connection (screwed gland M20x1.5 or ½-14 NPT)
6 Protective cover (without function)
2 Blanking plug
7 Mounting bracket (option) with clamp for securing to a
3 Electrical connection (screwed gland M20x1.5 or ½-14 NPT) vertical or horizontal pipe
4 Terminal side, output signal 8 Cover with window for digital display
5 Terminal side, sensor

SITRANS TF, dimensions in mm (inches)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/225

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitter for field mounting/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, two-wire system and SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA

■ Schematics

Resistance thermometer Resistance Thermocouple

2
3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 3 + - 6
3-W

3-W

3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5

4 5 4 5 4 5

+ TC -
RTD R

Two-wire system 1) Two-wire system 1) Cold junction compensation

Internal/fixed value

3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 + -
3 6
3-W

3-W

3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5

4 5 4 5 4 5

+ TC -
RTD R
RTD

Three-wire system Three-wire system Cold junction compensation with

external Pt100 in two-wire system 1)

3 6
3 6 3 + - 6

3-W
+ - 3 6 4 5
3 6 + -
3-W

3 6
3-W

4 5 4 5
4 5
4 5 4 5

+ TC -
RTD RTD
R

Four-wire system Four-wire system Cold junction compensation with

external Pt100 in three-wire system
3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 + - 3 6
3-W

3 6 + -
3-W

4 5 4 5 3 4 3-W 5
6

4 5 4 5 4 5

RTD2 + TC2 - + TC1 -

R2

R1

RTD1

Generation of average Generation of average Generation of average value / difference

value / difference 1) value / difference 1) with internal cold junction compensation
1)
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction.

Voltage measurement Current measurement

3 6 3 6
+ - 3 + - 6
3 6
3-W
3-W

4 5 4 5

4 5 4 5

+ - R
U
+ -
I

SITRANS TF, sensor connection assignment

2/226 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF fieldbus transmitter

■ Overview ■ Application
The SITRANS TF can be used everywhere where temperatures
need to be measured under particularly harsh conditions.
For that reasons users from all industries have opted for this field
device.
The rugged enclosure protects the electronics. The stainless
2
steel model is almost completely resistant to sea water and other
aggressive elements.
The inner workings offer high measuring accuracy, universal in-
put and a wide range of diagnostic options.

■ Function
Features
• Polarity-neutral bus connection
• 24-bit analog-digital converter for high resolution
• Electrically isolated
• Version for use in hazardous areas
Our field devices for heavy industrial use • Special characteristic
• FOUNDATION fieldbus • Sensor redundance
• PROFIBUS PA
Transmitter with PROFIBUS PA communication
The SITRANS TF temperature transmitter works where others
can’t cope. • Function blocks: 2 x analog
Transmitter with FOUNDATION fieldbus communication
■ Benefits • Function blocks: 2 x analog and 1 x PID
• For universal use as a transmitter for resistance thermometers, • Functionality: Basic or LAS
thermocouple elements,  or mV signals
• Rugged two-chamber enclosure in die-cast aluminium or Mode of operation
stainless steel The following function diagram explains the mode of operation
• Degree of protection IP66/67/68 of the transmitter.
• Can be mounted elsewhere if the measuring point The only difference between the two versions of the SITRANS TF
- is hard to access, (7NG3137-... and 7NG3138-...) is the type of field bus protocol
- is subject to high temperatures, used (PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION fieldbus).
- is subject to vibrations from the system,
- or if you want to avoid long neck tubes and/or protective
tubes.
• Can be mounted directly on American-design sensors
• Wide range of approvals for use in potentially explosive atmo-
spheres. "Intrinsically safe, non-sparking and flameproof" type
of protection, for Europe and USA

Transformer
Input 1
Input 2
Differential
Optional inputs: Mean value
Redundancy
- Resistance thermometer Terminal temperature
Engineering units
- Thermocouple Diagnostic functions
- mV sensor Table linearization
Polynomial linearization
- Resistance-based sensors Process calibration

Electrically
isolated
6
Ex power circuit

Input 1 1
5
A/D
converter CPU Communication Bus connection
4
2
Input 2
3

EEPROM - PROFIBUS PA protocol (7NG3137)

Internal
Complex configuration or
Pt100
Correction coefficient - FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol
Factory settings (7NG3138)

SITRANS TF with TH400, function diagram

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/227

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF fieldbus transmitter
System communication Thermocouple
to IEC 584 Measuring range
Bus terminator PROFIBUS PA
• Type B 400 ... 1820 °C (752 ... 3308 °F)
Segment • Type E -100 ... +1000 °C
coupler (-148 ... +1832 °F)
2 • Type J -100 ... +1000 °C
(-148 ... +1832 °F)
SITRANS TF
with TH400 PA
• Type K -100 ... +1200 °C
(-148 ... +2192 °F)
• Type N -180 ... +1300 °C
(-292 ... +2372 °F)
• Type R -50 ... +1760 °C (-58 ... +3200 °F)
Bus terminator FOUNDATION Fieldbus • Type S -50 ... +1760 °C (-58 ... +3200 °F)
• Type T -200 ... +400 °C (-328 ... +752 °F)
Segment
coupler to DIN 43710
• Type L -200 ... +900 °C (-328 ... +1652 °F)
SITRANS TF • Type U -200 ... +600 °C (-328 ... +1112 °F)
with TH400 FF
to ASTM E988-90
• Type W3 0 ... 2300 °C (32 ... 4172 °F)
• Type W5 0 ... 2300 °C (32 ... 4172 °F)
SITRANS TF with TH400, communication interface
External cold junction compensation -40 ... +135 °C (-40 ... +275 °F)

■ Technical specifications Sensor fault detection

• Sensor break detection Yes
Input
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 3 mV
Analog/digital conversion
• Sensor current in the event of 4 A
• Measurement rate < 50 ms open-circuit monitoring
• Resolution 24-bit mV sensor - voltage input
Resistance thermometer Measuring range -800 ... +800 mV
Pt25 ... 1000 to IEC 60751/JIS C Input resistance 10 M
1604
Output
• Measuring range -200 ... +850 °C
(-328 ... +1562 °F) Filter time (programmable) 0 ... 60 s

Ni25 ... 1000 to DIN 43760 Update time < 400 ms

• Measuring range -60 ... +250 °C (-76 ... +482 °F) Measuring accuracy

Cu10 ... 1000,  = 0.00427 Accuracy is defined as the higher

value of general values and basic
• Measuring range -50 ... +200 °C (-58 ... +392 °F) values.
Line resistance per sensor cable Max. 50  General values
Sensor current Nominal 0.2 mA Type of input Absolute accu- Temperature
Sensor fault detection racy coefficient

• Sensor break detection Yes All   0.05 % of the   0.002 % of

measured value the measured
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 15  value/°C
Resistance-based sensors Basic values
Measuring range 0 ... 10 k Type of input Basic accuracy Temperature
coefficient
Line resistance per sensor cable Max. 50 
Pt100 and Pt1000   0.1 °C   0.002 °C/°C
Sensor current Nominal 0.2 mA
Ni100   0.15 °C   0.002 °C/°C
Sensor fault detection
Cu10   1.3 °C   0.02 °C/°C
• Sensor break detection Yes
Resistance-based sensors   0.05    0.002 /°C
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 15 
Voltage source   10 V   0.2 V/°C
Thermocouple, type:   0.5 °C   0.01 °C/°C
E, J, K, L, N, T, U
Thermocouple, type:   1 °C   0.025 °C/°C
B, R, S, W3, W5
Cold junction compensation   0.5 °C
Reference conditions
Warming-up time 30 s
Signal-to-noise ratio Min. 60 dB
Calibration condition 20 ... 28 °C (68 ... 82 °F)

2/228 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF fieldbus transmitter
Conditions of use Certificates and approvals
Ambient conditions Explosion protection ATEX
Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) EC type test certificate ZELM 11 ATEX 0471 X
Permissible storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) • Type of protection "intrinsic safety i" II 2 (1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gb
Relative humidity  98 %, with condensation
(version: 7NG313x-1xxxx) II 2 G Ex ib IIC T6 Gb
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T100 °C Da 2
Insulation resistance Conformity statement ZELM 11 ATEX 0471 X
• Test voltage 500 V AC for 60 s • "Operating equipment that is non- II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4 Gc
• Continuous operation 50 V AC/75 V DC ignitable and has limited energy" II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4 Gc
type of protection II 3 G Ex nA [ic] IIC T6/T4 Gc
Electromagnetic compatibility (version: 7NG313x-2xxxx)
NAMUR NE21 EC type test certificate ZELM 11 ATEX 0472 X
EMC 2014/30/EU Emission and EN 61326-1, EN 61326-2-5 • "Flame-proof enclosure" type of II 2 G Ex d IIC T6/T5 Gb
Noise Immunity protection (version: 7NG313x- II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T100 °C Db
Construction 4xxxx)

Weight Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb) without Explosion protection: FM for USA
options • FM approval FM 3017742
Dimensions See "Dimensional drawings" • Type of protection XP, DIP, NI and S XP / I / 1 / BCD / T5,T6; Type 4X
Enclosure materials • Die-cast aluminum, low in cop- (version 7NG313x-5xxxx) DIP / II, III / 1 / EFG / T5,T6;
per, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel Type 4X
• Polyester-based lacquer for GD NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T5,T6; Type 4X
AlSi 12 enclosure S / II, III / 2 / FG T5,T6; Type 4X
• Stainless steel rating plate
Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST), INMETRO,
Electrical connection, sensor con- • screw terminals NEPSI, KOSHA
nection • Cable inlet via M20 x 1.5 or ½ Communication
-14 NPT screwed gland
Parameterization interface
• Bus connection with M12 device
plug (optional) • PROFIBUS PA connection
Mounting bracket (optional) Steel, galvanized and chrome- - Protocol A&D profile, Version 3.0
plated or stainless steel
- Protocol EN 50170 Volume 2
Degree of protection IP66/67 to EN 60529
- Address (for delivery) 126
Auxiliary power
- Function blocks 2 x analog
Power supply
• FOUNDATION fieldbus connec-
• Standard, Ex "d", Ex "nA", Ex "nL", 10.0 ... 32 V DC tion
XP, NI
- Protocol FF protocol
• Ex "ia", Ex "ib" 10.0 ... 30 V DC
- Protocol FF design specifications
• In FISCO/FNICO installations 10.0 ... 17.5 V DC
- Functionality Basic or LAS
Power consumption < 11 mA
- Version ITK 4.6
Max. increase in power consump- < 7 mA
tion in the event of a fault - Function blocks 2 x analog and 1 x PID
Factory setting
for SITRANS TH400 PA
Sensor Pt100 (IEC)
Type of connection 3-wire circuit
Unit °C
Failure mode Last valid value
Filter time 0s
PA address 126
PROFIBUS Ident No. Manufacturer-specific
for SITRANS TH400 FF
Sensor Pt100 (IEC)
Type of connection 3-wire circuit
Unit °C
Failure mode Last valid value
Filter time 0s
Node address 22

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/229

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF fieldbus transmitter

Selection and Ordering data Article No. Further designs Order code
Temperature transmitter in field enclosure 7 NG 3 1 3 7 - 777 0 7 Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
with fieldbus communication and electrical
isolation Test report (5 measuring points) C11
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Bus connection
2 figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • M12 device plug (metal), without mating
connector
M002)
Integrated transmitter
SITRANS TH400 with PROFIBUS PA • M12 device plug (metal), with mating con- M012)
• Without Ex protection 7 0 nector
• With Ex ia (ATEX) 7 1 Explosion protection
• With Ex nAL for zone 2 (ATEX) 7 2 • Explosion protection Ex ia to INMETRO E253)
• Total device SITRANS TF Ex d 7 4 (Brazil) (only with 7NG313.-1....)
(ATEX + IECEx)1)
• Explosion protection Ex d to INMETRO E263)
• Total device SITRANS TF according to FM 7 5 (Brazil) (only with 7NG313.-4....)
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1)
SITRANS TH400, with FOUNDATION fieldbus • Explosion protection Ex nA to INMETRO E273)
(Brazil) (only with 7NG313.-2...)
• Without Ex protection 8 0
• With Ex ia (ATEX) 8 1 • Explosion protection Ex i to NEPSI E553)
(China) (only with 7NG313.-1...)
• With Ex nAL for zone 2 (ATEX) 8 2
• Total device SITRANS TF Ex d 8 4 • Explosion protection Ex d to NEPSI E563)
(ATEX + IECEx)1) (China) (only with 7NG313.-4....)
• Total device SITRANS TF according to FM 8 5 • Explosion protection Ex nA to NEPSI E573)
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1) (China) (only with 7NG313.-2...)
Enclosure • Explosion protection Ex d to KOSHA E703)
Die-cast aluminium A (Korea) (only with 7NG313.-4...)
Stainless steel precision casting E • Explosion protection Ex i according to EAC E813)
(Russia/Belarus/Kazahstan)
Connections/cable inlet (only for 7NG313.-1...)
Screwed glands M20x1.5 B E823)
Screwed gland s ½-14 NPT C • Explosion protection Ex d according to EAC
(Russia/Belarus/Kazahstan)
Mounting bracket and fastening parts (only for 7NG313.-4...)
None 0 • Explosion protection Ex nA according to EAC E833)
Made of steel 1 (Russia/Belarus/Kazahstan)
Stainless steel 2 (only for 7NG313.-2...)
Marine approvals
• Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd D01
(DNV GL)
• Bureau Veritas (BV) D02
• Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
Two coats of lacquer on casing and cover (PU G10
on epoxy)
Transient protection J01
Cable gland CAPRI 1/2 NPT ADE 4F, D57
nickle-plated brass (CAPRI 848694 and
810634) included
Cable gland 1/2 NPT ADE 1F, D58
cable diam. 6 ... 12 (CAPRI 818694 and
810534) included
Cable gland 1/2 NPT ADE 4F, stainless steel D59
(CAPRI 848699 and 810634) included
Cable gland 1/2 NPT ADE 1F, D60
cable diam. 4 ... 8.5 (CAPRI 818674 and
810534) included

2/230 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF fieldbus transmitter

Selection and Ordering data Order code. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Customer-specific programming Accessories
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Further accessories for assembly, connection
code(s) and transmitter configuration, see page
2/237.
Measuring range to be set Y014)
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
Y01: ... to ... °C, °F
SIMATIC PDM parameterization software
also for SITRANS TF with TH400 PA
see Sec. 8
2
Meas. point no. (TAG), max. 8characters Y155) Mounting bracket and fastening parts
Made of steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AC
Meas. point descriptor, max. 16 characters Y235) Made of steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AB
Meas. point message, max. 32 characters Y246) Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AJ
Bus address, specify in plain text Y255) Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AH

Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U027) Connection board A5E02391790

Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U037)

Ordering example 1:
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire U047) 7NG3137-0AB01-Z Y01+Y15+Y25+U03
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Pt1000 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U12
Y15: TICA1234HEAT
Pt1000 (IEC) 3-wire U13 Y25: 33
Pt1000 (IEC) 4-wire U14 Ordering example 2:
Thermocouple type B U207)8)
7NG3137-0AC01-Z Y01+Y15+Y25+U25
Thermocouple type C (W5) U217)8) Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Thermocouple type D (W3) U227)8) Y15: TICA 1234 ABC 5678
Y25: 35
Thermocouple type E U237)8)
Factory setting:
Thermocouple type J U247)8)
• for SITRANS TH400 PA:
Thermocouple type K U257)8) - Pt100 (IEC) with 3-wire circuit
Thermocouple type L U267)8) - Unit: °C
Thermocouple type N U277)8) - Failure mode: last valid value
- Filter time: 0 s
Thermocouple type R U287)8) - PA address: 126
Thermocouple type S U297)8) - PROFIBUS Ident No.: manufacturer-specific
Thermocouple type T U307)8) • for SITRANS TH400 FF:
- Pt100 (IEC) with 3-wire circuit
Thermocouple type U U317)8) - Unit: °C
With TC: CJC: external (Pt100, 3-wire) U41 - Failure mode: last valid value
- Filter time: 0 s
With TC: CJC: external with fixed value, spec- Y50
ify in plain text - Node address: 22
Special differing customer-specific program- Y099)
ming, specify in plain text
1) Without cable gland
2) Not available for explosion protection Ex d or XP.
3) Option does not include ATEX/IECEx approval, only country-specific
approval.
4) For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and
the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here.
5) If only Y15, Y23 or Y25 are ordered and the label only has to be on the tag
plate, Y01 does not have to be specified.
6) For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected.
7) For this selection, Y01 must also be selected.
8) Internal cold junction compensation is selected as the default for TC
9) For customer-specific programming, for example mV and ohm, the start
value and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must
be entered here

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/231

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF fieldbus transmitter

■ Dimensional drawings

20 (0.79)
144 (5.67) 55 (2.17) 80 (3.15)
138* (5.43) b 100* (3.94)
52 (2.05) 28 6 2
2 50* (1.97) (1.10)

50 (1.97)
Ø 80 (3.15)

117 (4.61)
3

a
237 (9.33)
5 4

68 (2.68)

120 (4.72)

36.5 (1.44)
72 (2.83)

1
a: max. 164 (6.46) (M20x1.5)
max. 189 (7.44) (½-14 NPT)
b: max. 25 (0.98) (M20x1.5)
max. 50 (1.97) (½-14 NPT)
123 (4.84)
*) Dimensions for stainless Ø 50 ... 60 7
steel enclosure (1.97 ... 2.36)
105 (4.13)
1 Sensor connection (screwed gland M20x1.5 or ½-14 NPT) 5 Terminal side, sensor
2 Blanking plug 6 Protective cover (without function)
3 Electrical connection (screwed plug M20x1.5 orr ½-14 NPT), 7 Mounting bracket (optional) with clamp securing to
optional M12 device plug a vertical or horizontal pipe
4 Terminal side, bus connection

SITRANS TF with TH400, dimensions in mm (inches)

2/232 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Transmitters for field mounting
SITRANS TF fieldbus transmitter

■ Schematics

Resistance thermometer Thermocouple Resistance

+ -
Two-wire system 1) Internal Two-wire system 1)
cold junction compensation

+ -

Three-wire system Cold junction compensation Three-wire system

with external Pt100 in two-wire system 1)

+ -

Four-wire system Cold junction compensation Four-wire system

with external Pt100 in three-wire system

2 2
+ - 2
1 1 1
+ -

Mean-value/differential or Mean value, differential or Mean value, differential or redundancy generation

redundancy generation redundancy generation with internal 1 resistor in two-wire system 1)
2 x two-wire system 1) cold junction compensation 1 resistor in three-wire system

Voltage measurement

2
2 + -
1 +1 -

Mean-value/differential or Mean value, differential or

redundancy generation redundancy generation and
1 sensor in two-wire system 1) cold junction compensation + -
1 sensor in three-wire system with internal Pt100
in two-wire system 1) One voltage source

2
1 + -
+ -
1)
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction. Measurement of mean value, differential and
redundancy with 2 voltage sources

SITRANS TF with TH400, sensor connection assignment

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/233

 © Siemens AG 2018
Temperature Measurement
Multipoint temperature transmitter
SITRANS TO500
■ Overview
2 The connectors are easy to access on the front:
SITRANS TO500 is a multipoint temperature transmitter for mea-
suring temperatures and temperature profiles using fiber optic
multipoint temperature measurement lances.
■ Benefits
• Evaluation of a large number of sensors (fiber Bragg grating
(FBG)) in one temperature transmitter
• Low space requirement of the measurement lances
• 4 measuring lance channels per transmitter
• Easy to install
• PROFIBUS DP - Simple integration into control system
• Fast response to temperature changes
• Exact, no recalibration required due to internal reference
• Also suitable for high process temperatures
■ Application
The SITRANS TO500 is used for evaluating a large number of
sensors arranged on a fiber optic multipoint temperature measu-
rement lance.
Up to 4 measurement lances with up to 48 sensors (fiber Bragg
grating (FBG)) each can be processed simultaneously by a
SITRANS TO500.
Accurate and fast determination of temperature profiles enables
process optimization in terms of service life, quality and output.
Locations of excessive temperature rise are quickly and accura-
tely detected, thereby preventing damage to the process, equip-
ment and environment.
Wherever temperature profiles must be determined and installa-
tion space is limited, the SITRANS TO500 with fiber-optic tempe-
rature measurement is the right choice.
2/234 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
■ Design
The SITRANS TO500 multipoint temperature transmitter is loca-
ted in the control cabinet in a compact aluminum enclosure for
mounting onto DIN rails.
• 4 x connector for measurement lances
• 1 x connector for power supply
• 1 x connector PROFIBUS DP
• 1 x connector Ethernet
The status displays are also located on the front.
■ Mode of operation
In the SITRANS TO500 multipoint temperature transmitter, light is
generated in the wavelength of 1500 to 1600 nm and output to
the measurement lance by means of a continuously tunable la-
ser light. Fiber Bragg gratings (FBG) are mounted at defined
measurement points on the measurement lances. Each FBG re-
flects light of a defined wavelength. The wavelength reflected by
the FBGs varies as a function of temperature. The reflection at
the FBG is thus a measure of the temperature at the respective
measurement point. Up to 48 FBGs gratings per channel can be
evaluated, depending on the temperature range.
A gas cell with fixed absorption line serves as a reference in the
SITRANS TO500 and the wavelength determination is conti-
nuously adjusted by it.
■ Function
The SITRANS TO500 has 4 channels which are evaluated simul-
taneously. The wavelength reflected at each sensor in the multi-
point temperature measurement lance depends on the tempera-
ture, and this wavelength is output in the multipoint temperature
transmitter. The temperature can be determined and displayed
accurately at up to 48 sensors per channel. The positions of the
sensors can be specified by the customer. This leads to a flexi-
ble and application-specific solution for the customer.
The measured temperatures are transferred to the control sys-
tem via PROFIBUS DP. The parameters of the SITRANS TO500
are set via the integrated Ethernet interface.
 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Multipoint temperature transmitter
SITRANS TO500

■ Technical specifications ■ Selection and Ordering data Article-No.

Input SITRANS TO500 7NG9551-4AA00-0AA0
Channels 4 multipoint temperature transmitter

Measured variable Temperature Communication: PROFIBUS DP

Input type Max. 48 sensors (FBGs) per

channel
Channels: 4
Power supply: 24 V DC
Optical connection: FC/APC plug
2
Enclosure: Aluminum, IP20
Characteristics Temperature-linear
Resolution 0.1 K
Measuring accuracy < 0.5 K
Repeatability < 0.5 K
Measuring cycle <1s
Measuring range -180 ... +800 °C
(-292 ... +1472 °F) depending on
the measurement lance
Unit °C
Power supply 24 V DC + 20 %
Power consumption Max. 15 W
Protection Against reverse polarity
Measuring velocity
• Measurement rate 1 Hz independent of the number
of FBGs
Output
Output signal PROFIBUS DP
Optical power  1 mW per channel
Laser protection class Class 1
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F)
Storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Relative humidity < 80%, non condensing at 50 °C
(122 °F)
Electromagnetic compatibility According to EN 61326 and
NAMUR NE21
Degree of protection to EN 60529
Enclosure IP20
Design
Weight 2.4 kg (5.3 lb)
Dimensions See "Dimensional drawings"
DIN rail adapter Rear-mounted
Material Aluminum
Displays and control elements
LEDs "Power-on" (continuous light)
"Status" (flashing during startup;
otherwise continuous light)
Pushbutton "Reset" (system restart or address
reset)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/235

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Multipoint temperature transmitter
SITRANS TO500

■ Dimensionsal drawings
250 (9.84) 130 (5.11)

2 s SITRANS TO500

POWER
CH1
STATUS
140 (5.51)

RESET
CH2

+ CH3
-
GND

CH4
POWER ETHERNET PROFIBUS DP
110 (4.33)

SITRANS TO500, front, rear and side view; dimensions in mm (inch)

Installation
length 100 (3.94) Cable length
(0.394)
Ø 10

(0.031)
Ø 0.8

Pigtail with Handpiece Glass fiber

FC/APC plug

Measuring lance with FC/APC connector, pigtail and handpiece; dimensions in mm (inch)

■ Schematics

s SITRANS TO500
Connector measurement
lances
POWER
"Power" and "Status" LEDs STATUS
CH1
Channel 1
"Reset" pushbutton RESET
CH2 Channel 2

+ CH3 Channel 3
Connector power supply -
GND
24 V DC CH4 Channel 4
POWER ETHERNET PROFIBUS DP

Connector PROFIBUS DP V0/V1 RS485

Connector Ethernet RJ45 for LAN (TCP/IP)

SITRANS TO500, connector assignment

2/236 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Accessories
Further accessories for assembly, connection and transmitter configuration
Transmitter configuration for Connection and mounting accessories for
SITRANS TH / TR / TF and SITRANS TS field transmitter SITRANS TF
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Modem for SITRANS TH100, TH200, TR200 Mounting bracket and fastening parts
and TF, with TH200 including SITPROM T • made of steel for 7NG313.-..B.. and 7MF4997-1AC
parameter assignment software; 4 ... 20 mA
• with USB interface 7NG3092-8KU
7MP1110
• made of steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AB
2
HART modem for all HART devices including • made of stainless steel 304 for 7MF4997-1AJ
SITRANS TH300, TH 320, TH 420, TR 300, 7NG313.-..B.. and 7MP1110
TR 320, TR 420, TF in HART • made of stainless steel 304 for 7MF4997-1AH
• with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB 7NG313.-..C..
• made of stainless steel 316L for 7MF4997-1AQ
SIMATIC PDM parameter assignment soft- siehe Kap. 8 7NG313.-..B..
ware for SITRANS TH300, TR300, TH400,
TF in HART / PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION • made of stainless steel 316L for 7MF4997-1AP
Fieldbus 7NG313.-..C..
Digital indicator for SITRANS TF1) 7MF4997-1BS
IE/PB LINK PN IO siehe Kap. 7
Connection board for SITRANS TF A5E02391790
Lithium battery for SITRANS TF280/P280 7MP1990-0AA00
Cover, die-cast aluminium, 7MF4997-1BB
Cable glands and adapters for SITRANS TF and SITRANS TS without inspection window
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Cover, die-cast aluminium, 7MF4997-1BE
with inspection window
M20 x 1.5 nickel-plated brass; 7MF4997-2FR
with Ex-d approval
½-NPT nickel-plated brass; 7MF4997-2FU 1)
with Ex-d approval It is not possible to upgrade devices with Ex protection.
CAPRI screw connection, M20 x 1.5 nickel- 7MF4997-2LA
plated brass; with Ex-d approval Measurement inserts for SITRANS TS500
CAPRI screw connection, M20 x 1.5 stainless 7MF4997-2LB Measurement inserts: see SITRANS TSinsert page 2/100.
steel; with Ex-d approval
CAPRI screw connection ½-14 NPT nickel- 7MF4997-2LC
plated brass; with Ex-d approva
CAPRI screw connection ½-14 NPT stainless 7MF4997-2LD
steel; with Ex-d approval
Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male thread) to } 7MP1990-0BA00
½-14 NPT (female thread)
Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male thread) to G½ } 7MP1990-0BB00
(female thread)

Lightning protection for SITRANS TF

(SITRANS TS on request)
Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Transient protector M20 x 1.5 7MF4997-2DU
(lightning protection)
Transient protector ½-14 NPT 7MF4997-2DV
(lightning protection)

Connectors for SITRANS TF and SITRANS TS

Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Han 7D device plug made of plastic 7MF4997-2FB
Han 7D device plug made of metal 7MF4997-2FC
M12 socket angled for 4 ... 6 mm 3RK1902-4CA00-
cable diameter, 4AA0
-25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... 185 °F)

Indicator for SITRANS TS500

Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Digital indicator loop-powered HW05 for A5E33119275
SITRANS TS500

Connection and mounting accessories for SITRANS TH

Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Mounting rail adapter for head-mounted 7NG3092-8KA
transmitters (delivery quantity: 5 units)
Connecting cable 7NG3092-8KC
4-wire, 150 mm, for the sensor connection for
head transmitters in the high hinged lid
(set of 5)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/237

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Accessories
Further accessories for assembly, connection and transmitter configuration
Connection heads Type B for SITRANS TS500 and accessory resistance thermometer
Selection and Ordering data Article No
Degree of protection IP54
• Connection head type: similar to BA0; aluminium; 7MC1907-1BA
Flange cover
2 • Connection head type: Similar to BM0; plastic;
screw cover
7MC1907-1BK

Degree of protection IP65

• Connection head type: Similar to BB0; aluminium; 7MC1907-1BF
small hinged lid
• Connection head type: Similar to BC0; aluminium; 7MC1907-1BL
high hinged lid
• Connection head type: B-VA, stainless steel 7MC1907-1BV
• Quick-release clamp for 7MC1907-1BS
connection heads BB0, BC0,
degree of protection of connection head reduced
to IP20, weight: 0.02 kg (0.04 lb)

Welded-in protective tubes to DIN 43772 for SITRANS TS500

Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Welding form 4
• Tapered shank with cylindrical welding stub
• For measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch) OD
• OD female thread M18 x 1.5
Up to 540 °C (1004 °F)
Protective tube to DIN 43772, form 4 made of 13 CrMo 44, mat. No. 1.7335
Cone Protective tube Weight
length C length L mm (inch)
mm (inch) mm (inch)
• 65 (2.56) 140 (5.51) 0.3 (0.66) 7MC1905-1GA
• 65 (2.56) 200 (7.87) 0.5 (1.1) 7MC1905-2GA
• 125 (4.92) 200 (7.87) 0.5 (1.1) 7MC1905-3GA
• 125 (4.92) 260 (10.24) 0.6 (1.32) 7MC1905-4GA
Up to 550 °C (1022 °F)
Protective tube to DIN 43772, form 4 made of 6 CrNiMoTi 17122, mat. No. 1.4571
Cone Protective tube Weight
length C length L kg (lb)
mm (inch) mm (inch)
• 65 (2.56) 140 (5.51) 0.3 (0.66) 7MC1905-1DA
• 65 (2.56) 200 (7.87) 0.5 (1.1) 7MC1905-2DA
• 125 (4.92) 200 (7.87) 0.5 (1.1) 7MC1905-3DA
• 125 (4.92) 260 (10.24) 0.6 (1.32) 7MC1905-4DA

Extension tube for SITRANS TS500

Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Neck tube for high-pressure screw-in resistance thermometer
made of stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4571, with thread at both ends, for measuring insert tube with 6 mm (0.24 inch) OD
Neck tube Total length of the resistance thermometer, Protective Weight
length without connection head tube length
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb)
• 135 (5.31) 395 (15.55) 260 (10.24) 0.14 (0.31) 7MC1906-1AA
• 165 (6.50) 305/365 (12.01/14.37) 140/200 (5.51/7.87) 0.15 (0.33) 7MC1906-2AA
• 195 (7.68) 395 (15.55) 200 (7.87) 0.18 (0.40) 7MC1906-3AA
• 225 (8.86) 365 (14.37) 140 (5.51) 0.20 (0.44) 7MC1906-4AA
• 255 (10.04) 395 (15.55) 140 (5.51) 0.22 (0.49) 7MC1906-5AA

2/238 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement
Accessories
Further accessories for assembly, connection and transmitter configuration
Connection heads Type A and accessory for straight thermocouple
Selection and Ordering data Article No. ■ Connection heads
Metallic protective tubes for straight Connection head, Type A (without terminal block and terminals)
thermocouple elements according for protective tube diameter (bore = protective tube diameter
to DIN 43733
+0.5 mm (0.02 inch))
X 10 CrAl 24, material No. 1.4762 2
; 22 mm x 2 mm (; 0.87 inch x 0.08 inch),
0.55 ... 1.10 kg (1.21 ... 2.42 lb), dished Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Nominal length Protective tube length
in mm (inch): in mm (inch): Connection head, Type A,
(without terminal block and terminals)
• 500 (19.7) 520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1DA
1 Cable inlet, degree of protection IP53,
• 710 (28.0) 730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2DA 0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
• 1000 (39.4) 1020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3DA
Cast light alloy
X 10 CrAl 24, material No. 1.4749 fastener, unscrewable
; 26 mm x 4 mm (; 1.02 inch x 0.16 inch), for protective tube diameter in mm (inch)
1.25 ... 2.20 kg (2.76 ... 4.85 lb), dished (bore = protective tube diam. +0.5 mm)
Nominal length Protective tube length (0.02 inch):
in mm (inch): in mm (inch): • 22 (0.87) 7MC2905-1AA
• 500 (19.7) 520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1EC • 26 (1.02) 7MC2905-1BA
• 710 (28.0) 730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2EC
Cast light alloy
• 1000 (39.4) 1020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3EC
high hinged cover
X 15 CrNiSi 25 20, material No. 1.4841 for protective tube diameter in mm (inch)
; 22 mm x 2 mm (; 0.87 inch x 0.08 inch), (bore = protective tube diam. +0.5 mm)
1.05 kg (2.31 lb), dished (0.02 inch):
Nominal length Protective tube length • 22 (0.87) 7MC2905-4AA
in mm (inch): in mm (inch): • 26 (1.02) 7MC2905-4BA
• 1000 (39.4) 1020 (40.2) 7 M C 2 9 0 0 - 3 FA
CrAl 205 (Megapyr), material No. 1.4767
; 22 mm x 2 mm (; 0.87 inch x 0.05 inch),
■ Installation accessories for connection heads
0.55 ... 1.10 kg (1.21 ... 2.42 lb) • Terminal block
Nominal length Protective tube length • Terminal
in mm (inch): in mm (inch):
• Set of gaskets
• 500 (19.7) 520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1HA
• 710 (28.0) 730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2HA • Set of washers
• 1000 (39.4) 1020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3HA • Mounting flange
• Threaded sleeve
Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Thermocouples elements for straight
thermocouple according to DIN 43733 Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Base-metal thermocouple with insulating Mounting accessories
beads
Terminal block without terminals 7MC2998-1AA
Wire diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Ni Cr/Ni, to 1000 °C (maximal 1300 °C), for base-metal thermocouples;
(to 1832 °F (max. 2372 °F)) 0.06 kg (0.13 lb)
0.55 ... 2.10 kg (1.21 ... 4.63 lb) Terminal 7MC2998-1BA
Nominal Thermocouple for base-metal thermocouples;
length L1 in length L2 in 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
mm (inch): mm (inch):
• 500 (19.7) 540 (21.3) 7MC2903-1CA Set of gaskets (100 off) 7MC2998-1CA
• 710 (28.0) 750 (29.5) 7MC2903-2CA for the connection head cover;
0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
• 1000 (39.4) 1040 (40.9) 7MC2903-3CA
Set of washers (100 off) 7MC2998-1CB
for the terminal block; 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
Mounting flange, adjustable; made of GTW
• for protective tube outer diameters 7MC2998-2CB
22 mm (0.87 inch); 0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
• for protective tube outer diameters 7MC2998-2CC
26 mm (1.02 inch); 0.32 kg (0.71 lb)
Threaded sleeve
Gas-tight up to 1 bar (14.5 psi), adjustable,
materiall No. 1.0718, with gasket;
0.40 kg (0.88 lb)
• for protective tube outer diameters 7MC2998-2DB
22 mm (0.87 inch), G1
• for protective tube outer diameters 7MC2998-2DC
26 mm (1.02 inch), G1

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 2/239

 © Siemens AG 2018

Temperature Measurement

Notes

2/240 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 3
© Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement

3/2 Product overview

SITRANS F US (ultrasonic)
Introduction 3/247 Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
3/9 Criteria for selection of flowmeter 3/248 System information
3/10 Communication solutions Transmitters
3/255 - SITRANS FUS060
SITRANS F M (electromagnetic) 3/262 - SITRANS FUS080/FUE080
3/11 System information Flowmeters
3/29 SITRANS F M Verificator 3/271 - SONO 3300/FUS060
Transmitters 3/277 - SONO 3100/FUS060
3/31 - MAG 5000/6000 3/286 - SONOKIT (with FUS060 or FUS080)
3/43 - MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex 3/297 - SITRANS FUS380 standard
Flow sensors 3/303 - SITRANS FUE380 with CT approval
3/48 - MAG 1100 and MAG 1100 HT 3/312 - SITRANS FUS380 and FUE380
3/56 - MAG 1100 F Dimensional drawings and Schematics
3/67 - MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 HT Energy calculator
3/83 - MAG 3100 P 3/315 - SITRANS FUE950
3/90 - MAG 5100 W
3/103 Transmitter TRANSMAG 2 with sensor 911/E SITRANS F S (ultrasonic)
3/113 Battery-operated water meter MAG 8000 3/326 Clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeters FS230
3/120 - MAG 8000 for abstraction and distribution 3/327 System information
network applications (7ME6810) 3/328 Ultrasonic flow sensor SITRANS FSS200
3/124 - MAG 8000 CT for revenue and 3/333 Transmitter SITRANS FST030,
bulk metering (7ME6820) wall mount housing
3/130 - MAG 8000 for irrigation appl. (7ME6880) Ultrasonic flowmeter SITRANS FS230
3/337 - Ordering data
SITRANS F C (coriolis) 3/341 - Acessories/Spare parts
3/139 System information 3/347 Clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeters FS220
Flowmeter 3/348 Ultrasonic flow sensor SITRANS FSS200
3/149 - Transmitter SITRANS FCT030 3/353 Ultrasonic flow transmitter SITRANS
3/155 - Flowmeter - Accessories/Spare parts FST020, wall mount housing
3/160 - Flow sensor SITRANS FCS400 Ultrasonic flowmeter SITRANS FS220
3/171 - Flowmeter SITRANS FC430 3/355 - Ordering data
3/179 - Flowmeter SITRANS FC410 3/357 - Acessories/Spare parts
3/187 - Flowmeter SITRANS FC330/FC310 3/361 Thickness gauge
3/189 SITRANS F C sensors with SITRANS
FCT010, FCT030 and SIFLOW FC070 SITRANS F X (vortex)
transmitter 3/362 SITRANS FX300
3/189 - MASS 2100 DI 1.5 3/380 SITRANS FX330
3/192 - FC300 DN 4
SITRANS F VA
3/196 - MASS 2100 DI 3, DI 6 and DI 15
3/398 SITRANS FVA250 variable area meter
3/208 SITRANS F C sensors MASS 2100/FC300
with SITRANS FCT010, FCT030 and SITRANS F O delta p - Primary
SIFLOW FC070 transmitters differential pressure devices
(Low flow program) 3/408 Technical description
Transmitters 3/414 Pressure equipment directive 2014/68/EU
3/214 - MASS 6000 IP67 compact/remote
3/417 SITRANS F O - questionnaire online
3/219 - MASS 6000 for 19“ insert/19“ wall mounting
3/418 Orifice plate with annular chamber
3/228 - MASS 6000 Ex d compact/remote
3/424 Orifice plate with single tapping
3/233 - SIFLOW FC070
3/429 Metering pipe with orifice plate and
3/237 Flow sensor SITRANS FCS200
annular chamber
3/242 SITRANS FC sensors with MASS 6000
3/433 Calculation of primary devices
and SIFLOW FC070 transmitter
3/242 - MASS 2100 DI 1.5
3/243 - FC300 DN 4
3/244 - MASS 2100 DI 3, DI 6 and DI 15
You can download all instructions,
catalogs and certificates for SITRANS F
free of charge at the following Internet
address:
www.siemens.com/sitransf

Siemens FI 01 · 2018
 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
Product overview

■ Overview
Application Description Catalog Software for
page parameterization
SITRANS F M electromagnetic flowmeters - Pulsed DC magnetic flowmeter
Designed in robust IP67 polyamide Transmitter MAG 5000/6000 3/31 SIMATIC PDM
enclosures for compact or remote • Superior signal resolution for optimum
mounting. turn down ratio
19", back of panel and front of panel • Comprehensively self-diagnostic,
enclosure program. for error indication and logging

3
• Multi-lingual display and keypad
interface
• Communication modules: HART,
Modbus, PROFIBUS,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, DeviceNet
• Custody transfer approval: PTB K7.2,
OIML R 117, OIML R 49 and MI-001
Designed in robust die-cast aluminum Transmitter MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex 3/43 SIMATIC PDM
enclosure for demanding applications • Remote and compact mounting with all
and where explosion proof protection sensors
is necessary.
• Communication modules: HART,
Modbus, PROFIBUS,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, DeviceNet
• Ex Approval:
ATEX, IECEx, FM, UL, CSA
• Multi-lingual display and
touchpad keypad
• Comprehensively self-diagnostic
Designed for the general industry Flow sensor MAG 1100 3/48
environment • Metering tube DN 2 ... DN 100
The obstructionless performance of (1/12“ ... 4“) flangeless design.
this sensor is unaffected by the sus-
pended solids, viscosity and tempera- • Corrosion-resistant AISI 316 stainless
ture challenges. steel housing.
• Highly resistant liner (ceramic or PFA)
and electrodes fitting most extreme
process media.
• Temperature rating up to 200 °C
(390 °F)
• Ex Approval: ATEX, FM

Specially designed for the food & bev- Flow sensor MAG 1100 F 3/56
erage and pharmaceutical industry • AISI 316 stainless steel enclosure
• Hygienic seal, 3A and EHEDG
• Easy to clean
• Supplied with connections according
to your specification
• Ex Approval: ATEX, FM

The MAG 3100 series with its flexibility Flow sensor MAG 3100
in the choice of liner, electrode and
flange material allows the measure-
ment of even the most extreme pro-
cess media.
3/67
• For a wide range of pipe dimensions:
DN 15 ... DN 2000 (½” ... 78”)
• Wide range of liner and electrode ma-
terials
• High-temperature version for applica-
tion with temperatures up to 180 °C
(355 °F)
• High-pressure solutions
• Custody transfer approval:
PTB, OIML R 117

3/2 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018
Application
Designed for all water and waste
water applications in water plants and • Metering tube DN 15 ... DN 1200
industrial applications
SITRANS F M electromagnetic flowmeters - High-power AC magnetic flowmeter
Designed for heavy-duty applications Transmitter TRANSMAG 2
like pulp & paper stock over 3 %;
heavy mining slurries and mining slur-
ries with magnetic particles
Designed for heavy-duty applications- Flow sensor 911/E
like pulp & paper stock over 3 %;
heavy mining slurries and mining slur-
ries with magnetic particles
SITRANS F M electromagnetic flowmeters - Battery-operated magnetic water meter
Battery-operated electromagnetic
water meter for water applications
within abstraction, distribution net-
work, revenue metering and irrigation
SITRANS F C mass flowmeters
Designed for a variety of liquid and
gas applications
Measurement of mass flow, density,
temperature and fraction
Flow Measurement
Product overview
Description Catalog Software for
page parameterization
Flow sensor MAG 5100 W 3/90
(DN 2000) (½"¨ ... 48" (78“))
• Hard Rubber or EPDM lining
• Integral grounding electrodes as
standard
• Increased low flow accuracy for water
leak detection
• Drinking water approvals and custody
transfer approvals , OIML R 49, MI-001
and PTB K7.2
3
3/103 SIMATIC PDM
• Magnetic flowmeter with a very strong
pulsed AC magnetic field
• PROFIBUS PA or HART communication
• Comprehensive self-test function
3/103
• Metering tube: DN 15 ... DN 1000
(½" ... 40")
• Metering tube liner: Hard Rubber,
Linatex, Soft rubber, PTFE and Novolak
• Integral smartPLUG for storing of cali-
bration values
• Multi-lingual display and touchpad
keypad
• Only remote version
Water meter MAG 8000 3/113 SIMATIC PDM
• Battery- and/or mains power operated and Flow Tool
water meter
• Metering tube DN 25 ... DN 1200
(1" ... 48")
• Remote and compact installation
IP68/ NEMA 6P enclosure
• Custody transfer approval: PTB K7.2,
OIML R 49 and MI-001
• Drinking water approvals
• Communication modules:
GSM/GPRS, Modbus, Encoder
Flowmeters FC430 3/171
(Dual tube design)
• DN 15, DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100
and DN 150
• Flow from 0.2 ... 860 000 kg/h
(1 895 976 lb/h) - water
• Pipe material: AISI 316L, Hastelloy
• Accuracy, typically: Flow: ± 0.1 %,
Density: ± 0.005 g/cm³
(depending on size)
• Liquid temp./pressure: -50 ... +200 °C
(-58 ... + 392 °F)/up to 100 bar
(1450 psi)
• Approvals: ATEX, IECEx, EAC Ex, FM,
CSA, NEPSI, INMETRO, KCs,
OIML R 117, NTEP, CPA, CT-KZ, SIL 2/3,
EHEDG, 3A, CRN, PED
(depending on configuration)
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/3
 © Siemens AG 2018
Flow Measurement
Product overview
Application
Designed for a variety of liquid and
gas applications
Measurement of mass flow, density,
temperature
Modbus RS 485 RTU communication
for direct integration into skids, OEM
and pre-assembled plant packages
3 (depending on size)
Designed for a variety of liquid and
gas applications in the general Pro-
cess Industry.
Measurement of mass flow, density,
temperature and fraction.
Designed for a variety of liquid and
gas applications
Measurement of mass flow, density,
temperature
Modbus RS 485 RTU communication
for direct integration into skids, OEM
and pre-assembled plant packages
Designed for accurate mass flow mea- Flow sensor FCS200
surement of gases in high pressure
applications
3/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2018
Description Catalog Software for
page parameterization
Flowmeters FC410 3/179
(Dual tube design)
• DN 15, DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100
and DN 150
• Flow from 0.2 ... 860 000 kg/h
(0.4 ... 1 895 976 lb/h)
• Pipe material: AISI 316L or Hastelloy C22
• Accuracy, typically: Flow: ± 0.1 %,
Density: ± 0.005 g/cm3
• Liquid temperature/pressure:
-50 ... +200 °C (-58 ... +392 °F)/up to
160 bar (2321 psi)
• Approvals: ATEX, IECEx, EAC Ex, FM,
CSA, NEPSI, INMETRO, EHEDG, 3A,
Germanischer Lloyd/det Norske Veri-
tas, Bureau Veritas, Lloyds of London,
American Bureau of Shipping
(depending on configuration)
Flowmeters FC330 3/187
(Dual tube design)
• DN 15, DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100
and DN 150
• Flow from 0.2 ... 860 000 kg/h
(0.4 ... 1 895 976 lb/h) - water
• Pipe material: AISI 316L or Nickel-Alloy
C4
• Accuracy, typically: Flow: ± 0.1 % or
0.2 % version,
Density: down to ± 0.002 g/cm3
• Liquid temperature/pressure:
-50 ... +205 °C (-58 ... +400 °F)/up to
100 bar (1450 psi)
• Approvals: ATEX, IECEx, cCSAus, CRN,
PED (depending on configuration)
Flowmeters FC310 3/187
(Dual tube design)
• DN 15, DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100
and DN 150
• Flow from 0.2 ... 860 000 kg/h
(0.4 ... 1 895 976 lb/h)
• Pipe material: AISI 316L or Nickel-Alloy
C4
• Accuracy, typically: Flow: ± 0.1 % or
0.2 % version,
Density: down to ± 0.002 g/cm3
• Liquid temperature/pressure:
-50 ... +205 °C (-58 ... +300 °F)/up to
100 bar (1450 psi)
• Approvals: ATEX, IECEx, cCSAus,
Germanischer Lloyd/det Norske Veri-
tas, Bureau Veritas, Lloyds of London,
American Bureau of Shipping
(depending on configuration)
3/237
• DN 10, DN 15, DN 25
• Flow from 0 ... 30 000 kg/h
• Pipe material: Hastelloy C22
• Accuracy: ± 0.5 % of rate
• Process temperature: -40 ... +125 °C
(-40 ... 257 °F)
• Pressure: Up to 350 bar
• Approvals: ATEX, IECEx, EAC Ex,
c-FM-us, NEPSI, NTEP
 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
Product overview

Application Description Catalog Software for

page parameterization
Designed for a variety of liquid and Flow sensors MASS 2100 3/189,
gas applications (Single tube design) and FC300 3/192
• MASS 2100: DI 1.5, DI 3, DI 6, DI 15
• FC300: DN 4
• Flow from 0.1 ... 52 000 kg/h
(114 640 lb/h)
• Pipe material: Stainless steel AISI 316L/
1.4435; Hastelloy C22/2.4602
• Accuracy, typically:
- Flow: 0.1 % of flow rate
- Density: 0.0005 g/cm3
3
• Liquid temp./pressure: -50 ... +180°C
(-58 ... +356 °F) / Up to 410 bar
(5946 psi)
• Approvals: ed according to ATEX,
EAC Ex, c-UL-us, CRN, PED
Measurement of liquids and gases Transmitters MASS 6000 3/214, SIMATIC PDM
Multiparameter transmitter for remote (IP67, 19“, Ex d) 3/228
or compact mounting measuring mass • Superior signal resolution for opti-
flow, density, temperature and fraction mumturn down ratio
e.g. °Brix and °Plato • Comprehensively self-diagnostic,
For sensor MASS 2100, FC300 and for error indication and logging
FC200 • Adaptive batch function
Note: • Multi-lingual display and keypad
Due to EU-RoHs directives active interface
from July 22nd 2017, MASS 6000
transmitters of any model and variants • Approvals: ATEX, EAC Ex
are not for sale within EU, EU candi- • Communication modules:
date countries, Norway, Switzerland, HART, Modbus, PROFIBUS,
Iceland, Croatia, and Turkey. FOUNDATION Fieldbus, DeviceNet
Measurement of liquids and gases Transmitters SIFLOW FC070 3/233 SIMATIC PDM
Multiparameter transmitter for remote Standard and Ex CT SIMATIC STEP 7
or compact mounting measuring mass • Digital signal processing measuring SIMATIC PCS 7
flow, density, temperature and fraction 30 times a second.
e.g. °Brix and °Plato • 3 current, 2 freq. and 2 relay outputs
For sensor MASS 2100, FC300 and • Adaptive batch function
FC200
• SENSORPROM memory unit making it
easy to start up the flowmeter.
• Direct integration into SIMATIC S7 and
SIMATIC PCS7
• Automation systems
• Approvals: ATEX, IECEx, EAC Ex,
c-FM-us, NEPSI, c-CSA-us, NTEP
SITRANS F US ultrasonic inline flowmeters
SITRANS FUS060 is a time-based SITRANS FUS060 transmitter 3/255 SIMATIC PDM
transmitter designed for ultrasonic • Die cast aluminum enclosure
flowmetering in pipes for the F US
inline industry series up to DN 3000 • Ex approved according to ATEX
• HART communication + 1 analog
output, 1 digital output for frequency or
pulse and 1 relay output for alarms and
flow direction
• PROFIBUS PA communication with
1 digital output for frequency or pulse
• Multi-functional output for process
control
• Easy menu based local operation with
two-line display
SITRANS FUS080 is a time-based trans- SITRANS FUS080 transmitter 3/262 SIMATIC PDM
mitter designed for ultrasonic flowmeter- • Battery or mains-powered
ing in pipes for the SONOKIT, FUS380
and FUE380 series up to DN 1200 • Easy one-button operation
• Bidirectional measuring
• IrDA optical eye communication
• Robust poyamide enclosure

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/5

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
Product overview

Application Description Catalog Software for

The main application for SONO 3300
ultrasonic flowmeters is to measure
the volume flow of:
• Water and treated waste water
• Oil and liquefied gases
• Hot water/cooling systems
3 • FUS060 transmitter for separate
The main application for SONO 3100
ultrasonic flowmeters is to measure
the volume flow of:
• Water and treated waste water
• Oil and liquefied gases
• Liquid cryogenic application
• District heating systems
Installation of one, two or four trans- SONOKIT
ducer sets in existing concrete or steel • FUS060 or FUS080 transmitter for
pipes. Typically installed in pipes with
large diameters or in hot/cold water
applications
Battery or mains-powered ultrasonic
flowmeter for use within water-based
district heating, cooling systems and
utility.
The FUS380 can also be used for
water irrigation systems.
SITRANS FUS380/FUE380 are
designed to work with the
SITRANS FUE950 energy calculator.
Universal thermal energy calculator
for district heating and cooling appli-
cations.
page parameterization
SONO 3300/FUS060 3/271 SIMATIC PDM
• ATEX-approved
• DN 50 … DN 300 (2” … 12”) steel
pipes
• PN 10 ... PN 40 or class 150 ... class
300 pressure rates
• Flow 0.3 … 3200 m³/h
(1.3 ... 14 089 GPM)
• No pressure drop
mounting
• Signal cables from sensor to trans-
ducer are highly protected from ag-
gressive environment by stainless steel
pipes
SONO 3100/FUS060 3/277 SIMATIC PDM
• DN 100 ... DN 600 (4" ... 24")
• Pipe in carbon steel
• Transducers can be replaced under
pressure
• FUS060 transmitter for separate
mounting
• ATEX-approved
• Measure of all liquids less than
350 Cst, conductive or non-conductive
• No pressure drop
• 1-path, 2-path; 4-path on request
• Special material on request
3/286 SIMATIC PDM
separate mounting
• DN 100 ... DN 3000 (4" ... 120")
• Control and display unit
• Temperature of medium:
-20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +395 °F)
• Installation on empty pipes or pipes
under pressure (hot-tap installation)
• Standard 1-path or 2-path
(4-path on request)
FUS380/FUE380 3/297, SIMATIC PDM
• FUS380/FUE380: DN 50 ... DN 1200 3/303
(2" ... 48")
• FUE380: Approved for custody transfer
for MID MI004 (according to EN 1434
Class 2, OIML R 75)
• FUS380/FUE380: Red brass or painted
carbon steel flanges and metering
tube. AISI transducers
• Water temperatures 2 … 200 °C
(35.6 ... 392 °F)
• Battery or mains-powered
SITRANS FUE950 3/315
• Battery or mains-powered
• 24 periods memory
• 2 ports for plug-in modules as data
output, extra input, M-Bus,
RS 232/RS 485, current output
• Complete set with temperature sensors
and pockets
• MID heating approval, PTB K7.2
cooling approval, MI004 type approval

3/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018
Application
SITRANS F S ultrasonic clamp-on flowmeters
SITRANS F S clamp-on ultrasonic
flowmeters provide highly accurate
measurement while minimizing instal-
lation time and maintenance expense.
These dedicated flowmeters are suit-
able for a wide variety of liquid appli-
cations, including those in the:
• Water Industry
• Wastewater Industry
• HVAC Industry
• Power Industry
• Processing Industry
• Hydrocarbon Industry
SITRANS FS220 basic is a fast-to-
install clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeter
for accurate measurements with mini-
mal maintenance. Based on latest
technology, this flow meter is ideal
suitable for applications like:
• Water Industry
• Wastewater Industry
• HVAC Industry
• Power Industry
• Process controls
SITRANS F US ultrasonic clamp-on flowmeters
The thickness gauge can be used in
any field application where there is a
need for flow measurement. Including
but not limited to:
• Water and waste water
• Energy measurement
• Oil and gas industries
Flow Measurement
Product overview
Description Catalog Software for
page parameterization
SITRANS FS230 3/326
• Suitable for virtually any liquid, even
those with high aeration or suspended
solids
• Hydrocarbon functions are ideal for ap-
plications carrying crude oil, refined
petroleum or liquefied gas
• Choice of single and dual path versions
to suit your operating conditions and
requirements. 3
• Easy installation; no need to cut pipe or
stop flow
• Minimal maintenance; external sensors
do not require periodic cleaning
• Easy to read display with intuitive menu
system
• Hazardous area approvals for ATEX
Zone 2, IECEx Zone 2 FMc Class I Div. 2
SITRANS FS220 3/347
• Easy installation during process condi-
tion, no need to cut pipe or stop flow
• Minimal maintenance; external sensors
do not require periodic cleaning
• No media-contacting parts, no wear, no
pressure drop, no energy loss
• Wide turn-down ratio, very sensitive in
low flow condition
• Optional WideBeam technology en-
sures high performance
• Compatible with all previously fielded
transit time sensors
Thickness gauge 3/361
The hand-held micro-processor con-
trolled gauge is designed to measure
the thickness of various metallic or non-
metallic pipes.
• Materials include steel, aluminum,
titanium, plastics and ceramics
• Measurements shown in millimeter or
inches
• Simple-to-read 4-digit LCD display
• Weights 150 g (5.3 oz)
• Battery operation for 250 h
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/7
 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
Product overview

Application Description Catalog Software for

page parameterization
SITRANS F X vortex flowmeter
Measurement of steam, gases and SITRANS FX300 3/362
liquids in: • Flange DN 15 … DN 300 (½" … 12")
• Chemical Sandwich DN 15 … DN 100 (½" … 4")
• HVAC/Power plants • 2-wire device 4 ... 20 mA, with inte-
grated temperature and pressure
• Oil & Gas sensors for compensation
• Food & Beverage • HART communication
• Pharma • Medium temp.: -40 ... +240 °C
3 (-40 ... +464 °F)
• Medium pressure: up to 100 bar
(1450 psi)
• Hazardous area approvals: FM, CSA,
ATEX
• Compact or remote mounted transmit-
ter
Very versatile and flexible for use in SITRANS FX330 3/380
many process applications. Flow • Integrated pressure and temperature
meter combines flow, pressure and compensation
temperature measurement into one
• Temperature compensation for saturat-
user-friendly, two-wire device.
ed steam included as standard
• Measurement of saturated steam
and superheated steam • SIL2 certified according to IEC 61508
Edition 2
• Heat metering of steam and hot water
• Measurement of consumption in • Use in hazardous areas
compressed air systems • Integrated reduction of nominal diame-
• Evaluation of Free Air Delivery (FAD) ter for space-saving and economic in-
• SIP and CIP processes in the food, bev- stallation
erage and pharmaceutical industries • Exchange of electronics without loss of
• Measurement of conductive and calibration and configuration data
non-conductive liquids • Gross and net heat calculation to sup-
• Safety-related measurement in SIL port energy management
applications (SIL2) • Remote version with cable length up to
50 m (164 ft)
SITRANS F VA variable area meters
Measurement of flow of liquids and SITRANS FVA250 3/398
gases, also highly suitable for corro- • All-metal variable area meter with vari-
sive media, high temperatures and ous float materials
high pressures.
• Connections: DN 15 ... DN 100
(½" ... 4")
• Temperature of medium:
-20 °C ... +300 °C (-4 ... +572 °F)
• Optionally available with analog output
or contacts
SITRANS F O delta p - primary differential pressure devices
Measurement of flow with orifice • Nominal diameters DN 10 ... DN 1000 3/408
plates and metering pipes for mount- (0.4" ... 40")
ing between flanges, e.g. together • Temperature of medium:
with SITRANS P transmitters, -200 ... +500 °C (-328 ... +932 °F) for
DS III HART, DS III PROFIBUS PA and vapors, gases and liquids.
DS III FOUNDATION Fieldbus series.
SITRANS P transmitters
• DS III HART series
• DS III PROFIBUS PA series
• DS III FOUNDATION Fieldbus series

■ Supplied product documentation on DVD and safety instructions

The scope of delivery of the Siemens products for process instrumentation includes a multilingual instruction sheet with
safety instructions as well as a uniform mini DVD – Process Instrumentation and Weighing Systems.
This DVD contains the most important manuals and certificates for the Siemens process instrumentation and
weighing technology portfolio. The delivery may also contain product-specific or order-specific printed materials.
For additional information, refer to the Annex on page 10/3.

3/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
Introduction
Criteria for selection of flowmeter

■ Overview
Criteria for selection of flowmeter This section of the field device catalog includes the following in-
struments for measuring flow:
Each method for measuring flow has specific properties, and
each flow measuring point is characterized by specific require- • Electromagnetic
ments. The table shown below compares the properties of the • Coriolis mass flow
various measuring instruments and thus provides assistance in • Ultrasonic
selection of the optimum device.
• Vortex volumetric- and mass flow
• Variable area meter
• Orifice plate
3
Measuring principle Electromagnetic Coriolis Ultrasonic Ultrasonic Vortex Variable area Orifice plate
(inline) (clamp-on) meter
Medium Liquid Liquid or gas Liquid Liquid or gas Steam/vapor, Liquid or gas Liquid, vapor,
(conductive) gases, liquid gas
Nominal diameter DN 2 … 2000 1.5…150 mm DN 50…3000 6.4 mm ... DN 15 … 300 DN 10 … 100 DN 10…1000
(0.08” … 78”) (0.06” … 6”) (2" … 120") 9.14 m (½" … 12") (0.4” … 4”) (0.4” … 40”)
(0.25"...360") G½” … G3”
Temperature range °C (°F) -40 … +200 -50 … +205 -20 ... +200 -40 ... +120 -40 ... +240 -20 … +300 -200 … +500
(-40 … +392) (-58 … +400) (-4 ... +392) (-40 ... +248) (-40 ... +464) (-4 … +572) (-328 … +932)
Max. pressure bar (psi) 160 (2 320), Up to 410 40 (580) Unlimited 100 (1 450) 100 (1 450) 315 (4 569)
optional higher (Up to 5 950)
Accuracy %  0.2 or  0.4  0.1, 0.15 or  0.5 …  2 0.5 ... 1.0 % of  0.75 …  1  1.6   2.0  0.5 …  2
 0.2 flow, for veloci-
ties greater than
0.3 m/s (1 ft/s)
Repeatability % 0.1/0.2 0.05 0.25 0.15 % of flow, 0.1 0.5 0.5
for velocities
greater than
0.3 m/s (1 ft/s)
Dynamic response 1:100 1:100 1:100 1:100 1:25 1:10 1:6
range
Start-of-scale m/s (ft/s) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0.4 (1.31) 0.2 (0.66) Re > 500
value 2.0 (6.56)
Full-scale value  36/120 Re < 108
• For liquids m/s (ft/s) 0.25 … 10 10 (32.8) 10 (32.8)  12/40 10 (32.8) 3.5 (11.4) 3 (9.8)
(0.825 … 32.8)
• For steam/vapor, m/s (ft/s) Approx. 300  12/40 80 (262.5) 60 (197) 50/25
gases (1000) or (164/82)
Mach < 0.30
Measured values
• Volume flow • • • • • • •
• Sound velocity • •
• Sound amplitude • •
• Density • •
• Mass flow • • • •
• Bidirectional • • • • •
measurement
Use
• For custody • • •
transfer
• As batching sys- • • •
tem
• In viscosity range mPas 0.1 … 100 000 0 ... 100 000 0 ... 350 0.5 ... 2800 0 … 10 0.5 … 100 0 … 10
(cp) (0.1…100 000) (0 ... 100 000) (0 ... 350) (0.5 ... 2800) (0 … 10) (0.5 … 100) (0 … 10)
Power supply Mains or Mains Mains or 90... 240 V AC, 2-wire non 2-wire
battery battery 50...60 Hz,
15 VA or 9 ... 36
V DC, 10 W

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/9

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
Introduction
Communication solutions
Communication solutions
Transmitter HART PROFIBUS PA PROFIBUS DP FOUNDATION DeviceNet Modbus RTU GSM/GPRS
Fieldbus H1
SITRANS F M MAG 5000 • 1) 2) 4)
SITRANS F M MAG 6000 • 1) 2) 4) 5) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 2) 4) 5) • 5) • 1) 5) 10)
SITRANS F M MAG 5000/6000 CT8)
SITRANS F M MAG 6000 I • 1) 2) 4) 5) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 2) 4) 5) • 5) • 1) 5) 10)
SITRANS F M MAG 6000 I Ex • 1) 2) 4) 5) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 2) 4) 5)
1) 4) 1) 6)

3
SITRANS F M TRANSMAG 2 • •
SITRANS F M MAG 8000 • 1) 3) 10) 11) 12) • 14)

SITRANS F C FCT010 • 1) 10)

SITRANS F C FCT030 • 1) 2) 4) 8) • 1) 2) 4) 8) • 1) 2) 4) 8) • 1) 2) 4) 8)
1) 2) 4) 5) 1) 5) 6) 7) 1) 5) 6) 7) 2) 4) 5) 5)
SITRANS F C MASS 6000 • • • • • • 1) 10)
1) 2) 4) 5) 1) 5) 6) 7) 2) 4) 5) 5)
SITRANS F C MASS 6000 Ex d • • • •
13)
SIFLOW FC070 • • 1) 10) 11)

SITRANS FUS060 • 1) • 1) 6)
SITRANS FUS080 • • 1) 8) 12)

SITRANS FST030 • • 1) 9) 10)

SITRANS FST020 • • 1) 10)

SITRANS FX300 • 1)
SITRANS FX330 • 1)

SITRANS P DS III
• 1) 2) • 1) 2) 7) • 2)
Differential pressure and flow
1) 8)
Supports SIMATIC PDM CT versions are not approved with communication modules.
2) 9)
Supports AMS All wall mount models
3) Supports Siemens Flow Tool 10) RS 485
4) 11)
Supports HH275/375 RS 232
5) 12)
Pluggable add-on modules IrDA (Infrared)
6) Profile 2 13) Connected to ET200M PROFIBUS interface
7) 14)
Profile 3 Only with 7ME6810

3/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters
High-powered flowmeters are used for difficult applications
■ Overview where other flowmeters cannot stand up to the task. This flowme-
SITRANS F M electromagnetic flowmeters are designed for meas- ter can handle liquids and heavy slurries in industries such as
uring the flow of electrically conductive mediums. mining, cement and pulp and paper.
The full SITRANS F M program consists of three different types
of flowmeters making Siemens unique in that it covers all possi-
ble applications where electromagnetic flowmeters are a suit-
able match:
Modular pulsed DC flowmeters cover all ordinary applications
within all industries. The wide variety of combinations and ver-
sions from the modular system means that ideal adaptation is
possible to each measuring task and application. 3

SITRANS F M 911/TRANSMAG 2

SITRANS F M products
Battery-operated water meters (fully electronic) are the perfect
match for drinking water applications like network distribution,
revenue metering and irrigation where mains power is not avail-
able. In addition, it complies with the MID (EU) and OIML R 49
water meter standards and has the MCERTS certificate.

SITRANS F M MAG 8000

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/11

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters
Easier commissioning of MAG 5000, 6000, 6000 I
■ Benefits
All SITRANS F M pulsed DC electromagnetic flowmeters feature
a unique SENSORPROM memory unit which stores sensor cali-
bration data and transmitter settings for the lifetime of the prod-
uct.
At commissioning the flowmeter commences measurement
without any initial programming.
The factory settings matching the sensor size are stored in the
SENSORPROM unit. Also customer specified settings are down-
loaded to the unit. Should the transmitter be replaced, the new
transmitter will upload all previous settings and resume meas-
3 urement without any need for reprogramming.
Further, the „fingerprint“ used in connection with the
SITRANS F M Verificator is stored during the initial sensor cali-
bration.
Easier service
Transmitter replacement requires no programming.
SENSORPROM automatically updates all settings after initializa-
tion.
Room for growth
USM II the Universal Signal Module with "plug & play" simplicity,
makes it easy to access and integrate the flow measurement
with almost any system and bus-protocol and it ensures the flow-
meter will be easy to upgrade to future communication/bus plat-
forms.
Greater flexibility
• Wide product program
■ Application
• Compact or remote installation using the same transmitter and Electromagnetic flowmeters are suitable for measuring the flow
sensor of almost all electrically conductive liquids, pastes and slurries.
• USM II communication platform for easy integration with all A prerequisite is that the medium must have a minimum conduc-
systems tivity. The temperature, pressure, density and viscosity have no
influence on the result.
The main applications of the electromagnetic flowmeters can be
found in the following sectors:
• Water and waste water
• Chemical industries
• Pharmaceutical industries
• Food and beverage industry
• Mining, aggregates and cements industries
• Pulp and paper industry
• Steel industry
• Power; utility and chilled water industry
The wide variety of combinations and versions from the modular
system means that ideal adaptation is possible to each measur-
ing task.

3/12 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters

Please see product selector

on the Internet, because some
constrains might be related to
some of the features:
www.pia-portal.automation.
siemens.com MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG 911/E MAG 8000/ MAG 8000
1100 1100 HT 1100 F 3100 3100 HT 3100 P 5100 W MAG Irrigation
8000 CT
7ME6110 7ME6120 7ME6140 7ME6310 7ME6320 7ME6340 7ME6520 7ME6580 7ME5610 7ME6810 7ME6880
7ME6820

Industry
Water / waste water
Chemical
XX
XXX XXX XX
XX
XXX XXX
X
XXX
XXX
X
XXX
X
X XXX1)
X
XXX1) 3
Pharmaceutical XX XX XXX XX XX XX X X X
Food and beverage XX XXX X X X X X X
Mining, aggregates and cement XX XXX X X XXX X
HPI XX X XX X XX X X X
Other XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XXX X
Design
Compact ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Remote ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Constant field (DC) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Alternating field (AC) ●
Battery-operated constant field ● ●
(DC)
Size
DN 2 (1/12“) ●
DN 3 (1/8“) ●
DN 6 (1/4“) ●
DN 10 (3/8“) ● ●
DN 15 (½“) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 25 (1“) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 32 (1¼“) ●2)
DN 40 (1½“) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 50 (2“) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 65 (2½“) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 80 (3“) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 100 (4“) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 125 (5“) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 150 (6“) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 200 (8“) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 250 (10“) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 300 (12“) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 350 (14“) ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 400 (16“) ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 450 (18“) ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 500 (20“) ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 600 (24“) ● ● ● ● ● ●
DN 700 (28“) ● ● ● ● ●
DN 750 (30“) ● ● ● ● ●
DN 800 (32“) ● ● ● ● ●
DN 900 (36“) ● ● ● ● ●
DN 1000 (40“) ● ● ● ● ●
DN 1050 (42“) ● ● ● ●
DN 1100 (44“) ● ● ● ●
DN 1200 (48“) ● ● ● ●

● = available, X = can be used, XX = often used, XXX = most often used

1)
Not suitable for wastewater applications
2)
Only in combination with DN 32 adapter A5E02054637, A5E02218297, FDK:083G2120 and FDK:083G2160

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/13

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters
Please see product selector
on the Internet, because some
constrains might be related to
some of the features:
www.pia-portal.automation.
siemens.com MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG 911/E MAG 8000/ MAG 8000
1100 1100 HT 1100 F 3100 3100 HT 3100 P 5100 W MAG Irrigation
8000 CT
7ME6110 7ME6120 7ME6140 7ME6310 7ME6320 7ME6340 7ME6520 7ME6580 7ME5610 7ME6810 7ME6880
7ME6820

Size (continued)

3 DN 1400 (54“)
DN 1500 (60“)
●
●
●
●
DN 1600 (66“) ● ●
DN 1800 (72“) ● ●
DN 2000 (78“) ● ●

Process connection
Wafer design ● ●

Sanitary process connections ●

Flanges ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●2)

Flange norms
EN 1092-1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●2)

ANSI B 16.5 class 150 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●2)

ANSI B 16.5 class 300 ● ● ●

ASME B 16.47 class 150 ●

AWWA class D ● ● ● ● ●

AS 2129 ● ● ●2)

AS 4087, PN 16 ● ● ● ● ●

AS 4087, PN 21 ● ●

AS 4087, PN 35 ● ●

JIS 10K ● ● ●

JIS 20K ●

Pressure rating1)
PN 6 ● ●
PN 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
PN 16 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
PN 25 ● ● ●
PN 40 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
PN 63 ●
PN 100 ●
Accuracy
Flow error ± 0.2 % of rate ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Flow error ± 0.4 % of rate ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Flow error ± 0.5 % of rate ●

Flow error ± 0.8 % of rate ●

Repeatability4)
0.1 % ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

0.2 % ●

Grounding electrodes, incl. ●3) ●3) ● ● (●) ●

Grounding rings premounted ●

from factory
● = available
1)
Pressure may be limited by the liner material chosen
2) Drilled pattern flange max. 7 bar (107 psi).
3)
Optional on PFA
4)
Of actual flow for v  0.5 m/s (1.5 ft/s) and conductivity > 10 S/cm

3/14 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters
Please see product selector
on the Internet, because some
constrains might be related to
some of the features:
www.pia-portal.automation.
siemens.com MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG 911/E MAG 8000/ MAG 8000
1100 1100 HT 1100 F 3100 3100 HT 3100 P 5100 W MAG Irrigation
8000 CT
7ME6110 7ME6120 7ME6140 7ME6310 7ME6320 7ME6340 7ME6520 7ME6580 7ME5610 7ME6810 7ME6880
7ME6820

Materials/temperature:
Liner material/max. tempera-
tures
3
NBR Hard Rubber: 70 °C ●
(158 °F)
EPDM: 70 °C (158 °F) ● ● ●

Soft rubber: 70 °C (158 °F) ● ●

PTFE: 100 °C (212 °F) ●

PTFE: 130 °C (266 °F) ● ● ●

PTFE: 180 °C (356 °F) ● ( ● )1)

Ebonite Hard Rubber: 95 °C ●
●3) ● ●3)
(203 °F)
Linatex: 70 °C (158 °F) ● ●

Ceramic: 150 °C (302 °F) ● ●

Ceramic: 200 °C (392 °F) ● 2)

PFA: 100 °C (212 °F) ●

PFA: 150 °C (302 °F) ● ● ● ●

Novolak: 130 °C (266 °F) ●

Electrodes
Stainless steel ● ● ● ●

Hastelloy C ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Platinum ● ● ● ● ● ●

Titanium ● ● ●

Tantalum ● ● ●

Flange/housing material
Carbon steel ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Stainless steel / carbon steel ● ● ●

Polished stainless steel ● ● ● ● ●

Approvals
Custody transfer
Cold water - MI-001 (EU) ● ●
Cold water approval -
●4)
OIML R 49/OIML R 49 MAA
NMI 10 (Australia) ●
Chilled water pattern approval ●4) ●4)
PTB K 7.2
OE12/C 040 (Austria) ●
Chilled water pattern approval
KIWA water approval ● ●

Marine
ABS ●
Bureau Veritas ●
DNV ●
GL ●
Lloyd’s Register ●

● = available
1) 150 °C (302 °F)
2)
Ex sensor: 180 °C (356 °F)
3)
70 °C (158 °F)
4) For verification submit Product Variation Request (PVR)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/15

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters
Please see product selector
on the Internet, because some
constrains might be related to
some of the features:
www.pia-portal.automation.
siemens.com MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG 911/E MAG 8000/ MAG 8000
1100 1100 HT 1100 F 3100 3100 HT 3100 P 5100 W MAG Irrigation
8000 CT
7ME6110 7ME6120 7ME6140 7ME6310 7ME6320 7ME6340 7ME6520 7ME6580 7ME5610 7ME6810 7ME6880
7ME6820

Approvals (continued)
3 Hazardous areas
ATEX - 2 GD (Zone 1/21) ● ● ● ● ● ●

IECEx Zone 1/21 ● ● ●

FM Class I/II/III, Div 1 ●8) ●8) ●8)

FM Class I, Zone 1/21 ● ● ●

FM Class I, Div 2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

FM Class I, Zone 2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

CSA Class I, Zone 1/21 ● ● ●

CSA Class I, Div 2 ● ● ● ● ●

NEPSI Zone 1 ● ●

EAC Ex ● ● ● ● ● ●

Hygienic
EHEDG ●

3A ●

EC 1935:2004 ●
European food contact material
Drinking water

WRAS (WRc) - (GB) ● ●4) ● ● ●

ANSI/NSF 61 (US)7) ●4) ● ● ● ●

ACS (FR) EPDM liner ● ● ●

Belgaqua (B) EPDM liner ● ● ●

DVGW-W270 (D) EPDM liner ● ● ●

KIWA (NL) EPDM liner ●

Other
CRN (Canada) ●9) ● ● ● ● ● ●

FM Fire Service
●6) ●6)
(class number 1044)
MCERTS (GB environmental) ●5) ●3) ●

EAC (Russia, Belarus and ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Kazakhstan)
CMC/CPA (China) ● ● ●

PED 2014/68/EU ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

VdS ●2)

Verificator compatible ●1) ●1) ●1) ●1) ●1) ●1) ●1) ●1)

● = available
1) 6)
Only in combination with MAG 5000 and MAG 6000 transmitters. Sizes: DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250, and DN 300
2)
Only valid for DN 50 to DN 300 (2" to 12") (2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", and 12") with ANSI B16.5 Class 150 flanges
7)
3) EPDM liner Including Annex G
4) 8) Only DN 15 to DN 300 (½" to 12") with MAG 6000 I Ex, compact mounted
Only EPDM with Hastelloy electrodes
9)
5)
EPDM or PTFE liner with AISI 316 or Hastelloy electrodes. Only PFA liner

3/16 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters

Please see Product selector on the

Internet, because some constrains
might be related to some of the fea-
tures:
www.pia-portal.automation.
siemens.com
MAG 5000 MAG 6000 MAG 6000 I MAG 6000 I MAG 6000 + TRANSMAG 2 MAG 8000/ MAG8000
Ex Ex Safety MAG 8000 CT Irrigation
barrier
7ME6910 7ME6920 7ME6930 7ME6930 7ME6920 7ME5034 7ME6810 7ME6880
7ME6820

Industry
Water / waste water XXX XXX XX X X XXX XXX 3
Chemical X XX XX XXX X X
Pharmaceutical X XXX XX XXX X X
Food and beverage XX XXX XX X
Mining, aggregates and cement XX X XX X XXX X
HPI X X X XX X
Other XX XX XX XX XX X
Design
Compact ● ● ● ● ● ●

Remote ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Constant field (DC) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Alternating field (AC) ●

Battery-operated constant field (DC) ● ●

Enclosure transmitter
Polyamide, IP67 ● ●

Die-cast aluminum ● ● ●

Stainless steel ● ●1) ●1)

19“ rack ● ● ●

Front panel mounting ● ● ●

Panel mounting ● ● ●

IP66 wall mounting ● ● ● ● ●

Accuracy
Flow error ± 0.2 % of rate ● ● ● ● ●

Flow error ± 0.4 % of rate ● ●

Flow error ± 0.5 % of rate ●

Flow error ± 0.8 % of rate ●

Repeatability3)
0.1 % ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

0.2 % ●

Communication
HART ● ● ● ● ● ●

PROFIBUS PA ● ● ● ● ●

PROFIBUS DP ● ● ●

FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 ● ● ● ●

DeviceNet ● ● ●

Modbus RTU/RS 485 ● ● ● ●2) ●2)

Encoder interface module (Sensus

● ●
protocol) for Itron 200WP radio
GSM/GPRS module ●

Batching ● ● ● ●

● = available, X = can be used, XX = often used, XXX = most often used

1) IP68 enclosure
2)
Modbus RTU also as serial RS 232
3)
Of actual flow for v  0.5 m/s (1.5 ft/s) and conductivity > 10 S/cm

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/17

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters
Please see Product selector on the
Internet, because some constrains
might be related to some of the fea-
tures:
www.pia-portal.automation.
siemens.com
MAG 5000 MAG 6000 MAG 6000 I MAG 6000 I MAG 6000 + TRANSMAG 2 MAG 8000/ MAG8000
Ex Ex Safety MAG 8000 CT Irrigation
barrier
7ME6910 7ME6920 7ME6930 7ME6930 7ME6920 7ME5034 7ME6810 7ME6880
7ME6820

Power supply

3 24 V
115 V - 230 V
●1)

●
●1)

●
●

●
●

● ● ●
●1) 2)

●2)
●1) 2)

●2)

Battery ●

Approvals
Custody transfer
Cold water - MI-001 (EU) ● ● ●

Cold water approval - ●

OIML R 49/OIML R 49 MAA
Chilled water pattern approval ●5) ●5) ●5)
PTB K 7.2
OE12/C 040 (Austria) ● ●
Chilled water pattern approval
KIWA water approval ● ●

Marine
ABS ● ●
Bureau Veritas ● ●
DNV ● ●
GL ● ●
Lloyd’s Register ● ●

Hazardous areas
ATEX - 2 GD (Zone 1/21) ● (●)3)
IECEx Gb Zone 1/21 ●

FM Class I/II/III, Div 1 ●4)

FM Class I, Zone 1/21 ●
FM Class I, Div 2 ● ● ●
FM Class I, Zone 2 ● ● ●
CSA Class I, Zone 1/21 ●
CSA Class I, Div 2 ● ● ●
UL / C-UL- general safety ● ● ●
NEPSI Zone 1 ●

EAC Ex ● ●
Other
FM Fire Service (1044) ● ● ●
C - tick (Australia ) ● ● ● ● ●
EAC (Russia, Belarus and ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Kasakhstan)
CMC/CPA (China) ● ● ● ● ●

VdS ● ●

Other national approvals, see ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

internet
Verificator compatible ● ●

● = available
1) 12/24 V AC/DC
2)
Main power with battery backup
3)
Only sensor in hazardous area
4) Only with sensors sizes DN 15 to DN 300 (½" to 12") compact
5)
For verification submit Product Variation Request (PVR)

For more national approvals please check our internet page

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10806954/134200

3/18 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters

■ Practical examples of ordering

SITRANS F M compact installation SITRANS F M remote installation

+ =
+ =
Wall bracket MAG 6000

MAG 6000 MAG 3100 MAG 6000 compact + = 3

transmitter sensor mounted on a
MAG 3100 sensor
Example MAG 3100 2 x cable MAG 3100 remote
Sensor 7ME6310-3TC11-1JA1 installation
Pipe size DN 100 Example
Liner Soft rubber Sensor 7ME6310-3TC11-1AA1
Electrodes SS 316 Pipe size DN 100
Flanges EN 1092-1, PN 16 Liner Soft rubber
Transmitter MAG 6000, Polyamide, 115 ... 230 V AC Electrodes SS 316
Accuracy 0.2 %  1 mm/s Flanges EN 1092-1, PN 16
Supply 230 V AC Transmitter 7ME6920-1AA10-0AA0
Accuracy 0.2 %  1 mm/s
Note: Supply 230 V AC
MAG 5000/6000 transmitters, sensors and communication mod- Wall mounting kit FDK:085U1018
ules are packed in separate boxes, the final assembly takes Cable kit with sensor A5E01181647
place during installation at the customer's place. cabel and electrode
cable

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/19

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters

■ Technical specifications
Flowmeter Calibration and traceability
To ensure continuous accurate measurement, flowmeters must
be calibrated. The calibration is conducted at Siemens flow fa-
cilities with traceable instruments referring directly to the physi-
cal unit of measurement according to the International System of
Units (SI).
Therefore, the calibration certificate ensures recognition of the
test results worldwide, including the US (NIST traceability).
The calibration follows the ISO 4185 performing calibrations un-
der two methods: Static Weighing and Reference meter. Provid-
ing a measurement uncertainty of ±0.1 %.
Siemens Flow Instruments accredited laboratories are recog-
nized by ILAC MRA (International Laboratory Accreditation Cor-
poration - Mutual Recognition Arrangement) ensuring interna-
tional traceability and recognition of the test results worldwide.

3 Siemens offers accredited calibrations assured to ISO 17025 in

the flow range from 0.0001 m³/h to 10 000 m³/h.
A calibration certificate is shipped with every sensor and cali-
bration data are stored in the SENSORPROM memory unit.
Flowmeter uncertainty

MAG 5000 with MAG 1100, MAG 1100 F, MAG 5100 W, MAG 3100, MAG 3100 P
and MAG 6000 with MAG 1100 (PFA), MAG 1100 F (PFA)
[±% E]
Flowmeter uncertainty
3,0

2,8
V: Flow velocity
2,6 E: Meter uncertainty as a percentage of measured value
2,4 v ≥ 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0.4 ± 1 mm/s *
v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0.25/v) % of measured value
2,2
2,0 * MAG 5100 W (Order No. 7ME652...) DN 350 ... 1200
v ≥ 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0.4 ± 2 mm/s
1,8 v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0.25/v) % of measured value

1,6 * MAG 1100 with PFA liner DN 10 and DN 40

v ≥ 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0.4 ± 2 mm/s
1,4 v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0.25/v) % of measured value
1,2

1,0
0,8

0,6
0,4

0,2
0,0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 [m/s]
0 3.3 6.6 9.9 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 36 39 [ft/s]

MAG 6000 and MAG 6000 I with MAG 1100 (not PFA), MAG 1100 F (not PFA), MAG 5100 W, MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 P
[±% E] Flowmeter uncertainty

1.4
V: flow velocity
E: meter uncertainty as a percentage of measured value
v ≥ 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0,2 ± 1 mm/s *
1.2 v < 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0,125/v) % of measured value *

* MAG 5100 W (Order No. 7ME652...) DN 350 ... 1200

1.0 v ≥ 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0,2 ± 2,5 mm/s
v < 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0,25/v) % of measured value

* MAG 1100 and MAG 1100F with ceramic liner DN 10 and DN 40

0.8 v ≥ 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0.2 ± 2 mm/s
v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0.125/v) % of measured value

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 [m/s]
0 3.3 6.6 9.9 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 36 39 [ft/s]

3/20 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters
Calibration reference conditions
Reference conditions (ISO 9104 and DIN EN 29104)
Temperature medium 20 °C  10 K (68 °F  18 °F)
Temperature ambient 25 °C  10 K (77 °F  18 °F)
Supply voltage Un  1 %
Warming-up time 30 minutes
Incorporation in conductive pipe
section
• Inlet section 10 x DN (DN  1200/48”)

• Outlet section
5 x DN (DN > 1200/48“)
5 x DN (DN  1200/48”)
3
3 x DN (DN > 1200/48“)
Flow conditions Developed flow profile
Additions in the event of deviations from reference conditions
Current output As pulse output ( 0.1 % of actual
flow + 0.05 % FSO)
Effect of ambient temperature
• Display / frequency / pulse output <  0.003 %/K act.
• Current output <  0.005 %/K act.
Effect of supply voltage < 0.005 % of measuring value on
1% change
Repeatability  0.1 % of actual flow for
v  0.5 m/s (1.5 ft/s) and conduc-
tivity > 10 S/cm
Certificates
• EN 10204-2.1 Certificate of conformity, stating
that the delivered parts are made
of the material quality that was
ordered. Available as Z option
C15.
• EN 10204-2.2 Test report certificate, a non
batch specific material analysis of
the ordered material. Available as
Z option C14.
• EN 10204-3.1 Material analysis certificate, a
batch specific analysis of the
material issued by an indepen-
dent inspector.
Certification covers all pressure
containing and wetted parts.
Available as Z option C12.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/21

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters

■ Technical specifications
General specifications IS (Intrinsic Safety) data
PROFIBUS device profile 3.00 Class B Required sensor electronics Compact or remote mounted
SITRANS F M MAG 6000 I Ex
Certified No
FISCO Yes
MS0 connections 1
Max. UI 17.5 V
MS1 connections 1
Max. II 380 mA
MS2 connections 2
Max. PI 5.32 V
Electrical specification DP
Max. LI 0 H
3 Physical layer specifications Max. CI 0 nF
Applicable standard IEC 61158/EN 50170 FISCO cable requirements
Physical Layer (Transmission RS 485 Loop resistance RC 15 ... 150 /km
technology)
Loop inductance LC 0.4 ... 1 mH/km
Transmission speed  1.5 Mbits/s
Capacitance CC 80 ... 200 nF/km
Number of stations Up to 32 per line segment, (maximum
total of 126) Max. Spur length in IIC and IIB 30 m
Cable specification (Type A) Max. Trunk length in IIC 1 km
Cable design Two-wire twisted pair Max. Trunk length in IIB 5 km
Shielding CU shielding braid or shielding braid
and shielding foil
PROFIBUS parameter support
The following parameters are accessible using a MS0 relation-
Impedance 35 up to 165  at frequencies from ship from a Class 1 Master.
3 ... 20 MHz
MS0 specifies cyclic Data Exchange between a Master and a
Cable capacity < 30 pF per meter Slave.
Core diameter > 0.34 mm², corresponds to AWG 22 Cyclic services
Resistance < 110  per km Input (Master view) Parameter MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I
Signal attenuation Max. 9 dB over total length of line Mass flow
section
Volume flow ✓
Max. bus length 200 m at 1500 kbit/s, up to 1.2 km at
93.75 kbit/s. Extendable by repeaters Temperature
Density
Electrical specification PA
Fraction A
Physical layer specifications
Fraction B
Applicable standard IEC 61158/EN 50170
Pct Fraction A
Physical Layer (Transmission IEC-61158-2
technology) Totalizer 1 ✓
Transmission speed 31.25 Kbits/second Totalizer 21) ✓
Number of stations Up to 32 per line segment, (maximum Batch progress1) ✓
total of 126) Batch setpoint ✓
Max. basic current [IB] 14 mA Batch compensation ✓
Fault current [IFDE] 0 mA Batch status (running ...) ✓
Bus voltage 9 ... 32 V (non Ex) Output (Master view) Set Totalizer 1+2 ✓
Preferred cable specification Set Mode Totalizer 1+2 ✓
(Type A)
Batch control ✓
Cable design Two-wire twisted pair (start, stop ...)
Conductor area (nominal) 0.8 mm2 (AWG 18) Batch setpoint ✓
Loop resistance 44 /km Batch compensation ✓
Impedance 100 ± 20 % 1)
Value returned is dependent on the BATCH function.
Wave attenuation at 39 kHz 3 dB/km When ON, Batch progress is returned.
Capacitive asymmetry 2 nF/km When OFF, TOTALIZER 2 is returned.
Bus termination Passive line termination at both
Max. bus length Up to 1.9 km. Extendable by repeaters

3/22 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters
Flow and speed chart
Metric

m3/h I/min. I/s

100 000 2 · 10 6
10 6 2 · 10 4
50 000
0 5 · 10 5 10 4
20 0
20 000 DN 0
16 0 5 000
180
0 DN 0 2 · 10 5
10 000 DN 0 0 120
1 4 DN 0
DN 0 2 000
5 000
D N110
0
DN
1
DN 0
80
0 10 5
1 000
3
900 5 · 10 4
2 000
D N
N 600
70 0 D 500
DN 450 2 · 10 4
DN 0
1 000 50 0 35
DN DN 200
500 40 0 10 4
DN 25 0
300 DN 100
DN 5000
200 150
D N 25 50
20 0
100 DN D N1 2000

1000 20
50
10 0 10
DN N80 500
20 D 50
65 DN 5
DN
200
10
40 2
5 DN 100

50 1
25
2 DN
15 0.5
DN
1 20

10 0.2
0.5
10
DN 0.1
5
0.2 0.05
6
DN 2
0.1
1 0.02
0.05
D N3 0.01
0.5
0.02 2 0.005
DN
0.01 0.2
0.002
0.005 0.1

0.05 0.001
0.002 0.0005
0.001 0.02
0.0002
0.0005 0.01

0.005 0.0001
0.0002 0.00005
0,05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 5 10 m/s
)ORZYHORFLW\

Sizing table (DN 2 … DN 2000)

The table shows the relationship between flow velocity v, flow
Flow velocity calculation formula Units
quantity Q and sensor dimension DN.
v = 1273.24  Q / DN2 or v : [m/s], Q : [l/s], DN : [mm]
Guidelines for selection of sensor
v = 353.68  Q / DN2 v : [m/s], Q : [m3/h], DN : [mm]
Min. measuring range: 0 to 0.25 m/s
Max. measuring range: 0 to 10 m/s
Link to "Sizing program":
Normally the sensor size is selected so that the nominal flow ve- https://pia.khe.siemens.com/index.aspx?nr=11501
locity v lies within the measuring range 1 to 3 m/s.
Example:
Flow quantity of 50 m3/h and a sensor dimension of DN 80 gives
a flow velocity of 2.7 m/s, which is within the recommended
measuring range of 1 to 3 m/s.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/23

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters
Imperial

MGD GPM I/min.

1 000
500 000 2 000 000
500
1 000 000
200 000
200 500 000
100 000
100
78 " 50 000 200 000
50 66"
72 " 4" 100 000
60" 5
3 20 48" 4
"
/42 36
4"
"
20 000

10 000
50 000

10 40 " 30"
32 " 4" 5 000 20 000
5 28 " 2
0 " 18" 10 000
2 2 000
4"
2 16 " 1 5 000
1 000
1 12 " 10 "
500 2 000
0.5 8"
1 000
6" 200
0.2 5"
500
4" 100
0.1 3"
" 50 200
0.05 2½ 2"
100
1½" 20
0.02 50
10
0.01 1"
5 20
0.005
" 10
1/2 2
0.002 5
"
3 /8 1
0.001
0.5 2
0.0005 1/4"
1
0.2
0.0002 0.5
" 0.1
0.0001 1/8
" 0.05 0.2
0.00005 1/12
0.1
0.02
0.00002 0.05
0.01
0.00001
0.005 0.002
0.000005
0.001
0.002
0.000002 0.0005
0.001
0.000001
0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.8 1 1.5 2 3 5 10 15 20 30 33 f/s
Flow velocity

Sizing table (1/12” … 78”)

The table shows the relationship between flow velocity v, flow
Flow velocity calculation formula Units
quantity Q and sensor dimension size.
v = 0.408  Q / (Pipe I.D.)2 or v : [ft/s], Q : [GPM], Pipe I.D. : [inch]
Guidelines for selection of sensor
v = 283.67  Q / (Pipe I.D.)2 v : [ft/s], Q : [MGD], Pipe I.D. : [inch]
Min. measuring range: 0 to 0.8 ft/s
Max. measuring range: 0 to 33 ft/s
Link to "Sizing program":
Normally the sensor size is selected so that the nominal flow ve- https://pia.khe.siemens.com/index.aspx?nr=11501
locity v lies within the measuring range 3 to 10 ft/s.
Example:
Flow quantity of 500 GPM and a sensor dimension of 6" gives a
flow velocity of 5.6 ft/s, which is within the recommended meas-
uring range of 3 to 10 ft/s.

3/24 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters
Installation conditions For partially filled pipes or pipes with downward flow and free
outlet the flowmeter should be located in a U-Tube.
Vibrations
Strong vibrations should be avoided.
In applications with strong vibrations, remote mounting of the
transmitter is recommended.

Install in U-tubes when pipe is partially filled

3
Installation in vertical pipes
Recommended flow direction: upwards. This minimizes the
effect on the measurement of any gas/air bubbles in the liquid.

The sensor must always be completely filled with liquid.

Install in vertical pipes with upward flow direction

Install in pipelines which are always full
The sensor must always be completely filled with liquid. There-
fore avoid:
• Installation at the highest point in the pipe system
• Installation in vertical pipes with free outlet
Installation in horizontal pipes
The sensor must be mounted as shown in the below figure. Do
not mount the sensor as shown in the lower figure. This will posi-
tion the electrodes at the top where there is possibility for air
bubbles and at the bottom where there is possibility for mud,
sludge, sand etc.







Do not install in pipelines which can run empty

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/25

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters
Measuring abrasive liquids and liquids containing particles Potential equalization
Recommended installation is in a vertical/inclined pipe to mini-
mize the wear and deposits in the sensor.

3 Potential equalization
The electrical potential of the liquid must always be equal to the
electrical potential of the sensor. This can be achieved in differ-
ent ways depending on the application:
• Wire jumper between sensor and adjacent flange (MAG 1100,
MAG 3100)
Install in vertical pipelines with upward flow direction if measuring abra-
sive liquids • Direct metallic contact between sensor and fittings
(MAG 1100 F)
Inlet and outlet conditions
• Built-in grounding electrodes (MAG 3100, MAG 5100 W)
• Optional grounding/protection flanges/rings (MAG 1100,
min. 5 x Di min. 3 x Di MAG 3100, MAG 8000)
• Optional graphite gaskets on MAG 1100 (standard for
MAG 1100 High Temperature)
• MAG 8000 installed in plastic or coated pipes: two grounding
rings to be used.
Grounding

Recommended straight pipe lengths up and downstream for installations

between elbows, pumps and valves.
MAG 3100 and MAG 5100 W: with grounding electrodes in conductive
To achieve maximum accurate flow measurement it is essential and non-conductive pipes (no further action necessary)
to have straight pipe lengths up and downstream. Practical ex-
perience has proved that the MAG 5100 W and MAG 8000 are
capable to operate in non-optimal piping arrangements and still M6 x 16
provide acceptable accuracy even with zero diameters up-
stream and downstream of straight run pipe.
It is also important to center the flowmeter in relation to pipe
flange and gaskets.
Ambient temperature-Installation
Temperature changes can cause expansion or contraction in the
pipe system. To avoid damage on the sensor use of proper gas-
ket and torque should be ensured. For more information see sen-
sor instruction.

MAG 1100 and MAG 3100: without grounding electrodes in conductive

pipes (MAG 1100 use graphite gasket)

3/26 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters

Δp [psi] Δp [mbar]
0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
1.50 100

0.75 50
0.60 40
0.45 30

0.30 20

0.15 10
3
V=8 m/s
Without grounding electrodes in non-conductive pipes use grounding [25 ft/sec.]
ring (MAG 1100 use graphite gasket)
5 V=7 m/s
0.075 [23 ft/sec.]
MAG 1100 F grounding via process connections. MAG 8000 0.060 4
V=6 m/s
grounding see MAG 8000 pages. [20 ft/sec.]
0.045 3
Vacuum V=5 m/s
[16 ft/sec.]
0.030 2

V=4 m/s
0.015 1 [13 ft/sec.]

V=3 m/s
[10 ft/sec.]
0.0075 0.5
0.0060 0.4 V=2 m/s
[6 ft/sec.]
0.0045 0.3
V=1.5 m/s
0.0030 0.2 [5 ft/sec.]

V=1 m/s
[3 ft/sec.]
In order to prevent damages of liner when operating meters under 0.0015 0.1
vacuum please take note of the information "Operating pressure" given in 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
section "Technical specification". d1 /d2

Installation in large pipes Pressure drop as function of diameter reduction between reducers
Example:

α ≤ 8°
Flow velocity (v) of 3 m/s (10 ft/s) in a sensor with a diameter re-
duction DN 100 (4”) to DN 80 (3”) (d1/d2 = 0.8) gives a pressure
α

drop of 2.9 mbar (0.04 psi).

Ambient temperature
d1

d2

Ambient temp.

C° (F°)
MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex
60 (140)
Reduction in nominal pipe diameter
50 (122)
The flowmeter can be installed between two reducers (e.g. MAG 5000/6000
DIN 28545). Assuming that at 8° the following pressure drop 40 (104)
curve applies. The curves are applicable to water.
30 (86)

20 (68)

10 (50) Temperature
of medium
0 (32)
50 75 100 125 150 C°
(122 167 212 257 302 F°)

Max. ambient temperature as a function of temperature of medium

The transmitter can be installed either compact or remote.
With compact installation the temperature of medium must be
according to the graph.

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/27

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
System information SITRANS F M Electromagnetic flowmeters
Sensor cables and conductivity of medium Empty pipe detection
Compact installation: The installation has to fulfill the following limitations for usage of
the empty pipe detection function:
Liquids with an electrical conductivity  5 S/cm.
• media conductivity 20 S/cm
• length of cable at remote installation  50 m (150 ft)
• special shield cable must be used
Note for MAG 1100 sizes DN 2 and DN 3:
• empty pipe detection is not available
• the media conductivity must be 30 S/cm
3 Note for MAG 5000/6000 CT:
• empty pipe detection is not available

Remote installation

Standard cable
[μS/cm]

300

200
Conductivity
of medium
100

5
5 100 200 300 [m]

150 300 600 900 [ft]

Cabel length

Minimum conductivity of medium (using standard electrode cable)

Special cable
[μS/cm]

50

40
Conductivity
30
of medium
20

10
5
50 100 200 300 400 500 [m]

150 300 600 900 1200 1500 [ft]

Cable length

Minimum conductivity of medium (using special electrode cable)

3/28 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
SITRANS F M Verificator
SITRANS F M diagnostics
■ Function
The diagnostic functions are all internal tools in the meter:
All electromagnetic flowmeters are based on Faraday’s law of in-
duction: • Identification in clear text and error log
• Error categories: function; warning; permanent and fatal
UM = B  v  d  k errors
UM = Measured voltage induced in the medium perpendicular to • Transmitter self-check including all outputs and the accuracy
the magnetic field and the flow direction. The voltage is tapped
• Sensor check: coil and electrode circuit test
at two point electrodes.
• Overflow
B = Magnetic flux density which permeates the flowing medium
perpendicular to the flow direction. • Empty pipe: partial filling; low conductivity; electrode fouling

v = flow velocity of medium SITRANS F M Verificator (MAG 5000 and 6000) 3

d = internal diameter of metering tube The SITRANS F M Verificator is an external tool designed for
MAG 5000 and MAG 6000 with MAG 1100, MAG 1100 F,
k = proportionality factor or sensor constant MAG 3100, MAG 3100 P or MAG 5100 W sensors to verify the
entire product, the installation and the application.
Sensor The goal is to improve operation, reduce downtime and maintain
measurement accuracy as long as possible.
The SITRANS F M Verificator is highly advanced and carries out
the complex verification and performance check of the entire
flowmeter system, according to unique Siemens patented prin-
ciples. The whole verification test is automated and easy to op-
erate so there is no opportunity for human error or influence. The
system is traceable to international standards and tested by
WRc (Water Research Council).
V UM
B
d

Function and measuring principle of electromagnetic measurement

An electromagnetic flowmeter generally consists of a magneti-
cally non-conducting metering tube with an internal electrically
non-conducting surface, magnet coils connected in series and
mounted diametrically on the tube, and at least two electrodes
which are inserted through the pipe wall and are in contact with
the measured medium. The magnet field coils through which the
current passes generate a pulsed electromagnetic field with the
magnetic flux density B perpendicular to the pipe axis. SITRANS F M Verificator
This magnetic field penetrates the magnetically non-conducting • Stand alone Verificator to measure a number of selected pa-
metering tube and the medium flowing through it, which must rameters in the flow sensor and a transmitter which affects the
have a minimum electrical conductivity. integrity of the flow measurement
According to Faraday’s law of induction, a voltage UM is gener- • Up to 20 measurements can be stored in the Verificator
ated in an electrically conducting medium, and is proportional to • The Verificator can be connected via a serial cable to a PC en-
the flow velocity v of the medium, the magnetic flux density B, abling download of the data. A Windows program enables
and the distance between the electrodes d (internal diameter of printing and management of verificator reports.
pipe).
Verification - Steps
The signal voltage UM is tapped by the electrodes which are in
contact with the medium, and passed through the insulating Verification of a SITRANS F M flowmeter consists of the following
pipe wall. The signal voltage UM which is proportional to the flow test routines:
velocity is converted by an associated transmitter into appropri-
ate standard signals such as 4 to 20 mA. 1. Transmitter test
2. Flowmeter and cable insulation test
3. Sensor magnetism test

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/29

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
SITRANS F M Verificator
1. Transmitter test The verification of the sensor magnetism is a "boost" test of the
magnetic field coil. The test ensures that the magnetism be-
The transmitter test is the traditional way of on-site testing on the haviour is like the first time, by comparing the current sensor
market and checks the complete electronic system from signal magnetism with the "fingerprint" which was determined during
input to output. initial calibration and stored in the SENSORPROM memory unit.
In the "boost" test the verificator changes the magnetic field in
certain pattern and with high voltage to get quick stable mag-
netic condition. This unique test is fulfilled without any interfer-
ence or compensation of surrounding temperature or intercon-
necting cabling.
• Changes in dynamic magnetic behaviour
• Magnetic influence inside and outside the sensor
3 • Missing or poor coil wire and cable connection
Certificate
Transmitter test The test certificate generated by a PC contains:
Using the excitation power output, which is generated to drive • Test result with passed or failed
the magnetic field of the sensor, the verificator simulates flow • Installation specification
signal to the transmitter input. By measuring the transmitter out- • Flowmeter specification and configuration
puts the verificator calculates its accuracy against defined val-
ues. Test includes: • Verificator specification with date of calibration ensuring
traceability to international standards.
• Excitation power to drive the magnetic field
• Signal function from signal input to output
MAGFLO® Verification Certificate
• Signal processing – gain, offset and linearity
Customer: MAGFLO® Identification:
• Test of analogue and frequency output Name TAG No./Name 0
Address Sensor Code No. 7ME634
2. Insulation test Sensor Serial No. 057701H142
Transmitter Code No. 7ME692
Phone Transmitter Serial No. 109418N080
Email Location

Results: Verification file name or No. FT-103FT2801

Transmitter Passed
Sensor Insulation Passed
Magnetic Circuit Passed
Velocity Current Output Frequency Output

Theoretical Theoretical Actual Deviation Theoretical Actual Deviation

0.5m/s 4.800mA 4.802mA 0.25% 0.500kHz 0.501kHz 0.11%
1.0m/s 5.600mA 5.601mA 0.08% 1.000kHz 1.001kHz 0.07%
Flowmeter insulation test
3.0m/s 8.800mA 8.804mA 0.08% 3.000kHz 3.004kHz 0.14%

The verification test of the flowmeter insulation is a „cross talk“ Current Output 4-20mA Frequency Output 0-10kHz

test of the entire flowmeter which ensures that the flow signal Transmitter Settings: Sensor Details:
generated in the sensor is not affected by any external influ- Basic Qmax. 2.00000 m³ /h Size DN 15 1/2 IN
ences. Flow Direction
Low flow Cut-off
Positive
1.50%
Cal. Factor 0.16531426
Empty Pipe ON
In the "cross-talk" test the verificator generates a high voltage
Output Current Output ON (4-20mA) Correction Factor 1.0
disturbance within the coil circuit and then looks for any "cross- Time Constant
5.0 Sec.
talk" induced in the flow signal circuit. By generating dynamic Relay Output Error Level Excitation Freq. 12.5Hz
disturbances close-coupled to the flow signal, the flowmeter is Digital Output Pulse
Frequency Range N/A
tested for noise immunity to a maximum level: Time Constant N/A
Verificator Details (083F5060)
Volume/pulse 1.0 l/p Serial No. 107920N490
• EMC influence on the flow signal Pulse width 0.51999998 sec.
Device No. 94683
Pulse polarity Positiv
• Moisture in sensor, connection and terminal box Totalizer 1 value before test 819442.93213 l
Software Version 1.40

• Non-conductive deposit coating the electrodes within the sen- Totalizer 1 value after test
Totalizer 2 value before test
819458.92334 l
693.87579 l
PC-Software Version 5.01

sor Totalizer 2 value after test 693.88145 l

Cal. date 2015.10.26

Operating time in days 1068 ReCal. date 2016.10.26

• Missing or poor grounding, shielding and cable connection.
Comments
3. Sensor magnetism test

These tests verify that the flowmeter is functioning within 2% deviation of the original test parameters.
Verification is traceable to National and International Standards.

Date and signature

2016.10.26

Description Article No.

SITRANS F M Verificator
• 11 ... 30 V DC, 11 ... 24 V AC, 115 ... 230 V, 50 Hz FDK:083F5060
Sensor magnetism test • 11 ... 30 V DC, 11 ... 24 V AC, 115 ... 230 V, 60 Hz FDK:083F5061

Note:
It is mandatory to have the Verificator returned to the factory
once a year for check and re-verification.

3/30 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000

■ Overview ■ Design
The transmitter is designed as either IP67 NEMA 4X/6 enclosure
for compact or wall mounting or 19" version as a 19” insert as a
base to be used in:
• 19" rack systems
• Front panel mounting IP65/NEMA 2
• Panel mounting IP20/NEMA 1
• Wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4X
Several options on 19” versions are available such as:
• Transmitters mounted in safe area for Ex ATEX approved flow
sensors (incl. barriers)
3
• Transmitters with electrode cleaning unit on request

■ Function
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000 compact version (left) and 19“ insert version
(right)
The MAG 5000 and 6000 are transmitters engineered for high
performance, easy installation, commissioning and mainte-
nance. The transmitters evaluate the signals from the
SITRANS F M sensors type MAG 1100, MAG 1100 F,
MAG 3100, MAG 3100 P and MAG 5100 W.
Transmitter types:
• MAG 5000: Max. measuring error  0.4 %  1 mm/s (incl. sensor)
• MAG 6000: Max. measuring error  0.2 %  1 mm/s (incl. sen-
sor, see also sensor specifications) and with additional fea-
tures such as: "plug & play" add-on bus modules; integrated
batch functions.
■ Benefits
• Superior signal resolution for optimum turn down ratio
• Digital signal processing with many possibilities
The MAG 5000/6000 are transmitters with a built-in alphanu-
meric display in several languages. The transmitters evaluate
the signals from the associated electromagnetic sensors and
also fulfil the task of a power supply unit which provides the
magnet coils with a constant current.
Further information on connection, mode of operation and instal-
lation can be found in the data sheets for the sensors.
Displays and controls
Operation of the transmitter can be carried out using:
• Control and display unit
• HART communicator
• PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software via HART communica-
tion
• PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software using PROFIBUS or
Modbus communication
Transmitter
min. 230 Ω

• Automatic reading of SENSORPROM data for easy commis-

sioning
• User configurable operation menu with password protection. PC/
laptop
• 3 lines, 20 characters display in 11 languages.
Operating and
• Flow rate in various units display panel
• Totalizer for forward, reverse and net flow as well as additional
information available
• Multiple functional outputs for process control, minimum con- HART- Coupling
Communicator module RS 232
figuration with analogue, pulse/frequency and relay output
(status, flow direction, limits)
• Comprehensive self-diagnostic for error indication and error HART communication
logging (see under SITRANS F M diagnostics)
• Batch control (MAG 6000 only) PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS PA
• Custody transfer approval: PTB, OIML R 117, OIML R 49, MI- T
001, PTB K 7.2 and OE12/C 040 for chilled water Bus
• MAG 6000 with add-on bus modules for HART, FOUNDATION Master + term.
Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, Modbus RTU/RS 485, PROFIBUS PA
and DP .......
Coupler with
power supply
■ Application Transmitter with
PROFIBUS PA interface
The SITRANS F M flowmeters are suitable for measuring the flow
of almost all electrically conductive liquids, pastes and slurries.
The main applications can be found in: PROFIBUS PA communication
• Water and waste water
• Chemical and pharmaceutical industries
• Food and beverage industries
• Power generation and utility

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/31

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000

■ Technical specifications
Mode of operation and design Display and keypad
Measuring principle Electromagnetic with pulsed con- Totalizer Two eight-digit counters for for-
stant field ward, net or reverse flow
Empty pipe Detection of empty pipe (special Display Background illumination with
cable required in remote mounted alphanumeric text, 3 x 20 charac-
installation) ters to indicate flow rate, totalized
Excitation frequency Depend on sensor size values, settings and faults;
Electrode input impedance > 1 x 1014  Reverse flow indicated by nega-
tive sign
Input
Time constant Time constant as current output
Digital input 11 ... 30 V DC, Ri = 4.4 K time constant
3 • Activation time 50 ms Design
• Current I11 V DC = 2.5 mA, I30 V DC = 7 mA Enclosure material
Output • Compact version Fiber glass reinforced polyamide;
stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436
Current output (IP65)
• Signal range 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA • 19" insert Standard 19“ insert of alumi-
• Load < 800  num/steel (DIN 41494), width:
• Time constant 0.1 … 30 s, adjustable 21 TE, height: 3 HE
Digital output • Back of panel IP20/NEMA 1; Aluminum
• Frequency 0 ... 10 kHz, 50 % duty cycle • Panel mounting IP20/NEMA 1 (prepared for
(uni/bidirectional) IP65/NEMA 2 display side);
ABS plastic
• Pulse (active) 24 V DC, 30 mA,
1 K  Ri  10 K, short-circuit- • Wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4X; ABS plastic
protected (power supplied from Dimensions
flowmeter)
• Pulse (passive) 3 … 30 V DC, max. 110 mA, Compact version See dimensional drawings
200   Ri  10 K (powered 19“ insert See dimensional drawings
from connected equipment)
• Time constant 0.1 … 30 s, adjustable Weight

Relay output Compact version 0.75 kg (2 lb)

• Time constant Changeover relay, same as cur- 19“ insert See dimensional drawings
rent output
Power supply • 115 ... 230 V AC +10 % -15 %,
• Load 42 V AC/2 A, 24 V DC/1 A 50 ... 60 Hz
Low flow cut off 0 ... 9.9 % of maximum flow • 11 ... 30 V DC or 11 ... 24 V AC
Galvanic isolation All inputs and outputs are galvan- Power consumption • 230 V AC: 17 VA
ically isolated.
• 24 V AC: 9 VA, IN = 380 mA,
Max. measuring error (incl. sen- IST = 8 A (30 ms)
sor and zero point)1) • 12 V DC: 11 W, IN = 920 mA,
• MAG 5000 0.4 % 1 mm/s IST = 4 A (250 ms)
• 24 V DC: 8.4 VA, IN = 350 mA,
• MAG 6000 0.2 % 1 mm/s
IST = 4 A (10 ms)
Rated operation conditions IST= 4 A (250 ms):
Ambient temperature For solar panel please secure
stable current supply
• Operation • Display version:
Certificates and approvals
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
General purpose • CE (LVD, EMC, PED, RoHS)
• Blind version: • UL (c-UL-us)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
Hazardous areas • FM, CSA
• MI-001 version - NI Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B,
-25 ... +55 ºC (-13 ... +131 ºF) C, D
• Custody transfer (CT) version Custody transfer • Cold water: MI-001
-20 ... +50 ºC (-4 ... +122 ºF) • Chilled water
- PTB K 7.2 (Germany)
• Storage -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) - OE12/C 040 (Austria)
Mechanical load (vibration) - TS 27.02 008 (Denmark)
Compact version 18 ... 1000 Hz, 3.17 g RMS, Marine • ABS
sinusoidal in all directions to (only for remote version with • Bureau Veritas
IEC 60068-2-36 MAG 5100 W, DN 50 ... DN 300) • DNV
19“ insert 1 ... 800 Hz, 1 g, sinusoidal in all • GL
directions to IEC 60068-2-36
• Lloyd’ s Register of Shipping
Degree of protection
Others • CMC/CPA (China)
Compact version IP67/NEMA 4X/6 to IEC 529 and
• C-TICK (Australia and New
DIN 40050 (1 mH2O 30 min.)
Zealand EMC)
19“ insert IP20/NEMA 1 to IEC 529 and
DIN 40050 • EAC (Russia,Belarus,
Kazakhstan)
EMC performance IEC/EN 61326-1 (all environments) • KCC (South Korea)
IEC/EN 61326-2-5

3/32 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000
Communication
Standard
• MAG 5000 Without serial communication or
HART as option
• MAG 6000 Prepared for client-mounted add-
on modules
Optional (MAG 6000 only) HART, Modbus RTU/RS 485,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, Devi-
ceNet, PROFIBUS PA,
PROFIBUS DP as add-on modules
• MAG 5000/6000 CT No communication moduls
approved
1)
For detailed accuracy specifications, see page 3/20 3
Safety barrier (e/ia)
Application For use with MAG 5000/6000 19” and MAG 1100 Ex/MAG 3100 Ex
Ex approval MAG 1100 Ex [EEx e ia] IIB ATEX, EAC Ex
MAG 3100 Ex [EEx e ia] IIC ATEX, EAC Ex
Cable parameter Group Capacity in F Inductance in mH
Electrode IIC  4.1  80
IIB  45  87
IIA  45  87
Ambient temperature
• During operation -20 ... +50 °C (-4 ... +122 °F)
• During storage -20 ... +70 °C (-4 ... +158 °F)
Enclosure
• Material Standard 19” insert in aluminum/steel (DIN 41494)
• Width 21 TE (4.75”)
• Height 3 HE (5.25”)
• Rating IP20 / NEMA 1 to EN 60529
• Mechanical load 1 g, 1 … 800 Hz sinusoidal in all directions to EN 60068-2-36

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/33

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000

■ Selection and Ordering data

Transmitter MAG 5000 Transmitter MAG 6000
Description Article No. Description Article No.
Transmitter MAG 5000 Blind Transmitter MAG 6000 Blind
for compact and wall mount- for compact and wall mount-
ing; IP67/NEMA 4X/6, fibre ing; IP67/NEMA 4X/6, fibre
glass reinforced polyamide glass reinforced polyamide
• 11 ... 30 V DC/ 11 ... 24 V AC 7ME6910- • 11 ... 30 V DC/ 11 ... 24 V AC 7ME6920-
1AA30-0AA0 1AA30-0AA0
• 115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6910- • 115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-
3 1AA10-0AA0 1AA10-0AA0
Transmitter MAG 5000 Display Transmitter MAG 6000
for compact and wall mount- for compact and wall mount-
ing; ing; IP67/NEMA 4X/6, fibre
IP67/NEMA 4X/6, fibre glass glass reinforced polyamide
reinforced polyamide
• 11 ... 30 V DC/ 7ME6920-
• 11 ... 30 V DC/ 11 ... 24 V AC 7ME6910- 11 ... 24 V AC 1AA30-1AA0
1AA30-1AA0
• 115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-
• 115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6910- 1AA10-1AA0
1AA10-1AA0
Transmitter MAG 6000 for
• 115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 7ME6910- compact and wall mounting;
with HART 1AA10-1BA0 IP65/NEMA 4, stainless steel
AISI 316/1.4436 (only for sen-
Transmitter MAG 5000 CT for
sor with stainless steal terminal
compact and wall mounting,
box) (for remote version order
approved for custody transfer,
stainless steal terminal box
without verification (no
separately)
approval marks - only a com-
plete flowmeter can be veri- • 11 ... 30 V DC/ 7ME6920-
fied, i.e. sensor together with 11 ... 24 V AC 1QA30-1AA0
the transmitter);
IP67/NEMA 4X/6, fibre glass • 115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-
reinforced polyamide 1QA10-1AA0

• 11 ... 30 V DC/ 11 ... 24 V AC 7ME6910- Transmitter MAG 6000 CT

1AA30-1AD0
• 115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Transmitter MAG 5000 for 19”
rack and wall mounting
• 11 ... 30 V DC/ 11 ... 24 V AC 7ME6910-
2CA30-1AA0
• 115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
for compact and wall mount-
ing, approved for custody
7ME6910- transfer, without verification (no
1AA10-1AD0 approval marks - only a com-
plete flowmeter can be veri-
fied, i.e. sensor together with
the transmitter);
IP67/NEMA 4X/6, fibre glass
reinforced polyamide
7ME6910- • 11 ... 30 V DC/ 7ME6920-
2CA10-1AA0 11 ... 24 V AC 1AA30-1AD0
• 115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-
1AA10-1AD0
Spare part transmitter for CT
systems produced before
12/2016 or with firmware ver-
sion 3.03
• 11 ... 30 V DC/ 7ME6920-
11 ... 24 V AC 1AA30-1AB0
• 115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-
1AA10-1AB0
Transmitter MAG 6000 SV
for compact and wall mount-
ing; special excitation fre-
quency 44 Hz for Batch
application DN 25/1“
IP67/NEMA 4X/6, fibre glass
reinforced polyamide
11 ... 30 V DC/ 7ME6920-
11 ... 24 V AC 1AB30-1AA0
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-
1AB10-1AA0

3/34 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000
Description Article No. Operating instructions for SITRANS F add-on modules
Transmitter MAG 6000 for 19“ Description Article No.
rack and wall mounting HART
• 11 ... 30 V DC/ 11 ... 24 V AC 7ME6920- • English A5E03089708
2CA30-1AA0
PROFIBUS PA/DP
• 115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920- • English A5E00726137
2CA10-1AA0 • German A5E01026429
Transmitter MAG 6000 SV Modbus
for 19“ rack and wall mounting; • English A5E00753974
special excitation frequency
44 Hz for Batch application DN • German A5E03089262
25/1“ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• English A5E02318728
3
• 11 ... 30 V DC/ 11 ... 24 V AC 7ME6920-
2CB30-1AA0 • German A5E02488856
• 115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920- DeviceNet
2CB10-1AA0 • English A5E03089720
MAG 6000 19" insert, complete 7ME6920-
All literature is available to download for free, in a range of languages, at
mounted with IP66/ NEMA 4X 2EA10-1AA0 www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
wall mounting enclosure in
ABS plastic; Accessories for MAG 5000 and MAG 6000
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz;
cable gland PG13.5 Description Article No.
Accessory kit for remote use of A5E34827189
MAG 6000 19” insert with sensor with two 5-pin terminal
safety barrier for Ex-approved blocks
sensors, complete mounted
with IP66/NEMA 4X wall mount-
ing enclosure in ABS plastic,
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz; Wall mounting unit for
cable gland PG13.5 MAG 5000/6000
IP67/NEMA 4X/6,
• For ATEX 2G D sensors 7ME6920- terminal box in polyamide1)
2MA11-1AA0
• 4 x M20 cable glands FDK:085U1018
MAG 6000 SV 19” insert, com-
plete mounted with • 4 x ½“ NPT cable glands FDK:085U1053
IP66/NEMA 4X wall mounting Special wall mounting unit for
enclosure in ABS plastic, spe- MAG 5000/6000
cial excitation frequency 44 Hz IP67/ NEMA 4X/6, mounting
for Batch application DN  bracket in stainless steel AISI
25/1“; cable gland PG13.5 316 (1.4401), terminal box in
• 11 … 30 V DC, 7ME6920- polyamide
11 … 24 V AC 2EB30-1AA0 • 4 x M20 cable glands A5E36699702
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920- • 4 x ½“ NPT cable glands A5E36699938
2EB10-1AA0

Operating instructions for SITRANS F M MAG 5000/6000 Sun lid for MAG 5000/6000 A5E02328485
transmitter (Frame and lid)
Description Article No.
For SITRANS F M
MAG 5000/6000 IP67
• English A5E02338368 Standard coil or electrode
cable, 3 x 1.5 mm²/ 18 gage,
• German A5E02944982 single shielded with PVC jacket,
For SITRANS F M Temp. range:
MAG 5000/6000 19" -30 ... +70 °C (-22 ... +158 °F)
• English A5E02082880 • 5 m (16.5 ft) A5E02296523
• 10 m (33 ft) FDK:083F0121
All literature is available to download for free, in a range of languages, at
www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation • 20 m (65 ft) FDK:083F0210
• 30 m (98 ft) A5E02297309
Communication modules for MAG 6000
• 40 m (131 ft) FDK:083F0211
Description Article No.
• 50 m (164 ft) A5E02297317
HART (not for MAG 6000 I) FDK:085U0226
• 60 m (197 ft) FDK:083F0212
Modbus RTU/RS 485 FDK:085U0234 • 100 m (328 ft) FDK:083F0213
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 FDK:085U0236 • 150 m (492 ft) FDK:083F3052
PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 FDK:085U0237 • 200 m (656 ft) FDK:083F3053
DeviceNet FDK:085U0229 • 500 m (1640 ft) FDK:083F3054
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 A5E02054250 1) For stainless steel wall mounting kit, order:
- M20: FDK:085U1018 and A5E00836867
- ½ NPT: FDK:085U1053 and A5E00836868

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/35

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000
Description Article No. Description Article No.
Special electrode cable1) (empty Panel mounting enclosure FDK:083F5032
pipe detection or low conductiv- IP20/NEMA 1 in aluminium for
ity), 3 x 0.25 mm², double 19“ insert (21 TE)
shielded with PVC jacket;
Temperature range :
-30 ... +70 °C (-22 ... +158 °F)
• 10 m (33 ft) FDK:083F3020
Panel mounting enclosure FDK:083F5033
• 20 m (65 ft) FDK:083F3095 IP20/NEMA 1 in aluminium for
• 40 m (131 ft) FDK:083F3094 19“ insert (42 TE)
• 60 m (197 ft) FDK:083F3093
3 • 100 m (328 ft) FDK:083F3092
Wall mounting enclosure
• 150 m (492 ft) FDK:083F3056 IP66/NEMA 4X in ABS plastic
for 19“ insert (cable glands
• 200 m (656 ft) FDK:083F3057 and connection board not
• 500 m (1640 ft) FDK:083F3058 included)
Low-noise electrode coax • 21 TE FDK:083F5037
cable for low conductivity and
high vibration levels,
3 x 0.13 mm2; Temp. range:
-25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F)
• 2 m (6.6 ft) A5E02272692
• 5 m (16.5 ft) A5E02272723 • 42 TE FDK:083F5038
• 10 m (33 ft) A5E02272730
Cable kit including standard coil
cable (3 x 1.5 mm²/ 18 gage,
single shielded with PVC jacket)
and special electrode cable1) (3 Front cover (7TE) for panel FDK:083F4525
x 0.25 mm², double shielded mounting enclosure
with PVC jacket); Temperature
range:
-30 ... +70 °C (-22 ... +158 °F)
• 5 m (16.5 ft) A5E02296329 Sun shield for MAG 5000/6000 A5E01209496
transmitters in remote design
• 10 m (33 ft) A5E01181647
• 15 m (49 ft) A5E02296464
• 20 m (65 ft) A5E01181656
• 25 m (82 ft) A5E02296490
• 30 m (98 ft) A5E02296494 Sun Shield for MAG 5000/ A5E01209500
6000 transmitter in compact
• 40 m (131 ft) A5E01181686 design on MAG 3100
• 50 m (164 ft) (DN 15 ... 2000/½" ... 78") or
A5E02296498
MAG 5100 W (DN 150 ...
• 60 m (197 ft) A5E01181689 1200/6" ... 48")
• 100 m (328 ft) A5E01181691
• 150 m (492 ft) A5E01181699
1)
Special cables cannot be used with 19" safety barrier
• 200 m (656 ft) A5E01181703
• 500 m (1640 ft) A5E01181705
Potting kit for IP68/NEMA 6P FDK:085U0220
sealing of sensor junction box

19“ safety barrier (21 TE)1) FDK:083F5034

[EEx e ia] IIC for MAG 1100 Ex
sensors and MAG 3100 Ex
sensors 12 ... 24 V,
115 ... 230 V, incl. back plate
(A5E02559810)

Front panel mounting enclo- FDK:083F5030

sure IP65/NEMA 2 in ABS plas-
tic for 19“ insert (21 TE)

Front panel mounting enclo- FDK:083F5031

sure IP65/NEMA 2 in ABS plas-
tic for 19“ insert (42 TE)

3/36 Siemens FI 01 · 2018


Spare parts
Description
Connection board
(for polyamide terminalbox)
• 12 ... 24 V
• 115 ... 230 V
Connection board
(for stainless steel terminalbox)
• 12 ... 24 V
• 115 ... 230 V
Connection board
MAG 5000/6000 19“ insert for
panel mounting enclosure,
12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V
Connection board
MAG 5000/6000 19" insert with
safety barrier for panel mount-
ing enclosure,
12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V
Connection board
MAG 5000/6000 19" insert with
safety barrier for panel mount-
ing enclosure,
12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V (only
for sensors produced before
October 2007)
Connection board
MAG 5000/6000 19" insert with
cleaning unit for panel mount-
ing enclosure,
12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V
SENSORPROM memory unit
(Sensor code and serial num-
bers must be specified on
order)
• 2 kB
(for MAG 5000/6000/
MAG 6000 I)
- 1 pc.
- 10 pcs.
• 250 B
(for MAG 2500/3000)
Display unit for MAG 5000/6000
• Black neutral front
• Siemens front
HW key
Cable glands (polyamide),
4 pcs.
• M20
• ½“ NPT
• PG 13.5, 2 pcs.
© Siemens AG 2018
Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000
Article No. Description Article No.
Sealing screws for sensor/ FDK:085U0221
transmitter, 2 pcs
A5E02559817
A5E02559816 Terminal box, in polyamide,
inclusive lid, terminal blocks,
gasket and screws
• M20 FDK:085U1050
A5E02604280
• ½" NPT FDK:085U1052
A5E02604272
A5E02559809
Terminal box lid, in polyamide FDK:085U1003 3
Terminal box, in stainless steel,
inclusive lid, terminal blocks,
gasket and screws, for MAG
6000 in stainless steel and for
all Ex sensors,
A5E02559810
• M20 A5E00836867
• ½" NPT A5E00836868
Terminal box (3A) for
MAG 1100 F in polyamide,
A5E02559811
inclusive lid, terminal blocks,
gasket and screws
• M20 A5E00822478
• ½" NPT A5E00822479
Gasket for terminal box lid in A5E37086797
FDK:083F4123 polyamide or for MAG 5000/
6000 IP67/ NEMA 4X/6 enclo-
sure in polyamide (5 pcs.)
Spare part kit for remote use of A5E34346873
sensor with 20 pcs. 5-pin ter-
minal blocks
Display frame in polyamide for A5E43491675
MAG 5000/6000 IP67/
NEMA 4X/6 (5 pcs.)
FDK:085U1005
FDK:083F5052 Connection board A5E02559813
MAG 5000/6000 19“ insert for
FDK:085U1008 wall mounting enclosure,
12 ... 24 V / 115 ... 230 V
FDK:085U1038
Connection board MAG 5000/ A5E02559814
6000 19" insert with safety bar-
rier for wall mounting enclosure,
12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V
Connection board MAG 5000/ A5E02559812
6000 19" insert with safety bar-
FDK:085U1039 rier for wall mounting enclo-
sure, 12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V
(only for sensors produced
before October 2007)
Connection board MAG 5000/ A5E02559815
6000 19" insert with cleaning
unit for wall mounting enclo-
sure, 12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V
On request
SENSORPROM programmer FDK:083H4246
with RS 232 interface
A5E00822490
A5E00822501
FDK:083G0228 ½“ NPT M20
Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/37
 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000

■ Dimensional drawings
Transmitter IP67/NEMA 4X/6 compact polyamide

6 (0.24) 71 (2.80)
155 (6.10) 133 (5.24)

13 (0.51)
Ø8 (0.31)

240 (9.45)
178 (7.01)

71 (2.80)
Ø12 (0.47)
3

155 (6.10)
Ø8 (0.31)

102 (4.02)
13 (0.51)

30 (1.18)
155 (6.10) 50 (2.0)
170 (6.70)

Transmitter compact mounted, dimensions in mm (inch) Transmitter wall mounted, dimensions in mm (inch)

Transmitter, 19” IP20/NEMA 1 standard unit

14 (0.6)
193 (7.60)

106 (4.17) 175 (6.89)

91 (3.58) 168 (6.61)

128 (5.04)
122 (4.80)

2.8 (0.11)

Weight incl. back print 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs)

Dimensions in mm (inch)

3/38 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000
Transmitter, wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4X, 21 TE

210 (8.27) 235 (9.25)

13 (0.51)
120 (4.72)

146 (5.75)
3
90 (3.54)

90 (3.54)
13 (0.51)

22 (0.86)

192 (7.56) Weight excl. transmitter: 2.3 kg (5.0 lbs)

Dimensions in mm (inch)
Transmitter, wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4X, 42 TE
13 (0.51)

357 (14.05) 235 (9.25)

120 (4.72)

146 (5.75)
90 (3.54)

90 (3.54)
22 (0.87)
13 (0.51)

339 (13.35)

Weight excl. transmitter: 2.9 kg (7.0 lbs)

Dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/39

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000
Transmitter, panel front IP20/NEMA 1, 21 TE

197 (7.75)
144 (5.67)

3
184 (7.24) 198 (7.80) 50 (1.97)

140 (5.51)

Weight excl. transmitter: 1.2 kg (2.7 lbs)

185 (7.28)

Dimensions in mm (inch)
Transmitter, panel front IP20/NEMA 1, 42 TE

294 (1.57)
144 (5.67)

281 (1.06) 198 (7.80) 50 (1.97)

140 (5.51)

Weight excl. transmitter: 1.6 kg (3.5 lbs)

282 (1.10)

Dimensions in mm (inch)

3/40 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000
Transmitter, back of panel IP20/NEMA 1, 21 TE

163 (6.42)
144 (5.67)
117 (4.61) 218 (8.58)
132 (5.20)
57 (2.24)

Weight: 0.7 kg (1.6 lbs)

Dimensions in mm (inch)
Transmitter, back of panel IP20/NEMA 1, 42 TE

269 (10.59)
253 (9.96)
223 (8.87) 218 (8.58)
132 (5.20)
57 (2.24)

Weight: 0.9 kg (2.0 lbs)

Dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2018 3/41

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000

■ Schematics
Electrical connection
Grounding
PE must be connected due to safety class 1 power supply.
Mechanical counters
When mounting a mechanical counter to terminals 57 and 58
(active output), a 1000 µF capacitor must be connected to the
terminals 56 and 58. Capacitor + is connected to terminal 56
and capacitor - to terminal 58.
3 Output cables
If the output cable length is long in noisy environment, we
recommend to use shielded cable.

Power supply
Transmitter

115 ... 230 V AC 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC

L1 L 1
N N 2
PE PE

Outputs Current output

(Powered from transmitter)
31 0/4 - 20 mA
32 Load ≤ 800 Ω

Passive output
(External powered) Digital output
Vx 3 ... 30 V
56 max. 110 mA
57 Menu setup
58 R PLC-Digital input
Negative: Positive:
Active output
(Powered from transmitter) 24 V max. 30 mA
56 Counter or PLC-Digital input R = Pull up/down resistor
1... 10 KΩ may be
57 required - depending on
R Cables/Input resistance
58
Relay output
44 NO Relay
45 NC 24 V DC/1 A
42 V AC/2 A
46 Common

Digital input
77
11 ... 30 V DC Input
78

91 92 93 94 95 96 97 Sensor
Reserved for communication modules

Sensor connection
81 Electrode cable 81
82 82
1)
0 0
83 83
84 84

Coil cable
85 85
86 86

Shield

1) Note:
Special cable with individual wire shields (shown as dotted lines) are only required
when using empty pipe function or long cables.

3/42 Siemens FI 01 · 2018

 © Siemens AG 2018

Flow Measurement
SITRANS F M
Transmitter MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
• Limit switches and pulse output
■ Overview • Batch control
The MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex is a microprocessor-based transmit-
ter with a built-in alphanumeric display in several languages.
The transmitters evaluate the signals from the associated elec-
tromagnetic sensors and also fulfil the task of a power supply
unit which provides the magnet coils with a constant current.
Further information on connection, mode of operation and instal-
lation can be found in the data sheets for the sensors.
Displays and keypads
Operation of the transmitter can be carried out using: 3
• Keypad and display unit
• HART communicator
• PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software via HART communica-
tion
• PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software using PROFIBUS or
Modbus communication

The SITRANS F M MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex transmitter is de-

signed for the demands in the process industry. The robust die
■ Technical specifications
cast aluminum housing provides superb protection, even in the Mode of operation and design
most harsh industrial environments. Full input and output func- Measuring principle Electromagnetic with pulsed con-
tionality is given even in the Ex version. stant field
Empty pipe Detection of empty pipe (special
■ Benefits cable required in remote mounted
• Full range of Ex-rated flowmeters with intrinsically safe rated installation)
input and outputs Excitation frequency Depend on sensor size
• For compact or remote installation Electrode input impedance > 1 x 1014 
• HART, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS PA Input
and DP, Modbus RTU/RS 485 add-on communication mod-
ules available Digital input 11 ... 30 V DC, Ri = 4.4 k
• Superior signal resolution for optimum turn down ratio • Activation time 50 ms
• Digital signal processing with many possibilities • Current I11 V DC = 2.5 mA, I30 V DC = 7 mA
• Automatic reading of SENSORPROM data for easy commis- Output
sioning
Current output
• User configurable operation menu with password protection
- 3 lines, 20 characters display in 11 languages • Signal range 4 ... 20 mA (active/ passive)
- Flow rate in various units • Load < 560 
- Totalizer for forward, reverse and net flow as well as much
more information available. • Time constant 0.1 … 30 s, adjustable
• Multiple functional outputs for process control, minimum con- Digital output
figuration with analogue, pulse/frequency and relay output • Frequency 0 … 10 kHz, 50 % duty cycle
(status, flow dire